initial commit, to jeszcze nie działa

master
Tomek 2015-11-18 15:09:57 +01:00
commit ab45b64779
104 changed files with 74992 additions and 0 deletions

1
.gitignore vendored Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1 @@
STM32F10x_FreeRTOS_Template THUMB Debug/*

View File

@ -0,0 +1,784 @@
/**************************************************************************//**
* @file core_cm3.c
* @brief CMSIS Cortex-M3 Core Peripheral Access Layer Source File
* @version V1.30
* @date 30. October 2009
*
* @note
* Copyright (C) 2009 ARM Limited. All rights reserved.
*
* @par
* ARM Limited (ARM) is supplying this software for use with Cortex-M
* processor based microcontrollers. This file can be freely distributed
* within development tools that are supporting such ARM based processors.
*
* @par
* THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS". NO WARRANTIES, WHETHER EXPRESS, IMPLIED
* OR STATUTORY, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
* MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE APPLY TO THIS SOFTWARE.
* ARM SHALL NOT, IN ANY CIRCUMSTANCES, BE LIABLE FOR SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL, OR
* CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES, FOR ANY REASON WHATSOEVER.
*
******************************************************************************/
#include <stdint.h>
/* define compiler specific symbols */
#if defined ( __CC_ARM )
#define __ASM __asm /*!< asm keyword for ARM Compiler */
#define __INLINE __inline /*!< inline keyword for ARM Compiler */
#elif defined ( __ICCARM__ )
#define __ASM __asm /*!< asm keyword for IAR Compiler */
#define __INLINE inline /*!< inline keyword for IAR Compiler. Only avaiable in High optimization mode! */
#elif defined ( __GNUC__ )
#define __ASM __asm /*!< asm keyword for GNU Compiler */
#define __INLINE inline /*!< inline keyword for GNU Compiler */
#elif defined ( __TASKING__ )
#define __ASM __asm /*!< asm keyword for TASKING Compiler */
#define __INLINE inline /*!< inline keyword for TASKING Compiler */
#endif
/* ################### Compiler specific Intrinsics ########################### */
#if defined ( __CC_ARM ) /*------------------RealView Compiler -----------------*/
/* ARM armcc specific functions */
/**
* @brief Return the Process Stack Pointer
*
* @return ProcessStackPointer
*
* Return the actual process stack pointer
*/
__ASM uint32_t __get_PSP(void)
{
mrs r0, psp
bx lr
}
/**
* @brief Set the Process Stack Pointer
*
* @param topOfProcStack Process Stack Pointer
*
* Assign the value ProcessStackPointer to the MSP
* (process stack pointer) Cortex processor register
*/
__ASM void __set_PSP(uint32_t topOfProcStack)
{
msr psp, r0
bx lr
}
/**
* @brief Return the Main Stack Pointer
*
* @return Main Stack Pointer
*
* Return the current value of the MSP (main stack pointer)
* Cortex processor register
*/
__ASM uint32_t __get_MSP(void)
{
mrs r0, msp
bx lr
}
/**
* @brief Set the Main Stack Pointer
*
* @param topOfMainStack Main Stack Pointer
*
* Assign the value mainStackPointer to the MSP
* (main stack pointer) Cortex processor register
*/
__ASM void __set_MSP(uint32_t mainStackPointer)
{
msr msp, r0
bx lr
}
/**
* @brief Reverse byte order in unsigned short value
*
* @param value value to reverse
* @return reversed value
*
* Reverse byte order in unsigned short value
*/
__ASM uint32_t __REV16(uint16_t value)
{
rev16 r0, r0
bx lr
}
/**
* @brief Reverse byte order in signed short value with sign extension to integer
*
* @param value value to reverse
* @return reversed value
*
* Reverse byte order in signed short value with sign extension to integer
*/
__ASM int32_t __REVSH(int16_t value)
{
revsh r0, r0
bx lr
}
#if (__ARMCC_VERSION < 400000)
/**
* @brief Remove the exclusive lock created by ldrex
*
* Removes the exclusive lock which is created by ldrex.
*/
__ASM void __CLREX(void)
{
clrex
}
/**
* @brief Return the Base Priority value
*
* @return BasePriority
*
* Return the content of the base priority register
*/
__ASM uint32_t __get_BASEPRI(void)
{
mrs r0, basepri
bx lr
}
/**
* @brief Set the Base Priority value
*
* @param basePri BasePriority
*
* Set the base priority register
*/
__ASM void __set_BASEPRI(uint32_t basePri)
{
msr basepri, r0
bx lr
}
/**
* @brief Return the Priority Mask value
*
* @return PriMask
*
* Return state of the priority mask bit from the priority mask register
*/
__ASM uint32_t __get_PRIMASK(void)
{
mrs r0, primask
bx lr
}
/**
* @brief Set the Priority Mask value
*
* @param priMask PriMask
*
* Set the priority mask bit in the priority mask register
*/
__ASM void __set_PRIMASK(uint32_t priMask)
{
msr primask, r0
bx lr
}
/**
* @brief Return the Fault Mask value
*
* @return FaultMask
*
* Return the content of the fault mask register
*/
__ASM uint32_t __get_FAULTMASK(void)
{
mrs r0, faultmask
bx lr
}
/**
* @brief Set the Fault Mask value
*
* @param faultMask faultMask value
*
* Set the fault mask register
*/
__ASM void __set_FAULTMASK(uint32_t faultMask)
{
msr faultmask, r0
bx lr
}
/**
* @brief Return the Control Register value
*
* @return Control value
*
* Return the content of the control register
*/
__ASM uint32_t __get_CONTROL(void)
{
mrs r0, control
bx lr
}
/**
* @brief Set the Control Register value
*
* @param control Control value
*
* Set the control register
*/
__ASM void __set_CONTROL(uint32_t control)
{
msr control, r0
bx lr
}
#endif /* __ARMCC_VERSION */
#elif (defined (__ICCARM__)) /*------------------ ICC Compiler -------------------*/
/* IAR iccarm specific functions */
#pragma diag_suppress=Pe940
/**
* @brief Return the Process Stack Pointer
*
* @return ProcessStackPointer
*
* Return the actual process stack pointer
*/
uint32_t __get_PSP(void)
{
__ASM("mrs r0, psp");
__ASM("bx lr");
}
/**
* @brief Set the Process Stack Pointer
*
* @param topOfProcStack Process Stack Pointer
*
* Assign the value ProcessStackPointer to the MSP
* (process stack pointer) Cortex processor register
*/
void __set_PSP(uint32_t topOfProcStack)
{
__ASM("msr psp, r0");
__ASM("bx lr");
}
/**
* @brief Return the Main Stack Pointer
*
* @return Main Stack Pointer
*
* Return the current value of the MSP (main stack pointer)
* Cortex processor register
*/
uint32_t __get_MSP(void)
{
__ASM("mrs r0, msp");
__ASM("bx lr");
}
/**
* @brief Set the Main Stack Pointer
*
* @param topOfMainStack Main Stack Pointer
*
* Assign the value mainStackPointer to the MSP
* (main stack pointer) Cortex processor register
*/
void __set_MSP(uint32_t topOfMainStack)
{
__ASM("msr msp, r0");
__ASM("bx lr");
}
/**
* @brief Reverse byte order in unsigned short value
*
* @param value value to reverse
* @return reversed value
*
* Reverse byte order in unsigned short value
*/
uint32_t __REV16(uint16_t value)
{
__ASM("rev16 r0, r0");
__ASM("bx lr");
}
/**
* @brief Reverse bit order of value
*
* @param value value to reverse
* @return reversed value
*
* Reverse bit order of value
*/
uint32_t __RBIT(uint32_t value)
{
__ASM("rbit r0, r0");
__ASM("bx lr");
}
/**
* @brief LDR Exclusive (8 bit)
*
* @param *addr address pointer
* @return value of (*address)
*
* Exclusive LDR command for 8 bit values)
*/
uint8_t __LDREXB(uint8_t *addr)
{
__ASM("ldrexb r0, [r0]");
__ASM("bx lr");
}
/**
* @brief LDR Exclusive (16 bit)
*
* @param *addr address pointer
* @return value of (*address)
*
* Exclusive LDR command for 16 bit values
*/
uint16_t __LDREXH(uint16_t *addr)
{
__ASM("ldrexh r0, [r0]");
__ASM("bx lr");
}
/**
* @brief LDR Exclusive (32 bit)
*
* @param *addr address pointer
* @return value of (*address)
*
* Exclusive LDR command for 32 bit values
*/
uint32_t __LDREXW(uint32_t *addr)
{
__ASM("ldrex r0, [r0]");
__ASM("bx lr");
}
/**
* @brief STR Exclusive (8 bit)
*
* @param value value to store
* @param *addr address pointer
* @return successful / failed
*
* Exclusive STR command for 8 bit values
*/
uint32_t __STREXB(uint8_t value, uint8_t *addr)
{
__ASM("strexb r0, r0, [r1]");
__ASM("bx lr");
}
/**
* @brief STR Exclusive (16 bit)
*
* @param value value to store
* @param *addr address pointer
* @return successful / failed
*
* Exclusive STR command for 16 bit values
*/
uint32_t __STREXH(uint16_t value, uint16_t *addr)
{
__ASM("strexh r0, r0, [r1]");
__ASM("bx lr");
}
/**
* @brief STR Exclusive (32 bit)
*
* @param value value to store
* @param *addr address pointer
* @return successful / failed
*
* Exclusive STR command for 32 bit values
*/
uint32_t __STREXW(uint32_t value, uint32_t *addr)
{
__ASM("strex r0, r0, [r1]");
__ASM("bx lr");
}
#pragma diag_default=Pe940
#elif (defined (__GNUC__)) /*------------------ GNU Compiler ---------------------*/
/* GNU gcc specific functions */
/**
* @brief Return the Process Stack Pointer
*
* @return ProcessStackPointer
*
* Return the actual process stack pointer
*/
uint32_t __get_PSP(void) __attribute__( ( naked ) );
uint32_t __get_PSP(void)
{
uint32_t result=0;
__ASM volatile ("MRS %0, psp\n\t"
"MOV r0, %0 \n\t"
"BX lr \n\t" : "=r" (result) );
return(result);
}
/**
* @brief Set the Process Stack Pointer
*
* @param topOfProcStack Process Stack Pointer
*
* Assign the value ProcessStackPointer to the MSP
* (process stack pointer) Cortex processor register
*/
void __set_PSP(uint32_t topOfProcStack) __attribute__( ( naked ) );
void __set_PSP(uint32_t topOfProcStack)
{
__ASM volatile ("MSR psp, %0\n\t"
"BX lr \n\t" : : "r" (topOfProcStack) );
}
/**
* @brief Return the Main Stack Pointer
*
* @return Main Stack Pointer
*
* Return the current value of the MSP (main stack pointer)
* Cortex processor register
*/
uint32_t __get_MSP(void) __attribute__( ( naked ) );
uint32_t __get_MSP(void)
{
uint32_t result=0;
__ASM volatile ("MRS %0, msp\n\t"
"MOV r0, %0 \n\t"
"BX lr \n\t" : "=r" (result) );
return(result);
}
/**
* @brief Set the Main Stack Pointer
*
* @param topOfMainStack Main Stack Pointer
*
* Assign the value mainStackPointer to the MSP
* (main stack pointer) Cortex processor register
*/
void __set_MSP(uint32_t topOfMainStack) __attribute__( ( naked ) );
void __set_MSP(uint32_t topOfMainStack)
{
__ASM volatile ("MSR msp, %0\n\t"
"BX lr \n\t" : : "r" (topOfMainStack) );
}
/**
* @brief Return the Base Priority value
*
* @return BasePriority
*
* Return the content of the base priority register
*/
uint32_t __get_BASEPRI(void)
{
uint32_t result=0;
__ASM volatile ("MRS %0, basepri_max" : "=r" (result) );
return(result);
}
/**
* @brief Set the Base Priority value
*
* @param basePri BasePriority
*
* Set the base priority register
*/
void __set_BASEPRI(uint32_t value)
{
__ASM volatile ("MSR basepri, %0" : : "r" (value) );
}
/**
* @brief Return the Priority Mask value
*
* @return PriMask
*
* Return state of the priority mask bit from the priority mask register
*/
uint32_t __get_PRIMASK(void)
{
uint32_t result=0;
__ASM volatile ("MRS %0, primask" : "=r" (result) );
return(result);
}
/**
* @brief Set the Priority Mask value
*
* @param priMask PriMask
*
* Set the priority mask bit in the priority mask register
*/
void __set_PRIMASK(uint32_t priMask)
{
__ASM volatile ("MSR primask, %0" : : "r" (priMask) );
}
/**
* @brief Return the Fault Mask value
*
* @return FaultMask
*
* Return the content of the fault mask register
*/
uint32_t __get_FAULTMASK(void)
{
uint32_t result=0;
__ASM volatile ("MRS %0, faultmask" : "=r" (result) );
return(result);
}
/**
* @brief Set the Fault Mask value
*
* @param faultMask faultMask value
*
* Set the fault mask register
*/
void __set_FAULTMASK(uint32_t faultMask)
{
__ASM volatile ("MSR faultmask, %0" : : "r" (faultMask) );
}
/**
* @brief Return the Control Register value
*
* @return Control value
*
* Return the content of the control register
*/
uint32_t __get_CONTROL(void)
{
uint32_t result=0;
__ASM volatile ("MRS %0, control" : "=r" (result) );
return(result);
}
/**
* @brief Set the Control Register value
*
* @param control Control value
*
* Set the control register
*/
void __set_CONTROL(uint32_t control)
{
__ASM volatile ("MSR control, %0" : : "r" (control) );
}
/**
* @brief Reverse byte order in integer value
*
* @param value value to reverse
* @return reversed value
*
* Reverse byte order in integer value
*/
uint32_t __REV(uint32_t value)
{
uint32_t result=0;
__ASM volatile ("rev %0, %1" : "=r" (result) : "r" (value) );
return(result);
}
/**
* @brief Reverse byte order in unsigned short value
*
* @param value value to reverse
* @return reversed value
*
* Reverse byte order in unsigned short value
*/
uint32_t __REV16(uint16_t value)
{
uint32_t result=0;
__ASM volatile ("rev16 %0, %1" : "=r" (result) : "r" (value) );
return(result);
}
/**
* @brief Reverse byte order in signed short value with sign extension to integer
*
* @param value value to reverse
* @return reversed value
*
* Reverse byte order in signed short value with sign extension to integer
*/
int32_t __REVSH(int16_t value)
{
uint32_t result=0;
__ASM volatile ("revsh %0, %1" : "=r" (result) : "r" (value) );
return(result);
}
/**
* @brief Reverse bit order of value
*
* @param value value to reverse
* @return reversed value
*
* Reverse bit order of value
*/
uint32_t __RBIT(uint32_t value)
{
uint32_t result=0;
__ASM volatile ("rbit %0, %1" : "=r" (result) : "r" (value) );
return(result);
}
/**
* @brief LDR Exclusive (8 bit)
*
* @param *addr address pointer
* @return value of (*address)
*
* Exclusive LDR command for 8 bit value
*/
uint8_t __LDREXB(uint8_t *addr)
{
uint8_t result=0;
__ASM volatile ("ldrexb %0, [%1]" : "=r" (result) : "r" (addr) );
return(result);
}
/**
* @brief LDR Exclusive (16 bit)
*
* @param *addr address pointer
* @return value of (*address)
*
* Exclusive LDR command for 16 bit values
*/
uint16_t __LDREXH(uint16_t *addr)
{
uint16_t result=0;
__ASM volatile ("ldrexh %0, [%1]" : "=r" (result) : "r" (addr) );
return(result);
}
/**
* @brief LDR Exclusive (32 bit)
*
* @param *addr address pointer
* @return value of (*address)
*
* Exclusive LDR command for 32 bit values
*/
uint32_t __LDREXW(uint32_t *addr)
{
uint32_t result=0;
__ASM volatile ("ldrex %0, [%1]" : "=r" (result) : "r" (addr) );
return(result);
}
/**
* @brief STR Exclusive (8 bit)
*
* @param value value to store
* @param *addr address pointer
* @return successful / failed
*
* Exclusive STR command for 8 bit values
*/
uint32_t __STREXB(uint8_t value, uint8_t *addr)
{
uint32_t result=0;
__ASM volatile ("strexb %0, %2, [%1]" : "=r" (result) : "r" (addr), "r" (value) );
return(result);
}
/**
* @brief STR Exclusive (16 bit)
*
* @param value value to store
* @param *addr address pointer
* @return successful / failed
*
* Exclusive STR command for 16 bit values
*/
uint32_t __STREXH(uint16_t value, uint16_t *addr)
{
uint32_t result=0;
__ASM volatile ("strexh %0, %2, [%1]" : "=r" (result) : "r" (addr), "r" (value) );
return(result);
}
/**
* @brief STR Exclusive (32 bit)
*
* @param value value to store
* @param *addr address pointer
* @return successful / failed
*
* Exclusive STR command for 32 bit values
*/
uint32_t __STREXW(uint32_t value, uint32_t *addr)
{
uint32_t result=0;
__ASM volatile ("strex %0, %2, [%1]" : "=r" (result) : "r" (addr), "r" (value) );
return(result);
}
#elif (defined (__TASKING__)) /*------------------ TASKING Compiler ---------------------*/
/* TASKING carm specific functions */
/*
* The CMSIS functions have been implemented as intrinsics in the compiler.
* Please use "carm -?i" to get an up to date list of all instrinsics,
* Including the CMSIS ones.
*/
#endif

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

View File

@ -0,0 +1,98 @@
/**
******************************************************************************
* @file system_stm32f10x.h
* @author MCD Application Team
* @version V3.5.0
* @date 11-March-2011
* @brief CMSIS Cortex-M3 Device Peripheral Access Layer System Header File.
******************************************************************************
* @attention
*
* THE PRESENT FIRMWARE WHICH IS FOR GUIDANCE ONLY AIMS AT PROVIDING CUSTOMERS
* WITH CODING INFORMATION REGARDING THEIR PRODUCTS IN ORDER FOR THEM TO SAVE
* TIME. AS A RESULT, STMICROELECTRONICS SHALL NOT BE HELD LIABLE FOR ANY
* DIRECT, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES WITH RESPECT TO ANY CLAIMS ARISING
* FROM THE CONTENT OF SUCH FIRMWARE AND/OR THE USE MADE BY CUSTOMERS OF THE
* CODING INFORMATION CONTAINED HEREIN IN CONNECTION WITH THEIR PRODUCTS.
*
* <h2><center>&copy; COPYRIGHT 2011 STMicroelectronics</center></h2>
******************************************************************************
*/
/** @addtogroup CMSIS
* @{
*/
/** @addtogroup stm32f10x_system
* @{
*/
/**
* @brief Define to prevent recursive inclusion
*/
#ifndef __SYSTEM_STM32F10X_H
#define __SYSTEM_STM32F10X_H
#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif
/** @addtogroup STM32F10x_System_Includes
* @{
*/
/**
* @}
*/
/** @addtogroup STM32F10x_System_Exported_types
* @{
*/
extern uint32_t SystemCoreClock; /*!< System Clock Frequency (Core Clock) */
/**
* @}
*/
/** @addtogroup STM32F10x_System_Exported_Constants
* @{
*/
/**
* @}
*/
/** @addtogroup STM32F10x_System_Exported_Macros
* @{
*/
/**
* @}
*/
/** @addtogroup STM32F10x_System_Exported_Functions
* @{
*/
extern void SystemInit(void);
extern void SystemCoreClockUpdate(void);
/**
* @}
*/
#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif
#endif /*__SYSTEM_STM32F10X_H */
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* @}
*/
/******************* (C) COPYRIGHT 2011 STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/

395
FreeRTOS/croutine.c Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,395 @@
/*
FreeRTOS V8.2.3 - Copyright (C) 2015 Real Time Engineers Ltd.
All rights reserved
VISIT http://www.FreeRTOS.org TO ENSURE YOU ARE USING THE LATEST VERSION.
This file is part of the FreeRTOS distribution.
FreeRTOS is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under
the terms of the GNU General Public License (version 2) as published by the
Free Software Foundation >>>> AND MODIFIED BY <<<< the FreeRTOS exception.
***************************************************************************
>>! NOTE: The modification to the GPL is included to allow you to !<<
>>! distribute a combined work that includes FreeRTOS without being !<<
>>! obliged to provide the source code for proprietary components !<<
>>! outside of the FreeRTOS kernel. !<<
***************************************************************************
FreeRTOS is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY
WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS
FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. Full license text is available on the following
link: http://www.freertos.org/a00114.html
***************************************************************************
* *
* FreeRTOS provides completely free yet professionally developed, *
* robust, strictly quality controlled, supported, and cross *
* platform software that is more than just the market leader, it *
* is the industry's de facto standard. *
* *
* Help yourself get started quickly while simultaneously helping *
* to support the FreeRTOS project by purchasing a FreeRTOS *
* tutorial book, reference manual, or both: *
* http://www.FreeRTOS.org/Documentation *
* *
***************************************************************************
http://www.FreeRTOS.org/FAQHelp.html - Having a problem? Start by reading
the FAQ page "My application does not run, what could be wrong?". Have you
defined configASSERT()?
http://www.FreeRTOS.org/support - In return for receiving this top quality
embedded software for free we request you assist our global community by
participating in the support forum.
http://www.FreeRTOS.org/training - Investing in training allows your team to
be as productive as possible as early as possible. Now you can receive
FreeRTOS training directly from Richard Barry, CEO of Real Time Engineers
Ltd, and the world's leading authority on the world's leading RTOS.
http://www.FreeRTOS.org/plus - A selection of FreeRTOS ecosystem products,
including FreeRTOS+Trace - an indispensable productivity tool, a DOS
compatible FAT file system, and our tiny thread aware UDP/IP stack.
http://www.FreeRTOS.org/labs - Where new FreeRTOS products go to incubate.
Come and try FreeRTOS+TCP, our new open source TCP/IP stack for FreeRTOS.
http://www.OpenRTOS.com - Real Time Engineers ltd. license FreeRTOS to High
Integrity Systems ltd. to sell under the OpenRTOS brand. Low cost OpenRTOS
licenses offer ticketed support, indemnification and commercial middleware.
http://www.SafeRTOS.com - High Integrity Systems also provide a safety
engineered and independently SIL3 certified version for use in safety and
mission critical applications that require provable dependability.
1 tab == 4 spaces!
*/
#include "FreeRTOS.h"
#include "task.h"
#include "croutine.h"
/* Remove the whole file is co-routines are not being used. */
#if( configUSE_CO_ROUTINES != 0 )
/*
* Some kernel aware debuggers require data to be viewed to be global, rather
* than file scope.
*/
#ifdef portREMOVE_STATIC_QUALIFIER
#define static
#endif
/* Lists for ready and blocked co-routines. --------------------*/
static List_t pxReadyCoRoutineLists[ configMAX_CO_ROUTINE_PRIORITIES ]; /*< Prioritised ready co-routines. */
static List_t xDelayedCoRoutineList1; /*< Delayed co-routines. */
static List_t xDelayedCoRoutineList2; /*< Delayed co-routines (two lists are used - one for delays that have overflowed the current tick count. */
static List_t * pxDelayedCoRoutineList; /*< Points to the delayed co-routine list currently being used. */
static List_t * pxOverflowDelayedCoRoutineList; /*< Points to the delayed co-routine list currently being used to hold co-routines that have overflowed the current tick count. */
static List_t xPendingReadyCoRoutineList; /*< Holds co-routines that have been readied by an external event. They cannot be added directly to the ready lists as the ready lists cannot be accessed by interrupts. */
/* Other file private variables. --------------------------------*/
CRCB_t * pxCurrentCoRoutine = NULL;
static UBaseType_t uxTopCoRoutineReadyPriority = 0;
static TickType_t xCoRoutineTickCount = 0, xLastTickCount = 0, xPassedTicks = 0;
/* The initial state of the co-routine when it is created. */
#define corINITIAL_STATE ( 0 )
/*
* Place the co-routine represented by pxCRCB into the appropriate ready queue
* for the priority. It is inserted at the end of the list.
*
* This macro accesses the co-routine ready lists and therefore must not be
* used from within an ISR.
*/
#define prvAddCoRoutineToReadyQueue( pxCRCB ) \
{ \
if( pxCRCB->uxPriority > uxTopCoRoutineReadyPriority ) \
{ \
uxTopCoRoutineReadyPriority = pxCRCB->uxPriority; \
} \
vListInsertEnd( ( List_t * ) &( pxReadyCoRoutineLists[ pxCRCB->uxPriority ] ), &( pxCRCB->xGenericListItem ) ); \
}
/*
* Utility to ready all the lists used by the scheduler. This is called
* automatically upon the creation of the first co-routine.
*/
static void prvInitialiseCoRoutineLists( void );
/*
* Co-routines that are readied by an interrupt cannot be placed directly into
* the ready lists (there is no mutual exclusion). Instead they are placed in
* in the pending ready list in order that they can later be moved to the ready
* list by the co-routine scheduler.
*/
static void prvCheckPendingReadyList( void );
/*
* Macro that looks at the list of co-routines that are currently delayed to
* see if any require waking.
*
* Co-routines are stored in the queue in the order of their wake time -
* meaning once one co-routine has been found whose timer has not expired
* we need not look any further down the list.
*/
static void prvCheckDelayedList( void );
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
BaseType_t xCoRoutineCreate( crCOROUTINE_CODE pxCoRoutineCode, UBaseType_t uxPriority, UBaseType_t uxIndex )
{
BaseType_t xReturn;
CRCB_t *pxCoRoutine;
/* Allocate the memory that will store the co-routine control block. */
pxCoRoutine = ( CRCB_t * ) pvPortMalloc( sizeof( CRCB_t ) );
if( pxCoRoutine )
{
/* If pxCurrentCoRoutine is NULL then this is the first co-routine to
be created and the co-routine data structures need initialising. */
if( pxCurrentCoRoutine == NULL )
{
pxCurrentCoRoutine = pxCoRoutine;
prvInitialiseCoRoutineLists();
}
/* Check the priority is within limits. */
if( uxPriority >= configMAX_CO_ROUTINE_PRIORITIES )
{
uxPriority = configMAX_CO_ROUTINE_PRIORITIES - 1;
}
/* Fill out the co-routine control block from the function parameters. */
pxCoRoutine->uxState = corINITIAL_STATE;
pxCoRoutine->uxPriority = uxPriority;
pxCoRoutine->uxIndex = uxIndex;
pxCoRoutine->pxCoRoutineFunction = pxCoRoutineCode;
/* Initialise all the other co-routine control block parameters. */
vListInitialiseItem( &( pxCoRoutine->xGenericListItem ) );
vListInitialiseItem( &( pxCoRoutine->xEventListItem ) );
/* Set the co-routine control block as a link back from the ListItem_t.
This is so we can get back to the containing CRCB from a generic item
in a list. */
listSET_LIST_ITEM_OWNER( &( pxCoRoutine->xGenericListItem ), pxCoRoutine );
listSET_LIST_ITEM_OWNER( &( pxCoRoutine->xEventListItem ), pxCoRoutine );
/* Event lists are always in priority order. */
listSET_LIST_ITEM_VALUE( &( pxCoRoutine->xEventListItem ), ( ( TickType_t ) configMAX_CO_ROUTINE_PRIORITIES - ( TickType_t ) uxPriority ) );
/* Now the co-routine has been initialised it can be added to the ready
list at the correct priority. */
prvAddCoRoutineToReadyQueue( pxCoRoutine );
xReturn = pdPASS;
}
else
{
xReturn = errCOULD_NOT_ALLOCATE_REQUIRED_MEMORY;
}
return xReturn;
}
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
void vCoRoutineAddToDelayedList( TickType_t xTicksToDelay, List_t *pxEventList )
{
TickType_t xTimeToWake;
/* Calculate the time to wake - this may overflow but this is
not a problem. */
xTimeToWake = xCoRoutineTickCount + xTicksToDelay;
/* We must remove ourselves from the ready list before adding
ourselves to the blocked list as the same list item is used for
both lists. */
( void ) uxListRemove( ( ListItem_t * ) &( pxCurrentCoRoutine->xGenericListItem ) );
/* The list item will be inserted in wake time order. */
listSET_LIST_ITEM_VALUE( &( pxCurrentCoRoutine->xGenericListItem ), xTimeToWake );
if( xTimeToWake < xCoRoutineTickCount )
{
/* Wake time has overflowed. Place this item in the
overflow list. */
vListInsert( ( List_t * ) pxOverflowDelayedCoRoutineList, ( ListItem_t * ) &( pxCurrentCoRoutine->xGenericListItem ) );
}
else
{
/* The wake time has not overflowed, so we can use the
current block list. */
vListInsert( ( List_t * ) pxDelayedCoRoutineList, ( ListItem_t * ) &( pxCurrentCoRoutine->xGenericListItem ) );
}
if( pxEventList )
{
/* Also add the co-routine to an event list. If this is done then the
function must be called with interrupts disabled. */
vListInsert( pxEventList, &( pxCurrentCoRoutine->xEventListItem ) );
}
}
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
static void prvCheckPendingReadyList( void )
{
/* Are there any co-routines waiting to get moved to the ready list? These
are co-routines that have been readied by an ISR. The ISR cannot access
the ready lists itself. */
while( listLIST_IS_EMPTY( &xPendingReadyCoRoutineList ) == pdFALSE )
{
CRCB_t *pxUnblockedCRCB;
/* The pending ready list can be accessed by an ISR. */
portDISABLE_INTERRUPTS();
{
pxUnblockedCRCB = ( CRCB_t * ) listGET_OWNER_OF_HEAD_ENTRY( (&xPendingReadyCoRoutineList) );
( void ) uxListRemove( &( pxUnblockedCRCB->xEventListItem ) );
}
portENABLE_INTERRUPTS();
( void ) uxListRemove( &( pxUnblockedCRCB->xGenericListItem ) );
prvAddCoRoutineToReadyQueue( pxUnblockedCRCB );
}
}
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
static void prvCheckDelayedList( void )
{
CRCB_t *pxCRCB;
xPassedTicks = xTaskGetTickCount() - xLastTickCount;
while( xPassedTicks )
{
xCoRoutineTickCount++;
xPassedTicks--;
/* If the tick count has overflowed we need to swap the ready lists. */
if( xCoRoutineTickCount == 0 )
{
List_t * pxTemp;
/* Tick count has overflowed so we need to swap the delay lists. If there are
any items in pxDelayedCoRoutineList here then there is an error! */
pxTemp = pxDelayedCoRoutineList;
pxDelayedCoRoutineList = pxOverflowDelayedCoRoutineList;
pxOverflowDelayedCoRoutineList = pxTemp;
}
/* See if this tick has made a timeout expire. */
while( listLIST_IS_EMPTY( pxDelayedCoRoutineList ) == pdFALSE )
{
pxCRCB = ( CRCB_t * ) listGET_OWNER_OF_HEAD_ENTRY( pxDelayedCoRoutineList );
if( xCoRoutineTickCount < listGET_LIST_ITEM_VALUE( &( pxCRCB->xGenericListItem ) ) )
{
/* Timeout not yet expired. */
break;
}
portDISABLE_INTERRUPTS();
{
/* The event could have occurred just before this critical
section. If this is the case then the generic list item will
have been moved to the pending ready list and the following
line is still valid. Also the pvContainer parameter will have
been set to NULL so the following lines are also valid. */
( void ) uxListRemove( &( pxCRCB->xGenericListItem ) );
/* Is the co-routine waiting on an event also? */
if( pxCRCB->xEventListItem.pvContainer )
{
( void ) uxListRemove( &( pxCRCB->xEventListItem ) );
}
}
portENABLE_INTERRUPTS();
prvAddCoRoutineToReadyQueue( pxCRCB );
}
}
xLastTickCount = xCoRoutineTickCount;
}
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
void vCoRoutineSchedule( void )
{
/* See if any co-routines readied by events need moving to the ready lists. */
prvCheckPendingReadyList();
/* See if any delayed co-routines have timed out. */
prvCheckDelayedList();
/* Find the highest priority queue that contains ready co-routines. */
while( listLIST_IS_EMPTY( &( pxReadyCoRoutineLists[ uxTopCoRoutineReadyPriority ] ) ) )
{
if( uxTopCoRoutineReadyPriority == 0 )
{
/* No more co-routines to check. */
return;
}
--uxTopCoRoutineReadyPriority;
}
/* listGET_OWNER_OF_NEXT_ENTRY walks through the list, so the co-routines
of the same priority get an equal share of the processor time. */
listGET_OWNER_OF_NEXT_ENTRY( pxCurrentCoRoutine, &( pxReadyCoRoutineLists[ uxTopCoRoutineReadyPriority ] ) );
/* Call the co-routine. */
( pxCurrentCoRoutine->pxCoRoutineFunction )( pxCurrentCoRoutine, pxCurrentCoRoutine->uxIndex );
return;
}
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
static void prvInitialiseCoRoutineLists( void )
{
UBaseType_t uxPriority;
for( uxPriority = 0; uxPriority < configMAX_CO_ROUTINE_PRIORITIES; uxPriority++ )
{
vListInitialise( ( List_t * ) &( pxReadyCoRoutineLists[ uxPriority ] ) );
}
vListInitialise( ( List_t * ) &xDelayedCoRoutineList1 );
vListInitialise( ( List_t * ) &xDelayedCoRoutineList2 );
vListInitialise( ( List_t * ) &xPendingReadyCoRoutineList );
/* Start with pxDelayedCoRoutineList using list1 and the
pxOverflowDelayedCoRoutineList using list2. */
pxDelayedCoRoutineList = &xDelayedCoRoutineList1;
pxOverflowDelayedCoRoutineList = &xDelayedCoRoutineList2;
}
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
BaseType_t xCoRoutineRemoveFromEventList( const List_t *pxEventList )
{
CRCB_t *pxUnblockedCRCB;
BaseType_t xReturn;
/* This function is called from within an interrupt. It can only access
event lists and the pending ready list. This function assumes that a
check has already been made to ensure pxEventList is not empty. */
pxUnblockedCRCB = ( CRCB_t * ) listGET_OWNER_OF_HEAD_ENTRY( pxEventList );
( void ) uxListRemove( &( pxUnblockedCRCB->xEventListItem ) );
vListInsertEnd( ( List_t * ) &( xPendingReadyCoRoutineList ), &( pxUnblockedCRCB->xEventListItem ) );
if( pxUnblockedCRCB->uxPriority >= pxCurrentCoRoutine->uxPriority )
{
xReturn = pdTRUE;
}
else
{
xReturn = pdFALSE;
}
return xReturn;
}
#endif /* configUSE_CO_ROUTINES == 0 */

683
FreeRTOS/event_groups.c Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,683 @@
/*
FreeRTOS V8.2.3 - Copyright (C) 2015 Real Time Engineers Ltd.
All rights reserved
VISIT http://www.FreeRTOS.org TO ENSURE YOU ARE USING THE LATEST VERSION.
This file is part of the FreeRTOS distribution.
FreeRTOS is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under
the terms of the GNU General Public License (version 2) as published by the
Free Software Foundation >>>> AND MODIFIED BY <<<< the FreeRTOS exception.
***************************************************************************
>>! NOTE: The modification to the GPL is included to allow you to !<<
>>! distribute a combined work that includes FreeRTOS without being !<<
>>! obliged to provide the source code for proprietary components !<<
>>! outside of the FreeRTOS kernel. !<<
***************************************************************************
FreeRTOS is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY
WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS
FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. Full license text is available on the following
link: http://www.freertos.org/a00114.html
***************************************************************************
* *
* FreeRTOS provides completely free yet professionally developed, *
* robust, strictly quality controlled, supported, and cross *
* platform software that is more than just the market leader, it *
* is the industry's de facto standard. *
* *
* Help yourself get started quickly while simultaneously helping *
* to support the FreeRTOS project by purchasing a FreeRTOS *
* tutorial book, reference manual, or both: *
* http://www.FreeRTOS.org/Documentation *
* *
***************************************************************************
http://www.FreeRTOS.org/FAQHelp.html - Having a problem? Start by reading
the FAQ page "My application does not run, what could be wrong?". Have you
defined configASSERT()?
http://www.FreeRTOS.org/support - In return for receiving this top quality
embedded software for free we request you assist our global community by
participating in the support forum.
http://www.FreeRTOS.org/training - Investing in training allows your team to
be as productive as possible as early as possible. Now you can receive
FreeRTOS training directly from Richard Barry, CEO of Real Time Engineers
Ltd, and the world's leading authority on the world's leading RTOS.
http://www.FreeRTOS.org/plus - A selection of FreeRTOS ecosystem products,
including FreeRTOS+Trace - an indispensable productivity tool, a DOS
compatible FAT file system, and our tiny thread aware UDP/IP stack.
http://www.FreeRTOS.org/labs - Where new FreeRTOS products go to incubate.
Come and try FreeRTOS+TCP, our new open source TCP/IP stack for FreeRTOS.
http://www.OpenRTOS.com - Real Time Engineers ltd. license FreeRTOS to High
Integrity Systems ltd. to sell under the OpenRTOS brand. Low cost OpenRTOS
licenses offer ticketed support, indemnification and commercial middleware.
http://www.SafeRTOS.com - High Integrity Systems also provide a safety
engineered and independently SIL3 certified version for use in safety and
mission critical applications that require provable dependability.
1 tab == 4 spaces!
*/
/* Standard includes. */
#include <stdlib.h>
/* Defining MPU_WRAPPERS_INCLUDED_FROM_API_FILE prevents task.h from redefining
all the API functions to use the MPU wrappers. That should only be done when
task.h is included from an application file. */
#define MPU_WRAPPERS_INCLUDED_FROM_API_FILE
/* FreeRTOS includes. */
#include "FreeRTOS.h"
#include "task.h"
#include "timers.h"
#include "event_groups.h"
/* Lint e961 and e750 are suppressed as a MISRA exception justified because the
MPU ports require MPU_WRAPPERS_INCLUDED_FROM_API_FILE to be defined for the
header files above, but not in this file, in order to generate the correct
privileged Vs unprivileged linkage and placement. */
#undef MPU_WRAPPERS_INCLUDED_FROM_API_FILE /*lint !e961 !e750. */
#if ( INCLUDE_xEventGroupSetBitFromISR == 1 ) && ( configUSE_TIMERS == 0 )
#error configUSE_TIMERS must be set to 1 to make the xEventGroupSetBitFromISR() function available.
#endif
#if ( INCLUDE_xEventGroupSetBitFromISR == 1 ) && ( INCLUDE_xTimerPendFunctionCall == 0 )
#error INCLUDE_xTimerPendFunctionCall must also be set to one to make the xEventGroupSetBitFromISR() function available.
#endif
/* The following bit fields convey control information in a task's event list
item value. It is important they don't clash with the
taskEVENT_LIST_ITEM_VALUE_IN_USE definition. */
#if configUSE_16_BIT_TICKS == 1
#define eventCLEAR_EVENTS_ON_EXIT_BIT 0x0100U
#define eventUNBLOCKED_DUE_TO_BIT_SET 0x0200U
#define eventWAIT_FOR_ALL_BITS 0x0400U
#define eventEVENT_BITS_CONTROL_BYTES 0xff00U
#else
#define eventCLEAR_EVENTS_ON_EXIT_BIT 0x01000000UL
#define eventUNBLOCKED_DUE_TO_BIT_SET 0x02000000UL
#define eventWAIT_FOR_ALL_BITS 0x04000000UL
#define eventEVENT_BITS_CONTROL_BYTES 0xff000000UL
#endif
typedef struct xEventGroupDefinition
{
EventBits_t uxEventBits;
List_t xTasksWaitingForBits; /*< List of tasks waiting for a bit to be set. */
#if( configUSE_TRACE_FACILITY == 1 )
UBaseType_t uxEventGroupNumber;
#endif
} EventGroup_t;
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
/*
* Test the bits set in uxCurrentEventBits to see if the wait condition is met.
* The wait condition is defined by xWaitForAllBits. If xWaitForAllBits is
* pdTRUE then the wait condition is met if all the bits set in uxBitsToWaitFor
* are also set in uxCurrentEventBits. If xWaitForAllBits is pdFALSE then the
* wait condition is met if any of the bits set in uxBitsToWait for are also set
* in uxCurrentEventBits.
*/
static BaseType_t prvTestWaitCondition( const EventBits_t uxCurrentEventBits, const EventBits_t uxBitsToWaitFor, const BaseType_t xWaitForAllBits );
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
EventGroupHandle_t xEventGroupCreate( void )
{
EventGroup_t *pxEventBits;
pxEventBits = ( EventGroup_t * ) pvPortMalloc( sizeof( EventGroup_t ) );
if( pxEventBits != NULL )
{
pxEventBits->uxEventBits = 0;
vListInitialise( &( pxEventBits->xTasksWaitingForBits ) );
traceEVENT_GROUP_CREATE( pxEventBits );
}
else
{
traceEVENT_GROUP_CREATE_FAILED();
}
return ( EventGroupHandle_t ) pxEventBits;
}
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
EventBits_t xEventGroupSync( EventGroupHandle_t xEventGroup, const EventBits_t uxBitsToSet, const EventBits_t uxBitsToWaitFor, TickType_t xTicksToWait )
{
EventBits_t uxOriginalBitValue, uxReturn;
EventGroup_t *pxEventBits = ( EventGroup_t * ) xEventGroup;
BaseType_t xAlreadyYielded;
BaseType_t xTimeoutOccurred = pdFALSE;
configASSERT( ( uxBitsToWaitFor & eventEVENT_BITS_CONTROL_BYTES ) == 0 );
configASSERT( uxBitsToWaitFor != 0 );
#if ( ( INCLUDE_xTaskGetSchedulerState == 1 ) || ( configUSE_TIMERS == 1 ) )
{
configASSERT( !( ( xTaskGetSchedulerState() == taskSCHEDULER_SUSPENDED ) && ( xTicksToWait != 0 ) ) );
}
#endif
vTaskSuspendAll();
{
uxOriginalBitValue = pxEventBits->uxEventBits;
( void ) xEventGroupSetBits( xEventGroup, uxBitsToSet );
if( ( ( uxOriginalBitValue | uxBitsToSet ) & uxBitsToWaitFor ) == uxBitsToWaitFor )
{
/* All the rendezvous bits are now set - no need to block. */
uxReturn = ( uxOriginalBitValue | uxBitsToSet );
/* Rendezvous always clear the bits. They will have been cleared
already unless this is the only task in the rendezvous. */
pxEventBits->uxEventBits &= ~uxBitsToWaitFor;
xTicksToWait = 0;
}
else
{
if( xTicksToWait != ( TickType_t ) 0 )
{
traceEVENT_GROUP_SYNC_BLOCK( xEventGroup, uxBitsToSet, uxBitsToWaitFor );
/* Store the bits that the calling task is waiting for in the
task's event list item so the kernel knows when a match is
found. Then enter the blocked state. */
vTaskPlaceOnUnorderedEventList( &( pxEventBits->xTasksWaitingForBits ), ( uxBitsToWaitFor | eventCLEAR_EVENTS_ON_EXIT_BIT | eventWAIT_FOR_ALL_BITS ), xTicksToWait );
/* This assignment is obsolete as uxReturn will get set after
the task unblocks, but some compilers mistakenly generate a
warning about uxReturn being returned without being set if the
assignment is omitted. */
uxReturn = 0;
}
else
{
/* The rendezvous bits were not set, but no block time was
specified - just return the current event bit value. */
uxReturn = pxEventBits->uxEventBits;
}
}
}
xAlreadyYielded = xTaskResumeAll();
if( xTicksToWait != ( TickType_t ) 0 )
{
if( xAlreadyYielded == pdFALSE )
{
portYIELD_WITHIN_API();
}
else
{
mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
}
/* The task blocked to wait for its required bits to be set - at this
point either the required bits were set or the block time expired. If
the required bits were set they will have been stored in the task's
event list item, and they should now be retrieved then cleared. */
uxReturn = uxTaskResetEventItemValue();
if( ( uxReturn & eventUNBLOCKED_DUE_TO_BIT_SET ) == ( EventBits_t ) 0 )
{
/* The task timed out, just return the current event bit value. */
taskENTER_CRITICAL();
{
uxReturn = pxEventBits->uxEventBits;
/* Although the task got here because it timed out before the
bits it was waiting for were set, it is possible that since it
unblocked another task has set the bits. If this is the case
then it needs to clear the bits before exiting. */
if( ( uxReturn & uxBitsToWaitFor ) == uxBitsToWaitFor )
{
pxEventBits->uxEventBits &= ~uxBitsToWaitFor;
}
else
{
mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
}
}
taskEXIT_CRITICAL();
xTimeoutOccurred = pdTRUE;
}
else
{
/* The task unblocked because the bits were set. */
}
/* Control bits might be set as the task had blocked should not be
returned. */
uxReturn &= ~eventEVENT_BITS_CONTROL_BYTES;
}
traceEVENT_GROUP_SYNC_END( xEventGroup, uxBitsToSet, uxBitsToWaitFor, xTimeoutOccurred );
return uxReturn;
}
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
EventBits_t xEventGroupWaitBits( EventGroupHandle_t xEventGroup, const EventBits_t uxBitsToWaitFor, const BaseType_t xClearOnExit, const BaseType_t xWaitForAllBits, TickType_t xTicksToWait )
{
EventGroup_t *pxEventBits = ( EventGroup_t * ) xEventGroup;
EventBits_t uxReturn, uxControlBits = 0;
BaseType_t xWaitConditionMet, xAlreadyYielded;
BaseType_t xTimeoutOccurred = pdFALSE;
/* Check the user is not attempting to wait on the bits used by the kernel
itself, and that at least one bit is being requested. */
configASSERT( xEventGroup );
configASSERT( ( uxBitsToWaitFor & eventEVENT_BITS_CONTROL_BYTES ) == 0 );
configASSERT( uxBitsToWaitFor != 0 );
#if ( ( INCLUDE_xTaskGetSchedulerState == 1 ) || ( configUSE_TIMERS == 1 ) )
{
configASSERT( !( ( xTaskGetSchedulerState() == taskSCHEDULER_SUSPENDED ) && ( xTicksToWait != 0 ) ) );
}
#endif
vTaskSuspendAll();
{
const EventBits_t uxCurrentEventBits = pxEventBits->uxEventBits;
/* Check to see if the wait condition is already met or not. */
xWaitConditionMet = prvTestWaitCondition( uxCurrentEventBits, uxBitsToWaitFor, xWaitForAllBits );
if( xWaitConditionMet != pdFALSE )
{
/* The wait condition has already been met so there is no need to
block. */
uxReturn = uxCurrentEventBits;
xTicksToWait = ( TickType_t ) 0;
/* Clear the wait bits if requested to do so. */
if( xClearOnExit != pdFALSE )
{
pxEventBits->uxEventBits &= ~uxBitsToWaitFor;
}
else
{
mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
}
}
else if( xTicksToWait == ( TickType_t ) 0 )
{
/* The wait condition has not been met, but no block time was
specified, so just return the current value. */
uxReturn = uxCurrentEventBits;
}
else
{
/* The task is going to block to wait for its required bits to be
set. uxControlBits are used to remember the specified behaviour of
this call to xEventGroupWaitBits() - for use when the event bits
unblock the task. */
if( xClearOnExit != pdFALSE )
{
uxControlBits |= eventCLEAR_EVENTS_ON_EXIT_BIT;
}
else
{
mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
}
if( xWaitForAllBits != pdFALSE )
{
uxControlBits |= eventWAIT_FOR_ALL_BITS;
}
else
{
mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
}
/* Store the bits that the calling task is waiting for in the
task's event list item so the kernel knows when a match is
found. Then enter the blocked state. */
vTaskPlaceOnUnorderedEventList( &( pxEventBits->xTasksWaitingForBits ), ( uxBitsToWaitFor | uxControlBits ), xTicksToWait );
/* This is obsolete as it will get set after the task unblocks, but
some compilers mistakenly generate a warning about the variable
being returned without being set if it is not done. */
uxReturn = 0;
traceEVENT_GROUP_WAIT_BITS_BLOCK( xEventGroup, uxBitsToWaitFor );
}
}
xAlreadyYielded = xTaskResumeAll();
if( xTicksToWait != ( TickType_t ) 0 )
{
if( xAlreadyYielded == pdFALSE )
{
portYIELD_WITHIN_API();
}
else
{
mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
}
/* The task blocked to wait for its required bits to be set - at this
point either the required bits were set or the block time expired. If
the required bits were set they will have been stored in the task's
event list item, and they should now be retrieved then cleared. */
uxReturn = uxTaskResetEventItemValue();
if( ( uxReturn & eventUNBLOCKED_DUE_TO_BIT_SET ) == ( EventBits_t ) 0 )
{
taskENTER_CRITICAL();
{
/* The task timed out, just return the current event bit value. */
uxReturn = pxEventBits->uxEventBits;
/* It is possible that the event bits were updated between this
task leaving the Blocked state and running again. */
if( prvTestWaitCondition( uxReturn, uxBitsToWaitFor, xWaitForAllBits ) != pdFALSE )
{
if( xClearOnExit != pdFALSE )
{
pxEventBits->uxEventBits &= ~uxBitsToWaitFor;
}
else
{
mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
}
}
else
{
mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
}
}
taskEXIT_CRITICAL();
/* Prevent compiler warnings when trace macros are not used. */
xTimeoutOccurred = pdFALSE;
}
else
{
/* The task unblocked because the bits were set. */
}
/* The task blocked so control bits may have been set. */
uxReturn &= ~eventEVENT_BITS_CONTROL_BYTES;
}
traceEVENT_GROUP_WAIT_BITS_END( xEventGroup, uxBitsToWaitFor, xTimeoutOccurred );
return uxReturn;
}
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
EventBits_t xEventGroupClearBits( EventGroupHandle_t xEventGroup, const EventBits_t uxBitsToClear )
{
EventGroup_t *pxEventBits = ( EventGroup_t * ) xEventGroup;
EventBits_t uxReturn;
/* Check the user is not attempting to clear the bits used by the kernel
itself. */
configASSERT( xEventGroup );
configASSERT( ( uxBitsToClear & eventEVENT_BITS_CONTROL_BYTES ) == 0 );
taskENTER_CRITICAL();
{
traceEVENT_GROUP_CLEAR_BITS( xEventGroup, uxBitsToClear );
/* The value returned is the event group value prior to the bits being
cleared. */
uxReturn = pxEventBits->uxEventBits;
/* Clear the bits. */
pxEventBits->uxEventBits &= ~uxBitsToClear;
}
taskEXIT_CRITICAL();
return uxReturn;
}
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
#if ( ( configUSE_TRACE_FACILITY == 1 ) && ( INCLUDE_xTimerPendFunctionCall == 1 ) && ( configUSE_TIMERS == 1 ) )
BaseType_t xEventGroupClearBitsFromISR( EventGroupHandle_t xEventGroup, const EventBits_t uxBitsToClear )
{
BaseType_t xReturn;
traceEVENT_GROUP_CLEAR_BITS_FROM_ISR( xEventGroup, uxBitsToClear );
xReturn = xTimerPendFunctionCallFromISR( vEventGroupClearBitsCallback, ( void * ) xEventGroup, ( uint32_t ) uxBitsToClear, NULL );
return xReturn;
}
#endif
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
EventBits_t xEventGroupGetBitsFromISR( EventGroupHandle_t xEventGroup )
{
UBaseType_t uxSavedInterruptStatus;
EventGroup_t *pxEventBits = ( EventGroup_t * ) xEventGroup;
EventBits_t uxReturn;
uxSavedInterruptStatus = portSET_INTERRUPT_MASK_FROM_ISR();
{
uxReturn = pxEventBits->uxEventBits;
}
portCLEAR_INTERRUPT_MASK_FROM_ISR( uxSavedInterruptStatus );
return uxReturn;
}
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
EventBits_t xEventGroupSetBits( EventGroupHandle_t xEventGroup, const EventBits_t uxBitsToSet )
{
ListItem_t *pxListItem, *pxNext;
ListItem_t const *pxListEnd;
List_t *pxList;
EventBits_t uxBitsToClear = 0, uxBitsWaitedFor, uxControlBits;
EventGroup_t *pxEventBits = ( EventGroup_t * ) xEventGroup;
BaseType_t xMatchFound = pdFALSE;
/* Check the user is not attempting to set the bits used by the kernel
itself. */
configASSERT( xEventGroup );
configASSERT( ( uxBitsToSet & eventEVENT_BITS_CONTROL_BYTES ) == 0 );
pxList = &( pxEventBits->xTasksWaitingForBits );
pxListEnd = listGET_END_MARKER( pxList ); /*lint !e826 !e740 The mini list structure is used as the list end to save RAM. This is checked and valid. */
vTaskSuspendAll();
{
traceEVENT_GROUP_SET_BITS( xEventGroup, uxBitsToSet );
pxListItem = listGET_HEAD_ENTRY( pxList );
/* Set the bits. */
pxEventBits->uxEventBits |= uxBitsToSet;
/* See if the new bit value should unblock any tasks. */
while( pxListItem != pxListEnd )
{
pxNext = listGET_NEXT( pxListItem );
uxBitsWaitedFor = listGET_LIST_ITEM_VALUE( pxListItem );
xMatchFound = pdFALSE;
/* Split the bits waited for from the control bits. */
uxControlBits = uxBitsWaitedFor & eventEVENT_BITS_CONTROL_BYTES;
uxBitsWaitedFor &= ~eventEVENT_BITS_CONTROL_BYTES;
if( ( uxControlBits & eventWAIT_FOR_ALL_BITS ) == ( EventBits_t ) 0 )
{
/* Just looking for single bit being set. */
if( ( uxBitsWaitedFor & pxEventBits->uxEventBits ) != ( EventBits_t ) 0 )
{
xMatchFound = pdTRUE;
}
else
{
mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
}
}
else if( ( uxBitsWaitedFor & pxEventBits->uxEventBits ) == uxBitsWaitedFor )
{
/* All bits are set. */
xMatchFound = pdTRUE;
}
else
{
/* Need all bits to be set, but not all the bits were set. */
}
if( xMatchFound != pdFALSE )
{
/* The bits match. Should the bits be cleared on exit? */
if( ( uxControlBits & eventCLEAR_EVENTS_ON_EXIT_BIT ) != ( EventBits_t ) 0 )
{
uxBitsToClear |= uxBitsWaitedFor;
}
else
{
mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
}
/* Store the actual event flag value in the task's event list
item before removing the task from the event list. The
eventUNBLOCKED_DUE_TO_BIT_SET bit is set so the task knows
that is was unblocked due to its required bits matching, rather
than because it timed out. */
( void ) xTaskRemoveFromUnorderedEventList( pxListItem, pxEventBits->uxEventBits | eventUNBLOCKED_DUE_TO_BIT_SET );
}
/* Move onto the next list item. Note pxListItem->pxNext is not
used here as the list item may have been removed from the event list
and inserted into the ready/pending reading list. */
pxListItem = pxNext;
}
/* Clear any bits that matched when the eventCLEAR_EVENTS_ON_EXIT_BIT
bit was set in the control word. */
pxEventBits->uxEventBits &= ~uxBitsToClear;
}
( void ) xTaskResumeAll();
return pxEventBits->uxEventBits;
}
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
void vEventGroupDelete( EventGroupHandle_t xEventGroup )
{
EventGroup_t *pxEventBits = ( EventGroup_t * ) xEventGroup;
const List_t *pxTasksWaitingForBits = &( pxEventBits->xTasksWaitingForBits );
vTaskSuspendAll();
{
traceEVENT_GROUP_DELETE( xEventGroup );
while( listCURRENT_LIST_LENGTH( pxTasksWaitingForBits ) > ( UBaseType_t ) 0 )
{
/* Unblock the task, returning 0 as the event list is being deleted
and cannot therefore have any bits set. */
configASSERT( pxTasksWaitingForBits->xListEnd.pxNext != ( ListItem_t * ) &( pxTasksWaitingForBits->xListEnd ) );
( void ) xTaskRemoveFromUnorderedEventList( pxTasksWaitingForBits->xListEnd.pxNext, eventUNBLOCKED_DUE_TO_BIT_SET );
}
vPortFree( pxEventBits );
}
( void ) xTaskResumeAll();
}
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
/* For internal use only - execute a 'set bits' command that was pended from
an interrupt. */
void vEventGroupSetBitsCallback( void *pvEventGroup, const uint32_t ulBitsToSet )
{
( void ) xEventGroupSetBits( pvEventGroup, ( EventBits_t ) ulBitsToSet );
}
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
/* For internal use only - execute a 'clear bits' command that was pended from
an interrupt. */
void vEventGroupClearBitsCallback( void *pvEventGroup, const uint32_t ulBitsToClear )
{
( void ) xEventGroupClearBits( pvEventGroup, ( EventBits_t ) ulBitsToClear );
}
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
static BaseType_t prvTestWaitCondition( const EventBits_t uxCurrentEventBits, const EventBits_t uxBitsToWaitFor, const BaseType_t xWaitForAllBits )
{
BaseType_t xWaitConditionMet = pdFALSE;
if( xWaitForAllBits == pdFALSE )
{
/* Task only has to wait for one bit within uxBitsToWaitFor to be
set. Is one already set? */
if( ( uxCurrentEventBits & uxBitsToWaitFor ) != ( EventBits_t ) 0 )
{
xWaitConditionMet = pdTRUE;
}
else
{
mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
}
}
else
{
/* Task has to wait for all the bits in uxBitsToWaitFor to be set.
Are they set already? */
if( ( uxCurrentEventBits & uxBitsToWaitFor ) == uxBitsToWaitFor )
{
xWaitConditionMet = pdTRUE;
}
else
{
mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
}
}
return xWaitConditionMet;
}
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
#if ( ( configUSE_TRACE_FACILITY == 1 ) && ( INCLUDE_xTimerPendFunctionCall == 1 ) && ( configUSE_TIMERS == 1 ) )
BaseType_t xEventGroupSetBitsFromISR( EventGroupHandle_t xEventGroup, const EventBits_t uxBitsToSet, BaseType_t *pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken )
{
BaseType_t xReturn;
traceEVENT_GROUP_SET_BITS_FROM_ISR( xEventGroup, uxBitsToSet );
xReturn = xTimerPendFunctionCallFromISR( vEventGroupSetBitsCallback, ( void * ) xEventGroup, ( uint32_t ) uxBitsToSet, pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken );
return xReturn;
}
#endif
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
#if (configUSE_TRACE_FACILITY == 1)
UBaseType_t uxEventGroupGetNumber( void* xEventGroup )
{
UBaseType_t xReturn;
EventGroup_t *pxEventBits = ( EventGroup_t * ) xEventGroup;
if( xEventGroup == NULL )
{
xReturn = 0;
}
else
{
xReturn = pxEventBits->uxEventGroupNumber;
}
return xReturn;
}
#endif

835
FreeRTOS/include/FreeRTOS.h Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,835 @@
/*
FreeRTOS V8.2.3 - Copyright (C) 2015 Real Time Engineers Ltd.
All rights reserved
VISIT http://www.FreeRTOS.org TO ENSURE YOU ARE USING THE LATEST VERSION.
This file is part of the FreeRTOS distribution.
FreeRTOS is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under
the terms of the GNU General Public License (version 2) as published by the
Free Software Foundation >>>> AND MODIFIED BY <<<< the FreeRTOS exception.
***************************************************************************
>>! NOTE: The modification to the GPL is included to allow you to !<<
>>! distribute a combined work that includes FreeRTOS without being !<<
>>! obliged to provide the source code for proprietary components !<<
>>! outside of the FreeRTOS kernel. !<<
***************************************************************************
FreeRTOS is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY
WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS
FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. Full license text is available on the following
link: http://www.freertos.org/a00114.html
***************************************************************************
* *
* FreeRTOS provides completely free yet professionally developed, *
* robust, strictly quality controlled, supported, and cross *
* platform software that is more than just the market leader, it *
* is the industry's de facto standard. *
* *
* Help yourself get started quickly while simultaneously helping *
* to support the FreeRTOS project by purchasing a FreeRTOS *
* tutorial book, reference manual, or both: *
* http://www.FreeRTOS.org/Documentation *
* *
***************************************************************************
http://www.FreeRTOS.org/FAQHelp.html - Having a problem? Start by reading
the FAQ page "My application does not run, what could be wrong?". Have you
defined configASSERT()?
http://www.FreeRTOS.org/support - In return for receiving this top quality
embedded software for free we request you assist our global community by
participating in the support forum.
http://www.FreeRTOS.org/training - Investing in training allows your team to
be as productive as possible as early as possible. Now you can receive
FreeRTOS training directly from Richard Barry, CEO of Real Time Engineers
Ltd, and the world's leading authority on the world's leading RTOS.
http://www.FreeRTOS.org/plus - A selection of FreeRTOS ecosystem products,
including FreeRTOS+Trace - an indispensable productivity tool, a DOS
compatible FAT file system, and our tiny thread aware UDP/IP stack.
http://www.FreeRTOS.org/labs - Where new FreeRTOS products go to incubate.
Come and try FreeRTOS+TCP, our new open source TCP/IP stack for FreeRTOS.
http://www.OpenRTOS.com - Real Time Engineers ltd. license FreeRTOS to High
Integrity Systems ltd. to sell under the OpenRTOS brand. Low cost OpenRTOS
licenses offer ticketed support, indemnification and commercial middleware.
http://www.SafeRTOS.com - High Integrity Systems also provide a safety
engineered and independently SIL3 certified version for use in safety and
mission critical applications that require provable dependability.
1 tab == 4 spaces!
*/
#ifndef INC_FREERTOS_H
#define INC_FREERTOS_H
/*
* Include the generic headers required for the FreeRTOS port being used.
*/
#include <stddef.h>
/*
* If stdint.h cannot be located then:
* + If using GCC ensure the -nostdint options is *not* being used.
* + Ensure the project's include path includes the directory in which your
* compiler stores stdint.h.
* + Set any compiler options necessary for it to support C99, as technically
* stdint.h is only mandatory with C99 (FreeRTOS does not require C99 in any
* other way).
* + The FreeRTOS download includes a simple stdint.h definition that can be
* used in cases where none is provided by the compiler. The files only
* contains the typedefs required to build FreeRTOS. Read the instructions
* in FreeRTOS/source/stdint.readme for more information.
*/
#include <stdint.h> /* READ COMMENT ABOVE. */
#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif
/* Application specific configuration options. */
#include "FreeRTOSConfig.h"
/* Basic FreeRTOS definitions. */
#include "projdefs.h"
/* Definitions specific to the port being used. */
#include "portable.h"
/*
* Check all the required application specific macros have been defined.
* These macros are application specific and (as downloaded) are defined
* within FreeRTOSConfig.h.
*/
#ifndef configMINIMAL_STACK_SIZE
#error Missing definition: configMINIMAL_STACK_SIZE must be defined in FreeRTOSConfig.h. configMINIMAL_STACK_SIZE defines the size (in words) of the stack allocated to the idle task. Refer to the demo project provided for your port for a suitable value.
#endif
#ifndef configMAX_PRIORITIES
#error Missing definition: configMAX_PRIORITIES must be defined in FreeRTOSConfig.h. See the Configuration section of the FreeRTOS API documentation for details.
#endif
#ifndef configUSE_PREEMPTION
#error Missing definition: configUSE_PREEMPTION must be defined in FreeRTOSConfig.h as either 1 or 0. See the Configuration section of the FreeRTOS API documentation for details.
#endif
#ifndef configUSE_IDLE_HOOK
#error Missing definition: configUSE_IDLE_HOOK must be defined in FreeRTOSConfig.h as either 1 or 0. See the Configuration section of the FreeRTOS API documentation for details.
#endif
#ifndef configUSE_TICK_HOOK
#error Missing definition: configUSE_TICK_HOOK must be defined in FreeRTOSConfig.h as either 1 or 0. See the Configuration section of the FreeRTOS API documentation for details.
#endif
#ifndef INCLUDE_vTaskPrioritySet
#error Missing definition: INCLUDE_vTaskPrioritySet must be defined in FreeRTOSConfig.h as either 1 or 0. See the Configuration section of the FreeRTOS API documentation for details.
#endif
#ifndef INCLUDE_uxTaskPriorityGet
#error Missing definition: INCLUDE_uxTaskPriorityGet must be defined in FreeRTOSConfig.h as either 1 or 0. See the Configuration section of the FreeRTOS API documentation for details.
#endif
#ifndef INCLUDE_vTaskDelete
#error Missing definition: INCLUDE_vTaskDelete must be defined in FreeRTOSConfig.h as either 1 or 0. See the Configuration section of the FreeRTOS API documentation for details.
#endif
#ifndef INCLUDE_vTaskSuspend
#error Missing definition: INCLUDE_vTaskSuspend must be defined in FreeRTOSConfig.h as either 1 or 0. See the Configuration section of the FreeRTOS API documentation for details.
#endif
#ifndef INCLUDE_vTaskDelayUntil
#error Missing definition: INCLUDE_vTaskDelayUntil must be defined in FreeRTOSConfig.h as either 1 or 0. See the Configuration section of the FreeRTOS API documentation for details.
#endif
#ifndef INCLUDE_vTaskDelay
#error Missing definition: INCLUDE_vTaskDelay must be defined in FreeRTOSConfig.h as either 1 or 0. See the Configuration section of the FreeRTOS API documentation for details.
#endif
#ifndef configUSE_16_BIT_TICKS
#error Missing definition: configUSE_16_BIT_TICKS must be defined in FreeRTOSConfig.h as either 1 or 0. See the Configuration section of the FreeRTOS API documentation for details.
#endif
#ifndef configMAX_PRIORITIES
#error configMAX_PRIORITIES must be defined to be greater than or equal to 1.
#endif
#ifndef configUSE_CO_ROUTINES
#define configUSE_CO_ROUTINES 0
#endif
#if configUSE_CO_ROUTINES != 0
#ifndef configMAX_CO_ROUTINE_PRIORITIES
#error configMAX_CO_ROUTINE_PRIORITIES must be greater than or equal to 1.
#endif
#endif
#ifndef INCLUDE_xTaskGetIdleTaskHandle
#define INCLUDE_xTaskGetIdleTaskHandle 0
#endif
#ifndef INCLUDE_xTimerGetTimerDaemonTaskHandle
#define INCLUDE_xTimerGetTimerDaemonTaskHandle 0
#endif
#ifndef INCLUDE_xQueueGetMutexHolder
#define INCLUDE_xQueueGetMutexHolder 0
#endif
#ifndef INCLUDE_xSemaphoreGetMutexHolder
#define INCLUDE_xSemaphoreGetMutexHolder INCLUDE_xQueueGetMutexHolder
#endif
#ifndef INCLUDE_pcTaskGetTaskName
#define INCLUDE_pcTaskGetTaskName 0
#endif
#ifndef configUSE_APPLICATION_TASK_TAG
#define configUSE_APPLICATION_TASK_TAG 0
#endif
#ifndef configNUM_THREAD_LOCAL_STORAGE_POINTERS
#define configNUM_THREAD_LOCAL_STORAGE_POINTERS 0
#endif
#ifndef INCLUDE_uxTaskGetStackHighWaterMark
#define INCLUDE_uxTaskGetStackHighWaterMark 0
#endif
#ifndef INCLUDE_eTaskGetState
#define INCLUDE_eTaskGetState 0
#endif
#ifndef configUSE_RECURSIVE_MUTEXES
#define configUSE_RECURSIVE_MUTEXES 0
#endif
#ifndef configUSE_MUTEXES
#define configUSE_MUTEXES 0
#endif
#ifndef configUSE_TIMERS
#define configUSE_TIMERS 0
#endif
#ifndef configUSE_COUNTING_SEMAPHORES
#define configUSE_COUNTING_SEMAPHORES 0
#endif
#ifndef configUSE_ALTERNATIVE_API
#define configUSE_ALTERNATIVE_API 0
#endif
#ifndef portCRITICAL_NESTING_IN_TCB
#define portCRITICAL_NESTING_IN_TCB 0
#endif
#ifndef configMAX_TASK_NAME_LEN
#define configMAX_TASK_NAME_LEN 16
#endif
#ifndef configIDLE_SHOULD_YIELD
#define configIDLE_SHOULD_YIELD 1
#endif
#if configMAX_TASK_NAME_LEN < 1
#error configMAX_TASK_NAME_LEN must be set to a minimum of 1 in FreeRTOSConfig.h
#endif
#ifndef INCLUDE_xTaskResumeFromISR
#define INCLUDE_xTaskResumeFromISR 1
#endif
#ifndef INCLUDE_xEventGroupSetBitFromISR
#define INCLUDE_xEventGroupSetBitFromISR 0
#endif
#ifndef INCLUDE_xTimerPendFunctionCall
#define INCLUDE_xTimerPendFunctionCall 0
#endif
#ifndef configASSERT
#define configASSERT( x )
#define configASSERT_DEFINED 0
#else
#define configASSERT_DEFINED 1
#endif
/* The timers module relies on xTaskGetSchedulerState(). */
#if configUSE_TIMERS == 1
#ifndef configTIMER_TASK_PRIORITY
#error If configUSE_TIMERS is set to 1 then configTIMER_TASK_PRIORITY must also be defined.
#endif /* configTIMER_TASK_PRIORITY */
#ifndef configTIMER_QUEUE_LENGTH
#error If configUSE_TIMERS is set to 1 then configTIMER_QUEUE_LENGTH must also be defined.
#endif /* configTIMER_QUEUE_LENGTH */
#ifndef configTIMER_TASK_STACK_DEPTH
#error If configUSE_TIMERS is set to 1 then configTIMER_TASK_STACK_DEPTH must also be defined.
#endif /* configTIMER_TASK_STACK_DEPTH */
#endif /* configUSE_TIMERS */
#ifndef INCLUDE_xTaskGetSchedulerState
#define INCLUDE_xTaskGetSchedulerState 0
#endif
#ifndef INCLUDE_xTaskGetCurrentTaskHandle
#define INCLUDE_xTaskGetCurrentTaskHandle 0
#endif
#ifndef portSET_INTERRUPT_MASK_FROM_ISR
#define portSET_INTERRUPT_MASK_FROM_ISR() 0
#endif
#ifndef portCLEAR_INTERRUPT_MASK_FROM_ISR
#define portCLEAR_INTERRUPT_MASK_FROM_ISR( uxSavedStatusValue ) ( void ) uxSavedStatusValue
#endif
#ifndef portCLEAN_UP_TCB
#define portCLEAN_UP_TCB( pxTCB ) ( void ) pxTCB
#endif
#ifndef portPRE_TASK_DELETE_HOOK
#define portPRE_TASK_DELETE_HOOK( pvTaskToDelete, pxYieldPending )
#endif
#ifndef portSETUP_TCB
#define portSETUP_TCB( pxTCB ) ( void ) pxTCB
#endif
#ifndef configQUEUE_REGISTRY_SIZE
#define configQUEUE_REGISTRY_SIZE 0U
#endif
#if ( configQUEUE_REGISTRY_SIZE < 1 )
#define vQueueAddToRegistry( xQueue, pcName )
#define vQueueUnregisterQueue( xQueue )
#endif
#ifndef portPOINTER_SIZE_TYPE
#define portPOINTER_SIZE_TYPE uint32_t
#endif
/* Remove any unused trace macros. */
#ifndef traceSTART
/* Used to perform any necessary initialisation - for example, open a file
into which trace is to be written. */
#define traceSTART()
#endif
#ifndef traceEND
/* Use to close a trace, for example close a file into which trace has been
written. */
#define traceEND()
#endif
#ifndef traceTASK_SWITCHED_IN
/* Called after a task has been selected to run. pxCurrentTCB holds a pointer
to the task control block of the selected task. */
#define traceTASK_SWITCHED_IN()
#endif
#ifndef traceINCREASE_TICK_COUNT
/* Called before stepping the tick count after waking from tickless idle
sleep. */
#define traceINCREASE_TICK_COUNT( x )
#endif
#ifndef traceLOW_POWER_IDLE_BEGIN
/* Called immediately before entering tickless idle. */
#define traceLOW_POWER_IDLE_BEGIN()
#endif
#ifndef traceLOW_POWER_IDLE_END
/* Called when returning to the Idle task after a tickless idle. */
#define traceLOW_POWER_IDLE_END()
#endif
#ifndef traceTASK_SWITCHED_OUT
/* Called before a task has been selected to run. pxCurrentTCB holds a pointer
to the task control block of the task being switched out. */
#define traceTASK_SWITCHED_OUT()
#endif
#ifndef traceTASK_PRIORITY_INHERIT
/* Called when a task attempts to take a mutex that is already held by a
lower priority task. pxTCBOfMutexHolder is a pointer to the TCB of the task
that holds the mutex. uxInheritedPriority is the priority the mutex holder
will inherit (the priority of the task that is attempting to obtain the
muted. */
#define traceTASK_PRIORITY_INHERIT( pxTCBOfMutexHolder, uxInheritedPriority )
#endif
#ifndef traceTASK_PRIORITY_DISINHERIT
/* Called when a task releases a mutex, the holding of which had resulted in
the task inheriting the priority of a higher priority task.
pxTCBOfMutexHolder is a pointer to the TCB of the task that is releasing the
mutex. uxOriginalPriority is the task's configured (base) priority. */
#define traceTASK_PRIORITY_DISINHERIT( pxTCBOfMutexHolder, uxOriginalPriority )
#endif
#ifndef traceBLOCKING_ON_QUEUE_RECEIVE
/* Task is about to block because it cannot read from a
queue/mutex/semaphore. pxQueue is a pointer to the queue/mutex/semaphore
upon which the read was attempted. pxCurrentTCB points to the TCB of the
task that attempted the read. */
#define traceBLOCKING_ON_QUEUE_RECEIVE( pxQueue )
#endif
#ifndef traceBLOCKING_ON_QUEUE_SEND
/* Task is about to block because it cannot write to a
queue/mutex/semaphore. pxQueue is a pointer to the queue/mutex/semaphore
upon which the write was attempted. pxCurrentTCB points to the TCB of the
task that attempted the write. */
#define traceBLOCKING_ON_QUEUE_SEND( pxQueue )
#endif
#ifndef configCHECK_FOR_STACK_OVERFLOW
#define configCHECK_FOR_STACK_OVERFLOW 0
#endif
/* The following event macros are embedded in the kernel API calls. */
#ifndef traceMOVED_TASK_TO_READY_STATE
#define traceMOVED_TASK_TO_READY_STATE( pxTCB )
#endif
#ifndef traceQUEUE_CREATE
#define traceQUEUE_CREATE( pxNewQueue )
#endif
#ifndef traceQUEUE_CREATE_FAILED
#define traceQUEUE_CREATE_FAILED( ucQueueType )
#endif
#ifndef traceCREATE_MUTEX
#define traceCREATE_MUTEX( pxNewQueue )
#endif
#ifndef traceCREATE_MUTEX_FAILED
#define traceCREATE_MUTEX_FAILED()
#endif
#ifndef traceGIVE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE
#define traceGIVE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE( pxMutex )
#endif
#ifndef traceGIVE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE_FAILED
#define traceGIVE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE_FAILED( pxMutex )
#endif
#ifndef traceTAKE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE
#define traceTAKE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE( pxMutex )
#endif
#ifndef traceTAKE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE_FAILED
#define traceTAKE_MUTEX_RECURSIVE_FAILED( pxMutex )
#endif
#ifndef traceCREATE_COUNTING_SEMAPHORE
#define traceCREATE_COUNTING_SEMAPHORE()
#endif
#ifndef traceCREATE_COUNTING_SEMAPHORE_FAILED
#define traceCREATE_COUNTING_SEMAPHORE_FAILED()
#endif
#ifndef traceQUEUE_SEND
#define traceQUEUE_SEND( pxQueue )
#endif
#ifndef traceQUEUE_SEND_FAILED
#define traceQUEUE_SEND_FAILED( pxQueue )
#endif
#ifndef traceQUEUE_RECEIVE
#define traceQUEUE_RECEIVE( pxQueue )
#endif
#ifndef traceQUEUE_PEEK
#define traceQUEUE_PEEK( pxQueue )
#endif
#ifndef traceQUEUE_PEEK_FROM_ISR
#define traceQUEUE_PEEK_FROM_ISR( pxQueue )
#endif
#ifndef traceQUEUE_RECEIVE_FAILED
#define traceQUEUE_RECEIVE_FAILED( pxQueue )
#endif
#ifndef traceQUEUE_SEND_FROM_ISR
#define traceQUEUE_SEND_FROM_ISR( pxQueue )
#endif
#ifndef traceQUEUE_SEND_FROM_ISR_FAILED
#define traceQUEUE_SEND_FROM_ISR_FAILED( pxQueue )
#endif
#ifndef traceQUEUE_RECEIVE_FROM_ISR
#define traceQUEUE_RECEIVE_FROM_ISR( pxQueue )
#endif
#ifndef traceQUEUE_RECEIVE_FROM_ISR_FAILED
#define traceQUEUE_RECEIVE_FROM_ISR_FAILED( pxQueue )
#endif
#ifndef traceQUEUE_PEEK_FROM_ISR_FAILED
#define traceQUEUE_PEEK_FROM_ISR_FAILED( pxQueue )
#endif
#ifndef traceQUEUE_DELETE
#define traceQUEUE_DELETE( pxQueue )
#endif
#ifndef traceTASK_CREATE
#define traceTASK_CREATE( pxNewTCB )
#endif
#ifndef traceTASK_CREATE_FAILED
#define traceTASK_CREATE_FAILED()
#endif
#ifndef traceTASK_DELETE
#define traceTASK_DELETE( pxTaskToDelete )
#endif
#ifndef traceTASK_DELAY_UNTIL
#define traceTASK_DELAY_UNTIL()
#endif
#ifndef traceTASK_DELAY
#define traceTASK_DELAY()
#endif
#ifndef traceTASK_PRIORITY_SET
#define traceTASK_PRIORITY_SET( pxTask, uxNewPriority )
#endif
#ifndef traceTASK_SUSPEND
#define traceTASK_SUSPEND( pxTaskToSuspend )
#endif
#ifndef traceTASK_RESUME
#define traceTASK_RESUME( pxTaskToResume )
#endif
#ifndef traceTASK_RESUME_FROM_ISR
#define traceTASK_RESUME_FROM_ISR( pxTaskToResume )
#endif
#ifndef traceTASK_INCREMENT_TICK
#define traceTASK_INCREMENT_TICK( xTickCount )
#endif
#ifndef traceTIMER_CREATE
#define traceTIMER_CREATE( pxNewTimer )
#endif
#ifndef traceTIMER_CREATE_FAILED
#define traceTIMER_CREATE_FAILED()
#endif
#ifndef traceTIMER_COMMAND_SEND
#define traceTIMER_COMMAND_SEND( xTimer, xMessageID, xMessageValueValue, xReturn )
#endif
#ifndef traceTIMER_EXPIRED
#define traceTIMER_EXPIRED( pxTimer )
#endif
#ifndef traceTIMER_COMMAND_RECEIVED
#define traceTIMER_COMMAND_RECEIVED( pxTimer, xMessageID, xMessageValue )
#endif
#ifndef traceMALLOC
#define traceMALLOC( pvAddress, uiSize )
#endif
#ifndef traceFREE
#define traceFREE( pvAddress, uiSize )
#endif
#ifndef traceEVENT_GROUP_CREATE
#define traceEVENT_GROUP_CREATE( xEventGroup )
#endif
#ifndef traceEVENT_GROUP_CREATE_FAILED
#define traceEVENT_GROUP_CREATE_FAILED()
#endif
#ifndef traceEVENT_GROUP_SYNC_BLOCK
#define traceEVENT_GROUP_SYNC_BLOCK( xEventGroup, uxBitsToSet, uxBitsToWaitFor )
#endif
#ifndef traceEVENT_GROUP_SYNC_END
#define traceEVENT_GROUP_SYNC_END( xEventGroup, uxBitsToSet, uxBitsToWaitFor, xTimeoutOccurred ) ( void ) xTimeoutOccurred
#endif
#ifndef traceEVENT_GROUP_WAIT_BITS_BLOCK
#define traceEVENT_GROUP_WAIT_BITS_BLOCK( xEventGroup, uxBitsToWaitFor )
#endif
#ifndef traceEVENT_GROUP_WAIT_BITS_END
#define traceEVENT_GROUP_WAIT_BITS_END( xEventGroup, uxBitsToWaitFor, xTimeoutOccurred ) ( void ) xTimeoutOccurred
#endif
#ifndef traceEVENT_GROUP_CLEAR_BITS
#define traceEVENT_GROUP_CLEAR_BITS( xEventGroup, uxBitsToClear )
#endif
#ifndef traceEVENT_GROUP_CLEAR_BITS_FROM_ISR
#define traceEVENT_GROUP_CLEAR_BITS_FROM_ISR( xEventGroup, uxBitsToClear )
#endif
#ifndef traceEVENT_GROUP_SET_BITS
#define traceEVENT_GROUP_SET_BITS( xEventGroup, uxBitsToSet )
#endif
#ifndef traceEVENT_GROUP_SET_BITS_FROM_ISR
#define traceEVENT_GROUP_SET_BITS_FROM_ISR( xEventGroup, uxBitsToSet )
#endif
#ifndef traceEVENT_GROUP_DELETE
#define traceEVENT_GROUP_DELETE( xEventGroup )
#endif
#ifndef tracePEND_FUNC_CALL
#define tracePEND_FUNC_CALL(xFunctionToPend, pvParameter1, ulParameter2, ret)
#endif
#ifndef tracePEND_FUNC_CALL_FROM_ISR
#define tracePEND_FUNC_CALL_FROM_ISR(xFunctionToPend, pvParameter1, ulParameter2, ret)
#endif
#ifndef traceQUEUE_REGISTRY_ADD
#define traceQUEUE_REGISTRY_ADD(xQueue, pcQueueName)
#endif
#ifndef traceTASK_NOTIFY_TAKE_BLOCK
#define traceTASK_NOTIFY_TAKE_BLOCK()
#endif
#ifndef traceTASK_NOTIFY_TAKE
#define traceTASK_NOTIFY_TAKE()
#endif
#ifndef traceTASK_NOTIFY_WAIT_BLOCK
#define traceTASK_NOTIFY_WAIT_BLOCK()
#endif
#ifndef traceTASK_NOTIFY_WAIT
#define traceTASK_NOTIFY_WAIT()
#endif
#ifndef traceTASK_NOTIFY
#define traceTASK_NOTIFY()
#endif
#ifndef traceTASK_NOTIFY_FROM_ISR
#define traceTASK_NOTIFY_FROM_ISR()
#endif
#ifndef traceTASK_NOTIFY_GIVE_FROM_ISR
#define traceTASK_NOTIFY_GIVE_FROM_ISR()
#endif
#ifndef configGENERATE_RUN_TIME_STATS
#define configGENERATE_RUN_TIME_STATS 0
#endif
#if ( configGENERATE_RUN_TIME_STATS == 1 )
#ifndef portCONFIGURE_TIMER_FOR_RUN_TIME_STATS
#error If configGENERATE_RUN_TIME_STATS is defined then portCONFIGURE_TIMER_FOR_RUN_TIME_STATS must also be defined. portCONFIGURE_TIMER_FOR_RUN_TIME_STATS should call a port layer function to setup a peripheral timer/counter that can then be used as the run time counter time base.
#endif /* portCONFIGURE_TIMER_FOR_RUN_TIME_STATS */
#ifndef portGET_RUN_TIME_COUNTER_VALUE
#ifndef portALT_GET_RUN_TIME_COUNTER_VALUE
#error If configGENERATE_RUN_TIME_STATS is defined then either portGET_RUN_TIME_COUNTER_VALUE or portALT_GET_RUN_TIME_COUNTER_VALUE must also be defined. See the examples provided and the FreeRTOS web site for more information.
#endif /* portALT_GET_RUN_TIME_COUNTER_VALUE */
#endif /* portGET_RUN_TIME_COUNTER_VALUE */
#endif /* configGENERATE_RUN_TIME_STATS */
#ifndef portCONFIGURE_TIMER_FOR_RUN_TIME_STATS
#define portCONFIGURE_TIMER_FOR_RUN_TIME_STATS()
#endif
#ifndef configUSE_MALLOC_FAILED_HOOK
#define configUSE_MALLOC_FAILED_HOOK 0
#endif
#ifndef portPRIVILEGE_BIT
#define portPRIVILEGE_BIT ( ( UBaseType_t ) 0x00 )
#endif
#ifndef portYIELD_WITHIN_API
#define portYIELD_WITHIN_API portYIELD
#endif
#ifndef pvPortMallocAligned
#define pvPortMallocAligned( x, puxStackBuffer ) ( ( ( puxStackBuffer ) == NULL ) ? ( pvPortMalloc( ( x ) ) ) : ( puxStackBuffer ) )
#endif
#ifndef vPortFreeAligned
#define vPortFreeAligned( pvBlockToFree ) vPortFree( pvBlockToFree )
#endif
#ifndef portSUPPRESS_TICKS_AND_SLEEP
#define portSUPPRESS_TICKS_AND_SLEEP( xExpectedIdleTime )
#endif
#ifndef configEXPECTED_IDLE_TIME_BEFORE_SLEEP
#define configEXPECTED_IDLE_TIME_BEFORE_SLEEP 2
#endif
#if configEXPECTED_IDLE_TIME_BEFORE_SLEEP < 2
#error configEXPECTED_IDLE_TIME_BEFORE_SLEEP must not be less than 2
#endif
#ifndef configUSE_TICKLESS_IDLE
#define configUSE_TICKLESS_IDLE 0
#endif
#ifndef configPRE_SLEEP_PROCESSING
#define configPRE_SLEEP_PROCESSING( x )
#endif
#ifndef configPOST_SLEEP_PROCESSING
#define configPOST_SLEEP_PROCESSING( x )
#endif
#ifndef configUSE_QUEUE_SETS
#define configUSE_QUEUE_SETS 0
#endif
#ifndef portTASK_USES_FLOATING_POINT
#define portTASK_USES_FLOATING_POINT()
#endif
#ifndef configUSE_TIME_SLICING
#define configUSE_TIME_SLICING 1
#endif
#ifndef configINCLUDE_APPLICATION_DEFINED_PRIVILEGED_FUNCTIONS
#define configINCLUDE_APPLICATION_DEFINED_PRIVILEGED_FUNCTIONS 0
#endif
#ifndef configUSE_NEWLIB_REENTRANT
#define configUSE_NEWLIB_REENTRANT 0
#endif
#ifndef configUSE_STATS_FORMATTING_FUNCTIONS
#define configUSE_STATS_FORMATTING_FUNCTIONS 0
#endif
#ifndef portASSERT_IF_INTERRUPT_PRIORITY_INVALID
#define portASSERT_IF_INTERRUPT_PRIORITY_INVALID()
#endif
#ifndef configUSE_TRACE_FACILITY
#define configUSE_TRACE_FACILITY 0
#endif
#ifndef mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER
#define mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER()
#endif
#ifndef mtCOVERAGE_TEST_DELAY
#define mtCOVERAGE_TEST_DELAY()
#endif
#ifndef portASSERT_IF_IN_ISR
#define portASSERT_IF_IN_ISR()
#endif
#ifndef configUSE_PORT_OPTIMISED_TASK_SELECTION
#define configUSE_PORT_OPTIMISED_TASK_SELECTION 0
#endif
#ifndef configAPPLICATION_ALLOCATED_HEAP
#define configAPPLICATION_ALLOCATED_HEAP 0
#endif
#ifndef configUSE_TASK_NOTIFICATIONS
#define configUSE_TASK_NOTIFICATIONS 1
#endif
#ifndef portTICK_TYPE_IS_ATOMIC
#define portTICK_TYPE_IS_ATOMIC 0
#endif
#if( portTICK_TYPE_IS_ATOMIC == 0 )
/* Either variables of tick type cannot be read atomically, or
portTICK_TYPE_IS_ATOMIC was not set - map the critical sections used when
the tick count is returned to the standard critical section macros. */
#define portTICK_TYPE_ENTER_CRITICAL() portENTER_CRITICAL()
#define portTICK_TYPE_EXIT_CRITICAL() portEXIT_CRITICAL()
#define portTICK_TYPE_SET_INTERRUPT_MASK_FROM_ISR() portSET_INTERRUPT_MASK_FROM_ISR()
#define portTICK_TYPE_CLEAR_INTERRUPT_MASK_FROM_ISR( x ) portCLEAR_INTERRUPT_MASK_FROM_ISR( ( x ) )
#else
/* The tick type can be read atomically, so critical sections used when the
tick count is returned can be defined away. */
#define portTICK_TYPE_ENTER_CRITICAL()
#define portTICK_TYPE_EXIT_CRITICAL()
#define portTICK_TYPE_SET_INTERRUPT_MASK_FROM_ISR() 0
#define portTICK_TYPE_CLEAR_INTERRUPT_MASK_FROM_ISR( x ) ( void ) x
#endif
/* Definitions to allow backward compatibility with FreeRTOS versions prior to
V8 if desired. */
#ifndef configENABLE_BACKWARD_COMPATIBILITY
#define configENABLE_BACKWARD_COMPATIBILITY 1
#endif
#if configENABLE_BACKWARD_COMPATIBILITY == 1
#define eTaskStateGet eTaskGetState
#define portTickType TickType_t
#define xTaskHandle TaskHandle_t
#define xQueueHandle QueueHandle_t
#define xSemaphoreHandle SemaphoreHandle_t
#define xQueueSetHandle QueueSetHandle_t
#define xQueueSetMemberHandle QueueSetMemberHandle_t
#define xTimeOutType TimeOut_t
#define xMemoryRegion MemoryRegion_t
#define xTaskParameters TaskParameters_t
#define xTaskStatusType TaskStatus_t
#define xTimerHandle TimerHandle_t
#define xCoRoutineHandle CoRoutineHandle_t
#define pdTASK_HOOK_CODE TaskHookFunction_t
#define portTICK_RATE_MS portTICK_PERIOD_MS
/* Backward compatibility within the scheduler code only - these definitions
are not really required but are included for completeness. */
#define tmrTIMER_CALLBACK TimerCallbackFunction_t
#define pdTASK_CODE TaskFunction_t
#define xListItem ListItem_t
#define xList List_t
#endif /* configENABLE_BACKWARD_COMPATIBILITY */
/* Set configUSE_TASK_FPU_SUPPORT to 0 to omit floating point support even
if floating point hardware is otherwise supported by the FreeRTOS port in use.
This constant is not supported by all FreeRTOS ports that include floating
point support. */
#ifndef configUSE_TASK_FPU_SUPPORT
#define configUSE_TASK_FPU_SUPPORT 1
#endif
#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif
#endif /* INC_FREERTOS_H */

View File

@ -0,0 +1,171 @@
/*
FreeRTOS V8.2.3 - Copyright (C) 2015 Real Time Engineers Ltd.
All rights reserved
VISIT http://www.FreeRTOS.org TO ENSURE YOU ARE USING THE LATEST VERSION.
This file is part of the FreeRTOS distribution.
FreeRTOS is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under
the terms of the GNU General Public License (version 2) as published by the
Free Software Foundation >>>> AND MODIFIED BY <<<< the FreeRTOS exception.
***************************************************************************
>>! NOTE: The modification to the GPL is included to allow you to !<<
>>! distribute a combined work that includes FreeRTOS without being !<<
>>! obliged to provide the source code for proprietary components !<<
>>! outside of the FreeRTOS kernel. !<<
***************************************************************************
FreeRTOS is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY
WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS
FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. Full license text is available on the following
link: http://www.freertos.org/a00114.html
***************************************************************************
* *
* FreeRTOS provides completely free yet professionally developed, *
* robust, strictly quality controlled, supported, and cross *
* platform software that is more than just the market leader, it *
* is the industry's de facto standard. *
* *
* Help yourself get started quickly while simultaneously helping *
* to support the FreeRTOS project by purchasing a FreeRTOS *
* tutorial book, reference manual, or both: *
* http://www.FreeRTOS.org/Documentation *
* *
***************************************************************************
http://www.FreeRTOS.org/FAQHelp.html - Having a problem? Start by reading
the FAQ page "My application does not run, what could be wrong?". Have you
defined configASSERT()?
http://www.FreeRTOS.org/support - In return for receiving this top quality
embedded software for free we request you assist our global community by
participating in the support forum.
http://www.FreeRTOS.org/training - Investing in training allows your team to
be as productive as possible as early as possible. Now you can receive
FreeRTOS training directly from Richard Barry, CEO of Real Time Engineers
Ltd, and the world's leading authority on the world's leading RTOS.
http://www.FreeRTOS.org/plus - A selection of FreeRTOS ecosystem products,
including FreeRTOS+Trace - an indispensable productivity tool, a DOS
compatible FAT file system, and our tiny thread aware UDP/IP stack.
http://www.FreeRTOS.org/labs - Where new FreeRTOS products go to incubate.
Come and try FreeRTOS+TCP, our new open source TCP/IP stack for FreeRTOS.
http://www.OpenRTOS.com - Real Time Engineers ltd. license FreeRTOS to High
Integrity Systems ltd. to sell under the OpenRTOS brand. Low cost OpenRTOS
licenses offer ticketed support, indemnification and commercial middleware.
http://www.SafeRTOS.com - High Integrity Systems also provide a safety
engineered and independently SIL3 certified version for use in safety and
mission critical applications that require provable dependability.
1 tab == 4 spaces!
*/
#ifndef STACK_MACROS_H
#define STACK_MACROS_H
/*
* Call the stack overflow hook function if the stack of the task being swapped
* out is currently overflowed, or looks like it might have overflowed in the
* past.
*
* Setting configCHECK_FOR_STACK_OVERFLOW to 1 will cause the macro to check
* the current stack state only - comparing the current top of stack value to
* the stack limit. Setting configCHECK_FOR_STACK_OVERFLOW to greater than 1
* will also cause the last few stack bytes to be checked to ensure the value
* to which the bytes were set when the task was created have not been
* overwritten. Note this second test does not guarantee that an overflowed
* stack will always be recognised.
*/
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
#if( ( configCHECK_FOR_STACK_OVERFLOW == 1 ) && ( portSTACK_GROWTH < 0 ) )
/* Only the current stack state is to be checked. */
#define taskCHECK_FOR_STACK_OVERFLOW() \
{ \
/* Is the currently saved stack pointer within the stack limit? */ \
if( pxCurrentTCB->pxTopOfStack <= pxCurrentTCB->pxStack ) \
{ \
vApplicationStackOverflowHook( ( TaskHandle_t ) pxCurrentTCB, pxCurrentTCB->pcTaskName ); \
} \
}
#endif /* configCHECK_FOR_STACK_OVERFLOW == 1 */
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
#if( ( configCHECK_FOR_STACK_OVERFLOW == 1 ) && ( portSTACK_GROWTH > 0 ) )
/* Only the current stack state is to be checked. */
#define taskCHECK_FOR_STACK_OVERFLOW() \
{ \
\
/* Is the currently saved stack pointer within the stack limit? */ \
if( pxCurrentTCB->pxTopOfStack >= pxCurrentTCB->pxEndOfStack ) \
{ \
vApplicationStackOverflowHook( ( TaskHandle_t ) pxCurrentTCB, pxCurrentTCB->pcTaskName ); \
} \
}
#endif /* configCHECK_FOR_STACK_OVERFLOW == 1 */
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
#if( ( configCHECK_FOR_STACK_OVERFLOW > 1 ) && ( portSTACK_GROWTH < 0 ) )
#define taskCHECK_FOR_STACK_OVERFLOW() \
{ \
const uint32_t * const pulStack = ( uint32_t * ) pxCurrentTCB->pxStack; \
const uint32_t ulCheckValue = ( uint32_t ) 0xa5a5a5a5; \
\
if( ( pulStack[ 0 ] != ulCheckValue ) || \
( pulStack[ 1 ] != ulCheckValue ) || \
( pulStack[ 2 ] != ulCheckValue ) || \
( pulStack[ 3 ] != ulCheckValue ) ) \
{ \
vApplicationStackOverflowHook( ( TaskHandle_t ) pxCurrentTCB, pxCurrentTCB->pcTaskName ); \
} \
}
#endif /* #if( configCHECK_FOR_STACK_OVERFLOW > 1 ) */
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
#if( ( configCHECK_FOR_STACK_OVERFLOW > 1 ) && ( portSTACK_GROWTH > 0 ) )
#define taskCHECK_FOR_STACK_OVERFLOW() \
{ \
int8_t *pcEndOfStack = ( int8_t * ) pxCurrentTCB->pxEndOfStack; \
static const uint8_t ucExpectedStackBytes[] = { tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE, tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE, tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE, tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE, \
tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE, tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE, tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE, tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE, \
tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE, tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE, tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE, tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE, \
tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE, tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE, tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE, tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE, \
tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE, tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE, tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE, tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE }; \
\
\
pcEndOfStack -= sizeof( ucExpectedStackBytes ); \
\
/* Has the extremity of the task stack ever been written over? */ \
if( memcmp( ( void * ) pcEndOfStack, ( void * ) ucExpectedStackBytes, sizeof( ucExpectedStackBytes ) ) != 0 ) \
{ \
vApplicationStackOverflowHook( ( TaskHandle_t ) pxCurrentTCB, pxCurrentTCB->pcTaskName ); \
} \
}
#endif /* #if( configCHECK_FOR_STACK_OVERFLOW > 1 ) */
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Remove stack overflow macro if not being used. */
#ifndef taskCHECK_FOR_STACK_OVERFLOW
#define taskCHECK_FOR_STACK_OVERFLOW()
#endif
#endif /* STACK_MACROS_H */

762
FreeRTOS/include/croutine.h Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,762 @@
/*
FreeRTOS V8.2.3 - Copyright (C) 2015 Real Time Engineers Ltd.
All rights reserved
VISIT http://www.FreeRTOS.org TO ENSURE YOU ARE USING THE LATEST VERSION.
This file is part of the FreeRTOS distribution.
FreeRTOS is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under
the terms of the GNU General Public License (version 2) as published by the
Free Software Foundation >>>> AND MODIFIED BY <<<< the FreeRTOS exception.
***************************************************************************
>>! NOTE: The modification to the GPL is included to allow you to !<<
>>! distribute a combined work that includes FreeRTOS without being !<<
>>! obliged to provide the source code for proprietary components !<<
>>! outside of the FreeRTOS kernel. !<<
***************************************************************************
FreeRTOS is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY
WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS
FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. Full license text is available on the following
link: http://www.freertos.org/a00114.html
***************************************************************************
* *
* FreeRTOS provides completely free yet professionally developed, *
* robust, strictly quality controlled, supported, and cross *
* platform software that is more than just the market leader, it *
* is the industry's de facto standard. *
* *
* Help yourself get started quickly while simultaneously helping *
* to support the FreeRTOS project by purchasing a FreeRTOS *
* tutorial book, reference manual, or both: *
* http://www.FreeRTOS.org/Documentation *
* *
***************************************************************************
http://www.FreeRTOS.org/FAQHelp.html - Having a problem? Start by reading
the FAQ page "My application does not run, what could be wrong?". Have you
defined configASSERT()?
http://www.FreeRTOS.org/support - In return for receiving this top quality
embedded software for free we request you assist our global community by
participating in the support forum.
http://www.FreeRTOS.org/training - Investing in training allows your team to
be as productive as possible as early as possible. Now you can receive
FreeRTOS training directly from Richard Barry, CEO of Real Time Engineers
Ltd, and the world's leading authority on the world's leading RTOS.
http://www.FreeRTOS.org/plus - A selection of FreeRTOS ecosystem products,
including FreeRTOS+Trace - an indispensable productivity tool, a DOS
compatible FAT file system, and our tiny thread aware UDP/IP stack.
http://www.FreeRTOS.org/labs - Where new FreeRTOS products go to incubate.
Come and try FreeRTOS+TCP, our new open source TCP/IP stack for FreeRTOS.
http://www.OpenRTOS.com - Real Time Engineers ltd. license FreeRTOS to High
Integrity Systems ltd. to sell under the OpenRTOS brand. Low cost OpenRTOS
licenses offer ticketed support, indemnification and commercial middleware.
http://www.SafeRTOS.com - High Integrity Systems also provide a safety
engineered and independently SIL3 certified version for use in safety and
mission critical applications that require provable dependability.
1 tab == 4 spaces!
*/
#ifndef CO_ROUTINE_H
#define CO_ROUTINE_H
#ifndef INC_FREERTOS_H
#error "include FreeRTOS.h must appear in source files before include croutine.h"
#endif
#include "list.h"
#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif
/* Used to hide the implementation of the co-routine control block. The
control block structure however has to be included in the header due to
the macro implementation of the co-routine functionality. */
typedef void * CoRoutineHandle_t;
/* Defines the prototype to which co-routine functions must conform. */
typedef void (*crCOROUTINE_CODE)( CoRoutineHandle_t, UBaseType_t );
typedef struct corCoRoutineControlBlock
{
crCOROUTINE_CODE pxCoRoutineFunction;
ListItem_t xGenericListItem; /*< List item used to place the CRCB in ready and blocked queues. */
ListItem_t xEventListItem; /*< List item used to place the CRCB in event lists. */
UBaseType_t uxPriority; /*< The priority of the co-routine in relation to other co-routines. */
UBaseType_t uxIndex; /*< Used to distinguish between co-routines when multiple co-routines use the same co-routine function. */
uint16_t uxState; /*< Used internally by the co-routine implementation. */
} CRCB_t; /* Co-routine control block. Note must be identical in size down to uxPriority with TCB_t. */
/**
* croutine. h
*<pre>
BaseType_t xCoRoutineCreate(
crCOROUTINE_CODE pxCoRoutineCode,
UBaseType_t uxPriority,
UBaseType_t uxIndex
);</pre>
*
* Create a new co-routine and add it to the list of co-routines that are
* ready to run.
*
* @param pxCoRoutineCode Pointer to the co-routine function. Co-routine
* functions require special syntax - see the co-routine section of the WEB
* documentation for more information.
*
* @param uxPriority The priority with respect to other co-routines at which
* the co-routine will run.
*
* @param uxIndex Used to distinguish between different co-routines that
* execute the same function. See the example below and the co-routine section
* of the WEB documentation for further information.
*
* @return pdPASS if the co-routine was successfully created and added to a ready
* list, otherwise an error code defined with ProjDefs.h.
*
* Example usage:
<pre>
// Co-routine to be created.
void vFlashCoRoutine( CoRoutineHandle_t xHandle, UBaseType_t uxIndex )
{
// Variables in co-routines must be declared static if they must maintain value across a blocking call.
// This may not be necessary for const variables.
static const char cLedToFlash[ 2 ] = { 5, 6 };
static const TickType_t uxFlashRates[ 2 ] = { 200, 400 };
// Must start every co-routine with a call to crSTART();
crSTART( xHandle );
for( ;; )
{
// This co-routine just delays for a fixed period, then toggles
// an LED. Two co-routines are created using this function, so
// the uxIndex parameter is used to tell the co-routine which
// LED to flash and how int32_t to delay. This assumes xQueue has
// already been created.
vParTestToggleLED( cLedToFlash[ uxIndex ] );
crDELAY( xHandle, uxFlashRates[ uxIndex ] );
}
// Must end every co-routine with a call to crEND();
crEND();
}
// Function that creates two co-routines.
void vOtherFunction( void )
{
uint8_t ucParameterToPass;
TaskHandle_t xHandle;
// Create two co-routines at priority 0. The first is given index 0
// so (from the code above) toggles LED 5 every 200 ticks. The second
// is given index 1 so toggles LED 6 every 400 ticks.
for( uxIndex = 0; uxIndex < 2; uxIndex++ )
{
xCoRoutineCreate( vFlashCoRoutine, 0, uxIndex );
}
}
</pre>
* \defgroup xCoRoutineCreate xCoRoutineCreate
* \ingroup Tasks
*/
BaseType_t xCoRoutineCreate( crCOROUTINE_CODE pxCoRoutineCode, UBaseType_t uxPriority, UBaseType_t uxIndex );
/**
* croutine. h
*<pre>
void vCoRoutineSchedule( void );</pre>
*
* Run a co-routine.
*
* vCoRoutineSchedule() executes the highest priority co-routine that is able
* to run. The co-routine will execute until it either blocks, yields or is
* preempted by a task. Co-routines execute cooperatively so one
* co-routine cannot be preempted by another, but can be preempted by a task.
*
* If an application comprises of both tasks and co-routines then
* vCoRoutineSchedule should be called from the idle task (in an idle task
* hook).
*
* Example usage:
<pre>
// This idle task hook will schedule a co-routine each time it is called.
// The rest of the idle task will execute between co-routine calls.
void vApplicationIdleHook( void )
{
vCoRoutineSchedule();
}
// Alternatively, if you do not require any other part of the idle task to
// execute, the idle task hook can call vCoRoutineScheduler() within an
// infinite loop.
void vApplicationIdleHook( void )
{
for( ;; )
{
vCoRoutineSchedule();
}
}
</pre>
* \defgroup vCoRoutineSchedule vCoRoutineSchedule
* \ingroup Tasks
*/
void vCoRoutineSchedule( void );
/**
* croutine. h
* <pre>
crSTART( CoRoutineHandle_t xHandle );</pre>
*
* This macro MUST always be called at the start of a co-routine function.
*
* Example usage:
<pre>
// Co-routine to be created.
void vACoRoutine( CoRoutineHandle_t xHandle, UBaseType_t uxIndex )
{
// Variables in co-routines must be declared static if they must maintain value across a blocking call.
static int32_t ulAVariable;
// Must start every co-routine with a call to crSTART();
crSTART( xHandle );
for( ;; )
{
// Co-routine functionality goes here.
}
// Must end every co-routine with a call to crEND();
crEND();
}</pre>
* \defgroup crSTART crSTART
* \ingroup Tasks
*/
#define crSTART( pxCRCB ) switch( ( ( CRCB_t * )( pxCRCB ) )->uxState ) { case 0:
/**
* croutine. h
* <pre>
crEND();</pre>
*
* This macro MUST always be called at the end of a co-routine function.
*
* Example usage:
<pre>
// Co-routine to be created.
void vACoRoutine( CoRoutineHandle_t xHandle, UBaseType_t uxIndex )
{
// Variables in co-routines must be declared static if they must maintain value across a blocking call.
static int32_t ulAVariable;
// Must start every co-routine with a call to crSTART();
crSTART( xHandle );
for( ;; )
{
// Co-routine functionality goes here.
}
// Must end every co-routine with a call to crEND();
crEND();
}</pre>
* \defgroup crSTART crSTART
* \ingroup Tasks
*/
#define crEND() }
/*
* These macros are intended for internal use by the co-routine implementation
* only. The macros should not be used directly by application writers.
*/
#define crSET_STATE0( xHandle ) ( ( CRCB_t * )( xHandle ) )->uxState = (__LINE__ * 2); return; case (__LINE__ * 2):
#define crSET_STATE1( xHandle ) ( ( CRCB_t * )( xHandle ) )->uxState = ((__LINE__ * 2)+1); return; case ((__LINE__ * 2)+1):
/**
* croutine. h
*<pre>
crDELAY( CoRoutineHandle_t xHandle, TickType_t xTicksToDelay );</pre>
*
* Delay a co-routine for a fixed period of time.
*
* crDELAY can only be called from the co-routine function itself - not
* from within a function called by the co-routine function. This is because
* co-routines do not maintain their own stack.
*
* @param xHandle The handle of the co-routine to delay. This is the xHandle
* parameter of the co-routine function.
*
* @param xTickToDelay The number of ticks that the co-routine should delay
* for. The actual amount of time this equates to is defined by
* configTICK_RATE_HZ (set in FreeRTOSConfig.h). The constant portTICK_PERIOD_MS
* can be used to convert ticks to milliseconds.
*
* Example usage:
<pre>
// Co-routine to be created.
void vACoRoutine( CoRoutineHandle_t xHandle, UBaseType_t uxIndex )
{
// Variables in co-routines must be declared static if they must maintain value across a blocking call.
// This may not be necessary for const variables.
// We are to delay for 200ms.
static const xTickType xDelayTime = 200 / portTICK_PERIOD_MS;
// Must start every co-routine with a call to crSTART();
crSTART( xHandle );
for( ;; )
{
// Delay for 200ms.
crDELAY( xHandle, xDelayTime );
// Do something here.
}
// Must end every co-routine with a call to crEND();
crEND();
}</pre>
* \defgroup crDELAY crDELAY
* \ingroup Tasks
*/
#define crDELAY( xHandle, xTicksToDelay ) \
if( ( xTicksToDelay ) > 0 ) \
{ \
vCoRoutineAddToDelayedList( ( xTicksToDelay ), NULL ); \
} \
crSET_STATE0( ( xHandle ) );
/**
* <pre>
crQUEUE_SEND(
CoRoutineHandle_t xHandle,
QueueHandle_t pxQueue,
void *pvItemToQueue,
TickType_t xTicksToWait,
BaseType_t *pxResult
)</pre>
*
* The macro's crQUEUE_SEND() and crQUEUE_RECEIVE() are the co-routine
* equivalent to the xQueueSend() and xQueueReceive() functions used by tasks.
*
* crQUEUE_SEND and crQUEUE_RECEIVE can only be used from a co-routine whereas
* xQueueSend() and xQueueReceive() can only be used from tasks.
*
* crQUEUE_SEND can only be called from the co-routine function itself - not
* from within a function called by the co-routine function. This is because
* co-routines do not maintain their own stack.
*
* See the co-routine section of the WEB documentation for information on
* passing data between tasks and co-routines and between ISR's and
* co-routines.
*
* @param xHandle The handle of the calling co-routine. This is the xHandle
* parameter of the co-routine function.
*
* @param pxQueue The handle of the queue on which the data will be posted.
* The handle is obtained as the return value when the queue is created using
* the xQueueCreate() API function.
*
* @param pvItemToQueue A pointer to the data being posted onto the queue.
* The number of bytes of each queued item is specified when the queue is
* created. This number of bytes is copied from pvItemToQueue into the queue
* itself.
*
* @param xTickToDelay The number of ticks that the co-routine should block
* to wait for space to become available on the queue, should space not be
* available immediately. The actual amount of time this equates to is defined
* by configTICK_RATE_HZ (set in FreeRTOSConfig.h). The constant
* portTICK_PERIOD_MS can be used to convert ticks to milliseconds (see example
* below).
*
* @param pxResult The variable pointed to by pxResult will be set to pdPASS if
* data was successfully posted onto the queue, otherwise it will be set to an
* error defined within ProjDefs.h.
*
* Example usage:
<pre>
// Co-routine function that blocks for a fixed period then posts a number onto
// a queue.
static void prvCoRoutineFlashTask( CoRoutineHandle_t xHandle, UBaseType_t uxIndex )
{
// Variables in co-routines must be declared static if they must maintain value across a blocking call.
static BaseType_t xNumberToPost = 0;
static BaseType_t xResult;
// Co-routines must begin with a call to crSTART().
crSTART( xHandle );
for( ;; )
{
// This assumes the queue has already been created.
crQUEUE_SEND( xHandle, xCoRoutineQueue, &xNumberToPost, NO_DELAY, &xResult );
if( xResult != pdPASS )
{
// The message was not posted!
}
// Increment the number to be posted onto the queue.
xNumberToPost++;
// Delay for 100 ticks.
crDELAY( xHandle, 100 );
}
// Co-routines must end with a call to crEND().
crEND();
}</pre>
* \defgroup crQUEUE_SEND crQUEUE_SEND
* \ingroup Tasks
*/
#define crQUEUE_SEND( xHandle, pxQueue, pvItemToQueue, xTicksToWait, pxResult ) \
{ \
*( pxResult ) = xQueueCRSend( ( pxQueue) , ( pvItemToQueue) , ( xTicksToWait ) ); \
if( *( pxResult ) == errQUEUE_BLOCKED ) \
{ \
crSET_STATE0( ( xHandle ) ); \
*pxResult = xQueueCRSend( ( pxQueue ), ( pvItemToQueue ), 0 ); \
} \
if( *pxResult == errQUEUE_YIELD ) \
{ \
crSET_STATE1( ( xHandle ) ); \
*pxResult = pdPASS; \
} \
}
/**
* croutine. h
* <pre>
crQUEUE_RECEIVE(
CoRoutineHandle_t xHandle,
QueueHandle_t pxQueue,
void *pvBuffer,
TickType_t xTicksToWait,
BaseType_t *pxResult
)</pre>
*
* The macro's crQUEUE_SEND() and crQUEUE_RECEIVE() are the co-routine
* equivalent to the xQueueSend() and xQueueReceive() functions used by tasks.
*
* crQUEUE_SEND and crQUEUE_RECEIVE can only be used from a co-routine whereas
* xQueueSend() and xQueueReceive() can only be used from tasks.
*
* crQUEUE_RECEIVE can only be called from the co-routine function itself - not
* from within a function called by the co-routine function. This is because
* co-routines do not maintain their own stack.
*
* See the co-routine section of the WEB documentation for information on
* passing data between tasks and co-routines and between ISR's and
* co-routines.
*
* @param xHandle The handle of the calling co-routine. This is the xHandle
* parameter of the co-routine function.
*
* @param pxQueue The handle of the queue from which the data will be received.
* The handle is obtained as the return value when the queue is created using
* the xQueueCreate() API function.
*
* @param pvBuffer The buffer into which the received item is to be copied.
* The number of bytes of each queued item is specified when the queue is
* created. This number of bytes is copied into pvBuffer.
*
* @param xTickToDelay The number of ticks that the co-routine should block
* to wait for data to become available from the queue, should data not be
* available immediately. The actual amount of time this equates to is defined
* by configTICK_RATE_HZ (set in FreeRTOSConfig.h). The constant
* portTICK_PERIOD_MS can be used to convert ticks to milliseconds (see the
* crQUEUE_SEND example).
*
* @param pxResult The variable pointed to by pxResult will be set to pdPASS if
* data was successfully retrieved from the queue, otherwise it will be set to
* an error code as defined within ProjDefs.h.
*
* Example usage:
<pre>
// A co-routine receives the number of an LED to flash from a queue. It
// blocks on the queue until the number is received.
static void prvCoRoutineFlashWorkTask( CoRoutineHandle_t xHandle, UBaseType_t uxIndex )
{
// Variables in co-routines must be declared static if they must maintain value across a blocking call.
static BaseType_t xResult;
static UBaseType_t uxLEDToFlash;
// All co-routines must start with a call to crSTART().
crSTART( xHandle );
for( ;; )
{
// Wait for data to become available on the queue.
crQUEUE_RECEIVE( xHandle, xCoRoutineQueue, &uxLEDToFlash, portMAX_DELAY, &xResult );
if( xResult == pdPASS )
{
// We received the LED to flash - flash it!
vParTestToggleLED( uxLEDToFlash );
}
}
crEND();
}</pre>
* \defgroup crQUEUE_RECEIVE crQUEUE_RECEIVE
* \ingroup Tasks
*/
#define crQUEUE_RECEIVE( xHandle, pxQueue, pvBuffer, xTicksToWait, pxResult ) \
{ \
*( pxResult ) = xQueueCRReceive( ( pxQueue) , ( pvBuffer ), ( xTicksToWait ) ); \
if( *( pxResult ) == errQUEUE_BLOCKED ) \
{ \
crSET_STATE0( ( xHandle ) ); \
*( pxResult ) = xQueueCRReceive( ( pxQueue) , ( pvBuffer ), 0 ); \
} \
if( *( pxResult ) == errQUEUE_YIELD ) \
{ \
crSET_STATE1( ( xHandle ) ); \
*( pxResult ) = pdPASS; \
} \
}
/**
* croutine. h
* <pre>
crQUEUE_SEND_FROM_ISR(
QueueHandle_t pxQueue,
void *pvItemToQueue,
BaseType_t xCoRoutinePreviouslyWoken
)</pre>
*
* The macro's crQUEUE_SEND_FROM_ISR() and crQUEUE_RECEIVE_FROM_ISR() are the
* co-routine equivalent to the xQueueSendFromISR() and xQueueReceiveFromISR()
* functions used by tasks.
*
* crQUEUE_SEND_FROM_ISR() and crQUEUE_RECEIVE_FROM_ISR() can only be used to
* pass data between a co-routine and and ISR, whereas xQueueSendFromISR() and
* xQueueReceiveFromISR() can only be used to pass data between a task and and
* ISR.
*
* crQUEUE_SEND_FROM_ISR can only be called from an ISR to send data to a queue
* that is being used from within a co-routine.
*
* See the co-routine section of the WEB documentation for information on
* passing data between tasks and co-routines and between ISR's and
* co-routines.
*
* @param xQueue The handle to the queue on which the item is to be posted.
*
* @param pvItemToQueue A pointer to the item that is to be placed on the
* queue. The size of the items the queue will hold was defined when the
* queue was created, so this many bytes will be copied from pvItemToQueue
* into the queue storage area.
*
* @param xCoRoutinePreviouslyWoken This is included so an ISR can post onto
* the same queue multiple times from a single interrupt. The first call
* should always pass in pdFALSE. Subsequent calls should pass in
* the value returned from the previous call.
*
* @return pdTRUE if a co-routine was woken by posting onto the queue. This is
* used by the ISR to determine if a context switch may be required following
* the ISR.
*
* Example usage:
<pre>
// A co-routine that blocks on a queue waiting for characters to be received.
static void vReceivingCoRoutine( CoRoutineHandle_t xHandle, UBaseType_t uxIndex )
{
char cRxedChar;
BaseType_t xResult;
// All co-routines must start with a call to crSTART().
crSTART( xHandle );
for( ;; )
{
// Wait for data to become available on the queue. This assumes the
// queue xCommsRxQueue has already been created!
crQUEUE_RECEIVE( xHandle, xCommsRxQueue, &uxLEDToFlash, portMAX_DELAY, &xResult );
// Was a character received?
if( xResult == pdPASS )
{
// Process the character here.
}
}
// All co-routines must end with a call to crEND().
crEND();
}
// An ISR that uses a queue to send characters received on a serial port to
// a co-routine.
void vUART_ISR( void )
{
char cRxedChar;
BaseType_t xCRWokenByPost = pdFALSE;
// We loop around reading characters until there are none left in the UART.
while( UART_RX_REG_NOT_EMPTY() )
{
// Obtain the character from the UART.
cRxedChar = UART_RX_REG;
// Post the character onto a queue. xCRWokenByPost will be pdFALSE
// the first time around the loop. If the post causes a co-routine
// to be woken (unblocked) then xCRWokenByPost will be set to pdTRUE.
// In this manner we can ensure that if more than one co-routine is
// blocked on the queue only one is woken by this ISR no matter how
// many characters are posted to the queue.
xCRWokenByPost = crQUEUE_SEND_FROM_ISR( xCommsRxQueue, &cRxedChar, xCRWokenByPost );
}
}</pre>
* \defgroup crQUEUE_SEND_FROM_ISR crQUEUE_SEND_FROM_ISR
* \ingroup Tasks
*/
#define crQUEUE_SEND_FROM_ISR( pxQueue, pvItemToQueue, xCoRoutinePreviouslyWoken ) xQueueCRSendFromISR( ( pxQueue ), ( pvItemToQueue ), ( xCoRoutinePreviouslyWoken ) )
/**
* croutine. h
* <pre>
crQUEUE_SEND_FROM_ISR(
QueueHandle_t pxQueue,
void *pvBuffer,
BaseType_t * pxCoRoutineWoken
)</pre>
*
* The macro's crQUEUE_SEND_FROM_ISR() and crQUEUE_RECEIVE_FROM_ISR() are the
* co-routine equivalent to the xQueueSendFromISR() and xQueueReceiveFromISR()
* functions used by tasks.
*
* crQUEUE_SEND_FROM_ISR() and crQUEUE_RECEIVE_FROM_ISR() can only be used to
* pass data between a co-routine and and ISR, whereas xQueueSendFromISR() and
* xQueueReceiveFromISR() can only be used to pass data between a task and and
* ISR.
*
* crQUEUE_RECEIVE_FROM_ISR can only be called from an ISR to receive data
* from a queue that is being used from within a co-routine (a co-routine
* posted to the queue).
*
* See the co-routine section of the WEB documentation for information on
* passing data between tasks and co-routines and between ISR's and
* co-routines.
*
* @param xQueue The handle to the queue on which the item is to be posted.
*
* @param pvBuffer A pointer to a buffer into which the received item will be
* placed. The size of the items the queue will hold was defined when the
* queue was created, so this many bytes will be copied from the queue into
* pvBuffer.
*
* @param pxCoRoutineWoken A co-routine may be blocked waiting for space to become
* available on the queue. If crQUEUE_RECEIVE_FROM_ISR causes such a
* co-routine to unblock *pxCoRoutineWoken will get set to pdTRUE, otherwise
* *pxCoRoutineWoken will remain unchanged.
*
* @return pdTRUE an item was successfully received from the queue, otherwise
* pdFALSE.
*
* Example usage:
<pre>
// A co-routine that posts a character to a queue then blocks for a fixed
// period. The character is incremented each time.
static void vSendingCoRoutine( CoRoutineHandle_t xHandle, UBaseType_t uxIndex )
{
// cChar holds its value while this co-routine is blocked and must therefore
// be declared static.
static char cCharToTx = 'a';
BaseType_t xResult;
// All co-routines must start with a call to crSTART().
crSTART( xHandle );
for( ;; )
{
// Send the next character to the queue.
crQUEUE_SEND( xHandle, xCoRoutineQueue, &cCharToTx, NO_DELAY, &xResult );
if( xResult == pdPASS )
{
// The character was successfully posted to the queue.
}
else
{
// Could not post the character to the queue.
}
// Enable the UART Tx interrupt to cause an interrupt in this
// hypothetical UART. The interrupt will obtain the character
// from the queue and send it.
ENABLE_RX_INTERRUPT();
// Increment to the next character then block for a fixed period.
// cCharToTx will maintain its value across the delay as it is
// declared static.
cCharToTx++;
if( cCharToTx > 'x' )
{
cCharToTx = 'a';
}
crDELAY( 100 );
}
// All co-routines must end with a call to crEND().
crEND();
}
// An ISR that uses a queue to receive characters to send on a UART.
void vUART_ISR( void )
{
char cCharToTx;
BaseType_t xCRWokenByPost = pdFALSE;
while( UART_TX_REG_EMPTY() )
{
// Are there any characters in the queue waiting to be sent?
// xCRWokenByPost will automatically be set to pdTRUE if a co-routine
// is woken by the post - ensuring that only a single co-routine is
// woken no matter how many times we go around this loop.
if( crQUEUE_RECEIVE_FROM_ISR( pxQueue, &cCharToTx, &xCRWokenByPost ) )
{
SEND_CHARACTER( cCharToTx );
}
}
}</pre>
* \defgroup crQUEUE_RECEIVE_FROM_ISR crQUEUE_RECEIVE_FROM_ISR
* \ingroup Tasks
*/
#define crQUEUE_RECEIVE_FROM_ISR( pxQueue, pvBuffer, pxCoRoutineWoken ) xQueueCRReceiveFromISR( ( pxQueue ), ( pvBuffer ), ( pxCoRoutineWoken ) )
/*
* This function is intended for internal use by the co-routine macros only.
* The macro nature of the co-routine implementation requires that the
* prototype appears here. The function should not be used by application
* writers.
*
* Removes the current co-routine from its ready list and places it in the
* appropriate delayed list.
*/
void vCoRoutineAddToDelayedList( TickType_t xTicksToDelay, List_t *pxEventList );
/*
* This function is intended for internal use by the queue implementation only.
* The function should not be used by application writers.
*
* Removes the highest priority co-routine from the event list and places it in
* the pending ready list.
*/
BaseType_t xCoRoutineRemoveFromEventList( const List_t *pxEventList );
#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif
#endif /* CO_ROUTINE_H */

View File

@ -0,0 +1,321 @@
/*
FreeRTOS V8.2.3 - Copyright (C) 2015 Real Time Engineers Ltd.
All rights reserved
VISIT http://www.FreeRTOS.org TO ENSURE YOU ARE USING THE LATEST VERSION.
This file is part of the FreeRTOS distribution.
FreeRTOS is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under
the terms of the GNU General Public License (version 2) as published by the
Free Software Foundation >>>> AND MODIFIED BY <<<< the FreeRTOS exception.
***************************************************************************
>>! NOTE: The modification to the GPL is included to allow you to !<<
>>! distribute a combined work that includes FreeRTOS without being !<<
>>! obliged to provide the source code for proprietary components !<<
>>! outside of the FreeRTOS kernel. !<<
***************************************************************************
FreeRTOS is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY
WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS
FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. Full license text is available on the following
link: http://www.freertos.org/a00114.html
***************************************************************************
* *
* FreeRTOS provides completely free yet professionally developed, *
* robust, strictly quality controlled, supported, and cross *
* platform software that is more than just the market leader, it *
* is the industry's de facto standard. *
* *
* Help yourself get started quickly while simultaneously helping *
* to support the FreeRTOS project by purchasing a FreeRTOS *
* tutorial book, reference manual, or both: *
* http://www.FreeRTOS.org/Documentation *
* *
***************************************************************************
http://www.FreeRTOS.org/FAQHelp.html - Having a problem? Start by reading
the FAQ page "My application does not run, what could be wrong?". Have you
defined configASSERT()?
http://www.FreeRTOS.org/support - In return for receiving this top quality
embedded software for free we request you assist our global community by
participating in the support forum.
http://www.FreeRTOS.org/training - Investing in training allows your team to
be as productive as possible as early as possible. Now you can receive
FreeRTOS training directly from Richard Barry, CEO of Real Time Engineers
Ltd, and the world's leading authority on the world's leading RTOS.
http://www.FreeRTOS.org/plus - A selection of FreeRTOS ecosystem products,
including FreeRTOS+Trace - an indispensable productivity tool, a DOS
compatible FAT file system, and our tiny thread aware UDP/IP stack.
http://www.FreeRTOS.org/labs - Where new FreeRTOS products go to incubate.
Come and try FreeRTOS+TCP, our new open source TCP/IP stack for FreeRTOS.
http://www.OpenRTOS.com - Real Time Engineers ltd. license FreeRTOS to High
Integrity Systems ltd. to sell under the OpenRTOS brand. Low cost OpenRTOS
licenses offer ticketed support, indemnification and commercial middleware.
http://www.SafeRTOS.com - High Integrity Systems also provide a safety
engineered and independently SIL3 certified version for use in safety and
mission critical applications that require provable dependability.
1 tab == 4 spaces!
*/
#ifndef DEPRECATED_DEFINITIONS_H
#define DEPRECATED_DEFINITIONS_H
/* Each FreeRTOS port has a unique portmacro.h header file. Originally a
pre-processor definition was used to ensure the pre-processor found the correct
portmacro.h file for the port being used. That scheme was deprecated in favour
of setting the compiler's include path such that it found the correct
portmacro.h file - removing the need for the constant and allowing the
portmacro.h file to be located anywhere in relation to the port being used. The
definitions below remain in the code for backward compatibility only. New
projects should not use them. */
#ifdef OPEN_WATCOM_INDUSTRIAL_PC_PORT
#include "..\..\Source\portable\owatcom\16bitdos\pc\portmacro.h"
typedef void ( __interrupt __far *pxISR )();
#endif
#ifdef OPEN_WATCOM_FLASH_LITE_186_PORT
#include "..\..\Source\portable\owatcom\16bitdos\flsh186\portmacro.h"
typedef void ( __interrupt __far *pxISR )();
#endif
#ifdef GCC_MEGA_AVR
#include "../portable/GCC/ATMega323/portmacro.h"
#endif
#ifdef IAR_MEGA_AVR
#include "../portable/IAR/ATMega323/portmacro.h"
#endif
#ifdef MPLAB_PIC24_PORT
#include "../../Source/portable/MPLAB/PIC24_dsPIC/portmacro.h"
#endif
#ifdef MPLAB_DSPIC_PORT
#include "../../Source/portable/MPLAB/PIC24_dsPIC/portmacro.h"
#endif
#ifdef MPLAB_PIC18F_PORT
#include "../../Source/portable/MPLAB/PIC18F/portmacro.h"
#endif
#ifdef MPLAB_PIC32MX_PORT
#include "../../Source/portable/MPLAB/PIC32MX/portmacro.h"
#endif
#ifdef _FEDPICC
#include "libFreeRTOS/Include/portmacro.h"
#endif
#ifdef SDCC_CYGNAL
#include "../../Source/portable/SDCC/Cygnal/portmacro.h"
#endif
#ifdef GCC_ARM7
#include "../../Source/portable/GCC/ARM7_LPC2000/portmacro.h"
#endif
#ifdef GCC_ARM7_ECLIPSE
#include "portmacro.h"
#endif
#ifdef ROWLEY_LPC23xx
#include "../../Source/portable/GCC/ARM7_LPC23xx/portmacro.h"
#endif
#ifdef IAR_MSP430
#include "..\..\Source\portable\IAR\MSP430\portmacro.h"
#endif
#ifdef GCC_MSP430
#include "../../Source/portable/GCC/MSP430F449/portmacro.h"
#endif
#ifdef ROWLEY_MSP430
#include "../../Source/portable/Rowley/MSP430F449/portmacro.h"
#endif
#ifdef ARM7_LPC21xx_KEIL_RVDS
#include "..\..\Source\portable\RVDS\ARM7_LPC21xx\portmacro.h"
#endif
#ifdef SAM7_GCC
#include "../../Source/portable/GCC/ARM7_AT91SAM7S/portmacro.h"
#endif
#ifdef SAM7_IAR
#include "..\..\Source\portable\IAR\AtmelSAM7S64\portmacro.h"
#endif
#ifdef SAM9XE_IAR
#include "..\..\Source\portable\IAR\AtmelSAM9XE\portmacro.h"
#endif
#ifdef LPC2000_IAR
#include "..\..\Source\portable\IAR\LPC2000\portmacro.h"
#endif
#ifdef STR71X_IAR
#include "..\..\Source\portable\IAR\STR71x\portmacro.h"
#endif
#ifdef STR75X_IAR
#include "..\..\Source\portable\IAR\STR75x\portmacro.h"
#endif
#ifdef STR75X_GCC
#include "..\..\Source\portable\GCC\STR75x\portmacro.h"
#endif
#ifdef STR91X_IAR
#include "..\..\Source\portable\IAR\STR91x\portmacro.h"
#endif
#ifdef GCC_H8S
#include "../../Source/portable/GCC/H8S2329/portmacro.h"
#endif
#ifdef GCC_AT91FR40008
#include "../../Source/portable/GCC/ARM7_AT91FR40008/portmacro.h"
#endif
#ifdef RVDS_ARMCM3_LM3S102
#include "../../Source/portable/RVDS/ARM_CM3/portmacro.h"
#endif
#ifdef GCC_ARMCM3_LM3S102
#include "../../Source/portable/GCC/ARM_CM3/portmacro.h"
#endif
#ifdef GCC_ARMCM3
#include "../../Source/portable/GCC/ARM_CM3/portmacro.h"
#endif
#ifdef IAR_ARM_CM3
#include "../../Source/portable/IAR/ARM_CM3/portmacro.h"
#endif
#ifdef IAR_ARMCM3_LM
#include "../../Source/portable/IAR/ARM_CM3/portmacro.h"
#endif
#ifdef HCS12_CODE_WARRIOR
#include "../../Source/portable/CodeWarrior/HCS12/portmacro.h"
#endif
#ifdef MICROBLAZE_GCC
#include "../../Source/portable/GCC/MicroBlaze/portmacro.h"
#endif
#ifdef TERN_EE
#include "..\..\Source\portable\Paradigm\Tern_EE\small\portmacro.h"
#endif
#ifdef GCC_HCS12
#include "../../Source/portable/GCC/HCS12/portmacro.h"
#endif
#ifdef GCC_MCF5235
#include "../../Source/portable/GCC/MCF5235/portmacro.h"
#endif
#ifdef COLDFIRE_V2_GCC
#include "../../../Source/portable/GCC/ColdFire_V2/portmacro.h"
#endif
#ifdef COLDFIRE_V2_CODEWARRIOR
#include "../../Source/portable/CodeWarrior/ColdFire_V2/portmacro.h"
#endif
#ifdef GCC_PPC405
#include "../../Source/portable/GCC/PPC405_Xilinx/portmacro.h"
#endif
#ifdef GCC_PPC440
#include "../../Source/portable/GCC/PPC440_Xilinx/portmacro.h"
#endif
#ifdef _16FX_SOFTUNE
#include "..\..\Source\portable\Softune\MB96340\portmacro.h"
#endif
#ifdef BCC_INDUSTRIAL_PC_PORT
/* A short file name has to be used in place of the normal
FreeRTOSConfig.h when using the Borland compiler. */
#include "frconfig.h"
#include "..\portable\BCC\16BitDOS\PC\prtmacro.h"
typedef void ( __interrupt __far *pxISR )();
#endif
#ifdef BCC_FLASH_LITE_186_PORT
/* A short file name has to be used in place of the normal
FreeRTOSConfig.h when using the Borland compiler. */
#include "frconfig.h"
#include "..\portable\BCC\16BitDOS\flsh186\prtmacro.h"
typedef void ( __interrupt __far *pxISR )();
#endif
#ifdef __GNUC__
#ifdef __AVR32_AVR32A__
#include "portmacro.h"
#endif
#endif
#ifdef __ICCAVR32__
#ifdef __CORE__
#if __CORE__ == __AVR32A__
#include "portmacro.h"
#endif
#endif
#endif
#ifdef __91467D
#include "portmacro.h"
#endif
#ifdef __96340
#include "portmacro.h"
#endif
#ifdef __IAR_V850ES_Fx3__
#include "../../Source/portable/IAR/V850ES/portmacro.h"
#endif
#ifdef __IAR_V850ES_Jx3__
#include "../../Source/portable/IAR/V850ES/portmacro.h"
#endif
#ifdef __IAR_V850ES_Jx3_L__
#include "../../Source/portable/IAR/V850ES/portmacro.h"
#endif
#ifdef __IAR_V850ES_Jx2__
#include "../../Source/portable/IAR/V850ES/portmacro.h"
#endif
#ifdef __IAR_V850ES_Hx2__
#include "../../Source/portable/IAR/V850ES/portmacro.h"
#endif
#ifdef __IAR_78K0R_Kx3__
#include "../../Source/portable/IAR/78K0R/portmacro.h"
#endif
#ifdef __IAR_78K0R_Kx3L__
#include "../../Source/portable/IAR/78K0R/portmacro.h"
#endif
#endif /* DEPRECATED_DEFINITIONS_H */

View File

@ -0,0 +1,730 @@
/*
FreeRTOS V8.2.3 - Copyright (C) 2015 Real Time Engineers Ltd.
All rights reserved
VISIT http://www.FreeRTOS.org TO ENSURE YOU ARE USING THE LATEST VERSION.
This file is part of the FreeRTOS distribution.
FreeRTOS is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under
the terms of the GNU General Public License (version 2) as published by the
Free Software Foundation >>>> AND MODIFIED BY <<<< the FreeRTOS exception.
***************************************************************************
>>! NOTE: The modification to the GPL is included to allow you to !<<
>>! distribute a combined work that includes FreeRTOS without being !<<
>>! obliged to provide the source code for proprietary components !<<
>>! outside of the FreeRTOS kernel. !<<
***************************************************************************
FreeRTOS is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY
WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS
FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. Full license text is available on the following
link: http://www.freertos.org/a00114.html
***************************************************************************
* *
* FreeRTOS provides completely free yet professionally developed, *
* robust, strictly quality controlled, supported, and cross *
* platform software that is more than just the market leader, it *
* is the industry's de facto standard. *
* *
* Help yourself get started quickly while simultaneously helping *
* to support the FreeRTOS project by purchasing a FreeRTOS *
* tutorial book, reference manual, or both: *
* http://www.FreeRTOS.org/Documentation *
* *
***************************************************************************
http://www.FreeRTOS.org/FAQHelp.html - Having a problem? Start by reading
the FAQ page "My application does not run, what could be wrong?". Have you
defined configASSERT()?
http://www.FreeRTOS.org/support - In return for receiving this top quality
embedded software for free we request you assist our global community by
participating in the support forum.
http://www.FreeRTOS.org/training - Investing in training allows your team to
be as productive as possible as early as possible. Now you can receive
FreeRTOS training directly from Richard Barry, CEO of Real Time Engineers
Ltd, and the world's leading authority on the world's leading RTOS.
http://www.FreeRTOS.org/plus - A selection of FreeRTOS ecosystem products,
including FreeRTOS+Trace - an indispensable productivity tool, a DOS
compatible FAT file system, and our tiny thread aware UDP/IP stack.
http://www.FreeRTOS.org/labs - Where new FreeRTOS products go to incubate.
Come and try FreeRTOS+TCP, our new open source TCP/IP stack for FreeRTOS.
http://www.OpenRTOS.com - Real Time Engineers ltd. license FreeRTOS to High
Integrity Systems ltd. to sell under the OpenRTOS brand. Low cost OpenRTOS
licenses offer ticketed support, indemnification and commercial middleware.
http://www.SafeRTOS.com - High Integrity Systems also provide a safety
engineered and independently SIL3 certified version for use in safety and
mission critical applications that require provable dependability.
1 tab == 4 spaces!
*/
#ifndef EVENT_GROUPS_H
#define EVENT_GROUPS_H
#ifndef INC_FREERTOS_H
#error "include FreeRTOS.h" must appear in source files before "include event_groups.h"
#endif
#include "timers.h"
#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif
/**
* An event group is a collection of bits to which an application can assign a
* meaning. For example, an application may create an event group to convey
* the status of various CAN bus related events in which bit 0 might mean "A CAN
* message has been received and is ready for processing", bit 1 might mean "The
* application has queued a message that is ready for sending onto the CAN
* network", and bit 2 might mean "It is time to send a SYNC message onto the
* CAN network" etc. A task can then test the bit values to see which events
* are active, and optionally enter the Blocked state to wait for a specified
* bit or a group of specified bits to be active. To continue the CAN bus
* example, a CAN controlling task can enter the Blocked state (and therefore
* not consume any processing time) until either bit 0, bit 1 or bit 2 are
* active, at which time the bit that was actually active would inform the task
* which action it had to take (process a received message, send a message, or
* send a SYNC).
*
* The event groups implementation contains intelligence to avoid race
* conditions that would otherwise occur were an application to use a simple
* variable for the same purpose. This is particularly important with respect
* to when a bit within an event group is to be cleared, and when bits have to
* be set and then tested atomically - as is the case where event groups are
* used to create a synchronisation point between multiple tasks (a
* 'rendezvous').
*
* \defgroup EventGroup
*/
/**
* event_groups.h
*
* Type by which event groups are referenced. For example, a call to
* xEventGroupCreate() returns an EventGroupHandle_t variable that can then
* be used as a parameter to other event group functions.
*
* \defgroup EventGroupHandle_t EventGroupHandle_t
* \ingroup EventGroup
*/
typedef void * EventGroupHandle_t;
/*
* The type that holds event bits always matches TickType_t - therefore the
* number of bits it holds is set by configUSE_16_BIT_TICKS (16 bits if set to 1,
* 32 bits if set to 0.
*
* \defgroup EventBits_t EventBits_t
* \ingroup EventGroup
*/
typedef TickType_t EventBits_t;
/**
* event_groups.h
*<pre>
EventGroupHandle_t xEventGroupCreate( void );
</pre>
*
* Create a new event group. This function cannot be called from an interrupt.
*
* Although event groups are not related to ticks, for internal implementation
* reasons the number of bits available for use in an event group is dependent
* on the configUSE_16_BIT_TICKS setting in FreeRTOSConfig.h. If
* configUSE_16_BIT_TICKS is 1 then each event group contains 8 usable bits (bit
* 0 to bit 7). If configUSE_16_BIT_TICKS is set to 0 then each event group has
* 24 usable bits (bit 0 to bit 23). The EventBits_t type is used to store
* event bits within an event group.
*
* @return If the event group was created then a handle to the event group is
* returned. If there was insufficient FreeRTOS heap available to create the
* event group then NULL is returned. See http://www.freertos.org/a00111.html
*
* Example usage:
<pre>
// Declare a variable to hold the created event group.
EventGroupHandle_t xCreatedEventGroup;
// Attempt to create the event group.
xCreatedEventGroup = xEventGroupCreate();
// Was the event group created successfully?
if( xCreatedEventGroup == NULL )
{
// The event group was not created because there was insufficient
// FreeRTOS heap available.
}
else
{
// The event group was created.
}
</pre>
* \defgroup xEventGroupCreate xEventGroupCreate
* \ingroup EventGroup
*/
EventGroupHandle_t xEventGroupCreate( void ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
/**
* event_groups.h
*<pre>
EventBits_t xEventGroupWaitBits( EventGroupHandle_t xEventGroup,
const EventBits_t uxBitsToWaitFor,
const BaseType_t xClearOnExit,
const BaseType_t xWaitForAllBits,
const TickType_t xTicksToWait );
</pre>
*
* [Potentially] block to wait for one or more bits to be set within a
* previously created event group.
*
* This function cannot be called from an interrupt.
*
* @param xEventGroup The event group in which the bits are being tested. The
* event group must have previously been created using a call to
* xEventGroupCreate().
*
* @param uxBitsToWaitFor A bitwise value that indicates the bit or bits to test
* inside the event group. For example, to wait for bit 0 and/or bit 2 set
* uxBitsToWaitFor to 0x05. To wait for bits 0 and/or bit 1 and/or bit 2 set
* uxBitsToWaitFor to 0x07. Etc.
*
* @param xClearOnExit If xClearOnExit is set to pdTRUE then any bits within
* uxBitsToWaitFor that are set within the event group will be cleared before
* xEventGroupWaitBits() returns if the wait condition was met (if the function
* returns for a reason other than a timeout). If xClearOnExit is set to
* pdFALSE then the bits set in the event group are not altered when the call to
* xEventGroupWaitBits() returns.
*
* @param xWaitForAllBits If xWaitForAllBits is set to pdTRUE then
* xEventGroupWaitBits() will return when either all the bits in uxBitsToWaitFor
* are set or the specified block time expires. If xWaitForAllBits is set to
* pdFALSE then xEventGroupWaitBits() will return when any one of the bits set
* in uxBitsToWaitFor is set or the specified block time expires. The block
* time is specified by the xTicksToWait parameter.
*
* @param xTicksToWait The maximum amount of time (specified in 'ticks') to wait
* for one/all (depending on the xWaitForAllBits value) of the bits specified by
* uxBitsToWaitFor to become set.
*
* @return The value of the event group at the time either the bits being waited
* for became set, or the block time expired. Test the return value to know
* which bits were set. If xEventGroupWaitBits() returned because its timeout
* expired then not all the bits being waited for will be set. If
* xEventGroupWaitBits() returned because the bits it was waiting for were set
* then the returned value is the event group value before any bits were
* automatically cleared in the case that xClearOnExit parameter was set to
* pdTRUE.
*
* Example usage:
<pre>
#define BIT_0 ( 1 << 0 )
#define BIT_4 ( 1 << 4 )
void aFunction( EventGroupHandle_t xEventGroup )
{
EventBits_t uxBits;
const TickType_t xTicksToWait = 100 / portTICK_PERIOD_MS;
// Wait a maximum of 100ms for either bit 0 or bit 4 to be set within
// the event group. Clear the bits before exiting.
uxBits = xEventGroupWaitBits(
xEventGroup, // The event group being tested.
BIT_0 | BIT_4, // The bits within the event group to wait for.
pdTRUE, // BIT_0 and BIT_4 should be cleared before returning.
pdFALSE, // Don't wait for both bits, either bit will do.
xTicksToWait ); // Wait a maximum of 100ms for either bit to be set.
if( ( uxBits & ( BIT_0 | BIT_4 ) ) == ( BIT_0 | BIT_4 ) )
{
// xEventGroupWaitBits() returned because both bits were set.
}
else if( ( uxBits & BIT_0 ) != 0 )
{
// xEventGroupWaitBits() returned because just BIT_0 was set.
}
else if( ( uxBits & BIT_4 ) != 0 )
{
// xEventGroupWaitBits() returned because just BIT_4 was set.
}
else
{
// xEventGroupWaitBits() returned because xTicksToWait ticks passed
// without either BIT_0 or BIT_4 becoming set.
}
}
</pre>
* \defgroup xEventGroupWaitBits xEventGroupWaitBits
* \ingroup EventGroup
*/
EventBits_t xEventGroupWaitBits( EventGroupHandle_t xEventGroup, const EventBits_t uxBitsToWaitFor, const BaseType_t xClearOnExit, const BaseType_t xWaitForAllBits, TickType_t xTicksToWait ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
/**
* event_groups.h
*<pre>
EventBits_t xEventGroupClearBits( EventGroupHandle_t xEventGroup, const EventBits_t uxBitsToClear );
</pre>
*
* Clear bits within an event group. This function cannot be called from an
* interrupt.
*
* @param xEventGroup The event group in which the bits are to be cleared.
*
* @param uxBitsToClear A bitwise value that indicates the bit or bits to clear
* in the event group. For example, to clear bit 3 only, set uxBitsToClear to
* 0x08. To clear bit 3 and bit 0 set uxBitsToClear to 0x09.
*
* @return The value of the event group before the specified bits were cleared.
*
* Example usage:
<pre>
#define BIT_0 ( 1 << 0 )
#define BIT_4 ( 1 << 4 )
void aFunction( EventGroupHandle_t xEventGroup )
{
EventBits_t uxBits;
// Clear bit 0 and bit 4 in xEventGroup.
uxBits = xEventGroupClearBits(
xEventGroup, // The event group being updated.
BIT_0 | BIT_4 );// The bits being cleared.
if( ( uxBits & ( BIT_0 | BIT_4 ) ) == ( BIT_0 | BIT_4 ) )
{
// Both bit 0 and bit 4 were set before xEventGroupClearBits() was
// called. Both will now be clear (not set).
}
else if( ( uxBits & BIT_0 ) != 0 )
{
// Bit 0 was set before xEventGroupClearBits() was called. It will
// now be clear.
}
else if( ( uxBits & BIT_4 ) != 0 )
{
// Bit 4 was set before xEventGroupClearBits() was called. It will
// now be clear.
}
else
{
// Neither bit 0 nor bit 4 were set in the first place.
}
}
</pre>
* \defgroup xEventGroupClearBits xEventGroupClearBits
* \ingroup EventGroup
*/
EventBits_t xEventGroupClearBits( EventGroupHandle_t xEventGroup, const EventBits_t uxBitsToClear ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
/**
* event_groups.h
*<pre>
BaseType_t xEventGroupClearBitsFromISR( EventGroupHandle_t xEventGroup, const EventBits_t uxBitsToSet );
</pre>
*
* A version of xEventGroupClearBits() that can be called from an interrupt.
*
* Setting bits in an event group is not a deterministic operation because there
* are an unknown number of tasks that may be waiting for the bit or bits being
* set. FreeRTOS does not allow nondeterministic operations to be performed
* while interrupts are disabled, so protects event groups that are accessed
* from tasks by suspending the scheduler rather than disabling interrupts. As
* a result event groups cannot be accessed directly from an interrupt service
* routine. Therefore xEventGroupClearBitsFromISR() sends a message to the
* timer task to have the clear operation performed in the context of the timer
* task.
*
* @param xEventGroup The event group in which the bits are to be cleared.
*
* @param uxBitsToClear A bitwise value that indicates the bit or bits to clear.
* For example, to clear bit 3 only, set uxBitsToClear to 0x08. To clear bit 3
* and bit 0 set uxBitsToClear to 0x09.
*
* @return If the request to execute the function was posted successfully then
* pdPASS is returned, otherwise pdFALSE is returned. pdFALSE will be returned
* if the timer service queue was full.
*
* Example usage:
<pre>
#define BIT_0 ( 1 << 0 )
#define BIT_4 ( 1 << 4 )
// An event group which it is assumed has already been created by a call to
// xEventGroupCreate().
EventGroupHandle_t xEventGroup;
void anInterruptHandler( void )
{
// Clear bit 0 and bit 4 in xEventGroup.
xResult = xEventGroupClearBitsFromISR(
xEventGroup, // The event group being updated.
BIT_0 | BIT_4 ); // The bits being set.
if( xResult == pdPASS )
{
// The message was posted successfully.
}
}
</pre>
* \defgroup xEventGroupSetBitsFromISR xEventGroupSetBitsFromISR
* \ingroup EventGroup
*/
#if( configUSE_TRACE_FACILITY == 1 )
BaseType_t xEventGroupClearBitsFromISR( EventGroupHandle_t xEventGroup, const EventBits_t uxBitsToSet ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
#else
#define xEventGroupClearBitsFromISR( xEventGroup, uxBitsToClear ) xTimerPendFunctionCallFromISR( vEventGroupClearBitsCallback, ( void * ) xEventGroup, ( uint32_t ) uxBitsToClear, NULL )
#endif
/**
* event_groups.h
*<pre>
EventBits_t xEventGroupSetBits( EventGroupHandle_t xEventGroup, const EventBits_t uxBitsToSet );
</pre>
*
* Set bits within an event group.
* This function cannot be called from an interrupt. xEventGroupSetBitsFromISR()
* is a version that can be called from an interrupt.
*
* Setting bits in an event group will automatically unblock tasks that are
* blocked waiting for the bits.
*
* @param xEventGroup The event group in which the bits are to be set.
*
* @param uxBitsToSet A bitwise value that indicates the bit or bits to set.
* For example, to set bit 3 only, set uxBitsToSet to 0x08. To set bit 3
* and bit 0 set uxBitsToSet to 0x09.
*
* @return The value of the event group at the time the call to
* xEventGroupSetBits() returns. There are two reasons why the returned value
* might have the bits specified by the uxBitsToSet parameter cleared. First,
* if setting a bit results in a task that was waiting for the bit leaving the
* blocked state then it is possible the bit will be cleared automatically
* (see the xClearBitOnExit parameter of xEventGroupWaitBits()). Second, any
* unblocked (or otherwise Ready state) task that has a priority above that of
* the task that called xEventGroupSetBits() will execute and may change the
* event group value before the call to xEventGroupSetBits() returns.
*
* Example usage:
<pre>
#define BIT_0 ( 1 << 0 )
#define BIT_4 ( 1 << 4 )
void aFunction( EventGroupHandle_t xEventGroup )
{
EventBits_t uxBits;
// Set bit 0 and bit 4 in xEventGroup.
uxBits = xEventGroupSetBits(
xEventGroup, // The event group being updated.
BIT_0 | BIT_4 );// The bits being set.
if( ( uxBits & ( BIT_0 | BIT_4 ) ) == ( BIT_0 | BIT_4 ) )
{
// Both bit 0 and bit 4 remained set when the function returned.
}
else if( ( uxBits & BIT_0 ) != 0 )
{
// Bit 0 remained set when the function returned, but bit 4 was
// cleared. It might be that bit 4 was cleared automatically as a
// task that was waiting for bit 4 was removed from the Blocked
// state.
}
else if( ( uxBits & BIT_4 ) != 0 )
{
// Bit 4 remained set when the function returned, but bit 0 was
// cleared. It might be that bit 0 was cleared automatically as a
// task that was waiting for bit 0 was removed from the Blocked
// state.
}
else
{
// Neither bit 0 nor bit 4 remained set. It might be that a task
// was waiting for both of the bits to be set, and the bits were
// cleared as the task left the Blocked state.
}
}
</pre>
* \defgroup xEventGroupSetBits xEventGroupSetBits
* \ingroup EventGroup
*/
EventBits_t xEventGroupSetBits( EventGroupHandle_t xEventGroup, const EventBits_t uxBitsToSet ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
/**
* event_groups.h
*<pre>
BaseType_t xEventGroupSetBitsFromISR( EventGroupHandle_t xEventGroup, const EventBits_t uxBitsToSet, BaseType_t *pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken );
</pre>
*
* A version of xEventGroupSetBits() that can be called from an interrupt.
*
* Setting bits in an event group is not a deterministic operation because there
* are an unknown number of tasks that may be waiting for the bit or bits being
* set. FreeRTOS does not allow nondeterministic operations to be performed in
* interrupts or from critical sections. Therefore xEventGroupSetBitFromISR()
* sends a message to the timer task to have the set operation performed in the
* context of the timer task - where a scheduler lock is used in place of a
* critical section.
*
* @param xEventGroup The event group in which the bits are to be set.
*
* @param uxBitsToSet A bitwise value that indicates the bit or bits to set.
* For example, to set bit 3 only, set uxBitsToSet to 0x08. To set bit 3
* and bit 0 set uxBitsToSet to 0x09.
*
* @param pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken As mentioned above, calling this function
* will result in a message being sent to the timer daemon task. If the
* priority of the timer daemon task is higher than the priority of the
* currently running task (the task the interrupt interrupted) then
* *pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken will be set to pdTRUE by
* xEventGroupSetBitsFromISR(), indicating that a context switch should be
* requested before the interrupt exits. For that reason
* *pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken must be initialised to pdFALSE. See the
* example code below.
*
* @return If the request to execute the function was posted successfully then
* pdPASS is returned, otherwise pdFALSE is returned. pdFALSE will be returned
* if the timer service queue was full.
*
* Example usage:
<pre>
#define BIT_0 ( 1 << 0 )
#define BIT_4 ( 1 << 4 )
// An event group which it is assumed has already been created by a call to
// xEventGroupCreate().
EventGroupHandle_t xEventGroup;
void anInterruptHandler( void )
{
BaseType_t xHigherPriorityTaskWoken, xResult;
// xHigherPriorityTaskWoken must be initialised to pdFALSE.
xHigherPriorityTaskWoken = pdFALSE;
// Set bit 0 and bit 4 in xEventGroup.
xResult = xEventGroupSetBitsFromISR(
xEventGroup, // The event group being updated.
BIT_0 | BIT_4 // The bits being set.
&xHigherPriorityTaskWoken );
// Was the message posted successfully?
if( xResult == pdPASS )
{
// If xHigherPriorityTaskWoken is now set to pdTRUE then a context
// switch should be requested. The macro used is port specific and
// will be either portYIELD_FROM_ISR() or portEND_SWITCHING_ISR() -
// refer to the documentation page for the port being used.
portYIELD_FROM_ISR( xHigherPriorityTaskWoken );
}
}
</pre>
* \defgroup xEventGroupSetBitsFromISR xEventGroupSetBitsFromISR
* \ingroup EventGroup
*/
#if( configUSE_TRACE_FACILITY == 1 )
BaseType_t xEventGroupSetBitsFromISR( EventGroupHandle_t xEventGroup, const EventBits_t uxBitsToSet, BaseType_t *pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
#else
#define xEventGroupSetBitsFromISR( xEventGroup, uxBitsToSet, pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken ) xTimerPendFunctionCallFromISR( vEventGroupSetBitsCallback, ( void * ) xEventGroup, ( uint32_t ) uxBitsToSet, pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken )
#endif
/**
* event_groups.h
*<pre>
EventBits_t xEventGroupSync( EventGroupHandle_t xEventGroup,
const EventBits_t uxBitsToSet,
const EventBits_t uxBitsToWaitFor,
TickType_t xTicksToWait );
</pre>
*
* Atomically set bits within an event group, then wait for a combination of
* bits to be set within the same event group. This functionality is typically
* used to synchronise multiple tasks, where each task has to wait for the other
* tasks to reach a synchronisation point before proceeding.
*
* This function cannot be used from an interrupt.
*
* The function will return before its block time expires if the bits specified
* by the uxBitsToWait parameter are set, or become set within that time. In
* this case all the bits specified by uxBitsToWait will be automatically
* cleared before the function returns.
*
* @param xEventGroup The event group in which the bits are being tested. The
* event group must have previously been created using a call to
* xEventGroupCreate().
*
* @param uxBitsToSet The bits to set in the event group before determining
* if, and possibly waiting for, all the bits specified by the uxBitsToWait
* parameter are set.
*
* @param uxBitsToWaitFor A bitwise value that indicates the bit or bits to test
* inside the event group. For example, to wait for bit 0 and bit 2 set
* uxBitsToWaitFor to 0x05. To wait for bits 0 and bit 1 and bit 2 set
* uxBitsToWaitFor to 0x07. Etc.
*
* @param xTicksToWait The maximum amount of time (specified in 'ticks') to wait
* for all of the bits specified by uxBitsToWaitFor to become set.
*
* @return The value of the event group at the time either the bits being waited
* for became set, or the block time expired. Test the return value to know
* which bits were set. If xEventGroupSync() returned because its timeout
* expired then not all the bits being waited for will be set. If
* xEventGroupSync() returned because all the bits it was waiting for were
* set then the returned value is the event group value before any bits were
* automatically cleared.
*
* Example usage:
<pre>
// Bits used by the three tasks.
#define TASK_0_BIT ( 1 << 0 )
#define TASK_1_BIT ( 1 << 1 )
#define TASK_2_BIT ( 1 << 2 )
#define ALL_SYNC_BITS ( TASK_0_BIT | TASK_1_BIT | TASK_2_BIT )
// Use an event group to synchronise three tasks. It is assumed this event
// group has already been created elsewhere.
EventGroupHandle_t xEventBits;
void vTask0( void *pvParameters )
{
EventBits_t uxReturn;
TickType_t xTicksToWait = 100 / portTICK_PERIOD_MS;
for( ;; )
{
// Perform task functionality here.
// Set bit 0 in the event flag to note this task has reached the
// sync point. The other two tasks will set the other two bits defined
// by ALL_SYNC_BITS. All three tasks have reached the synchronisation
// point when all the ALL_SYNC_BITS are set. Wait a maximum of 100ms
// for this to happen.
uxReturn = xEventGroupSync( xEventBits, TASK_0_BIT, ALL_SYNC_BITS, xTicksToWait );
if( ( uxReturn & ALL_SYNC_BITS ) == ALL_SYNC_BITS )
{
// All three tasks reached the synchronisation point before the call
// to xEventGroupSync() timed out.
}
}
}
void vTask1( void *pvParameters )
{
for( ;; )
{
// Perform task functionality here.
// Set bit 1 in the event flag to note this task has reached the
// synchronisation point. The other two tasks will set the other two
// bits defined by ALL_SYNC_BITS. All three tasks have reached the
// synchronisation point when all the ALL_SYNC_BITS are set. Wait
// indefinitely for this to happen.
xEventGroupSync( xEventBits, TASK_1_BIT, ALL_SYNC_BITS, portMAX_DELAY );
// xEventGroupSync() was called with an indefinite block time, so
// this task will only reach here if the syncrhonisation was made by all
// three tasks, so there is no need to test the return value.
}
}
void vTask2( void *pvParameters )
{
for( ;; )
{
// Perform task functionality here.
// Set bit 2 in the event flag to note this task has reached the
// synchronisation point. The other two tasks will set the other two
// bits defined by ALL_SYNC_BITS. All three tasks have reached the
// synchronisation point when all the ALL_SYNC_BITS are set. Wait
// indefinitely for this to happen.
xEventGroupSync( xEventBits, TASK_2_BIT, ALL_SYNC_BITS, portMAX_DELAY );
// xEventGroupSync() was called with an indefinite block time, so
// this task will only reach here if the syncrhonisation was made by all
// three tasks, so there is no need to test the return value.
}
}
</pre>
* \defgroup xEventGroupSync xEventGroupSync
* \ingroup EventGroup
*/
EventBits_t xEventGroupSync( EventGroupHandle_t xEventGroup, const EventBits_t uxBitsToSet, const EventBits_t uxBitsToWaitFor, TickType_t xTicksToWait ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
/**
* event_groups.h
*<pre>
EventBits_t xEventGroupGetBits( EventGroupHandle_t xEventGroup );
</pre>
*
* Returns the current value of the bits in an event group. This function
* cannot be used from an interrupt.
*
* @param xEventGroup The event group being queried.
*
* @return The event group bits at the time xEventGroupGetBits() was called.
*
* \defgroup xEventGroupGetBits xEventGroupGetBits
* \ingroup EventGroup
*/
#define xEventGroupGetBits( xEventGroup ) xEventGroupClearBits( xEventGroup, 0 )
/**
* event_groups.h
*<pre>
EventBits_t xEventGroupGetBitsFromISR( EventGroupHandle_t xEventGroup );
</pre>
*
* A version of xEventGroupGetBits() that can be called from an ISR.
*
* @param xEventGroup The event group being queried.
*
* @return The event group bits at the time xEventGroupGetBitsFromISR() was called.
*
* \defgroup xEventGroupGetBitsFromISR xEventGroupGetBitsFromISR
* \ingroup EventGroup
*/
EventBits_t xEventGroupGetBitsFromISR( EventGroupHandle_t xEventGroup ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
/**
* event_groups.h
*<pre>
void xEventGroupDelete( EventGroupHandle_t xEventGroup );
</pre>
*
* Delete an event group that was previously created by a call to
* xEventGroupCreate(). Tasks that are blocked on the event group will be
* unblocked and obtain 0 as the event group's value.
*
* @param xEventGroup The event group being deleted.
*/
void vEventGroupDelete( EventGroupHandle_t xEventGroup ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
/* For internal use only. */
void vEventGroupSetBitsCallback( void *pvEventGroup, const uint32_t ulBitsToSet ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
void vEventGroupClearBitsCallback( void *pvEventGroup, const uint32_t ulBitsToClear ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
#if (configUSE_TRACE_FACILITY == 1)
UBaseType_t uxEventGroupGetNumber( void* xEventGroup ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
#endif
#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif
#endif /* EVENT_GROUPS_H */

453
FreeRTOS/include/list.h Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,453 @@
/*
FreeRTOS V8.2.3 - Copyright (C) 2015 Real Time Engineers Ltd.
All rights reserved
VISIT http://www.FreeRTOS.org TO ENSURE YOU ARE USING THE LATEST VERSION.
This file is part of the FreeRTOS distribution.
FreeRTOS is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under
the terms of the GNU General Public License (version 2) as published by the
Free Software Foundation >>>> AND MODIFIED BY <<<< the FreeRTOS exception.
***************************************************************************
>>! NOTE: The modification to the GPL is included to allow you to !<<
>>! distribute a combined work that includes FreeRTOS without being !<<
>>! obliged to provide the source code for proprietary components !<<
>>! outside of the FreeRTOS kernel. !<<
***************************************************************************
FreeRTOS is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY
WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS
FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. Full license text is available on the following
link: http://www.freertos.org/a00114.html
***************************************************************************
* *
* FreeRTOS provides completely free yet professionally developed, *
* robust, strictly quality controlled, supported, and cross *
* platform software that is more than just the market leader, it *
* is the industry's de facto standard. *
* *
* Help yourself get started quickly while simultaneously helping *
* to support the FreeRTOS project by purchasing a FreeRTOS *
* tutorial book, reference manual, or both: *
* http://www.FreeRTOS.org/Documentation *
* *
***************************************************************************
http://www.FreeRTOS.org/FAQHelp.html - Having a problem? Start by reading
the FAQ page "My application does not run, what could be wrong?". Have you
defined configASSERT()?
http://www.FreeRTOS.org/support - In return for receiving this top quality
embedded software for free we request you assist our global community by
participating in the support forum.
http://www.FreeRTOS.org/training - Investing in training allows your team to
be as productive as possible as early as possible. Now you can receive
FreeRTOS training directly from Richard Barry, CEO of Real Time Engineers
Ltd, and the world's leading authority on the world's leading RTOS.
http://www.FreeRTOS.org/plus - A selection of FreeRTOS ecosystem products,
including FreeRTOS+Trace - an indispensable productivity tool, a DOS
compatible FAT file system, and our tiny thread aware UDP/IP stack.
http://www.FreeRTOS.org/labs - Where new FreeRTOS products go to incubate.
Come and try FreeRTOS+TCP, our new open source TCP/IP stack for FreeRTOS.
http://www.OpenRTOS.com - Real Time Engineers ltd. license FreeRTOS to High
Integrity Systems ltd. to sell under the OpenRTOS brand. Low cost OpenRTOS
licenses offer ticketed support, indemnification and commercial middleware.
http://www.SafeRTOS.com - High Integrity Systems also provide a safety
engineered and independently SIL3 certified version for use in safety and
mission critical applications that require provable dependability.
1 tab == 4 spaces!
*/
/*
* This is the list implementation used by the scheduler. While it is tailored
* heavily for the schedulers needs, it is also available for use by
* application code.
*
* list_ts can only store pointers to list_item_ts. Each ListItem_t contains a
* numeric value (xItemValue). Most of the time the lists are sorted in
* descending item value order.
*
* Lists are created already containing one list item. The value of this
* item is the maximum possible that can be stored, it is therefore always at
* the end of the list and acts as a marker. The list member pxHead always
* points to this marker - even though it is at the tail of the list. This
* is because the tail contains a wrap back pointer to the true head of
* the list.
*
* In addition to it's value, each list item contains a pointer to the next
* item in the list (pxNext), a pointer to the list it is in (pxContainer)
* and a pointer to back to the object that contains it. These later two
* pointers are included for efficiency of list manipulation. There is
* effectively a two way link between the object containing the list item and
* the list item itself.
*
*
* \page ListIntroduction List Implementation
* \ingroup FreeRTOSIntro
*/
#ifndef INC_FREERTOS_H
#error FreeRTOS.h must be included before list.h
#endif
#ifndef LIST_H
#define LIST_H
/*
* The list structure members are modified from within interrupts, and therefore
* by rights should be declared volatile. However, they are only modified in a
* functionally atomic way (within critical sections of with the scheduler
* suspended) and are either passed by reference into a function or indexed via
* a volatile variable. Therefore, in all use cases tested so far, the volatile
* qualifier can be omitted in order to provide a moderate performance
* improvement without adversely affecting functional behaviour. The assembly
* instructions generated by the IAR, ARM and GCC compilers when the respective
* compiler's options were set for maximum optimisation has been inspected and
* deemed to be as intended. That said, as compiler technology advances, and
* especially if aggressive cross module optimisation is used (a use case that
* has not been exercised to any great extend) then it is feasible that the
* volatile qualifier will be needed for correct optimisation. It is expected
* that a compiler removing essential code because, without the volatile
* qualifier on the list structure members and with aggressive cross module
* optimisation, the compiler deemed the code unnecessary will result in
* complete and obvious failure of the scheduler. If this is ever experienced
* then the volatile qualifier can be inserted in the relevant places within the
* list structures by simply defining configLIST_VOLATILE to volatile in
* FreeRTOSConfig.h (as per the example at the bottom of this comment block).
* If configLIST_VOLATILE is not defined then the preprocessor directives below
* will simply #define configLIST_VOLATILE away completely.
*
* To use volatile list structure members then add the following line to
* FreeRTOSConfig.h (without the quotes):
* "#define configLIST_VOLATILE volatile"
*/
#ifndef configLIST_VOLATILE
#define configLIST_VOLATILE
#endif /* configSUPPORT_CROSS_MODULE_OPTIMISATION */
#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif
/* Macros that can be used to place known values within the list structures,
then check that the known values do not get corrupted during the execution of
the application. These may catch the list data structures being overwritten in
memory. They will not catch data errors caused by incorrect configuration or
use of FreeRTOS.*/
#if( configUSE_LIST_DATA_INTEGRITY_CHECK_BYTES == 0 )
/* Define the macros to do nothing. */
#define listFIRST_LIST_ITEM_INTEGRITY_CHECK_VALUE
#define listSECOND_LIST_ITEM_INTEGRITY_CHECK_VALUE
#define listFIRST_LIST_INTEGRITY_CHECK_VALUE
#define listSECOND_LIST_INTEGRITY_CHECK_VALUE
#define listSET_FIRST_LIST_ITEM_INTEGRITY_CHECK_VALUE( pxItem )
#define listSET_SECOND_LIST_ITEM_INTEGRITY_CHECK_VALUE( pxItem )
#define listSET_LIST_INTEGRITY_CHECK_1_VALUE( pxList )
#define listSET_LIST_INTEGRITY_CHECK_2_VALUE( pxList )
#define listTEST_LIST_ITEM_INTEGRITY( pxItem )
#define listTEST_LIST_INTEGRITY( pxList )
#else
/* Define macros that add new members into the list structures. */
#define listFIRST_LIST_ITEM_INTEGRITY_CHECK_VALUE TickType_t xListItemIntegrityValue1;
#define listSECOND_LIST_ITEM_INTEGRITY_CHECK_VALUE TickType_t xListItemIntegrityValue2;
#define listFIRST_LIST_INTEGRITY_CHECK_VALUE TickType_t xListIntegrityValue1;
#define listSECOND_LIST_INTEGRITY_CHECK_VALUE TickType_t xListIntegrityValue2;
/* Define macros that set the new structure members to known values. */
#define listSET_FIRST_LIST_ITEM_INTEGRITY_CHECK_VALUE( pxItem ) ( pxItem )->xListItemIntegrityValue1 = pdINTEGRITY_CHECK_VALUE
#define listSET_SECOND_LIST_ITEM_INTEGRITY_CHECK_VALUE( pxItem ) ( pxItem )->xListItemIntegrityValue2 = pdINTEGRITY_CHECK_VALUE
#define listSET_LIST_INTEGRITY_CHECK_1_VALUE( pxList ) ( pxList )->xListIntegrityValue1 = pdINTEGRITY_CHECK_VALUE
#define listSET_LIST_INTEGRITY_CHECK_2_VALUE( pxList ) ( pxList )->xListIntegrityValue2 = pdINTEGRITY_CHECK_VALUE
/* Define macros that will assert if one of the structure members does not
contain its expected value. */
#define listTEST_LIST_ITEM_INTEGRITY( pxItem ) configASSERT( ( ( pxItem )->xListItemIntegrityValue1 == pdINTEGRITY_CHECK_VALUE ) && ( ( pxItem )->xListItemIntegrityValue2 == pdINTEGRITY_CHECK_VALUE ) )
#define listTEST_LIST_INTEGRITY( pxList ) configASSERT( ( ( pxList )->xListIntegrityValue1 == pdINTEGRITY_CHECK_VALUE ) && ( ( pxList )->xListIntegrityValue2 == pdINTEGRITY_CHECK_VALUE ) )
#endif /* configUSE_LIST_DATA_INTEGRITY_CHECK_BYTES */
/*
* Definition of the only type of object that a list can contain.
*/
struct xLIST_ITEM
{
listFIRST_LIST_ITEM_INTEGRITY_CHECK_VALUE /*< Set to a known value if configUSE_LIST_DATA_INTEGRITY_CHECK_BYTES is set to 1. */
configLIST_VOLATILE TickType_t xItemValue; /*< The value being listed. In most cases this is used to sort the list in descending order. */
struct xLIST_ITEM * configLIST_VOLATILE pxNext; /*< Pointer to the next ListItem_t in the list. */
struct xLIST_ITEM * configLIST_VOLATILE pxPrevious; /*< Pointer to the previous ListItem_t in the list. */
void * pvOwner; /*< Pointer to the object (normally a TCB) that contains the list item. There is therefore a two way link between the object containing the list item and the list item itself. */
void * configLIST_VOLATILE pvContainer; /*< Pointer to the list in which this list item is placed (if any). */
listSECOND_LIST_ITEM_INTEGRITY_CHECK_VALUE /*< Set to a known value if configUSE_LIST_DATA_INTEGRITY_CHECK_BYTES is set to 1. */
};
typedef struct xLIST_ITEM ListItem_t; /* For some reason lint wants this as two separate definitions. */
struct xMINI_LIST_ITEM
{
listFIRST_LIST_ITEM_INTEGRITY_CHECK_VALUE /*< Set to a known value if configUSE_LIST_DATA_INTEGRITY_CHECK_BYTES is set to 1. */
configLIST_VOLATILE TickType_t xItemValue;
struct xLIST_ITEM * configLIST_VOLATILE pxNext;
struct xLIST_ITEM * configLIST_VOLATILE pxPrevious;
};
typedef struct xMINI_LIST_ITEM MiniListItem_t;
/*
* Definition of the type of queue used by the scheduler.
*/
typedef struct xLIST
{
listFIRST_LIST_INTEGRITY_CHECK_VALUE /*< Set to a known value if configUSE_LIST_DATA_INTEGRITY_CHECK_BYTES is set to 1. */
configLIST_VOLATILE UBaseType_t uxNumberOfItems;
ListItem_t * configLIST_VOLATILE pxIndex; /*< Used to walk through the list. Points to the last item returned by a call to listGET_OWNER_OF_NEXT_ENTRY (). */
MiniListItem_t xListEnd; /*< List item that contains the maximum possible item value meaning it is always at the end of the list and is therefore used as a marker. */
listSECOND_LIST_INTEGRITY_CHECK_VALUE /*< Set to a known value if configUSE_LIST_DATA_INTEGRITY_CHECK_BYTES is set to 1. */
} List_t;
/*
* Access macro to set the owner of a list item. The owner of a list item
* is the object (usually a TCB) that contains the list item.
*
* \page listSET_LIST_ITEM_OWNER listSET_LIST_ITEM_OWNER
* \ingroup LinkedList
*/
#define listSET_LIST_ITEM_OWNER( pxListItem, pxOwner ) ( ( pxListItem )->pvOwner = ( void * ) ( pxOwner ) )
/*
* Access macro to get the owner of a list item. The owner of a list item
* is the object (usually a TCB) that contains the list item.
*
* \page listSET_LIST_ITEM_OWNER listSET_LIST_ITEM_OWNER
* \ingroup LinkedList
*/
#define listGET_LIST_ITEM_OWNER( pxListItem ) ( ( pxListItem )->pvOwner )
/*
* Access macro to set the value of the list item. In most cases the value is
* used to sort the list in descending order.
*
* \page listSET_LIST_ITEM_VALUE listSET_LIST_ITEM_VALUE
* \ingroup LinkedList
*/
#define listSET_LIST_ITEM_VALUE( pxListItem, xValue ) ( ( pxListItem )->xItemValue = ( xValue ) )
/*
* Access macro to retrieve the value of the list item. The value can
* represent anything - for example the priority of a task, or the time at
* which a task should be unblocked.
*
* \page listGET_LIST_ITEM_VALUE listGET_LIST_ITEM_VALUE
* \ingroup LinkedList
*/
#define listGET_LIST_ITEM_VALUE( pxListItem ) ( ( pxListItem )->xItemValue )
/*
* Access macro to retrieve the value of the list item at the head of a given
* list.
*
* \page listGET_LIST_ITEM_VALUE listGET_LIST_ITEM_VALUE
* \ingroup LinkedList
*/
#define listGET_ITEM_VALUE_OF_HEAD_ENTRY( pxList ) ( ( ( pxList )->xListEnd ).pxNext->xItemValue )
/*
* Return the list item at the head of the list.
*
* \page listGET_HEAD_ENTRY listGET_HEAD_ENTRY
* \ingroup LinkedList
*/
#define listGET_HEAD_ENTRY( pxList ) ( ( ( pxList )->xListEnd ).pxNext )
/*
* Return the list item at the head of the list.
*
* \page listGET_NEXT listGET_NEXT
* \ingroup LinkedList
*/
#define listGET_NEXT( pxListItem ) ( ( pxListItem )->pxNext )
/*
* Return the list item that marks the end of the list
*
* \page listGET_END_MARKER listGET_END_MARKER
* \ingroup LinkedList
*/
#define listGET_END_MARKER( pxList ) ( ( ListItem_t const * ) ( &( ( pxList )->xListEnd ) ) )
/*
* Access macro to determine if a list contains any items. The macro will
* only have the value true if the list is empty.
*
* \page listLIST_IS_EMPTY listLIST_IS_EMPTY
* \ingroup LinkedList
*/
#define listLIST_IS_EMPTY( pxList ) ( ( BaseType_t ) ( ( pxList )->uxNumberOfItems == ( UBaseType_t ) 0 ) )
/*
* Access macro to return the number of items in the list.
*/
#define listCURRENT_LIST_LENGTH( pxList ) ( ( pxList )->uxNumberOfItems )
/*
* Access function to obtain the owner of the next entry in a list.
*
* The list member pxIndex is used to walk through a list. Calling
* listGET_OWNER_OF_NEXT_ENTRY increments pxIndex to the next item in the list
* and returns that entry's pxOwner parameter. Using multiple calls to this
* function it is therefore possible to move through every item contained in
* a list.
*
* The pxOwner parameter of a list item is a pointer to the object that owns
* the list item. In the scheduler this is normally a task control block.
* The pxOwner parameter effectively creates a two way link between the list
* item and its owner.
*
* @param pxTCB pxTCB is set to the address of the owner of the next list item.
* @param pxList The list from which the next item owner is to be returned.
*
* \page listGET_OWNER_OF_NEXT_ENTRY listGET_OWNER_OF_NEXT_ENTRY
* \ingroup LinkedList
*/
#define listGET_OWNER_OF_NEXT_ENTRY( pxTCB, pxList ) \
{ \
List_t * const pxConstList = ( pxList ); \
/* Increment the index to the next item and return the item, ensuring */ \
/* we don't return the marker used at the end of the list. */ \
( pxConstList )->pxIndex = ( pxConstList )->pxIndex->pxNext; \
if( ( void * ) ( pxConstList )->pxIndex == ( void * ) &( ( pxConstList )->xListEnd ) ) \
{ \
( pxConstList )->pxIndex = ( pxConstList )->pxIndex->pxNext; \
} \
( pxTCB ) = ( pxConstList )->pxIndex->pvOwner; \
}
/*
* Access function to obtain the owner of the first entry in a list. Lists
* are normally sorted in ascending item value order.
*
* This function returns the pxOwner member of the first item in the list.
* The pxOwner parameter of a list item is a pointer to the object that owns
* the list item. In the scheduler this is normally a task control block.
* The pxOwner parameter effectively creates a two way link between the list
* item and its owner.
*
* @param pxList The list from which the owner of the head item is to be
* returned.
*
* \page listGET_OWNER_OF_HEAD_ENTRY listGET_OWNER_OF_HEAD_ENTRY
* \ingroup LinkedList
*/
#define listGET_OWNER_OF_HEAD_ENTRY( pxList ) ( (&( ( pxList )->xListEnd ))->pxNext->pvOwner )
/*
* Check to see if a list item is within a list. The list item maintains a
* "container" pointer that points to the list it is in. All this macro does
* is check to see if the container and the list match.
*
* @param pxList The list we want to know if the list item is within.
* @param pxListItem The list item we want to know if is in the list.
* @return pdTRUE if the list item is in the list, otherwise pdFALSE.
*/
#define listIS_CONTAINED_WITHIN( pxList, pxListItem ) ( ( BaseType_t ) ( ( pxListItem )->pvContainer == ( void * ) ( pxList ) ) )
/*
* Return the list a list item is contained within (referenced from).
*
* @param pxListItem The list item being queried.
* @return A pointer to the List_t object that references the pxListItem
*/
#define listLIST_ITEM_CONTAINER( pxListItem ) ( ( pxListItem )->pvContainer )
/*
* This provides a crude means of knowing if a list has been initialised, as
* pxList->xListEnd.xItemValue is set to portMAX_DELAY by the vListInitialise()
* function.
*/
#define listLIST_IS_INITIALISED( pxList ) ( ( pxList )->xListEnd.xItemValue == portMAX_DELAY )
/*
* Must be called before a list is used! This initialises all the members
* of the list structure and inserts the xListEnd item into the list as a
* marker to the back of the list.
*
* @param pxList Pointer to the list being initialised.
*
* \page vListInitialise vListInitialise
* \ingroup LinkedList
*/
void vListInitialise( List_t * const pxList ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
/*
* Must be called before a list item is used. This sets the list container to
* null so the item does not think that it is already contained in a list.
*
* @param pxItem Pointer to the list item being initialised.
*
* \page vListInitialiseItem vListInitialiseItem
* \ingroup LinkedList
*/
void vListInitialiseItem( ListItem_t * const pxItem ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
/*
* Insert a list item into a list. The item will be inserted into the list in
* a position determined by its item value (descending item value order).
*
* @param pxList The list into which the item is to be inserted.
*
* @param pxNewListItem The item that is to be placed in the list.
*
* \page vListInsert vListInsert
* \ingroup LinkedList
*/
void vListInsert( List_t * const pxList, ListItem_t * const pxNewListItem ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
/*
* Insert a list item into a list. The item will be inserted in a position
* such that it will be the last item within the list returned by multiple
* calls to listGET_OWNER_OF_NEXT_ENTRY.
*
* The list member pvIndex is used to walk through a list. Calling
* listGET_OWNER_OF_NEXT_ENTRY increments pvIndex to the next item in the list.
* Placing an item in a list using vListInsertEnd effectively places the item
* in the list position pointed to by pvIndex. This means that every other
* item within the list will be returned by listGET_OWNER_OF_NEXT_ENTRY before
* the pvIndex parameter again points to the item being inserted.
*
* @param pxList The list into which the item is to be inserted.
*
* @param pxNewListItem The list item to be inserted into the list.
*
* \page vListInsertEnd vListInsertEnd
* \ingroup LinkedList
*/
void vListInsertEnd( List_t * const pxList, ListItem_t * const pxNewListItem ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
/*
* Remove an item from a list. The list item has a pointer to the list that
* it is in, so only the list item need be passed into the function.
*
* @param uxListRemove The item to be removed. The item will remove itself from
* the list pointed to by it's pxContainer parameter.
*
* @return The number of items that remain in the list after the list item has
* been removed.
*
* \page uxListRemove uxListRemove
* \ingroup LinkedList
*/
UBaseType_t uxListRemove( ListItem_t * const pxItemToRemove ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif
#endif

View File

@ -0,0 +1,177 @@
/*
FreeRTOS V8.2.3 - Copyright (C) 2015 Real Time Engineers Ltd.
All rights reserved
VISIT http://www.FreeRTOS.org TO ENSURE YOU ARE USING THE LATEST VERSION.
This file is part of the FreeRTOS distribution.
FreeRTOS is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under
the terms of the GNU General Public License (version 2) as published by the
Free Software Foundation >>>> AND MODIFIED BY <<<< the FreeRTOS exception.
***************************************************************************
>>! NOTE: The modification to the GPL is included to allow you to !<<
>>! distribute a combined work that includes FreeRTOS without being !<<
>>! obliged to provide the source code for proprietary components !<<
>>! outside of the FreeRTOS kernel. !<<
***************************************************************************
FreeRTOS is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY
WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS
FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. Full license text is available on the following
link: http://www.freertos.org/a00114.html
***************************************************************************
* *
* FreeRTOS provides completely free yet professionally developed, *
* robust, strictly quality controlled, supported, and cross *
* platform software that is more than just the market leader, it *
* is the industry's de facto standard. *
* *
* Help yourself get started quickly while simultaneously helping *
* to support the FreeRTOS project by purchasing a FreeRTOS *
* tutorial book, reference manual, or both: *
* http://www.FreeRTOS.org/Documentation *
* *
***************************************************************************
http://www.FreeRTOS.org/FAQHelp.html - Having a problem? Start by reading
the FAQ page "My application does not run, what could be wrong?". Have you
defined configASSERT()?
http://www.FreeRTOS.org/support - In return for receiving this top quality
embedded software for free we request you assist our global community by
participating in the support forum.
http://www.FreeRTOS.org/training - Investing in training allows your team to
be as productive as possible as early as possible. Now you can receive
FreeRTOS training directly from Richard Barry, CEO of Real Time Engineers
Ltd, and the world's leading authority on the world's leading RTOS.
http://www.FreeRTOS.org/plus - A selection of FreeRTOS ecosystem products,
including FreeRTOS+Trace - an indispensable productivity tool, a DOS
compatible FAT file system, and our tiny thread aware UDP/IP stack.
http://www.FreeRTOS.org/labs - Where new FreeRTOS products go to incubate.
Come and try FreeRTOS+TCP, our new open source TCP/IP stack for FreeRTOS.
http://www.OpenRTOS.com - Real Time Engineers ltd. license FreeRTOS to High
Integrity Systems ltd. to sell under the OpenRTOS brand. Low cost OpenRTOS
licenses offer ticketed support, indemnification and commercial middleware.
http://www.SafeRTOS.com - High Integrity Systems also provide a safety
engineered and independently SIL3 certified version for use in safety and
mission critical applications that require provable dependability.
1 tab == 4 spaces!
*/
#ifndef MPU_WRAPPERS_H
#define MPU_WRAPPERS_H
/* This file redefines API functions to be called through a wrapper macro, but
only for ports that are using the MPU. */
#ifdef portUSING_MPU_WRAPPERS
/* MPU_WRAPPERS_INCLUDED_FROM_API_FILE will be defined when this file is
included from queue.c or task.c to prevent it from having an effect within
those files. */
#ifndef MPU_WRAPPERS_INCLUDED_FROM_API_FILE
#define xTaskGenericCreate MPU_xTaskGenericCreate
#define vTaskAllocateMPURegions MPU_vTaskAllocateMPURegions
#define vTaskDelete MPU_vTaskDelete
#define vTaskDelayUntil MPU_vTaskDelayUntil
#define vTaskDelay MPU_vTaskDelay
#define uxTaskPriorityGet MPU_uxTaskPriorityGet
#define vTaskPrioritySet MPU_vTaskPrioritySet
#define eTaskGetState MPU_eTaskGetState
#define vTaskSuspend MPU_vTaskSuspend
#define vTaskResume MPU_vTaskResume
#define vTaskSuspendAll MPU_vTaskSuspendAll
#define xTaskResumeAll MPU_xTaskResumeAll
#define xTaskGetTickCount MPU_xTaskGetTickCount
#define uxTaskGetNumberOfTasks MPU_uxTaskGetNumberOfTasks
#define vTaskList MPU_vTaskList
#define vTaskGetRunTimeStats MPU_vTaskGetRunTimeStats
#define vTaskSetApplicationTaskTag MPU_vTaskSetApplicationTaskTag
#define xTaskGetApplicationTaskTag MPU_xTaskGetApplicationTaskTag
#define xTaskCallApplicationTaskHook MPU_xTaskCallApplicationTaskHook
#define uxTaskGetStackHighWaterMark MPU_uxTaskGetStackHighWaterMark
#define xTaskGetCurrentTaskHandle MPU_xTaskGetCurrentTaskHandle
#define xTaskGetSchedulerState MPU_xTaskGetSchedulerState
#define xTaskGetIdleTaskHandle MPU_xTaskGetIdleTaskHandle
#define uxTaskGetSystemState MPU_uxTaskGetSystemState
#define xTaskGenericNotify MPU_xTaskGenericNotify
#define xTaskNotifyWait MPU_xTaskNotifyWait
#define ulTaskNotifyTake MPU_ulTaskNotifyTake
#define xQueueGenericCreate MPU_xQueueGenericCreate
#define xQueueCreateMutex MPU_xQueueCreateMutex
#define xQueueGiveMutexRecursive MPU_xQueueGiveMutexRecursive
#define xQueueTakeMutexRecursive MPU_xQueueTakeMutexRecursive
#define xQueueCreateCountingSemaphore MPU_xQueueCreateCountingSemaphore
#define xQueueGenericSend MPU_xQueueGenericSend
#define xQueueAltGenericSend MPU_xQueueAltGenericSend
#define xQueueAltGenericReceive MPU_xQueueAltGenericReceive
#define xQueueGenericReceive MPU_xQueueGenericReceive
#define uxQueueMessagesWaiting MPU_uxQueueMessagesWaiting
#define vQueueDelete MPU_vQueueDelete
#define xQueueGenericReset MPU_xQueueGenericReset
#define xQueueCreateSet MPU_xQueueCreateSet
#define xQueueSelectFromSet MPU_xQueueSelectFromSet
#define xQueueAddToSet MPU_xQueueAddToSet
#define xQueueRemoveFromSet MPU_xQueueRemoveFromSet
#define xQueueGetMutexHolder MPU_xQueueGetMutexHolder
#define xQueueGetMutexHolder MPU_xQueueGetMutexHolder
#define pvPortMalloc MPU_pvPortMalloc
#define vPortFree MPU_vPortFree
#define xPortGetFreeHeapSize MPU_xPortGetFreeHeapSize
#define vPortInitialiseBlocks MPU_vPortInitialiseBlocks
#define xPortGetMinimumEverFreeHeapSize MPU_xPortGetMinimumEverFreeHeapSize
#if configQUEUE_REGISTRY_SIZE > 0
#define vQueueAddToRegistry MPU_vQueueAddToRegistry
#define vQueueUnregisterQueue MPU_vQueueUnregisterQueue
#endif
#define xTimerCreate MPU_xTimerCreate
#define pvTimerGetTimerID MPU_pvTimerGetTimerID
#define vTimerSetTimerID MPU_vTimerSetTimerID
#define xTimerIsTimerActive MPU_xTimerIsTimerActive
#define xTimerGetTimerDaemonTaskHandle MPU_xTimerGetTimerDaemonTaskHandle
#define xTimerPendFunctionCall MPU_xTimerPendFunctionCall
#define pcTimerGetTimerName MPU_pcTimerGetTimerName
#define xTimerGenericCommand MPU_xTimerGenericCommand
#define xEventGroupCreate MPU_xEventGroupCreate
#define xEventGroupWaitBits MPU_xEventGroupWaitBits
#define xEventGroupClearBits MPU_xEventGroupClearBits
#define xEventGroupSetBits MPU_xEventGroupSetBits
#define xEventGroupSync MPU_xEventGroupSync
#define vEventGroupDelete MPU_vEventGroupDelete
/* Remove the privileged function macro. */
#define PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION
#else /* MPU_WRAPPERS_INCLUDED_FROM_API_FILE */
/* Ensure API functions go in the privileged execution section. */
#define PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION __attribute__((section("privileged_functions")))
#define PRIVILEGED_DATA __attribute__((section("privileged_data")))
#endif /* MPU_WRAPPERS_INCLUDED_FROM_API_FILE */
#else /* portUSING_MPU_WRAPPERS */
#define PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION
#define PRIVILEGED_DATA
#define portUSING_MPU_WRAPPERS 0
#endif /* portUSING_MPU_WRAPPERS */
#endif /* MPU_WRAPPERS_H */

207
FreeRTOS/include/portable.h Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,207 @@
/*
FreeRTOS V8.2.3 - Copyright (C) 2015 Real Time Engineers Ltd.
All rights reserved
VISIT http://www.FreeRTOS.org TO ENSURE YOU ARE USING THE LATEST VERSION.
This file is part of the FreeRTOS distribution.
FreeRTOS is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under
the terms of the GNU General Public License (version 2) as published by the
Free Software Foundation >>>> AND MODIFIED BY <<<< the FreeRTOS exception.
***************************************************************************
>>! NOTE: The modification to the GPL is included to allow you to !<<
>>! distribute a combined work that includes FreeRTOS without being !<<
>>! obliged to provide the source code for proprietary components !<<
>>! outside of the FreeRTOS kernel. !<<
***************************************************************************
FreeRTOS is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY
WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS
FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. Full license text is available on the following
link: http://www.freertos.org/a00114.html
***************************************************************************
* *
* FreeRTOS provides completely free yet professionally developed, *
* robust, strictly quality controlled, supported, and cross *
* platform software that is more than just the market leader, it *
* is the industry's de facto standard. *
* *
* Help yourself get started quickly while simultaneously helping *
* to support the FreeRTOS project by purchasing a FreeRTOS *
* tutorial book, reference manual, or both: *
* http://www.FreeRTOS.org/Documentation *
* *
***************************************************************************
http://www.FreeRTOS.org/FAQHelp.html - Having a problem? Start by reading
the FAQ page "My application does not run, what could be wrong?". Have you
defined configASSERT()?
http://www.FreeRTOS.org/support - In return for receiving this top quality
embedded software for free we request you assist our global community by
participating in the support forum.
http://www.FreeRTOS.org/training - Investing in training allows your team to
be as productive as possible as early as possible. Now you can receive
FreeRTOS training directly from Richard Barry, CEO of Real Time Engineers
Ltd, and the world's leading authority on the world's leading RTOS.
http://www.FreeRTOS.org/plus - A selection of FreeRTOS ecosystem products,
including FreeRTOS+Trace - an indispensable productivity tool, a DOS
compatible FAT file system, and our tiny thread aware UDP/IP stack.
http://www.FreeRTOS.org/labs - Where new FreeRTOS products go to incubate.
Come and try FreeRTOS+TCP, our new open source TCP/IP stack for FreeRTOS.
http://www.OpenRTOS.com - Real Time Engineers ltd. license FreeRTOS to High
Integrity Systems ltd. to sell under the OpenRTOS brand. Low cost OpenRTOS
licenses offer ticketed support, indemnification and commercial middleware.
http://www.SafeRTOS.com - High Integrity Systems also provide a safety
engineered and independently SIL3 certified version for use in safety and
mission critical applications that require provable dependability.
1 tab == 4 spaces!
*/
/*-----------------------------------------------------------
* Portable layer API. Each function must be defined for each port.
*----------------------------------------------------------*/
#ifndef PORTABLE_H
#define PORTABLE_H
/* Each FreeRTOS port has a unique portmacro.h header file. Originally a
pre-processor definition was used to ensure the pre-processor found the correct
portmacro.h file for the port being used. That scheme was deprecated in favour
of setting the compiler's include path such that it found the correct
portmacro.h file - removing the need for the constant and allowing the
portmacro.h file to be located anywhere in relation to the port being used.
Purely for reasons of backward compatibility the old method is still valid, but
to make it clear that new projects should not use it, support for the port
specific constants has been moved into the deprecated_definitions.h header
file. */
#include "deprecated_definitions.h"
/* If portENTER_CRITICAL is not defined then including deprecated_definitions.h
did not result in a portmacro.h header file being included - and it should be
included here. In this case the path to the correct portmacro.h header file
must be set in the compiler's include path. */
#ifndef portENTER_CRITICAL
#include "portmacro.h"
#endif
#if portBYTE_ALIGNMENT == 32
#define portBYTE_ALIGNMENT_MASK ( 0x001f )
#endif
#if portBYTE_ALIGNMENT == 16
#define portBYTE_ALIGNMENT_MASK ( 0x000f )
#endif
#if portBYTE_ALIGNMENT == 8
#define portBYTE_ALIGNMENT_MASK ( 0x0007 )
#endif
#if portBYTE_ALIGNMENT == 4
#define portBYTE_ALIGNMENT_MASK ( 0x0003 )
#endif
#if portBYTE_ALIGNMENT == 2
#define portBYTE_ALIGNMENT_MASK ( 0x0001 )
#endif
#if portBYTE_ALIGNMENT == 1
#define portBYTE_ALIGNMENT_MASK ( 0x0000 )
#endif
#ifndef portBYTE_ALIGNMENT_MASK
#error "Invalid portBYTE_ALIGNMENT definition"
#endif
#ifndef portNUM_CONFIGURABLE_REGIONS
#define portNUM_CONFIGURABLE_REGIONS 1
#endif
#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif
#include "mpu_wrappers.h"
/*
* Setup the stack of a new task so it is ready to be placed under the
* scheduler control. The registers have to be placed on the stack in
* the order that the port expects to find them.
*
*/
#if( portUSING_MPU_WRAPPERS == 1 )
StackType_t *pxPortInitialiseStack( StackType_t *pxTopOfStack, TaskFunction_t pxCode, void *pvParameters, BaseType_t xRunPrivileged ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
#else
StackType_t *pxPortInitialiseStack( StackType_t *pxTopOfStack, TaskFunction_t pxCode, void *pvParameters ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
#endif
/* Used by heap_5.c. */
typedef struct HeapRegion
{
uint8_t *pucStartAddress;
size_t xSizeInBytes;
} HeapRegion_t;
/*
* Used to define multiple heap regions for use by heap_5.c. This function
* must be called before any calls to pvPortMalloc() - not creating a task,
* queue, semaphore, mutex, software timer, event group, etc. will result in
* pvPortMalloc being called.
*
* pxHeapRegions passes in an array of HeapRegion_t structures - each of which
* defines a region of memory that can be used as the heap. The array is
* terminated by a HeapRegions_t structure that has a size of 0. The region
* with the lowest start address must appear first in the array.
*/
void vPortDefineHeapRegions( const HeapRegion_t * const pxHeapRegions ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
/*
* Map to the memory management routines required for the port.
*/
void *pvPortMalloc( size_t xSize ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
void vPortFree( void *pv ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
void vPortInitialiseBlocks( void ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
size_t xPortGetFreeHeapSize( void ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
size_t xPortGetMinimumEverFreeHeapSize( void ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
/*
* Setup the hardware ready for the scheduler to take control. This generally
* sets up a tick interrupt and sets timers for the correct tick frequency.
*/
BaseType_t xPortStartScheduler( void ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
/*
* Undo any hardware/ISR setup that was performed by xPortStartScheduler() so
* the hardware is left in its original condition after the scheduler stops
* executing.
*/
void vPortEndScheduler( void ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
/*
* The structures and methods of manipulating the MPU are contained within the
* port layer.
*
* Fills the xMPUSettings structure with the memory region information
* contained in xRegions.
*/
#if( portUSING_MPU_WRAPPERS == 1 )
struct xMEMORY_REGION;
void vPortStoreTaskMPUSettings( xMPU_SETTINGS *xMPUSettings, const struct xMEMORY_REGION * const xRegions, StackType_t *pxBottomOfStack, uint16_t usStackDepth ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
#endif
#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif
#endif /* PORTABLE_H */

156
FreeRTOS/include/projdefs.h Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,156 @@
/*
FreeRTOS V8.2.3 - Copyright (C) 2015 Real Time Engineers Ltd.
All rights reserved
VISIT http://www.FreeRTOS.org TO ENSURE YOU ARE USING THE LATEST VERSION.
This file is part of the FreeRTOS distribution.
FreeRTOS is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under
the terms of the GNU General Public License (version 2) as published by the
Free Software Foundation >>>> AND MODIFIED BY <<<< the FreeRTOS exception.
***************************************************************************
>>! NOTE: The modification to the GPL is included to allow you to !<<
>>! distribute a combined work that includes FreeRTOS without being !<<
>>! obliged to provide the source code for proprietary components !<<
>>! outside of the FreeRTOS kernel. !<<
***************************************************************************
FreeRTOS is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY
WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS
FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. Full license text is available on the following
link: http://www.freertos.org/a00114.html
***************************************************************************
* *
* FreeRTOS provides completely free yet professionally developed, *
* robust, strictly quality controlled, supported, and cross *
* platform software that is more than just the market leader, it *
* is the industry's de facto standard. *
* *
* Help yourself get started quickly while simultaneously helping *
* to support the FreeRTOS project by purchasing a FreeRTOS *
* tutorial book, reference manual, or both: *
* http://www.FreeRTOS.org/Documentation *
* *
***************************************************************************
http://www.FreeRTOS.org/FAQHelp.html - Having a problem? Start by reading
the FAQ page "My application does not run, what could be wrong?". Have you
defined configASSERT()?
http://www.FreeRTOS.org/support - In return for receiving this top quality
embedded software for free we request you assist our global community by
participating in the support forum.
http://www.FreeRTOS.org/training - Investing in training allows your team to
be as productive as possible as early as possible. Now you can receive
FreeRTOS training directly from Richard Barry, CEO of Real Time Engineers
Ltd, and the world's leading authority on the world's leading RTOS.
http://www.FreeRTOS.org/plus - A selection of FreeRTOS ecosystem products,
including FreeRTOS+Trace - an indispensable productivity tool, a DOS
compatible FAT file system, and our tiny thread aware UDP/IP stack.
http://www.FreeRTOS.org/labs - Where new FreeRTOS products go to incubate.
Come and try FreeRTOS+TCP, our new open source TCP/IP stack for FreeRTOS.
http://www.OpenRTOS.com - Real Time Engineers ltd. license FreeRTOS to High
Integrity Systems ltd. to sell under the OpenRTOS brand. Low cost OpenRTOS
licenses offer ticketed support, indemnification and commercial middleware.
http://www.SafeRTOS.com - High Integrity Systems also provide a safety
engineered and independently SIL3 certified version for use in safety and
mission critical applications that require provable dependability.
1 tab == 4 spaces!
*/
#ifndef PROJDEFS_H
#define PROJDEFS_H
/*
* Defines the prototype to which task functions must conform. Defined in this
* file to ensure the type is known before portable.h is included.
*/
typedef void (*TaskFunction_t)( void * );
/* Converts a time in milliseconds to a time in ticks. */
#define pdMS_TO_TICKS( xTimeInMs ) ( ( TickType_t ) ( ( ( TickType_t ) ( xTimeInMs ) * ( TickType_t ) configTICK_RATE_HZ ) / ( TickType_t ) 1000 ) )
#define pdFALSE ( ( BaseType_t ) 0 )
#define pdTRUE ( ( BaseType_t ) 1 )
#define pdPASS ( pdTRUE )
#define pdFAIL ( pdFALSE )
#define errQUEUE_EMPTY ( ( BaseType_t ) 0 )
#define errQUEUE_FULL ( ( BaseType_t ) 0 )
/* FreeRTOS error definitions. */
#define errCOULD_NOT_ALLOCATE_REQUIRED_MEMORY ( -1 )
#define errQUEUE_BLOCKED ( -4 )
#define errQUEUE_YIELD ( -5 )
/* Macros used for basic data corruption checks. */
#ifndef configUSE_LIST_DATA_INTEGRITY_CHECK_BYTES
#define configUSE_LIST_DATA_INTEGRITY_CHECK_BYTES 0
#endif
#if( configUSE_16_BIT_TICKS == 1 )
#define pdINTEGRITY_CHECK_VALUE 0x5a5a
#else
#define pdINTEGRITY_CHECK_VALUE 0x5a5a5a5aUL
#endif
/* The following errno values are used by FreeRTOS+ components, not FreeRTOS
itself. */
#define pdFREERTOS_ERRNO_NONE 0 /* No errors */
#define pdFREERTOS_ERRNO_ENOENT 2 /* No such file or directory */
#define pdFREERTOS_ERRNO_EIO 5 /* I/O error */
#define pdFREERTOS_ERRNO_ENXIO 6 /* No such device or address */
#define pdFREERTOS_ERRNO_EBADF 9 /* Bad file number */
#define pdFREERTOS_ERRNO_EAGAIN 11 /* No more processes */
#define pdFREERTOS_ERRNO_EWOULDBLOCK 11 /* Operation would block */
#define pdFREERTOS_ERRNO_ENOMEM 12 /* Not enough memory */
#define pdFREERTOS_ERRNO_EACCES 13 /* Permission denied */
#define pdFREERTOS_ERRNO_EFAULT 14 /* Bad address */
#define pdFREERTOS_ERRNO_EBUSY 16 /* Mount device busy */
#define pdFREERTOS_ERRNO_EEXIST 17 /* File exists */
#define pdFREERTOS_ERRNO_EXDEV 18 /* Cross-device link */
#define pdFREERTOS_ERRNO_ENODEV 19 /* No such device */
#define pdFREERTOS_ERRNO_ENOTDIR 20 /* Not a directory */
#define pdFREERTOS_ERRNO_EISDIR 21 /* Is a directory */
#define pdFREERTOS_ERRNO_EINVAL 22 /* Invalid argument */
#define pdFREERTOS_ERRNO_ENOSPC 28 /* No space left on device */
#define pdFREERTOS_ERRNO_ESPIPE 29 /* Illegal seek */
#define pdFREERTOS_ERRNO_EROFS 30 /* Read only file system */
#define pdFREERTOS_ERRNO_EUNATCH 42 /* Protocol driver not attached */
#define pdFREERTOS_ERRNO_EBADE 50 /* Invalid exchange */
#define pdFREERTOS_ERRNO_EFTYPE 79 /* Inappropriate file type or format */
#define pdFREERTOS_ERRNO_ENMFILE 89 /* No more files */
#define pdFREERTOS_ERRNO_ENOTEMPTY 90 /* Directory not empty */
#define pdFREERTOS_ERRNO_ENAMETOOLONG 91 /* File or path name too long */
#define pdFREERTOS_ERRNO_EOPNOTSUPP 95 /* Operation not supported on transport endpoint */
#define pdFREERTOS_ERRNO_ENOBUFS 105 /* No buffer space available */
#define pdFREERTOS_ERRNO_ENOPROTOOPT 109 /* Protocol not available */
#define pdFREERTOS_ERRNO_EADDRINUSE 112 /* Address already in use */
#define pdFREERTOS_ERRNO_ETIMEDOUT 116 /* Connection timed out */
#define pdFREERTOS_ERRNO_EINPROGRESS 119 /* Connection already in progress */
#define pdFREERTOS_ERRNO_EALREADY 120 /* Socket already connected */
#define pdFREERTOS_ERRNO_EADDRNOTAVAIL 125 /* Address not available */
#define pdFREERTOS_ERRNO_EISCONN 127 /* Socket is already connected */
#define pdFREERTOS_ERRNO_ENOTCONN 128 /* Socket is not connected */
#define pdFREERTOS_ERRNO_ENOMEDIUM 135 /* No medium inserted */
#define pdFREERTOS_ERRNO_EILSEQ 138 /* An invalid UTF-16 sequence was encountered. */
#define pdFREERTOS_ERRNO_ECANCELED 140 /* Operation canceled. */
/* The following endian values are used by FreeRTOS+ components, not FreeRTOS
itself. */
#define pdFREERTOS_LITTLE_ENDIAN 0
#define pdFREERTOS_BIG_ENDIAN 1
#endif /* PROJDEFS_H */

1691
FreeRTOS/include/queue.h Normal file

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

844
FreeRTOS/include/semphr.h Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,844 @@
/*
FreeRTOS V8.2.3 - Copyright (C) 2015 Real Time Engineers Ltd.
All rights reserved
VISIT http://www.FreeRTOS.org TO ENSURE YOU ARE USING THE LATEST VERSION.
This file is part of the FreeRTOS distribution.
FreeRTOS is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under
the terms of the GNU General Public License (version 2) as published by the
Free Software Foundation >>>> AND MODIFIED BY <<<< the FreeRTOS exception.
***************************************************************************
>>! NOTE: The modification to the GPL is included to allow you to !<<
>>! distribute a combined work that includes FreeRTOS without being !<<
>>! obliged to provide the source code for proprietary components !<<
>>! outside of the FreeRTOS kernel. !<<
***************************************************************************
FreeRTOS is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY
WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS
FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. Full license text is available on the following
link: http://www.freertos.org/a00114.html
***************************************************************************
* *
* FreeRTOS provides completely free yet professionally developed, *
* robust, strictly quality controlled, supported, and cross *
* platform software that is more than just the market leader, it *
* is the industry's de facto standard. *
* *
* Help yourself get started quickly while simultaneously helping *
* to support the FreeRTOS project by purchasing a FreeRTOS *
* tutorial book, reference manual, or both: *
* http://www.FreeRTOS.org/Documentation *
* *
***************************************************************************
http://www.FreeRTOS.org/FAQHelp.html - Having a problem? Start by reading
the FAQ page "My application does not run, what could be wrong?". Have you
defined configASSERT()?
http://www.FreeRTOS.org/support - In return for receiving this top quality
embedded software for free we request you assist our global community by
participating in the support forum.
http://www.FreeRTOS.org/training - Investing in training allows your team to
be as productive as possible as early as possible. Now you can receive
FreeRTOS training directly from Richard Barry, CEO of Real Time Engineers
Ltd, and the world's leading authority on the world's leading RTOS.
http://www.FreeRTOS.org/plus - A selection of FreeRTOS ecosystem products,
including FreeRTOS+Trace - an indispensable productivity tool, a DOS
compatible FAT file system, and our tiny thread aware UDP/IP stack.
http://www.FreeRTOS.org/labs - Where new FreeRTOS products go to incubate.
Come and try FreeRTOS+TCP, our new open source TCP/IP stack for FreeRTOS.
http://www.OpenRTOS.com - Real Time Engineers ltd. license FreeRTOS to High
Integrity Systems ltd. to sell under the OpenRTOS brand. Low cost OpenRTOS
licenses offer ticketed support, indemnification and commercial middleware.
http://www.SafeRTOS.com - High Integrity Systems also provide a safety
engineered and independently SIL3 certified version for use in safety and
mission critical applications that require provable dependability.
1 tab == 4 spaces!
*/
#ifndef SEMAPHORE_H
#define SEMAPHORE_H
#ifndef INC_FREERTOS_H
#error "include FreeRTOS.h" must appear in source files before "include semphr.h"
#endif
#include "queue.h"
typedef QueueHandle_t SemaphoreHandle_t;
#define semBINARY_SEMAPHORE_QUEUE_LENGTH ( ( uint8_t ) 1U )
#define semSEMAPHORE_QUEUE_ITEM_LENGTH ( ( uint8_t ) 0U )
#define semGIVE_BLOCK_TIME ( ( TickType_t ) 0U )
/**
* semphr. h
* <pre>vSemaphoreCreateBinary( SemaphoreHandle_t xSemaphore )</pre>
*
* This old vSemaphoreCreateBinary() macro is now deprecated in favour of the
* xSemaphoreCreateBinary() function. Note that binary semaphores created using
* the vSemaphoreCreateBinary() macro are created in a state such that the
* first call to 'take' the semaphore would pass, whereas binary semaphores
* created using xSemaphoreCreateBinary() are created in a state such that the
* the semaphore must first be 'given' before it can be 'taken'.
*
* <i>Macro</i> that implements a semaphore by using the existing queue mechanism.
* The queue length is 1 as this is a binary semaphore. The data size is 0
* as we don't want to actually store any data - we just want to know if the
* queue is empty or full.
*
* This type of semaphore can be used for pure synchronisation between tasks or
* between an interrupt and a task. The semaphore need not be given back once
* obtained, so one task/interrupt can continuously 'give' the semaphore while
* another continuously 'takes' the semaphore. For this reason this type of
* semaphore does not use a priority inheritance mechanism. For an alternative
* that does use priority inheritance see xSemaphoreCreateMutex().
*
* @param xSemaphore Handle to the created semaphore. Should be of type SemaphoreHandle_t.
*
* Example usage:
<pre>
SemaphoreHandle_t xSemaphore = NULL;
void vATask( void * pvParameters )
{
// Semaphore cannot be used before a call to vSemaphoreCreateBinary ().
// This is a macro so pass the variable in directly.
vSemaphoreCreateBinary( xSemaphore );
if( xSemaphore != NULL )
{
// The semaphore was created successfully.
// The semaphore can now be used.
}
}
</pre>
* \defgroup vSemaphoreCreateBinary vSemaphoreCreateBinary
* \ingroup Semaphores
*/
#define vSemaphoreCreateBinary( xSemaphore ) \
{ \
( xSemaphore ) = xQueueGenericCreate( ( UBaseType_t ) 1, semSEMAPHORE_QUEUE_ITEM_LENGTH, queueQUEUE_TYPE_BINARY_SEMAPHORE ); \
if( ( xSemaphore ) != NULL ) \
{ \
( void ) xSemaphoreGive( ( xSemaphore ) ); \
} \
}
/**
* semphr. h
* <pre>SemaphoreHandle_t xSemaphoreCreateBinary( void )</pre>
*
* The old vSemaphoreCreateBinary() macro is now deprecated in favour of this
* xSemaphoreCreateBinary() function. Note that binary semaphores created using
* the vSemaphoreCreateBinary() macro are created in a state such that the
* first call to 'take' the semaphore would pass, whereas binary semaphores
* created using xSemaphoreCreateBinary() are created in a state such that the
* the semaphore must first be 'given' before it can be 'taken'.
*
* Function that creates a semaphore by using the existing queue mechanism.
* The queue length is 1 as this is a binary semaphore. The data size is 0
* as nothing is actually stored - all that is important is whether the queue is
* empty or full (the binary semaphore is available or not).
*
* This type of semaphore can be used for pure synchronisation between tasks or
* between an interrupt and a task. The semaphore need not be given back once
* obtained, so one task/interrupt can continuously 'give' the semaphore while
* another continuously 'takes' the semaphore. For this reason this type of
* semaphore does not use a priority inheritance mechanism. For an alternative
* that does use priority inheritance see xSemaphoreCreateMutex().
*
* @return Handle to the created semaphore.
*
* Example usage:
<pre>
SemaphoreHandle_t xSemaphore = NULL;
void vATask( void * pvParameters )
{
// Semaphore cannot be used before a call to vSemaphoreCreateBinary ().
// This is a macro so pass the variable in directly.
xSemaphore = xSemaphoreCreateBinary();
if( xSemaphore != NULL )
{
// The semaphore was created successfully.
// The semaphore can now be used.
}
}
</pre>
* \defgroup vSemaphoreCreateBinary vSemaphoreCreateBinary
* \ingroup Semaphores
*/
#define xSemaphoreCreateBinary() xQueueGenericCreate( ( UBaseType_t ) 1, semSEMAPHORE_QUEUE_ITEM_LENGTH, queueQUEUE_TYPE_BINARY_SEMAPHORE )
/**
* semphr. h
* <pre>xSemaphoreTake(
* SemaphoreHandle_t xSemaphore,
* TickType_t xBlockTime
* )</pre>
*
* <i>Macro</i> to obtain a semaphore. The semaphore must have previously been
* created with a call to vSemaphoreCreateBinary(), xSemaphoreCreateMutex() or
* xSemaphoreCreateCounting().
*
* @param xSemaphore A handle to the semaphore being taken - obtained when
* the semaphore was created.
*
* @param xBlockTime The time in ticks to wait for the semaphore to become
* available. The macro portTICK_PERIOD_MS can be used to convert this to a
* real time. A block time of zero can be used to poll the semaphore. A block
* time of portMAX_DELAY can be used to block indefinitely (provided
* INCLUDE_vTaskSuspend is set to 1 in FreeRTOSConfig.h).
*
* @return pdTRUE if the semaphore was obtained. pdFALSE
* if xBlockTime expired without the semaphore becoming available.
*
* Example usage:
<pre>
SemaphoreHandle_t xSemaphore = NULL;
// A task that creates a semaphore.
void vATask( void * pvParameters )
{
// Create the semaphore to guard a shared resource.
vSemaphoreCreateBinary( xSemaphore );
}
// A task that uses the semaphore.
void vAnotherTask( void * pvParameters )
{
// ... Do other things.
if( xSemaphore != NULL )
{
// See if we can obtain the semaphore. If the semaphore is not available
// wait 10 ticks to see if it becomes free.
if( xSemaphoreTake( xSemaphore, ( TickType_t ) 10 ) == pdTRUE )
{
// We were able to obtain the semaphore and can now access the
// shared resource.
// ...
// We have finished accessing the shared resource. Release the
// semaphore.
xSemaphoreGive( xSemaphore );
}
else
{
// We could not obtain the semaphore and can therefore not access
// the shared resource safely.
}
}
}
</pre>
* \defgroup xSemaphoreTake xSemaphoreTake
* \ingroup Semaphores
*/
#define xSemaphoreTake( xSemaphore, xBlockTime ) xQueueGenericReceive( ( QueueHandle_t ) ( xSemaphore ), NULL, ( xBlockTime ), pdFALSE )
/**
* semphr. h
* xSemaphoreTakeRecursive(
* SemaphoreHandle_t xMutex,
* TickType_t xBlockTime
* )
*
* <i>Macro</i> to recursively obtain, or 'take', a mutex type semaphore.
* The mutex must have previously been created using a call to
* xSemaphoreCreateRecursiveMutex();
*
* configUSE_RECURSIVE_MUTEXES must be set to 1 in FreeRTOSConfig.h for this
* macro to be available.
*
* This macro must not be used on mutexes created using xSemaphoreCreateMutex().
*
* A mutex used recursively can be 'taken' repeatedly by the owner. The mutex
* doesn't become available again until the owner has called
* xSemaphoreGiveRecursive() for each successful 'take' request. For example,
* if a task successfully 'takes' the same mutex 5 times then the mutex will
* not be available to any other task until it has also 'given' the mutex back
* exactly five times.
*
* @param xMutex A handle to the mutex being obtained. This is the
* handle returned by xSemaphoreCreateRecursiveMutex();
*
* @param xBlockTime The time in ticks to wait for the semaphore to become
* available. The macro portTICK_PERIOD_MS can be used to convert this to a
* real time. A block time of zero can be used to poll the semaphore. If
* the task already owns the semaphore then xSemaphoreTakeRecursive() will
* return immediately no matter what the value of xBlockTime.
*
* @return pdTRUE if the semaphore was obtained. pdFALSE if xBlockTime
* expired without the semaphore becoming available.
*
* Example usage:
<pre>
SemaphoreHandle_t xMutex = NULL;
// A task that creates a mutex.
void vATask( void * pvParameters )
{
// Create the mutex to guard a shared resource.
xMutex = xSemaphoreCreateRecursiveMutex();
}
// A task that uses the mutex.
void vAnotherTask( void * pvParameters )
{
// ... Do other things.
if( xMutex != NULL )
{
// See if we can obtain the mutex. If the mutex is not available
// wait 10 ticks to see if it becomes free.
if( xSemaphoreTakeRecursive( xSemaphore, ( TickType_t ) 10 ) == pdTRUE )
{
// We were able to obtain the mutex and can now access the
// shared resource.
// ...
// For some reason due to the nature of the code further calls to
// xSemaphoreTakeRecursive() are made on the same mutex. In real
// code these would not be just sequential calls as this would make
// no sense. Instead the calls are likely to be buried inside
// a more complex call structure.
xSemaphoreTakeRecursive( xMutex, ( TickType_t ) 10 );
xSemaphoreTakeRecursive( xMutex, ( TickType_t ) 10 );
// The mutex has now been 'taken' three times, so will not be
// available to another task until it has also been given back
// three times. Again it is unlikely that real code would have
// these calls sequentially, but instead buried in a more complex
// call structure. This is just for illustrative purposes.
xSemaphoreGiveRecursive( xMutex );
xSemaphoreGiveRecursive( xMutex );
xSemaphoreGiveRecursive( xMutex );
// Now the mutex can be taken by other tasks.
}
else
{
// We could not obtain the mutex and can therefore not access
// the shared resource safely.
}
}
}
</pre>
* \defgroup xSemaphoreTakeRecursive xSemaphoreTakeRecursive
* \ingroup Semaphores
*/
#define xSemaphoreTakeRecursive( xMutex, xBlockTime ) xQueueTakeMutexRecursive( ( xMutex ), ( xBlockTime ) )
/*
* xSemaphoreAltTake() is an alternative version of xSemaphoreTake().
*
* The source code that implements the alternative (Alt) API is much
* simpler because it executes everything from within a critical section.
* This is the approach taken by many other RTOSes, but FreeRTOS.org has the
* preferred fully featured API too. The fully featured API has more
* complex code that takes longer to execute, but makes much less use of
* critical sections. Therefore the alternative API sacrifices interrupt
* responsiveness to gain execution speed, whereas the fully featured API
* sacrifices execution speed to ensure better interrupt responsiveness.
*/
#define xSemaphoreAltTake( xSemaphore, xBlockTime ) xQueueAltGenericReceive( ( QueueHandle_t ) ( xSemaphore ), NULL, ( xBlockTime ), pdFALSE )
/**
* semphr. h
* <pre>xSemaphoreGive( SemaphoreHandle_t xSemaphore )</pre>
*
* <i>Macro</i> to release a semaphore. The semaphore must have previously been
* created with a call to vSemaphoreCreateBinary(), xSemaphoreCreateMutex() or
* xSemaphoreCreateCounting(). and obtained using sSemaphoreTake().
*
* This macro must not be used from an ISR. See xSemaphoreGiveFromISR () for
* an alternative which can be used from an ISR.
*
* This macro must also not be used on semaphores created using
* xSemaphoreCreateRecursiveMutex().
*
* @param xSemaphore A handle to the semaphore being released. This is the
* handle returned when the semaphore was created.
*
* @return pdTRUE if the semaphore was released. pdFALSE if an error occurred.
* Semaphores are implemented using queues. An error can occur if there is
* no space on the queue to post a message - indicating that the
* semaphore was not first obtained correctly.
*
* Example usage:
<pre>
SemaphoreHandle_t xSemaphore = NULL;
void vATask( void * pvParameters )
{
// Create the semaphore to guard a shared resource.
vSemaphoreCreateBinary( xSemaphore );
if( xSemaphore != NULL )
{
if( xSemaphoreGive( xSemaphore ) != pdTRUE )
{
// We would expect this call to fail because we cannot give
// a semaphore without first "taking" it!
}
// Obtain the semaphore - don't block if the semaphore is not
// immediately available.
if( xSemaphoreTake( xSemaphore, ( TickType_t ) 0 ) )
{
// We now have the semaphore and can access the shared resource.
// ...
// We have finished accessing the shared resource so can free the
// semaphore.
if( xSemaphoreGive( xSemaphore ) != pdTRUE )
{
// We would not expect this call to fail because we must have
// obtained the semaphore to get here.
}
}
}
}
</pre>
* \defgroup xSemaphoreGive xSemaphoreGive
* \ingroup Semaphores
*/
#define xSemaphoreGive( xSemaphore ) xQueueGenericSend( ( QueueHandle_t ) ( xSemaphore ), NULL, semGIVE_BLOCK_TIME, queueSEND_TO_BACK )
/**
* semphr. h
* <pre>xSemaphoreGiveRecursive( SemaphoreHandle_t xMutex )</pre>
*
* <i>Macro</i> to recursively release, or 'give', a mutex type semaphore.
* The mutex must have previously been created using a call to
* xSemaphoreCreateRecursiveMutex();
*
* configUSE_RECURSIVE_MUTEXES must be set to 1 in FreeRTOSConfig.h for this
* macro to be available.
*
* This macro must not be used on mutexes created using xSemaphoreCreateMutex().
*
* A mutex used recursively can be 'taken' repeatedly by the owner. The mutex
* doesn't become available again until the owner has called
* xSemaphoreGiveRecursive() for each successful 'take' request. For example,
* if a task successfully 'takes' the same mutex 5 times then the mutex will
* not be available to any other task until it has also 'given' the mutex back
* exactly five times.
*
* @param xMutex A handle to the mutex being released, or 'given'. This is the
* handle returned by xSemaphoreCreateMutex();
*
* @return pdTRUE if the semaphore was given.
*
* Example usage:
<pre>
SemaphoreHandle_t xMutex = NULL;
// A task that creates a mutex.
void vATask( void * pvParameters )
{
// Create the mutex to guard a shared resource.
xMutex = xSemaphoreCreateRecursiveMutex();
}
// A task that uses the mutex.
void vAnotherTask( void * pvParameters )
{
// ... Do other things.
if( xMutex != NULL )
{
// See if we can obtain the mutex. If the mutex is not available
// wait 10 ticks to see if it becomes free.
if( xSemaphoreTakeRecursive( xMutex, ( TickType_t ) 10 ) == pdTRUE )
{
// We were able to obtain the mutex and can now access the
// shared resource.
// ...
// For some reason due to the nature of the code further calls to
// xSemaphoreTakeRecursive() are made on the same mutex. In real
// code these would not be just sequential calls as this would make
// no sense. Instead the calls are likely to be buried inside
// a more complex call structure.
xSemaphoreTakeRecursive( xMutex, ( TickType_t ) 10 );
xSemaphoreTakeRecursive( xMutex, ( TickType_t ) 10 );
// The mutex has now been 'taken' three times, so will not be
// available to another task until it has also been given back
// three times. Again it is unlikely that real code would have
// these calls sequentially, it would be more likely that the calls
// to xSemaphoreGiveRecursive() would be called as a call stack
// unwound. This is just for demonstrative purposes.
xSemaphoreGiveRecursive( xMutex );
xSemaphoreGiveRecursive( xMutex );
xSemaphoreGiveRecursive( xMutex );
// Now the mutex can be taken by other tasks.
}
else
{
// We could not obtain the mutex and can therefore not access
// the shared resource safely.
}
}
}
</pre>
* \defgroup xSemaphoreGiveRecursive xSemaphoreGiveRecursive
* \ingroup Semaphores
*/
#define xSemaphoreGiveRecursive( xMutex ) xQueueGiveMutexRecursive( ( xMutex ) )
/*
* xSemaphoreAltGive() is an alternative version of xSemaphoreGive().
*
* The source code that implements the alternative (Alt) API is much
* simpler because it executes everything from within a critical section.
* This is the approach taken by many other RTOSes, but FreeRTOS.org has the
* preferred fully featured API too. The fully featured API has more
* complex code that takes longer to execute, but makes much less use of
* critical sections. Therefore the alternative API sacrifices interrupt
* responsiveness to gain execution speed, whereas the fully featured API
* sacrifices execution speed to ensure better interrupt responsiveness.
*/
#define xSemaphoreAltGive( xSemaphore ) xQueueAltGenericSend( ( QueueHandle_t ) ( xSemaphore ), NULL, semGIVE_BLOCK_TIME, queueSEND_TO_BACK )
/**
* semphr. h
* <pre>
xSemaphoreGiveFromISR(
SemaphoreHandle_t xSemaphore,
BaseType_t *pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken
)</pre>
*
* <i>Macro</i> to release a semaphore. The semaphore must have previously been
* created with a call to vSemaphoreCreateBinary() or xSemaphoreCreateCounting().
*
* Mutex type semaphores (those created using a call to xSemaphoreCreateMutex())
* must not be used with this macro.
*
* This macro can be used from an ISR.
*
* @param xSemaphore A handle to the semaphore being released. This is the
* handle returned when the semaphore was created.
*
* @param pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken xSemaphoreGiveFromISR() will set
* *pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken to pdTRUE if giving the semaphore caused a task
* to unblock, and the unblocked task has a priority higher than the currently
* running task. If xSemaphoreGiveFromISR() sets this value to pdTRUE then
* a context switch should be requested before the interrupt is exited.
*
* @return pdTRUE if the semaphore was successfully given, otherwise errQUEUE_FULL.
*
* Example usage:
<pre>
\#define LONG_TIME 0xffff
\#define TICKS_TO_WAIT 10
SemaphoreHandle_t xSemaphore = NULL;
// Repetitive task.
void vATask( void * pvParameters )
{
for( ;; )
{
// We want this task to run every 10 ticks of a timer. The semaphore
// was created before this task was started.
// Block waiting for the semaphore to become available.
if( xSemaphoreTake( xSemaphore, LONG_TIME ) == pdTRUE )
{
// It is time to execute.
// ...
// We have finished our task. Return to the top of the loop where
// we will block on the semaphore until it is time to execute
// again. Note when using the semaphore for synchronisation with an
// ISR in this manner there is no need to 'give' the semaphore back.
}
}
}
// Timer ISR
void vTimerISR( void * pvParameters )
{
static uint8_t ucLocalTickCount = 0;
static BaseType_t xHigherPriorityTaskWoken;
// A timer tick has occurred.
// ... Do other time functions.
// Is it time for vATask () to run?
xHigherPriorityTaskWoken = pdFALSE;
ucLocalTickCount++;
if( ucLocalTickCount >= TICKS_TO_WAIT )
{
// Unblock the task by releasing the semaphore.
xSemaphoreGiveFromISR( xSemaphore, &xHigherPriorityTaskWoken );
// Reset the count so we release the semaphore again in 10 ticks time.
ucLocalTickCount = 0;
}
if( xHigherPriorityTaskWoken != pdFALSE )
{
// We can force a context switch here. Context switching from an
// ISR uses port specific syntax. Check the demo task for your port
// to find the syntax required.
}
}
</pre>
* \defgroup xSemaphoreGiveFromISR xSemaphoreGiveFromISR
* \ingroup Semaphores
*/
#define xSemaphoreGiveFromISR( xSemaphore, pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken ) xQueueGiveFromISR( ( QueueHandle_t ) ( xSemaphore ), ( pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken ) )
/**
* semphr. h
* <pre>
xSemaphoreTakeFromISR(
SemaphoreHandle_t xSemaphore,
BaseType_t *pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken
)</pre>
*
* <i>Macro</i> to take a semaphore from an ISR. The semaphore must have
* previously been created with a call to vSemaphoreCreateBinary() or
* xSemaphoreCreateCounting().
*
* Mutex type semaphores (those created using a call to xSemaphoreCreateMutex())
* must not be used with this macro.
*
* This macro can be used from an ISR, however taking a semaphore from an ISR
* is not a common operation. It is likely to only be useful when taking a
* counting semaphore when an interrupt is obtaining an object from a resource
* pool (when the semaphore count indicates the number of resources available).
*
* @param xSemaphore A handle to the semaphore being taken. This is the
* handle returned when the semaphore was created.
*
* @param pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken xSemaphoreTakeFromISR() will set
* *pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken to pdTRUE if taking the semaphore caused a task
* to unblock, and the unblocked task has a priority higher than the currently
* running task. If xSemaphoreTakeFromISR() sets this value to pdTRUE then
* a context switch should be requested before the interrupt is exited.
*
* @return pdTRUE if the semaphore was successfully taken, otherwise
* pdFALSE
*/
#define xSemaphoreTakeFromISR( xSemaphore, pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken ) xQueueReceiveFromISR( ( QueueHandle_t ) ( xSemaphore ), NULL, ( pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken ) )
/**
* semphr. h
* <pre>SemaphoreHandle_t xSemaphoreCreateMutex( void )</pre>
*
* <i>Macro</i> that implements a mutex semaphore by using the existing queue
* mechanism.
*
* Mutexes created using this macro can be accessed using the xSemaphoreTake()
* and xSemaphoreGive() macros. The xSemaphoreTakeRecursive() and
* xSemaphoreGiveRecursive() macros should not be used.
*
* This type of semaphore uses a priority inheritance mechanism so a task
* 'taking' a semaphore MUST ALWAYS 'give' the semaphore back once the
* semaphore it is no longer required.
*
* Mutex type semaphores cannot be used from within interrupt service routines.
*
* See vSemaphoreCreateBinary() for an alternative implementation that can be
* used for pure synchronisation (where one task or interrupt always 'gives' the
* semaphore and another always 'takes' the semaphore) and from within interrupt
* service routines.
*
* @return xSemaphore Handle to the created mutex semaphore. Should be of type
* SemaphoreHandle_t.
*
* Example usage:
<pre>
SemaphoreHandle_t xSemaphore;
void vATask( void * pvParameters )
{
// Semaphore cannot be used before a call to xSemaphoreCreateMutex().
// This is a macro so pass the variable in directly.
xSemaphore = xSemaphoreCreateMutex();
if( xSemaphore != NULL )
{
// The semaphore was created successfully.
// The semaphore can now be used.
}
}
</pre>
* \defgroup vSemaphoreCreateMutex vSemaphoreCreateMutex
* \ingroup Semaphores
*/
#define xSemaphoreCreateMutex() xQueueCreateMutex( queueQUEUE_TYPE_MUTEX )
/**
* semphr. h
* <pre>SemaphoreHandle_t xSemaphoreCreateRecursiveMutex( void )</pre>
*
* <i>Macro</i> that implements a recursive mutex by using the existing queue
* mechanism.
*
* Mutexes created using this macro can be accessed using the
* xSemaphoreTakeRecursive() and xSemaphoreGiveRecursive() macros. The
* xSemaphoreTake() and xSemaphoreGive() macros should not be used.
*
* A mutex used recursively can be 'taken' repeatedly by the owner. The mutex
* doesn't become available again until the owner has called
* xSemaphoreGiveRecursive() for each successful 'take' request. For example,
* if a task successfully 'takes' the same mutex 5 times then the mutex will
* not be available to any other task until it has also 'given' the mutex back
* exactly five times.
*
* This type of semaphore uses a priority inheritance mechanism so a task
* 'taking' a semaphore MUST ALWAYS 'give' the semaphore back once the
* semaphore it is no longer required.
*
* Mutex type semaphores cannot be used from within interrupt service routines.
*
* See vSemaphoreCreateBinary() for an alternative implementation that can be
* used for pure synchronisation (where one task or interrupt always 'gives' the
* semaphore and another always 'takes' the semaphore) and from within interrupt
* service routines.
*
* @return xSemaphore Handle to the created mutex semaphore. Should be of type
* SemaphoreHandle_t.
*
* Example usage:
<pre>
SemaphoreHandle_t xSemaphore;
void vATask( void * pvParameters )
{
// Semaphore cannot be used before a call to xSemaphoreCreateMutex().
// This is a macro so pass the variable in directly.
xSemaphore = xSemaphoreCreateRecursiveMutex();
if( xSemaphore != NULL )
{
// The semaphore was created successfully.
// The semaphore can now be used.
}
}
</pre>
* \defgroup vSemaphoreCreateMutex vSemaphoreCreateMutex
* \ingroup Semaphores
*/
#define xSemaphoreCreateRecursiveMutex() xQueueCreateMutex( queueQUEUE_TYPE_RECURSIVE_MUTEX )
/**
* semphr. h
* <pre>SemaphoreHandle_t xSemaphoreCreateCounting( UBaseType_t uxMaxCount, UBaseType_t uxInitialCount )</pre>
*
* <i>Macro</i> that creates a counting semaphore by using the existing
* queue mechanism.
*
* Counting semaphores are typically used for two things:
*
* 1) Counting events.
*
* In this usage scenario an event handler will 'give' a semaphore each time
* an event occurs (incrementing the semaphore count value), and a handler
* task will 'take' a semaphore each time it processes an event
* (decrementing the semaphore count value). The count value is therefore
* the difference between the number of events that have occurred and the
* number that have been processed. In this case it is desirable for the
* initial count value to be zero.
*
* 2) Resource management.
*
* In this usage scenario the count value indicates the number of resources
* available. To obtain control of a resource a task must first obtain a
* semaphore - decrementing the semaphore count value. When the count value
* reaches zero there are no free resources. When a task finishes with the
* resource it 'gives' the semaphore back - incrementing the semaphore count
* value. In this case it is desirable for the initial count value to be
* equal to the maximum count value, indicating that all resources are free.
*
* @param uxMaxCount The maximum count value that can be reached. When the
* semaphore reaches this value it can no longer be 'given'.
*
* @param uxInitialCount The count value assigned to the semaphore when it is
* created.
*
* @return Handle to the created semaphore. Null if the semaphore could not be
* created.
*
* Example usage:
<pre>
SemaphoreHandle_t xSemaphore;
void vATask( void * pvParameters )
{
SemaphoreHandle_t xSemaphore = NULL;
// Semaphore cannot be used before a call to xSemaphoreCreateCounting().
// The max value to which the semaphore can count should be 10, and the
// initial value assigned to the count should be 0.
xSemaphore = xSemaphoreCreateCounting( 10, 0 );
if( xSemaphore != NULL )
{
// The semaphore was created successfully.
// The semaphore can now be used.
}
}
</pre>
* \defgroup xSemaphoreCreateCounting xSemaphoreCreateCounting
* \ingroup Semaphores
*/
#define xSemaphoreCreateCounting( uxMaxCount, uxInitialCount ) xQueueCreateCountingSemaphore( ( uxMaxCount ), ( uxInitialCount ) )
/**
* semphr. h
* <pre>void vSemaphoreDelete( SemaphoreHandle_t xSemaphore );</pre>
*
* Delete a semaphore. This function must be used with care. For example,
* do not delete a mutex type semaphore if the mutex is held by a task.
*
* @param xSemaphore A handle to the semaphore to be deleted.
*
* \defgroup vSemaphoreDelete vSemaphoreDelete
* \ingroup Semaphores
*/
#define vSemaphoreDelete( xSemaphore ) vQueueDelete( ( QueueHandle_t ) ( xSemaphore ) )
/**
* semphr.h
* <pre>TaskHandle_t xSemaphoreGetMutexHolder( SemaphoreHandle_t xMutex );</pre>
*
* If xMutex is indeed a mutex type semaphore, return the current mutex holder.
* If xMutex is not a mutex type semaphore, or the mutex is available (not held
* by a task), return NULL.
*
* Note: This is a good way of determining if the calling task is the mutex
* holder, but not a good way of determining the identity of the mutex holder as
* the holder may change between the function exiting and the returned value
* being tested.
*/
#define xSemaphoreGetMutexHolder( xSemaphore ) xQueueGetMutexHolder( ( xSemaphore ) )
#endif /* SEMAPHORE_H */

View File

@ -0,0 +1,27 @@
#ifndef FREERTOS_STDINT
#define FREERTOS_STDINT
/*******************************************************************************
* THIS IS NOT A FULL stdint.h IMPLEMENTATION - It only contains the definitions
* necessary to build the FreeRTOS code. It is provided to allow FreeRTOS to be
* built using compilers that do not provide their own stdint.h definition.
*
* To use this file:
*
* 1) Copy this file into the directory that contains your FreeRTOSConfig.h
* header file, as that directory will already be in the compilers include
* path.
*
* 2) Rename the copied file stdint.h.
*
*/
typedef signed char int8_t;
typedef unsigned char uint8_t;
typedef short int16_t;
typedef unsigned short uint16_t;
typedef long int32_t;
typedef unsigned long uint32_t;
#endif /* FREERTOS_STDINT */

2037
FreeRTOS/include/task.h Normal file

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

1146
FreeRTOS/include/timers.h Normal file

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

240
FreeRTOS/list.c Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,240 @@
/*
FreeRTOS V8.2.3 - Copyright (C) 2015 Real Time Engineers Ltd.
All rights reserved
VISIT http://www.FreeRTOS.org TO ENSURE YOU ARE USING THE LATEST VERSION.
This file is part of the FreeRTOS distribution.
FreeRTOS is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under
the terms of the GNU General Public License (version 2) as published by the
Free Software Foundation >>>> AND MODIFIED BY <<<< the FreeRTOS exception.
***************************************************************************
>>! NOTE: The modification to the GPL is included to allow you to !<<
>>! distribute a combined work that includes FreeRTOS without being !<<
>>! obliged to provide the source code for proprietary components !<<
>>! outside of the FreeRTOS kernel. !<<
***************************************************************************
FreeRTOS is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY
WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS
FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. Full license text is available on the following
link: http://www.freertos.org/a00114.html
***************************************************************************
* *
* FreeRTOS provides completely free yet professionally developed, *
* robust, strictly quality controlled, supported, and cross *
* platform software that is more than just the market leader, it *
* is the industry's de facto standard. *
* *
* Help yourself get started quickly while simultaneously helping *
* to support the FreeRTOS project by purchasing a FreeRTOS *
* tutorial book, reference manual, or both: *
* http://www.FreeRTOS.org/Documentation *
* *
***************************************************************************
http://www.FreeRTOS.org/FAQHelp.html - Having a problem? Start by reading
the FAQ page "My application does not run, what could be wrong?". Have you
defined configASSERT()?
http://www.FreeRTOS.org/support - In return for receiving this top quality
embedded software for free we request you assist our global community by
participating in the support forum.
http://www.FreeRTOS.org/training - Investing in training allows your team to
be as productive as possible as early as possible. Now you can receive
FreeRTOS training directly from Richard Barry, CEO of Real Time Engineers
Ltd, and the world's leading authority on the world's leading RTOS.
http://www.FreeRTOS.org/plus - A selection of FreeRTOS ecosystem products,
including FreeRTOS+Trace - an indispensable productivity tool, a DOS
compatible FAT file system, and our tiny thread aware UDP/IP stack.
http://www.FreeRTOS.org/labs - Where new FreeRTOS products go to incubate.
Come and try FreeRTOS+TCP, our new open source TCP/IP stack for FreeRTOS.
http://www.OpenRTOS.com - Real Time Engineers ltd. license FreeRTOS to High
Integrity Systems ltd. to sell under the OpenRTOS brand. Low cost OpenRTOS
licenses offer ticketed support, indemnification and commercial middleware.
http://www.SafeRTOS.com - High Integrity Systems also provide a safety
engineered and independently SIL3 certified version for use in safety and
mission critical applications that require provable dependability.
1 tab == 4 spaces!
*/
#include <stdlib.h>
#include "FreeRTOS.h"
#include "list.h"
/*-----------------------------------------------------------
* PUBLIC LIST API documented in list.h
*----------------------------------------------------------*/
void vListInitialise( List_t * const pxList )
{
/* The list structure contains a list item which is used to mark the
end of the list. To initialise the list the list end is inserted
as the only list entry. */
pxList->pxIndex = ( ListItem_t * ) &( pxList->xListEnd ); /*lint !e826 !e740 The mini list structure is used as the list end to save RAM. This is checked and valid. */
/* The list end value is the highest possible value in the list to
ensure it remains at the end of the list. */
pxList->xListEnd.xItemValue = portMAX_DELAY;
/* The list end next and previous pointers point to itself so we know
when the list is empty. */
pxList->xListEnd.pxNext = ( ListItem_t * ) &( pxList->xListEnd ); /*lint !e826 !e740 The mini list structure is used as the list end to save RAM. This is checked and valid. */
pxList->xListEnd.pxPrevious = ( ListItem_t * ) &( pxList->xListEnd );/*lint !e826 !e740 The mini list structure is used as the list end to save RAM. This is checked and valid. */
pxList->uxNumberOfItems = ( UBaseType_t ) 0U;
/* Write known values into the list if
configUSE_LIST_DATA_INTEGRITY_CHECK_BYTES is set to 1. */
listSET_LIST_INTEGRITY_CHECK_1_VALUE( pxList );
listSET_LIST_INTEGRITY_CHECK_2_VALUE( pxList );
}
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
void vListInitialiseItem( ListItem_t * const pxItem )
{
/* Make sure the list item is not recorded as being on a list. */
pxItem->pvContainer = NULL;
/* Write known values into the list item if
configUSE_LIST_DATA_INTEGRITY_CHECK_BYTES is set to 1. */
listSET_FIRST_LIST_ITEM_INTEGRITY_CHECK_VALUE( pxItem );
listSET_SECOND_LIST_ITEM_INTEGRITY_CHECK_VALUE( pxItem );
}
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
void vListInsertEnd( List_t * const pxList, ListItem_t * const pxNewListItem )
{
ListItem_t * const pxIndex = pxList->pxIndex;
/* Only effective when configASSERT() is also defined, these tests may catch
the list data structures being overwritten in memory. They will not catch
data errors caused by incorrect configuration or use of FreeRTOS. */
listTEST_LIST_INTEGRITY( pxList );
listTEST_LIST_ITEM_INTEGRITY( pxNewListItem );
/* Insert a new list item into pxList, but rather than sort the list,
makes the new list item the last item to be removed by a call to
listGET_OWNER_OF_NEXT_ENTRY(). */
pxNewListItem->pxNext = pxIndex;
pxNewListItem->pxPrevious = pxIndex->pxPrevious;
/* Only used during decision coverage testing. */
mtCOVERAGE_TEST_DELAY();
pxIndex->pxPrevious->pxNext = pxNewListItem;
pxIndex->pxPrevious = pxNewListItem;
/* Remember which list the item is in. */
pxNewListItem->pvContainer = ( void * ) pxList;
( pxList->uxNumberOfItems )++;
}
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
void vListInsert( List_t * const pxList, ListItem_t * const pxNewListItem )
{
ListItem_t *pxIterator;
const TickType_t xValueOfInsertion = pxNewListItem->xItemValue;
/* Only effective when configASSERT() is also defined, these tests may catch
the list data structures being overwritten in memory. They will not catch
data errors caused by incorrect configuration or use of FreeRTOS. */
listTEST_LIST_INTEGRITY( pxList );
listTEST_LIST_ITEM_INTEGRITY( pxNewListItem );
/* Insert the new list item into the list, sorted in xItemValue order.
If the list already contains a list item with the same item value then the
new list item should be placed after it. This ensures that TCB's which are
stored in ready lists (all of which have the same xItemValue value) get a
share of the CPU. However, if the xItemValue is the same as the back marker
the iteration loop below will not end. Therefore the value is checked
first, and the algorithm slightly modified if necessary. */
if( xValueOfInsertion == portMAX_DELAY )
{
pxIterator = pxList->xListEnd.pxPrevious;
}
else
{
/* *** NOTE ***********************************************************
If you find your application is crashing here then likely causes are
listed below. In addition see http://www.freertos.org/FAQHelp.html for
more tips, and ensure configASSERT() is defined!
http://www.freertos.org/a00110.html#configASSERT
1) Stack overflow -
see http://www.freertos.org/Stacks-and-stack-overflow-checking.html
2) Incorrect interrupt priority assignment, especially on Cortex-M
parts where numerically high priority values denote low actual
interrupt priorities, which can seem counter intuitive. See
http://www.freertos.org/RTOS-Cortex-M3-M4.html and the definition
of configMAX_SYSCALL_INTERRUPT_PRIORITY on
http://www.freertos.org/a00110.html
3) Calling an API function from within a critical section or when
the scheduler is suspended, or calling an API function that does
not end in "FromISR" from an interrupt.
4) Using a queue or semaphore before it has been initialised or
before the scheduler has been started (are interrupts firing
before vTaskStartScheduler() has been called?).
**********************************************************************/
for( pxIterator = ( ListItem_t * ) &( pxList->xListEnd ); pxIterator->pxNext->xItemValue <= xValueOfInsertion; pxIterator = pxIterator->pxNext ) /*lint !e826 !e740 The mini list structure is used as the list end to save RAM. This is checked and valid. */
{
/* There is nothing to do here, just iterating to the wanted
insertion position. */
}
}
pxNewListItem->pxNext = pxIterator->pxNext;
pxNewListItem->pxNext->pxPrevious = pxNewListItem;
pxNewListItem->pxPrevious = pxIterator;
pxIterator->pxNext = pxNewListItem;
/* Remember which list the item is in. This allows fast removal of the
item later. */
pxNewListItem->pvContainer = ( void * ) pxList;
( pxList->uxNumberOfItems )++;
}
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
UBaseType_t uxListRemove( ListItem_t * const pxItemToRemove )
{
/* The list item knows which list it is in. Obtain the list from the list
item. */
List_t * const pxList = ( List_t * ) pxItemToRemove->pvContainer;
pxItemToRemove->pxNext->pxPrevious = pxItemToRemove->pxPrevious;
pxItemToRemove->pxPrevious->pxNext = pxItemToRemove->pxNext;
/* Only used during decision coverage testing. */
mtCOVERAGE_TEST_DELAY();
/* Make sure the index is left pointing to a valid item. */
if( pxList->pxIndex == pxItemToRemove )
{
pxList->pxIndex = pxItemToRemove->pxPrevious;
}
else
{
mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
}
pxItemToRemove->pvContainer = NULL;
( pxList->uxNumberOfItems )--;
return pxList->uxNumberOfItems;
}
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/

View File

@ -0,0 +1,749 @@
/*
FreeRTOS V8.2.3 - Copyright (C) 2015 Real Time Engineers Ltd.
All rights reserved
VISIT http://www.FreeRTOS.org TO ENSURE YOU ARE USING THE LATEST VERSION.
This file is part of the FreeRTOS distribution.
FreeRTOS is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under
the terms of the GNU General Public License (version 2) as published by the
Free Software Foundation >>>> AND MODIFIED BY <<<< the FreeRTOS exception.
***************************************************************************
>>! NOTE: The modification to the GPL is included to allow you to !<<
>>! distribute a combined work that includes FreeRTOS without being !<<
>>! obliged to provide the source code for proprietary components !<<
>>! outside of the FreeRTOS kernel. !<<
***************************************************************************
FreeRTOS is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY
WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS
FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. Full license text is available on the following
link: http://www.freertos.org/a00114.html
***************************************************************************
* *
* FreeRTOS provides completely free yet professionally developed, *
* robust, strictly quality controlled, supported, and cross *
* platform software that is more than just the market leader, it *
* is the industry's de facto standard. *
* *
* Help yourself get started quickly while simultaneously helping *
* to support the FreeRTOS project by purchasing a FreeRTOS *
* tutorial book, reference manual, or both: *
* http://www.FreeRTOS.org/Documentation *
* *
***************************************************************************
http://www.FreeRTOS.org/FAQHelp.html - Having a problem? Start by reading
the FAQ page "My application does not run, what could be wrong?". Have you
defined configASSERT()?
http://www.FreeRTOS.org/support - In return for receiving this top quality
embedded software for free we request you assist our global community by
participating in the support forum.
http://www.FreeRTOS.org/training - Investing in training allows your team to
be as productive as possible as early as possible. Now you can receive
FreeRTOS training directly from Richard Barry, CEO of Real Time Engineers
Ltd, and the world's leading authority on the world's leading RTOS.
http://www.FreeRTOS.org/plus - A selection of FreeRTOS ecosystem products,
including FreeRTOS+Trace - an indispensable productivity tool, a DOS
compatible FAT file system, and our tiny thread aware UDP/IP stack.
http://www.FreeRTOS.org/labs - Where new FreeRTOS products go to incubate.
Come and try FreeRTOS+TCP, our new open source TCP/IP stack for FreeRTOS.
http://www.OpenRTOS.com - Real Time Engineers ltd. license FreeRTOS to High
Integrity Systems ltd. to sell under the OpenRTOS brand. Low cost OpenRTOS
licenses offer ticketed support, indemnification and commercial middleware.
http://www.SafeRTOS.com - High Integrity Systems also provide a safety
engineered and independently SIL3 certified version for use in safety and
mission critical applications that require provable dependability.
1 tab == 4 spaces!
*/
/*-----------------------------------------------------------
* Implementation of functions defined in portable.h for the ARM CM3 port.
*----------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Scheduler includes. */
#include "FreeRTOS.h"
#include "task.h"
/* For backward compatibility, ensure configKERNEL_INTERRUPT_PRIORITY is
defined. The value should also ensure backward compatibility.
FreeRTOS.org versions prior to V4.4.0 did not include this definition. */
#ifndef configKERNEL_INTERRUPT_PRIORITY
#define configKERNEL_INTERRUPT_PRIORITY 255
#endif
#ifndef configSYSTICK_CLOCK_HZ
#define configSYSTICK_CLOCK_HZ configCPU_CLOCK_HZ
/* Ensure the SysTick is clocked at the same frequency as the core. */
#define portNVIC_SYSTICK_CLK_BIT ( 1UL << 2UL )
#else
/* The way the SysTick is clocked is not modified in case it is not the same
as the core. */
#define portNVIC_SYSTICK_CLK_BIT ( 0 )
#endif
/* Constants required to manipulate the core. Registers first... */
#define portNVIC_SYSTICK_CTRL_REG ( * ( ( volatile uint32_t * ) 0xe000e010 ) )
#define portNVIC_SYSTICK_LOAD_REG ( * ( ( volatile uint32_t * ) 0xe000e014 ) )
#define portNVIC_SYSTICK_CURRENT_VALUE_REG ( * ( ( volatile uint32_t * ) 0xe000e018 ) )
#define portNVIC_SYSPRI2_REG ( * ( ( volatile uint32_t * ) 0xe000ed20 ) )
/* ...then bits in the registers. */
#define portNVIC_SYSTICK_INT_BIT ( 1UL << 1UL )
#define portNVIC_SYSTICK_ENABLE_BIT ( 1UL << 0UL )
#define portNVIC_SYSTICK_COUNT_FLAG_BIT ( 1UL << 16UL )
#define portNVIC_PENDSVCLEAR_BIT ( 1UL << 27UL )
#define portNVIC_PEND_SYSTICK_CLEAR_BIT ( 1UL << 25UL )
#define portNVIC_PENDSV_PRI ( ( ( uint32_t ) configKERNEL_INTERRUPT_PRIORITY ) << 16UL )
#define portNVIC_SYSTICK_PRI ( ( ( uint32_t ) configKERNEL_INTERRUPT_PRIORITY ) << 24UL )
/* Constants required to check the validity of an interrupt priority. */
#define portFIRST_USER_INTERRUPT_NUMBER ( 16 )
#define portNVIC_IP_REGISTERS_OFFSET_16 ( 0xE000E3F0 )
#define portAIRCR_REG ( * ( ( volatile uint32_t * ) 0xE000ED0C ) )
#define portMAX_8_BIT_VALUE ( ( uint8_t ) 0xff )
#define portTOP_BIT_OF_BYTE ( ( uint8_t ) 0x80 )
#define portMAX_PRIGROUP_BITS ( ( uint8_t ) 7 )
#define portPRIORITY_GROUP_MASK ( 0x07UL << 8UL )
#define portPRIGROUP_SHIFT ( 8UL )
/* Masks off all bits but the VECTACTIVE bits in the ICSR register. */
#define portVECTACTIVE_MASK ( 0xFFUL )
/* Constants required to set up the initial stack. */
#define portINITIAL_XPSR ( 0x01000000UL )
/* The systick is a 24-bit counter. */
#define portMAX_24_BIT_NUMBER ( 0xffffffUL )
/* A fiddle factor to estimate the number of SysTick counts that would have
occurred while the SysTick counter is stopped during tickless idle
calculations. */
#define portMISSED_COUNTS_FACTOR ( 45UL )
/* Let the user override the pre-loading of the initial LR with the address of
prvTaskExitError() in case it messes up unwinding of the stack in the
debugger. */
#ifdef configTASK_RETURN_ADDRESS
#define portTASK_RETURN_ADDRESS configTASK_RETURN_ADDRESS
#else
#define portTASK_RETURN_ADDRESS prvTaskExitError
#endif
/* Each task maintains its own interrupt status in the critical nesting
variable. */
static UBaseType_t uxCriticalNesting = 0xaaaaaaaa;
/*
* Setup the timer to generate the tick interrupts. The implementation in this
* file is weak to allow application writers to change the timer used to
* generate the tick interrupt.
*/
void vPortSetupTimerInterrupt( void );
/*
* Exception handlers.
*/
void xPortPendSVHandler( void ) __attribute__ (( naked ));
void xPortSysTickHandler( void );
void vPortSVCHandler( void ) __attribute__ (( naked ));
/*
* Start first task is a separate function so it can be tested in isolation.
*/
static void prvPortStartFirstTask( void ) __attribute__ (( naked ));
/*
* Used to catch tasks that attempt to return from their implementing function.
*/
static void prvTaskExitError( void );
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
/*
* The number of SysTick increments that make up one tick period.
*/
#if configUSE_TICKLESS_IDLE == 1
static uint32_t ulTimerCountsForOneTick = 0;
#endif /* configUSE_TICKLESS_IDLE */
/*
* The maximum number of tick periods that can be suppressed is limited by the
* 24 bit resolution of the SysTick timer.
*/
#if configUSE_TICKLESS_IDLE == 1
static uint32_t xMaximumPossibleSuppressedTicks = 0;
#endif /* configUSE_TICKLESS_IDLE */
/*
* Compensate for the CPU cycles that pass while the SysTick is stopped (low
* power functionality only.
*/
#if configUSE_TICKLESS_IDLE == 1
static uint32_t ulStoppedTimerCompensation = 0;
#endif /* configUSE_TICKLESS_IDLE */
/*
* Used by the portASSERT_IF_INTERRUPT_PRIORITY_INVALID() macro to ensure
* FreeRTOS API functions are not called from interrupts that have been assigned
* a priority above configMAX_SYSCALL_INTERRUPT_PRIORITY.
*/
#if ( configASSERT_DEFINED == 1 )
static uint8_t ucMaxSysCallPriority = 0;
static uint32_t ulMaxPRIGROUPValue = 0;
static const volatile uint8_t * const pcInterruptPriorityRegisters = ( const volatile uint8_t * const ) portNVIC_IP_REGISTERS_OFFSET_16;
#endif /* configASSERT_DEFINED */
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
/*
* See header file for description.
*/
StackType_t *pxPortInitialiseStack( StackType_t *pxTopOfStack, TaskFunction_t pxCode, void *pvParameters )
{
/* Simulate the stack frame as it would be created by a context switch
interrupt. */
pxTopOfStack--; /* Offset added to account for the way the MCU uses the stack on entry/exit of interrupts. */
*pxTopOfStack = portINITIAL_XPSR; /* xPSR */
pxTopOfStack--;
*pxTopOfStack = ( StackType_t ) pxCode; /* PC */
pxTopOfStack--;
*pxTopOfStack = ( StackType_t ) portTASK_RETURN_ADDRESS; /* LR */
pxTopOfStack -= 5; /* R12, R3, R2 and R1. */
*pxTopOfStack = ( StackType_t ) pvParameters; /* R0 */
pxTopOfStack -= 8; /* R11, R10, R9, R8, R7, R6, R5 and R4. */
return pxTopOfStack;
}
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
static void prvTaskExitError( void )
{
/* A function that implements a task must not exit or attempt to return to
its caller as there is nothing to return to. If a task wants to exit it
should instead call vTaskDelete( NULL ).
Artificially force an assert() to be triggered if configASSERT() is
defined, then stop here so application writers can catch the error. */
configASSERT( uxCriticalNesting == ~0UL );
portDISABLE_INTERRUPTS();
for( ;; );
}
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
void vPortSVCHandler( void )
{
__asm volatile (
" ldr r3, pxCurrentTCBConst2 \n" /* Restore the context. */
" ldr r1, [r3] \n" /* Use pxCurrentTCBConst to get the pxCurrentTCB address. */
" ldr r0, [r1] \n" /* The first item in pxCurrentTCB is the task top of stack. */
" ldmia r0!, {r4-r11} \n" /* Pop the registers that are not automatically saved on exception entry and the critical nesting count. */
" msr psp, r0 \n" /* Restore the task stack pointer. */
" isb \n"
" mov r0, #0 \n"
" msr basepri, r0 \n"
" orr r14, #0xd \n"
" bx r14 \n"
" \n"
" .align 2 \n"
"pxCurrentTCBConst2: .word pxCurrentTCB \n"
);
}
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
static void prvPortStartFirstTask( void )
{
__asm volatile(
" ldr r0, =0xE000ED08 \n" /* Use the NVIC offset register to locate the stack. */
" ldr r0, [r0] \n"
" ldr r0, [r0] \n"
" msr msp, r0 \n" /* Set the msp back to the start of the stack. */
" cpsie i \n" /* Globally enable interrupts. */
" cpsie f \n"
" dsb \n"
" isb \n"
" svc 0 \n" /* System call to start first task. */
" nop \n"
);
}
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
/*
* See header file for description.
*/
BaseType_t xPortStartScheduler( void )
{
/* configMAX_SYSCALL_INTERRUPT_PRIORITY must not be set to 0.
See http://www.FreeRTOS.org/RTOS-Cortex-M3-M4.html */
configASSERT( configMAX_SYSCALL_INTERRUPT_PRIORITY );
#if( configASSERT_DEFINED == 1 )
{
volatile uint32_t ulOriginalPriority;
volatile uint8_t * const pucFirstUserPriorityRegister = ( volatile uint8_t * const ) ( portNVIC_IP_REGISTERS_OFFSET_16 + portFIRST_USER_INTERRUPT_NUMBER );
volatile uint8_t ucMaxPriorityValue;
/* Determine the maximum priority from which ISR safe FreeRTOS API
functions can be called. ISR safe functions are those that end in
"FromISR". FreeRTOS maintains separate thread and ISR API functions to
ensure interrupt entry is as fast and simple as possible.
Save the interrupt priority value that is about to be clobbered. */
ulOriginalPriority = *pucFirstUserPriorityRegister;
/* Determine the number of priority bits available. First write to all
possible bits. */
*pucFirstUserPriorityRegister = portMAX_8_BIT_VALUE;
/* Read the value back to see how many bits stuck. */
ucMaxPriorityValue = *pucFirstUserPriorityRegister;
/* Use the same mask on the maximum system call priority. */
ucMaxSysCallPriority = configMAX_SYSCALL_INTERRUPT_PRIORITY & ucMaxPriorityValue;
/* Calculate the maximum acceptable priority group value for the number
of bits read back. */
ulMaxPRIGROUPValue = portMAX_PRIGROUP_BITS;
while( ( ucMaxPriorityValue & portTOP_BIT_OF_BYTE ) == portTOP_BIT_OF_BYTE )
{
ulMaxPRIGROUPValue--;
ucMaxPriorityValue <<= ( uint8_t ) 0x01;
}
/* Shift the priority group value back to its position within the AIRCR
register. */
ulMaxPRIGROUPValue <<= portPRIGROUP_SHIFT;
ulMaxPRIGROUPValue &= portPRIORITY_GROUP_MASK;
/* Restore the clobbered interrupt priority register to its original
value. */
*pucFirstUserPriorityRegister = ulOriginalPriority;
}
#endif /* conifgASSERT_DEFINED */
/* Make PendSV and SysTick the lowest priority interrupts. */
portNVIC_SYSPRI2_REG |= portNVIC_PENDSV_PRI;
portNVIC_SYSPRI2_REG |= portNVIC_SYSTICK_PRI;
/* Start the timer that generates the tick ISR. Interrupts are disabled
here already. */
vPortSetupTimerInterrupt();
/* Initialise the critical nesting count ready for the first task. */
uxCriticalNesting = 0;
/* Start the first task. */
prvPortStartFirstTask();
/* Should never get here as the tasks will now be executing! Call the task
exit error function to prevent compiler warnings about a static function
not being called in the case that the application writer overrides this
functionality by defining configTASK_RETURN_ADDRESS. */
prvTaskExitError();
/* Should not get here! */
return 0;
}
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
void vPortEndScheduler( void )
{
/* Not implemented in ports where there is nothing to return to.
Artificially force an assert. */
configASSERT( uxCriticalNesting == 1000UL );
}
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
void vPortYield( void )
{
/* Set a PendSV to request a context switch. */
portNVIC_INT_CTRL_REG = portNVIC_PENDSVSET_BIT;
/* Barriers are normally not required but do ensure the code is completely
within the specified behaviour for the architecture. */
__asm volatile( "dsb" );
__asm volatile( "isb" );
}
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
void vPortEnterCritical( void )
{
portDISABLE_INTERRUPTS();
uxCriticalNesting++;
__asm volatile( "dsb" );
__asm volatile( "isb" );
/* This is not the interrupt safe version of the enter critical function so
assert() if it is being called from an interrupt context. Only API
functions that end in "FromISR" can be used in an interrupt. Only assert if
the critical nesting count is 1 to protect against recursive calls if the
assert function also uses a critical section. */
if( uxCriticalNesting == 1 )
{
configASSERT( ( portNVIC_INT_CTRL_REG & portVECTACTIVE_MASK ) == 0 );
}
}
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
void vPortExitCritical( void )
{
configASSERT( uxCriticalNesting );
uxCriticalNesting--;
if( uxCriticalNesting == 0 )
{
portENABLE_INTERRUPTS();
}
}
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
__attribute__(( naked )) uint32_t ulPortSetInterruptMask( void )
{
__asm volatile \
( \
" mrs r0, basepri \n" \
" mov r1, %0 \n" \
" msr basepri, r1 \n" \
" bx lr \n" \
:: "i" ( configMAX_SYSCALL_INTERRUPT_PRIORITY ) : "r0", "r1" \
);
/* This return will not be reached but is necessary to prevent compiler
warnings. */
return 0;
}
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
__attribute__(( naked )) void vPortClearInterruptMask( uint32_t ulNewMaskValue )
{
__asm volatile \
( \
" msr basepri, r0 \n" \
" bx lr \n" \
:::"r0" \
);
/* Just to avoid compiler warnings. */
( void ) ulNewMaskValue;
}
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
void xPortPendSVHandler( void )
{
/* This is a naked function. */
__asm volatile
(
" mrs r0, psp \n"
" isb \n"
" \n"
" ldr r3, pxCurrentTCBConst \n" /* Get the location of the current TCB. */
" ldr r2, [r3] \n"
" \n"
" stmdb r0!, {r4-r11} \n" /* Save the remaining registers. */
" str r0, [r2] \n" /* Save the new top of stack into the first member of the TCB. */
" \n"
" stmdb sp!, {r3, r14} \n"
" mov r0, %0 \n"
" msr basepri, r0 \n"
" bl vTaskSwitchContext \n"
" mov r0, #0 \n"
" msr basepri, r0 \n"
" ldmia sp!, {r3, r14} \n"
" \n" /* Restore the context, including the critical nesting count. */
" ldr r1, [r3] \n"
" ldr r0, [r1] \n" /* The first item in pxCurrentTCB is the task top of stack. */
" ldmia r0!, {r4-r11} \n" /* Pop the registers. */
" msr psp, r0 \n"
" isb \n"
" bx r14 \n"
" \n"
" .align 2 \n"
"pxCurrentTCBConst: .word pxCurrentTCB \n"
::"i"(configMAX_SYSCALL_INTERRUPT_PRIORITY)
);
}
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
void xPortSysTickHandler( void )
{
/* The SysTick runs at the lowest interrupt priority, so when this interrupt
executes all interrupts must be unmasked. There is therefore no need to
save and then restore the interrupt mask value as its value is already
known. */
( void ) portSET_INTERRUPT_MASK_FROM_ISR();
{
/* Increment the RTOS tick. */
if( xTaskIncrementTick() != pdFALSE )
{
/* A context switch is required. Context switching is performed in
the PendSV interrupt. Pend the PendSV interrupt. */
portNVIC_INT_CTRL_REG = portNVIC_PENDSVSET_BIT;
}
}
portCLEAR_INTERRUPT_MASK_FROM_ISR( 0 );
}
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
#if configUSE_TICKLESS_IDLE == 1
__attribute__((weak)) void vPortSuppressTicksAndSleep( TickType_t xExpectedIdleTime )
{
uint32_t ulReloadValue, ulCompleteTickPeriods, ulCompletedSysTickDecrements, ulSysTickCTRL;
TickType_t xModifiableIdleTime;
/* Make sure the SysTick reload value does not overflow the counter. */
if( xExpectedIdleTime > xMaximumPossibleSuppressedTicks )
{
xExpectedIdleTime = xMaximumPossibleSuppressedTicks;
}
/* Stop the SysTick momentarily. The time the SysTick is stopped for
is accounted for as best it can be, but using the tickless mode will
inevitably result in some tiny drift of the time maintained by the
kernel with respect to calendar time. */
portNVIC_SYSTICK_CTRL_REG &= ~portNVIC_SYSTICK_ENABLE_BIT;
/* Calculate the reload value required to wait xExpectedIdleTime
tick periods. -1 is used because this code will execute part way
through one of the tick periods. */
ulReloadValue = portNVIC_SYSTICK_CURRENT_VALUE_REG + ( ulTimerCountsForOneTick * ( xExpectedIdleTime - 1UL ) );
if( ulReloadValue > ulStoppedTimerCompensation )
{
ulReloadValue -= ulStoppedTimerCompensation;
}
/* Enter a critical section but don't use the taskENTER_CRITICAL()
method as that will mask interrupts that should exit sleep mode. */
__asm volatile( "cpsid i" );
/* If a context switch is pending or a task is waiting for the scheduler
to be unsuspended then abandon the low power entry. */
if( eTaskConfirmSleepModeStatus() == eAbortSleep )
{
/* Restart from whatever is left in the count register to complete
this tick period. */
portNVIC_SYSTICK_LOAD_REG = portNVIC_SYSTICK_CURRENT_VALUE_REG;
/* Restart SysTick. */
portNVIC_SYSTICK_CTRL_REG |= portNVIC_SYSTICK_ENABLE_BIT;
/* Reset the reload register to the value required for normal tick
periods. */
portNVIC_SYSTICK_LOAD_REG = ulTimerCountsForOneTick - 1UL;
/* Re-enable interrupts - see comments above the cpsid instruction()
above. */
__asm volatile( "cpsie i" );
}
else
{
/* Set the new reload value. */
portNVIC_SYSTICK_LOAD_REG = ulReloadValue;
/* Clear the SysTick count flag and set the count value back to
zero. */
portNVIC_SYSTICK_CURRENT_VALUE_REG = 0UL;
/* Restart SysTick. */
portNVIC_SYSTICK_CTRL_REG |= portNVIC_SYSTICK_ENABLE_BIT;
/* Sleep until something happens. configPRE_SLEEP_PROCESSING() can
set its parameter to 0 to indicate that its implementation contains
its own wait for interrupt or wait for event instruction, and so wfi
should not be executed again. However, the original expected idle
time variable must remain unmodified, so a copy is taken. */
xModifiableIdleTime = xExpectedIdleTime;
configPRE_SLEEP_PROCESSING( xModifiableIdleTime );
if( xModifiableIdleTime > 0 )
{
__asm volatile( "dsb" );
__asm volatile( "wfi" );
__asm volatile( "isb" );
}
configPOST_SLEEP_PROCESSING( xExpectedIdleTime );
/* Stop SysTick. Again, the time the SysTick is stopped for is
accounted for as best it can be, but using the tickless mode will
inevitably result in some tiny drift of the time maintained by the
kernel with respect to calendar time. */
ulSysTickCTRL = portNVIC_SYSTICK_CTRL_REG;
portNVIC_SYSTICK_CTRL_REG = ( ulSysTickCTRL & ~portNVIC_SYSTICK_ENABLE_BIT );
/* Re-enable interrupts - see comments above the cpsid instruction()
above. */
__asm volatile( "cpsie i" );
if( ( ulSysTickCTRL & portNVIC_SYSTICK_COUNT_FLAG_BIT ) != 0 )
{
uint32_t ulCalculatedLoadValue;
/* The tick interrupt has already executed, and the SysTick
count reloaded with ulReloadValue. Reset the
portNVIC_SYSTICK_LOAD_REG with whatever remains of this tick
period. */
ulCalculatedLoadValue = ( ulTimerCountsForOneTick - 1UL ) - ( ulReloadValue - portNVIC_SYSTICK_CURRENT_VALUE_REG );
/* Don't allow a tiny value, or values that have somehow
underflowed because the post sleep hook did something
that took too long. */
if( ( ulCalculatedLoadValue < ulStoppedTimerCompensation ) || ( ulCalculatedLoadValue > ulTimerCountsForOneTick ) )
{
ulCalculatedLoadValue = ( ulTimerCountsForOneTick - 1UL );
}
portNVIC_SYSTICK_LOAD_REG = ulCalculatedLoadValue;
/* The tick interrupt handler will already have pended the tick
processing in the kernel. As the pending tick will be
processed as soon as this function exits, the tick value
maintained by the tick is stepped forward by one less than the
time spent waiting. */
ulCompleteTickPeriods = xExpectedIdleTime - 1UL;
}
else
{
/* Something other than the tick interrupt ended the sleep.
Work out how long the sleep lasted rounded to complete tick
periods (not the ulReload value which accounted for part
ticks). */
ulCompletedSysTickDecrements = ( xExpectedIdleTime * ulTimerCountsForOneTick ) - portNVIC_SYSTICK_CURRENT_VALUE_REG;
/* How many complete tick periods passed while the processor
was waiting? */
ulCompleteTickPeriods = ulCompletedSysTickDecrements / ulTimerCountsForOneTick;
/* The reload value is set to whatever fraction of a single tick
period remains. */
portNVIC_SYSTICK_LOAD_REG = ( ( ulCompleteTickPeriods + 1 ) * ulTimerCountsForOneTick ) - ulCompletedSysTickDecrements;
}
/* Restart SysTick so it runs from portNVIC_SYSTICK_LOAD_REG
again, then set portNVIC_SYSTICK_LOAD_REG back to its standard
value. The critical section is used to ensure the tick interrupt
can only execute once in the case that the reload register is near
zero. */
portNVIC_SYSTICK_CURRENT_VALUE_REG = 0UL;
portENTER_CRITICAL();
{
portNVIC_SYSTICK_CTRL_REG |= portNVIC_SYSTICK_ENABLE_BIT;
vTaskStepTick( ulCompleteTickPeriods );
portNVIC_SYSTICK_LOAD_REG = ulTimerCountsForOneTick - 1UL;
}
portEXIT_CRITICAL();
}
}
#endif /* #if configUSE_TICKLESS_IDLE */
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
/*
* Setup the systick timer to generate the tick interrupts at the required
* frequency.
*/
__attribute__(( weak )) void vPortSetupTimerInterrupt( void )
{
/* Calculate the constants required to configure the tick interrupt. */
#if configUSE_TICKLESS_IDLE == 1
{
ulTimerCountsForOneTick = ( configSYSTICK_CLOCK_HZ / configTICK_RATE_HZ );
xMaximumPossibleSuppressedTicks = portMAX_24_BIT_NUMBER / ulTimerCountsForOneTick;
ulStoppedTimerCompensation = portMISSED_COUNTS_FACTOR / ( configCPU_CLOCK_HZ / configSYSTICK_CLOCK_HZ );
}
#endif /* configUSE_TICKLESS_IDLE */
/* Configure SysTick to interrupt at the requested rate. */
portNVIC_SYSTICK_LOAD_REG = ( configSYSTICK_CLOCK_HZ / configTICK_RATE_HZ ) - 1UL;
portNVIC_SYSTICK_CTRL_REG = ( portNVIC_SYSTICK_CLK_BIT | portNVIC_SYSTICK_INT_BIT | portNVIC_SYSTICK_ENABLE_BIT );
}
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
#if( configASSERT_DEFINED == 1 )
void vPortValidateInterruptPriority( void )
{
uint32_t ulCurrentInterrupt;
uint8_t ucCurrentPriority;
/* Obtain the number of the currently executing interrupt. */
__asm volatile( "mrs %0, ipsr" : "=r"( ulCurrentInterrupt ) );
/* Is the interrupt number a user defined interrupt? */
if( ulCurrentInterrupt >= portFIRST_USER_INTERRUPT_NUMBER )
{
/* Look up the interrupt's priority. */
ucCurrentPriority = pcInterruptPriorityRegisters[ ulCurrentInterrupt ];
/* The following assertion will fail if a service routine (ISR) for
an interrupt that has been assigned a priority above
configMAX_SYSCALL_INTERRUPT_PRIORITY calls an ISR safe FreeRTOS API
function. ISR safe FreeRTOS API functions must *only* be called
from interrupts that have been assigned a priority at or below
configMAX_SYSCALL_INTERRUPT_PRIORITY.
Numerically low interrupt priority numbers represent logically high
interrupt priorities, therefore the priority of the interrupt must
be set to a value equal to or numerically *higher* than
configMAX_SYSCALL_INTERRUPT_PRIORITY.
Interrupts that use the FreeRTOS API must not be left at their
default priority of zero as that is the highest possible priority,
which is guaranteed to be above configMAX_SYSCALL_INTERRUPT_PRIORITY,
and therefore also guaranteed to be invalid.
FreeRTOS maintains separate thread and ISR API functions to ensure
interrupt entry is as fast and simple as possible.
The following links provide detailed information:
http://www.freertos.org/RTOS-Cortex-M3-M4.html
http://www.freertos.org/FAQHelp.html */
configASSERT( ucCurrentPriority >= ucMaxSysCallPriority );
}
/* Priority grouping: The interrupt controller (NVIC) allows the bits
that define each interrupt's priority to be split between bits that
define the interrupt's pre-emption priority bits and bits that define
the interrupt's sub-priority. For simplicity all bits must be defined
to be pre-emption priority bits. The following assertion will fail if
this is not the case (if some bits represent a sub-priority).
If the application only uses CMSIS libraries for interrupt
configuration then the correct setting can be achieved on all Cortex-M
devices by calling NVIC_SetPriorityGrouping( 0 ); before starting the
scheduler. Note however that some vendor specific peripheral libraries
assume a non-zero priority group setting, in which cases using a value
of zero will result in unpredicable behaviour. */
configASSERT( ( portAIRCR_REG & portPRIORITY_GROUP_MASK ) <= ulMaxPRIGROUPValue );
}
#endif /* configASSERT_DEFINED */

View File

@ -0,0 +1,203 @@
/*
FreeRTOS V8.2.3 - Copyright (C) 2015 Real Time Engineers Ltd.
All rights reserved
VISIT http://www.FreeRTOS.org TO ENSURE YOU ARE USING THE LATEST VERSION.
This file is part of the FreeRTOS distribution.
FreeRTOS is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under
the terms of the GNU General Public License (version 2) as published by the
Free Software Foundation >>>> AND MODIFIED BY <<<< the FreeRTOS exception.
***************************************************************************
>>! NOTE: The modification to the GPL is included to allow you to !<<
>>! distribute a combined work that includes FreeRTOS without being !<<
>>! obliged to provide the source code for proprietary components !<<
>>! outside of the FreeRTOS kernel. !<<
***************************************************************************
FreeRTOS is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY
WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS
FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. Full license text is available on the following
link: http://www.freertos.org/a00114.html
***************************************************************************
* *
* FreeRTOS provides completely free yet professionally developed, *
* robust, strictly quality controlled, supported, and cross *
* platform software that is more than just the market leader, it *
* is the industry's de facto standard. *
* *
* Help yourself get started quickly while simultaneously helping *
* to support the FreeRTOS project by purchasing a FreeRTOS *
* tutorial book, reference manual, or both: *
* http://www.FreeRTOS.org/Documentation *
* *
***************************************************************************
http://www.FreeRTOS.org/FAQHelp.html - Having a problem? Start by reading
the FAQ page "My application does not run, what could be wrong?". Have you
defined configASSERT()?
http://www.FreeRTOS.org/support - In return for receiving this top quality
embedded software for free we request you assist our global community by
participating in the support forum.
http://www.FreeRTOS.org/training - Investing in training allows your team to
be as productive as possible as early as possible. Now you can receive
FreeRTOS training directly from Richard Barry, CEO of Real Time Engineers
Ltd, and the world's leading authority on the world's leading RTOS.
http://www.FreeRTOS.org/plus - A selection of FreeRTOS ecosystem products,
including FreeRTOS+Trace - an indispensable productivity tool, a DOS
compatible FAT file system, and our tiny thread aware UDP/IP stack.
http://www.FreeRTOS.org/labs - Where new FreeRTOS products go to incubate.
Come and try FreeRTOS+TCP, our new open source TCP/IP stack for FreeRTOS.
http://www.OpenRTOS.com - Real Time Engineers ltd. license FreeRTOS to High
Integrity Systems ltd. to sell under the OpenRTOS brand. Low cost OpenRTOS
licenses offer ticketed support, indemnification and commercial middleware.
http://www.SafeRTOS.com - High Integrity Systems also provide a safety
engineered and independently SIL3 certified version for use in safety and
mission critical applications that require provable dependability.
1 tab == 4 spaces!
*/
#ifndef PORTMACRO_H
#define PORTMACRO_H
#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif
/*-----------------------------------------------------------
* Port specific definitions.
*
* The settings in this file configure FreeRTOS correctly for the
* given hardware and compiler.
*
* These settings should not be altered.
*-----------------------------------------------------------
*/
/* Type definitions. */
#define portCHAR char
#define portFLOAT float
#define portDOUBLE double
#define portLONG long
#define portSHORT short
#define portSTACK_TYPE uint32_t
#define portBASE_TYPE long
typedef portSTACK_TYPE StackType_t;
typedef long BaseType_t;
typedef unsigned long UBaseType_t;
#if( configUSE_16_BIT_TICKS == 1 )
typedef uint16_t TickType_t;
#define portMAX_DELAY ( TickType_t ) 0xffff
#else
typedef uint32_t TickType_t;
#define portMAX_DELAY ( TickType_t ) 0xffffffffUL
/* 32-bit tick type on a 32-bit architecture, so reads of the tick count do
not need to be guarded with a critical section. */
#define portTICK_TYPE_IS_ATOMIC 1
#endif
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Architecture specifics. */
#define portSTACK_GROWTH ( -1 )
#define portTICK_PERIOD_MS ( ( TickType_t ) 1000 / configTICK_RATE_HZ )
#define portBYTE_ALIGNMENT 8
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Scheduler utilities. */
extern void vPortYield( void );
#define portNVIC_INT_CTRL_REG ( * ( ( volatile uint32_t * ) 0xe000ed04 ) )
#define portNVIC_PENDSVSET_BIT ( 1UL << 28UL )
#define portYIELD() vPortYield()
#define portEND_SWITCHING_ISR( xSwitchRequired ) if( xSwitchRequired ) portNVIC_INT_CTRL_REG = portNVIC_PENDSVSET_BIT
#define portYIELD_FROM_ISR( x ) portEND_SWITCHING_ISR( x )
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Critical section management. */
extern void vPortEnterCritical( void );
extern void vPortExitCritical( void );
extern uint32_t ulPortSetInterruptMask( void );
extern void vPortClearInterruptMask( uint32_t ulNewMaskValue );
#define portSET_INTERRUPT_MASK_FROM_ISR() ulPortSetInterruptMask()
#define portCLEAR_INTERRUPT_MASK_FROM_ISR(x) vPortClearInterruptMask(x)
#define portDISABLE_INTERRUPTS() ulPortSetInterruptMask()
#define portENABLE_INTERRUPTS() vPortClearInterruptMask(0)
#define portENTER_CRITICAL() vPortEnterCritical()
#define portEXIT_CRITICAL() vPortExitCritical()
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Task function macros as described on the FreeRTOS.org WEB site. These are
not necessary for to use this port. They are defined so the common demo files
(which build with all the ports) will build. */
#define portTASK_FUNCTION_PROTO( vFunction, pvParameters ) void vFunction( void *pvParameters )
#define portTASK_FUNCTION( vFunction, pvParameters ) void vFunction( void *pvParameters )
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Tickless idle/low power functionality. */
#ifndef portSUPPRESS_TICKS_AND_SLEEP
extern void vPortSuppressTicksAndSleep( TickType_t xExpectedIdleTime );
#define portSUPPRESS_TICKS_AND_SLEEP( xExpectedIdleTime ) vPortSuppressTicksAndSleep( xExpectedIdleTime )
#endif
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
/* Architecture specific optimisations. */
#ifndef configUSE_PORT_OPTIMISED_TASK_SELECTION
#define configUSE_PORT_OPTIMISED_TASK_SELECTION 1
#endif
#if configUSE_PORT_OPTIMISED_TASK_SELECTION == 1
/* Generic helper function. */
__attribute__( ( always_inline ) ) static inline uint8_t ucPortCountLeadingZeros( uint32_t ulBitmap )
{
uint8_t ucReturn;
__asm volatile ( "clz %0, %1" : "=r" ( ucReturn ) : "r" ( ulBitmap ) );
return ucReturn;
}
/* Check the configuration. */
#if( configMAX_PRIORITIES > 32 )
#error configUSE_PORT_OPTIMISED_TASK_SELECTION can only be set to 1 when configMAX_PRIORITIES is less than or equal to 32. It is very rare that a system requires more than 10 to 15 difference priorities as tasks that share a priority will time slice.
#endif
/* Store/clear the ready priorities in a bit map. */
#define portRECORD_READY_PRIORITY( uxPriority, uxReadyPriorities ) ( uxReadyPriorities ) |= ( 1UL << ( uxPriority ) )
#define portRESET_READY_PRIORITY( uxPriority, uxReadyPriorities ) ( uxReadyPriorities ) &= ~( 1UL << ( uxPriority ) )
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
#define portGET_HIGHEST_PRIORITY( uxTopPriority, uxReadyPriorities ) uxTopPriority = ( 31 - ucPortCountLeadingZeros( ( uxReadyPriorities ) ) )
#endif /* configUSE_PORT_OPTIMISED_TASK_SELECTION */
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
#ifdef configASSERT
void vPortValidateInterruptPriority( void );
#define portASSERT_IF_INTERRUPT_PRIORITY_INVALID() vPortValidateInterruptPriority()
#endif
/* portNOP() is not required by this port. */
#define portNOP()
#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif
#endif /* PORTMACRO_H */

2608
FreeRTOS/queue.c Normal file

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

4477
FreeRTOS/tasks.c Normal file

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

929
FreeRTOS/timers.c Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,929 @@
/*
FreeRTOS V8.2.3 - Copyright (C) 2015 Real Time Engineers Ltd.
All rights reserved
VISIT http://www.FreeRTOS.org TO ENSURE YOU ARE USING THE LATEST VERSION.
This file is part of the FreeRTOS distribution.
FreeRTOS is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under
the terms of the GNU General Public License (version 2) as published by the
Free Software Foundation >>>> AND MODIFIED BY <<<< the FreeRTOS exception.
***************************************************************************
>>! NOTE: The modification to the GPL is included to allow you to !<<
>>! distribute a combined work that includes FreeRTOS without being !<<
>>! obliged to provide the source code for proprietary components !<<
>>! outside of the FreeRTOS kernel. !<<
***************************************************************************
FreeRTOS is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY
WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS
FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. Full license text is available on the following
link: http://www.freertos.org/a00114.html
***************************************************************************
* *
* FreeRTOS provides completely free yet professionally developed, *
* robust, strictly quality controlled, supported, and cross *
* platform software that is more than just the market leader, it *
* is the industry's de facto standard. *
* *
* Help yourself get started quickly while simultaneously helping *
* to support the FreeRTOS project by purchasing a FreeRTOS *
* tutorial book, reference manual, or both: *
* http://www.FreeRTOS.org/Documentation *
* *
***************************************************************************
http://www.FreeRTOS.org/FAQHelp.html - Having a problem? Start by reading
the FAQ page "My application does not run, what could be wrong?". Have you
defined configASSERT()?
http://www.FreeRTOS.org/support - In return for receiving this top quality
embedded software for free we request you assist our global community by
participating in the support forum.
http://www.FreeRTOS.org/training - Investing in training allows your team to
be as productive as possible as early as possible. Now you can receive
FreeRTOS training directly from Richard Barry, CEO of Real Time Engineers
Ltd, and the world's leading authority on the world's leading RTOS.
http://www.FreeRTOS.org/plus - A selection of FreeRTOS ecosystem products,
including FreeRTOS+Trace - an indispensable productivity tool, a DOS
compatible FAT file system, and our tiny thread aware UDP/IP stack.
http://www.FreeRTOS.org/labs - Where new FreeRTOS products go to incubate.
Come and try FreeRTOS+TCP, our new open source TCP/IP stack for FreeRTOS.
http://www.OpenRTOS.com - Real Time Engineers ltd. license FreeRTOS to High
Integrity Systems ltd. to sell under the OpenRTOS brand. Low cost OpenRTOS
licenses offer ticketed support, indemnification and commercial middleware.
http://www.SafeRTOS.com - High Integrity Systems also provide a safety
engineered and independently SIL3 certified version for use in safety and
mission critical applications that require provable dependability.
1 tab == 4 spaces!
*/
/* Standard includes. */
#include <stdlib.h>
/* Defining MPU_WRAPPERS_INCLUDED_FROM_API_FILE prevents task.h from redefining
all the API functions to use the MPU wrappers. That should only be done when
task.h is included from an application file. */
#define MPU_WRAPPERS_INCLUDED_FROM_API_FILE
#include "FreeRTOS.h"
#include "task.h"
#include "queue.h"
#include "timers.h"
#if ( INCLUDE_xTimerPendFunctionCall == 1 ) && ( configUSE_TIMERS == 0 )
#error configUSE_TIMERS must be set to 1 to make the xTimerPendFunctionCall() function available.
#endif
/* Lint e961 and e750 are suppressed as a MISRA exception justified because the
MPU ports require MPU_WRAPPERS_INCLUDED_FROM_API_FILE to be defined for the
header files above, but not in this file, in order to generate the correct
privileged Vs unprivileged linkage and placement. */
#undef MPU_WRAPPERS_INCLUDED_FROM_API_FILE /*lint !e961 !e750. */
/* This entire source file will be skipped if the application is not configured
to include software timer functionality. This #if is closed at the very bottom
of this file. If you want to include software timer functionality then ensure
configUSE_TIMERS is set to 1 in FreeRTOSConfig.h. */
#if ( configUSE_TIMERS == 1 )
/* Misc definitions. */
#define tmrNO_DELAY ( TickType_t ) 0U
/* The definition of the timers themselves. */
typedef struct tmrTimerControl
{
const char *pcTimerName; /*<< Text name. This is not used by the kernel, it is included simply to make debugging easier. */ /*lint !e971 Unqualified char types are allowed for strings and single characters only. */
ListItem_t xTimerListItem; /*<< Standard linked list item as used by all kernel features for event management. */
TickType_t xTimerPeriodInTicks;/*<< How quickly and often the timer expires. */
UBaseType_t uxAutoReload; /*<< Set to pdTRUE if the timer should be automatically restarted once expired. Set to pdFALSE if the timer is, in effect, a one-shot timer. */
void *pvTimerID; /*<< An ID to identify the timer. This allows the timer to be identified when the same callback is used for multiple timers. */
TimerCallbackFunction_t pxCallbackFunction; /*<< The function that will be called when the timer expires. */
#if( configUSE_TRACE_FACILITY == 1 )
UBaseType_t uxTimerNumber; /*<< An ID assigned by trace tools such as FreeRTOS+Trace */
#endif
} xTIMER;
/* The old xTIMER name is maintained above then typedefed to the new Timer_t
name below to enable the use of older kernel aware debuggers. */
typedef xTIMER Timer_t;
/* The definition of messages that can be sent and received on the timer queue.
Two types of message can be queued - messages that manipulate a software timer,
and messages that request the execution of a non-timer related callback. The
two message types are defined in two separate structures, xTimerParametersType
and xCallbackParametersType respectively. */
typedef struct tmrTimerParameters
{
TickType_t xMessageValue; /*<< An optional value used by a subset of commands, for example, when changing the period of a timer. */
Timer_t * pxTimer; /*<< The timer to which the command will be applied. */
} TimerParameter_t;
typedef struct tmrCallbackParameters
{
PendedFunction_t pxCallbackFunction; /* << The callback function to execute. */
void *pvParameter1; /* << The value that will be used as the callback functions first parameter. */
uint32_t ulParameter2; /* << The value that will be used as the callback functions second parameter. */
} CallbackParameters_t;
/* The structure that contains the two message types, along with an identifier
that is used to determine which message type is valid. */
typedef struct tmrTimerQueueMessage
{
BaseType_t xMessageID; /*<< The command being sent to the timer service task. */
union
{
TimerParameter_t xTimerParameters;
/* Don't include xCallbackParameters if it is not going to be used as
it makes the structure (and therefore the timer queue) larger. */
#if ( INCLUDE_xTimerPendFunctionCall == 1 )
CallbackParameters_t xCallbackParameters;
#endif /* INCLUDE_xTimerPendFunctionCall */
} u;
} DaemonTaskMessage_t;
/*lint -e956 A manual analysis and inspection has been used to determine which
static variables must be declared volatile. */
/* The list in which active timers are stored. Timers are referenced in expire
time order, with the nearest expiry time at the front of the list. Only the
timer service task is allowed to access these lists. */
PRIVILEGED_DATA static List_t xActiveTimerList1;
PRIVILEGED_DATA static List_t xActiveTimerList2;
PRIVILEGED_DATA static List_t *pxCurrentTimerList;
PRIVILEGED_DATA static List_t *pxOverflowTimerList;
/* A queue that is used to send commands to the timer service task. */
PRIVILEGED_DATA static QueueHandle_t xTimerQueue = NULL;
#if ( INCLUDE_xTimerGetTimerDaemonTaskHandle == 1 )
PRIVILEGED_DATA static TaskHandle_t xTimerTaskHandle = NULL;
#endif
/*lint +e956 */
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
/*
* Initialise the infrastructure used by the timer service task if it has not
* been initialised already.
*/
static void prvCheckForValidListAndQueue( void ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
/*
* The timer service task (daemon). Timer functionality is controlled by this
* task. Other tasks communicate with the timer service task using the
* xTimerQueue queue.
*/
static void prvTimerTask( void *pvParameters ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
/*
* Called by the timer service task to interpret and process a command it
* received on the timer queue.
*/
static void prvProcessReceivedCommands( void ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
/*
* Insert the timer into either xActiveTimerList1, or xActiveTimerList2,
* depending on if the expire time causes a timer counter overflow.
*/
static BaseType_t prvInsertTimerInActiveList( Timer_t * const pxTimer, const TickType_t xNextExpiryTime, const TickType_t xTimeNow, const TickType_t xCommandTime ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
/*
* An active timer has reached its expire time. Reload the timer if it is an
* auto reload timer, then call its callback.
*/
static void prvProcessExpiredTimer( const TickType_t xNextExpireTime, const TickType_t xTimeNow ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
/*
* The tick count has overflowed. Switch the timer lists after ensuring the
* current timer list does not still reference some timers.
*/
static void prvSwitchTimerLists( void ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
/*
* Obtain the current tick count, setting *pxTimerListsWereSwitched to pdTRUE
* if a tick count overflow occurred since prvSampleTimeNow() was last called.
*/
static TickType_t prvSampleTimeNow( BaseType_t * const pxTimerListsWereSwitched ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
/*
* If the timer list contains any active timers then return the expire time of
* the timer that will expire first and set *pxListWasEmpty to false. If the
* timer list does not contain any timers then return 0 and set *pxListWasEmpty
* to pdTRUE.
*/
static TickType_t prvGetNextExpireTime( BaseType_t * const pxListWasEmpty ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
/*
* If a timer has expired, process it. Otherwise, block the timer service task
* until either a timer does expire or a command is received.
*/
static void prvProcessTimerOrBlockTask( const TickType_t xNextExpireTime, BaseType_t xListWasEmpty ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
BaseType_t xTimerCreateTimerTask( void )
{
BaseType_t xReturn = pdFAIL;
/* This function is called when the scheduler is started if
configUSE_TIMERS is set to 1. Check that the infrastructure used by the
timer service task has been created/initialised. If timers have already
been created then the initialisation will already have been performed. */
prvCheckForValidListAndQueue();
if( xTimerQueue != NULL )
{
#if ( INCLUDE_xTimerGetTimerDaemonTaskHandle == 1 )
{
/* Create the timer task, storing its handle in xTimerTaskHandle so
it can be returned by the xTimerGetTimerDaemonTaskHandle() function. */
xReturn = xTaskCreate( prvTimerTask, "Tmr Svc", ( uint16_t ) configTIMER_TASK_STACK_DEPTH, NULL, ( ( UBaseType_t ) configTIMER_TASK_PRIORITY ) | portPRIVILEGE_BIT, &xTimerTaskHandle );
}
#else
{
/* Create the timer task without storing its handle. */
xReturn = xTaskCreate( prvTimerTask, "Tmr Svc", ( uint16_t ) configTIMER_TASK_STACK_DEPTH, NULL, ( ( UBaseType_t ) configTIMER_TASK_PRIORITY ) | portPRIVILEGE_BIT, NULL);
}
#endif
}
else
{
mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
}
configASSERT( xReturn );
return xReturn;
}
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
TimerHandle_t xTimerCreate( const char * const pcTimerName, const TickType_t xTimerPeriodInTicks, const UBaseType_t uxAutoReload, void * const pvTimerID, TimerCallbackFunction_t pxCallbackFunction ) /*lint !e971 Unqualified char types are allowed for strings and single characters only. */
{
Timer_t *pxNewTimer;
/* Allocate the timer structure. */
if( xTimerPeriodInTicks == ( TickType_t ) 0U )
{
pxNewTimer = NULL;
}
else
{
pxNewTimer = ( Timer_t * ) pvPortMalloc( sizeof( Timer_t ) );
if( pxNewTimer != NULL )
{
/* Ensure the infrastructure used by the timer service task has been
created/initialised. */
prvCheckForValidListAndQueue();
/* Initialise the timer structure members using the function parameters. */
pxNewTimer->pcTimerName = pcTimerName;
pxNewTimer->xTimerPeriodInTicks = xTimerPeriodInTicks;
pxNewTimer->uxAutoReload = uxAutoReload;
pxNewTimer->pvTimerID = pvTimerID;
pxNewTimer->pxCallbackFunction = pxCallbackFunction;
vListInitialiseItem( &( pxNewTimer->xTimerListItem ) );
traceTIMER_CREATE( pxNewTimer );
}
else
{
traceTIMER_CREATE_FAILED();
}
}
/* 0 is not a valid value for xTimerPeriodInTicks. */
configASSERT( ( xTimerPeriodInTicks > 0 ) );
return ( TimerHandle_t ) pxNewTimer;
}
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
BaseType_t xTimerGenericCommand( TimerHandle_t xTimer, const BaseType_t xCommandID, const TickType_t xOptionalValue, BaseType_t * const pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken, const TickType_t xTicksToWait )
{
BaseType_t xReturn = pdFAIL;
DaemonTaskMessage_t xMessage;
configASSERT( xTimer );
/* Send a message to the timer service task to perform a particular action
on a particular timer definition. */
if( xTimerQueue != NULL )
{
/* Send a command to the timer service task to start the xTimer timer. */
xMessage.xMessageID = xCommandID;
xMessage.u.xTimerParameters.xMessageValue = xOptionalValue;
xMessage.u.xTimerParameters.pxTimer = ( Timer_t * ) xTimer;
if( xCommandID < tmrFIRST_FROM_ISR_COMMAND )
{
if( xTaskGetSchedulerState() == taskSCHEDULER_RUNNING )
{
xReturn = xQueueSendToBack( xTimerQueue, &xMessage, xTicksToWait );
}
else
{
xReturn = xQueueSendToBack( xTimerQueue, &xMessage, tmrNO_DELAY );
}
}
else
{
xReturn = xQueueSendToBackFromISR( xTimerQueue, &xMessage, pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken );
}
traceTIMER_COMMAND_SEND( xTimer, xCommandID, xOptionalValue, xReturn );
}
else
{
mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
}
return xReturn;
}
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
#if ( INCLUDE_xTimerGetTimerDaemonTaskHandle == 1 )
TaskHandle_t xTimerGetTimerDaemonTaskHandle( void )
{
/* If xTimerGetTimerDaemonTaskHandle() is called before the scheduler has been
started, then xTimerTaskHandle will be NULL. */
configASSERT( ( xTimerTaskHandle != NULL ) );
return xTimerTaskHandle;
}
#endif
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
const char * pcTimerGetTimerName( TimerHandle_t xTimer )
{
Timer_t *pxTimer = ( Timer_t * ) xTimer;
configASSERT( xTimer );
return pxTimer->pcTimerName;
}
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
static void prvProcessExpiredTimer( const TickType_t xNextExpireTime, const TickType_t xTimeNow )
{
BaseType_t xResult;
Timer_t * const pxTimer = ( Timer_t * ) listGET_OWNER_OF_HEAD_ENTRY( pxCurrentTimerList );
/* Remove the timer from the list of active timers. A check has already
been performed to ensure the list is not empty. */
( void ) uxListRemove( &( pxTimer->xTimerListItem ) );
traceTIMER_EXPIRED( pxTimer );
/* If the timer is an auto reload timer then calculate the next
expiry time and re-insert the timer in the list of active timers. */
if( pxTimer->uxAutoReload == ( UBaseType_t ) pdTRUE )
{
/* The timer is inserted into a list using a time relative to anything
other than the current time. It will therefore be inserted into the
correct list relative to the time this task thinks it is now. */
if( prvInsertTimerInActiveList( pxTimer, ( xNextExpireTime + pxTimer->xTimerPeriodInTicks ), xTimeNow, xNextExpireTime ) == pdTRUE )
{
/* The timer expired before it was added to the active timer
list. Reload it now. */
xResult = xTimerGenericCommand( pxTimer, tmrCOMMAND_START_DONT_TRACE, xNextExpireTime, NULL, tmrNO_DELAY );
configASSERT( xResult );
( void ) xResult;
}
else
{
mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
}
}
else
{
mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
}
/* Call the timer callback. */
pxTimer->pxCallbackFunction( ( TimerHandle_t ) pxTimer );
}
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
static void prvTimerTask( void *pvParameters )
{
TickType_t xNextExpireTime;
BaseType_t xListWasEmpty;
/* Just to avoid compiler warnings. */
( void ) pvParameters;
for( ;; )
{
/* Query the timers list to see if it contains any timers, and if so,
obtain the time at which the next timer will expire. */
xNextExpireTime = prvGetNextExpireTime( &xListWasEmpty );
/* If a timer has expired, process it. Otherwise, block this task
until either a timer does expire, or a command is received. */
prvProcessTimerOrBlockTask( xNextExpireTime, xListWasEmpty );
/* Empty the command queue. */
prvProcessReceivedCommands();
}
}
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
static void prvProcessTimerOrBlockTask( const TickType_t xNextExpireTime, BaseType_t xListWasEmpty )
{
TickType_t xTimeNow;
BaseType_t xTimerListsWereSwitched;
vTaskSuspendAll();
{
/* Obtain the time now to make an assessment as to whether the timer
has expired or not. If obtaining the time causes the lists to switch
then don't process this timer as any timers that remained in the list
when the lists were switched will have been processed within the
prvSampleTimeNow() function. */
xTimeNow = prvSampleTimeNow( &xTimerListsWereSwitched );
if( xTimerListsWereSwitched == pdFALSE )
{
/* The tick count has not overflowed, has the timer expired? */
if( ( xListWasEmpty == pdFALSE ) && ( xNextExpireTime <= xTimeNow ) )
{
( void ) xTaskResumeAll();
prvProcessExpiredTimer( xNextExpireTime, xTimeNow );
}
else
{
/* The tick count has not overflowed, and the next expire
time has not been reached yet. This task should therefore
block to wait for the next expire time or a command to be
received - whichever comes first. The following line cannot
be reached unless xNextExpireTime > xTimeNow, except in the
case when the current timer list is empty. */
if( xListWasEmpty != pdFALSE )
{
/* The current timer list is empty - is the overflow list
also empty? */
xListWasEmpty = listLIST_IS_EMPTY( pxOverflowTimerList );
}
vQueueWaitForMessageRestricted( xTimerQueue, ( xNextExpireTime - xTimeNow ), xListWasEmpty );
if( xTaskResumeAll() == pdFALSE )
{
/* Yield to wait for either a command to arrive, or the
block time to expire. If a command arrived between the
critical section being exited and this yield then the yield
will not cause the task to block. */
portYIELD_WITHIN_API();
}
else
{
mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
}
}
}
else
{
( void ) xTaskResumeAll();
}
}
}
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
static TickType_t prvGetNextExpireTime( BaseType_t * const pxListWasEmpty )
{
TickType_t xNextExpireTime;
/* Timers are listed in expiry time order, with the head of the list
referencing the task that will expire first. Obtain the time at which
the timer with the nearest expiry time will expire. If there are no
active timers then just set the next expire time to 0. That will cause
this task to unblock when the tick count overflows, at which point the
timer lists will be switched and the next expiry time can be
re-assessed. */
*pxListWasEmpty = listLIST_IS_EMPTY( pxCurrentTimerList );
if( *pxListWasEmpty == pdFALSE )
{
xNextExpireTime = listGET_ITEM_VALUE_OF_HEAD_ENTRY( pxCurrentTimerList );
}
else
{
/* Ensure the task unblocks when the tick count rolls over. */
xNextExpireTime = ( TickType_t ) 0U;
}
return xNextExpireTime;
}
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
static TickType_t prvSampleTimeNow( BaseType_t * const pxTimerListsWereSwitched )
{
TickType_t xTimeNow;
PRIVILEGED_DATA static TickType_t xLastTime = ( TickType_t ) 0U; /*lint !e956 Variable is only accessible to one task. */
xTimeNow = xTaskGetTickCount();
if( xTimeNow < xLastTime )
{
prvSwitchTimerLists();
*pxTimerListsWereSwitched = pdTRUE;
}
else
{
*pxTimerListsWereSwitched = pdFALSE;
}
xLastTime = xTimeNow;
return xTimeNow;
}
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
static BaseType_t prvInsertTimerInActiveList( Timer_t * const pxTimer, const TickType_t xNextExpiryTime, const TickType_t xTimeNow, const TickType_t xCommandTime )
{
BaseType_t xProcessTimerNow = pdFALSE;
listSET_LIST_ITEM_VALUE( &( pxTimer->xTimerListItem ), xNextExpiryTime );
listSET_LIST_ITEM_OWNER( &( pxTimer->xTimerListItem ), pxTimer );
if( xNextExpiryTime <= xTimeNow )
{
/* Has the expiry time elapsed between the command to start/reset a
timer was issued, and the time the command was processed? */
if( ( xTimeNow - xCommandTime ) >= pxTimer->xTimerPeriodInTicks )
{
/* The time between a command being issued and the command being
processed actually exceeds the timers period. */
xProcessTimerNow = pdTRUE;
}
else
{
vListInsert( pxOverflowTimerList, &( pxTimer->xTimerListItem ) );
}
}
else
{
if( ( xTimeNow < xCommandTime ) && ( xNextExpiryTime >= xCommandTime ) )
{
/* If, since the command was issued, the tick count has overflowed
but the expiry time has not, then the timer must have already passed
its expiry time and should be processed immediately. */
xProcessTimerNow = pdTRUE;
}
else
{
vListInsert( pxCurrentTimerList, &( pxTimer->xTimerListItem ) );
}
}
return xProcessTimerNow;
}
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
static void prvProcessReceivedCommands( void )
{
DaemonTaskMessage_t xMessage;
Timer_t *pxTimer;
BaseType_t xTimerListsWereSwitched, xResult;
TickType_t xTimeNow;
while( xQueueReceive( xTimerQueue, &xMessage, tmrNO_DELAY ) != pdFAIL ) /*lint !e603 xMessage does not have to be initialised as it is passed out, not in, and it is not used unless xQueueReceive() returns pdTRUE. */
{
#if ( INCLUDE_xTimerPendFunctionCall == 1 )
{
/* Negative commands are pended function calls rather than timer
commands. */
if( xMessage.xMessageID < ( BaseType_t ) 0 )
{
const CallbackParameters_t * const pxCallback = &( xMessage.u.xCallbackParameters );
/* The timer uses the xCallbackParameters member to request a
callback be executed. Check the callback is not NULL. */
configASSERT( pxCallback );
/* Call the function. */
pxCallback->pxCallbackFunction( pxCallback->pvParameter1, pxCallback->ulParameter2 );
}
else
{
mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
}
}
#endif /* INCLUDE_xTimerPendFunctionCall */
/* Commands that are positive are timer commands rather than pended
function calls. */
if( xMessage.xMessageID >= ( BaseType_t ) 0 )
{
/* The messages uses the xTimerParameters member to work on a
software timer. */
pxTimer = xMessage.u.xTimerParameters.pxTimer;
if( listIS_CONTAINED_WITHIN( NULL, &( pxTimer->xTimerListItem ) ) == pdFALSE )
{
/* The timer is in a list, remove it. */
( void ) uxListRemove( &( pxTimer->xTimerListItem ) );
}
else
{
mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
}
traceTIMER_COMMAND_RECEIVED( pxTimer, xMessage.xMessageID, xMessage.u.xTimerParameters.xMessageValue );
/* In this case the xTimerListsWereSwitched parameter is not used, but
it must be present in the function call. prvSampleTimeNow() must be
called after the message is received from xTimerQueue so there is no
possibility of a higher priority task adding a message to the message
queue with a time that is ahead of the timer daemon task (because it
pre-empted the timer daemon task after the xTimeNow value was set). */
xTimeNow = prvSampleTimeNow( &xTimerListsWereSwitched );
switch( xMessage.xMessageID )
{
case tmrCOMMAND_START :
case tmrCOMMAND_START_FROM_ISR :
case tmrCOMMAND_RESET :
case tmrCOMMAND_RESET_FROM_ISR :
case tmrCOMMAND_START_DONT_TRACE :
/* Start or restart a timer. */
if( prvInsertTimerInActiveList( pxTimer, xMessage.u.xTimerParameters.xMessageValue + pxTimer->xTimerPeriodInTicks, xTimeNow, xMessage.u.xTimerParameters.xMessageValue ) == pdTRUE )
{
/* The timer expired before it was added to the active
timer list. Process it now. */
pxTimer->pxCallbackFunction( ( TimerHandle_t ) pxTimer );
traceTIMER_EXPIRED( pxTimer );
if( pxTimer->uxAutoReload == ( UBaseType_t ) pdTRUE )
{
xResult = xTimerGenericCommand( pxTimer, tmrCOMMAND_START_DONT_TRACE, xMessage.u.xTimerParameters.xMessageValue + pxTimer->xTimerPeriodInTicks, NULL, tmrNO_DELAY );
configASSERT( xResult );
( void ) xResult;
}
else
{
mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
}
}
else
{
mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
}
break;
case tmrCOMMAND_STOP :
case tmrCOMMAND_STOP_FROM_ISR :
/* The timer has already been removed from the active list.
There is nothing to do here. */
break;
case tmrCOMMAND_CHANGE_PERIOD :
case tmrCOMMAND_CHANGE_PERIOD_FROM_ISR :
pxTimer->xTimerPeriodInTicks = xMessage.u.xTimerParameters.xMessageValue;
configASSERT( ( pxTimer->xTimerPeriodInTicks > 0 ) );
/* The new period does not really have a reference, and can be
longer or shorter than the old one. The command time is
therefore set to the current time, and as the period cannot be
zero the next expiry time can only be in the future, meaning
(unlike for the xTimerStart() case above) there is no fail case
that needs to be handled here. */
( void ) prvInsertTimerInActiveList( pxTimer, ( xTimeNow + pxTimer->xTimerPeriodInTicks ), xTimeNow, xTimeNow );
break;
case tmrCOMMAND_DELETE :
/* The timer has already been removed from the active list,
just free up the memory. */
vPortFree( pxTimer );
break;
default :
/* Don't expect to get here. */
break;
}
}
}
}
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
static void prvSwitchTimerLists( void )
{
TickType_t xNextExpireTime, xReloadTime;
List_t *pxTemp;
Timer_t *pxTimer;
BaseType_t xResult;
/* The tick count has overflowed. The timer lists must be switched.
If there are any timers still referenced from the current timer list
then they must have expired and should be processed before the lists
are switched. */
while( listLIST_IS_EMPTY( pxCurrentTimerList ) == pdFALSE )
{
xNextExpireTime = listGET_ITEM_VALUE_OF_HEAD_ENTRY( pxCurrentTimerList );
/* Remove the timer from the list. */
pxTimer = ( Timer_t * ) listGET_OWNER_OF_HEAD_ENTRY( pxCurrentTimerList );
( void ) uxListRemove( &( pxTimer->xTimerListItem ) );
traceTIMER_EXPIRED( pxTimer );
/* Execute its callback, then send a command to restart the timer if
it is an auto-reload timer. It cannot be restarted here as the lists
have not yet been switched. */
pxTimer->pxCallbackFunction( ( TimerHandle_t ) pxTimer );
if( pxTimer->uxAutoReload == ( UBaseType_t ) pdTRUE )
{
/* Calculate the reload value, and if the reload value results in
the timer going into the same timer list then it has already expired
and the timer should be re-inserted into the current list so it is
processed again within this loop. Otherwise a command should be sent
to restart the timer to ensure it is only inserted into a list after
the lists have been swapped. */
xReloadTime = ( xNextExpireTime + pxTimer->xTimerPeriodInTicks );
if( xReloadTime > xNextExpireTime )
{
listSET_LIST_ITEM_VALUE( &( pxTimer->xTimerListItem ), xReloadTime );
listSET_LIST_ITEM_OWNER( &( pxTimer->xTimerListItem ), pxTimer );
vListInsert( pxCurrentTimerList, &( pxTimer->xTimerListItem ) );
}
else
{
xResult = xTimerGenericCommand( pxTimer, tmrCOMMAND_START_DONT_TRACE, xNextExpireTime, NULL, tmrNO_DELAY );
configASSERT( xResult );
( void ) xResult;
}
}
else
{
mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
}
}
pxTemp = pxCurrentTimerList;
pxCurrentTimerList = pxOverflowTimerList;
pxOverflowTimerList = pxTemp;
}
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
static void prvCheckForValidListAndQueue( void )
{
/* Check that the list from which active timers are referenced, and the
queue used to communicate with the timer service, have been
initialised. */
taskENTER_CRITICAL();
{
if( xTimerQueue == NULL )
{
vListInitialise( &xActiveTimerList1 );
vListInitialise( &xActiveTimerList2 );
pxCurrentTimerList = &xActiveTimerList1;
pxOverflowTimerList = &xActiveTimerList2;
xTimerQueue = xQueueCreate( ( UBaseType_t ) configTIMER_QUEUE_LENGTH, sizeof( DaemonTaskMessage_t ) );
configASSERT( xTimerQueue );
#if ( configQUEUE_REGISTRY_SIZE > 0 )
{
if( xTimerQueue != NULL )
{
vQueueAddToRegistry( xTimerQueue, "TmrQ" );
}
else
{
mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
}
}
#endif /* configQUEUE_REGISTRY_SIZE */
}
else
{
mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
}
}
taskEXIT_CRITICAL();
}
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
BaseType_t xTimerIsTimerActive( TimerHandle_t xTimer )
{
BaseType_t xTimerIsInActiveList;
Timer_t *pxTimer = ( Timer_t * ) xTimer;
configASSERT( xTimer );
/* Is the timer in the list of active timers? */
taskENTER_CRITICAL();
{
/* Checking to see if it is in the NULL list in effect checks to see if
it is referenced from either the current or the overflow timer lists in
one go, but the logic has to be reversed, hence the '!'. */
xTimerIsInActiveList = ( BaseType_t ) !( listIS_CONTAINED_WITHIN( NULL, &( pxTimer->xTimerListItem ) ) );
}
taskEXIT_CRITICAL();
return xTimerIsInActiveList;
} /*lint !e818 Can't be pointer to const due to the typedef. */
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
void *pvTimerGetTimerID( const TimerHandle_t xTimer )
{
Timer_t * const pxTimer = ( Timer_t * ) xTimer;
void *pvReturn;
configASSERT( xTimer );
taskENTER_CRITICAL();
{
pvReturn = pxTimer->pvTimerID;
}
taskEXIT_CRITICAL();
return pvReturn;
}
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
void vTimerSetTimerID( TimerHandle_t xTimer, void *pvNewID )
{
Timer_t * const pxTimer = ( Timer_t * ) xTimer;
configASSERT( xTimer );
taskENTER_CRITICAL();
{
pxTimer->pvTimerID = pvNewID;
}
taskEXIT_CRITICAL();
}
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
#if( INCLUDE_xTimerPendFunctionCall == 1 )
BaseType_t xTimerPendFunctionCallFromISR( PendedFunction_t xFunctionToPend, void *pvParameter1, uint32_t ulParameter2, BaseType_t *pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken )
{
DaemonTaskMessage_t xMessage;
BaseType_t xReturn;
/* Complete the message with the function parameters and post it to the
daemon task. */
xMessage.xMessageID = tmrCOMMAND_EXECUTE_CALLBACK_FROM_ISR;
xMessage.u.xCallbackParameters.pxCallbackFunction = xFunctionToPend;
xMessage.u.xCallbackParameters.pvParameter1 = pvParameter1;
xMessage.u.xCallbackParameters.ulParameter2 = ulParameter2;
xReturn = xQueueSendFromISR( xTimerQueue, &xMessage, pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken );
tracePEND_FUNC_CALL_FROM_ISR( xFunctionToPend, pvParameter1, ulParameter2, xReturn );
return xReturn;
}
#endif /* INCLUDE_xTimerPendFunctionCall */
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
#if( INCLUDE_xTimerPendFunctionCall == 1 )
BaseType_t xTimerPendFunctionCall( PendedFunction_t xFunctionToPend, void *pvParameter1, uint32_t ulParameter2, TickType_t xTicksToWait )
{
DaemonTaskMessage_t xMessage;
BaseType_t xReturn;
/* This function can only be called after a timer has been created or
after the scheduler has been started because, until then, the timer
queue does not exist. */
configASSERT( xTimerQueue );
/* Complete the message with the function parameters and post it to the
daemon task. */
xMessage.xMessageID = tmrCOMMAND_EXECUTE_CALLBACK;
xMessage.u.xCallbackParameters.pxCallbackFunction = xFunctionToPend;
xMessage.u.xCallbackParameters.pvParameter1 = pvParameter1;
xMessage.u.xCallbackParameters.ulParameter2 = ulParameter2;
xReturn = xQueueSendToBack( xTimerQueue, &xMessage, xTicksToWait );
tracePEND_FUNC_CALL( xFunctionToPend, pvParameter1, ulParameter2, xReturn );
return xReturn;
}
#endif /* INCLUDE_xTimerPendFunctionCall */
/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
/* This entire source file will be skipped if the application is not configured
to include software timer functionality. If you want to include software timer
functionality then ensure configUSE_TIMERS is set to 1 in FreeRTOSConfig.h. */
#endif /* configUSE_TIMERS == 1 */

144
FreeRTOSConfig.h Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,144 @@
/*
FreeRTOS V8.2.3 - Copyright (C) 2015 Real Time Engineers Ltd.
All rights reserved
VISIT http://www.FreeRTOS.org TO ENSURE YOU ARE USING THE LATEST VERSION.
This file is part of the FreeRTOS distribution.
FreeRTOS is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under
the terms of the GNU General Public License (version 2) as published by the
Free Software Foundation >>>> AND MODIFIED BY <<<< the FreeRTOS exception.
***************************************************************************
>>! NOTE: The modification to the GPL is included to allow you to !<<
>>! distribute a combined work that includes FreeRTOS without being !<<
>>! obliged to provide the source code for proprietary components !<<
>>! outside of the FreeRTOS kernel. !<<
***************************************************************************
FreeRTOS is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY
WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS
FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. Full license text is available on the following
link: http://www.freertos.org/a00114.html
***************************************************************************
* *
* FreeRTOS provides completely free yet professionally developed, *
* robust, strictly quality controlled, supported, and cross *
* platform software that is more than just the market leader, it *
* is the industry's de facto standard. *
* *
* Help yourself get started quickly while simultaneously helping *
* to support the FreeRTOS project by purchasing a FreeRTOS *
* tutorial book, reference manual, or both: *
* http://www.FreeRTOS.org/Documentation *
* *
***************************************************************************
http://www.FreeRTOS.org/FAQHelp.html - Having a problem? Start by reading
the FAQ page "My application does not run, what could be wrong?". Have you
defined configASSERT()?
http://www.FreeRTOS.org/support - In return for receiving this top quality
embedded software for free we request you assist our global community by
participating in the support forum.
http://www.FreeRTOS.org/training - Investing in training allows your team to
be as productive as possible as early as possible. Now you can receive
FreeRTOS training directly from Richard Barry, CEO of Real Time Engineers
Ltd, and the world's leading authority on the world's leading RTOS.
http://www.FreeRTOS.org/plus - A selection of FreeRTOS ecosystem products,
including FreeRTOS+Trace - an indispensable productivity tool, a DOS
compatible FAT file system, and our tiny thread aware UDP/IP stack.
http://www.FreeRTOS.org/labs - Where new FreeRTOS products go to incubate.
Come and try FreeRTOS+TCP, our new open source TCP/IP stack for FreeRTOS.
http://www.OpenRTOS.com - Real Time Engineers ltd. license FreeRTOS to High
Integrity Systems ltd. to sell under the OpenRTOS brand. Low cost OpenRTOS
licenses offer ticketed support, indemnification and commercial middleware.
http://www.SafeRTOS.com - High Integrity Systems also provide a safety
engineered and independently SIL3 certified version for use in safety and
mission critical applications that require provable dependability.
1 tab == 4 spaces!
*/
#ifndef FREERTOS_CONFIG_H
#define FREERTOS_CONFIG_H
/*-----------------------------------------------------------
* Application specific definitions.
*
* These definitions should be adjusted for your particular hardware and
* application requirements.
*
* THESE PARAMETERS ARE DESCRIBED WITHIN THE 'CONFIGURATION' SECTION OF THE
* FreeRTOS API DOCUMENTATION AVAILABLE ON THE FreeRTOS.org WEB SITE.
*
* See http://www.freertos.org/a00110.html.
*----------------------------------------------------------*/
#define configUSE_PREEMPTION 1
#define configUSE_IDLE_HOOK 0
#define configUSE_TICK_HOOK 0
#define configCPU_CLOCK_HZ ( ( unsigned long ) 72000000 )
#define configTICK_RATE_HZ ( ( TickType_t ) 1000 )
#define configMAX_PRIORITIES ( 5 )
#define configMINIMAL_STACK_SIZE ( ( unsigned short ) 120 )
#define configTOTAL_HEAP_SIZE ( ( size_t ) ( 18 * 1024 ) )
#define configMAX_TASK_NAME_LEN ( 16 )
#define configUSE_TRACE_FACILITY 1
#define configUSE_16_BIT_TICKS 0
#define configIDLE_SHOULD_YIELD 1
/* Co-routine definitions. */
#define configUSE_CO_ROUTINES 0
#define configMAX_CO_ROUTINE_PRIORITIES ( 2 )
#define configUSE_MUTEXES 1
#define configUSE_COUNTING_SEMAPHORES 1
#define configUSE_ALTERNATIVE_API 0
#define configCHECK_FOR_STACK_OVERFLOW 2
#define configUSE_RECURSIVE_MUTEXES 1
#define configQUEUE_REGISTRY_SIZE 0
#define configGENERATE_RUN_TIME_STATS 0
/* Set the following definitions to 1 to include the API function, or zero
to exclude the API function. */
#define INCLUDE_vTaskPrioritySet 1
#define INCLUDE_uxTaskPriorityGet 1
#define INCLUDE_vTaskDelete 1
#define INCLUDE_vTaskCleanUpResources 0
#define INCLUDE_vTaskSuspend 1
#define INCLUDE_vTaskDelayUntil 1
#define INCLUDE_vTaskDelay 1
/* This is the raw value as per the Cortex-M3 NVIC. Values can be 255
(lowest) to 0 (1?) (highest). */
#define configKERNEL_INTERRUPT_PRIORITY 255
/* !!!! configMAX_SYSCALL_INTERRUPT_PRIORITY must not be set to zero !!!!
See http://www.FreeRTOS.org/RTOS-Cortex-M3-M4.html. */
#define configMAX_SYSCALL_INTERRUPT_PRIORITY 191 /* equivalent to 0xb0, or priority 11. */
/* This is the value being used as per the ST library which permits 16
priority values, 0 to 15. This must correspond to the
configKERNEL_INTERRUPT_PRIORITY setting. Here 15 corresponds to the lowest
NVIC value of 255. */
#define configLIBRARY_KERNEL_INTERRUPT_PRIORITY 15
/*-----------------------------------------------------------
* UART configuration.
*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
#define configCOM0_RX_BUFFER_LENGTH 128
#define configCOM0_TX_BUFFER_LENGTH 128
#define configCOM1_RX_BUFFER_LENGTH 128
#define configCOM1_TX_BUFFER_LENGTH 128
#endif /* FREERTOS_CONFIG_H */

View File

@ -0,0 +1,99 @@
<!DOCTYPE CrossStudio_Project_File>
<solution Name="STM32F10x_FreeRTOS_Template" target="8" version="2">
<project Name="STM32F10x_FreeRTOS_Template">
<configuration
Name="Common"
Placement="Flash"
Target="STM32F103RB"
arm_architecture="v7M"
arm_core_type="Cortex-M3"
arm_fpu_type="None"
arm_gcc_target="arm-unknown-eabi"
arm_linker_heap_size="128"
arm_linker_jtag_pad_pre_dr="1"
arm_linker_jtag_pad_pre_ir="5"
arm_linker_process_stack_size="0"
arm_linker_stack_size="256"
arm_simulator_memory_simulation_filename="$(TargetsDir)/STM32/STM32SimulatorMemory.dll"
arm_simulator_memory_simulation_parameter="STM32F103RB;0x20000;0x5000"
arm_target_connect_with_reset="Yes"
arm_target_debug_interface_type="ADIv5"
arm_target_interface_type="Default"
arm_target_loader_applicable_loaders="Flash"
arm_target_loader_default_loader="Flash"
arm_target_restrict_memory_accesses="Yes"
c_user_include_directories="$(TargetsDir)/STM32/include;$(TargetsDir)/CMSIS_3/CMSIS/Include;$(PackagesDir)/CMSIS_4/CMSIS/Include"
debug_register_definition_file="$(TargetsDir)/STM32/STM32F103xx_Peripherals.xml"
linker_memory_map_file="$(TargetsDir)/STM32/STM32F103RB_MemoryMap.xml"
linker_section_placement_file="$(StudioDir)/targets/Cortex_M/flash_placement.xml"
project_directory=""
project_type="Executable"
property_groups_file_path="$(TargetsDir)/STM32/propertyGroups.xml"
target_get_partname_script="GetPartName()"
target_match_partname_script="MatchPartName(&quot;$(Target)&quot;)"
target_script_file="$(TargetsDir)/STM32/STM32_Target.js"
target_trace_initialize_script="EnableTrace(&quot;$(TraceInterfaceType)&quot;)" />
<configuration
Name="Flash"
arm_target_flash_loader_file_path="$(TargetsDir)/STM32/Release/Loader_rpc.elf"
arm_target_flash_loader_type="LIBMEM RPC Loader"
arm_target_loader_can_erase_all="Yes"
arm_target_loader_can_lock_all="No"
arm_target_loader_can_lock_range="No"
arm_target_loader_can_unlock_all="No"
arm_target_loader_can_unlock_range="No"
target_reset_script="FLASHReset()" />
<configuration Name="RAM" target_reset_script="Reset()" />
<folder Name="Source Files">
<configuration Name="Common" filter="c;cpp;cxx;cc;h;s;asm;inc" />
<file file_name="FreeRTOSConfig.h" />
<file file_name="gui.c" />
<file file_name="gui.h" />
<file file_name="eeprom.c" />
<file file_name="eeprom.h" />
<file file_name="fonts.h" />
<file file_name="images.h" />
<file file_name="main.c" />
<folder
Name="FreeRTOS"
exclude=""
filter=""
path="FreeRTOS"
recurse="Yes" />
<folder Name="CMSIS" exclude="" filter="" path="CMSIS" recurse="Yes" />
<folder
Name="STM32F10x_StdPeriph_Driver"
exclude=""
filter=""
path="STM32F10x_StdPeriph_Driver"
recurse="Yes" />
</folder>
<folder Name="System Files">
<file file_name="$(StudioDir)/source/thumb_crt0.s" />
<file file_name="$(TargetsDir)/STM32/STM32_Startup.s" />
</folder>
</project>
<configuration Name="THUMB Debug" inherited_configurations="THUMB;Debug" />
<configuration
Name="THUMB"
Platform="ARM"
arm_instruction_set="Thumb"
arm_library_instruction_set="Thumb"
c_preprocessor_definitions="__THUMB"
hidden="Yes" />
<configuration
Name="Debug"
c_preprocessor_definitions="DEBUG"
gcc_debugging_level="Level 3"
gcc_optimization_level="None"
hidden="Yes" />
<configuration
Name="THUMB Release"
inherited_configurations="THUMB;Release" />
<configuration
Name="Release"
c_preprocessor_definitions="NDEBUG"
gcc_debugging_level="Level 1"
gcc_optimization_level="Level 1"
hidden="Yes" />
</solution>

View File

@ -0,0 +1,60 @@
<!DOCTYPE CrossStudio_Session_File>
<session>
<Bookmarks/>
<Breakpoints/>
<ExecutionProfileWindow/>
<FrameBufferWindow>
<FrameBufferWindow addressText="" bufferWidth="-1" bufferHeight="-1" addressSpace="" />
</FrameBufferWindow>
<Memory1>
<MemoryWindow autoEvaluate="0" addressText="" numColumns="8" sizeText="" dataSize="1" radix="16" name="" addressSpace="" />
</Memory1>
<Memory2>
<MemoryWindow autoEvaluate="0" addressText="" numColumns="8" sizeText="" dataSize="1" radix="16" name="" addressSpace="" />
</Memory2>
<Memory3>
<MemoryWindow autoEvaluate="0" addressText="" numColumns="8" sizeText="" dataSize="1" radix="16" name="" addressSpace="" />
</Memory3>
<Memory4>
<MemoryWindow autoEvaluate="0" addressText="" numColumns="8" sizeText="" dataSize="1" radix="16" name="" addressSpace="" />
</Memory4>
<Project>
<ProjectSessionItem path="STM32F10x_FreeRTOS_Template" name="unnamed" />
<ProjectSessionItem path="STM32F10x_FreeRTOS_Template;STM32F10x_FreeRTOS_Template" name="unnamed" />
<ProjectSessionItem path="STM32F10x_FreeRTOS_Template;STM32F10x_FreeRTOS_Template;Source Files" name="unnamed" />
<ProjectSessionItem path="STM32F10x_FreeRTOS_Template;STM32F10x_FreeRTOS_Template;System Files" name="unnamed" />
</Project>
<Register1>
<RegisterWindow openNodes="" binaryNodes="" unsignedNodes="" decimalNodes="" octalNodes="" asciiNodes="" visibleNodes="" name="" />
</Register1>
<Register2>
<RegisterWindow openNodes="" binaryNodes="" unsignedNodes="" decimalNodes="" octalNodes="" asciiNodes="" visibleNodes="" name="" />
</Register2>
<Register3>
<RegisterWindow openNodes="" binaryNodes="" unsignedNodes="" decimalNodes="" octalNodes="" asciiNodes="" visibleNodes="" name="" />
</Register3>
<Register4>
<RegisterWindow openNodes="" binaryNodes="" unsignedNodes="" decimalNodes="" octalNodes="" asciiNodes="" visibleNodes="" name="" />
</Register4>
<TargetWindow programAction="" uploadFileType="" programLoadAddress="" programSize="" uploadFileName="" uploadMemoryInterface="" programFileName="" uploadStartAddress="" programFileType="" uploadSize="" programMemoryInterface="" />
<TraceWindow>
<Trace enabled="Yes" />
</TraceWindow>
<Watch1>
<Watches active="1" update="Never" />
</Watch1>
<Watch2>
<Watches active="0" update="Never" />
</Watch2>
<Watch3>
<Watches active="0" update="Never" />
</Watch3>
<Watch4>
<Watches active="0" update="Never" />
</Watch4>
<Files>
<SessionOpenFile useTextEdit="1" useBinaryEdit="0" codecName="Default" x="0" debugPath="/mnt/dysk/roznosci/praca/HH/Code Templates/STM32F10x_FreeRTOS_Template/main.c" y="57" path="/mnt/dysk/roznosci/praca/HH/Code Templates/STM32F10x_FreeRTOS_Template/main.c" left="0" selected="1" name="unnamed" top="0" />
<SessionOpenFile useTextEdit="1" useBinaryEdit="0" codecName="Default" x="0" debugPath="/mnt/dysk/roznosci/praca/HH/Code Templates/STM32F10x_FreeRTOS_Template/gui.h" y="21" path="/mnt/dysk/roznosci/praca/HH/Code Templates/STM32F10x_FreeRTOS_Template/gui.h" left="0" selected="0" name="unnamed" top="3" />
</Files>
<ARMCrossStudioWindow activeProject="STM32F10x_FreeRTOS_Template" autoConnectTarget="USB CrossConnect for ARM" debugSearchFileMap="" fileDialogInitialDirectory="/mnt/dysk/roznosci/praca/HH/Code Templates/STM32F10x_FreeRTOS_Template" fileDialogDefaultFilter="*.c" autoConnectCapabilities="388991" debugSearchPath="" buildConfiguration="THUMB Debug" />
</session>

View File

@ -0,0 +1,220 @@
/**
******************************************************************************
* @file misc.h
* @author MCD Application Team
* @version V3.5.0
* @date 11-March-2011
* @brief This file contains all the functions prototypes for the miscellaneous
* firmware library functions (add-on to CMSIS functions).
******************************************************************************
* @attention
*
* THE PRESENT FIRMWARE WHICH IS FOR GUIDANCE ONLY AIMS AT PROVIDING CUSTOMERS
* WITH CODING INFORMATION REGARDING THEIR PRODUCTS IN ORDER FOR THEM TO SAVE
* TIME. AS A RESULT, STMICROELECTRONICS SHALL NOT BE HELD LIABLE FOR ANY
* DIRECT, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES WITH RESPECT TO ANY CLAIMS ARISING
* FROM THE CONTENT OF SUCH FIRMWARE AND/OR THE USE MADE BY CUSTOMERS OF THE
* CODING INFORMATION CONTAINED HEREIN IN CONNECTION WITH THEIR PRODUCTS.
*
* <h2><center>&copy; COPYRIGHT 2011 STMicroelectronics</center></h2>
******************************************************************************
*/
/* Define to prevent recursive inclusion -------------------------------------*/
#ifndef __MISC_H
#define __MISC_H
#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif
/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
#include "stm32f10x.h"
/** @addtogroup STM32F10x_StdPeriph_Driver
* @{
*/
/** @addtogroup MISC
* @{
*/
/** @defgroup MISC_Exported_Types
* @{
*/
/**
* @brief NVIC Init Structure definition
*/
typedef struct
{
uint8_t NVIC_IRQChannel; /*!< Specifies the IRQ channel to be enabled or disabled.
This parameter can be a value of @ref IRQn_Type
(For the complete STM32 Devices IRQ Channels list, please
refer to stm32f10x.h file) */
uint8_t NVIC_IRQChannelPreemptionPriority; /*!< Specifies the pre-emption priority for the IRQ channel
specified in NVIC_IRQChannel. This parameter can be a value
between 0 and 15 as described in the table @ref NVIC_Priority_Table */
uint8_t NVIC_IRQChannelSubPriority; /*!< Specifies the subpriority level for the IRQ channel specified
in NVIC_IRQChannel. This parameter can be a value
between 0 and 15 as described in the table @ref NVIC_Priority_Table */
FunctionalState NVIC_IRQChannelCmd; /*!< Specifies whether the IRQ channel defined in NVIC_IRQChannel
will be enabled or disabled.
This parameter can be set either to ENABLE or DISABLE */
} NVIC_InitTypeDef;
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup NVIC_Priority_Table
* @{
*/
/**
@code
The table below gives the allowed values of the pre-emption priority and subpriority according
to the Priority Grouping configuration performed by NVIC_PriorityGroupConfig function
============================================================================================================================
NVIC_PriorityGroup | NVIC_IRQChannelPreemptionPriority | NVIC_IRQChannelSubPriority | Description
============================================================================================================================
NVIC_PriorityGroup_0 | 0 | 0-15 | 0 bits for pre-emption priority
| | | 4 bits for subpriority
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
NVIC_PriorityGroup_1 | 0-1 | 0-7 | 1 bits for pre-emption priority
| | | 3 bits for subpriority
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
NVIC_PriorityGroup_2 | 0-3 | 0-3 | 2 bits for pre-emption priority
| | | 2 bits for subpriority
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
NVIC_PriorityGroup_3 | 0-7 | 0-1 | 3 bits for pre-emption priority
| | | 1 bits for subpriority
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
NVIC_PriorityGroup_4 | 0-15 | 0 | 4 bits for pre-emption priority
| | | 0 bits for subpriority
============================================================================================================================
@endcode
*/
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup MISC_Exported_Constants
* @{
*/
/** @defgroup Vector_Table_Base
* @{
*/
#define NVIC_VectTab_RAM ((uint32_t)0x20000000)
#define NVIC_VectTab_FLASH ((uint32_t)0x08000000)
#define IS_NVIC_VECTTAB(VECTTAB) (((VECTTAB) == NVIC_VectTab_RAM) || \
((VECTTAB) == NVIC_VectTab_FLASH))
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup System_Low_Power
* @{
*/
#define NVIC_LP_SEVONPEND ((uint8_t)0x10)
#define NVIC_LP_SLEEPDEEP ((uint8_t)0x04)
#define NVIC_LP_SLEEPONEXIT ((uint8_t)0x02)
#define IS_NVIC_LP(LP) (((LP) == NVIC_LP_SEVONPEND) || \
((LP) == NVIC_LP_SLEEPDEEP) || \
((LP) == NVIC_LP_SLEEPONEXIT))
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup Preemption_Priority_Group
* @{
*/
#define NVIC_PriorityGroup_0 ((uint32_t)0x700) /*!< 0 bits for pre-emption priority
4 bits for subpriority */
#define NVIC_PriorityGroup_1 ((uint32_t)0x600) /*!< 1 bits for pre-emption priority
3 bits for subpriority */
#define NVIC_PriorityGroup_2 ((uint32_t)0x500) /*!< 2 bits for pre-emption priority
2 bits for subpriority */
#define NVIC_PriorityGroup_3 ((uint32_t)0x400) /*!< 3 bits for pre-emption priority
1 bits for subpriority */
#define NVIC_PriorityGroup_4 ((uint32_t)0x300) /*!< 4 bits for pre-emption priority
0 bits for subpriority */
#define IS_NVIC_PRIORITY_GROUP(GROUP) (((GROUP) == NVIC_PriorityGroup_0) || \
((GROUP) == NVIC_PriorityGroup_1) || \
((GROUP) == NVIC_PriorityGroup_2) || \
((GROUP) == NVIC_PriorityGroup_3) || \
((GROUP) == NVIC_PriorityGroup_4))
#define IS_NVIC_PREEMPTION_PRIORITY(PRIORITY) ((PRIORITY) < 0x10)
#define IS_NVIC_SUB_PRIORITY(PRIORITY) ((PRIORITY) < 0x10)
#define IS_NVIC_OFFSET(OFFSET) ((OFFSET) < 0x000FFFFF)
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup SysTick_clock_source
* @{
*/
#define SysTick_CLKSource_HCLK_Div8 ((uint32_t)0xFFFFFFFB)
#define SysTick_CLKSource_HCLK ((uint32_t)0x00000004)
#define IS_SYSTICK_CLK_SOURCE(SOURCE) (((SOURCE) == SysTick_CLKSource_HCLK) || \
((SOURCE) == SysTick_CLKSource_HCLK_Div8))
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup MISC_Exported_Macros
* @{
*/
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup MISC_Exported_Functions
* @{
*/
void NVIC_PriorityGroupConfig(uint32_t NVIC_PriorityGroup);
void NVIC_Init(NVIC_InitTypeDef* NVIC_InitStruct);
void NVIC_SetVectorTable(uint32_t NVIC_VectTab, uint32_t Offset);
void NVIC_SystemLPConfig(uint8_t LowPowerMode, FunctionalState NewState);
void SysTick_CLKSourceConfig(uint32_t SysTick_CLKSource);
#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif
#endif /* __MISC_H */
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* @}
*/
/******************* (C) COPYRIGHT 2011 STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/

View File

@ -0,0 +1,483 @@
/**
******************************************************************************
* @file stm32f10x_adc.h
* @author MCD Application Team
* @version V3.5.0
* @date 11-March-2011
* @brief This file contains all the functions prototypes for the ADC firmware
* library.
******************************************************************************
* @attention
*
* THE PRESENT FIRMWARE WHICH IS FOR GUIDANCE ONLY AIMS AT PROVIDING CUSTOMERS
* WITH CODING INFORMATION REGARDING THEIR PRODUCTS IN ORDER FOR THEM TO SAVE
* TIME. AS A RESULT, STMICROELECTRONICS SHALL NOT BE HELD LIABLE FOR ANY
* DIRECT, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES WITH RESPECT TO ANY CLAIMS ARISING
* FROM THE CONTENT OF SUCH FIRMWARE AND/OR THE USE MADE BY CUSTOMERS OF THE
* CODING INFORMATION CONTAINED HEREIN IN CONNECTION WITH THEIR PRODUCTS.
*
* <h2><center>&copy; COPYRIGHT 2011 STMicroelectronics</center></h2>
******************************************************************************
*/
/* Define to prevent recursive inclusion -------------------------------------*/
#ifndef __STM32F10x_ADC_H
#define __STM32F10x_ADC_H
#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif
/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
#include "stm32f10x.h"
/** @addtogroup STM32F10x_StdPeriph_Driver
* @{
*/
/** @addtogroup ADC
* @{
*/
/** @defgroup ADC_Exported_Types
* @{
*/
/**
* @brief ADC Init structure definition
*/
typedef struct
{
uint32_t ADC_Mode; /*!< Configures the ADC to operate in independent or
dual mode.
This parameter can be a value of @ref ADC_mode */
FunctionalState ADC_ScanConvMode; /*!< Specifies whether the conversion is performed in
Scan (multichannels) or Single (one channel) mode.
This parameter can be set to ENABLE or DISABLE */
FunctionalState ADC_ContinuousConvMode; /*!< Specifies whether the conversion is performed in
Continuous or Single mode.
This parameter can be set to ENABLE or DISABLE. */
uint32_t ADC_ExternalTrigConv; /*!< Defines the external trigger used to start the analog
to digital conversion of regular channels. This parameter
can be a value of @ref ADC_external_trigger_sources_for_regular_channels_conversion */
uint32_t ADC_DataAlign; /*!< Specifies whether the ADC data alignment is left or right.
This parameter can be a value of @ref ADC_data_align */
uint8_t ADC_NbrOfChannel; /*!< Specifies the number of ADC channels that will be converted
using the sequencer for regular channel group.
This parameter must range from 1 to 16. */
}ADC_InitTypeDef;
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup ADC_Exported_Constants
* @{
*/
#define IS_ADC_ALL_PERIPH(PERIPH) (((PERIPH) == ADC1) || \
((PERIPH) == ADC2) || \
((PERIPH) == ADC3))
#define IS_ADC_DMA_PERIPH(PERIPH) (((PERIPH) == ADC1) || \
((PERIPH) == ADC3))
/** @defgroup ADC_mode
* @{
*/
#define ADC_Mode_Independent ((uint32_t)0x00000000)
#define ADC_Mode_RegInjecSimult ((uint32_t)0x00010000)
#define ADC_Mode_RegSimult_AlterTrig ((uint32_t)0x00020000)
#define ADC_Mode_InjecSimult_FastInterl ((uint32_t)0x00030000)
#define ADC_Mode_InjecSimult_SlowInterl ((uint32_t)0x00040000)
#define ADC_Mode_InjecSimult ((uint32_t)0x00050000)
#define ADC_Mode_RegSimult ((uint32_t)0x00060000)
#define ADC_Mode_FastInterl ((uint32_t)0x00070000)
#define ADC_Mode_SlowInterl ((uint32_t)0x00080000)
#define ADC_Mode_AlterTrig ((uint32_t)0x00090000)
#define IS_ADC_MODE(MODE) (((MODE) == ADC_Mode_Independent) || \
((MODE) == ADC_Mode_RegInjecSimult) || \
((MODE) == ADC_Mode_RegSimult_AlterTrig) || \
((MODE) == ADC_Mode_InjecSimult_FastInterl) || \
((MODE) == ADC_Mode_InjecSimult_SlowInterl) || \
((MODE) == ADC_Mode_InjecSimult) || \
((MODE) == ADC_Mode_RegSimult) || \
((MODE) == ADC_Mode_FastInterl) || \
((MODE) == ADC_Mode_SlowInterl) || \
((MODE) == ADC_Mode_AlterTrig))
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup ADC_external_trigger_sources_for_regular_channels_conversion
* @{
*/
#define ADC_ExternalTrigConv_T1_CC1 ((uint32_t)0x00000000) /*!< For ADC1 and ADC2 */
#define ADC_ExternalTrigConv_T1_CC2 ((uint32_t)0x00020000) /*!< For ADC1 and ADC2 */
#define ADC_ExternalTrigConv_T2_CC2 ((uint32_t)0x00060000) /*!< For ADC1 and ADC2 */
#define ADC_ExternalTrigConv_T3_TRGO ((uint32_t)0x00080000) /*!< For ADC1 and ADC2 */
#define ADC_ExternalTrigConv_T4_CC4 ((uint32_t)0x000A0000) /*!< For ADC1 and ADC2 */
#define ADC_ExternalTrigConv_Ext_IT11_TIM8_TRGO ((uint32_t)0x000C0000) /*!< For ADC1 and ADC2 */
#define ADC_ExternalTrigConv_T1_CC3 ((uint32_t)0x00040000) /*!< For ADC1, ADC2 and ADC3 */
#define ADC_ExternalTrigConv_None ((uint32_t)0x000E0000) /*!< For ADC1, ADC2 and ADC3 */
#define ADC_ExternalTrigConv_T3_CC1 ((uint32_t)0x00000000) /*!< For ADC3 only */
#define ADC_ExternalTrigConv_T2_CC3 ((uint32_t)0x00020000) /*!< For ADC3 only */
#define ADC_ExternalTrigConv_T8_CC1 ((uint32_t)0x00060000) /*!< For ADC3 only */
#define ADC_ExternalTrigConv_T8_TRGO ((uint32_t)0x00080000) /*!< For ADC3 only */
#define ADC_ExternalTrigConv_T5_CC1 ((uint32_t)0x000A0000) /*!< For ADC3 only */
#define ADC_ExternalTrigConv_T5_CC3 ((uint32_t)0x000C0000) /*!< For ADC3 only */
#define IS_ADC_EXT_TRIG(REGTRIG) (((REGTRIG) == ADC_ExternalTrigConv_T1_CC1) || \
((REGTRIG) == ADC_ExternalTrigConv_T1_CC2) || \
((REGTRIG) == ADC_ExternalTrigConv_T1_CC3) || \
((REGTRIG) == ADC_ExternalTrigConv_T2_CC2) || \
((REGTRIG) == ADC_ExternalTrigConv_T3_TRGO) || \
((REGTRIG) == ADC_ExternalTrigConv_T4_CC4) || \
((REGTRIG) == ADC_ExternalTrigConv_Ext_IT11_TIM8_TRGO) || \
((REGTRIG) == ADC_ExternalTrigConv_None) || \
((REGTRIG) == ADC_ExternalTrigConv_T3_CC1) || \
((REGTRIG) == ADC_ExternalTrigConv_T2_CC3) || \
((REGTRIG) == ADC_ExternalTrigConv_T8_CC1) || \
((REGTRIG) == ADC_ExternalTrigConv_T8_TRGO) || \
((REGTRIG) == ADC_ExternalTrigConv_T5_CC1) || \
((REGTRIG) == ADC_ExternalTrigConv_T5_CC3))
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup ADC_data_align
* @{
*/
#define ADC_DataAlign_Right ((uint32_t)0x00000000)
#define ADC_DataAlign_Left ((uint32_t)0x00000800)
#define IS_ADC_DATA_ALIGN(ALIGN) (((ALIGN) == ADC_DataAlign_Right) || \
((ALIGN) == ADC_DataAlign_Left))
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup ADC_channels
* @{
*/
#define ADC_Channel_0 ((uint8_t)0x00)
#define ADC_Channel_1 ((uint8_t)0x01)
#define ADC_Channel_2 ((uint8_t)0x02)
#define ADC_Channel_3 ((uint8_t)0x03)
#define ADC_Channel_4 ((uint8_t)0x04)
#define ADC_Channel_5 ((uint8_t)0x05)
#define ADC_Channel_6 ((uint8_t)0x06)
#define ADC_Channel_7 ((uint8_t)0x07)
#define ADC_Channel_8 ((uint8_t)0x08)
#define ADC_Channel_9 ((uint8_t)0x09)
#define ADC_Channel_10 ((uint8_t)0x0A)
#define ADC_Channel_11 ((uint8_t)0x0B)
#define ADC_Channel_12 ((uint8_t)0x0C)
#define ADC_Channel_13 ((uint8_t)0x0D)
#define ADC_Channel_14 ((uint8_t)0x0E)
#define ADC_Channel_15 ((uint8_t)0x0F)
#define ADC_Channel_16 ((uint8_t)0x10)
#define ADC_Channel_17 ((uint8_t)0x11)
#define ADC_Channel_TempSensor ((uint8_t)ADC_Channel_16)
#define ADC_Channel_Vrefint ((uint8_t)ADC_Channel_17)
#define IS_ADC_CHANNEL(CHANNEL) (((CHANNEL) == ADC_Channel_0) || ((CHANNEL) == ADC_Channel_1) || \
((CHANNEL) == ADC_Channel_2) || ((CHANNEL) == ADC_Channel_3) || \
((CHANNEL) == ADC_Channel_4) || ((CHANNEL) == ADC_Channel_5) || \
((CHANNEL) == ADC_Channel_6) || ((CHANNEL) == ADC_Channel_7) || \
((CHANNEL) == ADC_Channel_8) || ((CHANNEL) == ADC_Channel_9) || \
((CHANNEL) == ADC_Channel_10) || ((CHANNEL) == ADC_Channel_11) || \
((CHANNEL) == ADC_Channel_12) || ((CHANNEL) == ADC_Channel_13) || \
((CHANNEL) == ADC_Channel_14) || ((CHANNEL) == ADC_Channel_15) || \
((CHANNEL) == ADC_Channel_16) || ((CHANNEL) == ADC_Channel_17))
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup ADC_sampling_time
* @{
*/
#define ADC_SampleTime_1Cycles5 ((uint8_t)0x00)
#define ADC_SampleTime_7Cycles5 ((uint8_t)0x01)
#define ADC_SampleTime_13Cycles5 ((uint8_t)0x02)
#define ADC_SampleTime_28Cycles5 ((uint8_t)0x03)
#define ADC_SampleTime_41Cycles5 ((uint8_t)0x04)
#define ADC_SampleTime_55Cycles5 ((uint8_t)0x05)
#define ADC_SampleTime_71Cycles5 ((uint8_t)0x06)
#define ADC_SampleTime_239Cycles5 ((uint8_t)0x07)
#define IS_ADC_SAMPLE_TIME(TIME) (((TIME) == ADC_SampleTime_1Cycles5) || \
((TIME) == ADC_SampleTime_7Cycles5) || \
((TIME) == ADC_SampleTime_13Cycles5) || \
((TIME) == ADC_SampleTime_28Cycles5) || \
((TIME) == ADC_SampleTime_41Cycles5) || \
((TIME) == ADC_SampleTime_55Cycles5) || \
((TIME) == ADC_SampleTime_71Cycles5) || \
((TIME) == ADC_SampleTime_239Cycles5))
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup ADC_external_trigger_sources_for_injected_channels_conversion
* @{
*/
#define ADC_ExternalTrigInjecConv_T2_TRGO ((uint32_t)0x00002000) /*!< For ADC1 and ADC2 */
#define ADC_ExternalTrigInjecConv_T2_CC1 ((uint32_t)0x00003000) /*!< For ADC1 and ADC2 */
#define ADC_ExternalTrigInjecConv_T3_CC4 ((uint32_t)0x00004000) /*!< For ADC1 and ADC2 */
#define ADC_ExternalTrigInjecConv_T4_TRGO ((uint32_t)0x00005000) /*!< For ADC1 and ADC2 */
#define ADC_ExternalTrigInjecConv_Ext_IT15_TIM8_CC4 ((uint32_t)0x00006000) /*!< For ADC1 and ADC2 */
#define ADC_ExternalTrigInjecConv_T1_TRGO ((uint32_t)0x00000000) /*!< For ADC1, ADC2 and ADC3 */
#define ADC_ExternalTrigInjecConv_T1_CC4 ((uint32_t)0x00001000) /*!< For ADC1, ADC2 and ADC3 */
#define ADC_ExternalTrigInjecConv_None ((uint32_t)0x00007000) /*!< For ADC1, ADC2 and ADC3 */
#define ADC_ExternalTrigInjecConv_T4_CC3 ((uint32_t)0x00002000) /*!< For ADC3 only */
#define ADC_ExternalTrigInjecConv_T8_CC2 ((uint32_t)0x00003000) /*!< For ADC3 only */
#define ADC_ExternalTrigInjecConv_T8_CC4 ((uint32_t)0x00004000) /*!< For ADC3 only */
#define ADC_ExternalTrigInjecConv_T5_TRGO ((uint32_t)0x00005000) /*!< For ADC3 only */
#define ADC_ExternalTrigInjecConv_T5_CC4 ((uint32_t)0x00006000) /*!< For ADC3 only */
#define IS_ADC_EXT_INJEC_TRIG(INJTRIG) (((INJTRIG) == ADC_ExternalTrigInjecConv_T1_TRGO) || \
((INJTRIG) == ADC_ExternalTrigInjecConv_T1_CC4) || \
((INJTRIG) == ADC_ExternalTrigInjecConv_T2_TRGO) || \
((INJTRIG) == ADC_ExternalTrigInjecConv_T2_CC1) || \
((INJTRIG) == ADC_ExternalTrigInjecConv_T3_CC4) || \
((INJTRIG) == ADC_ExternalTrigInjecConv_T4_TRGO) || \
((INJTRIG) == ADC_ExternalTrigInjecConv_Ext_IT15_TIM8_CC4) || \
((INJTRIG) == ADC_ExternalTrigInjecConv_None) || \
((INJTRIG) == ADC_ExternalTrigInjecConv_T4_CC3) || \
((INJTRIG) == ADC_ExternalTrigInjecConv_T8_CC2) || \
((INJTRIG) == ADC_ExternalTrigInjecConv_T8_CC4) || \
((INJTRIG) == ADC_ExternalTrigInjecConv_T5_TRGO) || \
((INJTRIG) == ADC_ExternalTrigInjecConv_T5_CC4))
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup ADC_injected_channel_selection
* @{
*/
#define ADC_InjectedChannel_1 ((uint8_t)0x14)
#define ADC_InjectedChannel_2 ((uint8_t)0x18)
#define ADC_InjectedChannel_3 ((uint8_t)0x1C)
#define ADC_InjectedChannel_4 ((uint8_t)0x20)
#define IS_ADC_INJECTED_CHANNEL(CHANNEL) (((CHANNEL) == ADC_InjectedChannel_1) || \
((CHANNEL) == ADC_InjectedChannel_2) || \
((CHANNEL) == ADC_InjectedChannel_3) || \
((CHANNEL) == ADC_InjectedChannel_4))
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup ADC_analog_watchdog_selection
* @{
*/
#define ADC_AnalogWatchdog_SingleRegEnable ((uint32_t)0x00800200)
#define ADC_AnalogWatchdog_SingleInjecEnable ((uint32_t)0x00400200)
#define ADC_AnalogWatchdog_SingleRegOrInjecEnable ((uint32_t)0x00C00200)
#define ADC_AnalogWatchdog_AllRegEnable ((uint32_t)0x00800000)
#define ADC_AnalogWatchdog_AllInjecEnable ((uint32_t)0x00400000)
#define ADC_AnalogWatchdog_AllRegAllInjecEnable ((uint32_t)0x00C00000)
#define ADC_AnalogWatchdog_None ((uint32_t)0x00000000)
#define IS_ADC_ANALOG_WATCHDOG(WATCHDOG) (((WATCHDOG) == ADC_AnalogWatchdog_SingleRegEnable) || \
((WATCHDOG) == ADC_AnalogWatchdog_SingleInjecEnable) || \
((WATCHDOG) == ADC_AnalogWatchdog_SingleRegOrInjecEnable) || \
((WATCHDOG) == ADC_AnalogWatchdog_AllRegEnable) || \
((WATCHDOG) == ADC_AnalogWatchdog_AllInjecEnable) || \
((WATCHDOG) == ADC_AnalogWatchdog_AllRegAllInjecEnable) || \
((WATCHDOG) == ADC_AnalogWatchdog_None))
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup ADC_interrupts_definition
* @{
*/
#define ADC_IT_EOC ((uint16_t)0x0220)
#define ADC_IT_AWD ((uint16_t)0x0140)
#define ADC_IT_JEOC ((uint16_t)0x0480)
#define IS_ADC_IT(IT) ((((IT) & (uint16_t)0xF81F) == 0x00) && ((IT) != 0x00))
#define IS_ADC_GET_IT(IT) (((IT) == ADC_IT_EOC) || ((IT) == ADC_IT_AWD) || \
((IT) == ADC_IT_JEOC))
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup ADC_flags_definition
* @{
*/
#define ADC_FLAG_AWD ((uint8_t)0x01)
#define ADC_FLAG_EOC ((uint8_t)0x02)
#define ADC_FLAG_JEOC ((uint8_t)0x04)
#define ADC_FLAG_JSTRT ((uint8_t)0x08)
#define ADC_FLAG_STRT ((uint8_t)0x10)
#define IS_ADC_CLEAR_FLAG(FLAG) ((((FLAG) & (uint8_t)0xE0) == 0x00) && ((FLAG) != 0x00))
#define IS_ADC_GET_FLAG(FLAG) (((FLAG) == ADC_FLAG_AWD) || ((FLAG) == ADC_FLAG_EOC) || \
((FLAG) == ADC_FLAG_JEOC) || ((FLAG)== ADC_FLAG_JSTRT) || \
((FLAG) == ADC_FLAG_STRT))
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup ADC_thresholds
* @{
*/
#define IS_ADC_THRESHOLD(THRESHOLD) ((THRESHOLD) <= 0xFFF)
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup ADC_injected_offset
* @{
*/
#define IS_ADC_OFFSET(OFFSET) ((OFFSET) <= 0xFFF)
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup ADC_injected_length
* @{
*/
#define IS_ADC_INJECTED_LENGTH(LENGTH) (((LENGTH) >= 0x1) && ((LENGTH) <= 0x4))
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup ADC_injected_rank
* @{
*/
#define IS_ADC_INJECTED_RANK(RANK) (((RANK) >= 0x1) && ((RANK) <= 0x4))
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup ADC_regular_length
* @{
*/
#define IS_ADC_REGULAR_LENGTH(LENGTH) (((LENGTH) >= 0x1) && ((LENGTH) <= 0x10))
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup ADC_regular_rank
* @{
*/
#define IS_ADC_REGULAR_RANK(RANK) (((RANK) >= 0x1) && ((RANK) <= 0x10))
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup ADC_regular_discontinuous_mode_number
* @{
*/
#define IS_ADC_REGULAR_DISC_NUMBER(NUMBER) (((NUMBER) >= 0x1) && ((NUMBER) <= 0x8))
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup ADC_Exported_Macros
* @{
*/
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup ADC_Exported_Functions
* @{
*/
void ADC_DeInit(ADC_TypeDef* ADCx);
void ADC_Init(ADC_TypeDef* ADCx, ADC_InitTypeDef* ADC_InitStruct);
void ADC_StructInit(ADC_InitTypeDef* ADC_InitStruct);
void ADC_Cmd(ADC_TypeDef* ADCx, FunctionalState NewState);
void ADC_DMACmd(ADC_TypeDef* ADCx, FunctionalState NewState);
void ADC_ITConfig(ADC_TypeDef* ADCx, uint16_t ADC_IT, FunctionalState NewState);
void ADC_ResetCalibration(ADC_TypeDef* ADCx);
FlagStatus ADC_GetResetCalibrationStatus(ADC_TypeDef* ADCx);
void ADC_StartCalibration(ADC_TypeDef* ADCx);
FlagStatus ADC_GetCalibrationStatus(ADC_TypeDef* ADCx);
void ADC_SoftwareStartConvCmd(ADC_TypeDef* ADCx, FunctionalState NewState);
FlagStatus ADC_GetSoftwareStartConvStatus(ADC_TypeDef* ADCx);
void ADC_DiscModeChannelCountConfig(ADC_TypeDef* ADCx, uint8_t Number);
void ADC_DiscModeCmd(ADC_TypeDef* ADCx, FunctionalState NewState);
void ADC_RegularChannelConfig(ADC_TypeDef* ADCx, uint8_t ADC_Channel, uint8_t Rank, uint8_t ADC_SampleTime);
void ADC_ExternalTrigConvCmd(ADC_TypeDef* ADCx, FunctionalState NewState);
uint16_t ADC_GetConversionValue(ADC_TypeDef* ADCx);
uint32_t ADC_GetDualModeConversionValue(void);
void ADC_AutoInjectedConvCmd(ADC_TypeDef* ADCx, FunctionalState NewState);
void ADC_InjectedDiscModeCmd(ADC_TypeDef* ADCx, FunctionalState NewState);
void ADC_ExternalTrigInjectedConvConfig(ADC_TypeDef* ADCx, uint32_t ADC_ExternalTrigInjecConv);
void ADC_ExternalTrigInjectedConvCmd(ADC_TypeDef* ADCx, FunctionalState NewState);
void ADC_SoftwareStartInjectedConvCmd(ADC_TypeDef* ADCx, FunctionalState NewState);
FlagStatus ADC_GetSoftwareStartInjectedConvCmdStatus(ADC_TypeDef* ADCx);
void ADC_InjectedChannelConfig(ADC_TypeDef* ADCx, uint8_t ADC_Channel, uint8_t Rank, uint8_t ADC_SampleTime);
void ADC_InjectedSequencerLengthConfig(ADC_TypeDef* ADCx, uint8_t Length);
void ADC_SetInjectedOffset(ADC_TypeDef* ADCx, uint8_t ADC_InjectedChannel, uint16_t Offset);
uint16_t ADC_GetInjectedConversionValue(ADC_TypeDef* ADCx, uint8_t ADC_InjectedChannel);
void ADC_AnalogWatchdogCmd(ADC_TypeDef* ADCx, uint32_t ADC_AnalogWatchdog);
void ADC_AnalogWatchdogThresholdsConfig(ADC_TypeDef* ADCx, uint16_t HighThreshold, uint16_t LowThreshold);
void ADC_AnalogWatchdogSingleChannelConfig(ADC_TypeDef* ADCx, uint8_t ADC_Channel);
void ADC_TempSensorVrefintCmd(FunctionalState NewState);
FlagStatus ADC_GetFlagStatus(ADC_TypeDef* ADCx, uint8_t ADC_FLAG);
void ADC_ClearFlag(ADC_TypeDef* ADCx, uint8_t ADC_FLAG);
ITStatus ADC_GetITStatus(ADC_TypeDef* ADCx, uint16_t ADC_IT);
void ADC_ClearITPendingBit(ADC_TypeDef* ADCx, uint16_t ADC_IT);
#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif
#endif /*__STM32F10x_ADC_H */
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* @}
*/
/******************* (C) COPYRIGHT 2011 STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/

View File

@ -0,0 +1,195 @@
/**
******************************************************************************
* @file stm32f10x_bkp.h
* @author MCD Application Team
* @version V3.5.0
* @date 11-March-2011
* @brief This file contains all the functions prototypes for the BKP firmware
* library.
******************************************************************************
* @attention
*
* THE PRESENT FIRMWARE WHICH IS FOR GUIDANCE ONLY AIMS AT PROVIDING CUSTOMERS
* WITH CODING INFORMATION REGARDING THEIR PRODUCTS IN ORDER FOR THEM TO SAVE
* TIME. AS A RESULT, STMICROELECTRONICS SHALL NOT BE HELD LIABLE FOR ANY
* DIRECT, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES WITH RESPECT TO ANY CLAIMS ARISING
* FROM THE CONTENT OF SUCH FIRMWARE AND/OR THE USE MADE BY CUSTOMERS OF THE
* CODING INFORMATION CONTAINED HEREIN IN CONNECTION WITH THEIR PRODUCTS.
*
* <h2><center>&copy; COPYRIGHT 2011 STMicroelectronics</center></h2>
******************************************************************************
*/
/* Define to prevent recursive inclusion -------------------------------------*/
#ifndef __STM32F10x_BKP_H
#define __STM32F10x_BKP_H
#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif
/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
#include "stm32f10x.h"
/** @addtogroup STM32F10x_StdPeriph_Driver
* @{
*/
/** @addtogroup BKP
* @{
*/
/** @defgroup BKP_Exported_Types
* @{
*/
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup BKP_Exported_Constants
* @{
*/
/** @defgroup Tamper_Pin_active_level
* @{
*/
#define BKP_TamperPinLevel_High ((uint16_t)0x0000)
#define BKP_TamperPinLevel_Low ((uint16_t)0x0001)
#define IS_BKP_TAMPER_PIN_LEVEL(LEVEL) (((LEVEL) == BKP_TamperPinLevel_High) || \
((LEVEL) == BKP_TamperPinLevel_Low))
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup RTC_output_source_to_output_on_the_Tamper_pin
* @{
*/
#define BKP_RTCOutputSource_None ((uint16_t)0x0000)
#define BKP_RTCOutputSource_CalibClock ((uint16_t)0x0080)
#define BKP_RTCOutputSource_Alarm ((uint16_t)0x0100)
#define BKP_RTCOutputSource_Second ((uint16_t)0x0300)
#define IS_BKP_RTC_OUTPUT_SOURCE(SOURCE) (((SOURCE) == BKP_RTCOutputSource_None) || \
((SOURCE) == BKP_RTCOutputSource_CalibClock) || \
((SOURCE) == BKP_RTCOutputSource_Alarm) || \
((SOURCE) == BKP_RTCOutputSource_Second))
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup Data_Backup_Register
* @{
*/
#define BKP_DR1 ((uint16_t)0x0004)
#define BKP_DR2 ((uint16_t)0x0008)
#define BKP_DR3 ((uint16_t)0x000C)
#define BKP_DR4 ((uint16_t)0x0010)
#define BKP_DR5 ((uint16_t)0x0014)
#define BKP_DR6 ((uint16_t)0x0018)
#define BKP_DR7 ((uint16_t)0x001C)
#define BKP_DR8 ((uint16_t)0x0020)
#define BKP_DR9 ((uint16_t)0x0024)
#define BKP_DR10 ((uint16_t)0x0028)
#define BKP_DR11 ((uint16_t)0x0040)
#define BKP_DR12 ((uint16_t)0x0044)
#define BKP_DR13 ((uint16_t)0x0048)
#define BKP_DR14 ((uint16_t)0x004C)
#define BKP_DR15 ((uint16_t)0x0050)
#define BKP_DR16 ((uint16_t)0x0054)
#define BKP_DR17 ((uint16_t)0x0058)
#define BKP_DR18 ((uint16_t)0x005C)
#define BKP_DR19 ((uint16_t)0x0060)
#define BKP_DR20 ((uint16_t)0x0064)
#define BKP_DR21 ((uint16_t)0x0068)
#define BKP_DR22 ((uint16_t)0x006C)
#define BKP_DR23 ((uint16_t)0x0070)
#define BKP_DR24 ((uint16_t)0x0074)
#define BKP_DR25 ((uint16_t)0x0078)
#define BKP_DR26 ((uint16_t)0x007C)
#define BKP_DR27 ((uint16_t)0x0080)
#define BKP_DR28 ((uint16_t)0x0084)
#define BKP_DR29 ((uint16_t)0x0088)
#define BKP_DR30 ((uint16_t)0x008C)
#define BKP_DR31 ((uint16_t)0x0090)
#define BKP_DR32 ((uint16_t)0x0094)
#define BKP_DR33 ((uint16_t)0x0098)
#define BKP_DR34 ((uint16_t)0x009C)
#define BKP_DR35 ((uint16_t)0x00A0)
#define BKP_DR36 ((uint16_t)0x00A4)
#define BKP_DR37 ((uint16_t)0x00A8)
#define BKP_DR38 ((uint16_t)0x00AC)
#define BKP_DR39 ((uint16_t)0x00B0)
#define BKP_DR40 ((uint16_t)0x00B4)
#define BKP_DR41 ((uint16_t)0x00B8)
#define BKP_DR42 ((uint16_t)0x00BC)
#define IS_BKP_DR(DR) (((DR) == BKP_DR1) || ((DR) == BKP_DR2) || ((DR) == BKP_DR3) || \
((DR) == BKP_DR4) || ((DR) == BKP_DR5) || ((DR) == BKP_DR6) || \
((DR) == BKP_DR7) || ((DR) == BKP_DR8) || ((DR) == BKP_DR9) || \
((DR) == BKP_DR10) || ((DR) == BKP_DR11) || ((DR) == BKP_DR12) || \
((DR) == BKP_DR13) || ((DR) == BKP_DR14) || ((DR) == BKP_DR15) || \
((DR) == BKP_DR16) || ((DR) == BKP_DR17) || ((DR) == BKP_DR18) || \
((DR) == BKP_DR19) || ((DR) == BKP_DR20) || ((DR) == BKP_DR21) || \
((DR) == BKP_DR22) || ((DR) == BKP_DR23) || ((DR) == BKP_DR24) || \
((DR) == BKP_DR25) || ((DR) == BKP_DR26) || ((DR) == BKP_DR27) || \
((DR) == BKP_DR28) || ((DR) == BKP_DR29) || ((DR) == BKP_DR30) || \
((DR) == BKP_DR31) || ((DR) == BKP_DR32) || ((DR) == BKP_DR33) || \
((DR) == BKP_DR34) || ((DR) == BKP_DR35) || ((DR) == BKP_DR36) || \
((DR) == BKP_DR37) || ((DR) == BKP_DR38) || ((DR) == BKP_DR39) || \
((DR) == BKP_DR40) || ((DR) == BKP_DR41) || ((DR) == BKP_DR42))
#define IS_BKP_CALIBRATION_VALUE(VALUE) ((VALUE) <= 0x7F)
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup BKP_Exported_Macros
* @{
*/
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup BKP_Exported_Functions
* @{
*/
void BKP_DeInit(void);
void BKP_TamperPinLevelConfig(uint16_t BKP_TamperPinLevel);
void BKP_TamperPinCmd(FunctionalState NewState);
void BKP_ITConfig(FunctionalState NewState);
void BKP_RTCOutputConfig(uint16_t BKP_RTCOutputSource);
void BKP_SetRTCCalibrationValue(uint8_t CalibrationValue);
void BKP_WriteBackupRegister(uint16_t BKP_DR, uint16_t Data);
uint16_t BKP_ReadBackupRegister(uint16_t BKP_DR);
FlagStatus BKP_GetFlagStatus(void);
void BKP_ClearFlag(void);
ITStatus BKP_GetITStatus(void);
void BKP_ClearITPendingBit(void);
#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif
#endif /* __STM32F10x_BKP_H */
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* @}
*/
/******************* (C) COPYRIGHT 2011 STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/

View File

@ -0,0 +1,697 @@
/**
******************************************************************************
* @file stm32f10x_can.h
* @author MCD Application Team
* @version V3.5.0
* @date 11-March-2011
* @brief This file contains all the functions prototypes for the CAN firmware
* library.
******************************************************************************
* @attention
*
* THE PRESENT FIRMWARE WHICH IS FOR GUIDANCE ONLY AIMS AT PROVIDING CUSTOMERS
* WITH CODING INFORMATION REGARDING THEIR PRODUCTS IN ORDER FOR THEM TO SAVE
* TIME. AS A RESULT, STMICROELECTRONICS SHALL NOT BE HELD LIABLE FOR ANY
* DIRECT, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES WITH RESPECT TO ANY CLAIMS ARISING
* FROM THE CONTENT OF SUCH FIRMWARE AND/OR THE USE MADE BY CUSTOMERS OF THE
* CODING INFORMATION CONTAINED HEREIN IN CONNECTION WITH THEIR PRODUCTS.
*
* <h2><center>&copy; COPYRIGHT 2011 STMicroelectronics</center></h2>
******************************************************************************
*/
/* Define to prevent recursive inclusion -------------------------------------*/
#ifndef __STM32F10x_CAN_H
#define __STM32F10x_CAN_H
#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif
/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
#include "stm32f10x.h"
/** @addtogroup STM32F10x_StdPeriph_Driver
* @{
*/
/** @addtogroup CAN
* @{
*/
/** @defgroup CAN_Exported_Types
* @{
*/
#define IS_CAN_ALL_PERIPH(PERIPH) (((PERIPH) == CAN1) || \
((PERIPH) == CAN2))
/**
* @brief CAN init structure definition
*/
typedef struct
{
uint16_t CAN_Prescaler; /*!< Specifies the length of a time quantum.
It ranges from 1 to 1024. */
uint8_t CAN_Mode; /*!< Specifies the CAN operating mode.
This parameter can be a value of
@ref CAN_operating_mode */
uint8_t CAN_SJW; /*!< Specifies the maximum number of time quanta
the CAN hardware is allowed to lengthen or
shorten a bit to perform resynchronization.
This parameter can be a value of
@ref CAN_synchronisation_jump_width */
uint8_t CAN_BS1; /*!< Specifies the number of time quanta in Bit
Segment 1. This parameter can be a value of
@ref CAN_time_quantum_in_bit_segment_1 */
uint8_t CAN_BS2; /*!< Specifies the number of time quanta in Bit
Segment 2.
This parameter can be a value of
@ref CAN_time_quantum_in_bit_segment_2 */
FunctionalState CAN_TTCM; /*!< Enable or disable the time triggered
communication mode. This parameter can be set
either to ENABLE or DISABLE. */
FunctionalState CAN_ABOM; /*!< Enable or disable the automatic bus-off
management. This parameter can be set either
to ENABLE or DISABLE. */
FunctionalState CAN_AWUM; /*!< Enable or disable the automatic wake-up mode.
This parameter can be set either to ENABLE or
DISABLE. */
FunctionalState CAN_NART; /*!< Enable or disable the no-automatic
retransmission mode. This parameter can be
set either to ENABLE or DISABLE. */
FunctionalState CAN_RFLM; /*!< Enable or disable the Receive FIFO Locked mode.
This parameter can be set either to ENABLE
or DISABLE. */
FunctionalState CAN_TXFP; /*!< Enable or disable the transmit FIFO priority.
This parameter can be set either to ENABLE
or DISABLE. */
} CAN_InitTypeDef;
/**
* @brief CAN filter init structure definition
*/
typedef struct
{
uint16_t CAN_FilterIdHigh; /*!< Specifies the filter identification number (MSBs for a 32-bit
configuration, first one for a 16-bit configuration).
This parameter can be a value between 0x0000 and 0xFFFF */
uint16_t CAN_FilterIdLow; /*!< Specifies the filter identification number (LSBs for a 32-bit
configuration, second one for a 16-bit configuration).
This parameter can be a value between 0x0000 and 0xFFFF */
uint16_t CAN_FilterMaskIdHigh; /*!< Specifies the filter mask number or identification number,
according to the mode (MSBs for a 32-bit configuration,
first one for a 16-bit configuration).
This parameter can be a value between 0x0000 and 0xFFFF */
uint16_t CAN_FilterMaskIdLow; /*!< Specifies the filter mask number or identification number,
according to the mode (LSBs for a 32-bit configuration,
second one for a 16-bit configuration).
This parameter can be a value between 0x0000 and 0xFFFF */
uint16_t CAN_FilterFIFOAssignment; /*!< Specifies the FIFO (0 or 1) which will be assigned to the filter.
This parameter can be a value of @ref CAN_filter_FIFO */
uint8_t CAN_FilterNumber; /*!< Specifies the filter which will be initialized. It ranges from 0 to 13. */
uint8_t CAN_FilterMode; /*!< Specifies the filter mode to be initialized.
This parameter can be a value of @ref CAN_filter_mode */
uint8_t CAN_FilterScale; /*!< Specifies the filter scale.
This parameter can be a value of @ref CAN_filter_scale */
FunctionalState CAN_FilterActivation; /*!< Enable or disable the filter.
This parameter can be set either to ENABLE or DISABLE. */
} CAN_FilterInitTypeDef;
/**
* @brief CAN Tx message structure definition
*/
typedef struct
{
uint32_t StdId; /*!< Specifies the standard identifier.
This parameter can be a value between 0 to 0x7FF. */
uint32_t ExtId; /*!< Specifies the extended identifier.
This parameter can be a value between 0 to 0x1FFFFFFF. */
uint8_t IDE; /*!< Specifies the type of identifier for the message that
will be transmitted. This parameter can be a value
of @ref CAN_identifier_type */
uint8_t RTR; /*!< Specifies the type of frame for the message that will
be transmitted. This parameter can be a value of
@ref CAN_remote_transmission_request */
uint8_t DLC; /*!< Specifies the length of the frame that will be
transmitted. This parameter can be a value between
0 to 8 */
uint8_t Data[8]; /*!< Contains the data to be transmitted. It ranges from 0
to 0xFF. */
} CanTxMsg;
/**
* @brief CAN Rx message structure definition
*/
typedef struct
{
uint32_t StdId; /*!< Specifies the standard identifier.
This parameter can be a value between 0 to 0x7FF. */
uint32_t ExtId; /*!< Specifies the extended identifier.
This parameter can be a value between 0 to 0x1FFFFFFF. */
uint8_t IDE; /*!< Specifies the type of identifier for the message that
will be received. This parameter can be a value of
@ref CAN_identifier_type */
uint8_t RTR; /*!< Specifies the type of frame for the received message.
This parameter can be a value of
@ref CAN_remote_transmission_request */
uint8_t DLC; /*!< Specifies the length of the frame that will be received.
This parameter can be a value between 0 to 8 */
uint8_t Data[8]; /*!< Contains the data to be received. It ranges from 0 to
0xFF. */
uint8_t FMI; /*!< Specifies the index of the filter the message stored in
the mailbox passes through. This parameter can be a
value between 0 to 0xFF */
} CanRxMsg;
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup CAN_Exported_Constants
* @{
*/
/** @defgroup CAN_sleep_constants
* @{
*/
#define CAN_InitStatus_Failed ((uint8_t)0x00) /*!< CAN initialization failed */
#define CAN_InitStatus_Success ((uint8_t)0x01) /*!< CAN initialization OK */
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup CAN_Mode
* @{
*/
#define CAN_Mode_Normal ((uint8_t)0x00) /*!< normal mode */
#define CAN_Mode_LoopBack ((uint8_t)0x01) /*!< loopback mode */
#define CAN_Mode_Silent ((uint8_t)0x02) /*!< silent mode */
#define CAN_Mode_Silent_LoopBack ((uint8_t)0x03) /*!< loopback combined with silent mode */
#define IS_CAN_MODE(MODE) (((MODE) == CAN_Mode_Normal) || \
((MODE) == CAN_Mode_LoopBack)|| \
((MODE) == CAN_Mode_Silent) || \
((MODE) == CAN_Mode_Silent_LoopBack))
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* @defgroup CAN_Operating_Mode
* @{
*/
#define CAN_OperatingMode_Initialization ((uint8_t)0x00) /*!< Initialization mode */
#define CAN_OperatingMode_Normal ((uint8_t)0x01) /*!< Normal mode */
#define CAN_OperatingMode_Sleep ((uint8_t)0x02) /*!< sleep mode */
#define IS_CAN_OPERATING_MODE(MODE) (((MODE) == CAN_OperatingMode_Initialization) ||\
((MODE) == CAN_OperatingMode_Normal)|| \
((MODE) == CAN_OperatingMode_Sleep))
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* @defgroup CAN_Mode_Status
* @{
*/
#define CAN_ModeStatus_Failed ((uint8_t)0x00) /*!< CAN entering the specific mode failed */
#define CAN_ModeStatus_Success ((uint8_t)!CAN_ModeStatus_Failed) /*!< CAN entering the specific mode Succeed */
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup CAN_synchronisation_jump_width
* @{
*/
#define CAN_SJW_1tq ((uint8_t)0x00) /*!< 1 time quantum */
#define CAN_SJW_2tq ((uint8_t)0x01) /*!< 2 time quantum */
#define CAN_SJW_3tq ((uint8_t)0x02) /*!< 3 time quantum */
#define CAN_SJW_4tq ((uint8_t)0x03) /*!< 4 time quantum */
#define IS_CAN_SJW(SJW) (((SJW) == CAN_SJW_1tq) || ((SJW) == CAN_SJW_2tq)|| \
((SJW) == CAN_SJW_3tq) || ((SJW) == CAN_SJW_4tq))
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup CAN_time_quantum_in_bit_segment_1
* @{
*/
#define CAN_BS1_1tq ((uint8_t)0x00) /*!< 1 time quantum */
#define CAN_BS1_2tq ((uint8_t)0x01) /*!< 2 time quantum */
#define CAN_BS1_3tq ((uint8_t)0x02) /*!< 3 time quantum */
#define CAN_BS1_4tq ((uint8_t)0x03) /*!< 4 time quantum */
#define CAN_BS1_5tq ((uint8_t)0x04) /*!< 5 time quantum */
#define CAN_BS1_6tq ((uint8_t)0x05) /*!< 6 time quantum */
#define CAN_BS1_7tq ((uint8_t)0x06) /*!< 7 time quantum */
#define CAN_BS1_8tq ((uint8_t)0x07) /*!< 8 time quantum */
#define CAN_BS1_9tq ((uint8_t)0x08) /*!< 9 time quantum */
#define CAN_BS1_10tq ((uint8_t)0x09) /*!< 10 time quantum */
#define CAN_BS1_11tq ((uint8_t)0x0A) /*!< 11 time quantum */
#define CAN_BS1_12tq ((uint8_t)0x0B) /*!< 12 time quantum */
#define CAN_BS1_13tq ((uint8_t)0x0C) /*!< 13 time quantum */
#define CAN_BS1_14tq ((uint8_t)0x0D) /*!< 14 time quantum */
#define CAN_BS1_15tq ((uint8_t)0x0E) /*!< 15 time quantum */
#define CAN_BS1_16tq ((uint8_t)0x0F) /*!< 16 time quantum */
#define IS_CAN_BS1(BS1) ((BS1) <= CAN_BS1_16tq)
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup CAN_time_quantum_in_bit_segment_2
* @{
*/
#define CAN_BS2_1tq ((uint8_t)0x00) /*!< 1 time quantum */
#define CAN_BS2_2tq ((uint8_t)0x01) /*!< 2 time quantum */
#define CAN_BS2_3tq ((uint8_t)0x02) /*!< 3 time quantum */
#define CAN_BS2_4tq ((uint8_t)0x03) /*!< 4 time quantum */
#define CAN_BS2_5tq ((uint8_t)0x04) /*!< 5 time quantum */
#define CAN_BS2_6tq ((uint8_t)0x05) /*!< 6 time quantum */
#define CAN_BS2_7tq ((uint8_t)0x06) /*!< 7 time quantum */
#define CAN_BS2_8tq ((uint8_t)0x07) /*!< 8 time quantum */
#define IS_CAN_BS2(BS2) ((BS2) <= CAN_BS2_8tq)
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup CAN_clock_prescaler
* @{
*/
#define IS_CAN_PRESCALER(PRESCALER) (((PRESCALER) >= 1) && ((PRESCALER) <= 1024))
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup CAN_filter_number
* @{
*/
#ifndef STM32F10X_CL
#define IS_CAN_FILTER_NUMBER(NUMBER) ((NUMBER) <= 13)
#else
#define IS_CAN_FILTER_NUMBER(NUMBER) ((NUMBER) <= 27)
#endif /* STM32F10X_CL */
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup CAN_filter_mode
* @{
*/
#define CAN_FilterMode_IdMask ((uint8_t)0x00) /*!< identifier/mask mode */
#define CAN_FilterMode_IdList ((uint8_t)0x01) /*!< identifier list mode */
#define IS_CAN_FILTER_MODE(MODE) (((MODE) == CAN_FilterMode_IdMask) || \
((MODE) == CAN_FilterMode_IdList))
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup CAN_filter_scale
* @{
*/
#define CAN_FilterScale_16bit ((uint8_t)0x00) /*!< Two 16-bit filters */
#define CAN_FilterScale_32bit ((uint8_t)0x01) /*!< One 32-bit filter */
#define IS_CAN_FILTER_SCALE(SCALE) (((SCALE) == CAN_FilterScale_16bit) || \
((SCALE) == CAN_FilterScale_32bit))
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup CAN_filter_FIFO
* @{
*/
#define CAN_Filter_FIFO0 ((uint8_t)0x00) /*!< Filter FIFO 0 assignment for filter x */
#define CAN_Filter_FIFO1 ((uint8_t)0x01) /*!< Filter FIFO 1 assignment for filter x */
#define IS_CAN_FILTER_FIFO(FIFO) (((FIFO) == CAN_FilterFIFO0) || \
((FIFO) == CAN_FilterFIFO1))
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup Start_bank_filter_for_slave_CAN
* @{
*/
#define IS_CAN_BANKNUMBER(BANKNUMBER) (((BANKNUMBER) >= 1) && ((BANKNUMBER) <= 27))
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup CAN_Tx
* @{
*/
#define IS_CAN_TRANSMITMAILBOX(TRANSMITMAILBOX) ((TRANSMITMAILBOX) <= ((uint8_t)0x02))
#define IS_CAN_STDID(STDID) ((STDID) <= ((uint32_t)0x7FF))
#define IS_CAN_EXTID(EXTID) ((EXTID) <= ((uint32_t)0x1FFFFFFF))
#define IS_CAN_DLC(DLC) ((DLC) <= ((uint8_t)0x08))
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup CAN_identifier_type
* @{
*/
#define CAN_Id_Standard ((uint32_t)0x00000000) /*!< Standard Id */
#define CAN_Id_Extended ((uint32_t)0x00000004) /*!< Extended Id */
#define IS_CAN_IDTYPE(IDTYPE) (((IDTYPE) == CAN_Id_Standard) || \
((IDTYPE) == CAN_Id_Extended))
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup CAN_remote_transmission_request
* @{
*/
#define CAN_RTR_Data ((uint32_t)0x00000000) /*!< Data frame */
#define CAN_RTR_Remote ((uint32_t)0x00000002) /*!< Remote frame */
#define IS_CAN_RTR(RTR) (((RTR) == CAN_RTR_Data) || ((RTR) == CAN_RTR_Remote))
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup CAN_transmit_constants
* @{
*/
#define CAN_TxStatus_Failed ((uint8_t)0x00)/*!< CAN transmission failed */
#define CAN_TxStatus_Ok ((uint8_t)0x01) /*!< CAN transmission succeeded */
#define CAN_TxStatus_Pending ((uint8_t)0x02) /*!< CAN transmission pending */
#define CAN_TxStatus_NoMailBox ((uint8_t)0x04) /*!< CAN cell did not provide an empty mailbox */
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup CAN_receive_FIFO_number_constants
* @{
*/
#define CAN_FIFO0 ((uint8_t)0x00) /*!< CAN FIFO 0 used to receive */
#define CAN_FIFO1 ((uint8_t)0x01) /*!< CAN FIFO 1 used to receive */
#define IS_CAN_FIFO(FIFO) (((FIFO) == CAN_FIFO0) || ((FIFO) == CAN_FIFO1))
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup CAN_sleep_constants
* @{
*/
#define CAN_Sleep_Failed ((uint8_t)0x00) /*!< CAN did not enter the sleep mode */
#define CAN_Sleep_Ok ((uint8_t)0x01) /*!< CAN entered the sleep mode */
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup CAN_wake_up_constants
* @{
*/
#define CAN_WakeUp_Failed ((uint8_t)0x00) /*!< CAN did not leave the sleep mode */
#define CAN_WakeUp_Ok ((uint8_t)0x01) /*!< CAN leaved the sleep mode */
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* @defgroup CAN_Error_Code_constants
* @{
*/
#define CAN_ErrorCode_NoErr ((uint8_t)0x00) /*!< No Error */
#define CAN_ErrorCode_StuffErr ((uint8_t)0x10) /*!< Stuff Error */
#define CAN_ErrorCode_FormErr ((uint8_t)0x20) /*!< Form Error */
#define CAN_ErrorCode_ACKErr ((uint8_t)0x30) /*!< Acknowledgment Error */
#define CAN_ErrorCode_BitRecessiveErr ((uint8_t)0x40) /*!< Bit Recessive Error */
#define CAN_ErrorCode_BitDominantErr ((uint8_t)0x50) /*!< Bit Dominant Error */
#define CAN_ErrorCode_CRCErr ((uint8_t)0x60) /*!< CRC Error */
#define CAN_ErrorCode_SoftwareSetErr ((uint8_t)0x70) /*!< Software Set Error */
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup CAN_flags
* @{
*/
/* If the flag is 0x3XXXXXXX, it means that it can be used with CAN_GetFlagStatus()
and CAN_ClearFlag() functions. */
/* If the flag is 0x1XXXXXXX, it means that it can only be used with CAN_GetFlagStatus() function. */
/* Transmit Flags */
#define CAN_FLAG_RQCP0 ((uint32_t)0x38000001) /*!< Request MailBox0 Flag */
#define CAN_FLAG_RQCP1 ((uint32_t)0x38000100) /*!< Request MailBox1 Flag */
#define CAN_FLAG_RQCP2 ((uint32_t)0x38010000) /*!< Request MailBox2 Flag */
/* Receive Flags */
#define CAN_FLAG_FMP0 ((uint32_t)0x12000003) /*!< FIFO 0 Message Pending Flag */
#define CAN_FLAG_FF0 ((uint32_t)0x32000008) /*!< FIFO 0 Full Flag */
#define CAN_FLAG_FOV0 ((uint32_t)0x32000010) /*!< FIFO 0 Overrun Flag */
#define CAN_FLAG_FMP1 ((uint32_t)0x14000003) /*!< FIFO 1 Message Pending Flag */
#define CAN_FLAG_FF1 ((uint32_t)0x34000008) /*!< FIFO 1 Full Flag */
#define CAN_FLAG_FOV1 ((uint32_t)0x34000010) /*!< FIFO 1 Overrun Flag */
/* Operating Mode Flags */
#define CAN_FLAG_WKU ((uint32_t)0x31000008) /*!< Wake up Flag */
#define CAN_FLAG_SLAK ((uint32_t)0x31000012) /*!< Sleep acknowledge Flag */
/* Note: When SLAK intterupt is disabled (SLKIE=0), no polling on SLAKI is possible.
In this case the SLAK bit can be polled.*/
/* Error Flags */
#define CAN_FLAG_EWG ((uint32_t)0x10F00001) /*!< Error Warning Flag */
#define CAN_FLAG_EPV ((uint32_t)0x10F00002) /*!< Error Passive Flag */
#define CAN_FLAG_BOF ((uint32_t)0x10F00004) /*!< Bus-Off Flag */
#define CAN_FLAG_LEC ((uint32_t)0x30F00070) /*!< Last error code Flag */
#define IS_CAN_GET_FLAG(FLAG) (((FLAG) == CAN_FLAG_LEC) || ((FLAG) == CAN_FLAG_BOF) || \
((FLAG) == CAN_FLAG_EPV) || ((FLAG) == CAN_FLAG_EWG) || \
((FLAG) == CAN_FLAG_WKU) || ((FLAG) == CAN_FLAG_FOV0) || \
((FLAG) == CAN_FLAG_FF0) || ((FLAG) == CAN_FLAG_FMP0) || \
((FLAG) == CAN_FLAG_FOV1) || ((FLAG) == CAN_FLAG_FF1) || \
((FLAG) == CAN_FLAG_FMP1) || ((FLAG) == CAN_FLAG_RQCP2) || \
((FLAG) == CAN_FLAG_RQCP1)|| ((FLAG) == CAN_FLAG_RQCP0) || \
((FLAG) == CAN_FLAG_SLAK ))
#define IS_CAN_CLEAR_FLAG(FLAG)(((FLAG) == CAN_FLAG_LEC) || ((FLAG) == CAN_FLAG_RQCP2) || \
((FLAG) == CAN_FLAG_RQCP1) || ((FLAG) == CAN_FLAG_RQCP0) || \
((FLAG) == CAN_FLAG_FF0) || ((FLAG) == CAN_FLAG_FOV0) ||\
((FLAG) == CAN_FLAG_FF1) || ((FLAG) == CAN_FLAG_FOV1) || \
((FLAG) == CAN_FLAG_WKU) || ((FLAG) == CAN_FLAG_SLAK))
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup CAN_interrupts
* @{
*/
#define CAN_IT_TME ((uint32_t)0x00000001) /*!< Transmit mailbox empty Interrupt*/
/* Receive Interrupts */
#define CAN_IT_FMP0 ((uint32_t)0x00000002) /*!< FIFO 0 message pending Interrupt*/
#define CAN_IT_FF0 ((uint32_t)0x00000004) /*!< FIFO 0 full Interrupt*/
#define CAN_IT_FOV0 ((uint32_t)0x00000008) /*!< FIFO 0 overrun Interrupt*/
#define CAN_IT_FMP1 ((uint32_t)0x00000010) /*!< FIFO 1 message pending Interrupt*/
#define CAN_IT_FF1 ((uint32_t)0x00000020) /*!< FIFO 1 full Interrupt*/
#define CAN_IT_FOV1 ((uint32_t)0x00000040) /*!< FIFO 1 overrun Interrupt*/
/* Operating Mode Interrupts */
#define CAN_IT_WKU ((uint32_t)0x00010000) /*!< Wake-up Interrupt*/
#define CAN_IT_SLK ((uint32_t)0x00020000) /*!< Sleep acknowledge Interrupt*/
/* Error Interrupts */
#define CAN_IT_EWG ((uint32_t)0x00000100) /*!< Error warning Interrupt*/
#define CAN_IT_EPV ((uint32_t)0x00000200) /*!< Error passive Interrupt*/
#define CAN_IT_BOF ((uint32_t)0x00000400) /*!< Bus-off Interrupt*/
#define CAN_IT_LEC ((uint32_t)0x00000800) /*!< Last error code Interrupt*/
#define CAN_IT_ERR ((uint32_t)0x00008000) /*!< Error Interrupt*/
/* Flags named as Interrupts : kept only for FW compatibility */
#define CAN_IT_RQCP0 CAN_IT_TME
#define CAN_IT_RQCP1 CAN_IT_TME
#define CAN_IT_RQCP2 CAN_IT_TME
#define IS_CAN_IT(IT) (((IT) == CAN_IT_TME) || ((IT) == CAN_IT_FMP0) ||\
((IT) == CAN_IT_FF0) || ((IT) == CAN_IT_FOV0) ||\
((IT) == CAN_IT_FMP1) || ((IT) == CAN_IT_FF1) ||\
((IT) == CAN_IT_FOV1) || ((IT) == CAN_IT_EWG) ||\
((IT) == CAN_IT_EPV) || ((IT) == CAN_IT_BOF) ||\
((IT) == CAN_IT_LEC) || ((IT) == CAN_IT_ERR) ||\
((IT) == CAN_IT_WKU) || ((IT) == CAN_IT_SLK))
#define IS_CAN_CLEAR_IT(IT) (((IT) == CAN_IT_TME) || ((IT) == CAN_IT_FF0) ||\
((IT) == CAN_IT_FOV0)|| ((IT) == CAN_IT_FF1) ||\
((IT) == CAN_IT_FOV1)|| ((IT) == CAN_IT_EWG) ||\
((IT) == CAN_IT_EPV) || ((IT) == CAN_IT_BOF) ||\
((IT) == CAN_IT_LEC) || ((IT) == CAN_IT_ERR) ||\
((IT) == CAN_IT_WKU) || ((IT) == CAN_IT_SLK))
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup CAN_Legacy
* @{
*/
#define CANINITFAILED CAN_InitStatus_Failed
#define CANINITOK CAN_InitStatus_Success
#define CAN_FilterFIFO0 CAN_Filter_FIFO0
#define CAN_FilterFIFO1 CAN_Filter_FIFO1
#define CAN_ID_STD CAN_Id_Standard
#define CAN_ID_EXT CAN_Id_Extended
#define CAN_RTR_DATA CAN_RTR_Data
#define CAN_RTR_REMOTE CAN_RTR_Remote
#define CANTXFAILE CAN_TxStatus_Failed
#define CANTXOK CAN_TxStatus_Ok
#define CANTXPENDING CAN_TxStatus_Pending
#define CAN_NO_MB CAN_TxStatus_NoMailBox
#define CANSLEEPFAILED CAN_Sleep_Failed
#define CANSLEEPOK CAN_Sleep_Ok
#define CANWAKEUPFAILED CAN_WakeUp_Failed
#define CANWAKEUPOK CAN_WakeUp_Ok
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup CAN_Exported_Macros
* @{
*/
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup CAN_Exported_Functions
* @{
*/
/* Function used to set the CAN configuration to the default reset state *****/
void CAN_DeInit(CAN_TypeDef* CANx);
/* Initialization and Configuration functions *********************************/
uint8_t CAN_Init(CAN_TypeDef* CANx, CAN_InitTypeDef* CAN_InitStruct);
void CAN_FilterInit(CAN_FilterInitTypeDef* CAN_FilterInitStruct);
void CAN_StructInit(CAN_InitTypeDef* CAN_InitStruct);
void CAN_SlaveStartBank(uint8_t CAN_BankNumber);
void CAN_DBGFreeze(CAN_TypeDef* CANx, FunctionalState NewState);
void CAN_TTComModeCmd(CAN_TypeDef* CANx, FunctionalState NewState);
/* Transmit functions *********************************************************/
uint8_t CAN_Transmit(CAN_TypeDef* CANx, CanTxMsg* TxMessage);
uint8_t CAN_TransmitStatus(CAN_TypeDef* CANx, uint8_t TransmitMailbox);
void CAN_CancelTransmit(CAN_TypeDef* CANx, uint8_t Mailbox);
/* Receive functions **********************************************************/
void CAN_Receive(CAN_TypeDef* CANx, uint8_t FIFONumber, CanRxMsg* RxMessage);
void CAN_FIFORelease(CAN_TypeDef* CANx, uint8_t FIFONumber);
uint8_t CAN_MessagePending(CAN_TypeDef* CANx, uint8_t FIFONumber);
/* Operation modes functions **************************************************/
uint8_t CAN_OperatingModeRequest(CAN_TypeDef* CANx, uint8_t CAN_OperatingMode);
uint8_t CAN_Sleep(CAN_TypeDef* CANx);
uint8_t CAN_WakeUp(CAN_TypeDef* CANx);
/* Error management functions *************************************************/
uint8_t CAN_GetLastErrorCode(CAN_TypeDef* CANx);
uint8_t CAN_GetReceiveErrorCounter(CAN_TypeDef* CANx);
uint8_t CAN_GetLSBTransmitErrorCounter(CAN_TypeDef* CANx);
/* Interrupts and flags management functions **********************************/
void CAN_ITConfig(CAN_TypeDef* CANx, uint32_t CAN_IT, FunctionalState NewState);
FlagStatus CAN_GetFlagStatus(CAN_TypeDef* CANx, uint32_t CAN_FLAG);
void CAN_ClearFlag(CAN_TypeDef* CANx, uint32_t CAN_FLAG);
ITStatus CAN_GetITStatus(CAN_TypeDef* CANx, uint32_t CAN_IT);
void CAN_ClearITPendingBit(CAN_TypeDef* CANx, uint32_t CAN_IT);
#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif
#endif /* __STM32F10x_CAN_H */
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* @}
*/
/******************* (C) COPYRIGHT 2011 STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/

View File

@ -0,0 +1,210 @@
/**
******************************************************************************
* @file stm32f10x_cec.h
* @author MCD Application Team
* @version V3.5.0
* @date 11-March-2011
* @brief This file contains all the functions prototypes for the CEC firmware
* library.
******************************************************************************
* @attention
*
* THE PRESENT FIRMWARE WHICH IS FOR GUIDANCE ONLY AIMS AT PROVIDING CUSTOMERS
* WITH CODING INFORMATION REGARDING THEIR PRODUCTS IN ORDER FOR THEM TO SAVE
* TIME. AS A RESULT, STMICROELECTRONICS SHALL NOT BE HELD LIABLE FOR ANY
* DIRECT, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES WITH RESPECT TO ANY CLAIMS ARISING
* FROM THE CONTENT OF SUCH FIRMWARE AND/OR THE USE MADE BY CUSTOMERS OF THE
* CODING INFORMATION CONTAINED HEREIN IN CONNECTION WITH THEIR PRODUCTS.
*
* <h2><center>&copy; COPYRIGHT 2011 STMicroelectronics</center></h2>
******************************************************************************
*/
/* Define to prevent recursive inclusion -------------------------------------*/
#ifndef __STM32F10x_CEC_H
#define __STM32F10x_CEC_H
#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif
/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
#include "stm32f10x.h"
/** @addtogroup STM32F10x_StdPeriph_Driver
* @{
*/
/** @addtogroup CEC
* @{
*/
/** @defgroup CEC_Exported_Types
* @{
*/
/**
* @brief CEC Init structure definition
*/
typedef struct
{
uint16_t CEC_BitTimingMode; /*!< Configures the CEC Bit Timing Error Mode.
This parameter can be a value of @ref CEC_BitTiming_Mode */
uint16_t CEC_BitPeriodMode; /*!< Configures the CEC Bit Period Error Mode.
This parameter can be a value of @ref CEC_BitPeriod_Mode */
}CEC_InitTypeDef;
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup CEC_Exported_Constants
* @{
*/
/** @defgroup CEC_BitTiming_Mode
* @{
*/
#define CEC_BitTimingStdMode ((uint16_t)0x00) /*!< Bit timing error Standard Mode */
#define CEC_BitTimingErrFreeMode CEC_CFGR_BTEM /*!< Bit timing error Free Mode */
#define IS_CEC_BIT_TIMING_ERROR_MODE(MODE) (((MODE) == CEC_BitTimingStdMode) || \
((MODE) == CEC_BitTimingErrFreeMode))
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup CEC_BitPeriod_Mode
* @{
*/
#define CEC_BitPeriodStdMode ((uint16_t)0x00) /*!< Bit period error Standard Mode */
#define CEC_BitPeriodFlexibleMode CEC_CFGR_BPEM /*!< Bit period error Flexible Mode */
#define IS_CEC_BIT_PERIOD_ERROR_MODE(MODE) (((MODE) == CEC_BitPeriodStdMode) || \
((MODE) == CEC_BitPeriodFlexibleMode))
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup CEC_interrupts_definition
* @{
*/
#define CEC_IT_TERR CEC_CSR_TERR
#define CEC_IT_TBTRF CEC_CSR_TBTRF
#define CEC_IT_RERR CEC_CSR_RERR
#define CEC_IT_RBTF CEC_CSR_RBTF
#define IS_CEC_GET_IT(IT) (((IT) == CEC_IT_TERR) || ((IT) == CEC_IT_TBTRF) || \
((IT) == CEC_IT_RERR) || ((IT) == CEC_IT_RBTF))
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup CEC_Own_Address
* @{
*/
#define IS_CEC_ADDRESS(ADDRESS) ((ADDRESS) < 0x10)
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup CEC_Prescaler
* @{
*/
#define IS_CEC_PRESCALER(PRESCALER) ((PRESCALER) <= 0x3FFF)
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup CEC_flags_definition
* @{
*/
/**
* @brief ESR register flags
*/
#define CEC_FLAG_BTE ((uint32_t)0x10010000)
#define CEC_FLAG_BPE ((uint32_t)0x10020000)
#define CEC_FLAG_RBTFE ((uint32_t)0x10040000)
#define CEC_FLAG_SBE ((uint32_t)0x10080000)
#define CEC_FLAG_ACKE ((uint32_t)0x10100000)
#define CEC_FLAG_LINE ((uint32_t)0x10200000)
#define CEC_FLAG_TBTFE ((uint32_t)0x10400000)
/**
* @brief CSR register flags
*/
#define CEC_FLAG_TEOM ((uint32_t)0x00000002)
#define CEC_FLAG_TERR ((uint32_t)0x00000004)
#define CEC_FLAG_TBTRF ((uint32_t)0x00000008)
#define CEC_FLAG_RSOM ((uint32_t)0x00000010)
#define CEC_FLAG_REOM ((uint32_t)0x00000020)
#define CEC_FLAG_RERR ((uint32_t)0x00000040)
#define CEC_FLAG_RBTF ((uint32_t)0x00000080)
#define IS_CEC_CLEAR_FLAG(FLAG) ((((FLAG) & (uint32_t)0xFFFFFF03) == 0x00) && ((FLAG) != 0x00))
#define IS_CEC_GET_FLAG(FLAG) (((FLAG) == CEC_FLAG_BTE) || ((FLAG) == CEC_FLAG_BPE) || \
((FLAG) == CEC_FLAG_RBTFE) || ((FLAG)== CEC_FLAG_SBE) || \
((FLAG) == CEC_FLAG_ACKE) || ((FLAG) == CEC_FLAG_LINE) || \
((FLAG) == CEC_FLAG_TBTFE) || ((FLAG) == CEC_FLAG_TEOM) || \
((FLAG) == CEC_FLAG_TERR) || ((FLAG) == CEC_FLAG_TBTRF) || \
((FLAG) == CEC_FLAG_RSOM) || ((FLAG) == CEC_FLAG_REOM) || \
((FLAG) == CEC_FLAG_RERR) || ((FLAG) == CEC_FLAG_RBTF))
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup CEC_Exported_Macros
* @{
*/
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup CEC_Exported_Functions
* @{
*/
void CEC_DeInit(void);
void CEC_Init(CEC_InitTypeDef* CEC_InitStruct);
void CEC_Cmd(FunctionalState NewState);
void CEC_ITConfig(FunctionalState NewState);
void CEC_OwnAddressConfig(uint8_t CEC_OwnAddress);
void CEC_SetPrescaler(uint16_t CEC_Prescaler);
void CEC_SendDataByte(uint8_t Data);
uint8_t CEC_ReceiveDataByte(void);
void CEC_StartOfMessage(void);
void CEC_EndOfMessageCmd(FunctionalState NewState);
FlagStatus CEC_GetFlagStatus(uint32_t CEC_FLAG);
void CEC_ClearFlag(uint32_t CEC_FLAG);
ITStatus CEC_GetITStatus(uint8_t CEC_IT);
void CEC_ClearITPendingBit(uint16_t CEC_IT);
#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif
#endif /* __STM32F10x_CEC_H */
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* @}
*/
/******************* (C) COPYRIGHT 2011 STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/

View File

@ -0,0 +1,94 @@
/**
******************************************************************************
* @file stm32f10x_crc.h
* @author MCD Application Team
* @version V3.5.0
* @date 11-March-2011
* @brief This file contains all the functions prototypes for the CRC firmware
* library.
******************************************************************************
* @attention
*
* THE PRESENT FIRMWARE WHICH IS FOR GUIDANCE ONLY AIMS AT PROVIDING CUSTOMERS
* WITH CODING INFORMATION REGARDING THEIR PRODUCTS IN ORDER FOR THEM TO SAVE
* TIME. AS A RESULT, STMICROELECTRONICS SHALL NOT BE HELD LIABLE FOR ANY
* DIRECT, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES WITH RESPECT TO ANY CLAIMS ARISING
* FROM THE CONTENT OF SUCH FIRMWARE AND/OR THE USE MADE BY CUSTOMERS OF THE
* CODING INFORMATION CONTAINED HEREIN IN CONNECTION WITH THEIR PRODUCTS.
*
* <h2><center>&copy; COPYRIGHT 2011 STMicroelectronics</center></h2>
******************************************************************************
*/
/* Define to prevent recursive inclusion -------------------------------------*/
#ifndef __STM32F10x_CRC_H
#define __STM32F10x_CRC_H
#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif
/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
#include "stm32f10x.h"
/** @addtogroup STM32F10x_StdPeriph_Driver
* @{
*/
/** @addtogroup CRC
* @{
*/
/** @defgroup CRC_Exported_Types
* @{
*/
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup CRC_Exported_Constants
* @{
*/
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup CRC_Exported_Macros
* @{
*/
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup CRC_Exported_Functions
* @{
*/
void CRC_ResetDR(void);
uint32_t CRC_CalcCRC(uint32_t Data);
uint32_t CRC_CalcBlockCRC(uint32_t pBuffer[], uint32_t BufferLength);
uint32_t CRC_GetCRC(void);
void CRC_SetIDRegister(uint8_t IDValue);
uint8_t CRC_GetIDRegister(void);
#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif
#endif /* __STM32F10x_CRC_H */
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* @}
*/
/******************* (C) COPYRIGHT 2011 STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/

View File

@ -0,0 +1,317 @@
/**
******************************************************************************
* @file stm32f10x_dac.h
* @author MCD Application Team
* @version V3.5.0
* @date 11-March-2011
* @brief This file contains all the functions prototypes for the DAC firmware
* library.
******************************************************************************
* @attention
*
* THE PRESENT FIRMWARE WHICH IS FOR GUIDANCE ONLY AIMS AT PROVIDING CUSTOMERS
* WITH CODING INFORMATION REGARDING THEIR PRODUCTS IN ORDER FOR THEM TO SAVE
* TIME. AS A RESULT, STMICROELECTRONICS SHALL NOT BE HELD LIABLE FOR ANY
* DIRECT, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES WITH RESPECT TO ANY CLAIMS ARISING
* FROM THE CONTENT OF SUCH FIRMWARE AND/OR THE USE MADE BY CUSTOMERS OF THE
* CODING INFORMATION CONTAINED HEREIN IN CONNECTION WITH THEIR PRODUCTS.
*
* <h2><center>&copy; COPYRIGHT 2011 STMicroelectronics</center></h2>
******************************************************************************
*/
/* Define to prevent recursive inclusion -------------------------------------*/
#ifndef __STM32F10x_DAC_H
#define __STM32F10x_DAC_H
#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif
/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
#include "stm32f10x.h"
/** @addtogroup STM32F10x_StdPeriph_Driver
* @{
*/
/** @addtogroup DAC
* @{
*/
/** @defgroup DAC_Exported_Types
* @{
*/
/**
* @brief DAC Init structure definition
*/
typedef struct
{
uint32_t DAC_Trigger; /*!< Specifies the external trigger for the selected DAC channel.
This parameter can be a value of @ref DAC_trigger_selection */
uint32_t DAC_WaveGeneration; /*!< Specifies whether DAC channel noise waves or triangle waves
are generated, or whether no wave is generated.
This parameter can be a value of @ref DAC_wave_generation */
uint32_t DAC_LFSRUnmask_TriangleAmplitude; /*!< Specifies the LFSR mask for noise wave generation or
the maximum amplitude triangle generation for the DAC channel.
This parameter can be a value of @ref DAC_lfsrunmask_triangleamplitude */
uint32_t DAC_OutputBuffer; /*!< Specifies whether the DAC channel output buffer is enabled or disabled.
This parameter can be a value of @ref DAC_output_buffer */
}DAC_InitTypeDef;
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup DAC_Exported_Constants
* @{
*/
/** @defgroup DAC_trigger_selection
* @{
*/
#define DAC_Trigger_None ((uint32_t)0x00000000) /*!< Conversion is automatic once the DAC1_DHRxxxx register
has been loaded, and not by external trigger */
#define DAC_Trigger_T6_TRGO ((uint32_t)0x00000004) /*!< TIM6 TRGO selected as external conversion trigger for DAC channel */
#define DAC_Trigger_T8_TRGO ((uint32_t)0x0000000C) /*!< TIM8 TRGO selected as external conversion trigger for DAC channel
only in High-density devices*/
#define DAC_Trigger_T3_TRGO ((uint32_t)0x0000000C) /*!< TIM8 TRGO selected as external conversion trigger for DAC channel
only in Connectivity line, Medium-density and Low-density Value Line devices */
#define DAC_Trigger_T7_TRGO ((uint32_t)0x00000014) /*!< TIM7 TRGO selected as external conversion trigger for DAC channel */
#define DAC_Trigger_T5_TRGO ((uint32_t)0x0000001C) /*!< TIM5 TRGO selected as external conversion trigger for DAC channel */
#define DAC_Trigger_T15_TRGO ((uint32_t)0x0000001C) /*!< TIM15 TRGO selected as external conversion trigger for DAC channel
only in Medium-density and Low-density Value Line devices*/
#define DAC_Trigger_T2_TRGO ((uint32_t)0x00000024) /*!< TIM2 TRGO selected as external conversion trigger for DAC channel */
#define DAC_Trigger_T4_TRGO ((uint32_t)0x0000002C) /*!< TIM4 TRGO selected as external conversion trigger for DAC channel */
#define DAC_Trigger_Ext_IT9 ((uint32_t)0x00000034) /*!< EXTI Line9 event selected as external conversion trigger for DAC channel */
#define DAC_Trigger_Software ((uint32_t)0x0000003C) /*!< Conversion started by software trigger for DAC channel */
#define IS_DAC_TRIGGER(TRIGGER) (((TRIGGER) == DAC_Trigger_None) || \
((TRIGGER) == DAC_Trigger_T6_TRGO) || \
((TRIGGER) == DAC_Trigger_T8_TRGO) || \
((TRIGGER) == DAC_Trigger_T7_TRGO) || \
((TRIGGER) == DAC_Trigger_T5_TRGO) || \
((TRIGGER) == DAC_Trigger_T2_TRGO) || \
((TRIGGER) == DAC_Trigger_T4_TRGO) || \
((TRIGGER) == DAC_Trigger_Ext_IT9) || \
((TRIGGER) == DAC_Trigger_Software))
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup DAC_wave_generation
* @{
*/
#define DAC_WaveGeneration_None ((uint32_t)0x00000000)
#define DAC_WaveGeneration_Noise ((uint32_t)0x00000040)
#define DAC_WaveGeneration_Triangle ((uint32_t)0x00000080)
#define IS_DAC_GENERATE_WAVE(WAVE) (((WAVE) == DAC_WaveGeneration_None) || \
((WAVE) == DAC_WaveGeneration_Noise) || \
((WAVE) == DAC_WaveGeneration_Triangle))
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup DAC_lfsrunmask_triangleamplitude
* @{
*/
#define DAC_LFSRUnmask_Bit0 ((uint32_t)0x00000000) /*!< Unmask DAC channel LFSR bit0 for noise wave generation */
#define DAC_LFSRUnmask_Bits1_0 ((uint32_t)0x00000100) /*!< Unmask DAC channel LFSR bit[1:0] for noise wave generation */
#define DAC_LFSRUnmask_Bits2_0 ((uint32_t)0x00000200) /*!< Unmask DAC channel LFSR bit[2:0] for noise wave generation */
#define DAC_LFSRUnmask_Bits3_0 ((uint32_t)0x00000300) /*!< Unmask DAC channel LFSR bit[3:0] for noise wave generation */
#define DAC_LFSRUnmask_Bits4_0 ((uint32_t)0x00000400) /*!< Unmask DAC channel LFSR bit[4:0] for noise wave generation */
#define DAC_LFSRUnmask_Bits5_0 ((uint32_t)0x00000500) /*!< Unmask DAC channel LFSR bit[5:0] for noise wave generation */
#define DAC_LFSRUnmask_Bits6_0 ((uint32_t)0x00000600) /*!< Unmask DAC channel LFSR bit[6:0] for noise wave generation */
#define DAC_LFSRUnmask_Bits7_0 ((uint32_t)0x00000700) /*!< Unmask DAC channel LFSR bit[7:0] for noise wave generation */
#define DAC_LFSRUnmask_Bits8_0 ((uint32_t)0x00000800) /*!< Unmask DAC channel LFSR bit[8:0] for noise wave generation */
#define DAC_LFSRUnmask_Bits9_0 ((uint32_t)0x00000900) /*!< Unmask DAC channel LFSR bit[9:0] for noise wave generation */
#define DAC_LFSRUnmask_Bits10_0 ((uint32_t)0x00000A00) /*!< Unmask DAC channel LFSR bit[10:0] for noise wave generation */
#define DAC_LFSRUnmask_Bits11_0 ((uint32_t)0x00000B00) /*!< Unmask DAC channel LFSR bit[11:0] for noise wave generation */
#define DAC_TriangleAmplitude_1 ((uint32_t)0x00000000) /*!< Select max triangle amplitude of 1 */
#define DAC_TriangleAmplitude_3 ((uint32_t)0x00000100) /*!< Select max triangle amplitude of 3 */
#define DAC_TriangleAmplitude_7 ((uint32_t)0x00000200) /*!< Select max triangle amplitude of 7 */
#define DAC_TriangleAmplitude_15 ((uint32_t)0x00000300) /*!< Select max triangle amplitude of 15 */
#define DAC_TriangleAmplitude_31 ((uint32_t)0x00000400) /*!< Select max triangle amplitude of 31 */
#define DAC_TriangleAmplitude_63 ((uint32_t)0x00000500) /*!< Select max triangle amplitude of 63 */
#define DAC_TriangleAmplitude_127 ((uint32_t)0x00000600) /*!< Select max triangle amplitude of 127 */
#define DAC_TriangleAmplitude_255 ((uint32_t)0x00000700) /*!< Select max triangle amplitude of 255 */
#define DAC_TriangleAmplitude_511 ((uint32_t)0x00000800) /*!< Select max triangle amplitude of 511 */
#define DAC_TriangleAmplitude_1023 ((uint32_t)0x00000900) /*!< Select max triangle amplitude of 1023 */
#define DAC_TriangleAmplitude_2047 ((uint32_t)0x00000A00) /*!< Select max triangle amplitude of 2047 */
#define DAC_TriangleAmplitude_4095 ((uint32_t)0x00000B00) /*!< Select max triangle amplitude of 4095 */
#define IS_DAC_LFSR_UNMASK_TRIANGLE_AMPLITUDE(VALUE) (((VALUE) == DAC_LFSRUnmask_Bit0) || \
((VALUE) == DAC_LFSRUnmask_Bits1_0) || \
((VALUE) == DAC_LFSRUnmask_Bits2_0) || \
((VALUE) == DAC_LFSRUnmask_Bits3_0) || \
((VALUE) == DAC_LFSRUnmask_Bits4_0) || \
((VALUE) == DAC_LFSRUnmask_Bits5_0) || \
((VALUE) == DAC_LFSRUnmask_Bits6_0) || \
((VALUE) == DAC_LFSRUnmask_Bits7_0) || \
((VALUE) == DAC_LFSRUnmask_Bits8_0) || \
((VALUE) == DAC_LFSRUnmask_Bits9_0) || \
((VALUE) == DAC_LFSRUnmask_Bits10_0) || \
((VALUE) == DAC_LFSRUnmask_Bits11_0) || \
((VALUE) == DAC_TriangleAmplitude_1) || \
((VALUE) == DAC_TriangleAmplitude_3) || \
((VALUE) == DAC_TriangleAmplitude_7) || \
((VALUE) == DAC_TriangleAmplitude_15) || \
((VALUE) == DAC_TriangleAmplitude_31) || \
((VALUE) == DAC_TriangleAmplitude_63) || \
((VALUE) == DAC_TriangleAmplitude_127) || \
((VALUE) == DAC_TriangleAmplitude_255) || \
((VALUE) == DAC_TriangleAmplitude_511) || \
((VALUE) == DAC_TriangleAmplitude_1023) || \
((VALUE) == DAC_TriangleAmplitude_2047) || \
((VALUE) == DAC_TriangleAmplitude_4095))
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup DAC_output_buffer
* @{
*/
#define DAC_OutputBuffer_Enable ((uint32_t)0x00000000)
#define DAC_OutputBuffer_Disable ((uint32_t)0x00000002)
#define IS_DAC_OUTPUT_BUFFER_STATE(STATE) (((STATE) == DAC_OutputBuffer_Enable) || \
((STATE) == DAC_OutputBuffer_Disable))
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup DAC_Channel_selection
* @{
*/
#define DAC_Channel_1 ((uint32_t)0x00000000)
#define DAC_Channel_2 ((uint32_t)0x00000010)
#define IS_DAC_CHANNEL(CHANNEL) (((CHANNEL) == DAC_Channel_1) || \
((CHANNEL) == DAC_Channel_2))
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup DAC_data_alignment
* @{
*/
#define DAC_Align_12b_R ((uint32_t)0x00000000)
#define DAC_Align_12b_L ((uint32_t)0x00000004)
#define DAC_Align_8b_R ((uint32_t)0x00000008)
#define IS_DAC_ALIGN(ALIGN) (((ALIGN) == DAC_Align_12b_R) || \
((ALIGN) == DAC_Align_12b_L) || \
((ALIGN) == DAC_Align_8b_R))
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup DAC_wave_generation
* @{
*/
#define DAC_Wave_Noise ((uint32_t)0x00000040)
#define DAC_Wave_Triangle ((uint32_t)0x00000080)
#define IS_DAC_WAVE(WAVE) (((WAVE) == DAC_Wave_Noise) || \
((WAVE) == DAC_Wave_Triangle))
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup DAC_data
* @{
*/
#define IS_DAC_DATA(DATA) ((DATA) <= 0xFFF0)
/**
* @}
*/
#if defined (STM32F10X_LD_VL) || defined (STM32F10X_MD_VL) || defined (STM32F10X_HD_VL)
/** @defgroup DAC_interrupts_definition
* @{
*/
#define DAC_IT_DMAUDR ((uint32_t)0x00002000)
#define IS_DAC_IT(IT) (((IT) == DAC_IT_DMAUDR))
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup DAC_flags_definition
* @{
*/
#define DAC_FLAG_DMAUDR ((uint32_t)0x00002000)
#define IS_DAC_FLAG(FLAG) (((FLAG) == DAC_FLAG_DMAUDR))
/**
* @}
*/
#endif
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup DAC_Exported_Macros
* @{
*/
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup DAC_Exported_Functions
* @{
*/
void DAC_DeInit(void);
void DAC_Init(uint32_t DAC_Channel, DAC_InitTypeDef* DAC_InitStruct);
void DAC_StructInit(DAC_InitTypeDef* DAC_InitStruct);
void DAC_Cmd(uint32_t DAC_Channel, FunctionalState NewState);
#if defined (STM32F10X_LD_VL) || defined (STM32F10X_MD_VL) || defined (STM32F10X_HD_VL)
void DAC_ITConfig(uint32_t DAC_Channel, uint32_t DAC_IT, FunctionalState NewState);
#endif
void DAC_DMACmd(uint32_t DAC_Channel, FunctionalState NewState);
void DAC_SoftwareTriggerCmd(uint32_t DAC_Channel, FunctionalState NewState);
void DAC_DualSoftwareTriggerCmd(FunctionalState NewState);
void DAC_WaveGenerationCmd(uint32_t DAC_Channel, uint32_t DAC_Wave, FunctionalState NewState);
void DAC_SetChannel1Data(uint32_t DAC_Align, uint16_t Data);
void DAC_SetChannel2Data(uint32_t DAC_Align, uint16_t Data);
void DAC_SetDualChannelData(uint32_t DAC_Align, uint16_t Data2, uint16_t Data1);
uint16_t DAC_GetDataOutputValue(uint32_t DAC_Channel);
#if defined (STM32F10X_LD_VL) || defined (STM32F10X_MD_VL) || defined (STM32F10X_HD_VL)
FlagStatus DAC_GetFlagStatus(uint32_t DAC_Channel, uint32_t DAC_FLAG);
void DAC_ClearFlag(uint32_t DAC_Channel, uint32_t DAC_FLAG);
ITStatus DAC_GetITStatus(uint32_t DAC_Channel, uint32_t DAC_IT);
void DAC_ClearITPendingBit(uint32_t DAC_Channel, uint32_t DAC_IT);
#endif
#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif
#endif /*__STM32F10x_DAC_H */
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* @}
*/
/******************* (C) COPYRIGHT 2011 STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/

View File

@ -0,0 +1,119 @@
/**
******************************************************************************
* @file stm32f10x_dbgmcu.h
* @author MCD Application Team
* @version V3.5.0
* @date 11-March-2011
* @brief This file contains all the functions prototypes for the DBGMCU
* firmware library.
******************************************************************************
* @attention
*
* THE PRESENT FIRMWARE WHICH IS FOR GUIDANCE ONLY AIMS AT PROVIDING CUSTOMERS
* WITH CODING INFORMATION REGARDING THEIR PRODUCTS IN ORDER FOR THEM TO SAVE
* TIME. AS A RESULT, STMICROELECTRONICS SHALL NOT BE HELD LIABLE FOR ANY
* DIRECT, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES WITH RESPECT TO ANY CLAIMS ARISING
* FROM THE CONTENT OF SUCH FIRMWARE AND/OR THE USE MADE BY CUSTOMERS OF THE
* CODING INFORMATION CONTAINED HEREIN IN CONNECTION WITH THEIR PRODUCTS.
*
* <h2><center>&copy; COPYRIGHT 2011 STMicroelectronics</center></h2>
******************************************************************************
*/
/* Define to prevent recursive inclusion -------------------------------------*/
#ifndef __STM32F10x_DBGMCU_H
#define __STM32F10x_DBGMCU_H
#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif
/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
#include "stm32f10x.h"
/** @addtogroup STM32F10x_StdPeriph_Driver
* @{
*/
/** @addtogroup DBGMCU
* @{
*/
/** @defgroup DBGMCU_Exported_Types
* @{
*/
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup DBGMCU_Exported_Constants
* @{
*/
#define DBGMCU_SLEEP ((uint32_t)0x00000001)
#define DBGMCU_STOP ((uint32_t)0x00000002)
#define DBGMCU_STANDBY ((uint32_t)0x00000004)
#define DBGMCU_IWDG_STOP ((uint32_t)0x00000100)
#define DBGMCU_WWDG_STOP ((uint32_t)0x00000200)
#define DBGMCU_TIM1_STOP ((uint32_t)0x00000400)
#define DBGMCU_TIM2_STOP ((uint32_t)0x00000800)
#define DBGMCU_TIM3_STOP ((uint32_t)0x00001000)
#define DBGMCU_TIM4_STOP ((uint32_t)0x00002000)
#define DBGMCU_CAN1_STOP ((uint32_t)0x00004000)
#define DBGMCU_I2C1_SMBUS_TIMEOUT ((uint32_t)0x00008000)
#define DBGMCU_I2C2_SMBUS_TIMEOUT ((uint32_t)0x00010000)
#define DBGMCU_TIM8_STOP ((uint32_t)0x00020000)
#define DBGMCU_TIM5_STOP ((uint32_t)0x00040000)
#define DBGMCU_TIM6_STOP ((uint32_t)0x00080000)
#define DBGMCU_TIM7_STOP ((uint32_t)0x00100000)
#define DBGMCU_CAN2_STOP ((uint32_t)0x00200000)
#define DBGMCU_TIM15_STOP ((uint32_t)0x00400000)
#define DBGMCU_TIM16_STOP ((uint32_t)0x00800000)
#define DBGMCU_TIM17_STOP ((uint32_t)0x01000000)
#define DBGMCU_TIM12_STOP ((uint32_t)0x02000000)
#define DBGMCU_TIM13_STOP ((uint32_t)0x04000000)
#define DBGMCU_TIM14_STOP ((uint32_t)0x08000000)
#define DBGMCU_TIM9_STOP ((uint32_t)0x10000000)
#define DBGMCU_TIM10_STOP ((uint32_t)0x20000000)
#define DBGMCU_TIM11_STOP ((uint32_t)0x40000000)
#define IS_DBGMCU_PERIPH(PERIPH) ((((PERIPH) & 0x800000F8) == 0x00) && ((PERIPH) != 0x00))
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup DBGMCU_Exported_Macros
* @{
*/
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup DBGMCU_Exported_Functions
* @{
*/
uint32_t DBGMCU_GetREVID(void);
uint32_t DBGMCU_GetDEVID(void);
void DBGMCU_Config(uint32_t DBGMCU_Periph, FunctionalState NewState);
#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif
#endif /* __STM32F10x_DBGMCU_H */
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* @}
*/
/******************* (C) COPYRIGHT 2011 STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/

View File

@ -0,0 +1,439 @@
/**
******************************************************************************
* @file stm32f10x_dma.h
* @author MCD Application Team
* @version V3.5.0
* @date 11-March-2011
* @brief This file contains all the functions prototypes for the DMA firmware
* library.
******************************************************************************
* @attention
*
* THE PRESENT FIRMWARE WHICH IS FOR GUIDANCE ONLY AIMS AT PROVIDING CUSTOMERS
* WITH CODING INFORMATION REGARDING THEIR PRODUCTS IN ORDER FOR THEM TO SAVE
* TIME. AS A RESULT, STMICROELECTRONICS SHALL NOT BE HELD LIABLE FOR ANY
* DIRECT, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES WITH RESPECT TO ANY CLAIMS ARISING
* FROM THE CONTENT OF SUCH FIRMWARE AND/OR THE USE MADE BY CUSTOMERS OF THE
* CODING INFORMATION CONTAINED HEREIN IN CONNECTION WITH THEIR PRODUCTS.
*
* <h2><center>&copy; COPYRIGHT 2011 STMicroelectronics</center></h2>
******************************************************************************
*/
/* Define to prevent recursive inclusion -------------------------------------*/
#ifndef __STM32F10x_DMA_H
#define __STM32F10x_DMA_H
#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif
/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
#include "stm32f10x.h"
/** @addtogroup STM32F10x_StdPeriph_Driver
* @{
*/
/** @addtogroup DMA
* @{
*/
/** @defgroup DMA_Exported_Types
* @{
*/
/**
* @brief DMA Init structure definition
*/
typedef struct
{
uint32_t DMA_PeripheralBaseAddr; /*!< Specifies the peripheral base address for DMAy Channelx. */
uint32_t DMA_MemoryBaseAddr; /*!< Specifies the memory base address for DMAy Channelx. */
uint32_t DMA_DIR; /*!< Specifies if the peripheral is the source or destination.
This parameter can be a value of @ref DMA_data_transfer_direction */
uint32_t DMA_BufferSize; /*!< Specifies the buffer size, in data unit, of the specified Channel.
The data unit is equal to the configuration set in DMA_PeripheralDataSize
or DMA_MemoryDataSize members depending in the transfer direction. */
uint32_t DMA_PeripheralInc; /*!< Specifies whether the Peripheral address register is incremented or not.
This parameter can be a value of @ref DMA_peripheral_incremented_mode */
uint32_t DMA_MemoryInc; /*!< Specifies whether the memory address register is incremented or not.
This parameter can be a value of @ref DMA_memory_incremented_mode */
uint32_t DMA_PeripheralDataSize; /*!< Specifies the Peripheral data width.
This parameter can be a value of @ref DMA_peripheral_data_size */
uint32_t DMA_MemoryDataSize; /*!< Specifies the Memory data width.
This parameter can be a value of @ref DMA_memory_data_size */
uint32_t DMA_Mode; /*!< Specifies the operation mode of the DMAy Channelx.
This parameter can be a value of @ref DMA_circular_normal_mode.
@note: The circular buffer mode cannot be used if the memory-to-memory
data transfer is configured on the selected Channel */
uint32_t DMA_Priority; /*!< Specifies the software priority for the DMAy Channelx.
This parameter can be a value of @ref DMA_priority_level */
uint32_t DMA_M2M; /*!< Specifies if the DMAy Channelx will be used in memory-to-memory transfer.
This parameter can be a value of @ref DMA_memory_to_memory */
}DMA_InitTypeDef;
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup DMA_Exported_Constants
* @{
*/
#define IS_DMA_ALL_PERIPH(PERIPH) (((PERIPH) == DMA1_Channel1) || \
((PERIPH) == DMA1_Channel2) || \
((PERIPH) == DMA1_Channel3) || \
((PERIPH) == DMA1_Channel4) || \
((PERIPH) == DMA1_Channel5) || \
((PERIPH) == DMA1_Channel6) || \
((PERIPH) == DMA1_Channel7) || \
((PERIPH) == DMA2_Channel1) || \
((PERIPH) == DMA2_Channel2) || \
((PERIPH) == DMA2_Channel3) || \
((PERIPH) == DMA2_Channel4) || \
((PERIPH) == DMA2_Channel5))
/** @defgroup DMA_data_transfer_direction
* @{
*/
#define DMA_DIR_PeripheralDST ((uint32_t)0x00000010)
#define DMA_DIR_PeripheralSRC ((uint32_t)0x00000000)
#define IS_DMA_DIR(DIR) (((DIR) == DMA_DIR_PeripheralDST) || \
((DIR) == DMA_DIR_PeripheralSRC))
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup DMA_peripheral_incremented_mode
* @{
*/
#define DMA_PeripheralInc_Enable ((uint32_t)0x00000040)
#define DMA_PeripheralInc_Disable ((uint32_t)0x00000000)
#define IS_DMA_PERIPHERAL_INC_STATE(STATE) (((STATE) == DMA_PeripheralInc_Enable) || \
((STATE) == DMA_PeripheralInc_Disable))
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup DMA_memory_incremented_mode
* @{
*/
#define DMA_MemoryInc_Enable ((uint32_t)0x00000080)
#define DMA_MemoryInc_Disable ((uint32_t)0x00000000)
#define IS_DMA_MEMORY_INC_STATE(STATE) (((STATE) == DMA_MemoryInc_Enable) || \
((STATE) == DMA_MemoryInc_Disable))
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup DMA_peripheral_data_size
* @{
*/
#define DMA_PeripheralDataSize_Byte ((uint32_t)0x00000000)
#define DMA_PeripheralDataSize_HalfWord ((uint32_t)0x00000100)
#define DMA_PeripheralDataSize_Word ((uint32_t)0x00000200)
#define IS_DMA_PERIPHERAL_DATA_SIZE(SIZE) (((SIZE) == DMA_PeripheralDataSize_Byte) || \
((SIZE) == DMA_PeripheralDataSize_HalfWord) || \
((SIZE) == DMA_PeripheralDataSize_Word))
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup DMA_memory_data_size
* @{
*/
#define DMA_MemoryDataSize_Byte ((uint32_t)0x00000000)
#define DMA_MemoryDataSize_HalfWord ((uint32_t)0x00000400)
#define DMA_MemoryDataSize_Word ((uint32_t)0x00000800)
#define IS_DMA_MEMORY_DATA_SIZE(SIZE) (((SIZE) == DMA_MemoryDataSize_Byte) || \
((SIZE) == DMA_MemoryDataSize_HalfWord) || \
((SIZE) == DMA_MemoryDataSize_Word))
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup DMA_circular_normal_mode
* @{
*/
#define DMA_Mode_Circular ((uint32_t)0x00000020)
#define DMA_Mode_Normal ((uint32_t)0x00000000)
#define IS_DMA_MODE(MODE) (((MODE) == DMA_Mode_Circular) || ((MODE) == DMA_Mode_Normal))
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup DMA_priority_level
* @{
*/
#define DMA_Priority_VeryHigh ((uint32_t)0x00003000)
#define DMA_Priority_High ((uint32_t)0x00002000)
#define DMA_Priority_Medium ((uint32_t)0x00001000)
#define DMA_Priority_Low ((uint32_t)0x00000000)
#define IS_DMA_PRIORITY(PRIORITY) (((PRIORITY) == DMA_Priority_VeryHigh) || \
((PRIORITY) == DMA_Priority_High) || \
((PRIORITY) == DMA_Priority_Medium) || \
((PRIORITY) == DMA_Priority_Low))
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup DMA_memory_to_memory
* @{
*/
#define DMA_M2M_Enable ((uint32_t)0x00004000)
#define DMA_M2M_Disable ((uint32_t)0x00000000)
#define IS_DMA_M2M_STATE(STATE) (((STATE) == DMA_M2M_Enable) || ((STATE) == DMA_M2M_Disable))
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup DMA_interrupts_definition
* @{
*/
#define DMA_IT_TC ((uint32_t)0x00000002)
#define DMA_IT_HT ((uint32_t)0x00000004)
#define DMA_IT_TE ((uint32_t)0x00000008)
#define IS_DMA_CONFIG_IT(IT) ((((IT) & 0xFFFFFFF1) == 0x00) && ((IT) != 0x00))
#define DMA1_IT_GL1 ((uint32_t)0x00000001)
#define DMA1_IT_TC1 ((uint32_t)0x00000002)
#define DMA1_IT_HT1 ((uint32_t)0x00000004)
#define DMA1_IT_TE1 ((uint32_t)0x00000008)
#define DMA1_IT_GL2 ((uint32_t)0x00000010)
#define DMA1_IT_TC2 ((uint32_t)0x00000020)
#define DMA1_IT_HT2 ((uint32_t)0x00000040)
#define DMA1_IT_TE2 ((uint32_t)0x00000080)
#define DMA1_IT_GL3 ((uint32_t)0x00000100)
#define DMA1_IT_TC3 ((uint32_t)0x00000200)
#define DMA1_IT_HT3 ((uint32_t)0x00000400)
#define DMA1_IT_TE3 ((uint32_t)0x00000800)
#define DMA1_IT_GL4 ((uint32_t)0x00001000)
#define DMA1_IT_TC4 ((uint32_t)0x00002000)
#define DMA1_IT_HT4 ((uint32_t)0x00004000)
#define DMA1_IT_TE4 ((uint32_t)0x00008000)
#define DMA1_IT_GL5 ((uint32_t)0x00010000)
#define DMA1_IT_TC5 ((uint32_t)0x00020000)
#define DMA1_IT_HT5 ((uint32_t)0x00040000)
#define DMA1_IT_TE5 ((uint32_t)0x00080000)
#define DMA1_IT_GL6 ((uint32_t)0x00100000)
#define DMA1_IT_TC6 ((uint32_t)0x00200000)
#define DMA1_IT_HT6 ((uint32_t)0x00400000)
#define DMA1_IT_TE6 ((uint32_t)0x00800000)
#define DMA1_IT_GL7 ((uint32_t)0x01000000)
#define DMA1_IT_TC7 ((uint32_t)0x02000000)
#define DMA1_IT_HT7 ((uint32_t)0x04000000)
#define DMA1_IT_TE7 ((uint32_t)0x08000000)
#define DMA2_IT_GL1 ((uint32_t)0x10000001)
#define DMA2_IT_TC1 ((uint32_t)0x10000002)
#define DMA2_IT_HT1 ((uint32_t)0x10000004)
#define DMA2_IT_TE1 ((uint32_t)0x10000008)
#define DMA2_IT_GL2 ((uint32_t)0x10000010)
#define DMA2_IT_TC2 ((uint32_t)0x10000020)
#define DMA2_IT_HT2 ((uint32_t)0x10000040)
#define DMA2_IT_TE2 ((uint32_t)0x10000080)
#define DMA2_IT_GL3 ((uint32_t)0x10000100)
#define DMA2_IT_TC3 ((uint32_t)0x10000200)
#define DMA2_IT_HT3 ((uint32_t)0x10000400)
#define DMA2_IT_TE3 ((uint32_t)0x10000800)
#define DMA2_IT_GL4 ((uint32_t)0x10001000)
#define DMA2_IT_TC4 ((uint32_t)0x10002000)
#define DMA2_IT_HT4 ((uint32_t)0x10004000)
#define DMA2_IT_TE4 ((uint32_t)0x10008000)
#define DMA2_IT_GL5 ((uint32_t)0x10010000)
#define DMA2_IT_TC5 ((uint32_t)0x10020000)
#define DMA2_IT_HT5 ((uint32_t)0x10040000)
#define DMA2_IT_TE5 ((uint32_t)0x10080000)
#define IS_DMA_CLEAR_IT(IT) (((((IT) & 0xF0000000) == 0x00) || (((IT) & 0xEFF00000) == 0x00)) && ((IT) != 0x00))
#define IS_DMA_GET_IT(IT) (((IT) == DMA1_IT_GL1) || ((IT) == DMA1_IT_TC1) || \
((IT) == DMA1_IT_HT1) || ((IT) == DMA1_IT_TE1) || \
((IT) == DMA1_IT_GL2) || ((IT) == DMA1_IT_TC2) || \
((IT) == DMA1_IT_HT2) || ((IT) == DMA1_IT_TE2) || \
((IT) == DMA1_IT_GL3) || ((IT) == DMA1_IT_TC3) || \
((IT) == DMA1_IT_HT3) || ((IT) == DMA1_IT_TE3) || \
((IT) == DMA1_IT_GL4) || ((IT) == DMA1_IT_TC4) || \
((IT) == DMA1_IT_HT4) || ((IT) == DMA1_IT_TE4) || \
((IT) == DMA1_IT_GL5) || ((IT) == DMA1_IT_TC5) || \
((IT) == DMA1_IT_HT5) || ((IT) == DMA1_IT_TE5) || \
((IT) == DMA1_IT_GL6) || ((IT) == DMA1_IT_TC6) || \
((IT) == DMA1_IT_HT6) || ((IT) == DMA1_IT_TE6) || \
((IT) == DMA1_IT_GL7) || ((IT) == DMA1_IT_TC7) || \
((IT) == DMA1_IT_HT7) || ((IT) == DMA1_IT_TE7) || \
((IT) == DMA2_IT_GL1) || ((IT) == DMA2_IT_TC1) || \
((IT) == DMA2_IT_HT1) || ((IT) == DMA2_IT_TE1) || \
((IT) == DMA2_IT_GL2) || ((IT) == DMA2_IT_TC2) || \
((IT) == DMA2_IT_HT2) || ((IT) == DMA2_IT_TE2) || \
((IT) == DMA2_IT_GL3) || ((IT) == DMA2_IT_TC3) || \
((IT) == DMA2_IT_HT3) || ((IT) == DMA2_IT_TE3) || \
((IT) == DMA2_IT_GL4) || ((IT) == DMA2_IT_TC4) || \
((IT) == DMA2_IT_HT4) || ((IT) == DMA2_IT_TE4) || \
((IT) == DMA2_IT_GL5) || ((IT) == DMA2_IT_TC5) || \
((IT) == DMA2_IT_HT5) || ((IT) == DMA2_IT_TE5))
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup DMA_flags_definition
* @{
*/
#define DMA1_FLAG_GL1 ((uint32_t)0x00000001)
#define DMA1_FLAG_TC1 ((uint32_t)0x00000002)
#define DMA1_FLAG_HT1 ((uint32_t)0x00000004)
#define DMA1_FLAG_TE1 ((uint32_t)0x00000008)
#define DMA1_FLAG_GL2 ((uint32_t)0x00000010)
#define DMA1_FLAG_TC2 ((uint32_t)0x00000020)
#define DMA1_FLAG_HT2 ((uint32_t)0x00000040)
#define DMA1_FLAG_TE2 ((uint32_t)0x00000080)
#define DMA1_FLAG_GL3 ((uint32_t)0x00000100)
#define DMA1_FLAG_TC3 ((uint32_t)0x00000200)
#define DMA1_FLAG_HT3 ((uint32_t)0x00000400)
#define DMA1_FLAG_TE3 ((uint32_t)0x00000800)
#define DMA1_FLAG_GL4 ((uint32_t)0x00001000)
#define DMA1_FLAG_TC4 ((uint32_t)0x00002000)
#define DMA1_FLAG_HT4 ((uint32_t)0x00004000)
#define DMA1_FLAG_TE4 ((uint32_t)0x00008000)
#define DMA1_FLAG_GL5 ((uint32_t)0x00010000)
#define DMA1_FLAG_TC5 ((uint32_t)0x00020000)
#define DMA1_FLAG_HT5 ((uint32_t)0x00040000)
#define DMA1_FLAG_TE5 ((uint32_t)0x00080000)
#define DMA1_FLAG_GL6 ((uint32_t)0x00100000)
#define DMA1_FLAG_TC6 ((uint32_t)0x00200000)
#define DMA1_FLAG_HT6 ((uint32_t)0x00400000)
#define DMA1_FLAG_TE6 ((uint32_t)0x00800000)
#define DMA1_FLAG_GL7 ((uint32_t)0x01000000)
#define DMA1_FLAG_TC7 ((uint32_t)0x02000000)
#define DMA1_FLAG_HT7 ((uint32_t)0x04000000)
#define DMA1_FLAG_TE7 ((uint32_t)0x08000000)
#define DMA2_FLAG_GL1 ((uint32_t)0x10000001)
#define DMA2_FLAG_TC1 ((uint32_t)0x10000002)
#define DMA2_FLAG_HT1 ((uint32_t)0x10000004)
#define DMA2_FLAG_TE1 ((uint32_t)0x10000008)
#define DMA2_FLAG_GL2 ((uint32_t)0x10000010)
#define DMA2_FLAG_TC2 ((uint32_t)0x10000020)
#define DMA2_FLAG_HT2 ((uint32_t)0x10000040)
#define DMA2_FLAG_TE2 ((uint32_t)0x10000080)
#define DMA2_FLAG_GL3 ((uint32_t)0x10000100)
#define DMA2_FLAG_TC3 ((uint32_t)0x10000200)
#define DMA2_FLAG_HT3 ((uint32_t)0x10000400)
#define DMA2_FLAG_TE3 ((uint32_t)0x10000800)
#define DMA2_FLAG_GL4 ((uint32_t)0x10001000)
#define DMA2_FLAG_TC4 ((uint32_t)0x10002000)
#define DMA2_FLAG_HT4 ((uint32_t)0x10004000)
#define DMA2_FLAG_TE4 ((uint32_t)0x10008000)
#define DMA2_FLAG_GL5 ((uint32_t)0x10010000)
#define DMA2_FLAG_TC5 ((uint32_t)0x10020000)
#define DMA2_FLAG_HT5 ((uint32_t)0x10040000)
#define DMA2_FLAG_TE5 ((uint32_t)0x10080000)
#define IS_DMA_CLEAR_FLAG(FLAG) (((((FLAG) & 0xF0000000) == 0x00) || (((FLAG) & 0xEFF00000) == 0x00)) && ((FLAG) != 0x00))
#define IS_DMA_GET_FLAG(FLAG) (((FLAG) == DMA1_FLAG_GL1) || ((FLAG) == DMA1_FLAG_TC1) || \
((FLAG) == DMA1_FLAG_HT1) || ((FLAG) == DMA1_FLAG_TE1) || \
((FLAG) == DMA1_FLAG_GL2) || ((FLAG) == DMA1_FLAG_TC2) || \
((FLAG) == DMA1_FLAG_HT2) || ((FLAG) == DMA1_FLAG_TE2) || \
((FLAG) == DMA1_FLAG_GL3) || ((FLAG) == DMA1_FLAG_TC3) || \
((FLAG) == DMA1_FLAG_HT3) || ((FLAG) == DMA1_FLAG_TE3) || \
((FLAG) == DMA1_FLAG_GL4) || ((FLAG) == DMA1_FLAG_TC4) || \
((FLAG) == DMA1_FLAG_HT4) || ((FLAG) == DMA1_FLAG_TE4) || \
((FLAG) == DMA1_FLAG_GL5) || ((FLAG) == DMA1_FLAG_TC5) || \
((FLAG) == DMA1_FLAG_HT5) || ((FLAG) == DMA1_FLAG_TE5) || \
((FLAG) == DMA1_FLAG_GL6) || ((FLAG) == DMA1_FLAG_TC6) || \
((FLAG) == DMA1_FLAG_HT6) || ((FLAG) == DMA1_FLAG_TE6) || \
((FLAG) == DMA1_FLAG_GL7) || ((FLAG) == DMA1_FLAG_TC7) || \
((FLAG) == DMA1_FLAG_HT7) || ((FLAG) == DMA1_FLAG_TE7) || \
((FLAG) == DMA2_FLAG_GL1) || ((FLAG) == DMA2_FLAG_TC1) || \
((FLAG) == DMA2_FLAG_HT1) || ((FLAG) == DMA2_FLAG_TE1) || \
((FLAG) == DMA2_FLAG_GL2) || ((FLAG) == DMA2_FLAG_TC2) || \
((FLAG) == DMA2_FLAG_HT2) || ((FLAG) == DMA2_FLAG_TE2) || \
((FLAG) == DMA2_FLAG_GL3) || ((FLAG) == DMA2_FLAG_TC3) || \
((FLAG) == DMA2_FLAG_HT3) || ((FLAG) == DMA2_FLAG_TE3) || \
((FLAG) == DMA2_FLAG_GL4) || ((FLAG) == DMA2_FLAG_TC4) || \
((FLAG) == DMA2_FLAG_HT4) || ((FLAG) == DMA2_FLAG_TE4) || \
((FLAG) == DMA2_FLAG_GL5) || ((FLAG) == DMA2_FLAG_TC5) || \
((FLAG) == DMA2_FLAG_HT5) || ((FLAG) == DMA2_FLAG_TE5))
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup DMA_Buffer_Size
* @{
*/
#define IS_DMA_BUFFER_SIZE(SIZE) (((SIZE) >= 0x1) && ((SIZE) < 0x10000))
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup DMA_Exported_Macros
* @{
*/
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup DMA_Exported_Functions
* @{
*/
void DMA_DeInit(DMA_Channel_TypeDef* DMAy_Channelx);
void DMA_Init(DMA_Channel_TypeDef* DMAy_Channelx, DMA_InitTypeDef* DMA_InitStruct);
void DMA_StructInit(DMA_InitTypeDef* DMA_InitStruct);
void DMA_Cmd(DMA_Channel_TypeDef* DMAy_Channelx, FunctionalState NewState);
void DMA_ITConfig(DMA_Channel_TypeDef* DMAy_Channelx, uint32_t DMA_IT, FunctionalState NewState);
void DMA_SetCurrDataCounter(DMA_Channel_TypeDef* DMAy_Channelx, uint16_t DataNumber);
uint16_t DMA_GetCurrDataCounter(DMA_Channel_TypeDef* DMAy_Channelx);
FlagStatus DMA_GetFlagStatus(uint32_t DMAy_FLAG);
void DMA_ClearFlag(uint32_t DMAy_FLAG);
ITStatus DMA_GetITStatus(uint32_t DMAy_IT);
void DMA_ClearITPendingBit(uint32_t DMAy_IT);
#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif
#endif /*__STM32F10x_DMA_H */
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* @}
*/
/******************* (C) COPYRIGHT 2011 STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/

View File

@ -0,0 +1,184 @@
/**
******************************************************************************
* @file stm32f10x_exti.h
* @author MCD Application Team
* @version V3.5.0
* @date 11-March-2011
* @brief This file contains all the functions prototypes for the EXTI firmware
* library.
******************************************************************************
* @attention
*
* THE PRESENT FIRMWARE WHICH IS FOR GUIDANCE ONLY AIMS AT PROVIDING CUSTOMERS
* WITH CODING INFORMATION REGARDING THEIR PRODUCTS IN ORDER FOR THEM TO SAVE
* TIME. AS A RESULT, STMICROELECTRONICS SHALL NOT BE HELD LIABLE FOR ANY
* DIRECT, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES WITH RESPECT TO ANY CLAIMS ARISING
* FROM THE CONTENT OF SUCH FIRMWARE AND/OR THE USE MADE BY CUSTOMERS OF THE
* CODING INFORMATION CONTAINED HEREIN IN CONNECTION WITH THEIR PRODUCTS.
*
* <h2><center>&copy; COPYRIGHT 2011 STMicroelectronics</center></h2>
******************************************************************************
*/
/* Define to prevent recursive inclusion -------------------------------------*/
#ifndef __STM32F10x_EXTI_H
#define __STM32F10x_EXTI_H
#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif
/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
#include "stm32f10x.h"
/** @addtogroup STM32F10x_StdPeriph_Driver
* @{
*/
/** @addtogroup EXTI
* @{
*/
/** @defgroup EXTI_Exported_Types
* @{
*/
/**
* @brief EXTI mode enumeration
*/
typedef enum
{
EXTI_Mode_Interrupt = 0x00,
EXTI_Mode_Event = 0x04
}EXTIMode_TypeDef;
#define IS_EXTI_MODE(MODE) (((MODE) == EXTI_Mode_Interrupt) || ((MODE) == EXTI_Mode_Event))
/**
* @brief EXTI Trigger enumeration
*/
typedef enum
{
EXTI_Trigger_Rising = 0x08,
EXTI_Trigger_Falling = 0x0C,
EXTI_Trigger_Rising_Falling = 0x10
}EXTITrigger_TypeDef;
#define IS_EXTI_TRIGGER(TRIGGER) (((TRIGGER) == EXTI_Trigger_Rising) || \
((TRIGGER) == EXTI_Trigger_Falling) || \
((TRIGGER) == EXTI_Trigger_Rising_Falling))
/**
* @brief EXTI Init Structure definition
*/
typedef struct
{
uint32_t EXTI_Line; /*!< Specifies the EXTI lines to be enabled or disabled.
This parameter can be any combination of @ref EXTI_Lines */
EXTIMode_TypeDef EXTI_Mode; /*!< Specifies the mode for the EXTI lines.
This parameter can be a value of @ref EXTIMode_TypeDef */
EXTITrigger_TypeDef EXTI_Trigger; /*!< Specifies the trigger signal active edge for the EXTI lines.
This parameter can be a value of @ref EXTIMode_TypeDef */
FunctionalState EXTI_LineCmd; /*!< Specifies the new state of the selected EXTI lines.
This parameter can be set either to ENABLE or DISABLE */
}EXTI_InitTypeDef;
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup EXTI_Exported_Constants
* @{
*/
/** @defgroup EXTI_Lines
* @{
*/
#define EXTI_Line0 ((uint32_t)0x00001) /*!< External interrupt line 0 */
#define EXTI_Line1 ((uint32_t)0x00002) /*!< External interrupt line 1 */
#define EXTI_Line2 ((uint32_t)0x00004) /*!< External interrupt line 2 */
#define EXTI_Line3 ((uint32_t)0x00008) /*!< External interrupt line 3 */
#define EXTI_Line4 ((uint32_t)0x00010) /*!< External interrupt line 4 */
#define EXTI_Line5 ((uint32_t)0x00020) /*!< External interrupt line 5 */
#define EXTI_Line6 ((uint32_t)0x00040) /*!< External interrupt line 6 */
#define EXTI_Line7 ((uint32_t)0x00080) /*!< External interrupt line 7 */
#define EXTI_Line8 ((uint32_t)0x00100) /*!< External interrupt line 8 */
#define EXTI_Line9 ((uint32_t)0x00200) /*!< External interrupt line 9 */
#define EXTI_Line10 ((uint32_t)0x00400) /*!< External interrupt line 10 */
#define EXTI_Line11 ((uint32_t)0x00800) /*!< External interrupt line 11 */
#define EXTI_Line12 ((uint32_t)0x01000) /*!< External interrupt line 12 */
#define EXTI_Line13 ((uint32_t)0x02000) /*!< External interrupt line 13 */
#define EXTI_Line14 ((uint32_t)0x04000) /*!< External interrupt line 14 */
#define EXTI_Line15 ((uint32_t)0x08000) /*!< External interrupt line 15 */
#define EXTI_Line16 ((uint32_t)0x10000) /*!< External interrupt line 16 Connected to the PVD Output */
#define EXTI_Line17 ((uint32_t)0x20000) /*!< External interrupt line 17 Connected to the RTC Alarm event */
#define EXTI_Line18 ((uint32_t)0x40000) /*!< External interrupt line 18 Connected to the USB Device/USB OTG FS
Wakeup from suspend event */
#define EXTI_Line19 ((uint32_t)0x80000) /*!< External interrupt line 19 Connected to the Ethernet Wakeup event */
#define IS_EXTI_LINE(LINE) ((((LINE) & (uint32_t)0xFFF00000) == 0x00) && ((LINE) != (uint16_t)0x00))
#define IS_GET_EXTI_LINE(LINE) (((LINE) == EXTI_Line0) || ((LINE) == EXTI_Line1) || \
((LINE) == EXTI_Line2) || ((LINE) == EXTI_Line3) || \
((LINE) == EXTI_Line4) || ((LINE) == EXTI_Line5) || \
((LINE) == EXTI_Line6) || ((LINE) == EXTI_Line7) || \
((LINE) == EXTI_Line8) || ((LINE) == EXTI_Line9) || \
((LINE) == EXTI_Line10) || ((LINE) == EXTI_Line11) || \
((LINE) == EXTI_Line12) || ((LINE) == EXTI_Line13) || \
((LINE) == EXTI_Line14) || ((LINE) == EXTI_Line15) || \
((LINE) == EXTI_Line16) || ((LINE) == EXTI_Line17) || \
((LINE) == EXTI_Line18) || ((LINE) == EXTI_Line19))
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup EXTI_Exported_Macros
* @{
*/
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup EXTI_Exported_Functions
* @{
*/
void EXTI_DeInit(void);
void EXTI_Init(EXTI_InitTypeDef* EXTI_InitStruct);
void EXTI_StructInit(EXTI_InitTypeDef* EXTI_InitStruct);
void EXTI_GenerateSWInterrupt(uint32_t EXTI_Line);
FlagStatus EXTI_GetFlagStatus(uint32_t EXTI_Line);
void EXTI_ClearFlag(uint32_t EXTI_Line);
ITStatus EXTI_GetITStatus(uint32_t EXTI_Line);
void EXTI_ClearITPendingBit(uint32_t EXTI_Line);
#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif
#endif /* __STM32F10x_EXTI_H */
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* @}
*/
/******************* (C) COPYRIGHT 2011 STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/

View File

@ -0,0 +1,426 @@
/**
******************************************************************************
* @file stm32f10x_flash.h
* @author MCD Application Team
* @version V3.5.0
* @date 11-March-2011
* @brief This file contains all the functions prototypes for the FLASH
* firmware library.
******************************************************************************
* @attention
*
* THE PRESENT FIRMWARE WHICH IS FOR GUIDANCE ONLY AIMS AT PROVIDING CUSTOMERS
* WITH CODING INFORMATION REGARDING THEIR PRODUCTS IN ORDER FOR THEM TO SAVE
* TIME. AS A RESULT, STMICROELECTRONICS SHALL NOT BE HELD LIABLE FOR ANY
* DIRECT, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES WITH RESPECT TO ANY CLAIMS ARISING
* FROM THE CONTENT OF SUCH FIRMWARE AND/OR THE USE MADE BY CUSTOMERS OF THE
* CODING INFORMATION CONTAINED HEREIN IN CONNECTION WITH THEIR PRODUCTS.
*
* <h2><center>&copy; COPYRIGHT 2011 STMicroelectronics</center></h2>
******************************************************************************
*/
/* Define to prevent recursive inclusion -------------------------------------*/
#ifndef __STM32F10x_FLASH_H
#define __STM32F10x_FLASH_H
#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif
/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
#include "stm32f10x.h"
/** @addtogroup STM32F10x_StdPeriph_Driver
* @{
*/
/** @addtogroup FLASH
* @{
*/
/** @defgroup FLASH_Exported_Types
* @{
*/
/**
* @brief FLASH Status
*/
typedef enum
{
FLASH_BUSY = 1,
FLASH_ERROR_PG,
FLASH_ERROR_WRP,
FLASH_COMPLETE,
FLASH_TIMEOUT
}FLASH_Status;
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup FLASH_Exported_Constants
* @{
*/
/** @defgroup Flash_Latency
* @{
*/
#define FLASH_Latency_0 ((uint32_t)0x00000000) /*!< FLASH Zero Latency cycle */
#define FLASH_Latency_1 ((uint32_t)0x00000001) /*!< FLASH One Latency cycle */
#define FLASH_Latency_2 ((uint32_t)0x00000002) /*!< FLASH Two Latency cycles */
#define IS_FLASH_LATENCY(LATENCY) (((LATENCY) == FLASH_Latency_0) || \
((LATENCY) == FLASH_Latency_1) || \
((LATENCY) == FLASH_Latency_2))
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup Half_Cycle_Enable_Disable
* @{
*/
#define FLASH_HalfCycleAccess_Enable ((uint32_t)0x00000008) /*!< FLASH Half Cycle Enable */
#define FLASH_HalfCycleAccess_Disable ((uint32_t)0x00000000) /*!< FLASH Half Cycle Disable */
#define IS_FLASH_HALFCYCLEACCESS_STATE(STATE) (((STATE) == FLASH_HalfCycleAccess_Enable) || \
((STATE) == FLASH_HalfCycleAccess_Disable))
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup Prefetch_Buffer_Enable_Disable
* @{
*/
#define FLASH_PrefetchBuffer_Enable ((uint32_t)0x00000010) /*!< FLASH Prefetch Buffer Enable */
#define FLASH_PrefetchBuffer_Disable ((uint32_t)0x00000000) /*!< FLASH Prefetch Buffer Disable */
#define IS_FLASH_PREFETCHBUFFER_STATE(STATE) (((STATE) == FLASH_PrefetchBuffer_Enable) || \
((STATE) == FLASH_PrefetchBuffer_Disable))
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup Option_Bytes_Write_Protection
* @{
*/
/* Values to be used with STM32 Low and Medium density devices */
#define FLASH_WRProt_Pages0to3 ((uint32_t)0x00000001) /*!< STM32 Low and Medium density devices: Write protection of page 0 to 3 */
#define FLASH_WRProt_Pages4to7 ((uint32_t)0x00000002) /*!< STM32 Low and Medium density devices: Write protection of page 4 to 7 */
#define FLASH_WRProt_Pages8to11 ((uint32_t)0x00000004) /*!< STM32 Low and Medium density devices: Write protection of page 8 to 11 */
#define FLASH_WRProt_Pages12to15 ((uint32_t)0x00000008) /*!< STM32 Low and Medium density devices: Write protection of page 12 to 15 */
#define FLASH_WRProt_Pages16to19 ((uint32_t)0x00000010) /*!< STM32 Low and Medium density devices: Write protection of page 16 to 19 */
#define FLASH_WRProt_Pages20to23 ((uint32_t)0x00000020) /*!< STM32 Low and Medium density devices: Write protection of page 20 to 23 */
#define FLASH_WRProt_Pages24to27 ((uint32_t)0x00000040) /*!< STM32 Low and Medium density devices: Write protection of page 24 to 27 */
#define FLASH_WRProt_Pages28to31 ((uint32_t)0x00000080) /*!< STM32 Low and Medium density devices: Write protection of page 28 to 31 */
/* Values to be used with STM32 Medium-density devices */
#define FLASH_WRProt_Pages32to35 ((uint32_t)0x00000100) /*!< STM32 Medium-density devices: Write protection of page 32 to 35 */
#define FLASH_WRProt_Pages36to39 ((uint32_t)0x00000200) /*!< STM32 Medium-density devices: Write protection of page 36 to 39 */
#define FLASH_WRProt_Pages40to43 ((uint32_t)0x00000400) /*!< STM32 Medium-density devices: Write protection of page 40 to 43 */
#define FLASH_WRProt_Pages44to47 ((uint32_t)0x00000800) /*!< STM32 Medium-density devices: Write protection of page 44 to 47 */
#define FLASH_WRProt_Pages48to51 ((uint32_t)0x00001000) /*!< STM32 Medium-density devices: Write protection of page 48 to 51 */
#define FLASH_WRProt_Pages52to55 ((uint32_t)0x00002000) /*!< STM32 Medium-density devices: Write protection of page 52 to 55 */
#define FLASH_WRProt_Pages56to59 ((uint32_t)0x00004000) /*!< STM32 Medium-density devices: Write protection of page 56 to 59 */
#define FLASH_WRProt_Pages60to63 ((uint32_t)0x00008000) /*!< STM32 Medium-density devices: Write protection of page 60 to 63 */
#define FLASH_WRProt_Pages64to67 ((uint32_t)0x00010000) /*!< STM32 Medium-density devices: Write protection of page 64 to 67 */
#define FLASH_WRProt_Pages68to71 ((uint32_t)0x00020000) /*!< STM32 Medium-density devices: Write protection of page 68 to 71 */
#define FLASH_WRProt_Pages72to75 ((uint32_t)0x00040000) /*!< STM32 Medium-density devices: Write protection of page 72 to 75 */
#define FLASH_WRProt_Pages76to79 ((uint32_t)0x00080000) /*!< STM32 Medium-density devices: Write protection of page 76 to 79 */
#define FLASH_WRProt_Pages80to83 ((uint32_t)0x00100000) /*!< STM32 Medium-density devices: Write protection of page 80 to 83 */
#define FLASH_WRProt_Pages84to87 ((uint32_t)0x00200000) /*!< STM32 Medium-density devices: Write protection of page 84 to 87 */
#define FLASH_WRProt_Pages88to91 ((uint32_t)0x00400000) /*!< STM32 Medium-density devices: Write protection of page 88 to 91 */
#define FLASH_WRProt_Pages92to95 ((uint32_t)0x00800000) /*!< STM32 Medium-density devices: Write protection of page 92 to 95 */
#define FLASH_WRProt_Pages96to99 ((uint32_t)0x01000000) /*!< STM32 Medium-density devices: Write protection of page 96 to 99 */
#define FLASH_WRProt_Pages100to103 ((uint32_t)0x02000000) /*!< STM32 Medium-density devices: Write protection of page 100 to 103 */
#define FLASH_WRProt_Pages104to107 ((uint32_t)0x04000000) /*!< STM32 Medium-density devices: Write protection of page 104 to 107 */
#define FLASH_WRProt_Pages108to111 ((uint32_t)0x08000000) /*!< STM32 Medium-density devices: Write protection of page 108 to 111 */
#define FLASH_WRProt_Pages112to115 ((uint32_t)0x10000000) /*!< STM32 Medium-density devices: Write protection of page 112 to 115 */
#define FLASH_WRProt_Pages116to119 ((uint32_t)0x20000000) /*!< STM32 Medium-density devices: Write protection of page 115 to 119 */
#define FLASH_WRProt_Pages120to123 ((uint32_t)0x40000000) /*!< STM32 Medium-density devices: Write protection of page 120 to 123 */
#define FLASH_WRProt_Pages124to127 ((uint32_t)0x80000000) /*!< STM32 Medium-density devices: Write protection of page 124 to 127 */
/* Values to be used with STM32 High-density and STM32F10X Connectivity line devices */
#define FLASH_WRProt_Pages0to1 ((uint32_t)0x00000001) /*!< STM32 High-density, XL-density and Connectivity line devices:
Write protection of page 0 to 1 */
#define FLASH_WRProt_Pages2to3 ((uint32_t)0x00000002) /*!< STM32 High-density, XL-density and Connectivity line devices:
Write protection of page 2 to 3 */
#define FLASH_WRProt_Pages4to5 ((uint32_t)0x00000004) /*!< STM32 High-density, XL-density and Connectivity line devices:
Write protection of page 4 to 5 */
#define FLASH_WRProt_Pages6to7 ((uint32_t)0x00000008) /*!< STM32 High-density, XL-density and Connectivity line devices:
Write protection of page 6 to 7 */
#define FLASH_WRProt_Pages8to9 ((uint32_t)0x00000010) /*!< STM32 High-density, XL-density and Connectivity line devices:
Write protection of page 8 to 9 */
#define FLASH_WRProt_Pages10to11 ((uint32_t)0x00000020) /*!< STM32 High-density, XL-density and Connectivity line devices:
Write protection of page 10 to 11 */
#define FLASH_WRProt_Pages12to13 ((uint32_t)0x00000040) /*!< STM32 High-density, XL-density and Connectivity line devices:
Write protection of page 12 to 13 */
#define FLASH_WRProt_Pages14to15 ((uint32_t)0x00000080) /*!< STM32 High-density, XL-density and Connectivity line devices:
Write protection of page 14 to 15 */
#define FLASH_WRProt_Pages16to17 ((uint32_t)0x00000100) /*!< STM32 High-density, XL-density and Connectivity line devices:
Write protection of page 16 to 17 */
#define FLASH_WRProt_Pages18to19 ((uint32_t)0x00000200) /*!< STM32 High-density, XL-density and Connectivity line devices:
Write protection of page 18 to 19 */
#define FLASH_WRProt_Pages20to21 ((uint32_t)0x00000400) /*!< STM32 High-density, XL-density and Connectivity line devices:
Write protection of page 20 to 21 */
#define FLASH_WRProt_Pages22to23 ((uint32_t)0x00000800) /*!< STM32 High-density, XL-density and Connectivity line devices:
Write protection of page 22 to 23 */
#define FLASH_WRProt_Pages24to25 ((uint32_t)0x00001000) /*!< STM32 High-density, XL-density and Connectivity line devices:
Write protection of page 24 to 25 */
#define FLASH_WRProt_Pages26to27 ((uint32_t)0x00002000) /*!< STM32 High-density, XL-density and Connectivity line devices:
Write protection of page 26 to 27 */
#define FLASH_WRProt_Pages28to29 ((uint32_t)0x00004000) /*!< STM32 High-density, XL-density and Connectivity line devices:
Write protection of page 28 to 29 */
#define FLASH_WRProt_Pages30to31 ((uint32_t)0x00008000) /*!< STM32 High-density, XL-density and Connectivity line devices:
Write protection of page 30 to 31 */
#define FLASH_WRProt_Pages32to33 ((uint32_t)0x00010000) /*!< STM32 High-density, XL-density and Connectivity line devices:
Write protection of page 32 to 33 */
#define FLASH_WRProt_Pages34to35 ((uint32_t)0x00020000) /*!< STM32 High-density, XL-density and Connectivity line devices:
Write protection of page 34 to 35 */
#define FLASH_WRProt_Pages36to37 ((uint32_t)0x00040000) /*!< STM32 High-density, XL-density and Connectivity line devices:
Write protection of page 36 to 37 */
#define FLASH_WRProt_Pages38to39 ((uint32_t)0x00080000) /*!< STM32 High-density, XL-density and Connectivity line devices:
Write protection of page 38 to 39 */
#define FLASH_WRProt_Pages40to41 ((uint32_t)0x00100000) /*!< STM32 High-density, XL-density and Connectivity line devices:
Write protection of page 40 to 41 */
#define FLASH_WRProt_Pages42to43 ((uint32_t)0x00200000) /*!< STM32 High-density, XL-density and Connectivity line devices:
Write protection of page 42 to 43 */
#define FLASH_WRProt_Pages44to45 ((uint32_t)0x00400000) /*!< STM32 High-density, XL-density and Connectivity line devices:
Write protection of page 44 to 45 */
#define FLASH_WRProt_Pages46to47 ((uint32_t)0x00800000) /*!< STM32 High-density, XL-density and Connectivity line devices:
Write protection of page 46 to 47 */
#define FLASH_WRProt_Pages48to49 ((uint32_t)0x01000000) /*!< STM32 High-density, XL-density and Connectivity line devices:
Write protection of page 48 to 49 */
#define FLASH_WRProt_Pages50to51 ((uint32_t)0x02000000) /*!< STM32 High-density, XL-density and Connectivity line devices:
Write protection of page 50 to 51 */
#define FLASH_WRProt_Pages52to53 ((uint32_t)0x04000000) /*!< STM32 High-density, XL-density and Connectivity line devices:
Write protection of page 52 to 53 */
#define FLASH_WRProt_Pages54to55 ((uint32_t)0x08000000) /*!< STM32 High-density, XL-density and Connectivity line devices:
Write protection of page 54 to 55 */
#define FLASH_WRProt_Pages56to57 ((uint32_t)0x10000000) /*!< STM32 High-density, XL-density and Connectivity line devices:
Write protection of page 56 to 57 */
#define FLASH_WRProt_Pages58to59 ((uint32_t)0x20000000) /*!< STM32 High-density, XL-density and Connectivity line devices:
Write protection of page 58 to 59 */
#define FLASH_WRProt_Pages60to61 ((uint32_t)0x40000000) /*!< STM32 High-density, XL-density and Connectivity line devices:
Write protection of page 60 to 61 */
#define FLASH_WRProt_Pages62to127 ((uint32_t)0x80000000) /*!< STM32 Connectivity line devices: Write protection of page 62 to 127 */
#define FLASH_WRProt_Pages62to255 ((uint32_t)0x80000000) /*!< STM32 Medium-density devices: Write protection of page 62 to 255 */
#define FLASH_WRProt_Pages62to511 ((uint32_t)0x80000000) /*!< STM32 XL-density devices: Write protection of page 62 to 511 */
#define FLASH_WRProt_AllPages ((uint32_t)0xFFFFFFFF) /*!< Write protection of all Pages */
#define IS_FLASH_WRPROT_PAGE(PAGE) (((PAGE) != 0x00000000))
#define IS_FLASH_ADDRESS(ADDRESS) (((ADDRESS) >= 0x08000000) && ((ADDRESS) < 0x080FFFFF))
#define IS_OB_DATA_ADDRESS(ADDRESS) (((ADDRESS) == 0x1FFFF804) || ((ADDRESS) == 0x1FFFF806))
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup Option_Bytes_IWatchdog
* @{
*/
#define OB_IWDG_SW ((uint16_t)0x0001) /*!< Software IWDG selected */
#define OB_IWDG_HW ((uint16_t)0x0000) /*!< Hardware IWDG selected */
#define IS_OB_IWDG_SOURCE(SOURCE) (((SOURCE) == OB_IWDG_SW) || ((SOURCE) == OB_IWDG_HW))
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup Option_Bytes_nRST_STOP
* @{
*/
#define OB_STOP_NoRST ((uint16_t)0x0002) /*!< No reset generated when entering in STOP */
#define OB_STOP_RST ((uint16_t)0x0000) /*!< Reset generated when entering in STOP */
#define IS_OB_STOP_SOURCE(SOURCE) (((SOURCE) == OB_STOP_NoRST) || ((SOURCE) == OB_STOP_RST))
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup Option_Bytes_nRST_STDBY
* @{
*/
#define OB_STDBY_NoRST ((uint16_t)0x0004) /*!< No reset generated when entering in STANDBY */
#define OB_STDBY_RST ((uint16_t)0x0000) /*!< Reset generated when entering in STANDBY */
#define IS_OB_STDBY_SOURCE(SOURCE) (((SOURCE) == OB_STDBY_NoRST) || ((SOURCE) == OB_STDBY_RST))
#ifdef STM32F10X_XL
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup FLASH_Boot
* @{
*/
#define FLASH_BOOT_Bank1 ((uint16_t)0x0000) /*!< At startup, if boot pins are set in boot from user Flash position
and this parameter is selected the device will boot from Bank1(Default) */
#define FLASH_BOOT_Bank2 ((uint16_t)0x0001) /*!< At startup, if boot pins are set in boot from user Flash position
and this parameter is selected the device will boot from Bank 2 or Bank 1,
depending on the activation of the bank */
#define IS_FLASH_BOOT(BOOT) (((BOOT) == FLASH_BOOT_Bank1) || ((BOOT) == FLASH_BOOT_Bank2))
#endif
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup FLASH_Interrupts
* @{
*/
#ifdef STM32F10X_XL
#define FLASH_IT_BANK2_ERROR ((uint32_t)0x80000400) /*!< FPEC BANK2 error interrupt source */
#define FLASH_IT_BANK2_EOP ((uint32_t)0x80001000) /*!< End of FLASH BANK2 Operation Interrupt source */
#define FLASH_IT_BANK1_ERROR FLASH_IT_ERROR /*!< FPEC BANK1 error interrupt source */
#define FLASH_IT_BANK1_EOP FLASH_IT_EOP /*!< End of FLASH BANK1 Operation Interrupt source */
#define FLASH_IT_ERROR ((uint32_t)0x00000400) /*!< FPEC BANK1 error interrupt source */
#define FLASH_IT_EOP ((uint32_t)0x00001000) /*!< End of FLASH BANK1 Operation Interrupt source */
#define IS_FLASH_IT(IT) ((((IT) & (uint32_t)0x7FFFEBFF) == 0x00000000) && (((IT) != 0x00000000)))
#else
#define FLASH_IT_ERROR ((uint32_t)0x00000400) /*!< FPEC error interrupt source */
#define FLASH_IT_EOP ((uint32_t)0x00001000) /*!< End of FLASH Operation Interrupt source */
#define FLASH_IT_BANK1_ERROR FLASH_IT_ERROR /*!< FPEC BANK1 error interrupt source */
#define FLASH_IT_BANK1_EOP FLASH_IT_EOP /*!< End of FLASH BANK1 Operation Interrupt source */
#define IS_FLASH_IT(IT) ((((IT) & (uint32_t)0xFFFFEBFF) == 0x00000000) && (((IT) != 0x00000000)))
#endif
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup FLASH_Flags
* @{
*/
#ifdef STM32F10X_XL
#define FLASH_FLAG_BANK2_BSY ((uint32_t)0x80000001) /*!< FLASH BANK2 Busy flag */
#define FLASH_FLAG_BANK2_EOP ((uint32_t)0x80000020) /*!< FLASH BANK2 End of Operation flag */
#define FLASH_FLAG_BANK2_PGERR ((uint32_t)0x80000004) /*!< FLASH BANK2 Program error flag */
#define FLASH_FLAG_BANK2_WRPRTERR ((uint32_t)0x80000010) /*!< FLASH BANK2 Write protected error flag */
#define FLASH_FLAG_BANK1_BSY FLASH_FLAG_BSY /*!< FLASH BANK1 Busy flag*/
#define FLASH_FLAG_BANK1_EOP FLASH_FLAG_EOP /*!< FLASH BANK1 End of Operation flag */
#define FLASH_FLAG_BANK1_PGERR FLASH_FLAG_PGERR /*!< FLASH BANK1 Program error flag */
#define FLASH_FLAG_BANK1_WRPRTERR FLASH_FLAG_WRPRTERR /*!< FLASH BANK1 Write protected error flag */
#define FLASH_FLAG_BSY ((uint32_t)0x00000001) /*!< FLASH Busy flag */
#define FLASH_FLAG_EOP ((uint32_t)0x00000020) /*!< FLASH End of Operation flag */
#define FLASH_FLAG_PGERR ((uint32_t)0x00000004) /*!< FLASH Program error flag */
#define FLASH_FLAG_WRPRTERR ((uint32_t)0x00000010) /*!< FLASH Write protected error flag */
#define FLASH_FLAG_OPTERR ((uint32_t)0x00000001) /*!< FLASH Option Byte error flag */
#define IS_FLASH_CLEAR_FLAG(FLAG) ((((FLAG) & (uint32_t)0x7FFFFFCA) == 0x00000000) && ((FLAG) != 0x00000000))
#define IS_FLASH_GET_FLAG(FLAG) (((FLAG) == FLASH_FLAG_BSY) || ((FLAG) == FLASH_FLAG_EOP) || \
((FLAG) == FLASH_FLAG_PGERR) || ((FLAG) == FLASH_FLAG_WRPRTERR) || \
((FLAG) == FLASH_FLAG_OPTERR)|| \
((FLAG) == FLASH_FLAG_BANK1_BSY) || ((FLAG) == FLASH_FLAG_BANK1_EOP) || \
((FLAG) == FLASH_FLAG_BANK1_PGERR) || ((FLAG) == FLASH_FLAG_BANK1_WRPRTERR) || \
((FLAG) == FLASH_FLAG_BANK2_BSY) || ((FLAG) == FLASH_FLAG_BANK2_EOP) || \
((FLAG) == FLASH_FLAG_BANK2_PGERR) || ((FLAG) == FLASH_FLAG_BANK2_WRPRTERR))
#else
#define FLASH_FLAG_BSY ((uint32_t)0x00000001) /*!< FLASH Busy flag */
#define FLASH_FLAG_EOP ((uint32_t)0x00000020) /*!< FLASH End of Operation flag */
#define FLASH_FLAG_PGERR ((uint32_t)0x00000004) /*!< FLASH Program error flag */
#define FLASH_FLAG_WRPRTERR ((uint32_t)0x00000010) /*!< FLASH Write protected error flag */
#define FLASH_FLAG_OPTERR ((uint32_t)0x00000001) /*!< FLASH Option Byte error flag */
#define FLASH_FLAG_BANK1_BSY FLASH_FLAG_BSY /*!< FLASH BANK1 Busy flag*/
#define FLASH_FLAG_BANK1_EOP FLASH_FLAG_EOP /*!< FLASH BANK1 End of Operation flag */
#define FLASH_FLAG_BANK1_PGERR FLASH_FLAG_PGERR /*!< FLASH BANK1 Program error flag */
#define FLASH_FLAG_BANK1_WRPRTERR FLASH_FLAG_WRPRTERR /*!< FLASH BANK1 Write protected error flag */
#define IS_FLASH_CLEAR_FLAG(FLAG) ((((FLAG) & (uint32_t)0xFFFFFFCA) == 0x00000000) && ((FLAG) != 0x00000000))
#define IS_FLASH_GET_FLAG(FLAG) (((FLAG) == FLASH_FLAG_BSY) || ((FLAG) == FLASH_FLAG_EOP) || \
((FLAG) == FLASH_FLAG_PGERR) || ((FLAG) == FLASH_FLAG_WRPRTERR) || \
((FLAG) == FLASH_FLAG_BANK1_BSY) || ((FLAG) == FLASH_FLAG_BANK1_EOP) || \
((FLAG) == FLASH_FLAG_BANK1_PGERR) || ((FLAG) == FLASH_FLAG_BANK1_WRPRTERR) || \
((FLAG) == FLASH_FLAG_OPTERR))
#endif
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup FLASH_Exported_Macros
* @{
*/
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup FLASH_Exported_Functions
* @{
*/
/*------------ Functions used for all STM32F10x devices -----*/
void FLASH_SetLatency(uint32_t FLASH_Latency);
void FLASH_HalfCycleAccessCmd(uint32_t FLASH_HalfCycleAccess);
void FLASH_PrefetchBufferCmd(uint32_t FLASH_PrefetchBuffer);
void FLASH_Unlock(void);
void FLASH_Lock(void);
FLASH_Status FLASH_ErasePage(uint32_t Page_Address);
FLASH_Status FLASH_EraseAllPages(void);
FLASH_Status FLASH_EraseOptionBytes(void);
FLASH_Status FLASH_ProgramWord(uint32_t Address, uint32_t Data);
FLASH_Status FLASH_ProgramHalfWord(uint32_t Address, uint16_t Data);
FLASH_Status FLASH_ProgramOptionByteData(uint32_t Address, uint8_t Data);
FLASH_Status FLASH_EnableWriteProtection(uint32_t FLASH_Pages);
FLASH_Status FLASH_ReadOutProtection(FunctionalState NewState);
FLASH_Status FLASH_UserOptionByteConfig(uint16_t OB_IWDG, uint16_t OB_STOP, uint16_t OB_STDBY);
uint32_t FLASH_GetUserOptionByte(void);
uint32_t FLASH_GetWriteProtectionOptionByte(void);
FlagStatus FLASH_GetReadOutProtectionStatus(void);
FlagStatus FLASH_GetPrefetchBufferStatus(void);
void FLASH_ITConfig(uint32_t FLASH_IT, FunctionalState NewState);
FlagStatus FLASH_GetFlagStatus(uint32_t FLASH_FLAG);
void FLASH_ClearFlag(uint32_t FLASH_FLAG);
FLASH_Status FLASH_GetStatus(void);
FLASH_Status FLASH_WaitForLastOperation(uint32_t Timeout);
/*------------ New function used for all STM32F10x devices -----*/
void FLASH_UnlockBank1(void);
void FLASH_LockBank1(void);
FLASH_Status FLASH_EraseAllBank1Pages(void);
FLASH_Status FLASH_GetBank1Status(void);
FLASH_Status FLASH_WaitForLastBank1Operation(uint32_t Timeout);
#ifdef STM32F10X_XL
/*---- New Functions used only with STM32F10x_XL density devices -----*/
void FLASH_UnlockBank2(void);
void FLASH_LockBank2(void);
FLASH_Status FLASH_EraseAllBank2Pages(void);
FLASH_Status FLASH_GetBank2Status(void);
FLASH_Status FLASH_WaitForLastBank2Operation(uint32_t Timeout);
FLASH_Status FLASH_BootConfig(uint16_t FLASH_BOOT);
#endif
#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif
#endif /* __STM32F10x_FLASH_H */
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* @}
*/
/******************* (C) COPYRIGHT 2011 STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/

View File

@ -0,0 +1,733 @@
/**
******************************************************************************
* @file stm32f10x_fsmc.h
* @author MCD Application Team
* @version V3.5.0
* @date 11-March-2011
* @brief This file contains all the functions prototypes for the FSMC firmware
* library.
******************************************************************************
* @attention
*
* THE PRESENT FIRMWARE WHICH IS FOR GUIDANCE ONLY AIMS AT PROVIDING CUSTOMERS
* WITH CODING INFORMATION REGARDING THEIR PRODUCTS IN ORDER FOR THEM TO SAVE
* TIME. AS A RESULT, STMICROELECTRONICS SHALL NOT BE HELD LIABLE FOR ANY
* DIRECT, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES WITH RESPECT TO ANY CLAIMS ARISING
* FROM THE CONTENT OF SUCH FIRMWARE AND/OR THE USE MADE BY CUSTOMERS OF THE
* CODING INFORMATION CONTAINED HEREIN IN CONNECTION WITH THEIR PRODUCTS.
*
* <h2><center>&copy; COPYRIGHT 2011 STMicroelectronics</center></h2>
******************************************************************************
*/
/* Define to prevent recursive inclusion -------------------------------------*/
#ifndef __STM32F10x_FSMC_H
#define __STM32F10x_FSMC_H
#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif
/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
#include "stm32f10x.h"
/** @addtogroup STM32F10x_StdPeriph_Driver
* @{
*/
/** @addtogroup FSMC
* @{
*/
/** @defgroup FSMC_Exported_Types
* @{
*/
/**
* @brief Timing parameters For NOR/SRAM Banks
*/
typedef struct
{
uint32_t FSMC_AddressSetupTime; /*!< Defines the number of HCLK cycles to configure
the duration of the address setup time.
This parameter can be a value between 0 and 0xF.
@note: It is not used with synchronous NOR Flash memories. */
uint32_t FSMC_AddressHoldTime; /*!< Defines the number of HCLK cycles to configure
the duration of the address hold time.
This parameter can be a value between 0 and 0xF.
@note: It is not used with synchronous NOR Flash memories.*/
uint32_t FSMC_DataSetupTime; /*!< Defines the number of HCLK cycles to configure
the duration of the data setup time.
This parameter can be a value between 0 and 0xFF.
@note: It is used for SRAMs, ROMs and asynchronous multiplexed NOR Flash memories. */
uint32_t FSMC_BusTurnAroundDuration; /*!< Defines the number of HCLK cycles to configure
the duration of the bus turnaround.
This parameter can be a value between 0 and 0xF.
@note: It is only used for multiplexed NOR Flash memories. */
uint32_t FSMC_CLKDivision; /*!< Defines the period of CLK clock output signal, expressed in number of HCLK cycles.
This parameter can be a value between 1 and 0xF.
@note: This parameter is not used for asynchronous NOR Flash, SRAM or ROM accesses. */
uint32_t FSMC_DataLatency; /*!< Defines the number of memory clock cycles to issue
to the memory before getting the first data.
The value of this parameter depends on the memory type as shown below:
- It must be set to 0 in case of a CRAM
- It is don't care in asynchronous NOR, SRAM or ROM accesses
- It may assume a value between 0 and 0xF in NOR Flash memories
with synchronous burst mode enable */
uint32_t FSMC_AccessMode; /*!< Specifies the asynchronous access mode.
This parameter can be a value of @ref FSMC_Access_Mode */
}FSMC_NORSRAMTimingInitTypeDef;
/**
* @brief FSMC NOR/SRAM Init structure definition
*/
typedef struct
{
uint32_t FSMC_Bank; /*!< Specifies the NOR/SRAM memory bank that will be used.
This parameter can be a value of @ref FSMC_NORSRAM_Bank */
uint32_t FSMC_DataAddressMux; /*!< Specifies whether the address and data values are
multiplexed on the databus or not.
This parameter can be a value of @ref FSMC_Data_Address_Bus_Multiplexing */
uint32_t FSMC_MemoryType; /*!< Specifies the type of external memory attached to
the corresponding memory bank.
This parameter can be a value of @ref FSMC_Memory_Type */
uint32_t FSMC_MemoryDataWidth; /*!< Specifies the external memory device width.
This parameter can be a value of @ref FSMC_Data_Width */
uint32_t FSMC_BurstAccessMode; /*!< Enables or disables the burst access mode for Flash memory,
valid only with synchronous burst Flash memories.
This parameter can be a value of @ref FSMC_Burst_Access_Mode */
uint32_t FSMC_AsynchronousWait; /*!< Enables or disables wait signal during asynchronous transfers,
valid only with asynchronous Flash memories.
This parameter can be a value of @ref FSMC_AsynchronousWait */
uint32_t FSMC_WaitSignalPolarity; /*!< Specifies the wait signal polarity, valid only when accessing
the Flash memory in burst mode.
This parameter can be a value of @ref FSMC_Wait_Signal_Polarity */
uint32_t FSMC_WrapMode; /*!< Enables or disables the Wrapped burst access mode for Flash
memory, valid only when accessing Flash memories in burst mode.
This parameter can be a value of @ref FSMC_Wrap_Mode */
uint32_t FSMC_WaitSignalActive; /*!< Specifies if the wait signal is asserted by the memory one
clock cycle before the wait state or during the wait state,
valid only when accessing memories in burst mode.
This parameter can be a value of @ref FSMC_Wait_Timing */
uint32_t FSMC_WriteOperation; /*!< Enables or disables the write operation in the selected bank by the FSMC.
This parameter can be a value of @ref FSMC_Write_Operation */
uint32_t FSMC_WaitSignal; /*!< Enables or disables the wait-state insertion via wait
signal, valid for Flash memory access in burst mode.
This parameter can be a value of @ref FSMC_Wait_Signal */
uint32_t FSMC_ExtendedMode; /*!< Enables or disables the extended mode.
This parameter can be a value of @ref FSMC_Extended_Mode */
uint32_t FSMC_WriteBurst; /*!< Enables or disables the write burst operation.
This parameter can be a value of @ref FSMC_Write_Burst */
FSMC_NORSRAMTimingInitTypeDef* FSMC_ReadWriteTimingStruct; /*!< Timing Parameters for write and read access if the ExtendedMode is not used*/
FSMC_NORSRAMTimingInitTypeDef* FSMC_WriteTimingStruct; /*!< Timing Parameters for write access if the ExtendedMode is used*/
}FSMC_NORSRAMInitTypeDef;
/**
* @brief Timing parameters For FSMC NAND and PCCARD Banks
*/
typedef struct
{
uint32_t FSMC_SetupTime; /*!< Defines the number of HCLK cycles to setup address before
the command assertion for NAND-Flash read or write access
to common/Attribute or I/O memory space (depending on
the memory space timing to be configured).
This parameter can be a value between 0 and 0xFF.*/
uint32_t FSMC_WaitSetupTime; /*!< Defines the minimum number of HCLK cycles to assert the
command for NAND-Flash read or write access to
common/Attribute or I/O memory space (depending on the
memory space timing to be configured).
This parameter can be a number between 0x00 and 0xFF */
uint32_t FSMC_HoldSetupTime; /*!< Defines the number of HCLK clock cycles to hold address
(and data for write access) after the command deassertion
for NAND-Flash read or write access to common/Attribute
or I/O memory space (depending on the memory space timing
to be configured).
This parameter can be a number between 0x00 and 0xFF */
uint32_t FSMC_HiZSetupTime; /*!< Defines the number of HCLK clock cycles during which the
databus is kept in HiZ after the start of a NAND-Flash
write access to common/Attribute or I/O memory space (depending
on the memory space timing to be configured).
This parameter can be a number between 0x00 and 0xFF */
}FSMC_NAND_PCCARDTimingInitTypeDef;
/**
* @brief FSMC NAND Init structure definition
*/
typedef struct
{
uint32_t FSMC_Bank; /*!< Specifies the NAND memory bank that will be used.
This parameter can be a value of @ref FSMC_NAND_Bank */
uint32_t FSMC_Waitfeature; /*!< Enables or disables the Wait feature for the NAND Memory Bank.
This parameter can be any value of @ref FSMC_Wait_feature */
uint32_t FSMC_MemoryDataWidth; /*!< Specifies the external memory device width.
This parameter can be any value of @ref FSMC_Data_Width */
uint32_t FSMC_ECC; /*!< Enables or disables the ECC computation.
This parameter can be any value of @ref FSMC_ECC */
uint32_t FSMC_ECCPageSize; /*!< Defines the page size for the extended ECC.
This parameter can be any value of @ref FSMC_ECC_Page_Size */
uint32_t FSMC_TCLRSetupTime; /*!< Defines the number of HCLK cycles to configure the
delay between CLE low and RE low.
This parameter can be a value between 0 and 0xFF. */
uint32_t FSMC_TARSetupTime; /*!< Defines the number of HCLK cycles to configure the
delay between ALE low and RE low.
This parameter can be a number between 0x0 and 0xFF */
FSMC_NAND_PCCARDTimingInitTypeDef* FSMC_CommonSpaceTimingStruct; /*!< FSMC Common Space Timing */
FSMC_NAND_PCCARDTimingInitTypeDef* FSMC_AttributeSpaceTimingStruct; /*!< FSMC Attribute Space Timing */
}FSMC_NANDInitTypeDef;
/**
* @brief FSMC PCCARD Init structure definition
*/
typedef struct
{
uint32_t FSMC_Waitfeature; /*!< Enables or disables the Wait feature for the Memory Bank.
This parameter can be any value of @ref FSMC_Wait_feature */
uint32_t FSMC_TCLRSetupTime; /*!< Defines the number of HCLK cycles to configure the
delay between CLE low and RE low.
This parameter can be a value between 0 and 0xFF. */
uint32_t FSMC_TARSetupTime; /*!< Defines the number of HCLK cycles to configure the
delay between ALE low and RE low.
This parameter can be a number between 0x0 and 0xFF */
FSMC_NAND_PCCARDTimingInitTypeDef* FSMC_CommonSpaceTimingStruct; /*!< FSMC Common Space Timing */
FSMC_NAND_PCCARDTimingInitTypeDef* FSMC_AttributeSpaceTimingStruct; /*!< FSMC Attribute Space Timing */
FSMC_NAND_PCCARDTimingInitTypeDef* FSMC_IOSpaceTimingStruct; /*!< FSMC IO Space Timing */
}FSMC_PCCARDInitTypeDef;
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup FSMC_Exported_Constants
* @{
*/
/** @defgroup FSMC_NORSRAM_Bank
* @{
*/
#define FSMC_Bank1_NORSRAM1 ((uint32_t)0x00000000)
#define FSMC_Bank1_NORSRAM2 ((uint32_t)0x00000002)
#define FSMC_Bank1_NORSRAM3 ((uint32_t)0x00000004)
#define FSMC_Bank1_NORSRAM4 ((uint32_t)0x00000006)
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup FSMC_NAND_Bank
* @{
*/
#define FSMC_Bank2_NAND ((uint32_t)0x00000010)
#define FSMC_Bank3_NAND ((uint32_t)0x00000100)
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup FSMC_PCCARD_Bank
* @{
*/
#define FSMC_Bank4_PCCARD ((uint32_t)0x00001000)
/**
* @}
*/
#define IS_FSMC_NORSRAM_BANK(BANK) (((BANK) == FSMC_Bank1_NORSRAM1) || \
((BANK) == FSMC_Bank1_NORSRAM2) || \
((BANK) == FSMC_Bank1_NORSRAM3) || \
((BANK) == FSMC_Bank1_NORSRAM4))
#define IS_FSMC_NAND_BANK(BANK) (((BANK) == FSMC_Bank2_NAND) || \
((BANK) == FSMC_Bank3_NAND))
#define IS_FSMC_GETFLAG_BANK(BANK) (((BANK) == FSMC_Bank2_NAND) || \
((BANK) == FSMC_Bank3_NAND) || \
((BANK) == FSMC_Bank4_PCCARD))
#define IS_FSMC_IT_BANK(BANK) (((BANK) == FSMC_Bank2_NAND) || \
((BANK) == FSMC_Bank3_NAND) || \
((BANK) == FSMC_Bank4_PCCARD))
/** @defgroup NOR_SRAM_Controller
* @{
*/
/** @defgroup FSMC_Data_Address_Bus_Multiplexing
* @{
*/
#define FSMC_DataAddressMux_Disable ((uint32_t)0x00000000)
#define FSMC_DataAddressMux_Enable ((uint32_t)0x00000002)
#define IS_FSMC_MUX(MUX) (((MUX) == FSMC_DataAddressMux_Disable) || \
((MUX) == FSMC_DataAddressMux_Enable))
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup FSMC_Memory_Type
* @{
*/
#define FSMC_MemoryType_SRAM ((uint32_t)0x00000000)
#define FSMC_MemoryType_PSRAM ((uint32_t)0x00000004)
#define FSMC_MemoryType_NOR ((uint32_t)0x00000008)
#define IS_FSMC_MEMORY(MEMORY) (((MEMORY) == FSMC_MemoryType_SRAM) || \
((MEMORY) == FSMC_MemoryType_PSRAM)|| \
((MEMORY) == FSMC_MemoryType_NOR))
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup FSMC_Data_Width
* @{
*/
#define FSMC_MemoryDataWidth_8b ((uint32_t)0x00000000)
#define FSMC_MemoryDataWidth_16b ((uint32_t)0x00000010)
#define IS_FSMC_MEMORY_WIDTH(WIDTH) (((WIDTH) == FSMC_MemoryDataWidth_8b) || \
((WIDTH) == FSMC_MemoryDataWidth_16b))
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup FSMC_Burst_Access_Mode
* @{
*/
#define FSMC_BurstAccessMode_Disable ((uint32_t)0x00000000)
#define FSMC_BurstAccessMode_Enable ((uint32_t)0x00000100)
#define IS_FSMC_BURSTMODE(STATE) (((STATE) == FSMC_BurstAccessMode_Disable) || \
((STATE) == FSMC_BurstAccessMode_Enable))
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup FSMC_AsynchronousWait
* @{
*/
#define FSMC_AsynchronousWait_Disable ((uint32_t)0x00000000)
#define FSMC_AsynchronousWait_Enable ((uint32_t)0x00008000)
#define IS_FSMC_ASYNWAIT(STATE) (((STATE) == FSMC_AsynchronousWait_Disable) || \
((STATE) == FSMC_AsynchronousWait_Enable))
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup FSMC_Wait_Signal_Polarity
* @{
*/
#define FSMC_WaitSignalPolarity_Low ((uint32_t)0x00000000)
#define FSMC_WaitSignalPolarity_High ((uint32_t)0x00000200)
#define IS_FSMC_WAIT_POLARITY(POLARITY) (((POLARITY) == FSMC_WaitSignalPolarity_Low) || \
((POLARITY) == FSMC_WaitSignalPolarity_High))
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup FSMC_Wrap_Mode
* @{
*/
#define FSMC_WrapMode_Disable ((uint32_t)0x00000000)
#define FSMC_WrapMode_Enable ((uint32_t)0x00000400)
#define IS_FSMC_WRAP_MODE(MODE) (((MODE) == FSMC_WrapMode_Disable) || \
((MODE) == FSMC_WrapMode_Enable))
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup FSMC_Wait_Timing
* @{
*/
#define FSMC_WaitSignalActive_BeforeWaitState ((uint32_t)0x00000000)
#define FSMC_WaitSignalActive_DuringWaitState ((uint32_t)0x00000800)
#define IS_FSMC_WAIT_SIGNAL_ACTIVE(ACTIVE) (((ACTIVE) == FSMC_WaitSignalActive_BeforeWaitState) || \
((ACTIVE) == FSMC_WaitSignalActive_DuringWaitState))
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup FSMC_Write_Operation
* @{
*/
#define FSMC_WriteOperation_Disable ((uint32_t)0x00000000)
#define FSMC_WriteOperation_Enable ((uint32_t)0x00001000)
#define IS_FSMC_WRITE_OPERATION(OPERATION) (((OPERATION) == FSMC_WriteOperation_Disable) || \
((OPERATION) == FSMC_WriteOperation_Enable))
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup FSMC_Wait_Signal
* @{
*/
#define FSMC_WaitSignal_Disable ((uint32_t)0x00000000)
#define FSMC_WaitSignal_Enable ((uint32_t)0x00002000)
#define IS_FSMC_WAITE_SIGNAL(SIGNAL) (((SIGNAL) == FSMC_WaitSignal_Disable) || \
((SIGNAL) == FSMC_WaitSignal_Enable))
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup FSMC_Extended_Mode
* @{
*/
#define FSMC_ExtendedMode_Disable ((uint32_t)0x00000000)
#define FSMC_ExtendedMode_Enable ((uint32_t)0x00004000)
#define IS_FSMC_EXTENDED_MODE(MODE) (((MODE) == FSMC_ExtendedMode_Disable) || \
((MODE) == FSMC_ExtendedMode_Enable))
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup FSMC_Write_Burst
* @{
*/
#define FSMC_WriteBurst_Disable ((uint32_t)0x00000000)
#define FSMC_WriteBurst_Enable ((uint32_t)0x00080000)
#define IS_FSMC_WRITE_BURST(BURST) (((BURST) == FSMC_WriteBurst_Disable) || \
((BURST) == FSMC_WriteBurst_Enable))
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup FSMC_Address_Setup_Time
* @{
*/
#define IS_FSMC_ADDRESS_SETUP_TIME(TIME) ((TIME) <= 0xF)
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup FSMC_Address_Hold_Time
* @{
*/
#define IS_FSMC_ADDRESS_HOLD_TIME(TIME) ((TIME) <= 0xF)
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup FSMC_Data_Setup_Time
* @{
*/
#define IS_FSMC_DATASETUP_TIME(TIME) (((TIME) > 0) && ((TIME) <= 0xFF))
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup FSMC_Bus_Turn_around_Duration
* @{
*/
#define IS_FSMC_TURNAROUND_TIME(TIME) ((TIME) <= 0xF)
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup FSMC_CLK_Division
* @{
*/
#define IS_FSMC_CLK_DIV(DIV) ((DIV) <= 0xF)
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup FSMC_Data_Latency
* @{
*/
#define IS_FSMC_DATA_LATENCY(LATENCY) ((LATENCY) <= 0xF)
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup FSMC_Access_Mode
* @{
*/
#define FSMC_AccessMode_A ((uint32_t)0x00000000)
#define FSMC_AccessMode_B ((uint32_t)0x10000000)
#define FSMC_AccessMode_C ((uint32_t)0x20000000)
#define FSMC_AccessMode_D ((uint32_t)0x30000000)
#define IS_FSMC_ACCESS_MODE(MODE) (((MODE) == FSMC_AccessMode_A) || \
((MODE) == FSMC_AccessMode_B) || \
((MODE) == FSMC_AccessMode_C) || \
((MODE) == FSMC_AccessMode_D))
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup NAND_PCCARD_Controller
* @{
*/
/** @defgroup FSMC_Wait_feature
* @{
*/
#define FSMC_Waitfeature_Disable ((uint32_t)0x00000000)
#define FSMC_Waitfeature_Enable ((uint32_t)0x00000002)
#define IS_FSMC_WAIT_FEATURE(FEATURE) (((FEATURE) == FSMC_Waitfeature_Disable) || \
((FEATURE) == FSMC_Waitfeature_Enable))
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup FSMC_ECC
* @{
*/
#define FSMC_ECC_Disable ((uint32_t)0x00000000)
#define FSMC_ECC_Enable ((uint32_t)0x00000040)
#define IS_FSMC_ECC_STATE(STATE) (((STATE) == FSMC_ECC_Disable) || \
((STATE) == FSMC_ECC_Enable))
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup FSMC_ECC_Page_Size
* @{
*/
#define FSMC_ECCPageSize_256Bytes ((uint32_t)0x00000000)
#define FSMC_ECCPageSize_512Bytes ((uint32_t)0x00020000)
#define FSMC_ECCPageSize_1024Bytes ((uint32_t)0x00040000)
#define FSMC_ECCPageSize_2048Bytes ((uint32_t)0x00060000)
#define FSMC_ECCPageSize_4096Bytes ((uint32_t)0x00080000)
#define FSMC_ECCPageSize_8192Bytes ((uint32_t)0x000A0000)
#define IS_FSMC_ECCPAGE_SIZE(SIZE) (((SIZE) == FSMC_ECCPageSize_256Bytes) || \
((SIZE) == FSMC_ECCPageSize_512Bytes) || \
((SIZE) == FSMC_ECCPageSize_1024Bytes) || \
((SIZE) == FSMC_ECCPageSize_2048Bytes) || \
((SIZE) == FSMC_ECCPageSize_4096Bytes) || \
((SIZE) == FSMC_ECCPageSize_8192Bytes))
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup FSMC_TCLR_Setup_Time
* @{
*/
#define IS_FSMC_TCLR_TIME(TIME) ((TIME) <= 0xFF)
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup FSMC_TAR_Setup_Time
* @{
*/
#define IS_FSMC_TAR_TIME(TIME) ((TIME) <= 0xFF)
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup FSMC_Setup_Time
* @{
*/
#define IS_FSMC_SETUP_TIME(TIME) ((TIME) <= 0xFF)
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup FSMC_Wait_Setup_Time
* @{
*/
#define IS_FSMC_WAIT_TIME(TIME) ((TIME) <= 0xFF)
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup FSMC_Hold_Setup_Time
* @{
*/
#define IS_FSMC_HOLD_TIME(TIME) ((TIME) <= 0xFF)
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup FSMC_HiZ_Setup_Time
* @{
*/
#define IS_FSMC_HIZ_TIME(TIME) ((TIME) <= 0xFF)
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup FSMC_Interrupt_sources
* @{
*/
#define FSMC_IT_RisingEdge ((uint32_t)0x00000008)
#define FSMC_IT_Level ((uint32_t)0x00000010)
#define FSMC_IT_FallingEdge ((uint32_t)0x00000020)
#define IS_FSMC_IT(IT) ((((IT) & (uint32_t)0xFFFFFFC7) == 0x00000000) && ((IT) != 0x00000000))
#define IS_FSMC_GET_IT(IT) (((IT) == FSMC_IT_RisingEdge) || \
((IT) == FSMC_IT_Level) || \
((IT) == FSMC_IT_FallingEdge))
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup FSMC_Flags
* @{
*/
#define FSMC_FLAG_RisingEdge ((uint32_t)0x00000001)
#define FSMC_FLAG_Level ((uint32_t)0x00000002)
#define FSMC_FLAG_FallingEdge ((uint32_t)0x00000004)
#define FSMC_FLAG_FEMPT ((uint32_t)0x00000040)
#define IS_FSMC_GET_FLAG(FLAG) (((FLAG) == FSMC_FLAG_RisingEdge) || \
((FLAG) == FSMC_FLAG_Level) || \
((FLAG) == FSMC_FLAG_FallingEdge) || \
((FLAG) == FSMC_FLAG_FEMPT))
#define IS_FSMC_CLEAR_FLAG(FLAG) ((((FLAG) & (uint32_t)0xFFFFFFF8) == 0x00000000) && ((FLAG) != 0x00000000))
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup FSMC_Exported_Macros
* @{
*/
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup FSMC_Exported_Functions
* @{
*/
void FSMC_NORSRAMDeInit(uint32_t FSMC_Bank);
void FSMC_NANDDeInit(uint32_t FSMC_Bank);
void FSMC_PCCARDDeInit(void);
void FSMC_NORSRAMInit(FSMC_NORSRAMInitTypeDef* FSMC_NORSRAMInitStruct);
void FSMC_NANDInit(FSMC_NANDInitTypeDef* FSMC_NANDInitStruct);
void FSMC_PCCARDInit(FSMC_PCCARDInitTypeDef* FSMC_PCCARDInitStruct);
void FSMC_NORSRAMStructInit(FSMC_NORSRAMInitTypeDef* FSMC_NORSRAMInitStruct);
void FSMC_NANDStructInit(FSMC_NANDInitTypeDef* FSMC_NANDInitStruct);
void FSMC_PCCARDStructInit(FSMC_PCCARDInitTypeDef* FSMC_PCCARDInitStruct);
void FSMC_NORSRAMCmd(uint32_t FSMC_Bank, FunctionalState NewState);
void FSMC_NANDCmd(uint32_t FSMC_Bank, FunctionalState NewState);
void FSMC_PCCARDCmd(FunctionalState NewState);
void FSMC_NANDECCCmd(uint32_t FSMC_Bank, FunctionalState NewState);
uint32_t FSMC_GetECC(uint32_t FSMC_Bank);
void FSMC_ITConfig(uint32_t FSMC_Bank, uint32_t FSMC_IT, FunctionalState NewState);
FlagStatus FSMC_GetFlagStatus(uint32_t FSMC_Bank, uint32_t FSMC_FLAG);
void FSMC_ClearFlag(uint32_t FSMC_Bank, uint32_t FSMC_FLAG);
ITStatus FSMC_GetITStatus(uint32_t FSMC_Bank, uint32_t FSMC_IT);
void FSMC_ClearITPendingBit(uint32_t FSMC_Bank, uint32_t FSMC_IT);
#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif
#endif /*__STM32F10x_FSMC_H */
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* @}
*/
/******************* (C) COPYRIGHT 2011 STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/

View File

@ -0,0 +1,385 @@
/**
******************************************************************************
* @file stm32f10x_gpio.h
* @author MCD Application Team
* @version V3.5.0
* @date 11-March-2011
* @brief This file contains all the functions prototypes for the GPIO
* firmware library.
******************************************************************************
* @attention
*
* THE PRESENT FIRMWARE WHICH IS FOR GUIDANCE ONLY AIMS AT PROVIDING CUSTOMERS
* WITH CODING INFORMATION REGARDING THEIR PRODUCTS IN ORDER FOR THEM TO SAVE
* TIME. AS A RESULT, STMICROELECTRONICS SHALL NOT BE HELD LIABLE FOR ANY
* DIRECT, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES WITH RESPECT TO ANY CLAIMS ARISING
* FROM THE CONTENT OF SUCH FIRMWARE AND/OR THE USE MADE BY CUSTOMERS OF THE
* CODING INFORMATION CONTAINED HEREIN IN CONNECTION WITH THEIR PRODUCTS.
*
* <h2><center>&copy; COPYRIGHT 2011 STMicroelectronics</center></h2>
******************************************************************************
*/
/* Define to prevent recursive inclusion -------------------------------------*/
#ifndef __STM32F10x_GPIO_H
#define __STM32F10x_GPIO_H
#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif
/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
#include "stm32f10x.h"
/** @addtogroup STM32F10x_StdPeriph_Driver
* @{
*/
/** @addtogroup GPIO
* @{
*/
/** @defgroup GPIO_Exported_Types
* @{
*/
#define IS_GPIO_ALL_PERIPH(PERIPH) (((PERIPH) == GPIOA) || \
((PERIPH) == GPIOB) || \
((PERIPH) == GPIOC) || \
((PERIPH) == GPIOD) || \
((PERIPH) == GPIOE) || \
((PERIPH) == GPIOF) || \
((PERIPH) == GPIOG))
/**
* @brief Output Maximum frequency selection
*/
typedef enum
{
GPIO_Speed_10MHz = 1,
GPIO_Speed_2MHz,
GPIO_Speed_50MHz
}GPIOSpeed_TypeDef;
#define IS_GPIO_SPEED(SPEED) (((SPEED) == GPIO_Speed_10MHz) || ((SPEED) == GPIO_Speed_2MHz) || \
((SPEED) == GPIO_Speed_50MHz))
/**
* @brief Configuration Mode enumeration
*/
typedef enum
{ GPIO_Mode_AIN = 0x0,
GPIO_Mode_IN_FLOATING = 0x04,
GPIO_Mode_IPD = 0x28,
GPIO_Mode_IPU = 0x48,
GPIO_Mode_Out_OD = 0x14,
GPIO_Mode_Out_PP = 0x10,
GPIO_Mode_AF_OD = 0x1C,
GPIO_Mode_AF_PP = 0x18
}GPIOMode_TypeDef;
#define IS_GPIO_MODE(MODE) (((MODE) == GPIO_Mode_AIN) || ((MODE) == GPIO_Mode_IN_FLOATING) || \
((MODE) == GPIO_Mode_IPD) || ((MODE) == GPIO_Mode_IPU) || \
((MODE) == GPIO_Mode_Out_OD) || ((MODE) == GPIO_Mode_Out_PP) || \
((MODE) == GPIO_Mode_AF_OD) || ((MODE) == GPIO_Mode_AF_PP))
/**
* @brief GPIO Init structure definition
*/
typedef struct
{
uint16_t GPIO_Pin; /*!< Specifies the GPIO pins to be configured.
This parameter can be any value of @ref GPIO_pins_define */
GPIOSpeed_TypeDef GPIO_Speed; /*!< Specifies the speed for the selected pins.
This parameter can be a value of @ref GPIOSpeed_TypeDef */
GPIOMode_TypeDef GPIO_Mode; /*!< Specifies the operating mode for the selected pins.
This parameter can be a value of @ref GPIOMode_TypeDef */
}GPIO_InitTypeDef;
/**
* @brief Bit_SET and Bit_RESET enumeration
*/
typedef enum
{ Bit_RESET = 0,
Bit_SET
}BitAction;
#define IS_GPIO_BIT_ACTION(ACTION) (((ACTION) == Bit_RESET) || ((ACTION) == Bit_SET))
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup GPIO_Exported_Constants
* @{
*/
/** @defgroup GPIO_pins_define
* @{
*/
#define GPIO_Pin_0 ((uint16_t)0x0001) /*!< Pin 0 selected */
#define GPIO_Pin_1 ((uint16_t)0x0002) /*!< Pin 1 selected */
#define GPIO_Pin_2 ((uint16_t)0x0004) /*!< Pin 2 selected */
#define GPIO_Pin_3 ((uint16_t)0x0008) /*!< Pin 3 selected */
#define GPIO_Pin_4 ((uint16_t)0x0010) /*!< Pin 4 selected */
#define GPIO_Pin_5 ((uint16_t)0x0020) /*!< Pin 5 selected */
#define GPIO_Pin_6 ((uint16_t)0x0040) /*!< Pin 6 selected */
#define GPIO_Pin_7 ((uint16_t)0x0080) /*!< Pin 7 selected */
#define GPIO_Pin_8 ((uint16_t)0x0100) /*!< Pin 8 selected */
#define GPIO_Pin_9 ((uint16_t)0x0200) /*!< Pin 9 selected */
#define GPIO_Pin_10 ((uint16_t)0x0400) /*!< Pin 10 selected */
#define GPIO_Pin_11 ((uint16_t)0x0800) /*!< Pin 11 selected */
#define GPIO_Pin_12 ((uint16_t)0x1000) /*!< Pin 12 selected */
#define GPIO_Pin_13 ((uint16_t)0x2000) /*!< Pin 13 selected */
#define GPIO_Pin_14 ((uint16_t)0x4000) /*!< Pin 14 selected */
#define GPIO_Pin_15 ((uint16_t)0x8000) /*!< Pin 15 selected */
#define GPIO_Pin_All ((uint16_t)0xFFFF) /*!< All pins selected */
#define IS_GPIO_PIN(PIN) ((((PIN) & (uint16_t)0x00) == 0x00) && ((PIN) != (uint16_t)0x00))
#define IS_GET_GPIO_PIN(PIN) (((PIN) == GPIO_Pin_0) || \
((PIN) == GPIO_Pin_1) || \
((PIN) == GPIO_Pin_2) || \
((PIN) == GPIO_Pin_3) || \
((PIN) == GPIO_Pin_4) || \
((PIN) == GPIO_Pin_5) || \
((PIN) == GPIO_Pin_6) || \
((PIN) == GPIO_Pin_7) || \
((PIN) == GPIO_Pin_8) || \
((PIN) == GPIO_Pin_9) || \
((PIN) == GPIO_Pin_10) || \
((PIN) == GPIO_Pin_11) || \
((PIN) == GPIO_Pin_12) || \
((PIN) == GPIO_Pin_13) || \
((PIN) == GPIO_Pin_14) || \
((PIN) == GPIO_Pin_15))
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup GPIO_Remap_define
* @{
*/
#define GPIO_Remap_SPI1 ((uint32_t)0x00000001) /*!< SPI1 Alternate Function mapping */
#define GPIO_Remap_I2C1 ((uint32_t)0x00000002) /*!< I2C1 Alternate Function mapping */
#define GPIO_Remap_USART1 ((uint32_t)0x00000004) /*!< USART1 Alternate Function mapping */
#define GPIO_Remap_USART2 ((uint32_t)0x00000008) /*!< USART2 Alternate Function mapping */
#define GPIO_PartialRemap_USART3 ((uint32_t)0x00140010) /*!< USART3 Partial Alternate Function mapping */
#define GPIO_FullRemap_USART3 ((uint32_t)0x00140030) /*!< USART3 Full Alternate Function mapping */
#define GPIO_PartialRemap_TIM1 ((uint32_t)0x00160040) /*!< TIM1 Partial Alternate Function mapping */
#define GPIO_FullRemap_TIM1 ((uint32_t)0x001600C0) /*!< TIM1 Full Alternate Function mapping */
#define GPIO_PartialRemap1_TIM2 ((uint32_t)0x00180100) /*!< TIM2 Partial1 Alternate Function mapping */
#define GPIO_PartialRemap2_TIM2 ((uint32_t)0x00180200) /*!< TIM2 Partial2 Alternate Function mapping */
#define GPIO_FullRemap_TIM2 ((uint32_t)0x00180300) /*!< TIM2 Full Alternate Function mapping */
#define GPIO_PartialRemap_TIM3 ((uint32_t)0x001A0800) /*!< TIM3 Partial Alternate Function mapping */
#define GPIO_FullRemap_TIM3 ((uint32_t)0x001A0C00) /*!< TIM3 Full Alternate Function mapping */
#define GPIO_Remap_TIM4 ((uint32_t)0x00001000) /*!< TIM4 Alternate Function mapping */
#define GPIO_Remap1_CAN1 ((uint32_t)0x001D4000) /*!< CAN1 Alternate Function mapping */
#define GPIO_Remap2_CAN1 ((uint32_t)0x001D6000) /*!< CAN1 Alternate Function mapping */
#define GPIO_Remap_PD01 ((uint32_t)0x00008000) /*!< PD01 Alternate Function mapping */
#define GPIO_Remap_TIM5CH4_LSI ((uint32_t)0x00200001) /*!< LSI connected to TIM5 Channel4 input capture for calibration */
#define GPIO_Remap_ADC1_ETRGINJ ((uint32_t)0x00200002) /*!< ADC1 External Trigger Injected Conversion remapping */
#define GPIO_Remap_ADC1_ETRGREG ((uint32_t)0x00200004) /*!< ADC1 External Trigger Regular Conversion remapping */
#define GPIO_Remap_ADC2_ETRGINJ ((uint32_t)0x00200008) /*!< ADC2 External Trigger Injected Conversion remapping */
#define GPIO_Remap_ADC2_ETRGREG ((uint32_t)0x00200010) /*!< ADC2 External Trigger Regular Conversion remapping */
#define GPIO_Remap_ETH ((uint32_t)0x00200020) /*!< Ethernet remapping (only for Connectivity line devices) */
#define GPIO_Remap_CAN2 ((uint32_t)0x00200040) /*!< CAN2 remapping (only for Connectivity line devices) */
#define GPIO_Remap_SWJ_NoJTRST ((uint32_t)0x00300100) /*!< Full SWJ Enabled (JTAG-DP + SW-DP) but without JTRST */
#define GPIO_Remap_SWJ_JTAGDisable ((uint32_t)0x00300200) /*!< JTAG-DP Disabled and SW-DP Enabled */
#define GPIO_Remap_SWJ_Disable ((uint32_t)0x00300400) /*!< Full SWJ Disabled (JTAG-DP + SW-DP) */
#define GPIO_Remap_SPI3 ((uint32_t)0x00201100) /*!< SPI3/I2S3 Alternate Function mapping (only for Connectivity line devices) */
#define GPIO_Remap_TIM2ITR1_PTP_SOF ((uint32_t)0x00202000) /*!< Ethernet PTP output or USB OTG SOF (Start of Frame) connected
to TIM2 Internal Trigger 1 for calibration
(only for Connectivity line devices) */
#define GPIO_Remap_PTP_PPS ((uint32_t)0x00204000) /*!< Ethernet MAC PPS_PTS output on PB05 (only for Connectivity line devices) */
#define GPIO_Remap_TIM15 ((uint32_t)0x80000001) /*!< TIM15 Alternate Function mapping (only for Value line devices) */
#define GPIO_Remap_TIM16 ((uint32_t)0x80000002) /*!< TIM16 Alternate Function mapping (only for Value line devices) */
#define GPIO_Remap_TIM17 ((uint32_t)0x80000004) /*!< TIM17 Alternate Function mapping (only for Value line devices) */
#define GPIO_Remap_CEC ((uint32_t)0x80000008) /*!< CEC Alternate Function mapping (only for Value line devices) */
#define GPIO_Remap_TIM1_DMA ((uint32_t)0x80000010) /*!< TIM1 DMA requests mapping (only for Value line devices) */
#define GPIO_Remap_TIM9 ((uint32_t)0x80000020) /*!< TIM9 Alternate Function mapping (only for XL-density devices) */
#define GPIO_Remap_TIM10 ((uint32_t)0x80000040) /*!< TIM10 Alternate Function mapping (only for XL-density devices) */
#define GPIO_Remap_TIM11 ((uint32_t)0x80000080) /*!< TIM11 Alternate Function mapping (only for XL-density devices) */
#define GPIO_Remap_TIM13 ((uint32_t)0x80000100) /*!< TIM13 Alternate Function mapping (only for High density Value line and XL-density devices) */
#define GPIO_Remap_TIM14 ((uint32_t)0x80000200) /*!< TIM14 Alternate Function mapping (only for High density Value line and XL-density devices) */
#define GPIO_Remap_FSMC_NADV ((uint32_t)0x80000400) /*!< FSMC_NADV Alternate Function mapping (only for High density Value line and XL-density devices) */
#define GPIO_Remap_TIM67_DAC_DMA ((uint32_t)0x80000800) /*!< TIM6/TIM7 and DAC DMA requests remapping (only for High density Value line devices) */
#define GPIO_Remap_TIM12 ((uint32_t)0x80001000) /*!< TIM12 Alternate Function mapping (only for High density Value line devices) */
#define GPIO_Remap_MISC ((uint32_t)0x80002000) /*!< Miscellaneous Remap (DMA2 Channel5 Position and DAC Trigger remapping,
only for High density Value line devices) */
#define IS_GPIO_REMAP(REMAP) (((REMAP) == GPIO_Remap_SPI1) || ((REMAP) == GPIO_Remap_I2C1) || \
((REMAP) == GPIO_Remap_USART1) || ((REMAP) == GPIO_Remap_USART2) || \
((REMAP) == GPIO_PartialRemap_USART3) || ((REMAP) == GPIO_FullRemap_USART3) || \
((REMAP) == GPIO_PartialRemap_TIM1) || ((REMAP) == GPIO_FullRemap_TIM1) || \
((REMAP) == GPIO_PartialRemap1_TIM2) || ((REMAP) == GPIO_PartialRemap2_TIM2) || \
((REMAP) == GPIO_FullRemap_TIM2) || ((REMAP) == GPIO_PartialRemap_TIM3) || \
((REMAP) == GPIO_FullRemap_TIM3) || ((REMAP) == GPIO_Remap_TIM4) || \
((REMAP) == GPIO_Remap1_CAN1) || ((REMAP) == GPIO_Remap2_CAN1) || \
((REMAP) == GPIO_Remap_PD01) || ((REMAP) == GPIO_Remap_TIM5CH4_LSI) || \
((REMAP) == GPIO_Remap_ADC1_ETRGINJ) ||((REMAP) == GPIO_Remap_ADC1_ETRGREG) || \
((REMAP) == GPIO_Remap_ADC2_ETRGINJ) ||((REMAP) == GPIO_Remap_ADC2_ETRGREG) || \
((REMAP) == GPIO_Remap_ETH) ||((REMAP) == GPIO_Remap_CAN2) || \
((REMAP) == GPIO_Remap_SWJ_NoJTRST) || ((REMAP) == GPIO_Remap_SWJ_JTAGDisable) || \
((REMAP) == GPIO_Remap_SWJ_Disable)|| ((REMAP) == GPIO_Remap_SPI3) || \
((REMAP) == GPIO_Remap_TIM2ITR1_PTP_SOF) || ((REMAP) == GPIO_Remap_PTP_PPS) || \
((REMAP) == GPIO_Remap_TIM15) || ((REMAP) == GPIO_Remap_TIM16) || \
((REMAP) == GPIO_Remap_TIM17) || ((REMAP) == GPIO_Remap_CEC) || \
((REMAP) == GPIO_Remap_TIM1_DMA) || ((REMAP) == GPIO_Remap_TIM9) || \
((REMAP) == GPIO_Remap_TIM10) || ((REMAP) == GPIO_Remap_TIM11) || \
((REMAP) == GPIO_Remap_TIM13) || ((REMAP) == GPIO_Remap_TIM14) || \
((REMAP) == GPIO_Remap_FSMC_NADV) || ((REMAP) == GPIO_Remap_TIM67_DAC_DMA) || \
((REMAP) == GPIO_Remap_TIM12) || ((REMAP) == GPIO_Remap_MISC))
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup GPIO_Port_Sources
* @{
*/
#define GPIO_PortSourceGPIOA ((uint8_t)0x00)
#define GPIO_PortSourceGPIOB ((uint8_t)0x01)
#define GPIO_PortSourceGPIOC ((uint8_t)0x02)
#define GPIO_PortSourceGPIOD ((uint8_t)0x03)
#define GPIO_PortSourceGPIOE ((uint8_t)0x04)
#define GPIO_PortSourceGPIOF ((uint8_t)0x05)
#define GPIO_PortSourceGPIOG ((uint8_t)0x06)
#define IS_GPIO_EVENTOUT_PORT_SOURCE(PORTSOURCE) (((PORTSOURCE) == GPIO_PortSourceGPIOA) || \
((PORTSOURCE) == GPIO_PortSourceGPIOB) || \
((PORTSOURCE) == GPIO_PortSourceGPIOC) || \
((PORTSOURCE) == GPIO_PortSourceGPIOD) || \
((PORTSOURCE) == GPIO_PortSourceGPIOE))
#define IS_GPIO_EXTI_PORT_SOURCE(PORTSOURCE) (((PORTSOURCE) == GPIO_PortSourceGPIOA) || \
((PORTSOURCE) == GPIO_PortSourceGPIOB) || \
((PORTSOURCE) == GPIO_PortSourceGPIOC) || \
((PORTSOURCE) == GPIO_PortSourceGPIOD) || \
((PORTSOURCE) == GPIO_PortSourceGPIOE) || \
((PORTSOURCE) == GPIO_PortSourceGPIOF) || \
((PORTSOURCE) == GPIO_PortSourceGPIOG))
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup GPIO_Pin_sources
* @{
*/
#define GPIO_PinSource0 ((uint8_t)0x00)
#define GPIO_PinSource1 ((uint8_t)0x01)
#define GPIO_PinSource2 ((uint8_t)0x02)
#define GPIO_PinSource3 ((uint8_t)0x03)
#define GPIO_PinSource4 ((uint8_t)0x04)
#define GPIO_PinSource5 ((uint8_t)0x05)
#define GPIO_PinSource6 ((uint8_t)0x06)
#define GPIO_PinSource7 ((uint8_t)0x07)
#define GPIO_PinSource8 ((uint8_t)0x08)
#define GPIO_PinSource9 ((uint8_t)0x09)
#define GPIO_PinSource10 ((uint8_t)0x0A)
#define GPIO_PinSource11 ((uint8_t)0x0B)
#define GPIO_PinSource12 ((uint8_t)0x0C)
#define GPIO_PinSource13 ((uint8_t)0x0D)
#define GPIO_PinSource14 ((uint8_t)0x0E)
#define GPIO_PinSource15 ((uint8_t)0x0F)
#define IS_GPIO_PIN_SOURCE(PINSOURCE) (((PINSOURCE) == GPIO_PinSource0) || \
((PINSOURCE) == GPIO_PinSource1) || \
((PINSOURCE) == GPIO_PinSource2) || \
((PINSOURCE) == GPIO_PinSource3) || \
((PINSOURCE) == GPIO_PinSource4) || \
((PINSOURCE) == GPIO_PinSource5) || \
((PINSOURCE) == GPIO_PinSource6) || \
((PINSOURCE) == GPIO_PinSource7) || \
((PINSOURCE) == GPIO_PinSource8) || \
((PINSOURCE) == GPIO_PinSource9) || \
((PINSOURCE) == GPIO_PinSource10) || \
((PINSOURCE) == GPIO_PinSource11) || \
((PINSOURCE) == GPIO_PinSource12) || \
((PINSOURCE) == GPIO_PinSource13) || \
((PINSOURCE) == GPIO_PinSource14) || \
((PINSOURCE) == GPIO_PinSource15))
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup Ethernet_Media_Interface
* @{
*/
#define GPIO_ETH_MediaInterface_MII ((u32)0x00000000)
#define GPIO_ETH_MediaInterface_RMII ((u32)0x00000001)
#define IS_GPIO_ETH_MEDIA_INTERFACE(INTERFACE) (((INTERFACE) == GPIO_ETH_MediaInterface_MII) || \
((INTERFACE) == GPIO_ETH_MediaInterface_RMII))
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup GPIO_Exported_Macros
* @{
*/
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup GPIO_Exported_Functions
* @{
*/
void GPIO_DeInit(GPIO_TypeDef* GPIOx);
void GPIO_AFIODeInit(void);
void GPIO_Init(GPIO_TypeDef* GPIOx, GPIO_InitTypeDef* GPIO_InitStruct);
void GPIO_StructInit(GPIO_InitTypeDef* GPIO_InitStruct);
uint8_t GPIO_ReadInputDataBit(GPIO_TypeDef* GPIOx, uint16_t GPIO_Pin);
uint16_t GPIO_ReadInputData(GPIO_TypeDef* GPIOx);
uint8_t GPIO_ReadOutputDataBit(GPIO_TypeDef* GPIOx, uint16_t GPIO_Pin);
uint16_t GPIO_ReadOutputData(GPIO_TypeDef* GPIOx);
void GPIO_SetBits(GPIO_TypeDef* GPIOx, uint16_t GPIO_Pin);
void GPIO_ResetBits(GPIO_TypeDef* GPIOx, uint16_t GPIO_Pin);
void GPIO_WriteBit(GPIO_TypeDef* GPIOx, uint16_t GPIO_Pin, BitAction BitVal);
void GPIO_Write(GPIO_TypeDef* GPIOx, uint16_t PortVal);
void GPIO_PinLockConfig(GPIO_TypeDef* GPIOx, uint16_t GPIO_Pin);
void GPIO_EventOutputConfig(uint8_t GPIO_PortSource, uint8_t GPIO_PinSource);
void GPIO_EventOutputCmd(FunctionalState NewState);
void GPIO_PinRemapConfig(uint32_t GPIO_Remap, FunctionalState NewState);
void GPIO_EXTILineConfig(uint8_t GPIO_PortSource, uint8_t GPIO_PinSource);
void GPIO_ETH_MediaInterfaceConfig(uint32_t GPIO_ETH_MediaInterface);
#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif
#endif /* __STM32F10x_GPIO_H */
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* @}
*/
/******************* (C) COPYRIGHT 2011 STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/

View File

@ -0,0 +1,684 @@
/**
******************************************************************************
* @file stm32f10x_i2c.h
* @author MCD Application Team
* @version V3.5.0
* @date 11-March-2011
* @brief This file contains all the functions prototypes for the I2C firmware
* library.
******************************************************************************
* @attention
*
* THE PRESENT FIRMWARE WHICH IS FOR GUIDANCE ONLY AIMS AT PROVIDING CUSTOMERS
* WITH CODING INFORMATION REGARDING THEIR PRODUCTS IN ORDER FOR THEM TO SAVE
* TIME. AS A RESULT, STMICROELECTRONICS SHALL NOT BE HELD LIABLE FOR ANY
* DIRECT, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES WITH RESPECT TO ANY CLAIMS ARISING
* FROM THE CONTENT OF SUCH FIRMWARE AND/OR THE USE MADE BY CUSTOMERS OF THE
* CODING INFORMATION CONTAINED HEREIN IN CONNECTION WITH THEIR PRODUCTS.
*
* <h2><center>&copy; COPYRIGHT 2011 STMicroelectronics</center></h2>
******************************************************************************
*/
/* Define to prevent recursive inclusion -------------------------------------*/
#ifndef __STM32F10x_I2C_H
#define __STM32F10x_I2C_H
#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif
/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
#include "stm32f10x.h"
/** @addtogroup STM32F10x_StdPeriph_Driver
* @{
*/
/** @addtogroup I2C
* @{
*/
/** @defgroup I2C_Exported_Types
* @{
*/
/**
* @brief I2C Init structure definition
*/
typedef struct
{
uint32_t I2C_ClockSpeed; /*!< Specifies the clock frequency.
This parameter must be set to a value lower than 400kHz */
uint16_t I2C_Mode; /*!< Specifies the I2C mode.
This parameter can be a value of @ref I2C_mode */
uint16_t I2C_DutyCycle; /*!< Specifies the I2C fast mode duty cycle.
This parameter can be a value of @ref I2C_duty_cycle_in_fast_mode */
uint16_t I2C_OwnAddress1; /*!< Specifies the first device own address.
This parameter can be a 7-bit or 10-bit address. */
uint16_t I2C_Ack; /*!< Enables or disables the acknowledgement.
This parameter can be a value of @ref I2C_acknowledgement */
uint16_t I2C_AcknowledgedAddress; /*!< Specifies if 7-bit or 10-bit address is acknowledged.
This parameter can be a value of @ref I2C_acknowledged_address */
}I2C_InitTypeDef;
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup I2C_Exported_Constants
* @{
*/
#define IS_I2C_ALL_PERIPH(PERIPH) (((PERIPH) == I2C1) || \
((PERIPH) == I2C2))
/** @defgroup I2C_mode
* @{
*/
#define I2C_Mode_I2C ((uint16_t)0x0000)
#define I2C_Mode_SMBusDevice ((uint16_t)0x0002)
#define I2C_Mode_SMBusHost ((uint16_t)0x000A)
#define IS_I2C_MODE(MODE) (((MODE) == I2C_Mode_I2C) || \
((MODE) == I2C_Mode_SMBusDevice) || \
((MODE) == I2C_Mode_SMBusHost))
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup I2C_duty_cycle_in_fast_mode
* @{
*/
#define I2C_DutyCycle_16_9 ((uint16_t)0x4000) /*!< I2C fast mode Tlow/Thigh = 16/9 */
#define I2C_DutyCycle_2 ((uint16_t)0xBFFF) /*!< I2C fast mode Tlow/Thigh = 2 */
#define IS_I2C_DUTY_CYCLE(CYCLE) (((CYCLE) == I2C_DutyCycle_16_9) || \
((CYCLE) == I2C_DutyCycle_2))
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup I2C_acknowledgement
* @{
*/
#define I2C_Ack_Enable ((uint16_t)0x0400)
#define I2C_Ack_Disable ((uint16_t)0x0000)
#define IS_I2C_ACK_STATE(STATE) (((STATE) == I2C_Ack_Enable) || \
((STATE) == I2C_Ack_Disable))
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup I2C_transfer_direction
* @{
*/
#define I2C_Direction_Transmitter ((uint8_t)0x00)
#define I2C_Direction_Receiver ((uint8_t)0x01)
#define IS_I2C_DIRECTION(DIRECTION) (((DIRECTION) == I2C_Direction_Transmitter) || \
((DIRECTION) == I2C_Direction_Receiver))
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup I2C_acknowledged_address
* @{
*/
#define I2C_AcknowledgedAddress_7bit ((uint16_t)0x4000)
#define I2C_AcknowledgedAddress_10bit ((uint16_t)0xC000)
#define IS_I2C_ACKNOWLEDGE_ADDRESS(ADDRESS) (((ADDRESS) == I2C_AcknowledgedAddress_7bit) || \
((ADDRESS) == I2C_AcknowledgedAddress_10bit))
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup I2C_registers
* @{
*/
#define I2C_Register_CR1 ((uint8_t)0x00)
#define I2C_Register_CR2 ((uint8_t)0x04)
#define I2C_Register_OAR1 ((uint8_t)0x08)
#define I2C_Register_OAR2 ((uint8_t)0x0C)
#define I2C_Register_DR ((uint8_t)0x10)
#define I2C_Register_SR1 ((uint8_t)0x14)
#define I2C_Register_SR2 ((uint8_t)0x18)
#define I2C_Register_CCR ((uint8_t)0x1C)
#define I2C_Register_TRISE ((uint8_t)0x20)
#define IS_I2C_REGISTER(REGISTER) (((REGISTER) == I2C_Register_CR1) || \
((REGISTER) == I2C_Register_CR2) || \
((REGISTER) == I2C_Register_OAR1) || \
((REGISTER) == I2C_Register_OAR2) || \
((REGISTER) == I2C_Register_DR) || \
((REGISTER) == I2C_Register_SR1) || \
((REGISTER) == I2C_Register_SR2) || \
((REGISTER) == I2C_Register_CCR) || \
((REGISTER) == I2C_Register_TRISE))
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup I2C_SMBus_alert_pin_level
* @{
*/
#define I2C_SMBusAlert_Low ((uint16_t)0x2000)
#define I2C_SMBusAlert_High ((uint16_t)0xDFFF)
#define IS_I2C_SMBUS_ALERT(ALERT) (((ALERT) == I2C_SMBusAlert_Low) || \
((ALERT) == I2C_SMBusAlert_High))
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup I2C_PEC_position
* @{
*/
#define I2C_PECPosition_Next ((uint16_t)0x0800)
#define I2C_PECPosition_Current ((uint16_t)0xF7FF)
#define IS_I2C_PEC_POSITION(POSITION) (((POSITION) == I2C_PECPosition_Next) || \
((POSITION) == I2C_PECPosition_Current))
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup I2C_NCAK_position
* @{
*/
#define I2C_NACKPosition_Next ((uint16_t)0x0800)
#define I2C_NACKPosition_Current ((uint16_t)0xF7FF)
#define IS_I2C_NACK_POSITION(POSITION) (((POSITION) == I2C_NACKPosition_Next) || \
((POSITION) == I2C_NACKPosition_Current))
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup I2C_interrupts_definition
* @{
*/
#define I2C_IT_BUF ((uint16_t)0x0400)
#define I2C_IT_EVT ((uint16_t)0x0200)
#define I2C_IT_ERR ((uint16_t)0x0100)
#define IS_I2C_CONFIG_IT(IT) ((((IT) & (uint16_t)0xF8FF) == 0x00) && ((IT) != 0x00))
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup I2C_interrupts_definition
* @{
*/
#define I2C_IT_SMBALERT ((uint32_t)0x01008000)
#define I2C_IT_TIMEOUT ((uint32_t)0x01004000)
#define I2C_IT_PECERR ((uint32_t)0x01001000)
#define I2C_IT_OVR ((uint32_t)0x01000800)
#define I2C_IT_AF ((uint32_t)0x01000400)
#define I2C_IT_ARLO ((uint32_t)0x01000200)
#define I2C_IT_BERR ((uint32_t)0x01000100)
#define I2C_IT_TXE ((uint32_t)0x06000080)
#define I2C_IT_RXNE ((uint32_t)0x06000040)
#define I2C_IT_STOPF ((uint32_t)0x02000010)
#define I2C_IT_ADD10 ((uint32_t)0x02000008)
#define I2C_IT_BTF ((uint32_t)0x02000004)
#define I2C_IT_ADDR ((uint32_t)0x02000002)
#define I2C_IT_SB ((uint32_t)0x02000001)
#define IS_I2C_CLEAR_IT(IT) ((((IT) & (uint16_t)0x20FF) == 0x00) && ((IT) != (uint16_t)0x00))
#define IS_I2C_GET_IT(IT) (((IT) == I2C_IT_SMBALERT) || ((IT) == I2C_IT_TIMEOUT) || \
((IT) == I2C_IT_PECERR) || ((IT) == I2C_IT_OVR) || \
((IT) == I2C_IT_AF) || ((IT) == I2C_IT_ARLO) || \
((IT) == I2C_IT_BERR) || ((IT) == I2C_IT_TXE) || \
((IT) == I2C_IT_RXNE) || ((IT) == I2C_IT_STOPF) || \
((IT) == I2C_IT_ADD10) || ((IT) == I2C_IT_BTF) || \
((IT) == I2C_IT_ADDR) || ((IT) == I2C_IT_SB))
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup I2C_flags_definition
* @{
*/
/**
* @brief SR2 register flags
*/
#define I2C_FLAG_DUALF ((uint32_t)0x00800000)
#define I2C_FLAG_SMBHOST ((uint32_t)0x00400000)
#define I2C_FLAG_SMBDEFAULT ((uint32_t)0x00200000)
#define I2C_FLAG_GENCALL ((uint32_t)0x00100000)
#define I2C_FLAG_TRA ((uint32_t)0x00040000)
#define I2C_FLAG_BUSY ((uint32_t)0x00020000)
#define I2C_FLAG_MSL ((uint32_t)0x00010000)
/**
* @brief SR1 register flags
*/
#define I2C_FLAG_SMBALERT ((uint32_t)0x10008000)
#define I2C_FLAG_TIMEOUT ((uint32_t)0x10004000)
#define I2C_FLAG_PECERR ((uint32_t)0x10001000)
#define I2C_FLAG_OVR ((uint32_t)0x10000800)
#define I2C_FLAG_AF ((uint32_t)0x10000400)
#define I2C_FLAG_ARLO ((uint32_t)0x10000200)
#define I2C_FLAG_BERR ((uint32_t)0x10000100)
#define I2C_FLAG_TXE ((uint32_t)0x10000080)
#define I2C_FLAG_RXNE ((uint32_t)0x10000040)
#define I2C_FLAG_STOPF ((uint32_t)0x10000010)
#define I2C_FLAG_ADD10 ((uint32_t)0x10000008)
#define I2C_FLAG_BTF ((uint32_t)0x10000004)
#define I2C_FLAG_ADDR ((uint32_t)0x10000002)
#define I2C_FLAG_SB ((uint32_t)0x10000001)
#define IS_I2C_CLEAR_FLAG(FLAG) ((((FLAG) & (uint16_t)0x20FF) == 0x00) && ((FLAG) != (uint16_t)0x00))
#define IS_I2C_GET_FLAG(FLAG) (((FLAG) == I2C_FLAG_DUALF) || ((FLAG) == I2C_FLAG_SMBHOST) || \
((FLAG) == I2C_FLAG_SMBDEFAULT) || ((FLAG) == I2C_FLAG_GENCALL) || \
((FLAG) == I2C_FLAG_TRA) || ((FLAG) == I2C_FLAG_BUSY) || \
((FLAG) == I2C_FLAG_MSL) || ((FLAG) == I2C_FLAG_SMBALERT) || \
((FLAG) == I2C_FLAG_TIMEOUT) || ((FLAG) == I2C_FLAG_PECERR) || \
((FLAG) == I2C_FLAG_OVR) || ((FLAG) == I2C_FLAG_AF) || \
((FLAG) == I2C_FLAG_ARLO) || ((FLAG) == I2C_FLAG_BERR) || \
((FLAG) == I2C_FLAG_TXE) || ((FLAG) == I2C_FLAG_RXNE) || \
((FLAG) == I2C_FLAG_STOPF) || ((FLAG) == I2C_FLAG_ADD10) || \
((FLAG) == I2C_FLAG_BTF) || ((FLAG) == I2C_FLAG_ADDR) || \
((FLAG) == I2C_FLAG_SB))
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup I2C_Events
* @{
*/
/*========================================
I2C Master Events (Events grouped in order of communication)
==========================================*/
/**
* @brief Communication start
*
* After sending the START condition (I2C_GenerateSTART() function) the master
* has to wait for this event. It means that the Start condition has been correctly
* released on the I2C bus (the bus is free, no other devices is communicating).
*
*/
/* --EV5 */
#define I2C_EVENT_MASTER_MODE_SELECT ((uint32_t)0x00030001) /* BUSY, MSL and SB flag */
/**
* @brief Address Acknowledge
*
* After checking on EV5 (start condition correctly released on the bus), the
* master sends the address of the slave(s) with which it will communicate
* (I2C_Send7bitAddress() function, it also determines the direction of the communication:
* Master transmitter or Receiver). Then the master has to wait that a slave acknowledges
* his address. If an acknowledge is sent on the bus, one of the following events will
* be set:
*
* 1) In case of Master Receiver (7-bit addressing): the I2C_EVENT_MASTER_RECEIVER_MODE_SELECTED
* event is set.
*
* 2) In case of Master Transmitter (7-bit addressing): the I2C_EVENT_MASTER_TRANSMITTER_MODE_SELECTED
* is set
*
* 3) In case of 10-Bit addressing mode, the master (just after generating the START
* and checking on EV5) has to send the header of 10-bit addressing mode (I2C_SendData()
* function). Then master should wait on EV9. It means that the 10-bit addressing
* header has been correctly sent on the bus. Then master should send the second part of
* the 10-bit address (LSB) using the function I2C_Send7bitAddress(). Then master
* should wait for event EV6.
*
*/
/* --EV6 */
#define I2C_EVENT_MASTER_TRANSMITTER_MODE_SELECTED ((uint32_t)0x00070082) /* BUSY, MSL, ADDR, TXE and TRA flags */
#define I2C_EVENT_MASTER_RECEIVER_MODE_SELECTED ((uint32_t)0x00030002) /* BUSY, MSL and ADDR flags */
/* --EV9 */
#define I2C_EVENT_MASTER_MODE_ADDRESS10 ((uint32_t)0x00030008) /* BUSY, MSL and ADD10 flags */
/**
* @brief Communication events
*
* If a communication is established (START condition generated and slave address
* acknowledged) then the master has to check on one of the following events for
* communication procedures:
*
* 1) Master Receiver mode: The master has to wait on the event EV7 then to read
* the data received from the slave (I2C_ReceiveData() function).
*
* 2) Master Transmitter mode: The master has to send data (I2C_SendData()
* function) then to wait on event EV8 or EV8_2.
* These two events are similar:
* - EV8 means that the data has been written in the data register and is
* being shifted out.
* - EV8_2 means that the data has been physically shifted out and output
* on the bus.
* In most cases, using EV8 is sufficient for the application.
* Using EV8_2 leads to a slower communication but ensure more reliable test.
* EV8_2 is also more suitable than EV8 for testing on the last data transmission
* (before Stop condition generation).
*
* @note In case the user software does not guarantee that this event EV7 is
* managed before the current byte end of transfer, then user may check on EV7
* and BTF flag at the same time (ie. (I2C_EVENT_MASTER_BYTE_RECEIVED | I2C_FLAG_BTF)).
* In this case the communication may be slower.
*
*/
/* Master RECEIVER mode -----------------------------*/
/* --EV7 */
#define I2C_EVENT_MASTER_BYTE_RECEIVED ((uint32_t)0x00030040) /* BUSY, MSL and RXNE flags */
/* Master TRANSMITTER mode --------------------------*/
/* --EV8 */
#define I2C_EVENT_MASTER_BYTE_TRANSMITTING ((uint32_t)0x00070080) /* TRA, BUSY, MSL, TXE flags */
/* --EV8_2 */
#define I2C_EVENT_MASTER_BYTE_TRANSMITTED ((uint32_t)0x00070084) /* TRA, BUSY, MSL, TXE and BTF flags */
/*========================================
I2C Slave Events (Events grouped in order of communication)
==========================================*/
/**
* @brief Communication start events
*
* Wait on one of these events at the start of the communication. It means that
* the I2C peripheral detected a Start condition on the bus (generated by master
* device) followed by the peripheral address. The peripheral generates an ACK
* condition on the bus (if the acknowledge feature is enabled through function
* I2C_AcknowledgeConfig()) and the events listed above are set :
*
* 1) In normal case (only one address managed by the slave), when the address
* sent by the master matches the own address of the peripheral (configured by
* I2C_OwnAddress1 field) the I2C_EVENT_SLAVE_XXX_ADDRESS_MATCHED event is set
* (where XXX could be TRANSMITTER or RECEIVER).
*
* 2) In case the address sent by the master matches the second address of the
* peripheral (configured by the function I2C_OwnAddress2Config() and enabled
* by the function I2C_DualAddressCmd()) the events I2C_EVENT_SLAVE_XXX_SECONDADDRESS_MATCHED
* (where XXX could be TRANSMITTER or RECEIVER) are set.
*
* 3) In case the address sent by the master is General Call (address 0x00) and
* if the General Call is enabled for the peripheral (using function I2C_GeneralCallCmd())
* the following event is set I2C_EVENT_SLAVE_GENERALCALLADDRESS_MATCHED.
*
*/
/* --EV1 (all the events below are variants of EV1) */
/* 1) Case of One Single Address managed by the slave */
#define I2C_EVENT_SLAVE_RECEIVER_ADDRESS_MATCHED ((uint32_t)0x00020002) /* BUSY and ADDR flags */
#define I2C_EVENT_SLAVE_TRANSMITTER_ADDRESS_MATCHED ((uint32_t)0x00060082) /* TRA, BUSY, TXE and ADDR flags */
/* 2) Case of Dual address managed by the slave */
#define I2C_EVENT_SLAVE_RECEIVER_SECONDADDRESS_MATCHED ((uint32_t)0x00820000) /* DUALF and BUSY flags */
#define I2C_EVENT_SLAVE_TRANSMITTER_SECONDADDRESS_MATCHED ((uint32_t)0x00860080) /* DUALF, TRA, BUSY and TXE flags */
/* 3) Case of General Call enabled for the slave */
#define I2C_EVENT_SLAVE_GENERALCALLADDRESS_MATCHED ((uint32_t)0x00120000) /* GENCALL and BUSY flags */
/**
* @brief Communication events
*
* Wait on one of these events when EV1 has already been checked and:
*
* - Slave RECEIVER mode:
* - EV2: When the application is expecting a data byte to be received.
* - EV4: When the application is expecting the end of the communication: master
* sends a stop condition and data transmission is stopped.
*
* - Slave Transmitter mode:
* - EV3: When a byte has been transmitted by the slave and the application is expecting
* the end of the byte transmission. The two events I2C_EVENT_SLAVE_BYTE_TRANSMITTED and
* I2C_EVENT_SLAVE_BYTE_TRANSMITTING are similar. The second one can optionally be
* used when the user software doesn't guarantee the EV3 is managed before the
* current byte end of transfer.
* - EV3_2: When the master sends a NACK in order to tell slave that data transmission
* shall end (before sending the STOP condition). In this case slave has to stop sending
* data bytes and expect a Stop condition on the bus.
*
* @note In case the user software does not guarantee that the event EV2 is
* managed before the current byte end of transfer, then user may check on EV2
* and BTF flag at the same time (ie. (I2C_EVENT_SLAVE_BYTE_RECEIVED | I2C_FLAG_BTF)).
* In this case the communication may be slower.
*
*/
/* Slave RECEIVER mode --------------------------*/
/* --EV2 */
#define I2C_EVENT_SLAVE_BYTE_RECEIVED ((uint32_t)0x00020040) /* BUSY and RXNE flags */
/* --EV4 */
#define I2C_EVENT_SLAVE_STOP_DETECTED ((uint32_t)0x00000010) /* STOPF flag */
/* Slave TRANSMITTER mode -----------------------*/
/* --EV3 */
#define I2C_EVENT_SLAVE_BYTE_TRANSMITTED ((uint32_t)0x00060084) /* TRA, BUSY, TXE and BTF flags */
#define I2C_EVENT_SLAVE_BYTE_TRANSMITTING ((uint32_t)0x00060080) /* TRA, BUSY and TXE flags */
/* --EV3_2 */
#define I2C_EVENT_SLAVE_ACK_FAILURE ((uint32_t)0x00000400) /* AF flag */
/*=========================== End of Events Description ==========================================*/
#define IS_I2C_EVENT(EVENT) (((EVENT) == I2C_EVENT_SLAVE_TRANSMITTER_ADDRESS_MATCHED) || \
((EVENT) == I2C_EVENT_SLAVE_RECEIVER_ADDRESS_MATCHED) || \
((EVENT) == I2C_EVENT_SLAVE_TRANSMITTER_SECONDADDRESS_MATCHED) || \
((EVENT) == I2C_EVENT_SLAVE_RECEIVER_SECONDADDRESS_MATCHED) || \
((EVENT) == I2C_EVENT_SLAVE_GENERALCALLADDRESS_MATCHED) || \
((EVENT) == I2C_EVENT_SLAVE_BYTE_RECEIVED) || \
((EVENT) == (I2C_EVENT_SLAVE_BYTE_RECEIVED | I2C_FLAG_DUALF)) || \
((EVENT) == (I2C_EVENT_SLAVE_BYTE_RECEIVED | I2C_FLAG_GENCALL)) || \
((EVENT) == I2C_EVENT_SLAVE_BYTE_TRANSMITTED) || \
((EVENT) == (I2C_EVENT_SLAVE_BYTE_TRANSMITTED | I2C_FLAG_DUALF)) || \
((EVENT) == (I2C_EVENT_SLAVE_BYTE_TRANSMITTED | I2C_FLAG_GENCALL)) || \
((EVENT) == I2C_EVENT_SLAVE_STOP_DETECTED) || \
((EVENT) == I2C_EVENT_MASTER_MODE_SELECT) || \
((EVENT) == I2C_EVENT_MASTER_TRANSMITTER_MODE_SELECTED) || \
((EVENT) == I2C_EVENT_MASTER_RECEIVER_MODE_SELECTED) || \
((EVENT) == I2C_EVENT_MASTER_BYTE_RECEIVED) || \
((EVENT) == I2C_EVENT_MASTER_BYTE_TRANSMITTED) || \
((EVENT) == I2C_EVENT_MASTER_BYTE_TRANSMITTING) || \
((EVENT) == I2C_EVENT_MASTER_MODE_ADDRESS10) || \
((EVENT) == I2C_EVENT_SLAVE_ACK_FAILURE))
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup I2C_own_address1
* @{
*/
#define IS_I2C_OWN_ADDRESS1(ADDRESS1) ((ADDRESS1) <= 0x3FF)
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup I2C_clock_speed
* @{
*/
#define IS_I2C_CLOCK_SPEED(SPEED) (((SPEED) >= 0x1) && ((SPEED) <= 400000))
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup I2C_Exported_Macros
* @{
*/
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup I2C_Exported_Functions
* @{
*/
void I2C_DeInit(I2C_TypeDef* I2Cx);
void I2C_Init(I2C_TypeDef* I2Cx, I2C_InitTypeDef* I2C_InitStruct);
void I2C_StructInit(I2C_InitTypeDef* I2C_InitStruct);
void I2C_Cmd(I2C_TypeDef* I2Cx, FunctionalState NewState);
void I2C_DMACmd(I2C_TypeDef* I2Cx, FunctionalState NewState);
void I2C_DMALastTransferCmd(I2C_TypeDef* I2Cx, FunctionalState NewState);
void I2C_GenerateSTART(I2C_TypeDef* I2Cx, FunctionalState NewState);
void I2C_GenerateSTOP(I2C_TypeDef* I2Cx, FunctionalState NewState);
void I2C_AcknowledgeConfig(I2C_TypeDef* I2Cx, FunctionalState NewState);
void I2C_OwnAddress2Config(I2C_TypeDef* I2Cx, uint8_t Address);
void I2C_DualAddressCmd(I2C_TypeDef* I2Cx, FunctionalState NewState);
void I2C_GeneralCallCmd(I2C_TypeDef* I2Cx, FunctionalState NewState);
void I2C_ITConfig(I2C_TypeDef* I2Cx, uint16_t I2C_IT, FunctionalState NewState);
void I2C_SendData(I2C_TypeDef* I2Cx, uint8_t Data);
uint8_t I2C_ReceiveData(I2C_TypeDef* I2Cx);
void I2C_Send7bitAddress(I2C_TypeDef* I2Cx, uint8_t Address, uint8_t I2C_Direction);
uint16_t I2C_ReadRegister(I2C_TypeDef* I2Cx, uint8_t I2C_Register);
void I2C_SoftwareResetCmd(I2C_TypeDef* I2Cx, FunctionalState NewState);
void I2C_NACKPositionConfig(I2C_TypeDef* I2Cx, uint16_t I2C_NACKPosition);
void I2C_SMBusAlertConfig(I2C_TypeDef* I2Cx, uint16_t I2C_SMBusAlert);
void I2C_TransmitPEC(I2C_TypeDef* I2Cx, FunctionalState NewState);
void I2C_PECPositionConfig(I2C_TypeDef* I2Cx, uint16_t I2C_PECPosition);
void I2C_CalculatePEC(I2C_TypeDef* I2Cx, FunctionalState NewState);
uint8_t I2C_GetPEC(I2C_TypeDef* I2Cx);
void I2C_ARPCmd(I2C_TypeDef* I2Cx, FunctionalState NewState);
void I2C_StretchClockCmd(I2C_TypeDef* I2Cx, FunctionalState NewState);
void I2C_FastModeDutyCycleConfig(I2C_TypeDef* I2Cx, uint16_t I2C_DutyCycle);
/**
* @brief
****************************************************************************************
*
* I2C State Monitoring Functions
*
****************************************************************************************
* This I2C driver provides three different ways for I2C state monitoring
* depending on the application requirements and constraints:
*
*
* 1) Basic state monitoring:
* Using I2C_CheckEvent() function:
* It compares the status registers (SR1 and SR2) content to a given event
* (can be the combination of one or more flags).
* It returns SUCCESS if the current status includes the given flags
* and returns ERROR if one or more flags are missing in the current status.
* - When to use:
* - This function is suitable for most applications as well as for startup
* activity since the events are fully described in the product reference manual
* (RM0008).
* - It is also suitable for users who need to define their own events.
* - Limitations:
* - If an error occurs (ie. error flags are set besides to the monitored flags),
* the I2C_CheckEvent() function may return SUCCESS despite the communication
* hold or corrupted real state.
* In this case, it is advised to use error interrupts to monitor the error
* events and handle them in the interrupt IRQ handler.
*
* @note
* For error management, it is advised to use the following functions:
* - I2C_ITConfig() to configure and enable the error interrupts (I2C_IT_ERR).
* - I2Cx_ER_IRQHandler() which is called when the error interrupt occurs.
* Where x is the peripheral instance (I2C1, I2C2 ...)
* - I2C_GetFlagStatus() or I2C_GetITStatus() to be called into I2Cx_ER_IRQHandler()
* in order to determine which error occurred.
* - I2C_ClearFlag() or I2C_ClearITPendingBit() and/or I2C_SoftwareResetCmd()
* and/or I2C_GenerateStop() in order to clear the error flag and source,
* and return to correct communication status.
*
*
* 2) Advanced state monitoring:
* Using the function I2C_GetLastEvent() which returns the image of both status
* registers in a single word (uint32_t) (Status Register 2 value is shifted left
* by 16 bits and concatenated to Status Register 1).
* - When to use:
* - This function is suitable for the same applications above but it allows to
* overcome the limitations of I2C_GetFlagStatus() function (see below).
* The returned value could be compared to events already defined in the
* library (stm32f10x_i2c.h) or to custom values defined by user.
* - This function is suitable when multiple flags are monitored at the same time.
* - At the opposite of I2C_CheckEvent() function, this function allows user to
* choose when an event is accepted (when all events flags are set and no
* other flags are set or just when the needed flags are set like
* I2C_CheckEvent() function).
* - Limitations:
* - User may need to define his own events.
* - Same remark concerning the error management is applicable for this
* function if user decides to check only regular communication flags (and
* ignores error flags).
*
*
* 3) Flag-based state monitoring:
* Using the function I2C_GetFlagStatus() which simply returns the status of
* one single flag (ie. I2C_FLAG_RXNE ...).
* - When to use:
* - This function could be used for specific applications or in debug phase.
* - It is suitable when only one flag checking is needed (most I2C events
* are monitored through multiple flags).
* - Limitations:
* - When calling this function, the Status register is accessed. Some flags are
* cleared when the status register is accessed. So checking the status
* of one Flag, may clear other ones.
* - Function may need to be called twice or more in order to monitor one
* single event.
*
*/
/**
*
* 1) Basic state monitoring
*******************************************************************************
*/
ErrorStatus I2C_CheckEvent(I2C_TypeDef* I2Cx, uint32_t I2C_EVENT);
/**
*
* 2) Advanced state monitoring
*******************************************************************************
*/
uint32_t I2C_GetLastEvent(I2C_TypeDef* I2Cx);
/**
*
* 3) Flag-based state monitoring
*******************************************************************************
*/
FlagStatus I2C_GetFlagStatus(I2C_TypeDef* I2Cx, uint32_t I2C_FLAG);
/**
*
*******************************************************************************
*/
void I2C_ClearFlag(I2C_TypeDef* I2Cx, uint32_t I2C_FLAG);
ITStatus I2C_GetITStatus(I2C_TypeDef* I2Cx, uint32_t I2C_IT);
void I2C_ClearITPendingBit(I2C_TypeDef* I2Cx, uint32_t I2C_IT);
#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif
#endif /*__STM32F10x_I2C_H */
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* @}
*/
/******************* (C) COPYRIGHT 2011 STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/

View File

@ -0,0 +1,140 @@
/**
******************************************************************************
* @file stm32f10x_iwdg.h
* @author MCD Application Team
* @version V3.5.0
* @date 11-March-2011
* @brief This file contains all the functions prototypes for the IWDG
* firmware library.
******************************************************************************
* @attention
*
* THE PRESENT FIRMWARE WHICH IS FOR GUIDANCE ONLY AIMS AT PROVIDING CUSTOMERS
* WITH CODING INFORMATION REGARDING THEIR PRODUCTS IN ORDER FOR THEM TO SAVE
* TIME. AS A RESULT, STMICROELECTRONICS SHALL NOT BE HELD LIABLE FOR ANY
* DIRECT, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES WITH RESPECT TO ANY CLAIMS ARISING
* FROM THE CONTENT OF SUCH FIRMWARE AND/OR THE USE MADE BY CUSTOMERS OF THE
* CODING INFORMATION CONTAINED HEREIN IN CONNECTION WITH THEIR PRODUCTS.
*
* <h2><center>&copy; COPYRIGHT 2011 STMicroelectronics</center></h2>
******************************************************************************
*/
/* Define to prevent recursive inclusion -------------------------------------*/
#ifndef __STM32F10x_IWDG_H
#define __STM32F10x_IWDG_H
#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif
/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
#include "stm32f10x.h"
/** @addtogroup STM32F10x_StdPeriph_Driver
* @{
*/
/** @addtogroup IWDG
* @{
*/
/** @defgroup IWDG_Exported_Types
* @{
*/
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup IWDG_Exported_Constants
* @{
*/
/** @defgroup IWDG_WriteAccess
* @{
*/
#define IWDG_WriteAccess_Enable ((uint16_t)0x5555)
#define IWDG_WriteAccess_Disable ((uint16_t)0x0000)
#define IS_IWDG_WRITE_ACCESS(ACCESS) (((ACCESS) == IWDG_WriteAccess_Enable) || \
((ACCESS) == IWDG_WriteAccess_Disable))
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup IWDG_prescaler
* @{
*/
#define IWDG_Prescaler_4 ((uint8_t)0x00)
#define IWDG_Prescaler_8 ((uint8_t)0x01)
#define IWDG_Prescaler_16 ((uint8_t)0x02)
#define IWDG_Prescaler_32 ((uint8_t)0x03)
#define IWDG_Prescaler_64 ((uint8_t)0x04)
#define IWDG_Prescaler_128 ((uint8_t)0x05)
#define IWDG_Prescaler_256 ((uint8_t)0x06)
#define IS_IWDG_PRESCALER(PRESCALER) (((PRESCALER) == IWDG_Prescaler_4) || \
((PRESCALER) == IWDG_Prescaler_8) || \
((PRESCALER) == IWDG_Prescaler_16) || \
((PRESCALER) == IWDG_Prescaler_32) || \
((PRESCALER) == IWDG_Prescaler_64) || \
((PRESCALER) == IWDG_Prescaler_128)|| \
((PRESCALER) == IWDG_Prescaler_256))
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup IWDG_Flag
* @{
*/
#define IWDG_FLAG_PVU ((uint16_t)0x0001)
#define IWDG_FLAG_RVU ((uint16_t)0x0002)
#define IS_IWDG_FLAG(FLAG) (((FLAG) == IWDG_FLAG_PVU) || ((FLAG) == IWDG_FLAG_RVU))
#define IS_IWDG_RELOAD(RELOAD) ((RELOAD) <= 0xFFF)
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup IWDG_Exported_Macros
* @{
*/
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup IWDG_Exported_Functions
* @{
*/
void IWDG_WriteAccessCmd(uint16_t IWDG_WriteAccess);
void IWDG_SetPrescaler(uint8_t IWDG_Prescaler);
void IWDG_SetReload(uint16_t Reload);
void IWDG_ReloadCounter(void);
void IWDG_Enable(void);
FlagStatus IWDG_GetFlagStatus(uint16_t IWDG_FLAG);
#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif
#endif /* __STM32F10x_IWDG_H */
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* @}
*/
/******************* (C) COPYRIGHT 2011 STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/

View File

@ -0,0 +1,156 @@
/**
******************************************************************************
* @file stm32f10x_pwr.h
* @author MCD Application Team
* @version V3.5.0
* @date 11-March-2011
* @brief This file contains all the functions prototypes for the PWR firmware
* library.
******************************************************************************
* @attention
*
* THE PRESENT FIRMWARE WHICH IS FOR GUIDANCE ONLY AIMS AT PROVIDING CUSTOMERS
* WITH CODING INFORMATION REGARDING THEIR PRODUCTS IN ORDER FOR THEM TO SAVE
* TIME. AS A RESULT, STMICROELECTRONICS SHALL NOT BE HELD LIABLE FOR ANY
* DIRECT, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES WITH RESPECT TO ANY CLAIMS ARISING
* FROM THE CONTENT OF SUCH FIRMWARE AND/OR THE USE MADE BY CUSTOMERS OF THE
* CODING INFORMATION CONTAINED HEREIN IN CONNECTION WITH THEIR PRODUCTS.
*
* <h2><center>&copy; COPYRIGHT 2011 STMicroelectronics</center></h2>
******************************************************************************
*/
/* Define to prevent recursive inclusion -------------------------------------*/
#ifndef __STM32F10x_PWR_H
#define __STM32F10x_PWR_H
#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif
/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
#include "stm32f10x.h"
/** @addtogroup STM32F10x_StdPeriph_Driver
* @{
*/
/** @addtogroup PWR
* @{
*/
/** @defgroup PWR_Exported_Types
* @{
*/
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup PWR_Exported_Constants
* @{
*/
/** @defgroup PVD_detection_level
* @{
*/
#define PWR_PVDLevel_2V2 ((uint32_t)0x00000000)
#define PWR_PVDLevel_2V3 ((uint32_t)0x00000020)
#define PWR_PVDLevel_2V4 ((uint32_t)0x00000040)
#define PWR_PVDLevel_2V5 ((uint32_t)0x00000060)
#define PWR_PVDLevel_2V6 ((uint32_t)0x00000080)
#define PWR_PVDLevel_2V7 ((uint32_t)0x000000A0)
#define PWR_PVDLevel_2V8 ((uint32_t)0x000000C0)
#define PWR_PVDLevel_2V9 ((uint32_t)0x000000E0)
#define IS_PWR_PVD_LEVEL(LEVEL) (((LEVEL) == PWR_PVDLevel_2V2) || ((LEVEL) == PWR_PVDLevel_2V3)|| \
((LEVEL) == PWR_PVDLevel_2V4) || ((LEVEL) == PWR_PVDLevel_2V5)|| \
((LEVEL) == PWR_PVDLevel_2V6) || ((LEVEL) == PWR_PVDLevel_2V7)|| \
((LEVEL) == PWR_PVDLevel_2V8) || ((LEVEL) == PWR_PVDLevel_2V9))
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup Regulator_state_is_STOP_mode
* @{
*/
#define PWR_Regulator_ON ((uint32_t)0x00000000)
#define PWR_Regulator_LowPower ((uint32_t)0x00000001)
#define IS_PWR_REGULATOR(REGULATOR) (((REGULATOR) == PWR_Regulator_ON) || \
((REGULATOR) == PWR_Regulator_LowPower))
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup STOP_mode_entry
* @{
*/
#define PWR_STOPEntry_WFI ((uint8_t)0x01)
#define PWR_STOPEntry_WFE ((uint8_t)0x02)
#define IS_PWR_STOP_ENTRY(ENTRY) (((ENTRY) == PWR_STOPEntry_WFI) || ((ENTRY) == PWR_STOPEntry_WFE))
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup PWR_Flag
* @{
*/
#define PWR_FLAG_WU ((uint32_t)0x00000001)
#define PWR_FLAG_SB ((uint32_t)0x00000002)
#define PWR_FLAG_PVDO ((uint32_t)0x00000004)
#define IS_PWR_GET_FLAG(FLAG) (((FLAG) == PWR_FLAG_WU) || ((FLAG) == PWR_FLAG_SB) || \
((FLAG) == PWR_FLAG_PVDO))
#define IS_PWR_CLEAR_FLAG(FLAG) (((FLAG) == PWR_FLAG_WU) || ((FLAG) == PWR_FLAG_SB))
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup PWR_Exported_Macros
* @{
*/
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup PWR_Exported_Functions
* @{
*/
void PWR_DeInit(void);
void PWR_BackupAccessCmd(FunctionalState NewState);
void PWR_PVDCmd(FunctionalState NewState);
void PWR_PVDLevelConfig(uint32_t PWR_PVDLevel);
void PWR_WakeUpPinCmd(FunctionalState NewState);
void PWR_EnterSTOPMode(uint32_t PWR_Regulator, uint8_t PWR_STOPEntry);
void PWR_EnterSTANDBYMode(void);
FlagStatus PWR_GetFlagStatus(uint32_t PWR_FLAG);
void PWR_ClearFlag(uint32_t PWR_FLAG);
#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif
#endif /* __STM32F10x_PWR_H */
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* @}
*/
/******************* (C) COPYRIGHT 2011 STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/

View File

@ -0,0 +1,727 @@
/**
******************************************************************************
* @file stm32f10x_rcc.h
* @author MCD Application Team
* @version V3.5.0
* @date 11-March-2011
* @brief This file contains all the functions prototypes for the RCC firmware
* library.
******************************************************************************
* @attention
*
* THE PRESENT FIRMWARE WHICH IS FOR GUIDANCE ONLY AIMS AT PROVIDING CUSTOMERS
* WITH CODING INFORMATION REGARDING THEIR PRODUCTS IN ORDER FOR THEM TO SAVE
* TIME. AS A RESULT, STMICROELECTRONICS SHALL NOT BE HELD LIABLE FOR ANY
* DIRECT, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES WITH RESPECT TO ANY CLAIMS ARISING
* FROM THE CONTENT OF SUCH FIRMWARE AND/OR THE USE MADE BY CUSTOMERS OF THE
* CODING INFORMATION CONTAINED HEREIN IN CONNECTION WITH THEIR PRODUCTS.
*
* <h2><center>&copy; COPYRIGHT 2011 STMicroelectronics</center></h2>
******************************************************************************
*/
/* Define to prevent recursive inclusion -------------------------------------*/
#ifndef __STM32F10x_RCC_H
#define __STM32F10x_RCC_H
#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif
/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
#include "stm32f10x.h"
/** @addtogroup STM32F10x_StdPeriph_Driver
* @{
*/
/** @addtogroup RCC
* @{
*/
/** @defgroup RCC_Exported_Types
* @{
*/
typedef struct
{
uint32_t SYSCLK_Frequency; /*!< returns SYSCLK clock frequency expressed in Hz */
uint32_t HCLK_Frequency; /*!< returns HCLK clock frequency expressed in Hz */
uint32_t PCLK1_Frequency; /*!< returns PCLK1 clock frequency expressed in Hz */
uint32_t PCLK2_Frequency; /*!< returns PCLK2 clock frequency expressed in Hz */
uint32_t ADCCLK_Frequency; /*!< returns ADCCLK clock frequency expressed in Hz */
}RCC_ClocksTypeDef;
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup RCC_Exported_Constants
* @{
*/
/** @defgroup HSE_configuration
* @{
*/
#define RCC_HSE_OFF ((uint32_t)0x00000000)
#define RCC_HSE_ON ((uint32_t)0x00010000)
#define RCC_HSE_Bypass ((uint32_t)0x00040000)
#define IS_RCC_HSE(HSE) (((HSE) == RCC_HSE_OFF) || ((HSE) == RCC_HSE_ON) || \
((HSE) == RCC_HSE_Bypass))
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup PLL_entry_clock_source
* @{
*/
#define RCC_PLLSource_HSI_Div2 ((uint32_t)0x00000000)
#if !defined (STM32F10X_LD_VL) && !defined (STM32F10X_MD_VL) && !defined (STM32F10X_HD_VL) && !defined (STM32F10X_CL)
#define RCC_PLLSource_HSE_Div1 ((uint32_t)0x00010000)
#define RCC_PLLSource_HSE_Div2 ((uint32_t)0x00030000)
#define IS_RCC_PLL_SOURCE(SOURCE) (((SOURCE) == RCC_PLLSource_HSI_Div2) || \
((SOURCE) == RCC_PLLSource_HSE_Div1) || \
((SOURCE) == RCC_PLLSource_HSE_Div2))
#else
#define RCC_PLLSource_PREDIV1 ((uint32_t)0x00010000)
#define IS_RCC_PLL_SOURCE(SOURCE) (((SOURCE) == RCC_PLLSource_HSI_Div2) || \
((SOURCE) == RCC_PLLSource_PREDIV1))
#endif /* STM32F10X_CL */
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup PLL_multiplication_factor
* @{
*/
#ifndef STM32F10X_CL
#define RCC_PLLMul_2 ((uint32_t)0x00000000)
#define RCC_PLLMul_3 ((uint32_t)0x00040000)
#define RCC_PLLMul_4 ((uint32_t)0x00080000)
#define RCC_PLLMul_5 ((uint32_t)0x000C0000)
#define RCC_PLLMul_6 ((uint32_t)0x00100000)
#define RCC_PLLMul_7 ((uint32_t)0x00140000)
#define RCC_PLLMul_8 ((uint32_t)0x00180000)
#define RCC_PLLMul_9 ((uint32_t)0x001C0000)
#define RCC_PLLMul_10 ((uint32_t)0x00200000)
#define RCC_PLLMul_11 ((uint32_t)0x00240000)
#define RCC_PLLMul_12 ((uint32_t)0x00280000)
#define RCC_PLLMul_13 ((uint32_t)0x002C0000)
#define RCC_PLLMul_14 ((uint32_t)0x00300000)
#define RCC_PLLMul_15 ((uint32_t)0x00340000)
#define RCC_PLLMul_16 ((uint32_t)0x00380000)
#define IS_RCC_PLL_MUL(MUL) (((MUL) == RCC_PLLMul_2) || ((MUL) == RCC_PLLMul_3) || \
((MUL) == RCC_PLLMul_4) || ((MUL) == RCC_PLLMul_5) || \
((MUL) == RCC_PLLMul_6) || ((MUL) == RCC_PLLMul_7) || \
((MUL) == RCC_PLLMul_8) || ((MUL) == RCC_PLLMul_9) || \
((MUL) == RCC_PLLMul_10) || ((MUL) == RCC_PLLMul_11) || \
((MUL) == RCC_PLLMul_12) || ((MUL) == RCC_PLLMul_13) || \
((MUL) == RCC_PLLMul_14) || ((MUL) == RCC_PLLMul_15) || \
((MUL) == RCC_PLLMul_16))
#else
#define RCC_PLLMul_4 ((uint32_t)0x00080000)
#define RCC_PLLMul_5 ((uint32_t)0x000C0000)
#define RCC_PLLMul_6 ((uint32_t)0x00100000)
#define RCC_PLLMul_7 ((uint32_t)0x00140000)
#define RCC_PLLMul_8 ((uint32_t)0x00180000)
#define RCC_PLLMul_9 ((uint32_t)0x001C0000)
#define RCC_PLLMul_6_5 ((uint32_t)0x00340000)
#define IS_RCC_PLL_MUL(MUL) (((MUL) == RCC_PLLMul_4) || ((MUL) == RCC_PLLMul_5) || \
((MUL) == RCC_PLLMul_6) || ((MUL) == RCC_PLLMul_7) || \
((MUL) == RCC_PLLMul_8) || ((MUL) == RCC_PLLMul_9) || \
((MUL) == RCC_PLLMul_6_5))
#endif /* STM32F10X_CL */
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup PREDIV1_division_factor
* @{
*/
#if defined (STM32F10X_LD_VL) || defined (STM32F10X_MD_VL) || defined (STM32F10X_HD_VL) || defined (STM32F10X_CL)
#define RCC_PREDIV1_Div1 ((uint32_t)0x00000000)
#define RCC_PREDIV1_Div2 ((uint32_t)0x00000001)
#define RCC_PREDIV1_Div3 ((uint32_t)0x00000002)
#define RCC_PREDIV1_Div4 ((uint32_t)0x00000003)
#define RCC_PREDIV1_Div5 ((uint32_t)0x00000004)
#define RCC_PREDIV1_Div6 ((uint32_t)0x00000005)
#define RCC_PREDIV1_Div7 ((uint32_t)0x00000006)
#define RCC_PREDIV1_Div8 ((uint32_t)0x00000007)
#define RCC_PREDIV1_Div9 ((uint32_t)0x00000008)
#define RCC_PREDIV1_Div10 ((uint32_t)0x00000009)
#define RCC_PREDIV1_Div11 ((uint32_t)0x0000000A)
#define RCC_PREDIV1_Div12 ((uint32_t)0x0000000B)
#define RCC_PREDIV1_Div13 ((uint32_t)0x0000000C)
#define RCC_PREDIV1_Div14 ((uint32_t)0x0000000D)
#define RCC_PREDIV1_Div15 ((uint32_t)0x0000000E)
#define RCC_PREDIV1_Div16 ((uint32_t)0x0000000F)
#define IS_RCC_PREDIV1(PREDIV1) (((PREDIV1) == RCC_PREDIV1_Div1) || ((PREDIV1) == RCC_PREDIV1_Div2) || \
((PREDIV1) == RCC_PREDIV1_Div3) || ((PREDIV1) == RCC_PREDIV1_Div4) || \
((PREDIV1) == RCC_PREDIV1_Div5) || ((PREDIV1) == RCC_PREDIV1_Div6) || \
((PREDIV1) == RCC_PREDIV1_Div7) || ((PREDIV1) == RCC_PREDIV1_Div8) || \
((PREDIV1) == RCC_PREDIV1_Div9) || ((PREDIV1) == RCC_PREDIV1_Div10) || \
((PREDIV1) == RCC_PREDIV1_Div11) || ((PREDIV1) == RCC_PREDIV1_Div12) || \
((PREDIV1) == RCC_PREDIV1_Div13) || ((PREDIV1) == RCC_PREDIV1_Div14) || \
((PREDIV1) == RCC_PREDIV1_Div15) || ((PREDIV1) == RCC_PREDIV1_Div16))
#endif
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup PREDIV1_clock_source
* @{
*/
#ifdef STM32F10X_CL
/* PREDIV1 clock source (for STM32 connectivity line devices) */
#define RCC_PREDIV1_Source_HSE ((uint32_t)0x00000000)
#define RCC_PREDIV1_Source_PLL2 ((uint32_t)0x00010000)
#define IS_RCC_PREDIV1_SOURCE(SOURCE) (((SOURCE) == RCC_PREDIV1_Source_HSE) || \
((SOURCE) == RCC_PREDIV1_Source_PLL2))
#elif defined (STM32F10X_LD_VL) || defined (STM32F10X_MD_VL) || defined (STM32F10X_HD_VL)
/* PREDIV1 clock source (for STM32 Value line devices) */
#define RCC_PREDIV1_Source_HSE ((uint32_t)0x00000000)
#define IS_RCC_PREDIV1_SOURCE(SOURCE) (((SOURCE) == RCC_PREDIV1_Source_HSE))
#endif
/**
* @}
*/
#ifdef STM32F10X_CL
/** @defgroup PREDIV2_division_factor
* @{
*/
#define RCC_PREDIV2_Div1 ((uint32_t)0x00000000)
#define RCC_PREDIV2_Div2 ((uint32_t)0x00000010)
#define RCC_PREDIV2_Div3 ((uint32_t)0x00000020)
#define RCC_PREDIV2_Div4 ((uint32_t)0x00000030)
#define RCC_PREDIV2_Div5 ((uint32_t)0x00000040)
#define RCC_PREDIV2_Div6 ((uint32_t)0x00000050)
#define RCC_PREDIV2_Div7 ((uint32_t)0x00000060)
#define RCC_PREDIV2_Div8 ((uint32_t)0x00000070)
#define RCC_PREDIV2_Div9 ((uint32_t)0x00000080)
#define RCC_PREDIV2_Div10 ((uint32_t)0x00000090)
#define RCC_PREDIV2_Div11 ((uint32_t)0x000000A0)
#define RCC_PREDIV2_Div12 ((uint32_t)0x000000B0)
#define RCC_PREDIV2_Div13 ((uint32_t)0x000000C0)
#define RCC_PREDIV2_Div14 ((uint32_t)0x000000D0)
#define RCC_PREDIV2_Div15 ((uint32_t)0x000000E0)
#define RCC_PREDIV2_Div16 ((uint32_t)0x000000F0)
#define IS_RCC_PREDIV2(PREDIV2) (((PREDIV2) == RCC_PREDIV2_Div1) || ((PREDIV2) == RCC_PREDIV2_Div2) || \
((PREDIV2) == RCC_PREDIV2_Div3) || ((PREDIV2) == RCC_PREDIV2_Div4) || \
((PREDIV2) == RCC_PREDIV2_Div5) || ((PREDIV2) == RCC_PREDIV2_Div6) || \
((PREDIV2) == RCC_PREDIV2_Div7) || ((PREDIV2) == RCC_PREDIV2_Div8) || \
((PREDIV2) == RCC_PREDIV2_Div9) || ((PREDIV2) == RCC_PREDIV2_Div10) || \
((PREDIV2) == RCC_PREDIV2_Div11) || ((PREDIV2) == RCC_PREDIV2_Div12) || \
((PREDIV2) == RCC_PREDIV2_Div13) || ((PREDIV2) == RCC_PREDIV2_Div14) || \
((PREDIV2) == RCC_PREDIV2_Div15) || ((PREDIV2) == RCC_PREDIV2_Div16))
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup PLL2_multiplication_factor
* @{
*/
#define RCC_PLL2Mul_8 ((uint32_t)0x00000600)
#define RCC_PLL2Mul_9 ((uint32_t)0x00000700)
#define RCC_PLL2Mul_10 ((uint32_t)0x00000800)
#define RCC_PLL2Mul_11 ((uint32_t)0x00000900)
#define RCC_PLL2Mul_12 ((uint32_t)0x00000A00)
#define RCC_PLL2Mul_13 ((uint32_t)0x00000B00)
#define RCC_PLL2Mul_14 ((uint32_t)0x00000C00)
#define RCC_PLL2Mul_16 ((uint32_t)0x00000E00)
#define RCC_PLL2Mul_20 ((uint32_t)0x00000F00)
#define IS_RCC_PLL2_MUL(MUL) (((MUL) == RCC_PLL2Mul_8) || ((MUL) == RCC_PLL2Mul_9) || \
((MUL) == RCC_PLL2Mul_10) || ((MUL) == RCC_PLL2Mul_11) || \
((MUL) == RCC_PLL2Mul_12) || ((MUL) == RCC_PLL2Mul_13) || \
((MUL) == RCC_PLL2Mul_14) || ((MUL) == RCC_PLL2Mul_16) || \
((MUL) == RCC_PLL2Mul_20))
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup PLL3_multiplication_factor
* @{
*/
#define RCC_PLL3Mul_8 ((uint32_t)0x00006000)
#define RCC_PLL3Mul_9 ((uint32_t)0x00007000)
#define RCC_PLL3Mul_10 ((uint32_t)0x00008000)
#define RCC_PLL3Mul_11 ((uint32_t)0x00009000)
#define RCC_PLL3Mul_12 ((uint32_t)0x0000A000)
#define RCC_PLL3Mul_13 ((uint32_t)0x0000B000)
#define RCC_PLL3Mul_14 ((uint32_t)0x0000C000)
#define RCC_PLL3Mul_16 ((uint32_t)0x0000E000)
#define RCC_PLL3Mul_20 ((uint32_t)0x0000F000)
#define IS_RCC_PLL3_MUL(MUL) (((MUL) == RCC_PLL3Mul_8) || ((MUL) == RCC_PLL3Mul_9) || \
((MUL) == RCC_PLL3Mul_10) || ((MUL) == RCC_PLL3Mul_11) || \
((MUL) == RCC_PLL3Mul_12) || ((MUL) == RCC_PLL3Mul_13) || \
((MUL) == RCC_PLL3Mul_14) || ((MUL) == RCC_PLL3Mul_16) || \
((MUL) == RCC_PLL3Mul_20))
/**
* @}
*/
#endif /* STM32F10X_CL */
/** @defgroup System_clock_source
* @{
*/
#define RCC_SYSCLKSource_HSI ((uint32_t)0x00000000)
#define RCC_SYSCLKSource_HSE ((uint32_t)0x00000001)
#define RCC_SYSCLKSource_PLLCLK ((uint32_t)0x00000002)
#define IS_RCC_SYSCLK_SOURCE(SOURCE) (((SOURCE) == RCC_SYSCLKSource_HSI) || \
((SOURCE) == RCC_SYSCLKSource_HSE) || \
((SOURCE) == RCC_SYSCLKSource_PLLCLK))
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup AHB_clock_source
* @{
*/
#define RCC_SYSCLK_Div1 ((uint32_t)0x00000000)
#define RCC_SYSCLK_Div2 ((uint32_t)0x00000080)
#define RCC_SYSCLK_Div4 ((uint32_t)0x00000090)
#define RCC_SYSCLK_Div8 ((uint32_t)0x000000A0)
#define RCC_SYSCLK_Div16 ((uint32_t)0x000000B0)
#define RCC_SYSCLK_Div64 ((uint32_t)0x000000C0)
#define RCC_SYSCLK_Div128 ((uint32_t)0x000000D0)
#define RCC_SYSCLK_Div256 ((uint32_t)0x000000E0)
#define RCC_SYSCLK_Div512 ((uint32_t)0x000000F0)
#define IS_RCC_HCLK(HCLK) (((HCLK) == RCC_SYSCLK_Div1) || ((HCLK) == RCC_SYSCLK_Div2) || \
((HCLK) == RCC_SYSCLK_Div4) || ((HCLK) == RCC_SYSCLK_Div8) || \
((HCLK) == RCC_SYSCLK_Div16) || ((HCLK) == RCC_SYSCLK_Div64) || \
((HCLK) == RCC_SYSCLK_Div128) || ((HCLK) == RCC_SYSCLK_Div256) || \
((HCLK) == RCC_SYSCLK_Div512))
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup APB1_APB2_clock_source
* @{
*/
#define RCC_HCLK_Div1 ((uint32_t)0x00000000)
#define RCC_HCLK_Div2 ((uint32_t)0x00000400)
#define RCC_HCLK_Div4 ((uint32_t)0x00000500)
#define RCC_HCLK_Div8 ((uint32_t)0x00000600)
#define RCC_HCLK_Div16 ((uint32_t)0x00000700)
#define IS_RCC_PCLK(PCLK) (((PCLK) == RCC_HCLK_Div1) || ((PCLK) == RCC_HCLK_Div2) || \
((PCLK) == RCC_HCLK_Div4) || ((PCLK) == RCC_HCLK_Div8) || \
((PCLK) == RCC_HCLK_Div16))
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup RCC_Interrupt_source
* @{
*/
#define RCC_IT_LSIRDY ((uint8_t)0x01)
#define RCC_IT_LSERDY ((uint8_t)0x02)
#define RCC_IT_HSIRDY ((uint8_t)0x04)
#define RCC_IT_HSERDY ((uint8_t)0x08)
#define RCC_IT_PLLRDY ((uint8_t)0x10)
#define RCC_IT_CSS ((uint8_t)0x80)
#ifndef STM32F10X_CL
#define IS_RCC_IT(IT) ((((IT) & (uint8_t)0xE0) == 0x00) && ((IT) != 0x00))
#define IS_RCC_GET_IT(IT) (((IT) == RCC_IT_LSIRDY) || ((IT) == RCC_IT_LSERDY) || \
((IT) == RCC_IT_HSIRDY) || ((IT) == RCC_IT_HSERDY) || \
((IT) == RCC_IT_PLLRDY) || ((IT) == RCC_IT_CSS))
#define IS_RCC_CLEAR_IT(IT) ((((IT) & (uint8_t)0x60) == 0x00) && ((IT) != 0x00))
#else
#define RCC_IT_PLL2RDY ((uint8_t)0x20)
#define RCC_IT_PLL3RDY ((uint8_t)0x40)
#define IS_RCC_IT(IT) ((((IT) & (uint8_t)0x80) == 0x00) && ((IT) != 0x00))
#define IS_RCC_GET_IT(IT) (((IT) == RCC_IT_LSIRDY) || ((IT) == RCC_IT_LSERDY) || \
((IT) == RCC_IT_HSIRDY) || ((IT) == RCC_IT_HSERDY) || \
((IT) == RCC_IT_PLLRDY) || ((IT) == RCC_IT_CSS) || \
((IT) == RCC_IT_PLL2RDY) || ((IT) == RCC_IT_PLL3RDY))
#define IS_RCC_CLEAR_IT(IT) ((IT) != 0x00)
#endif /* STM32F10X_CL */
/**
* @}
*/
#ifndef STM32F10X_CL
/** @defgroup USB_Device_clock_source
* @{
*/
#define RCC_USBCLKSource_PLLCLK_1Div5 ((uint8_t)0x00)
#define RCC_USBCLKSource_PLLCLK_Div1 ((uint8_t)0x01)
#define IS_RCC_USBCLK_SOURCE(SOURCE) (((SOURCE) == RCC_USBCLKSource_PLLCLK_1Div5) || \
((SOURCE) == RCC_USBCLKSource_PLLCLK_Div1))
/**
* @}
*/
#else
/** @defgroup USB_OTG_FS_clock_source
* @{
*/
#define RCC_OTGFSCLKSource_PLLVCO_Div3 ((uint8_t)0x00)
#define RCC_OTGFSCLKSource_PLLVCO_Div2 ((uint8_t)0x01)
#define IS_RCC_OTGFSCLK_SOURCE(SOURCE) (((SOURCE) == RCC_OTGFSCLKSource_PLLVCO_Div3) || \
((SOURCE) == RCC_OTGFSCLKSource_PLLVCO_Div2))
/**
* @}
*/
#endif /* STM32F10X_CL */
#ifdef STM32F10X_CL
/** @defgroup I2S2_clock_source
* @{
*/
#define RCC_I2S2CLKSource_SYSCLK ((uint8_t)0x00)
#define RCC_I2S2CLKSource_PLL3_VCO ((uint8_t)0x01)
#define IS_RCC_I2S2CLK_SOURCE(SOURCE) (((SOURCE) == RCC_I2S2CLKSource_SYSCLK) || \
((SOURCE) == RCC_I2S2CLKSource_PLL3_VCO))
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup I2S3_clock_source
* @{
*/
#define RCC_I2S3CLKSource_SYSCLK ((uint8_t)0x00)
#define RCC_I2S3CLKSource_PLL3_VCO ((uint8_t)0x01)
#define IS_RCC_I2S3CLK_SOURCE(SOURCE) (((SOURCE) == RCC_I2S3CLKSource_SYSCLK) || \
((SOURCE) == RCC_I2S3CLKSource_PLL3_VCO))
/**
* @}
*/
#endif /* STM32F10X_CL */
/** @defgroup ADC_clock_source
* @{
*/
#define RCC_PCLK2_Div2 ((uint32_t)0x00000000)
#define RCC_PCLK2_Div4 ((uint32_t)0x00004000)
#define RCC_PCLK2_Div6 ((uint32_t)0x00008000)
#define RCC_PCLK2_Div8 ((uint32_t)0x0000C000)
#define IS_RCC_ADCCLK(ADCCLK) (((ADCCLK) == RCC_PCLK2_Div2) || ((ADCCLK) == RCC_PCLK2_Div4) || \
((ADCCLK) == RCC_PCLK2_Div6) || ((ADCCLK) == RCC_PCLK2_Div8))
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup LSE_configuration
* @{
*/
#define RCC_LSE_OFF ((uint8_t)0x00)
#define RCC_LSE_ON ((uint8_t)0x01)
#define RCC_LSE_Bypass ((uint8_t)0x04)
#define IS_RCC_LSE(LSE) (((LSE) == RCC_LSE_OFF) || ((LSE) == RCC_LSE_ON) || \
((LSE) == RCC_LSE_Bypass))
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup RTC_clock_source
* @{
*/
#define RCC_RTCCLKSource_LSE ((uint32_t)0x00000100)
#define RCC_RTCCLKSource_LSI ((uint32_t)0x00000200)
#define RCC_RTCCLKSource_HSE_Div128 ((uint32_t)0x00000300)
#define IS_RCC_RTCCLK_SOURCE(SOURCE) (((SOURCE) == RCC_RTCCLKSource_LSE) || \
((SOURCE) == RCC_RTCCLKSource_LSI) || \
((SOURCE) == RCC_RTCCLKSource_HSE_Div128))
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup AHB_peripheral
* @{
*/
#define RCC_AHBPeriph_DMA1 ((uint32_t)0x00000001)
#define RCC_AHBPeriph_DMA2 ((uint32_t)0x00000002)
#define RCC_AHBPeriph_SRAM ((uint32_t)0x00000004)
#define RCC_AHBPeriph_FLITF ((uint32_t)0x00000010)
#define RCC_AHBPeriph_CRC ((uint32_t)0x00000040)
#ifndef STM32F10X_CL
#define RCC_AHBPeriph_FSMC ((uint32_t)0x00000100)
#define RCC_AHBPeriph_SDIO ((uint32_t)0x00000400)
#define IS_RCC_AHB_PERIPH(PERIPH) ((((PERIPH) & 0xFFFFFAA8) == 0x00) && ((PERIPH) != 0x00))
#else
#define RCC_AHBPeriph_OTG_FS ((uint32_t)0x00001000)
#define RCC_AHBPeriph_ETH_MAC ((uint32_t)0x00004000)
#define RCC_AHBPeriph_ETH_MAC_Tx ((uint32_t)0x00008000)
#define RCC_AHBPeriph_ETH_MAC_Rx ((uint32_t)0x00010000)
#define IS_RCC_AHB_PERIPH(PERIPH) ((((PERIPH) & 0xFFFE2FA8) == 0x00) && ((PERIPH) != 0x00))
#define IS_RCC_AHB_PERIPH_RESET(PERIPH) ((((PERIPH) & 0xFFFFAFFF) == 0x00) && ((PERIPH) != 0x00))
#endif /* STM32F10X_CL */
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup APB2_peripheral
* @{
*/
#define RCC_APB2Periph_AFIO ((uint32_t)0x00000001)
#define RCC_APB2Periph_GPIOA ((uint32_t)0x00000004)
#define RCC_APB2Periph_GPIOB ((uint32_t)0x00000008)
#define RCC_APB2Periph_GPIOC ((uint32_t)0x00000010)
#define RCC_APB2Periph_GPIOD ((uint32_t)0x00000020)
#define RCC_APB2Periph_GPIOE ((uint32_t)0x00000040)
#define RCC_APB2Periph_GPIOF ((uint32_t)0x00000080)
#define RCC_APB2Periph_GPIOG ((uint32_t)0x00000100)
#define RCC_APB2Periph_ADC1 ((uint32_t)0x00000200)
#define RCC_APB2Periph_ADC2 ((uint32_t)0x00000400)
#define RCC_APB2Periph_TIM1 ((uint32_t)0x00000800)
#define RCC_APB2Periph_SPI1 ((uint32_t)0x00001000)
#define RCC_APB2Periph_TIM8 ((uint32_t)0x00002000)
#define RCC_APB2Periph_USART1 ((uint32_t)0x00004000)
#define RCC_APB2Periph_ADC3 ((uint32_t)0x00008000)
#define RCC_APB2Periph_TIM15 ((uint32_t)0x00010000)
#define RCC_APB2Periph_TIM16 ((uint32_t)0x00020000)
#define RCC_APB2Periph_TIM17 ((uint32_t)0x00040000)
#define RCC_APB2Periph_TIM9 ((uint32_t)0x00080000)
#define RCC_APB2Periph_TIM10 ((uint32_t)0x00100000)
#define RCC_APB2Periph_TIM11 ((uint32_t)0x00200000)
#define IS_RCC_APB2_PERIPH(PERIPH) ((((PERIPH) & 0xFFC00002) == 0x00) && ((PERIPH) != 0x00))
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup APB1_peripheral
* @{
*/
#define RCC_APB1Periph_TIM2 ((uint32_t)0x00000001)
#define RCC_APB1Periph_TIM3 ((uint32_t)0x00000002)
#define RCC_APB1Periph_TIM4 ((uint32_t)0x00000004)
#define RCC_APB1Periph_TIM5 ((uint32_t)0x00000008)
#define RCC_APB1Periph_TIM6 ((uint32_t)0x00000010)
#define RCC_APB1Periph_TIM7 ((uint32_t)0x00000020)
#define RCC_APB1Periph_TIM12 ((uint32_t)0x00000040)
#define RCC_APB1Periph_TIM13 ((uint32_t)0x00000080)
#define RCC_APB1Periph_TIM14 ((uint32_t)0x00000100)
#define RCC_APB1Periph_WWDG ((uint32_t)0x00000800)
#define RCC_APB1Periph_SPI2 ((uint32_t)0x00004000)
#define RCC_APB1Periph_SPI3 ((uint32_t)0x00008000)
#define RCC_APB1Periph_USART2 ((uint32_t)0x00020000)
#define RCC_APB1Periph_USART3 ((uint32_t)0x00040000)
#define RCC_APB1Periph_UART4 ((uint32_t)0x00080000)
#define RCC_APB1Periph_UART5 ((uint32_t)0x00100000)
#define RCC_APB1Periph_I2C1 ((uint32_t)0x00200000)
#define RCC_APB1Periph_I2C2 ((uint32_t)0x00400000)
#define RCC_APB1Periph_USB ((uint32_t)0x00800000)
#define RCC_APB1Periph_CAN1 ((uint32_t)0x02000000)
#define RCC_APB1Periph_CAN2 ((uint32_t)0x04000000)
#define RCC_APB1Periph_BKP ((uint32_t)0x08000000)
#define RCC_APB1Periph_PWR ((uint32_t)0x10000000)
#define RCC_APB1Periph_DAC ((uint32_t)0x20000000)
#define RCC_APB1Periph_CEC ((uint32_t)0x40000000)
#define IS_RCC_APB1_PERIPH(PERIPH) ((((PERIPH) & 0x81013600) == 0x00) && ((PERIPH) != 0x00))
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup Clock_source_to_output_on_MCO_pin
* @{
*/
#define RCC_MCO_NoClock ((uint8_t)0x00)
#define RCC_MCO_SYSCLK ((uint8_t)0x04)
#define RCC_MCO_HSI ((uint8_t)0x05)
#define RCC_MCO_HSE ((uint8_t)0x06)
#define RCC_MCO_PLLCLK_Div2 ((uint8_t)0x07)
#ifndef STM32F10X_CL
#define IS_RCC_MCO(MCO) (((MCO) == RCC_MCO_NoClock) || ((MCO) == RCC_MCO_HSI) || \
((MCO) == RCC_MCO_SYSCLK) || ((MCO) == RCC_MCO_HSE) || \
((MCO) == RCC_MCO_PLLCLK_Div2))
#else
#define RCC_MCO_PLL2CLK ((uint8_t)0x08)
#define RCC_MCO_PLL3CLK_Div2 ((uint8_t)0x09)
#define RCC_MCO_XT1 ((uint8_t)0x0A)
#define RCC_MCO_PLL3CLK ((uint8_t)0x0B)
#define IS_RCC_MCO(MCO) (((MCO) == RCC_MCO_NoClock) || ((MCO) == RCC_MCO_HSI) || \
((MCO) == RCC_MCO_SYSCLK) || ((MCO) == RCC_MCO_HSE) || \
((MCO) == RCC_MCO_PLLCLK_Div2) || ((MCO) == RCC_MCO_PLL2CLK) || \
((MCO) == RCC_MCO_PLL3CLK_Div2) || ((MCO) == RCC_MCO_XT1) || \
((MCO) == RCC_MCO_PLL3CLK))
#endif /* STM32F10X_CL */
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup RCC_Flag
* @{
*/
#define RCC_FLAG_HSIRDY ((uint8_t)0x21)
#define RCC_FLAG_HSERDY ((uint8_t)0x31)
#define RCC_FLAG_PLLRDY ((uint8_t)0x39)
#define RCC_FLAG_LSERDY ((uint8_t)0x41)
#define RCC_FLAG_LSIRDY ((uint8_t)0x61)
#define RCC_FLAG_PINRST ((uint8_t)0x7A)
#define RCC_FLAG_PORRST ((uint8_t)0x7B)
#define RCC_FLAG_SFTRST ((uint8_t)0x7C)
#define RCC_FLAG_IWDGRST ((uint8_t)0x7D)
#define RCC_FLAG_WWDGRST ((uint8_t)0x7E)
#define RCC_FLAG_LPWRRST ((uint8_t)0x7F)
#ifndef STM32F10X_CL
#define IS_RCC_FLAG(FLAG) (((FLAG) == RCC_FLAG_HSIRDY) || ((FLAG) == RCC_FLAG_HSERDY) || \
((FLAG) == RCC_FLAG_PLLRDY) || ((FLAG) == RCC_FLAG_LSERDY) || \
((FLAG) == RCC_FLAG_LSIRDY) || ((FLAG) == RCC_FLAG_PINRST) || \
((FLAG) == RCC_FLAG_PORRST) || ((FLAG) == RCC_FLAG_SFTRST) || \
((FLAG) == RCC_FLAG_IWDGRST)|| ((FLAG) == RCC_FLAG_WWDGRST)|| \
((FLAG) == RCC_FLAG_LPWRRST))
#else
#define RCC_FLAG_PLL2RDY ((uint8_t)0x3B)
#define RCC_FLAG_PLL3RDY ((uint8_t)0x3D)
#define IS_RCC_FLAG(FLAG) (((FLAG) == RCC_FLAG_HSIRDY) || ((FLAG) == RCC_FLAG_HSERDY) || \
((FLAG) == RCC_FLAG_PLLRDY) || ((FLAG) == RCC_FLAG_LSERDY) || \
((FLAG) == RCC_FLAG_PLL2RDY) || ((FLAG) == RCC_FLAG_PLL3RDY) || \
((FLAG) == RCC_FLAG_LSIRDY) || ((FLAG) == RCC_FLAG_PINRST) || \
((FLAG) == RCC_FLAG_PORRST) || ((FLAG) == RCC_FLAG_SFTRST) || \
((FLAG) == RCC_FLAG_IWDGRST)|| ((FLAG) == RCC_FLAG_WWDGRST)|| \
((FLAG) == RCC_FLAG_LPWRRST))
#endif /* STM32F10X_CL */
#define IS_RCC_CALIBRATION_VALUE(VALUE) ((VALUE) <= 0x1F)
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup RCC_Exported_Macros
* @{
*/
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup RCC_Exported_Functions
* @{
*/
void RCC_DeInit(void);
void RCC_HSEConfig(uint32_t RCC_HSE);
ErrorStatus RCC_WaitForHSEStartUp(void);
void RCC_AdjustHSICalibrationValue(uint8_t HSICalibrationValue);
void RCC_HSICmd(FunctionalState NewState);
void RCC_PLLConfig(uint32_t RCC_PLLSource, uint32_t RCC_PLLMul);
void RCC_PLLCmd(FunctionalState NewState);
#if defined (STM32F10X_LD_VL) || defined (STM32F10X_MD_VL) || defined (STM32F10X_HD_VL) || defined (STM32F10X_CL)
void RCC_PREDIV1Config(uint32_t RCC_PREDIV1_Source, uint32_t RCC_PREDIV1_Div);
#endif
#ifdef STM32F10X_CL
void RCC_PREDIV2Config(uint32_t RCC_PREDIV2_Div);
void RCC_PLL2Config(uint32_t RCC_PLL2Mul);
void RCC_PLL2Cmd(FunctionalState NewState);
void RCC_PLL3Config(uint32_t RCC_PLL3Mul);
void RCC_PLL3Cmd(FunctionalState NewState);
#endif /* STM32F10X_CL */
void RCC_SYSCLKConfig(uint32_t RCC_SYSCLKSource);
uint8_t RCC_GetSYSCLKSource(void);
void RCC_HCLKConfig(uint32_t RCC_SYSCLK);
void RCC_PCLK1Config(uint32_t RCC_HCLK);
void RCC_PCLK2Config(uint32_t RCC_HCLK);
void RCC_ITConfig(uint8_t RCC_IT, FunctionalState NewState);
#ifndef STM32F10X_CL
void RCC_USBCLKConfig(uint32_t RCC_USBCLKSource);
#else
void RCC_OTGFSCLKConfig(uint32_t RCC_OTGFSCLKSource);
#endif /* STM32F10X_CL */
void RCC_ADCCLKConfig(uint32_t RCC_PCLK2);
#ifdef STM32F10X_CL
void RCC_I2S2CLKConfig(uint32_t RCC_I2S2CLKSource);
void RCC_I2S3CLKConfig(uint32_t RCC_I2S3CLKSource);
#endif /* STM32F10X_CL */
void RCC_LSEConfig(uint8_t RCC_LSE);
void RCC_LSICmd(FunctionalState NewState);
void RCC_RTCCLKConfig(uint32_t RCC_RTCCLKSource);
void RCC_RTCCLKCmd(FunctionalState NewState);
void RCC_GetClocksFreq(RCC_ClocksTypeDef* RCC_Clocks);
void RCC_AHBPeriphClockCmd(uint32_t RCC_AHBPeriph, FunctionalState NewState);
void RCC_APB2PeriphClockCmd(uint32_t RCC_APB2Periph, FunctionalState NewState);
void RCC_APB1PeriphClockCmd(uint32_t RCC_APB1Periph, FunctionalState NewState);
#ifdef STM32F10X_CL
void RCC_AHBPeriphResetCmd(uint32_t RCC_AHBPeriph, FunctionalState NewState);
#endif /* STM32F10X_CL */
void RCC_APB2PeriphResetCmd(uint32_t RCC_APB2Periph, FunctionalState NewState);
void RCC_APB1PeriphResetCmd(uint32_t RCC_APB1Periph, FunctionalState NewState);
void RCC_BackupResetCmd(FunctionalState NewState);
void RCC_ClockSecuritySystemCmd(FunctionalState NewState);
void RCC_MCOConfig(uint8_t RCC_MCO);
FlagStatus RCC_GetFlagStatus(uint8_t RCC_FLAG);
void RCC_ClearFlag(void);
ITStatus RCC_GetITStatus(uint8_t RCC_IT);
void RCC_ClearITPendingBit(uint8_t RCC_IT);
#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif
#endif /* __STM32F10x_RCC_H */
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* @}
*/
/******************* (C) COPYRIGHT 2011 STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/

View File

@ -0,0 +1,135 @@
/**
******************************************************************************
* @file stm32f10x_rtc.h
* @author MCD Application Team
* @version V3.5.0
* @date 11-March-2011
* @brief This file contains all the functions prototypes for the RTC firmware
* library.
******************************************************************************
* @attention
*
* THE PRESENT FIRMWARE WHICH IS FOR GUIDANCE ONLY AIMS AT PROVIDING CUSTOMERS
* WITH CODING INFORMATION REGARDING THEIR PRODUCTS IN ORDER FOR THEM TO SAVE
* TIME. AS A RESULT, STMICROELECTRONICS SHALL NOT BE HELD LIABLE FOR ANY
* DIRECT, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES WITH RESPECT TO ANY CLAIMS ARISING
* FROM THE CONTENT OF SUCH FIRMWARE AND/OR THE USE MADE BY CUSTOMERS OF THE
* CODING INFORMATION CONTAINED HEREIN IN CONNECTION WITH THEIR PRODUCTS.
*
* <h2><center>&copy; COPYRIGHT 2011 STMicroelectronics</center></h2>
******************************************************************************
*/
/* Define to prevent recursive inclusion -------------------------------------*/
#ifndef __STM32F10x_RTC_H
#define __STM32F10x_RTC_H
#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif
/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
#include "stm32f10x.h"
/** @addtogroup STM32F10x_StdPeriph_Driver
* @{
*/
/** @addtogroup RTC
* @{
*/
/** @defgroup RTC_Exported_Types
* @{
*/
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup RTC_Exported_Constants
* @{
*/
/** @defgroup RTC_interrupts_define
* @{
*/
#define RTC_IT_OW ((uint16_t)0x0004) /*!< Overflow interrupt */
#define RTC_IT_ALR ((uint16_t)0x0002) /*!< Alarm interrupt */
#define RTC_IT_SEC ((uint16_t)0x0001) /*!< Second interrupt */
#define IS_RTC_IT(IT) ((((IT) & (uint16_t)0xFFF8) == 0x00) && ((IT) != 0x00))
#define IS_RTC_GET_IT(IT) (((IT) == RTC_IT_OW) || ((IT) == RTC_IT_ALR) || \
((IT) == RTC_IT_SEC))
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup RTC_interrupts_flags
* @{
*/
#define RTC_FLAG_RTOFF ((uint16_t)0x0020) /*!< RTC Operation OFF flag */
#define RTC_FLAG_RSF ((uint16_t)0x0008) /*!< Registers Synchronized flag */
#define RTC_FLAG_OW ((uint16_t)0x0004) /*!< Overflow flag */
#define RTC_FLAG_ALR ((uint16_t)0x0002) /*!< Alarm flag */
#define RTC_FLAG_SEC ((uint16_t)0x0001) /*!< Second flag */
#define IS_RTC_CLEAR_FLAG(FLAG) ((((FLAG) & (uint16_t)0xFFF0) == 0x00) && ((FLAG) != 0x00))
#define IS_RTC_GET_FLAG(FLAG) (((FLAG) == RTC_FLAG_RTOFF) || ((FLAG) == RTC_FLAG_RSF) || \
((FLAG) == RTC_FLAG_OW) || ((FLAG) == RTC_FLAG_ALR) || \
((FLAG) == RTC_FLAG_SEC))
#define IS_RTC_PRESCALER(PRESCALER) ((PRESCALER) <= 0xFFFFF)
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup RTC_Exported_Macros
* @{
*/
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup RTC_Exported_Functions
* @{
*/
void RTC_ITConfig(uint16_t RTC_IT, FunctionalState NewState);
void RTC_EnterConfigMode(void);
void RTC_ExitConfigMode(void);
uint32_t RTC_GetCounter(void);
void RTC_SetCounter(uint32_t CounterValue);
void RTC_SetPrescaler(uint32_t PrescalerValue);
void RTC_SetAlarm(uint32_t AlarmValue);
uint32_t RTC_GetDivider(void);
void RTC_WaitForLastTask(void);
void RTC_WaitForSynchro(void);
FlagStatus RTC_GetFlagStatus(uint16_t RTC_FLAG);
void RTC_ClearFlag(uint16_t RTC_FLAG);
ITStatus RTC_GetITStatus(uint16_t RTC_IT);
void RTC_ClearITPendingBit(uint16_t RTC_IT);
#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif
#endif /* __STM32F10x_RTC_H */
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* @}
*/
/******************* (C) COPYRIGHT 2011 STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/

View File

@ -0,0 +1,531 @@
/**
******************************************************************************
* @file stm32f10x_sdio.h
* @author MCD Application Team
* @version V3.5.0
* @date 11-March-2011
* @brief This file contains all the functions prototypes for the SDIO firmware
* library.
******************************************************************************
* @attention
*
* THE PRESENT FIRMWARE WHICH IS FOR GUIDANCE ONLY AIMS AT PROVIDING CUSTOMERS
* WITH CODING INFORMATION REGARDING THEIR PRODUCTS IN ORDER FOR THEM TO SAVE
* TIME. AS A RESULT, STMICROELECTRONICS SHALL NOT BE HELD LIABLE FOR ANY
* DIRECT, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES WITH RESPECT TO ANY CLAIMS ARISING
* FROM THE CONTENT OF SUCH FIRMWARE AND/OR THE USE MADE BY CUSTOMERS OF THE
* CODING INFORMATION CONTAINED HEREIN IN CONNECTION WITH THEIR PRODUCTS.
*
* <h2><center>&copy; COPYRIGHT 2011 STMicroelectronics</center></h2>
******************************************************************************
*/
/* Define to prevent recursive inclusion -------------------------------------*/
#ifndef __STM32F10x_SDIO_H
#define __STM32F10x_SDIO_H
#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif
/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
#include "stm32f10x.h"
/** @addtogroup STM32F10x_StdPeriph_Driver
* @{
*/
/** @addtogroup SDIO
* @{
*/
/** @defgroup SDIO_Exported_Types
* @{
*/
typedef struct
{
uint32_t SDIO_ClockEdge; /*!< Specifies the clock transition on which the bit capture is made.
This parameter can be a value of @ref SDIO_Clock_Edge */
uint32_t SDIO_ClockBypass; /*!< Specifies whether the SDIO Clock divider bypass is
enabled or disabled.
This parameter can be a value of @ref SDIO_Clock_Bypass */
uint32_t SDIO_ClockPowerSave; /*!< Specifies whether SDIO Clock output is enabled or
disabled when the bus is idle.
This parameter can be a value of @ref SDIO_Clock_Power_Save */
uint32_t SDIO_BusWide; /*!< Specifies the SDIO bus width.
This parameter can be a value of @ref SDIO_Bus_Wide */
uint32_t SDIO_HardwareFlowControl; /*!< Specifies whether the SDIO hardware flow control is enabled or disabled.
This parameter can be a value of @ref SDIO_Hardware_Flow_Control */
uint8_t SDIO_ClockDiv; /*!< Specifies the clock frequency of the SDIO controller.
This parameter can be a value between 0x00 and 0xFF. */
} SDIO_InitTypeDef;
typedef struct
{
uint32_t SDIO_Argument; /*!< Specifies the SDIO command argument which is sent
to a card as part of a command message. If a command
contains an argument, it must be loaded into this register
before writing the command to the command register */
uint32_t SDIO_CmdIndex; /*!< Specifies the SDIO command index. It must be lower than 0x40. */
uint32_t SDIO_Response; /*!< Specifies the SDIO response type.
This parameter can be a value of @ref SDIO_Response_Type */
uint32_t SDIO_Wait; /*!< Specifies whether SDIO wait-for-interrupt request is enabled or disabled.
This parameter can be a value of @ref SDIO_Wait_Interrupt_State */
uint32_t SDIO_CPSM; /*!< Specifies whether SDIO Command path state machine (CPSM)
is enabled or disabled.
This parameter can be a value of @ref SDIO_CPSM_State */
} SDIO_CmdInitTypeDef;
typedef struct
{
uint32_t SDIO_DataTimeOut; /*!< Specifies the data timeout period in card bus clock periods. */
uint32_t SDIO_DataLength; /*!< Specifies the number of data bytes to be transferred. */
uint32_t SDIO_DataBlockSize; /*!< Specifies the data block size for block transfer.
This parameter can be a value of @ref SDIO_Data_Block_Size */
uint32_t SDIO_TransferDir; /*!< Specifies the data transfer direction, whether the transfer
is a read or write.
This parameter can be a value of @ref SDIO_Transfer_Direction */
uint32_t SDIO_TransferMode; /*!< Specifies whether data transfer is in stream or block mode.
This parameter can be a value of @ref SDIO_Transfer_Type */
uint32_t SDIO_DPSM; /*!< Specifies whether SDIO Data path state machine (DPSM)
is enabled or disabled.
This parameter can be a value of @ref SDIO_DPSM_State */
} SDIO_DataInitTypeDef;
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup SDIO_Exported_Constants
* @{
*/
/** @defgroup SDIO_Clock_Edge
* @{
*/
#define SDIO_ClockEdge_Rising ((uint32_t)0x00000000)
#define SDIO_ClockEdge_Falling ((uint32_t)0x00002000)
#define IS_SDIO_CLOCK_EDGE(EDGE) (((EDGE) == SDIO_ClockEdge_Rising) || \
((EDGE) == SDIO_ClockEdge_Falling))
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup SDIO_Clock_Bypass
* @{
*/
#define SDIO_ClockBypass_Disable ((uint32_t)0x00000000)
#define SDIO_ClockBypass_Enable ((uint32_t)0x00000400)
#define IS_SDIO_CLOCK_BYPASS(BYPASS) (((BYPASS) == SDIO_ClockBypass_Disable) || \
((BYPASS) == SDIO_ClockBypass_Enable))
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup SDIO_Clock_Power_Save
* @{
*/
#define SDIO_ClockPowerSave_Disable ((uint32_t)0x00000000)
#define SDIO_ClockPowerSave_Enable ((uint32_t)0x00000200)
#define IS_SDIO_CLOCK_POWER_SAVE(SAVE) (((SAVE) == SDIO_ClockPowerSave_Disable) || \
((SAVE) == SDIO_ClockPowerSave_Enable))
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup SDIO_Bus_Wide
* @{
*/
#define SDIO_BusWide_1b ((uint32_t)0x00000000)
#define SDIO_BusWide_4b ((uint32_t)0x00000800)
#define SDIO_BusWide_8b ((uint32_t)0x00001000)
#define IS_SDIO_BUS_WIDE(WIDE) (((WIDE) == SDIO_BusWide_1b) || ((WIDE) == SDIO_BusWide_4b) || \
((WIDE) == SDIO_BusWide_8b))
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup SDIO_Hardware_Flow_Control
* @{
*/
#define SDIO_HardwareFlowControl_Disable ((uint32_t)0x00000000)
#define SDIO_HardwareFlowControl_Enable ((uint32_t)0x00004000)
#define IS_SDIO_HARDWARE_FLOW_CONTROL(CONTROL) (((CONTROL) == SDIO_HardwareFlowControl_Disable) || \
((CONTROL) == SDIO_HardwareFlowControl_Enable))
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup SDIO_Power_State
* @{
*/
#define SDIO_PowerState_OFF ((uint32_t)0x00000000)
#define SDIO_PowerState_ON ((uint32_t)0x00000003)
#define IS_SDIO_POWER_STATE(STATE) (((STATE) == SDIO_PowerState_OFF) || ((STATE) == SDIO_PowerState_ON))
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup SDIO_Interrupt_sources
* @{
*/
#define SDIO_IT_CCRCFAIL ((uint32_t)0x00000001)
#define SDIO_IT_DCRCFAIL ((uint32_t)0x00000002)
#define SDIO_IT_CTIMEOUT ((uint32_t)0x00000004)
#define SDIO_IT_DTIMEOUT ((uint32_t)0x00000008)
#define SDIO_IT_TXUNDERR ((uint32_t)0x00000010)
#define SDIO_IT_RXOVERR ((uint32_t)0x00000020)
#define SDIO_IT_CMDREND ((uint32_t)0x00000040)
#define SDIO_IT_CMDSENT ((uint32_t)0x00000080)
#define SDIO_IT_DATAEND ((uint32_t)0x00000100)
#define SDIO_IT_STBITERR ((uint32_t)0x00000200)
#define SDIO_IT_DBCKEND ((uint32_t)0x00000400)
#define SDIO_IT_CMDACT ((uint32_t)0x00000800)
#define SDIO_IT_TXACT ((uint32_t)0x00001000)
#define SDIO_IT_RXACT ((uint32_t)0x00002000)
#define SDIO_IT_TXFIFOHE ((uint32_t)0x00004000)
#define SDIO_IT_RXFIFOHF ((uint32_t)0x00008000)
#define SDIO_IT_TXFIFOF ((uint32_t)0x00010000)
#define SDIO_IT_RXFIFOF ((uint32_t)0x00020000)
#define SDIO_IT_TXFIFOE ((uint32_t)0x00040000)
#define SDIO_IT_RXFIFOE ((uint32_t)0x00080000)
#define SDIO_IT_TXDAVL ((uint32_t)0x00100000)
#define SDIO_IT_RXDAVL ((uint32_t)0x00200000)
#define SDIO_IT_SDIOIT ((uint32_t)0x00400000)
#define SDIO_IT_CEATAEND ((uint32_t)0x00800000)
#define IS_SDIO_IT(IT) ((((IT) & (uint32_t)0xFF000000) == 0x00) && ((IT) != (uint32_t)0x00))
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup SDIO_Command_Index
* @{
*/
#define IS_SDIO_CMD_INDEX(INDEX) ((INDEX) < 0x40)
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup SDIO_Response_Type
* @{
*/
#define SDIO_Response_No ((uint32_t)0x00000000)
#define SDIO_Response_Short ((uint32_t)0x00000040)
#define SDIO_Response_Long ((uint32_t)0x000000C0)
#define IS_SDIO_RESPONSE(RESPONSE) (((RESPONSE) == SDIO_Response_No) || \
((RESPONSE) == SDIO_Response_Short) || \
((RESPONSE) == SDIO_Response_Long))
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup SDIO_Wait_Interrupt_State
* @{
*/
#define SDIO_Wait_No ((uint32_t)0x00000000) /*!< SDIO No Wait, TimeOut is enabled */
#define SDIO_Wait_IT ((uint32_t)0x00000100) /*!< SDIO Wait Interrupt Request */
#define SDIO_Wait_Pend ((uint32_t)0x00000200) /*!< SDIO Wait End of transfer */
#define IS_SDIO_WAIT(WAIT) (((WAIT) == SDIO_Wait_No) || ((WAIT) == SDIO_Wait_IT) || \
((WAIT) == SDIO_Wait_Pend))
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup SDIO_CPSM_State
* @{
*/
#define SDIO_CPSM_Disable ((uint32_t)0x00000000)
#define SDIO_CPSM_Enable ((uint32_t)0x00000400)
#define IS_SDIO_CPSM(CPSM) (((CPSM) == SDIO_CPSM_Enable) || ((CPSM) == SDIO_CPSM_Disable))
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup SDIO_Response_Registers
* @{
*/
#define SDIO_RESP1 ((uint32_t)0x00000000)
#define SDIO_RESP2 ((uint32_t)0x00000004)
#define SDIO_RESP3 ((uint32_t)0x00000008)
#define SDIO_RESP4 ((uint32_t)0x0000000C)
#define IS_SDIO_RESP(RESP) (((RESP) == SDIO_RESP1) || ((RESP) == SDIO_RESP2) || \
((RESP) == SDIO_RESP3) || ((RESP) == SDIO_RESP4))
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup SDIO_Data_Length
* @{
*/
#define IS_SDIO_DATA_LENGTH(LENGTH) ((LENGTH) <= 0x01FFFFFF)
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup SDIO_Data_Block_Size
* @{
*/
#define SDIO_DataBlockSize_1b ((uint32_t)0x00000000)
#define SDIO_DataBlockSize_2b ((uint32_t)0x00000010)
#define SDIO_DataBlockSize_4b ((uint32_t)0x00000020)
#define SDIO_DataBlockSize_8b ((uint32_t)0x00000030)
#define SDIO_DataBlockSize_16b ((uint32_t)0x00000040)
#define SDIO_DataBlockSize_32b ((uint32_t)0x00000050)
#define SDIO_DataBlockSize_64b ((uint32_t)0x00000060)
#define SDIO_DataBlockSize_128b ((uint32_t)0x00000070)
#define SDIO_DataBlockSize_256b ((uint32_t)0x00000080)
#define SDIO_DataBlockSize_512b ((uint32_t)0x00000090)
#define SDIO_DataBlockSize_1024b ((uint32_t)0x000000A0)
#define SDIO_DataBlockSize_2048b ((uint32_t)0x000000B0)
#define SDIO_DataBlockSize_4096b ((uint32_t)0x000000C0)
#define SDIO_DataBlockSize_8192b ((uint32_t)0x000000D0)
#define SDIO_DataBlockSize_16384b ((uint32_t)0x000000E0)
#define IS_SDIO_BLOCK_SIZE(SIZE) (((SIZE) == SDIO_DataBlockSize_1b) || \
((SIZE) == SDIO_DataBlockSize_2b) || \
((SIZE) == SDIO_DataBlockSize_4b) || \
((SIZE) == SDIO_DataBlockSize_8b) || \
((SIZE) == SDIO_DataBlockSize_16b) || \
((SIZE) == SDIO_DataBlockSize_32b) || \
((SIZE) == SDIO_DataBlockSize_64b) || \
((SIZE) == SDIO_DataBlockSize_128b) || \
((SIZE) == SDIO_DataBlockSize_256b) || \
((SIZE) == SDIO_DataBlockSize_512b) || \
((SIZE) == SDIO_DataBlockSize_1024b) || \
((SIZE) == SDIO_DataBlockSize_2048b) || \
((SIZE) == SDIO_DataBlockSize_4096b) || \
((SIZE) == SDIO_DataBlockSize_8192b) || \
((SIZE) == SDIO_DataBlockSize_16384b))
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup SDIO_Transfer_Direction
* @{
*/
#define SDIO_TransferDir_ToCard ((uint32_t)0x00000000)
#define SDIO_TransferDir_ToSDIO ((uint32_t)0x00000002)
#define IS_SDIO_TRANSFER_DIR(DIR) (((DIR) == SDIO_TransferDir_ToCard) || \
((DIR) == SDIO_TransferDir_ToSDIO))
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup SDIO_Transfer_Type
* @{
*/
#define SDIO_TransferMode_Block ((uint32_t)0x00000000)
#define SDIO_TransferMode_Stream ((uint32_t)0x00000004)
#define IS_SDIO_TRANSFER_MODE(MODE) (((MODE) == SDIO_TransferMode_Stream) || \
((MODE) == SDIO_TransferMode_Block))
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup SDIO_DPSM_State
* @{
*/
#define SDIO_DPSM_Disable ((uint32_t)0x00000000)
#define SDIO_DPSM_Enable ((uint32_t)0x00000001)
#define IS_SDIO_DPSM(DPSM) (((DPSM) == SDIO_DPSM_Enable) || ((DPSM) == SDIO_DPSM_Disable))
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup SDIO_Flags
* @{
*/
#define SDIO_FLAG_CCRCFAIL ((uint32_t)0x00000001)
#define SDIO_FLAG_DCRCFAIL ((uint32_t)0x00000002)
#define SDIO_FLAG_CTIMEOUT ((uint32_t)0x00000004)
#define SDIO_FLAG_DTIMEOUT ((uint32_t)0x00000008)
#define SDIO_FLAG_TXUNDERR ((uint32_t)0x00000010)
#define SDIO_FLAG_RXOVERR ((uint32_t)0x00000020)
#define SDIO_FLAG_CMDREND ((uint32_t)0x00000040)
#define SDIO_FLAG_CMDSENT ((uint32_t)0x00000080)
#define SDIO_FLAG_DATAEND ((uint32_t)0x00000100)
#define SDIO_FLAG_STBITERR ((uint32_t)0x00000200)
#define SDIO_FLAG_DBCKEND ((uint32_t)0x00000400)
#define SDIO_FLAG_CMDACT ((uint32_t)0x00000800)
#define SDIO_FLAG_TXACT ((uint32_t)0x00001000)
#define SDIO_FLAG_RXACT ((uint32_t)0x00002000)
#define SDIO_FLAG_TXFIFOHE ((uint32_t)0x00004000)
#define SDIO_FLAG_RXFIFOHF ((uint32_t)0x00008000)
#define SDIO_FLAG_TXFIFOF ((uint32_t)0x00010000)
#define SDIO_FLAG_RXFIFOF ((uint32_t)0x00020000)
#define SDIO_FLAG_TXFIFOE ((uint32_t)0x00040000)
#define SDIO_FLAG_RXFIFOE ((uint32_t)0x00080000)
#define SDIO_FLAG_TXDAVL ((uint32_t)0x00100000)
#define SDIO_FLAG_RXDAVL ((uint32_t)0x00200000)
#define SDIO_FLAG_SDIOIT ((uint32_t)0x00400000)
#define SDIO_FLAG_CEATAEND ((uint32_t)0x00800000)
#define IS_SDIO_FLAG(FLAG) (((FLAG) == SDIO_FLAG_CCRCFAIL) || \
((FLAG) == SDIO_FLAG_DCRCFAIL) || \
((FLAG) == SDIO_FLAG_CTIMEOUT) || \
((FLAG) == SDIO_FLAG_DTIMEOUT) || \
((FLAG) == SDIO_FLAG_TXUNDERR) || \
((FLAG) == SDIO_FLAG_RXOVERR) || \
((FLAG) == SDIO_FLAG_CMDREND) || \
((FLAG) == SDIO_FLAG_CMDSENT) || \
((FLAG) == SDIO_FLAG_DATAEND) || \
((FLAG) == SDIO_FLAG_STBITERR) || \
((FLAG) == SDIO_FLAG_DBCKEND) || \
((FLAG) == SDIO_FLAG_CMDACT) || \
((FLAG) == SDIO_FLAG_TXACT) || \
((FLAG) == SDIO_FLAG_RXACT) || \
((FLAG) == SDIO_FLAG_TXFIFOHE) || \
((FLAG) == SDIO_FLAG_RXFIFOHF) || \
((FLAG) == SDIO_FLAG_TXFIFOF) || \
((FLAG) == SDIO_FLAG_RXFIFOF) || \
((FLAG) == SDIO_FLAG_TXFIFOE) || \
((FLAG) == SDIO_FLAG_RXFIFOE) || \
((FLAG) == SDIO_FLAG_TXDAVL) || \
((FLAG) == SDIO_FLAG_RXDAVL) || \
((FLAG) == SDIO_FLAG_SDIOIT) || \
((FLAG) == SDIO_FLAG_CEATAEND))
#define IS_SDIO_CLEAR_FLAG(FLAG) ((((FLAG) & (uint32_t)0xFF3FF800) == 0x00) && ((FLAG) != (uint32_t)0x00))
#define IS_SDIO_GET_IT(IT) (((IT) == SDIO_IT_CCRCFAIL) || \
((IT) == SDIO_IT_DCRCFAIL) || \
((IT) == SDIO_IT_CTIMEOUT) || \
((IT) == SDIO_IT_DTIMEOUT) || \
((IT) == SDIO_IT_TXUNDERR) || \
((IT) == SDIO_IT_RXOVERR) || \
((IT) == SDIO_IT_CMDREND) || \
((IT) == SDIO_IT_CMDSENT) || \
((IT) == SDIO_IT_DATAEND) || \
((IT) == SDIO_IT_STBITERR) || \
((IT) == SDIO_IT_DBCKEND) || \
((IT) == SDIO_IT_CMDACT) || \
((IT) == SDIO_IT_TXACT) || \
((IT) == SDIO_IT_RXACT) || \
((IT) == SDIO_IT_TXFIFOHE) || \
((IT) == SDIO_IT_RXFIFOHF) || \
((IT) == SDIO_IT_TXFIFOF) || \
((IT) == SDIO_IT_RXFIFOF) || \
((IT) == SDIO_IT_TXFIFOE) || \
((IT) == SDIO_IT_RXFIFOE) || \
((IT) == SDIO_IT_TXDAVL) || \
((IT) == SDIO_IT_RXDAVL) || \
((IT) == SDIO_IT_SDIOIT) || \
((IT) == SDIO_IT_CEATAEND))
#define IS_SDIO_CLEAR_IT(IT) ((((IT) & (uint32_t)0xFF3FF800) == 0x00) && ((IT) != (uint32_t)0x00))
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup SDIO_Read_Wait_Mode
* @{
*/
#define SDIO_ReadWaitMode_CLK ((uint32_t)0x00000001)
#define SDIO_ReadWaitMode_DATA2 ((uint32_t)0x00000000)
#define IS_SDIO_READWAIT_MODE(MODE) (((MODE) == SDIO_ReadWaitMode_CLK) || \
((MODE) == SDIO_ReadWaitMode_DATA2))
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup SDIO_Exported_Macros
* @{
*/
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup SDIO_Exported_Functions
* @{
*/
void SDIO_DeInit(void);
void SDIO_Init(SDIO_InitTypeDef* SDIO_InitStruct);
void SDIO_StructInit(SDIO_InitTypeDef* SDIO_InitStruct);
void SDIO_ClockCmd(FunctionalState NewState);
void SDIO_SetPowerState(uint32_t SDIO_PowerState);
uint32_t SDIO_GetPowerState(void);
void SDIO_ITConfig(uint32_t SDIO_IT, FunctionalState NewState);
void SDIO_DMACmd(FunctionalState NewState);
void SDIO_SendCommand(SDIO_CmdInitTypeDef *SDIO_CmdInitStruct);
void SDIO_CmdStructInit(SDIO_CmdInitTypeDef* SDIO_CmdInitStruct);
uint8_t SDIO_GetCommandResponse(void);
uint32_t SDIO_GetResponse(uint32_t SDIO_RESP);
void SDIO_DataConfig(SDIO_DataInitTypeDef* SDIO_DataInitStruct);
void SDIO_DataStructInit(SDIO_DataInitTypeDef* SDIO_DataInitStruct);
uint32_t SDIO_GetDataCounter(void);
uint32_t SDIO_ReadData(void);
void SDIO_WriteData(uint32_t Data);
uint32_t SDIO_GetFIFOCount(void);
void SDIO_StartSDIOReadWait(FunctionalState NewState);
void SDIO_StopSDIOReadWait(FunctionalState NewState);
void SDIO_SetSDIOReadWaitMode(uint32_t SDIO_ReadWaitMode);
void SDIO_SetSDIOOperation(FunctionalState NewState);
void SDIO_SendSDIOSuspendCmd(FunctionalState NewState);
void SDIO_CommandCompletionCmd(FunctionalState NewState);
void SDIO_CEATAITCmd(FunctionalState NewState);
void SDIO_SendCEATACmd(FunctionalState NewState);
FlagStatus SDIO_GetFlagStatus(uint32_t SDIO_FLAG);
void SDIO_ClearFlag(uint32_t SDIO_FLAG);
ITStatus SDIO_GetITStatus(uint32_t SDIO_IT);
void SDIO_ClearITPendingBit(uint32_t SDIO_IT);
#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif
#endif /* __STM32F10x_SDIO_H */
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* @}
*/
/******************* (C) COPYRIGHT 2011 STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/

View File

@ -0,0 +1,487 @@
/**
******************************************************************************
* @file stm32f10x_spi.h
* @author MCD Application Team
* @version V3.5.0
* @date 11-March-2011
* @brief This file contains all the functions prototypes for the SPI firmware
* library.
******************************************************************************
* @attention
*
* THE PRESENT FIRMWARE WHICH IS FOR GUIDANCE ONLY AIMS AT PROVIDING CUSTOMERS
* WITH CODING INFORMATION REGARDING THEIR PRODUCTS IN ORDER FOR THEM TO SAVE
* TIME. AS A RESULT, STMICROELECTRONICS SHALL NOT BE HELD LIABLE FOR ANY
* DIRECT, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES WITH RESPECT TO ANY CLAIMS ARISING
* FROM THE CONTENT OF SUCH FIRMWARE AND/OR THE USE MADE BY CUSTOMERS OF THE
* CODING INFORMATION CONTAINED HEREIN IN CONNECTION WITH THEIR PRODUCTS.
*
* <h2><center>&copy; COPYRIGHT 2011 STMicroelectronics</center></h2>
******************************************************************************
*/
/* Define to prevent recursive inclusion -------------------------------------*/
#ifndef __STM32F10x_SPI_H
#define __STM32F10x_SPI_H
#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif
/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
#include "stm32f10x.h"
/** @addtogroup STM32F10x_StdPeriph_Driver
* @{
*/
/** @addtogroup SPI
* @{
*/
/** @defgroup SPI_Exported_Types
* @{
*/
/**
* @brief SPI Init structure definition
*/
typedef struct
{
uint16_t SPI_Direction; /*!< Specifies the SPI unidirectional or bidirectional data mode.
This parameter can be a value of @ref SPI_data_direction */
uint16_t SPI_Mode; /*!< Specifies the SPI operating mode.
This parameter can be a value of @ref SPI_mode */
uint16_t SPI_DataSize; /*!< Specifies the SPI data size.
This parameter can be a value of @ref SPI_data_size */
uint16_t SPI_CPOL; /*!< Specifies the serial clock steady state.
This parameter can be a value of @ref SPI_Clock_Polarity */
uint16_t SPI_CPHA; /*!< Specifies the clock active edge for the bit capture.
This parameter can be a value of @ref SPI_Clock_Phase */
uint16_t SPI_NSS; /*!< Specifies whether the NSS signal is managed by
hardware (NSS pin) or by software using the SSI bit.
This parameter can be a value of @ref SPI_Slave_Select_management */
uint16_t SPI_BaudRatePrescaler; /*!< Specifies the Baud Rate prescaler value which will be
used to configure the transmit and receive SCK clock.
This parameter can be a value of @ref SPI_BaudRate_Prescaler.
@note The communication clock is derived from the master
clock. The slave clock does not need to be set. */
uint16_t SPI_FirstBit; /*!< Specifies whether data transfers start from MSB or LSB bit.
This parameter can be a value of @ref SPI_MSB_LSB_transmission */
uint16_t SPI_CRCPolynomial; /*!< Specifies the polynomial used for the CRC calculation. */
}SPI_InitTypeDef;
/**
* @brief I2S Init structure definition
*/
typedef struct
{
uint16_t I2S_Mode; /*!< Specifies the I2S operating mode.
This parameter can be a value of @ref I2S_Mode */
uint16_t I2S_Standard; /*!< Specifies the standard used for the I2S communication.
This parameter can be a value of @ref I2S_Standard */
uint16_t I2S_DataFormat; /*!< Specifies the data format for the I2S communication.
This parameter can be a value of @ref I2S_Data_Format */
uint16_t I2S_MCLKOutput; /*!< Specifies whether the I2S MCLK output is enabled or not.
This parameter can be a value of @ref I2S_MCLK_Output */
uint32_t I2S_AudioFreq; /*!< Specifies the frequency selected for the I2S communication.
This parameter can be a value of @ref I2S_Audio_Frequency */
uint16_t I2S_CPOL; /*!< Specifies the idle state of the I2S clock.
This parameter can be a value of @ref I2S_Clock_Polarity */
}I2S_InitTypeDef;
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup SPI_Exported_Constants
* @{
*/
#define IS_SPI_ALL_PERIPH(PERIPH) (((PERIPH) == SPI1) || \
((PERIPH) == SPI2) || \
((PERIPH) == SPI3))
#define IS_SPI_23_PERIPH(PERIPH) (((PERIPH) == SPI2) || \
((PERIPH) == SPI3))
/** @defgroup SPI_data_direction
* @{
*/
#define SPI_Direction_2Lines_FullDuplex ((uint16_t)0x0000)
#define SPI_Direction_2Lines_RxOnly ((uint16_t)0x0400)
#define SPI_Direction_1Line_Rx ((uint16_t)0x8000)
#define SPI_Direction_1Line_Tx ((uint16_t)0xC000)
#define IS_SPI_DIRECTION_MODE(MODE) (((MODE) == SPI_Direction_2Lines_FullDuplex) || \
((MODE) == SPI_Direction_2Lines_RxOnly) || \
((MODE) == SPI_Direction_1Line_Rx) || \
((MODE) == SPI_Direction_1Line_Tx))
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup SPI_mode
* @{
*/
#define SPI_Mode_Master ((uint16_t)0x0104)
#define SPI_Mode_Slave ((uint16_t)0x0000)
#define IS_SPI_MODE(MODE) (((MODE) == SPI_Mode_Master) || \
((MODE) == SPI_Mode_Slave))
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup SPI_data_size
* @{
*/
#define SPI_DataSize_16b ((uint16_t)0x0800)
#define SPI_DataSize_8b ((uint16_t)0x0000)
#define IS_SPI_DATASIZE(DATASIZE) (((DATASIZE) == SPI_DataSize_16b) || \
((DATASIZE) == SPI_DataSize_8b))
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup SPI_Clock_Polarity
* @{
*/
#define SPI_CPOL_Low ((uint16_t)0x0000)
#define SPI_CPOL_High ((uint16_t)0x0002)
#define IS_SPI_CPOL(CPOL) (((CPOL) == SPI_CPOL_Low) || \
((CPOL) == SPI_CPOL_High))
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup SPI_Clock_Phase
* @{
*/
#define SPI_CPHA_1Edge ((uint16_t)0x0000)
#define SPI_CPHA_2Edge ((uint16_t)0x0001)
#define IS_SPI_CPHA(CPHA) (((CPHA) == SPI_CPHA_1Edge) || \
((CPHA) == SPI_CPHA_2Edge))
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup SPI_Slave_Select_management
* @{
*/
#define SPI_NSS_Soft ((uint16_t)0x0200)
#define SPI_NSS_Hard ((uint16_t)0x0000)
#define IS_SPI_NSS(NSS) (((NSS) == SPI_NSS_Soft) || \
((NSS) == SPI_NSS_Hard))
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup SPI_BaudRate_Prescaler
* @{
*/
#define SPI_BaudRatePrescaler_2 ((uint16_t)0x0000)
#define SPI_BaudRatePrescaler_4 ((uint16_t)0x0008)
#define SPI_BaudRatePrescaler_8 ((uint16_t)0x0010)
#define SPI_BaudRatePrescaler_16 ((uint16_t)0x0018)
#define SPI_BaudRatePrescaler_32 ((uint16_t)0x0020)
#define SPI_BaudRatePrescaler_64 ((uint16_t)0x0028)
#define SPI_BaudRatePrescaler_128 ((uint16_t)0x0030)
#define SPI_BaudRatePrescaler_256 ((uint16_t)0x0038)
#define IS_SPI_BAUDRATE_PRESCALER(PRESCALER) (((PRESCALER) == SPI_BaudRatePrescaler_2) || \
((PRESCALER) == SPI_BaudRatePrescaler_4) || \
((PRESCALER) == SPI_BaudRatePrescaler_8) || \
((PRESCALER) == SPI_BaudRatePrescaler_16) || \
((PRESCALER) == SPI_BaudRatePrescaler_32) || \
((PRESCALER) == SPI_BaudRatePrescaler_64) || \
((PRESCALER) == SPI_BaudRatePrescaler_128) || \
((PRESCALER) == SPI_BaudRatePrescaler_256))
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup SPI_MSB_LSB_transmission
* @{
*/
#define SPI_FirstBit_MSB ((uint16_t)0x0000)
#define SPI_FirstBit_LSB ((uint16_t)0x0080)
#define IS_SPI_FIRST_BIT(BIT) (((BIT) == SPI_FirstBit_MSB) || \
((BIT) == SPI_FirstBit_LSB))
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup I2S_Mode
* @{
*/
#define I2S_Mode_SlaveTx ((uint16_t)0x0000)
#define I2S_Mode_SlaveRx ((uint16_t)0x0100)
#define I2S_Mode_MasterTx ((uint16_t)0x0200)
#define I2S_Mode_MasterRx ((uint16_t)0x0300)
#define IS_I2S_MODE(MODE) (((MODE) == I2S_Mode_SlaveTx) || \
((MODE) == I2S_Mode_SlaveRx) || \
((MODE) == I2S_Mode_MasterTx) || \
((MODE) == I2S_Mode_MasterRx) )
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup I2S_Standard
* @{
*/
#define I2S_Standard_Phillips ((uint16_t)0x0000)
#define I2S_Standard_MSB ((uint16_t)0x0010)
#define I2S_Standard_LSB ((uint16_t)0x0020)
#define I2S_Standard_PCMShort ((uint16_t)0x0030)
#define I2S_Standard_PCMLong ((uint16_t)0x00B0)
#define IS_I2S_STANDARD(STANDARD) (((STANDARD) == I2S_Standard_Phillips) || \
((STANDARD) == I2S_Standard_MSB) || \
((STANDARD) == I2S_Standard_LSB) || \
((STANDARD) == I2S_Standard_PCMShort) || \
((STANDARD) == I2S_Standard_PCMLong))
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup I2S_Data_Format
* @{
*/
#define I2S_DataFormat_16b ((uint16_t)0x0000)
#define I2S_DataFormat_16bextended ((uint16_t)0x0001)
#define I2S_DataFormat_24b ((uint16_t)0x0003)
#define I2S_DataFormat_32b ((uint16_t)0x0005)
#define IS_I2S_DATA_FORMAT(FORMAT) (((FORMAT) == I2S_DataFormat_16b) || \
((FORMAT) == I2S_DataFormat_16bextended) || \
((FORMAT) == I2S_DataFormat_24b) || \
((FORMAT) == I2S_DataFormat_32b))
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup I2S_MCLK_Output
* @{
*/
#define I2S_MCLKOutput_Enable ((uint16_t)0x0200)
#define I2S_MCLKOutput_Disable ((uint16_t)0x0000)
#define IS_I2S_MCLK_OUTPUT(OUTPUT) (((OUTPUT) == I2S_MCLKOutput_Enable) || \
((OUTPUT) == I2S_MCLKOutput_Disable))
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup I2S_Audio_Frequency
* @{
*/
#define I2S_AudioFreq_192k ((uint32_t)192000)
#define I2S_AudioFreq_96k ((uint32_t)96000)
#define I2S_AudioFreq_48k ((uint32_t)48000)
#define I2S_AudioFreq_44k ((uint32_t)44100)
#define I2S_AudioFreq_32k ((uint32_t)32000)
#define I2S_AudioFreq_22k ((uint32_t)22050)
#define I2S_AudioFreq_16k ((uint32_t)16000)
#define I2S_AudioFreq_11k ((uint32_t)11025)
#define I2S_AudioFreq_8k ((uint32_t)8000)
#define I2S_AudioFreq_Default ((uint32_t)2)
#define IS_I2S_AUDIO_FREQ(FREQ) ((((FREQ) >= I2S_AudioFreq_8k) && \
((FREQ) <= I2S_AudioFreq_192k)) || \
((FREQ) == I2S_AudioFreq_Default))
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup I2S_Clock_Polarity
* @{
*/
#define I2S_CPOL_Low ((uint16_t)0x0000)
#define I2S_CPOL_High ((uint16_t)0x0008)
#define IS_I2S_CPOL(CPOL) (((CPOL) == I2S_CPOL_Low) || \
((CPOL) == I2S_CPOL_High))
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup SPI_I2S_DMA_transfer_requests
* @{
*/
#define SPI_I2S_DMAReq_Tx ((uint16_t)0x0002)
#define SPI_I2S_DMAReq_Rx ((uint16_t)0x0001)
#define IS_SPI_I2S_DMAREQ(DMAREQ) ((((DMAREQ) & (uint16_t)0xFFFC) == 0x00) && ((DMAREQ) != 0x00))
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup SPI_NSS_internal_software_management
* @{
*/
#define SPI_NSSInternalSoft_Set ((uint16_t)0x0100)
#define SPI_NSSInternalSoft_Reset ((uint16_t)0xFEFF)
#define IS_SPI_NSS_INTERNAL(INTERNAL) (((INTERNAL) == SPI_NSSInternalSoft_Set) || \
((INTERNAL) == SPI_NSSInternalSoft_Reset))
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup SPI_CRC_Transmit_Receive
* @{
*/
#define SPI_CRC_Tx ((uint8_t)0x00)
#define SPI_CRC_Rx ((uint8_t)0x01)
#define IS_SPI_CRC(CRC) (((CRC) == SPI_CRC_Tx) || ((CRC) == SPI_CRC_Rx))
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup SPI_direction_transmit_receive
* @{
*/
#define SPI_Direction_Rx ((uint16_t)0xBFFF)
#define SPI_Direction_Tx ((uint16_t)0x4000)
#define IS_SPI_DIRECTION(DIRECTION) (((DIRECTION) == SPI_Direction_Rx) || \
((DIRECTION) == SPI_Direction_Tx))
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup SPI_I2S_interrupts_definition
* @{
*/
#define SPI_I2S_IT_TXE ((uint8_t)0x71)
#define SPI_I2S_IT_RXNE ((uint8_t)0x60)
#define SPI_I2S_IT_ERR ((uint8_t)0x50)
#define IS_SPI_I2S_CONFIG_IT(IT) (((IT) == SPI_I2S_IT_TXE) || \
((IT) == SPI_I2S_IT_RXNE) || \
((IT) == SPI_I2S_IT_ERR))
#define SPI_I2S_IT_OVR ((uint8_t)0x56)
#define SPI_IT_MODF ((uint8_t)0x55)
#define SPI_IT_CRCERR ((uint8_t)0x54)
#define I2S_IT_UDR ((uint8_t)0x53)
#define IS_SPI_I2S_CLEAR_IT(IT) (((IT) == SPI_IT_CRCERR))
#define IS_SPI_I2S_GET_IT(IT) (((IT) == SPI_I2S_IT_RXNE) || ((IT) == SPI_I2S_IT_TXE) || \
((IT) == I2S_IT_UDR) || ((IT) == SPI_IT_CRCERR) || \
((IT) == SPI_IT_MODF) || ((IT) == SPI_I2S_IT_OVR))
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup SPI_I2S_flags_definition
* @{
*/
#define SPI_I2S_FLAG_RXNE ((uint16_t)0x0001)
#define SPI_I2S_FLAG_TXE ((uint16_t)0x0002)
#define I2S_FLAG_CHSIDE ((uint16_t)0x0004)
#define I2S_FLAG_UDR ((uint16_t)0x0008)
#define SPI_FLAG_CRCERR ((uint16_t)0x0010)
#define SPI_FLAG_MODF ((uint16_t)0x0020)
#define SPI_I2S_FLAG_OVR ((uint16_t)0x0040)
#define SPI_I2S_FLAG_BSY ((uint16_t)0x0080)
#define IS_SPI_I2S_CLEAR_FLAG(FLAG) (((FLAG) == SPI_FLAG_CRCERR))
#define IS_SPI_I2S_GET_FLAG(FLAG) (((FLAG) == SPI_I2S_FLAG_BSY) || ((FLAG) == SPI_I2S_FLAG_OVR) || \
((FLAG) == SPI_FLAG_MODF) || ((FLAG) == SPI_FLAG_CRCERR) || \
((FLAG) == I2S_FLAG_UDR) || ((FLAG) == I2S_FLAG_CHSIDE) || \
((FLAG) == SPI_I2S_FLAG_TXE) || ((FLAG) == SPI_I2S_FLAG_RXNE))
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup SPI_CRC_polynomial
* @{
*/
#define IS_SPI_CRC_POLYNOMIAL(POLYNOMIAL) ((POLYNOMIAL) >= 0x1)
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup SPI_Exported_Macros
* @{
*/
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup SPI_Exported_Functions
* @{
*/
void SPI_I2S_DeInit(SPI_TypeDef* SPIx);
void SPI_Init(SPI_TypeDef* SPIx, SPI_InitTypeDef* SPI_InitStruct);
void I2S_Init(SPI_TypeDef* SPIx, I2S_InitTypeDef* I2S_InitStruct);
void SPI_StructInit(SPI_InitTypeDef* SPI_InitStruct);
void I2S_StructInit(I2S_InitTypeDef* I2S_InitStruct);
void SPI_Cmd(SPI_TypeDef* SPIx, FunctionalState NewState);
void I2S_Cmd(SPI_TypeDef* SPIx, FunctionalState NewState);
void SPI_I2S_ITConfig(SPI_TypeDef* SPIx, uint8_t SPI_I2S_IT, FunctionalState NewState);
void SPI_I2S_DMACmd(SPI_TypeDef* SPIx, uint16_t SPI_I2S_DMAReq, FunctionalState NewState);
void SPI_I2S_SendData(SPI_TypeDef* SPIx, uint16_t Data);
uint16_t SPI_I2S_ReceiveData(SPI_TypeDef* SPIx);
void SPI_NSSInternalSoftwareConfig(SPI_TypeDef* SPIx, uint16_t SPI_NSSInternalSoft);
void SPI_SSOutputCmd(SPI_TypeDef* SPIx, FunctionalState NewState);
void SPI_DataSizeConfig(SPI_TypeDef* SPIx, uint16_t SPI_DataSize);
void SPI_TransmitCRC(SPI_TypeDef* SPIx);
void SPI_CalculateCRC(SPI_TypeDef* SPIx, FunctionalState NewState);
uint16_t SPI_GetCRC(SPI_TypeDef* SPIx, uint8_t SPI_CRC);
uint16_t SPI_GetCRCPolynomial(SPI_TypeDef* SPIx);
void SPI_BiDirectionalLineConfig(SPI_TypeDef* SPIx, uint16_t SPI_Direction);
FlagStatus SPI_I2S_GetFlagStatus(SPI_TypeDef* SPIx, uint16_t SPI_I2S_FLAG);
void SPI_I2S_ClearFlag(SPI_TypeDef* SPIx, uint16_t SPI_I2S_FLAG);
ITStatus SPI_I2S_GetITStatus(SPI_TypeDef* SPIx, uint8_t SPI_I2S_IT);
void SPI_I2S_ClearITPendingBit(SPI_TypeDef* SPIx, uint8_t SPI_I2S_IT);
#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif
#endif /*__STM32F10x_SPI_H */
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* @}
*/
/******************* (C) COPYRIGHT 2011 STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

View File

@ -0,0 +1,412 @@
/**
******************************************************************************
* @file stm32f10x_usart.h
* @author MCD Application Team
* @version V3.5.0
* @date 11-March-2011
* @brief This file contains all the functions prototypes for the USART
* firmware library.
******************************************************************************
* @attention
*
* THE PRESENT FIRMWARE WHICH IS FOR GUIDANCE ONLY AIMS AT PROVIDING CUSTOMERS
* WITH CODING INFORMATION REGARDING THEIR PRODUCTS IN ORDER FOR THEM TO SAVE
* TIME. AS A RESULT, STMICROELECTRONICS SHALL NOT BE HELD LIABLE FOR ANY
* DIRECT, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES WITH RESPECT TO ANY CLAIMS ARISING
* FROM THE CONTENT OF SUCH FIRMWARE AND/OR THE USE MADE BY CUSTOMERS OF THE
* CODING INFORMATION CONTAINED HEREIN IN CONNECTION WITH THEIR PRODUCTS.
*
* <h2><center>&copy; COPYRIGHT 2011 STMicroelectronics</center></h2>
******************************************************************************
*/
/* Define to prevent recursive inclusion -------------------------------------*/
#ifndef __STM32F10x_USART_H
#define __STM32F10x_USART_H
#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif
/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
#include "stm32f10x.h"
/** @addtogroup STM32F10x_StdPeriph_Driver
* @{
*/
/** @addtogroup USART
* @{
*/
/** @defgroup USART_Exported_Types
* @{
*/
/**
* @brief USART Init Structure definition
*/
typedef struct
{
uint32_t USART_BaudRate; /*!< This member configures the USART communication baud rate.
The baud rate is computed using the following formula:
- IntegerDivider = ((PCLKx) / (16 * (USART_InitStruct->USART_BaudRate)))
- FractionalDivider = ((IntegerDivider - ((u32) IntegerDivider)) * 16) + 0.5 */
uint16_t USART_WordLength; /*!< Specifies the number of data bits transmitted or received in a frame.
This parameter can be a value of @ref USART_Word_Length */
uint16_t USART_StopBits; /*!< Specifies the number of stop bits transmitted.
This parameter can be a value of @ref USART_Stop_Bits */
uint16_t USART_Parity; /*!< Specifies the parity mode.
This parameter can be a value of @ref USART_Parity
@note When parity is enabled, the computed parity is inserted
at the MSB position of the transmitted data (9th bit when
the word length is set to 9 data bits; 8th bit when the
word length is set to 8 data bits). */
uint16_t USART_Mode; /*!< Specifies wether the Receive or Transmit mode is enabled or disabled.
This parameter can be a value of @ref USART_Mode */
uint16_t USART_HardwareFlowControl; /*!< Specifies wether the hardware flow control mode is enabled
or disabled.
This parameter can be a value of @ref USART_Hardware_Flow_Control */
} USART_InitTypeDef;
/**
* @brief USART Clock Init Structure definition
*/
typedef struct
{
uint16_t USART_Clock; /*!< Specifies whether the USART clock is enabled or disabled.
This parameter can be a value of @ref USART_Clock */
uint16_t USART_CPOL; /*!< Specifies the steady state value of the serial clock.
This parameter can be a value of @ref USART_Clock_Polarity */
uint16_t USART_CPHA; /*!< Specifies the clock transition on which the bit capture is made.
This parameter can be a value of @ref USART_Clock_Phase */
uint16_t USART_LastBit; /*!< Specifies whether the clock pulse corresponding to the last transmitted
data bit (MSB) has to be output on the SCLK pin in synchronous mode.
This parameter can be a value of @ref USART_Last_Bit */
} USART_ClockInitTypeDef;
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup USART_Exported_Constants
* @{
*/
#define IS_USART_ALL_PERIPH(PERIPH) (((PERIPH) == USART1) || \
((PERIPH) == USART2) || \
((PERIPH) == USART3) || \
((PERIPH) == UART4) || \
((PERIPH) == UART5))
#define IS_USART_123_PERIPH(PERIPH) (((PERIPH) == USART1) || \
((PERIPH) == USART2) || \
((PERIPH) == USART3))
#define IS_USART_1234_PERIPH(PERIPH) (((PERIPH) == USART1) || \
((PERIPH) == USART2) || \
((PERIPH) == USART3) || \
((PERIPH) == UART4))
/** @defgroup USART_Word_Length
* @{
*/
#define USART_WordLength_8b ((uint16_t)0x0000)
#define USART_WordLength_9b ((uint16_t)0x1000)
#define IS_USART_WORD_LENGTH(LENGTH) (((LENGTH) == USART_WordLength_8b) || \
((LENGTH) == USART_WordLength_9b))
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup USART_Stop_Bits
* @{
*/
#define USART_StopBits_1 ((uint16_t)0x0000)
#define USART_StopBits_0_5 ((uint16_t)0x1000)
#define USART_StopBits_2 ((uint16_t)0x2000)
#define USART_StopBits_1_5 ((uint16_t)0x3000)
#define IS_USART_STOPBITS(STOPBITS) (((STOPBITS) == USART_StopBits_1) || \
((STOPBITS) == USART_StopBits_0_5) || \
((STOPBITS) == USART_StopBits_2) || \
((STOPBITS) == USART_StopBits_1_5))
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup USART_Parity
* @{
*/
#define USART_Parity_No ((uint16_t)0x0000)
#define USART_Parity_Even ((uint16_t)0x0400)
#define USART_Parity_Odd ((uint16_t)0x0600)
#define IS_USART_PARITY(PARITY) (((PARITY) == USART_Parity_No) || \
((PARITY) == USART_Parity_Even) || \
((PARITY) == USART_Parity_Odd))
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup USART_Mode
* @{
*/
#define USART_Mode_Rx ((uint16_t)0x0004)
#define USART_Mode_Tx ((uint16_t)0x0008)
#define IS_USART_MODE(MODE) ((((MODE) & (uint16_t)0xFFF3) == 0x00) && ((MODE) != (uint16_t)0x00))
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup USART_Hardware_Flow_Control
* @{
*/
#define USART_HardwareFlowControl_None ((uint16_t)0x0000)
#define USART_HardwareFlowControl_RTS ((uint16_t)0x0100)
#define USART_HardwareFlowControl_CTS ((uint16_t)0x0200)
#define USART_HardwareFlowControl_RTS_CTS ((uint16_t)0x0300)
#define IS_USART_HARDWARE_FLOW_CONTROL(CONTROL)\
(((CONTROL) == USART_HardwareFlowControl_None) || \
((CONTROL) == USART_HardwareFlowControl_RTS) || \
((CONTROL) == USART_HardwareFlowControl_CTS) || \
((CONTROL) == USART_HardwareFlowControl_RTS_CTS))
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup USART_Clock
* @{
*/
#define USART_Clock_Disable ((uint16_t)0x0000)
#define USART_Clock_Enable ((uint16_t)0x0800)
#define IS_USART_CLOCK(CLOCK) (((CLOCK) == USART_Clock_Disable) || \
((CLOCK) == USART_Clock_Enable))
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup USART_Clock_Polarity
* @{
*/
#define USART_CPOL_Low ((uint16_t)0x0000)
#define USART_CPOL_High ((uint16_t)0x0400)
#define IS_USART_CPOL(CPOL) (((CPOL) == USART_CPOL_Low) || ((CPOL) == USART_CPOL_High))
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup USART_Clock_Phase
* @{
*/
#define USART_CPHA_1Edge ((uint16_t)0x0000)
#define USART_CPHA_2Edge ((uint16_t)0x0200)
#define IS_USART_CPHA(CPHA) (((CPHA) == USART_CPHA_1Edge) || ((CPHA) == USART_CPHA_2Edge))
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup USART_Last_Bit
* @{
*/
#define USART_LastBit_Disable ((uint16_t)0x0000)
#define USART_LastBit_Enable ((uint16_t)0x0100)
#define IS_USART_LASTBIT(LASTBIT) (((LASTBIT) == USART_LastBit_Disable) || \
((LASTBIT) == USART_LastBit_Enable))
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup USART_Interrupt_definition
* @{
*/
#define USART_IT_PE ((uint16_t)0x0028)
#define USART_IT_TXE ((uint16_t)0x0727)
#define USART_IT_TC ((uint16_t)0x0626)
#define USART_IT_RXNE ((uint16_t)0x0525)
#define USART_IT_IDLE ((uint16_t)0x0424)
#define USART_IT_LBD ((uint16_t)0x0846)
#define USART_IT_CTS ((uint16_t)0x096A)
#define USART_IT_ERR ((uint16_t)0x0060)
#define USART_IT_ORE ((uint16_t)0x0360)
#define USART_IT_NE ((uint16_t)0x0260)
#define USART_IT_FE ((uint16_t)0x0160)
#define IS_USART_CONFIG_IT(IT) (((IT) == USART_IT_PE) || ((IT) == USART_IT_TXE) || \
((IT) == USART_IT_TC) || ((IT) == USART_IT_RXNE) || \
((IT) == USART_IT_IDLE) || ((IT) == USART_IT_LBD) || \
((IT) == USART_IT_CTS) || ((IT) == USART_IT_ERR))
#define IS_USART_GET_IT(IT) (((IT) == USART_IT_PE) || ((IT) == USART_IT_TXE) || \
((IT) == USART_IT_TC) || ((IT) == USART_IT_RXNE) || \
((IT) == USART_IT_IDLE) || ((IT) == USART_IT_LBD) || \
((IT) == USART_IT_CTS) || ((IT) == USART_IT_ORE) || \
((IT) == USART_IT_NE) || ((IT) == USART_IT_FE))
#define IS_USART_CLEAR_IT(IT) (((IT) == USART_IT_TC) || ((IT) == USART_IT_RXNE) || \
((IT) == USART_IT_LBD) || ((IT) == USART_IT_CTS))
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup USART_DMA_Requests
* @{
*/
#define USART_DMAReq_Tx ((uint16_t)0x0080)
#define USART_DMAReq_Rx ((uint16_t)0x0040)
#define IS_USART_DMAREQ(DMAREQ) ((((DMAREQ) & (uint16_t)0xFF3F) == 0x00) && ((DMAREQ) != (uint16_t)0x00))
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup USART_WakeUp_methods
* @{
*/
#define USART_WakeUp_IdleLine ((uint16_t)0x0000)
#define USART_WakeUp_AddressMark ((uint16_t)0x0800)
#define IS_USART_WAKEUP(WAKEUP) (((WAKEUP) == USART_WakeUp_IdleLine) || \
((WAKEUP) == USART_WakeUp_AddressMark))
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup USART_LIN_Break_Detection_Length
* @{
*/
#define USART_LINBreakDetectLength_10b ((uint16_t)0x0000)
#define USART_LINBreakDetectLength_11b ((uint16_t)0x0020)
#define IS_USART_LIN_BREAK_DETECT_LENGTH(LENGTH) \
(((LENGTH) == USART_LINBreakDetectLength_10b) || \
((LENGTH) == USART_LINBreakDetectLength_11b))
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup USART_IrDA_Low_Power
* @{
*/
#define USART_IrDAMode_LowPower ((uint16_t)0x0004)
#define USART_IrDAMode_Normal ((uint16_t)0x0000)
#define IS_USART_IRDA_MODE(MODE) (((MODE) == USART_IrDAMode_LowPower) || \
((MODE) == USART_IrDAMode_Normal))
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup USART_Flags
* @{
*/
#define USART_FLAG_CTS ((uint16_t)0x0200)
#define USART_FLAG_LBD ((uint16_t)0x0100)
#define USART_FLAG_TXE ((uint16_t)0x0080)
#define USART_FLAG_TC ((uint16_t)0x0040)
#define USART_FLAG_RXNE ((uint16_t)0x0020)
#define USART_FLAG_IDLE ((uint16_t)0x0010)
#define USART_FLAG_ORE ((uint16_t)0x0008)
#define USART_FLAG_NE ((uint16_t)0x0004)
#define USART_FLAG_FE ((uint16_t)0x0002)
#define USART_FLAG_PE ((uint16_t)0x0001)
#define IS_USART_FLAG(FLAG) (((FLAG) == USART_FLAG_PE) || ((FLAG) == USART_FLAG_TXE) || \
((FLAG) == USART_FLAG_TC) || ((FLAG) == USART_FLAG_RXNE) || \
((FLAG) == USART_FLAG_IDLE) || ((FLAG) == USART_FLAG_LBD) || \
((FLAG) == USART_FLAG_CTS) || ((FLAG) == USART_FLAG_ORE) || \
((FLAG) == USART_FLAG_NE) || ((FLAG) == USART_FLAG_FE))
#define IS_USART_CLEAR_FLAG(FLAG) ((((FLAG) & (uint16_t)0xFC9F) == 0x00) && ((FLAG) != (uint16_t)0x00))
#define IS_USART_PERIPH_FLAG(PERIPH, USART_FLAG) ((((*(uint32_t*)&(PERIPH)) != UART4_BASE) &&\
((*(uint32_t*)&(PERIPH)) != UART5_BASE)) \
|| ((USART_FLAG) != USART_FLAG_CTS))
#define IS_USART_BAUDRATE(BAUDRATE) (((BAUDRATE) > 0) && ((BAUDRATE) < 0x0044AA21))
#define IS_USART_ADDRESS(ADDRESS) ((ADDRESS) <= 0xF)
#define IS_USART_DATA(DATA) ((DATA) <= 0x1FF)
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup USART_Exported_Macros
* @{
*/
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup USART_Exported_Functions
* @{
*/
void USART_DeInit(USART_TypeDef* USARTx);
void USART_Init(USART_TypeDef* USARTx, USART_InitTypeDef* USART_InitStruct);
void USART_StructInit(USART_InitTypeDef* USART_InitStruct);
void USART_ClockInit(USART_TypeDef* USARTx, USART_ClockInitTypeDef* USART_ClockInitStruct);
void USART_ClockStructInit(USART_ClockInitTypeDef* USART_ClockInitStruct);
void USART_Cmd(USART_TypeDef* USARTx, FunctionalState NewState);
void USART_ITConfig(USART_TypeDef* USARTx, uint16_t USART_IT, FunctionalState NewState);
void USART_DMACmd(USART_TypeDef* USARTx, uint16_t USART_DMAReq, FunctionalState NewState);
void USART_SetAddress(USART_TypeDef* USARTx, uint8_t USART_Address);
void USART_WakeUpConfig(USART_TypeDef* USARTx, uint16_t USART_WakeUp);
void USART_ReceiverWakeUpCmd(USART_TypeDef* USARTx, FunctionalState NewState);
void USART_LINBreakDetectLengthConfig(USART_TypeDef* USARTx, uint16_t USART_LINBreakDetectLength);
void USART_LINCmd(USART_TypeDef* USARTx, FunctionalState NewState);
void USART_SendData(USART_TypeDef* USARTx, uint16_t Data);
uint16_t USART_ReceiveData(USART_TypeDef* USARTx);
void USART_SendBreak(USART_TypeDef* USARTx);
void USART_SetGuardTime(USART_TypeDef* USARTx, uint8_t USART_GuardTime);
void USART_SetPrescaler(USART_TypeDef* USARTx, uint8_t USART_Prescaler);
void USART_SmartCardCmd(USART_TypeDef* USARTx, FunctionalState NewState);
void USART_SmartCardNACKCmd(USART_TypeDef* USARTx, FunctionalState NewState);
void USART_HalfDuplexCmd(USART_TypeDef* USARTx, FunctionalState NewState);
void USART_OverSampling8Cmd(USART_TypeDef* USARTx, FunctionalState NewState);
void USART_OneBitMethodCmd(USART_TypeDef* USARTx, FunctionalState NewState);
void USART_IrDAConfig(USART_TypeDef* USARTx, uint16_t USART_IrDAMode);
void USART_IrDACmd(USART_TypeDef* USARTx, FunctionalState NewState);
FlagStatus USART_GetFlagStatus(USART_TypeDef* USARTx, uint16_t USART_FLAG);
void USART_ClearFlag(USART_TypeDef* USARTx, uint16_t USART_FLAG);
ITStatus USART_GetITStatus(USART_TypeDef* USARTx, uint16_t USART_IT);
void USART_ClearITPendingBit(USART_TypeDef* USARTx, uint16_t USART_IT);
#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif
#endif /* __STM32F10x_USART_H */
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* @}
*/
/******************* (C) COPYRIGHT 2011 STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/

View File

@ -0,0 +1,115 @@
/**
******************************************************************************
* @file stm32f10x_wwdg.h
* @author MCD Application Team
* @version V3.5.0
* @date 11-March-2011
* @brief This file contains all the functions prototypes for the WWDG firmware
* library.
******************************************************************************
* @attention
*
* THE PRESENT FIRMWARE WHICH IS FOR GUIDANCE ONLY AIMS AT PROVIDING CUSTOMERS
* WITH CODING INFORMATION REGARDING THEIR PRODUCTS IN ORDER FOR THEM TO SAVE
* TIME. AS A RESULT, STMICROELECTRONICS SHALL NOT BE HELD LIABLE FOR ANY
* DIRECT, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES WITH RESPECT TO ANY CLAIMS ARISING
* FROM THE CONTENT OF SUCH FIRMWARE AND/OR THE USE MADE BY CUSTOMERS OF THE
* CODING INFORMATION CONTAINED HEREIN IN CONNECTION WITH THEIR PRODUCTS.
*
* <h2><center>&copy; COPYRIGHT 2011 STMicroelectronics</center></h2>
******************************************************************************
*/
/* Define to prevent recursive inclusion -------------------------------------*/
#ifndef __STM32F10x_WWDG_H
#define __STM32F10x_WWDG_H
#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif
/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
#include "stm32f10x.h"
/** @addtogroup STM32F10x_StdPeriph_Driver
* @{
*/
/** @addtogroup WWDG
* @{
*/
/** @defgroup WWDG_Exported_Types
* @{
*/
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup WWDG_Exported_Constants
* @{
*/
/** @defgroup WWDG_Prescaler
* @{
*/
#define WWDG_Prescaler_1 ((uint32_t)0x00000000)
#define WWDG_Prescaler_2 ((uint32_t)0x00000080)
#define WWDG_Prescaler_4 ((uint32_t)0x00000100)
#define WWDG_Prescaler_8 ((uint32_t)0x00000180)
#define IS_WWDG_PRESCALER(PRESCALER) (((PRESCALER) == WWDG_Prescaler_1) || \
((PRESCALER) == WWDG_Prescaler_2) || \
((PRESCALER) == WWDG_Prescaler_4) || \
((PRESCALER) == WWDG_Prescaler_8))
#define IS_WWDG_WINDOW_VALUE(VALUE) ((VALUE) <= 0x7F)
#define IS_WWDG_COUNTER(COUNTER) (((COUNTER) >= 0x40) && ((COUNTER) <= 0x7F))
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup WWDG_Exported_Macros
* @{
*/
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup WWDG_Exported_Functions
* @{
*/
void WWDG_DeInit(void);
void WWDG_SetPrescaler(uint32_t WWDG_Prescaler);
void WWDG_SetWindowValue(uint8_t WindowValue);
void WWDG_EnableIT(void);
void WWDG_SetCounter(uint8_t Counter);
void WWDG_Enable(uint8_t Counter);
FlagStatus WWDG_GetFlagStatus(void);
void WWDG_ClearFlag(void);
#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif
#endif /* __STM32F10x_WWDG_H */
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* @}
*/
/******************* (C) COPYRIGHT 2011 STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/

View File

@ -0,0 +1,225 @@
/**
******************************************************************************
* @file misc.c
* @author MCD Application Team
* @version V3.5.0
* @date 11-March-2011
* @brief This file provides all the miscellaneous firmware functions (add-on
* to CMSIS functions).
******************************************************************************
* @attention
*
* THE PRESENT FIRMWARE WHICH IS FOR GUIDANCE ONLY AIMS AT PROVIDING CUSTOMERS
* WITH CODING INFORMATION REGARDING THEIR PRODUCTS IN ORDER FOR THEM TO SAVE
* TIME. AS A RESULT, STMICROELECTRONICS SHALL NOT BE HELD LIABLE FOR ANY
* DIRECT, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES WITH RESPECT TO ANY CLAIMS ARISING
* FROM THE CONTENT OF SUCH FIRMWARE AND/OR THE USE MADE BY CUSTOMERS OF THE
* CODING INFORMATION CONTAINED HEREIN IN CONNECTION WITH THEIR PRODUCTS.
*
* <h2><center>&copy; COPYRIGHT 2011 STMicroelectronics</center></h2>
******************************************************************************
*/
/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
#include "misc.h"
/** @addtogroup STM32F10x_StdPeriph_Driver
* @{
*/
/** @defgroup MISC
* @brief MISC driver modules
* @{
*/
/** @defgroup MISC_Private_TypesDefinitions
* @{
*/
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup MISC_Private_Defines
* @{
*/
#define AIRCR_VECTKEY_MASK ((uint32_t)0x05FA0000)
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup MISC_Private_Macros
* @{
*/
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup MISC_Private_Variables
* @{
*/
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup MISC_Private_FunctionPrototypes
* @{
*/
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup MISC_Private_Functions
* @{
*/
/**
* @brief Configures the priority grouping: pre-emption priority and subpriority.
* @param NVIC_PriorityGroup: specifies the priority grouping bits length.
* This parameter can be one of the following values:
* @arg NVIC_PriorityGroup_0: 0 bits for pre-emption priority
* 4 bits for subpriority
* @arg NVIC_PriorityGroup_1: 1 bits for pre-emption priority
* 3 bits for subpriority
* @arg NVIC_PriorityGroup_2: 2 bits for pre-emption priority
* 2 bits for subpriority
* @arg NVIC_PriorityGroup_3: 3 bits for pre-emption priority
* 1 bits for subpriority
* @arg NVIC_PriorityGroup_4: 4 bits for pre-emption priority
* 0 bits for subpriority
* @retval None
*/
void NVIC_PriorityGroupConfig(uint32_t NVIC_PriorityGroup)
{
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_NVIC_PRIORITY_GROUP(NVIC_PriorityGroup));
/* Set the PRIGROUP[10:8] bits according to NVIC_PriorityGroup value */
SCB->AIRCR = AIRCR_VECTKEY_MASK | NVIC_PriorityGroup;
}
/**
* @brief Initializes the NVIC peripheral according to the specified
* parameters in the NVIC_InitStruct.
* @param NVIC_InitStruct: pointer to a NVIC_InitTypeDef structure that contains
* the configuration information for the specified NVIC peripheral.
* @retval None
*/
void NVIC_Init(NVIC_InitTypeDef* NVIC_InitStruct)
{
uint32_t tmppriority = 0x00, tmppre = 0x00, tmpsub = 0x0F;
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NVIC_InitStruct->NVIC_IRQChannelCmd));
assert_param(IS_NVIC_PREEMPTION_PRIORITY(NVIC_InitStruct->NVIC_IRQChannelPreemptionPriority));
assert_param(IS_NVIC_SUB_PRIORITY(NVIC_InitStruct->NVIC_IRQChannelSubPriority));
if (NVIC_InitStruct->NVIC_IRQChannelCmd != DISABLE)
{
/* Compute the Corresponding IRQ Priority --------------------------------*/
tmppriority = (0x700 - ((SCB->AIRCR) & (uint32_t)0x700))>> 0x08;
tmppre = (0x4 - tmppriority);
tmpsub = tmpsub >> tmppriority;
tmppriority = (uint32_t)NVIC_InitStruct->NVIC_IRQChannelPreemptionPriority << tmppre;
tmppriority |= NVIC_InitStruct->NVIC_IRQChannelSubPriority & tmpsub;
tmppriority = tmppriority << 0x04;
NVIC->IP[NVIC_InitStruct->NVIC_IRQChannel] = tmppriority;
/* Enable the Selected IRQ Channels --------------------------------------*/
NVIC->ISER[NVIC_InitStruct->NVIC_IRQChannel >> 0x05] =
(uint32_t)0x01 << (NVIC_InitStruct->NVIC_IRQChannel & (uint8_t)0x1F);
}
else
{
/* Disable the Selected IRQ Channels -------------------------------------*/
NVIC->ICER[NVIC_InitStruct->NVIC_IRQChannel >> 0x05] =
(uint32_t)0x01 << (NVIC_InitStruct->NVIC_IRQChannel & (uint8_t)0x1F);
}
}
/**
* @brief Sets the vector table location and Offset.
* @param NVIC_VectTab: specifies if the vector table is in RAM or FLASH memory.
* This parameter can be one of the following values:
* @arg NVIC_VectTab_RAM
* @arg NVIC_VectTab_FLASH
* @param Offset: Vector Table base offset field. This value must be a multiple
* of 0x200.
* @retval None
*/
void NVIC_SetVectorTable(uint32_t NVIC_VectTab, uint32_t Offset)
{
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_NVIC_VECTTAB(NVIC_VectTab));
assert_param(IS_NVIC_OFFSET(Offset));
SCB->VTOR = NVIC_VectTab | (Offset & (uint32_t)0x1FFFFF80);
}
/**
* @brief Selects the condition for the system to enter low power mode.
* @param LowPowerMode: Specifies the new mode for the system to enter low power mode.
* This parameter can be one of the following values:
* @arg NVIC_LP_SEVONPEND
* @arg NVIC_LP_SLEEPDEEP
* @arg NVIC_LP_SLEEPONEXIT
* @param NewState: new state of LP condition. This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE.
* @retval None
*/
void NVIC_SystemLPConfig(uint8_t LowPowerMode, FunctionalState NewState)
{
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_NVIC_LP(LowPowerMode));
assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState));
if (NewState != DISABLE)
{
SCB->SCR |= LowPowerMode;
}
else
{
SCB->SCR &= (uint32_t)(~(uint32_t)LowPowerMode);
}
}
/**
* @brief Configures the SysTick clock source.
* @param SysTick_CLKSource: specifies the SysTick clock source.
* This parameter can be one of the following values:
* @arg SysTick_CLKSource_HCLK_Div8: AHB clock divided by 8 selected as SysTick clock source.
* @arg SysTick_CLKSource_HCLK: AHB clock selected as SysTick clock source.
* @retval None
*/
void SysTick_CLKSourceConfig(uint32_t SysTick_CLKSource)
{
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_SYSTICK_CLK_SOURCE(SysTick_CLKSource));
if (SysTick_CLKSource == SysTick_CLKSource_HCLK)
{
SysTick->CTRL |= SysTick_CLKSource_HCLK;
}
else
{
SysTick->CTRL &= SysTick_CLKSource_HCLK_Div8;
}
}
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* @}
*/
/******************* (C) COPYRIGHT 2011 STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

View File

@ -0,0 +1,308 @@
/**
******************************************************************************
* @file stm32f10x_bkp.c
* @author MCD Application Team
* @version V3.5.0
* @date 11-March-2011
* @brief This file provides all the BKP firmware functions.
******************************************************************************
* @attention
*
* THE PRESENT FIRMWARE WHICH IS FOR GUIDANCE ONLY AIMS AT PROVIDING CUSTOMERS
* WITH CODING INFORMATION REGARDING THEIR PRODUCTS IN ORDER FOR THEM TO SAVE
* TIME. AS A RESULT, STMICROELECTRONICS SHALL NOT BE HELD LIABLE FOR ANY
* DIRECT, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES WITH RESPECT TO ANY CLAIMS ARISING
* FROM THE CONTENT OF SUCH FIRMWARE AND/OR THE USE MADE BY CUSTOMERS OF THE
* CODING INFORMATION CONTAINED HEREIN IN CONNECTION WITH THEIR PRODUCTS.
*
* <h2><center>&copy; COPYRIGHT 2011 STMicroelectronics</center></h2>
******************************************************************************
*/
/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
#include "stm32f10x_bkp.h"
#include "stm32f10x_rcc.h"
/** @addtogroup STM32F10x_StdPeriph_Driver
* @{
*/
/** @defgroup BKP
* @brief BKP driver modules
* @{
*/
/** @defgroup BKP_Private_TypesDefinitions
* @{
*/
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup BKP_Private_Defines
* @{
*/
/* ------------ BKP registers bit address in the alias region --------------- */
#define BKP_OFFSET (BKP_BASE - PERIPH_BASE)
/* --- CR Register ----*/
/* Alias word address of TPAL bit */
#define CR_OFFSET (BKP_OFFSET + 0x30)
#define TPAL_BitNumber 0x01
#define CR_TPAL_BB (PERIPH_BB_BASE + (CR_OFFSET * 32) + (TPAL_BitNumber * 4))
/* Alias word address of TPE bit */
#define TPE_BitNumber 0x00
#define CR_TPE_BB (PERIPH_BB_BASE + (CR_OFFSET * 32) + (TPE_BitNumber * 4))
/* --- CSR Register ---*/
/* Alias word address of TPIE bit */
#define CSR_OFFSET (BKP_OFFSET + 0x34)
#define TPIE_BitNumber 0x02
#define CSR_TPIE_BB (PERIPH_BB_BASE + (CSR_OFFSET * 32) + (TPIE_BitNumber * 4))
/* Alias word address of TIF bit */
#define TIF_BitNumber 0x09
#define CSR_TIF_BB (PERIPH_BB_BASE + (CSR_OFFSET * 32) + (TIF_BitNumber * 4))
/* Alias word address of TEF bit */
#define TEF_BitNumber 0x08
#define CSR_TEF_BB (PERIPH_BB_BASE + (CSR_OFFSET * 32) + (TEF_BitNumber * 4))
/* ---------------------- BKP registers bit mask ------------------------ */
/* RTCCR register bit mask */
#define RTCCR_CAL_MASK ((uint16_t)0xFF80)
#define RTCCR_MASK ((uint16_t)0xFC7F)
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup BKP_Private_Macros
* @{
*/
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup BKP_Private_Variables
* @{
*/
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup BKP_Private_FunctionPrototypes
* @{
*/
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup BKP_Private_Functions
* @{
*/
/**
* @brief Deinitializes the BKP peripheral registers to their default reset values.
* @param None
* @retval None
*/
void BKP_DeInit(void)
{
RCC_BackupResetCmd(ENABLE);
RCC_BackupResetCmd(DISABLE);
}
/**
* @brief Configures the Tamper Pin active level.
* @param BKP_TamperPinLevel: specifies the Tamper Pin active level.
* This parameter can be one of the following values:
* @arg BKP_TamperPinLevel_High: Tamper pin active on high level
* @arg BKP_TamperPinLevel_Low: Tamper pin active on low level
* @retval None
*/
void BKP_TamperPinLevelConfig(uint16_t BKP_TamperPinLevel)
{
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_BKP_TAMPER_PIN_LEVEL(BKP_TamperPinLevel));
*(__IO uint32_t *) CR_TPAL_BB = BKP_TamperPinLevel;
}
/**
* @brief Enables or disables the Tamper Pin activation.
* @param NewState: new state of the Tamper Pin activation.
* This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE.
* @retval None
*/
void BKP_TamperPinCmd(FunctionalState NewState)
{
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState));
*(__IO uint32_t *) CR_TPE_BB = (uint32_t)NewState;
}
/**
* @brief Enables or disables the Tamper Pin Interrupt.
* @param NewState: new state of the Tamper Pin Interrupt.
* This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE.
* @retval None
*/
void BKP_ITConfig(FunctionalState NewState)
{
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState));
*(__IO uint32_t *) CSR_TPIE_BB = (uint32_t)NewState;
}
/**
* @brief Select the RTC output source to output on the Tamper pin.
* @param BKP_RTCOutputSource: specifies the RTC output source.
* This parameter can be one of the following values:
* @arg BKP_RTCOutputSource_None: no RTC output on the Tamper pin.
* @arg BKP_RTCOutputSource_CalibClock: output the RTC clock with frequency
* divided by 64 on the Tamper pin.
* @arg BKP_RTCOutputSource_Alarm: output the RTC Alarm pulse signal on
* the Tamper pin.
* @arg BKP_RTCOutputSource_Second: output the RTC Second pulse signal on
* the Tamper pin.
* @retval None
*/
void BKP_RTCOutputConfig(uint16_t BKP_RTCOutputSource)
{
uint16_t tmpreg = 0;
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_BKP_RTC_OUTPUT_SOURCE(BKP_RTCOutputSource));
tmpreg = BKP->RTCCR;
/* Clear CCO, ASOE and ASOS bits */
tmpreg &= RTCCR_MASK;
/* Set CCO, ASOE and ASOS bits according to BKP_RTCOutputSource value */
tmpreg |= BKP_RTCOutputSource;
/* Store the new value */
BKP->RTCCR = tmpreg;
}
/**
* @brief Sets RTC Clock Calibration value.
* @param CalibrationValue: specifies the RTC Clock Calibration value.
* This parameter must be a number between 0 and 0x7F.
* @retval None
*/
void BKP_SetRTCCalibrationValue(uint8_t CalibrationValue)
{
uint16_t tmpreg = 0;
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_BKP_CALIBRATION_VALUE(CalibrationValue));
tmpreg = BKP->RTCCR;
/* Clear CAL[6:0] bits */
tmpreg &= RTCCR_CAL_MASK;
/* Set CAL[6:0] bits according to CalibrationValue value */
tmpreg |= CalibrationValue;
/* Store the new value */
BKP->RTCCR = tmpreg;
}
/**
* @brief Writes user data to the specified Data Backup Register.
* @param BKP_DR: specifies the Data Backup Register.
* This parameter can be BKP_DRx where x:[1, 42]
* @param Data: data to write
* @retval None
*/
void BKP_WriteBackupRegister(uint16_t BKP_DR, uint16_t Data)
{
__IO uint32_t tmp = 0;
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_BKP_DR(BKP_DR));
tmp = (uint32_t)BKP_BASE;
tmp += BKP_DR;
*(__IO uint32_t *) tmp = Data;
}
/**
* @brief Reads data from the specified Data Backup Register.
* @param BKP_DR: specifies the Data Backup Register.
* This parameter can be BKP_DRx where x:[1, 42]
* @retval The content of the specified Data Backup Register
*/
uint16_t BKP_ReadBackupRegister(uint16_t BKP_DR)
{
__IO uint32_t tmp = 0;
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_BKP_DR(BKP_DR));
tmp = (uint32_t)BKP_BASE;
tmp += BKP_DR;
return (*(__IO uint16_t *) tmp);
}
/**
* @brief Checks whether the Tamper Pin Event flag is set or not.
* @param None
* @retval The new state of the Tamper Pin Event flag (SET or RESET).
*/
FlagStatus BKP_GetFlagStatus(void)
{
return (FlagStatus)(*(__IO uint32_t *) CSR_TEF_BB);
}
/**
* @brief Clears Tamper Pin Event pending flag.
* @param None
* @retval None
*/
void BKP_ClearFlag(void)
{
/* Set CTE bit to clear Tamper Pin Event flag */
BKP->CSR |= BKP_CSR_CTE;
}
/**
* @brief Checks whether the Tamper Pin Interrupt has occurred or not.
* @param None
* @retval The new state of the Tamper Pin Interrupt (SET or RESET).
*/
ITStatus BKP_GetITStatus(void)
{
return (ITStatus)(*(__IO uint32_t *) CSR_TIF_BB);
}
/**
* @brief Clears Tamper Pin Interrupt pending bit.
* @param None
* @retval None
*/
void BKP_ClearITPendingBit(void)
{
/* Set CTI bit to clear Tamper Pin Interrupt pending bit */
BKP->CSR |= BKP_CSR_CTI;
}
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* @}
*/
/******************* (C) COPYRIGHT 2011 STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

View File

@ -0,0 +1,433 @@
/**
******************************************************************************
* @file stm32f10x_cec.c
* @author MCD Application Team
* @version V3.5.0
* @date 11-March-2011
* @brief This file provides all the CEC firmware functions.
******************************************************************************
* @attention
*
* THE PRESENT FIRMWARE WHICH IS FOR GUIDANCE ONLY AIMS AT PROVIDING CUSTOMERS
* WITH CODING INFORMATION REGARDING THEIR PRODUCTS IN ORDER FOR THEM TO SAVE
* TIME. AS A RESULT, STMICROELECTRONICS SHALL NOT BE HELD LIABLE FOR ANY
* DIRECT, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES WITH RESPECT TO ANY CLAIMS ARISING
* FROM THE CONTENT OF SUCH FIRMWARE AND/OR THE USE MADE BY CUSTOMERS OF THE
* CODING INFORMATION CONTAINED HEREIN IN CONNECTION WITH THEIR PRODUCTS.
*
* <h2><center>&copy; COPYRIGHT 2011 STMicroelectronics</center></h2>
******************************************************************************
*/
/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
#include "stm32f10x_cec.h"
#include "stm32f10x_rcc.h"
/** @addtogroup STM32F10x_StdPeriph_Driver
* @{
*/
/** @defgroup CEC
* @brief CEC driver modules
* @{
*/
/** @defgroup CEC_Private_TypesDefinitions
* @{
*/
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup CEC_Private_Defines
* @{
*/
/* ------------ CEC registers bit address in the alias region ----------- */
#define CEC_OFFSET (CEC_BASE - PERIPH_BASE)
/* --- CFGR Register ---*/
/* Alias word address of PE bit */
#define CFGR_OFFSET (CEC_OFFSET + 0x00)
#define PE_BitNumber 0x00
#define CFGR_PE_BB (PERIPH_BB_BASE + (CFGR_OFFSET * 32) + (PE_BitNumber * 4))
/* Alias word address of IE bit */
#define IE_BitNumber 0x01
#define CFGR_IE_BB (PERIPH_BB_BASE + (CFGR_OFFSET * 32) + (IE_BitNumber * 4))
/* --- CSR Register ---*/
/* Alias word address of TSOM bit */
#define CSR_OFFSET (CEC_OFFSET + 0x10)
#define TSOM_BitNumber 0x00
#define CSR_TSOM_BB (PERIPH_BB_BASE + (CSR_OFFSET * 32) + (TSOM_BitNumber * 4))
/* Alias word address of TEOM bit */
#define TEOM_BitNumber 0x01
#define CSR_TEOM_BB (PERIPH_BB_BASE + (CSR_OFFSET * 32) + (TEOM_BitNumber * 4))
#define CFGR_CLEAR_Mask (uint8_t)(0xF3) /* CFGR register Mask */
#define FLAG_Mask ((uint32_t)0x00FFFFFF) /* CEC FLAG mask */
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup CEC_Private_Macros
* @{
*/
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup CEC_Private_Variables
* @{
*/
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup CEC_Private_FunctionPrototypes
* @{
*/
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup CEC_Private_Functions
* @{
*/
/**
* @brief Deinitializes the CEC peripheral registers to their default reset
* values.
* @param None
* @retval None
*/
void CEC_DeInit(void)
{
/* Enable CEC reset state */
RCC_APB1PeriphResetCmd(RCC_APB1Periph_CEC, ENABLE);
/* Release CEC from reset state */
RCC_APB1PeriphResetCmd(RCC_APB1Periph_CEC, DISABLE);
}
/**
* @brief Initializes the CEC peripheral according to the specified
* parameters in the CEC_InitStruct.
* @param CEC_InitStruct: pointer to an CEC_InitTypeDef structure that
* contains the configuration information for the specified
* CEC peripheral.
* @retval None
*/
void CEC_Init(CEC_InitTypeDef* CEC_InitStruct)
{
uint16_t tmpreg = 0;
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_CEC_BIT_TIMING_ERROR_MODE(CEC_InitStruct->CEC_BitTimingMode));
assert_param(IS_CEC_BIT_PERIOD_ERROR_MODE(CEC_InitStruct->CEC_BitPeriodMode));
/*---------------------------- CEC CFGR Configuration -----------------*/
/* Get the CEC CFGR value */
tmpreg = CEC->CFGR;
/* Clear BTEM and BPEM bits */
tmpreg &= CFGR_CLEAR_Mask;
/* Configure CEC: Bit Timing Error and Bit Period Error */
tmpreg |= (uint16_t)(CEC_InitStruct->CEC_BitTimingMode | CEC_InitStruct->CEC_BitPeriodMode);
/* Write to CEC CFGR register*/
CEC->CFGR = tmpreg;
}
/**
* @brief Enables or disables the specified CEC peripheral.
* @param NewState: new state of the CEC peripheral.
* This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE.
* @retval None
*/
void CEC_Cmd(FunctionalState NewState)
{
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState));
*(__IO uint32_t *) CFGR_PE_BB = (uint32_t)NewState;
if(NewState == DISABLE)
{
/* Wait until the PE bit is cleared by hardware (Idle Line detected) */
while((CEC->CFGR & CEC_CFGR_PE) != (uint32_t)RESET)
{
}
}
}
/**
* @brief Enables or disables the CEC interrupt.
* @param NewState: new state of the CEC interrupt.
* This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE.
* @retval None
*/
void CEC_ITConfig(FunctionalState NewState)
{
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState));
*(__IO uint32_t *) CFGR_IE_BB = (uint32_t)NewState;
}
/**
* @brief Defines the Own Address of the CEC device.
* @param CEC_OwnAddress: The CEC own address
* @retval None
*/
void CEC_OwnAddressConfig(uint8_t CEC_OwnAddress)
{
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_CEC_ADDRESS(CEC_OwnAddress));
/* Set the CEC own address */
CEC->OAR = CEC_OwnAddress;
}
/**
* @brief Sets the CEC prescaler value.
* @param CEC_Prescaler: CEC prescaler new value
* @retval None
*/
void CEC_SetPrescaler(uint16_t CEC_Prescaler)
{
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_CEC_PRESCALER(CEC_Prescaler));
/* Set the Prescaler value*/
CEC->PRES = CEC_Prescaler;
}
/**
* @brief Transmits single data through the CEC peripheral.
* @param Data: the data to transmit.
* @retval None
*/
void CEC_SendDataByte(uint8_t Data)
{
/* Transmit Data */
CEC->TXD = Data ;
}
/**
* @brief Returns the most recent received data by the CEC peripheral.
* @param None
* @retval The received data.
*/
uint8_t CEC_ReceiveDataByte(void)
{
/* Receive Data */
return (uint8_t)(CEC->RXD);
}
/**
* @brief Starts a new message.
* @param None
* @retval None
*/
void CEC_StartOfMessage(void)
{
/* Starts of new message */
*(__IO uint32_t *) CSR_TSOM_BB = (uint32_t)0x1;
}
/**
* @brief Transmits message with or without an EOM bit.
* @param NewState: new state of the CEC Tx End Of Message.
* This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE.
* @retval None
*/
void CEC_EndOfMessageCmd(FunctionalState NewState)
{
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState));
/* The data byte will be transmitted with or without an EOM bit*/
*(__IO uint32_t *) CSR_TEOM_BB = (uint32_t)NewState;
}
/**
* @brief Gets the CEC flag status
* @param CEC_FLAG: specifies the CEC flag to check.
* This parameter can be one of the following values:
* @arg CEC_FLAG_BTE: Bit Timing Error
* @arg CEC_FLAG_BPE: Bit Period Error
* @arg CEC_FLAG_RBTFE: Rx Block Transfer Finished Error
* @arg CEC_FLAG_SBE: Start Bit Error
* @arg CEC_FLAG_ACKE: Block Acknowledge Error
* @arg CEC_FLAG_LINE: Line Error
* @arg CEC_FLAG_TBTFE: Tx Block Transfer Finished Error
* @arg CEC_FLAG_TEOM: Tx End Of Message
* @arg CEC_FLAG_TERR: Tx Error
* @arg CEC_FLAG_TBTRF: Tx Byte Transfer Request or Block Transfer Finished
* @arg CEC_FLAG_RSOM: Rx Start Of Message
* @arg CEC_FLAG_REOM: Rx End Of Message
* @arg CEC_FLAG_RERR: Rx Error
* @arg CEC_FLAG_RBTF: Rx Byte/Block Transfer Finished
* @retval The new state of CEC_FLAG (SET or RESET)
*/
FlagStatus CEC_GetFlagStatus(uint32_t CEC_FLAG)
{
FlagStatus bitstatus = RESET;
uint32_t cecreg = 0, cecbase = 0;
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_CEC_GET_FLAG(CEC_FLAG));
/* Get the CEC peripheral base address */
cecbase = (uint32_t)(CEC_BASE);
/* Read flag register index */
cecreg = CEC_FLAG >> 28;
/* Get bit[23:0] of the flag */
CEC_FLAG &= FLAG_Mask;
if(cecreg != 0)
{
/* Flag in CEC ESR Register */
CEC_FLAG = (uint32_t)(CEC_FLAG >> 16);
/* Get the CEC ESR register address */
cecbase += 0xC;
}
else
{
/* Get the CEC CSR register address */
cecbase += 0x10;
}
if(((*(__IO uint32_t *)cecbase) & CEC_FLAG) != (uint32_t)RESET)
{
/* CEC_FLAG is set */
bitstatus = SET;
}
else
{
/* CEC_FLAG is reset */
bitstatus = RESET;
}
/* Return the CEC_FLAG status */
return bitstatus;
}
/**
* @brief Clears the CEC's pending flags.
* @param CEC_FLAG: specifies the flag to clear.
* This parameter can be any combination of the following values:
* @arg CEC_FLAG_TERR: Tx Error
* @arg CEC_FLAG_TBTRF: Tx Byte Transfer Request or Block Transfer Finished
* @arg CEC_FLAG_RSOM: Rx Start Of Message
* @arg CEC_FLAG_REOM: Rx End Of Message
* @arg CEC_FLAG_RERR: Rx Error
* @arg CEC_FLAG_RBTF: Rx Byte/Block Transfer Finished
* @retval None
*/
void CEC_ClearFlag(uint32_t CEC_FLAG)
{
uint32_t tmp = 0x0;
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_CEC_CLEAR_FLAG(CEC_FLAG));
tmp = CEC->CSR & 0x2;
/* Clear the selected CEC flags */
CEC->CSR &= (uint32_t)(((~(uint32_t)CEC_FLAG) & 0xFFFFFFFC) | tmp);
}
/**
* @brief Checks whether the specified CEC interrupt has occurred or not.
* @param CEC_IT: specifies the CEC interrupt source to check.
* This parameter can be one of the following values:
* @arg CEC_IT_TERR: Tx Error
* @arg CEC_IT_TBTF: Tx Block Transfer Finished
* @arg CEC_IT_RERR: Rx Error
* @arg CEC_IT_RBTF: Rx Block Transfer Finished
* @retval The new state of CEC_IT (SET or RESET).
*/
ITStatus CEC_GetITStatus(uint8_t CEC_IT)
{
ITStatus bitstatus = RESET;
uint32_t enablestatus = 0;
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_CEC_GET_IT(CEC_IT));
/* Get the CEC IT enable bit status */
enablestatus = (CEC->CFGR & (uint8_t)CEC_CFGR_IE) ;
/* Check the status of the specified CEC interrupt */
if (((CEC->CSR & CEC_IT) != (uint32_t)RESET) && enablestatus)
{
/* CEC_IT is set */
bitstatus = SET;
}
else
{
/* CEC_IT is reset */
bitstatus = RESET;
}
/* Return the CEC_IT status */
return bitstatus;
}
/**
* @brief Clears the CEC's interrupt pending bits.
* @param CEC_IT: specifies the CEC interrupt pending bit to clear.
* This parameter can be any combination of the following values:
* @arg CEC_IT_TERR: Tx Error
* @arg CEC_IT_TBTF: Tx Block Transfer Finished
* @arg CEC_IT_RERR: Rx Error
* @arg CEC_IT_RBTF: Rx Block Transfer Finished
* @retval None
*/
void CEC_ClearITPendingBit(uint16_t CEC_IT)
{
uint32_t tmp = 0x0;
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_CEC_GET_IT(CEC_IT));
tmp = CEC->CSR & 0x2;
/* Clear the selected CEC interrupt pending bits */
CEC->CSR &= (uint32_t)(((~(uint32_t)CEC_IT) & 0xFFFFFFFC) | tmp);
}
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* @}
*/
/******************* (C) COPYRIGHT 2011 STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/

View File

@ -0,0 +1,160 @@
/**
******************************************************************************
* @file stm32f10x_crc.c
* @author MCD Application Team
* @version V3.5.0
* @date 11-March-2011
* @brief This file provides all the CRC firmware functions.
******************************************************************************
* @attention
*
* THE PRESENT FIRMWARE WHICH IS FOR GUIDANCE ONLY AIMS AT PROVIDING CUSTOMERS
* WITH CODING INFORMATION REGARDING THEIR PRODUCTS IN ORDER FOR THEM TO SAVE
* TIME. AS A RESULT, STMICROELECTRONICS SHALL NOT BE HELD LIABLE FOR ANY
* DIRECT, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES WITH RESPECT TO ANY CLAIMS ARISING
* FROM THE CONTENT OF SUCH FIRMWARE AND/OR THE USE MADE BY CUSTOMERS OF THE
* CODING INFORMATION CONTAINED HEREIN IN CONNECTION WITH THEIR PRODUCTS.
*
* <h2><center>&copy; COPYRIGHT 2011 STMicroelectronics</center></h2>
******************************************************************************
*/
/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
#include "stm32f10x_crc.h"
/** @addtogroup STM32F10x_StdPeriph_Driver
* @{
*/
/** @defgroup CRC
* @brief CRC driver modules
* @{
*/
/** @defgroup CRC_Private_TypesDefinitions
* @{
*/
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup CRC_Private_Defines
* @{
*/
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup CRC_Private_Macros
* @{
*/
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup CRC_Private_Variables
* @{
*/
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup CRC_Private_FunctionPrototypes
* @{
*/
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup CRC_Private_Functions
* @{
*/
/**
* @brief Resets the CRC Data register (DR).
* @param None
* @retval None
*/
void CRC_ResetDR(void)
{
/* Reset CRC generator */
CRC->CR = CRC_CR_RESET;
}
/**
* @brief Computes the 32-bit CRC of a given data word(32-bit).
* @param Data: data word(32-bit) to compute its CRC
* @retval 32-bit CRC
*/
uint32_t CRC_CalcCRC(uint32_t Data)
{
CRC->DR = Data;
return (CRC->DR);
}
/**
* @brief Computes the 32-bit CRC of a given buffer of data word(32-bit).
* @param pBuffer: pointer to the buffer containing the data to be computed
* @param BufferLength: length of the buffer to be computed
* @retval 32-bit CRC
*/
uint32_t CRC_CalcBlockCRC(uint32_t pBuffer[], uint32_t BufferLength)
{
uint32_t index = 0;
for(index = 0; index < BufferLength; index++)
{
CRC->DR = pBuffer[index];
}
return (CRC->DR);
}
/**
* @brief Returns the current CRC value.
* @param None
* @retval 32-bit CRC
*/
uint32_t CRC_GetCRC(void)
{
return (CRC->DR);
}
/**
* @brief Stores a 8-bit data in the Independent Data(ID) register.
* @param IDValue: 8-bit value to be stored in the ID register
* @retval None
*/
void CRC_SetIDRegister(uint8_t IDValue)
{
CRC->IDR = IDValue;
}
/**
* @brief Returns the 8-bit data stored in the Independent Data(ID) register
* @param None
* @retval 8-bit value of the ID register
*/
uint8_t CRC_GetIDRegister(void)
{
return (CRC->IDR);
}
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* @}
*/
/******************* (C) COPYRIGHT 2011 STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/

View File

@ -0,0 +1,571 @@
/**
******************************************************************************
* @file stm32f10x_dac.c
* @author MCD Application Team
* @version V3.5.0
* @date 11-March-2011
* @brief This file provides all the DAC firmware functions.
******************************************************************************
* @attention
*
* THE PRESENT FIRMWARE WHICH IS FOR GUIDANCE ONLY AIMS AT PROVIDING CUSTOMERS
* WITH CODING INFORMATION REGARDING THEIR PRODUCTS IN ORDER FOR THEM TO SAVE
* TIME. AS A RESULT, STMICROELECTRONICS SHALL NOT BE HELD LIABLE FOR ANY
* DIRECT, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES WITH RESPECT TO ANY CLAIMS ARISING
* FROM THE CONTENT OF SUCH FIRMWARE AND/OR THE USE MADE BY CUSTOMERS OF THE
* CODING INFORMATION CONTAINED HEREIN IN CONNECTION WITH THEIR PRODUCTS.
*
* <h2><center>&copy; COPYRIGHT 2011 STMicroelectronics</center></h2>
******************************************************************************
*/
/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
#include "stm32f10x_dac.h"
#include "stm32f10x_rcc.h"
/** @addtogroup STM32F10x_StdPeriph_Driver
* @{
*/
/** @defgroup DAC
* @brief DAC driver modules
* @{
*/
/** @defgroup DAC_Private_TypesDefinitions
* @{
*/
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup DAC_Private_Defines
* @{
*/
/* CR register Mask */
#define CR_CLEAR_MASK ((uint32_t)0x00000FFE)
/* DAC Dual Channels SWTRIG masks */
#define DUAL_SWTRIG_SET ((uint32_t)0x00000003)
#define DUAL_SWTRIG_RESET ((uint32_t)0xFFFFFFFC)
/* DHR registers offsets */
#define DHR12R1_OFFSET ((uint32_t)0x00000008)
#define DHR12R2_OFFSET ((uint32_t)0x00000014)
#define DHR12RD_OFFSET ((uint32_t)0x00000020)
/* DOR register offset */
#define DOR_OFFSET ((uint32_t)0x0000002C)
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup DAC_Private_Macros
* @{
*/
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup DAC_Private_Variables
* @{
*/
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup DAC_Private_FunctionPrototypes
* @{
*/
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup DAC_Private_Functions
* @{
*/
/**
* @brief Deinitializes the DAC peripheral registers to their default reset values.
* @param None
* @retval None
*/
void DAC_DeInit(void)
{
/* Enable DAC reset state */
RCC_APB1PeriphResetCmd(RCC_APB1Periph_DAC, ENABLE);
/* Release DAC from reset state */
RCC_APB1PeriphResetCmd(RCC_APB1Periph_DAC, DISABLE);
}
/**
* @brief Initializes the DAC peripheral according to the specified
* parameters in the DAC_InitStruct.
* @param DAC_Channel: the selected DAC channel.
* This parameter can be one of the following values:
* @arg DAC_Channel_1: DAC Channel1 selected
* @arg DAC_Channel_2: DAC Channel2 selected
* @param DAC_InitStruct: pointer to a DAC_InitTypeDef structure that
* contains the configuration information for the specified DAC channel.
* @retval None
*/
void DAC_Init(uint32_t DAC_Channel, DAC_InitTypeDef* DAC_InitStruct)
{
uint32_t tmpreg1 = 0, tmpreg2 = 0;
/* Check the DAC parameters */
assert_param(IS_DAC_TRIGGER(DAC_InitStruct->DAC_Trigger));
assert_param(IS_DAC_GENERATE_WAVE(DAC_InitStruct->DAC_WaveGeneration));
assert_param(IS_DAC_LFSR_UNMASK_TRIANGLE_AMPLITUDE(DAC_InitStruct->DAC_LFSRUnmask_TriangleAmplitude));
assert_param(IS_DAC_OUTPUT_BUFFER_STATE(DAC_InitStruct->DAC_OutputBuffer));
/*---------------------------- DAC CR Configuration --------------------------*/
/* Get the DAC CR value */
tmpreg1 = DAC->CR;
/* Clear BOFFx, TENx, TSELx, WAVEx and MAMPx bits */
tmpreg1 &= ~(CR_CLEAR_MASK << DAC_Channel);
/* Configure for the selected DAC channel: buffer output, trigger, wave generation,
mask/amplitude for wave generation */
/* Set TSELx and TENx bits according to DAC_Trigger value */
/* Set WAVEx bits according to DAC_WaveGeneration value */
/* Set MAMPx bits according to DAC_LFSRUnmask_TriangleAmplitude value */
/* Set BOFFx bit according to DAC_OutputBuffer value */
tmpreg2 = (DAC_InitStruct->DAC_Trigger | DAC_InitStruct->DAC_WaveGeneration |
DAC_InitStruct->DAC_LFSRUnmask_TriangleAmplitude | DAC_InitStruct->DAC_OutputBuffer);
/* Calculate CR register value depending on DAC_Channel */
tmpreg1 |= tmpreg2 << DAC_Channel;
/* Write to DAC CR */
DAC->CR = tmpreg1;
}
/**
* @brief Fills each DAC_InitStruct member with its default value.
* @param DAC_InitStruct : pointer to a DAC_InitTypeDef structure which will
* be initialized.
* @retval None
*/
void DAC_StructInit(DAC_InitTypeDef* DAC_InitStruct)
{
/*--------------- Reset DAC init structure parameters values -----------------*/
/* Initialize the DAC_Trigger member */
DAC_InitStruct->DAC_Trigger = DAC_Trigger_None;
/* Initialize the DAC_WaveGeneration member */
DAC_InitStruct->DAC_WaveGeneration = DAC_WaveGeneration_None;
/* Initialize the DAC_LFSRUnmask_TriangleAmplitude member */
DAC_InitStruct->DAC_LFSRUnmask_TriangleAmplitude = DAC_LFSRUnmask_Bit0;
/* Initialize the DAC_OutputBuffer member */
DAC_InitStruct->DAC_OutputBuffer = DAC_OutputBuffer_Enable;
}
/**
* @brief Enables or disables the specified DAC channel.
* @param DAC_Channel: the selected DAC channel.
* This parameter can be one of the following values:
* @arg DAC_Channel_1: DAC Channel1 selected
* @arg DAC_Channel_2: DAC Channel2 selected
* @param NewState: new state of the DAC channel.
* This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE.
* @retval None
*/
void DAC_Cmd(uint32_t DAC_Channel, FunctionalState NewState)
{
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_DAC_CHANNEL(DAC_Channel));
assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState));
if (NewState != DISABLE)
{
/* Enable the selected DAC channel */
DAC->CR |= (DAC_CR_EN1 << DAC_Channel);
}
else
{
/* Disable the selected DAC channel */
DAC->CR &= ~(DAC_CR_EN1 << DAC_Channel);
}
}
#if defined (STM32F10X_LD_VL) || defined (STM32F10X_MD_VL) || defined (STM32F10X_HD_VL)
/**
* @brief Enables or disables the specified DAC interrupts.
* @param DAC_Channel: the selected DAC channel.
* This parameter can be one of the following values:
* @arg DAC_Channel_1: DAC Channel1 selected
* @arg DAC_Channel_2: DAC Channel2 selected
* @param DAC_IT: specifies the DAC interrupt sources to be enabled or disabled.
* This parameter can be the following values:
* @arg DAC_IT_DMAUDR: DMA underrun interrupt mask
* @param NewState: new state of the specified DAC interrupts.
* This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE.
* @retval None
*/
void DAC_ITConfig(uint32_t DAC_Channel, uint32_t DAC_IT, FunctionalState NewState)
{
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_DAC_CHANNEL(DAC_Channel));
assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState));
assert_param(IS_DAC_IT(DAC_IT));
if (NewState != DISABLE)
{
/* Enable the selected DAC interrupts */
DAC->CR |= (DAC_IT << DAC_Channel);
}
else
{
/* Disable the selected DAC interrupts */
DAC->CR &= (~(uint32_t)(DAC_IT << DAC_Channel));
}
}
#endif
/**
* @brief Enables or disables the specified DAC channel DMA request.
* @param DAC_Channel: the selected DAC channel.
* This parameter can be one of the following values:
* @arg DAC_Channel_1: DAC Channel1 selected
* @arg DAC_Channel_2: DAC Channel2 selected
* @param NewState: new state of the selected DAC channel DMA request.
* This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE.
* @retval None
*/
void DAC_DMACmd(uint32_t DAC_Channel, FunctionalState NewState)
{
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_DAC_CHANNEL(DAC_Channel));
assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState));
if (NewState != DISABLE)
{
/* Enable the selected DAC channel DMA request */
DAC->CR |= (DAC_CR_DMAEN1 << DAC_Channel);
}
else
{
/* Disable the selected DAC channel DMA request */
DAC->CR &= ~(DAC_CR_DMAEN1 << DAC_Channel);
}
}
/**
* @brief Enables or disables the selected DAC channel software trigger.
* @param DAC_Channel: the selected DAC channel.
* This parameter can be one of the following values:
* @arg DAC_Channel_1: DAC Channel1 selected
* @arg DAC_Channel_2: DAC Channel2 selected
* @param NewState: new state of the selected DAC channel software trigger.
* This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE.
* @retval None
*/
void DAC_SoftwareTriggerCmd(uint32_t DAC_Channel, FunctionalState NewState)
{
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_DAC_CHANNEL(DAC_Channel));
assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState));
if (NewState != DISABLE)
{
/* Enable software trigger for the selected DAC channel */
DAC->SWTRIGR |= (uint32_t)DAC_SWTRIGR_SWTRIG1 << (DAC_Channel >> 4);
}
else
{
/* Disable software trigger for the selected DAC channel */
DAC->SWTRIGR &= ~((uint32_t)DAC_SWTRIGR_SWTRIG1 << (DAC_Channel >> 4));
}
}
/**
* @brief Enables or disables simultaneously the two DAC channels software
* triggers.
* @param NewState: new state of the DAC channels software triggers.
* This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE.
* @retval None
*/
void DAC_DualSoftwareTriggerCmd(FunctionalState NewState)
{
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState));
if (NewState != DISABLE)
{
/* Enable software trigger for both DAC channels */
DAC->SWTRIGR |= DUAL_SWTRIG_SET ;
}
else
{
/* Disable software trigger for both DAC channels */
DAC->SWTRIGR &= DUAL_SWTRIG_RESET;
}
}
/**
* @brief Enables or disables the selected DAC channel wave generation.
* @param DAC_Channel: the selected DAC channel.
* This parameter can be one of the following values:
* @arg DAC_Channel_1: DAC Channel1 selected
* @arg DAC_Channel_2: DAC Channel2 selected
* @param DAC_Wave: Specifies the wave type to enable or disable.
* This parameter can be one of the following values:
* @arg DAC_Wave_Noise: noise wave generation
* @arg DAC_Wave_Triangle: triangle wave generation
* @param NewState: new state of the selected DAC channel wave generation.
* This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE.
* @retval None
*/
void DAC_WaveGenerationCmd(uint32_t DAC_Channel, uint32_t DAC_Wave, FunctionalState NewState)
{
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_DAC_CHANNEL(DAC_Channel));
assert_param(IS_DAC_WAVE(DAC_Wave));
assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState));
if (NewState != DISABLE)
{
/* Enable the selected wave generation for the selected DAC channel */
DAC->CR |= DAC_Wave << DAC_Channel;
}
else
{
/* Disable the selected wave generation for the selected DAC channel */
DAC->CR &= ~(DAC_Wave << DAC_Channel);
}
}
/**
* @brief Set the specified data holding register value for DAC channel1.
* @param DAC_Align: Specifies the data alignment for DAC channel1.
* This parameter can be one of the following values:
* @arg DAC_Align_8b_R: 8bit right data alignment selected
* @arg DAC_Align_12b_L: 12bit left data alignment selected
* @arg DAC_Align_12b_R: 12bit right data alignment selected
* @param Data : Data to be loaded in the selected data holding register.
* @retval None
*/
void DAC_SetChannel1Data(uint32_t DAC_Align, uint16_t Data)
{
__IO uint32_t tmp = 0;
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_DAC_ALIGN(DAC_Align));
assert_param(IS_DAC_DATA(Data));
tmp = (uint32_t)DAC_BASE;
tmp += DHR12R1_OFFSET + DAC_Align;
/* Set the DAC channel1 selected data holding register */
*(__IO uint32_t *) tmp = Data;
}
/**
* @brief Set the specified data holding register value for DAC channel2.
* @param DAC_Align: Specifies the data alignment for DAC channel2.
* This parameter can be one of the following values:
* @arg DAC_Align_8b_R: 8bit right data alignment selected
* @arg DAC_Align_12b_L: 12bit left data alignment selected
* @arg DAC_Align_12b_R: 12bit right data alignment selected
* @param Data : Data to be loaded in the selected data holding register.
* @retval None
*/
void DAC_SetChannel2Data(uint32_t DAC_Align, uint16_t Data)
{
__IO uint32_t tmp = 0;
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_DAC_ALIGN(DAC_Align));
assert_param(IS_DAC_DATA(Data));
tmp = (uint32_t)DAC_BASE;
tmp += DHR12R2_OFFSET + DAC_Align;
/* Set the DAC channel2 selected data holding register */
*(__IO uint32_t *)tmp = Data;
}
/**
* @brief Set the specified data holding register value for dual channel
* DAC.
* @param DAC_Align: Specifies the data alignment for dual channel DAC.
* This parameter can be one of the following values:
* @arg DAC_Align_8b_R: 8bit right data alignment selected
* @arg DAC_Align_12b_L: 12bit left data alignment selected
* @arg DAC_Align_12b_R: 12bit right data alignment selected
* @param Data2: Data for DAC Channel2 to be loaded in the selected data
* holding register.
* @param Data1: Data for DAC Channel1 to be loaded in the selected data
* holding register.
* @retval None
*/
void DAC_SetDualChannelData(uint32_t DAC_Align, uint16_t Data2, uint16_t Data1)
{
uint32_t data = 0, tmp = 0;
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_DAC_ALIGN(DAC_Align));
assert_param(IS_DAC_DATA(Data1));
assert_param(IS_DAC_DATA(Data2));
/* Calculate and set dual DAC data holding register value */
if (DAC_Align == DAC_Align_8b_R)
{
data = ((uint32_t)Data2 << 8) | Data1;
}
else
{
data = ((uint32_t)Data2 << 16) | Data1;
}
tmp = (uint32_t)DAC_BASE;
tmp += DHR12RD_OFFSET + DAC_Align;
/* Set the dual DAC selected data holding register */
*(__IO uint32_t *)tmp = data;
}
/**
* @brief Returns the last data output value of the selected DAC channel.
* @param DAC_Channel: the selected DAC channel.
* This parameter can be one of the following values:
* @arg DAC_Channel_1: DAC Channel1 selected
* @arg DAC_Channel_2: DAC Channel2 selected
* @retval The selected DAC channel data output value.
*/
uint16_t DAC_GetDataOutputValue(uint32_t DAC_Channel)
{
__IO uint32_t tmp = 0;
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_DAC_CHANNEL(DAC_Channel));
tmp = (uint32_t) DAC_BASE ;
tmp += DOR_OFFSET + ((uint32_t)DAC_Channel >> 2);
/* Returns the DAC channel data output register value */
return (uint16_t) (*(__IO uint32_t*) tmp);
}
#if defined (STM32F10X_LD_VL) || defined (STM32F10X_MD_VL) || defined (STM32F10X_HD_VL)
/**
* @brief Checks whether the specified DAC flag is set or not.
* @param DAC_Channel: thee selected DAC channel.
* This parameter can be one of the following values:
* @arg DAC_Channel_1: DAC Channel1 selected
* @arg DAC_Channel_2: DAC Channel2 selected
* @param DAC_FLAG: specifies the flag to check.
* This parameter can be only of the following value:
* @arg DAC_FLAG_DMAUDR: DMA underrun flag
* @retval The new state of DAC_FLAG (SET or RESET).
*/
FlagStatus DAC_GetFlagStatus(uint32_t DAC_Channel, uint32_t DAC_FLAG)
{
FlagStatus bitstatus = RESET;
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_DAC_CHANNEL(DAC_Channel));
assert_param(IS_DAC_FLAG(DAC_FLAG));
/* Check the status of the specified DAC flag */
if ((DAC->SR & (DAC_FLAG << DAC_Channel)) != (uint8_t)RESET)
{
/* DAC_FLAG is set */
bitstatus = SET;
}
else
{
/* DAC_FLAG is reset */
bitstatus = RESET;
}
/* Return the DAC_FLAG status */
return bitstatus;
}
/**
* @brief Clears the DAC channelx's pending flags.
* @param DAC_Channel: the selected DAC channel.
* This parameter can be one of the following values:
* @arg DAC_Channel_1: DAC Channel1 selected
* @arg DAC_Channel_2: DAC Channel2 selected
* @param DAC_FLAG: specifies the flag to clear.
* This parameter can be of the following value:
* @arg DAC_FLAG_DMAUDR: DMA underrun flag
* @retval None
*/
void DAC_ClearFlag(uint32_t DAC_Channel, uint32_t DAC_FLAG)
{
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_DAC_CHANNEL(DAC_Channel));
assert_param(IS_DAC_FLAG(DAC_FLAG));
/* Clear the selected DAC flags */
DAC->SR = (DAC_FLAG << DAC_Channel);
}
/**
* @brief Checks whether the specified DAC interrupt has occurred or not.
* @param DAC_Channel: the selected DAC channel.
* This parameter can be one of the following values:
* @arg DAC_Channel_1: DAC Channel1 selected
* @arg DAC_Channel_2: DAC Channel2 selected
* @param DAC_IT: specifies the DAC interrupt source to check.
* This parameter can be the following values:
* @arg DAC_IT_DMAUDR: DMA underrun interrupt mask
* @retval The new state of DAC_IT (SET or RESET).
*/
ITStatus DAC_GetITStatus(uint32_t DAC_Channel, uint32_t DAC_IT)
{
ITStatus bitstatus = RESET;
uint32_t enablestatus = 0;
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_DAC_CHANNEL(DAC_Channel));
assert_param(IS_DAC_IT(DAC_IT));
/* Get the DAC_IT enable bit status */
enablestatus = (DAC->CR & (DAC_IT << DAC_Channel)) ;
/* Check the status of the specified DAC interrupt */
if (((DAC->SR & (DAC_IT << DAC_Channel)) != (uint32_t)RESET) && enablestatus)
{
/* DAC_IT is set */
bitstatus = SET;
}
else
{
/* DAC_IT is reset */
bitstatus = RESET;
}
/* Return the DAC_IT status */
return bitstatus;
}
/**
* @brief Clears the DAC channelx's interrupt pending bits.
* @param DAC_Channel: the selected DAC channel.
* This parameter can be one of the following values:
* @arg DAC_Channel_1: DAC Channel1 selected
* @arg DAC_Channel_2: DAC Channel2 selected
* @param DAC_IT: specifies the DAC interrupt pending bit to clear.
* This parameter can be the following values:
* @arg DAC_IT_DMAUDR: DMA underrun interrupt mask
* @retval None
*/
void DAC_ClearITPendingBit(uint32_t DAC_Channel, uint32_t DAC_IT)
{
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_DAC_CHANNEL(DAC_Channel));
assert_param(IS_DAC_IT(DAC_IT));
/* Clear the selected DAC interrupt pending bits */
DAC->SR = (DAC_IT << DAC_Channel);
}
#endif
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* @}
*/
/******************* (C) COPYRIGHT 2011 STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/

View File

@ -0,0 +1,162 @@
/**
******************************************************************************
* @file stm32f10x_dbgmcu.c
* @author MCD Application Team
* @version V3.5.0
* @date 11-March-2011
* @brief This file provides all the DBGMCU firmware functions.
******************************************************************************
* @attention
*
* THE PRESENT FIRMWARE WHICH IS FOR GUIDANCE ONLY AIMS AT PROVIDING CUSTOMERS
* WITH CODING INFORMATION REGARDING THEIR PRODUCTS IN ORDER FOR THEM TO SAVE
* TIME. AS A RESULT, STMICROELECTRONICS SHALL NOT BE HELD LIABLE FOR ANY
* DIRECT, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES WITH RESPECT TO ANY CLAIMS ARISING
* FROM THE CONTENT OF SUCH FIRMWARE AND/OR THE USE MADE BY CUSTOMERS OF THE
* CODING INFORMATION CONTAINED HEREIN IN CONNECTION WITH THEIR PRODUCTS.
*
* <h2><center>&copy; COPYRIGHT 2011 STMicroelectronics</center></h2>
******************************************************************************
*/
/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
#include "stm32f10x_dbgmcu.h"
/** @addtogroup STM32F10x_StdPeriph_Driver
* @{
*/
/** @defgroup DBGMCU
* @brief DBGMCU driver modules
* @{
*/
/** @defgroup DBGMCU_Private_TypesDefinitions
* @{
*/
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup DBGMCU_Private_Defines
* @{
*/
#define IDCODE_DEVID_MASK ((uint32_t)0x00000FFF)
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup DBGMCU_Private_Macros
* @{
*/
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup DBGMCU_Private_Variables
* @{
*/
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup DBGMCU_Private_FunctionPrototypes
* @{
*/
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup DBGMCU_Private_Functions
* @{
*/
/**
* @brief Returns the device revision identifier.
* @param None
* @retval Device revision identifier
*/
uint32_t DBGMCU_GetREVID(void)
{
return(DBGMCU->IDCODE >> 16);
}
/**
* @brief Returns the device identifier.
* @param None
* @retval Device identifier
*/
uint32_t DBGMCU_GetDEVID(void)
{
return(DBGMCU->IDCODE & IDCODE_DEVID_MASK);
}
/**
* @brief Configures the specified peripheral and low power mode behavior
* when the MCU under Debug mode.
* @param DBGMCU_Periph: specifies the peripheral and low power mode.
* This parameter can be any combination of the following values:
* @arg DBGMCU_SLEEP: Keep debugger connection during SLEEP mode
* @arg DBGMCU_STOP: Keep debugger connection during STOP mode
* @arg DBGMCU_STANDBY: Keep debugger connection during STANDBY mode
* @arg DBGMCU_IWDG_STOP: Debug IWDG stopped when Core is halted
* @arg DBGMCU_WWDG_STOP: Debug WWDG stopped when Core is halted
* @arg DBGMCU_TIM1_STOP: TIM1 counter stopped when Core is halted
* @arg DBGMCU_TIM2_STOP: TIM2 counter stopped when Core is halted
* @arg DBGMCU_TIM3_STOP: TIM3 counter stopped when Core is halted
* @arg DBGMCU_TIM4_STOP: TIM4 counter stopped when Core is halted
* @arg DBGMCU_CAN1_STOP: Debug CAN2 stopped when Core is halted
* @arg DBGMCU_I2C1_SMBUS_TIMEOUT: I2C1 SMBUS timeout mode stopped when Core is halted
* @arg DBGMCU_I2C2_SMBUS_TIMEOUT: I2C2 SMBUS timeout mode stopped when Core is halted
* @arg DBGMCU_TIM5_STOP: TIM5 counter stopped when Core is halted
* @arg DBGMCU_TIM6_STOP: TIM6 counter stopped when Core is halted
* @arg DBGMCU_TIM7_STOP: TIM7 counter stopped when Core is halted
* @arg DBGMCU_TIM8_STOP: TIM8 counter stopped when Core is halted
* @arg DBGMCU_CAN2_STOP: Debug CAN2 stopped when Core is halted
* @arg DBGMCU_TIM15_STOP: TIM15 counter stopped when Core is halted
* @arg DBGMCU_TIM16_STOP: TIM16 counter stopped when Core is halted
* @arg DBGMCU_TIM17_STOP: TIM17 counter stopped when Core is halted
* @arg DBGMCU_TIM9_STOP: TIM9 counter stopped when Core is halted
* @arg DBGMCU_TIM10_STOP: TIM10 counter stopped when Core is halted
* @arg DBGMCU_TIM11_STOP: TIM11 counter stopped when Core is halted
* @arg DBGMCU_TIM12_STOP: TIM12 counter stopped when Core is halted
* @arg DBGMCU_TIM13_STOP: TIM13 counter stopped when Core is halted
* @arg DBGMCU_TIM14_STOP: TIM14 counter stopped when Core is halted
* @param NewState: new state of the specified peripheral in Debug mode.
* This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE.
* @retval None
*/
void DBGMCU_Config(uint32_t DBGMCU_Periph, FunctionalState NewState)
{
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_DBGMCU_PERIPH(DBGMCU_Periph));
assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState));
if (NewState != DISABLE)
{
DBGMCU->CR |= DBGMCU_Periph;
}
else
{
DBGMCU->CR &= ~DBGMCU_Periph;
}
}
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* @}
*/
/******************* (C) COPYRIGHT 2011 STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/

View File

@ -0,0 +1,714 @@
/**
******************************************************************************
* @file stm32f10x_dma.c
* @author MCD Application Team
* @version V3.5.0
* @date 11-March-2011
* @brief This file provides all the DMA firmware functions.
******************************************************************************
* @attention
*
* THE PRESENT FIRMWARE WHICH IS FOR GUIDANCE ONLY AIMS AT PROVIDING CUSTOMERS
* WITH CODING INFORMATION REGARDING THEIR PRODUCTS IN ORDER FOR THEM TO SAVE
* TIME. AS A RESULT, STMICROELECTRONICS SHALL NOT BE HELD LIABLE FOR ANY
* DIRECT, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES WITH RESPECT TO ANY CLAIMS ARISING
* FROM THE CONTENT OF SUCH FIRMWARE AND/OR THE USE MADE BY CUSTOMERS OF THE
* CODING INFORMATION CONTAINED HEREIN IN CONNECTION WITH THEIR PRODUCTS.
*
* <h2><center>&copy; COPYRIGHT 2011 STMicroelectronics</center></h2>
******************************************************************************
*/
/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
#include "stm32f10x_dma.h"
#include "stm32f10x_rcc.h"
/** @addtogroup STM32F10x_StdPeriph_Driver
* @{
*/
/** @defgroup DMA
* @brief DMA driver modules
* @{
*/
/** @defgroup DMA_Private_TypesDefinitions
* @{
*/
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup DMA_Private_Defines
* @{
*/
/* DMA1 Channelx interrupt pending bit masks */
#define DMA1_Channel1_IT_Mask ((uint32_t)(DMA_ISR_GIF1 | DMA_ISR_TCIF1 | DMA_ISR_HTIF1 | DMA_ISR_TEIF1))
#define DMA1_Channel2_IT_Mask ((uint32_t)(DMA_ISR_GIF2 | DMA_ISR_TCIF2 | DMA_ISR_HTIF2 | DMA_ISR_TEIF2))
#define DMA1_Channel3_IT_Mask ((uint32_t)(DMA_ISR_GIF3 | DMA_ISR_TCIF3 | DMA_ISR_HTIF3 | DMA_ISR_TEIF3))
#define DMA1_Channel4_IT_Mask ((uint32_t)(DMA_ISR_GIF4 | DMA_ISR_TCIF4 | DMA_ISR_HTIF4 | DMA_ISR_TEIF4))
#define DMA1_Channel5_IT_Mask ((uint32_t)(DMA_ISR_GIF5 | DMA_ISR_TCIF5 | DMA_ISR_HTIF5 | DMA_ISR_TEIF5))
#define DMA1_Channel6_IT_Mask ((uint32_t)(DMA_ISR_GIF6 | DMA_ISR_TCIF6 | DMA_ISR_HTIF6 | DMA_ISR_TEIF6))
#define DMA1_Channel7_IT_Mask ((uint32_t)(DMA_ISR_GIF7 | DMA_ISR_TCIF7 | DMA_ISR_HTIF7 | DMA_ISR_TEIF7))
/* DMA2 Channelx interrupt pending bit masks */
#define DMA2_Channel1_IT_Mask ((uint32_t)(DMA_ISR_GIF1 | DMA_ISR_TCIF1 | DMA_ISR_HTIF1 | DMA_ISR_TEIF1))
#define DMA2_Channel2_IT_Mask ((uint32_t)(DMA_ISR_GIF2 | DMA_ISR_TCIF2 | DMA_ISR_HTIF2 | DMA_ISR_TEIF2))
#define DMA2_Channel3_IT_Mask ((uint32_t)(DMA_ISR_GIF3 | DMA_ISR_TCIF3 | DMA_ISR_HTIF3 | DMA_ISR_TEIF3))
#define DMA2_Channel4_IT_Mask ((uint32_t)(DMA_ISR_GIF4 | DMA_ISR_TCIF4 | DMA_ISR_HTIF4 | DMA_ISR_TEIF4))
#define DMA2_Channel5_IT_Mask ((uint32_t)(DMA_ISR_GIF5 | DMA_ISR_TCIF5 | DMA_ISR_HTIF5 | DMA_ISR_TEIF5))
/* DMA2 FLAG mask */
#define FLAG_Mask ((uint32_t)0x10000000)
/* DMA registers Masks */
#define CCR_CLEAR_Mask ((uint32_t)0xFFFF800F)
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup DMA_Private_Macros
* @{
*/
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup DMA_Private_Variables
* @{
*/
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup DMA_Private_FunctionPrototypes
* @{
*/
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup DMA_Private_Functions
* @{
*/
/**
* @brief Deinitializes the DMAy Channelx registers to their default reset
* values.
* @param DMAy_Channelx: where y can be 1 or 2 to select the DMA and
* x can be 1 to 7 for DMA1 and 1 to 5 for DMA2 to select the DMA Channel.
* @retval None
*/
void DMA_DeInit(DMA_Channel_TypeDef* DMAy_Channelx)
{
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_DMA_ALL_PERIPH(DMAy_Channelx));
/* Disable the selected DMAy Channelx */
DMAy_Channelx->CCR &= (uint16_t)(~DMA_CCR1_EN);
/* Reset DMAy Channelx control register */
DMAy_Channelx->CCR = 0;
/* Reset DMAy Channelx remaining bytes register */
DMAy_Channelx->CNDTR = 0;
/* Reset DMAy Channelx peripheral address register */
DMAy_Channelx->CPAR = 0;
/* Reset DMAy Channelx memory address register */
DMAy_Channelx->CMAR = 0;
if (DMAy_Channelx == DMA1_Channel1)
{
/* Reset interrupt pending bits for DMA1 Channel1 */
DMA1->IFCR |= DMA1_Channel1_IT_Mask;
}
else if (DMAy_Channelx == DMA1_Channel2)
{
/* Reset interrupt pending bits for DMA1 Channel2 */
DMA1->IFCR |= DMA1_Channel2_IT_Mask;
}
else if (DMAy_Channelx == DMA1_Channel3)
{
/* Reset interrupt pending bits for DMA1 Channel3 */
DMA1->IFCR |= DMA1_Channel3_IT_Mask;
}
else if (DMAy_Channelx == DMA1_Channel4)
{
/* Reset interrupt pending bits for DMA1 Channel4 */
DMA1->IFCR |= DMA1_Channel4_IT_Mask;
}
else if (DMAy_Channelx == DMA1_Channel5)
{
/* Reset interrupt pending bits for DMA1 Channel5 */
DMA1->IFCR |= DMA1_Channel5_IT_Mask;
}
else if (DMAy_Channelx == DMA1_Channel6)
{
/* Reset interrupt pending bits for DMA1 Channel6 */
DMA1->IFCR |= DMA1_Channel6_IT_Mask;
}
else if (DMAy_Channelx == DMA1_Channel7)
{
/* Reset interrupt pending bits for DMA1 Channel7 */
DMA1->IFCR |= DMA1_Channel7_IT_Mask;
}
else if (DMAy_Channelx == DMA2_Channel1)
{
/* Reset interrupt pending bits for DMA2 Channel1 */
DMA2->IFCR |= DMA2_Channel1_IT_Mask;
}
else if (DMAy_Channelx == DMA2_Channel2)
{
/* Reset interrupt pending bits for DMA2 Channel2 */
DMA2->IFCR |= DMA2_Channel2_IT_Mask;
}
else if (DMAy_Channelx == DMA2_Channel3)
{
/* Reset interrupt pending bits for DMA2 Channel3 */
DMA2->IFCR |= DMA2_Channel3_IT_Mask;
}
else if (DMAy_Channelx == DMA2_Channel4)
{
/* Reset interrupt pending bits for DMA2 Channel4 */
DMA2->IFCR |= DMA2_Channel4_IT_Mask;
}
else
{
if (DMAy_Channelx == DMA2_Channel5)
{
/* Reset interrupt pending bits for DMA2 Channel5 */
DMA2->IFCR |= DMA2_Channel5_IT_Mask;
}
}
}
/**
* @brief Initializes the DMAy Channelx according to the specified
* parameters in the DMA_InitStruct.
* @param DMAy_Channelx: where y can be 1 or 2 to select the DMA and
* x can be 1 to 7 for DMA1 and 1 to 5 for DMA2 to select the DMA Channel.
* @param DMA_InitStruct: pointer to a DMA_InitTypeDef structure that
* contains the configuration information for the specified DMA Channel.
* @retval None
*/
void DMA_Init(DMA_Channel_TypeDef* DMAy_Channelx, DMA_InitTypeDef* DMA_InitStruct)
{
uint32_t tmpreg = 0;
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_DMA_ALL_PERIPH(DMAy_Channelx));
assert_param(IS_DMA_DIR(DMA_InitStruct->DMA_DIR));
assert_param(IS_DMA_BUFFER_SIZE(DMA_InitStruct->DMA_BufferSize));
assert_param(IS_DMA_PERIPHERAL_INC_STATE(DMA_InitStruct->DMA_PeripheralInc));
assert_param(IS_DMA_MEMORY_INC_STATE(DMA_InitStruct->DMA_MemoryInc));
assert_param(IS_DMA_PERIPHERAL_DATA_SIZE(DMA_InitStruct->DMA_PeripheralDataSize));
assert_param(IS_DMA_MEMORY_DATA_SIZE(DMA_InitStruct->DMA_MemoryDataSize));
assert_param(IS_DMA_MODE(DMA_InitStruct->DMA_Mode));
assert_param(IS_DMA_PRIORITY(DMA_InitStruct->DMA_Priority));
assert_param(IS_DMA_M2M_STATE(DMA_InitStruct->DMA_M2M));
/*--------------------------- DMAy Channelx CCR Configuration -----------------*/
/* Get the DMAy_Channelx CCR value */
tmpreg = DMAy_Channelx->CCR;
/* Clear MEM2MEM, PL, MSIZE, PSIZE, MINC, PINC, CIRC and DIR bits */
tmpreg &= CCR_CLEAR_Mask;
/* Configure DMAy Channelx: data transfer, data size, priority level and mode */
/* Set DIR bit according to DMA_DIR value */
/* Set CIRC bit according to DMA_Mode value */
/* Set PINC bit according to DMA_PeripheralInc value */
/* Set MINC bit according to DMA_MemoryInc value */
/* Set PSIZE bits according to DMA_PeripheralDataSize value */
/* Set MSIZE bits according to DMA_MemoryDataSize value */
/* Set PL bits according to DMA_Priority value */
/* Set the MEM2MEM bit according to DMA_M2M value */
tmpreg |= DMA_InitStruct->DMA_DIR | DMA_InitStruct->DMA_Mode |
DMA_InitStruct->DMA_PeripheralInc | DMA_InitStruct->DMA_MemoryInc |
DMA_InitStruct->DMA_PeripheralDataSize | DMA_InitStruct->DMA_MemoryDataSize |
DMA_InitStruct->DMA_Priority | DMA_InitStruct->DMA_M2M;
/* Write to DMAy Channelx CCR */
DMAy_Channelx->CCR = tmpreg;
/*--------------------------- DMAy Channelx CNDTR Configuration ---------------*/
/* Write to DMAy Channelx CNDTR */
DMAy_Channelx->CNDTR = DMA_InitStruct->DMA_BufferSize;
/*--------------------------- DMAy Channelx CPAR Configuration ----------------*/
/* Write to DMAy Channelx CPAR */
DMAy_Channelx->CPAR = DMA_InitStruct->DMA_PeripheralBaseAddr;
/*--------------------------- DMAy Channelx CMAR Configuration ----------------*/
/* Write to DMAy Channelx CMAR */
DMAy_Channelx->CMAR = DMA_InitStruct->DMA_MemoryBaseAddr;
}
/**
* @brief Fills each DMA_InitStruct member with its default value.
* @param DMA_InitStruct : pointer to a DMA_InitTypeDef structure which will
* be initialized.
* @retval None
*/
void DMA_StructInit(DMA_InitTypeDef* DMA_InitStruct)
{
/*-------------- Reset DMA init structure parameters values ------------------*/
/* Initialize the DMA_PeripheralBaseAddr member */
DMA_InitStruct->DMA_PeripheralBaseAddr = 0;
/* Initialize the DMA_MemoryBaseAddr member */
DMA_InitStruct->DMA_MemoryBaseAddr = 0;
/* Initialize the DMA_DIR member */
DMA_InitStruct->DMA_DIR = DMA_DIR_PeripheralSRC;
/* Initialize the DMA_BufferSize member */
DMA_InitStruct->DMA_BufferSize = 0;
/* Initialize the DMA_PeripheralInc member */
DMA_InitStruct->DMA_PeripheralInc = DMA_PeripheralInc_Disable;
/* Initialize the DMA_MemoryInc member */
DMA_InitStruct->DMA_MemoryInc = DMA_MemoryInc_Disable;
/* Initialize the DMA_PeripheralDataSize member */
DMA_InitStruct->DMA_PeripheralDataSize = DMA_PeripheralDataSize_Byte;
/* Initialize the DMA_MemoryDataSize member */
DMA_InitStruct->DMA_MemoryDataSize = DMA_MemoryDataSize_Byte;
/* Initialize the DMA_Mode member */
DMA_InitStruct->DMA_Mode = DMA_Mode_Normal;
/* Initialize the DMA_Priority member */
DMA_InitStruct->DMA_Priority = DMA_Priority_Low;
/* Initialize the DMA_M2M member */
DMA_InitStruct->DMA_M2M = DMA_M2M_Disable;
}
/**
* @brief Enables or disables the specified DMAy Channelx.
* @param DMAy_Channelx: where y can be 1 or 2 to select the DMA and
* x can be 1 to 7 for DMA1 and 1 to 5 for DMA2 to select the DMA Channel.
* @param NewState: new state of the DMAy Channelx.
* This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE.
* @retval None
*/
void DMA_Cmd(DMA_Channel_TypeDef* DMAy_Channelx, FunctionalState NewState)
{
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_DMA_ALL_PERIPH(DMAy_Channelx));
assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState));
if (NewState != DISABLE)
{
/* Enable the selected DMAy Channelx */
DMAy_Channelx->CCR |= DMA_CCR1_EN;
}
else
{
/* Disable the selected DMAy Channelx */
DMAy_Channelx->CCR &= (uint16_t)(~DMA_CCR1_EN);
}
}
/**
* @brief Enables or disables the specified DMAy Channelx interrupts.
* @param DMAy_Channelx: where y can be 1 or 2 to select the DMA and
* x can be 1 to 7 for DMA1 and 1 to 5 for DMA2 to select the DMA Channel.
* @param DMA_IT: specifies the DMA interrupts sources to be enabled
* or disabled.
* This parameter can be any combination of the following values:
* @arg DMA_IT_TC: Transfer complete interrupt mask
* @arg DMA_IT_HT: Half transfer interrupt mask
* @arg DMA_IT_TE: Transfer error interrupt mask
* @param NewState: new state of the specified DMA interrupts.
* This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE.
* @retval None
*/
void DMA_ITConfig(DMA_Channel_TypeDef* DMAy_Channelx, uint32_t DMA_IT, FunctionalState NewState)
{
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_DMA_ALL_PERIPH(DMAy_Channelx));
assert_param(IS_DMA_CONFIG_IT(DMA_IT));
assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState));
if (NewState != DISABLE)
{
/* Enable the selected DMA interrupts */
DMAy_Channelx->CCR |= DMA_IT;
}
else
{
/* Disable the selected DMA interrupts */
DMAy_Channelx->CCR &= ~DMA_IT;
}
}
/**
* @brief Sets the number of data units in the current DMAy Channelx transfer.
* @param DMAy_Channelx: where y can be 1 or 2 to select the DMA and
* x can be 1 to 7 for DMA1 and 1 to 5 for DMA2 to select the DMA Channel.
* @param DataNumber: The number of data units in the current DMAy Channelx
* transfer.
* @note This function can only be used when the DMAy_Channelx is disabled.
* @retval None.
*/
void DMA_SetCurrDataCounter(DMA_Channel_TypeDef* DMAy_Channelx, uint16_t DataNumber)
{
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_DMA_ALL_PERIPH(DMAy_Channelx));
/*--------------------------- DMAy Channelx CNDTR Configuration ---------------*/
/* Write to DMAy Channelx CNDTR */
DMAy_Channelx->CNDTR = DataNumber;
}
/**
* @brief Returns the number of remaining data units in the current
* DMAy Channelx transfer.
* @param DMAy_Channelx: where y can be 1 or 2 to select the DMA and
* x can be 1 to 7 for DMA1 and 1 to 5 for DMA2 to select the DMA Channel.
* @retval The number of remaining data units in the current DMAy Channelx
* transfer.
*/
uint16_t DMA_GetCurrDataCounter(DMA_Channel_TypeDef* DMAy_Channelx)
{
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_DMA_ALL_PERIPH(DMAy_Channelx));
/* Return the number of remaining data units for DMAy Channelx */
return ((uint16_t)(DMAy_Channelx->CNDTR));
}
/**
* @brief Checks whether the specified DMAy Channelx flag is set or not.
* @param DMAy_FLAG: specifies the flag to check.
* This parameter can be one of the following values:
* @arg DMA1_FLAG_GL1: DMA1 Channel1 global flag.
* @arg DMA1_FLAG_TC1: DMA1 Channel1 transfer complete flag.
* @arg DMA1_FLAG_HT1: DMA1 Channel1 half transfer flag.
* @arg DMA1_FLAG_TE1: DMA1 Channel1 transfer error flag.
* @arg DMA1_FLAG_GL2: DMA1 Channel2 global flag.
* @arg DMA1_FLAG_TC2: DMA1 Channel2 transfer complete flag.
* @arg DMA1_FLAG_HT2: DMA1 Channel2 half transfer flag.
* @arg DMA1_FLAG_TE2: DMA1 Channel2 transfer error flag.
* @arg DMA1_FLAG_GL3: DMA1 Channel3 global flag.
* @arg DMA1_FLAG_TC3: DMA1 Channel3 transfer complete flag.
* @arg DMA1_FLAG_HT3: DMA1 Channel3 half transfer flag.
* @arg DMA1_FLAG_TE3: DMA1 Channel3 transfer error flag.
* @arg DMA1_FLAG_GL4: DMA1 Channel4 global flag.
* @arg DMA1_FLAG_TC4: DMA1 Channel4 transfer complete flag.
* @arg DMA1_FLAG_HT4: DMA1 Channel4 half transfer flag.
* @arg DMA1_FLAG_TE4: DMA1 Channel4 transfer error flag.
* @arg DMA1_FLAG_GL5: DMA1 Channel5 global flag.
* @arg DMA1_FLAG_TC5: DMA1 Channel5 transfer complete flag.
* @arg DMA1_FLAG_HT5: DMA1 Channel5 half transfer flag.
* @arg DMA1_FLAG_TE5: DMA1 Channel5 transfer error flag.
* @arg DMA1_FLAG_GL6: DMA1 Channel6 global flag.
* @arg DMA1_FLAG_TC6: DMA1 Channel6 transfer complete flag.
* @arg DMA1_FLAG_HT6: DMA1 Channel6 half transfer flag.
* @arg DMA1_FLAG_TE6: DMA1 Channel6 transfer error flag.
* @arg DMA1_FLAG_GL7: DMA1 Channel7 global flag.
* @arg DMA1_FLAG_TC7: DMA1 Channel7 transfer complete flag.
* @arg DMA1_FLAG_HT7: DMA1 Channel7 half transfer flag.
* @arg DMA1_FLAG_TE7: DMA1 Channel7 transfer error flag.
* @arg DMA2_FLAG_GL1: DMA2 Channel1 global flag.
* @arg DMA2_FLAG_TC1: DMA2 Channel1 transfer complete flag.
* @arg DMA2_FLAG_HT1: DMA2 Channel1 half transfer flag.
* @arg DMA2_FLAG_TE1: DMA2 Channel1 transfer error flag.
* @arg DMA2_FLAG_GL2: DMA2 Channel2 global flag.
* @arg DMA2_FLAG_TC2: DMA2 Channel2 transfer complete flag.
* @arg DMA2_FLAG_HT2: DMA2 Channel2 half transfer flag.
* @arg DMA2_FLAG_TE2: DMA2 Channel2 transfer error flag.
* @arg DMA2_FLAG_GL3: DMA2 Channel3 global flag.
* @arg DMA2_FLAG_TC3: DMA2 Channel3 transfer complete flag.
* @arg DMA2_FLAG_HT3: DMA2 Channel3 half transfer flag.
* @arg DMA2_FLAG_TE3: DMA2 Channel3 transfer error flag.
* @arg DMA2_FLAG_GL4: DMA2 Channel4 global flag.
* @arg DMA2_FLAG_TC4: DMA2 Channel4 transfer complete flag.
* @arg DMA2_FLAG_HT4: DMA2 Channel4 half transfer flag.
* @arg DMA2_FLAG_TE4: DMA2 Channel4 transfer error flag.
* @arg DMA2_FLAG_GL5: DMA2 Channel5 global flag.
* @arg DMA2_FLAG_TC5: DMA2 Channel5 transfer complete flag.
* @arg DMA2_FLAG_HT5: DMA2 Channel5 half transfer flag.
* @arg DMA2_FLAG_TE5: DMA2 Channel5 transfer error flag.
* @retval The new state of DMAy_FLAG (SET or RESET).
*/
FlagStatus DMA_GetFlagStatus(uint32_t DMAy_FLAG)
{
FlagStatus bitstatus = RESET;
uint32_t tmpreg = 0;
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_DMA_GET_FLAG(DMAy_FLAG));
/* Calculate the used DMAy */
if ((DMAy_FLAG & FLAG_Mask) != (uint32_t)RESET)
{
/* Get DMA2 ISR register value */
tmpreg = DMA2->ISR ;
}
else
{
/* Get DMA1 ISR register value */
tmpreg = DMA1->ISR ;
}
/* Check the status of the specified DMAy flag */
if ((tmpreg & DMAy_FLAG) != (uint32_t)RESET)
{
/* DMAy_FLAG is set */
bitstatus = SET;
}
else
{
/* DMAy_FLAG is reset */
bitstatus = RESET;
}
/* Return the DMAy_FLAG status */
return bitstatus;
}
/**
* @brief Clears the DMAy Channelx's pending flags.
* @param DMAy_FLAG: specifies the flag to clear.
* This parameter can be any combination (for the same DMA) of the following values:
* @arg DMA1_FLAG_GL1: DMA1 Channel1 global flag.
* @arg DMA1_FLAG_TC1: DMA1 Channel1 transfer complete flag.
* @arg DMA1_FLAG_HT1: DMA1 Channel1 half transfer flag.
* @arg DMA1_FLAG_TE1: DMA1 Channel1 transfer error flag.
* @arg DMA1_FLAG_GL2: DMA1 Channel2 global flag.
* @arg DMA1_FLAG_TC2: DMA1 Channel2 transfer complete flag.
* @arg DMA1_FLAG_HT2: DMA1 Channel2 half transfer flag.
* @arg DMA1_FLAG_TE2: DMA1 Channel2 transfer error flag.
* @arg DMA1_FLAG_GL3: DMA1 Channel3 global flag.
* @arg DMA1_FLAG_TC3: DMA1 Channel3 transfer complete flag.
* @arg DMA1_FLAG_HT3: DMA1 Channel3 half transfer flag.
* @arg DMA1_FLAG_TE3: DMA1 Channel3 transfer error flag.
* @arg DMA1_FLAG_GL4: DMA1 Channel4 global flag.
* @arg DMA1_FLAG_TC4: DMA1 Channel4 transfer complete flag.
* @arg DMA1_FLAG_HT4: DMA1 Channel4 half transfer flag.
* @arg DMA1_FLAG_TE4: DMA1 Channel4 transfer error flag.
* @arg DMA1_FLAG_GL5: DMA1 Channel5 global flag.
* @arg DMA1_FLAG_TC5: DMA1 Channel5 transfer complete flag.
* @arg DMA1_FLAG_HT5: DMA1 Channel5 half transfer flag.
* @arg DMA1_FLAG_TE5: DMA1 Channel5 transfer error flag.
* @arg DMA1_FLAG_GL6: DMA1 Channel6 global flag.
* @arg DMA1_FLAG_TC6: DMA1 Channel6 transfer complete flag.
* @arg DMA1_FLAG_HT6: DMA1 Channel6 half transfer flag.
* @arg DMA1_FLAG_TE6: DMA1 Channel6 transfer error flag.
* @arg DMA1_FLAG_GL7: DMA1 Channel7 global flag.
* @arg DMA1_FLAG_TC7: DMA1 Channel7 transfer complete flag.
* @arg DMA1_FLAG_HT7: DMA1 Channel7 half transfer flag.
* @arg DMA1_FLAG_TE7: DMA1 Channel7 transfer error flag.
* @arg DMA2_FLAG_GL1: DMA2 Channel1 global flag.
* @arg DMA2_FLAG_TC1: DMA2 Channel1 transfer complete flag.
* @arg DMA2_FLAG_HT1: DMA2 Channel1 half transfer flag.
* @arg DMA2_FLAG_TE1: DMA2 Channel1 transfer error flag.
* @arg DMA2_FLAG_GL2: DMA2 Channel2 global flag.
* @arg DMA2_FLAG_TC2: DMA2 Channel2 transfer complete flag.
* @arg DMA2_FLAG_HT2: DMA2 Channel2 half transfer flag.
* @arg DMA2_FLAG_TE2: DMA2 Channel2 transfer error flag.
* @arg DMA2_FLAG_GL3: DMA2 Channel3 global flag.
* @arg DMA2_FLAG_TC3: DMA2 Channel3 transfer complete flag.
* @arg DMA2_FLAG_HT3: DMA2 Channel3 half transfer flag.
* @arg DMA2_FLAG_TE3: DMA2 Channel3 transfer error flag.
* @arg DMA2_FLAG_GL4: DMA2 Channel4 global flag.
* @arg DMA2_FLAG_TC4: DMA2 Channel4 transfer complete flag.
* @arg DMA2_FLAG_HT4: DMA2 Channel4 half transfer flag.
* @arg DMA2_FLAG_TE4: DMA2 Channel4 transfer error flag.
* @arg DMA2_FLAG_GL5: DMA2 Channel5 global flag.
* @arg DMA2_FLAG_TC5: DMA2 Channel5 transfer complete flag.
* @arg DMA2_FLAG_HT5: DMA2 Channel5 half transfer flag.
* @arg DMA2_FLAG_TE5: DMA2 Channel5 transfer error flag.
* @retval None
*/
void DMA_ClearFlag(uint32_t DMAy_FLAG)
{
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_DMA_CLEAR_FLAG(DMAy_FLAG));
/* Calculate the used DMAy */
if ((DMAy_FLAG & FLAG_Mask) != (uint32_t)RESET)
{
/* Clear the selected DMAy flags */
DMA2->IFCR = DMAy_FLAG;
}
else
{
/* Clear the selected DMAy flags */
DMA1->IFCR = DMAy_FLAG;
}
}
/**
* @brief Checks whether the specified DMAy Channelx interrupt has occurred or not.
* @param DMAy_IT: specifies the DMAy interrupt source to check.
* This parameter can be one of the following values:
* @arg DMA1_IT_GL1: DMA1 Channel1 global interrupt.
* @arg DMA1_IT_TC1: DMA1 Channel1 transfer complete interrupt.
* @arg DMA1_IT_HT1: DMA1 Channel1 half transfer interrupt.
* @arg DMA1_IT_TE1: DMA1 Channel1 transfer error interrupt.
* @arg DMA1_IT_GL2: DMA1 Channel2 global interrupt.
* @arg DMA1_IT_TC2: DMA1 Channel2 transfer complete interrupt.
* @arg DMA1_IT_HT2: DMA1 Channel2 half transfer interrupt.
* @arg DMA1_IT_TE2: DMA1 Channel2 transfer error interrupt.
* @arg DMA1_IT_GL3: DMA1 Channel3 global interrupt.
* @arg DMA1_IT_TC3: DMA1 Channel3 transfer complete interrupt.
* @arg DMA1_IT_HT3: DMA1 Channel3 half transfer interrupt.
* @arg DMA1_IT_TE3: DMA1 Channel3 transfer error interrupt.
* @arg DMA1_IT_GL4: DMA1 Channel4 global interrupt.
* @arg DMA1_IT_TC4: DMA1 Channel4 transfer complete interrupt.
* @arg DMA1_IT_HT4: DMA1 Channel4 half transfer interrupt.
* @arg DMA1_IT_TE4: DMA1 Channel4 transfer error interrupt.
* @arg DMA1_IT_GL5: DMA1 Channel5 global interrupt.
* @arg DMA1_IT_TC5: DMA1 Channel5 transfer complete interrupt.
* @arg DMA1_IT_HT5: DMA1 Channel5 half transfer interrupt.
* @arg DMA1_IT_TE5: DMA1 Channel5 transfer error interrupt.
* @arg DMA1_IT_GL6: DMA1 Channel6 global interrupt.
* @arg DMA1_IT_TC6: DMA1 Channel6 transfer complete interrupt.
* @arg DMA1_IT_HT6: DMA1 Channel6 half transfer interrupt.
* @arg DMA1_IT_TE6: DMA1 Channel6 transfer error interrupt.
* @arg DMA1_IT_GL7: DMA1 Channel7 global interrupt.
* @arg DMA1_IT_TC7: DMA1 Channel7 transfer complete interrupt.
* @arg DMA1_IT_HT7: DMA1 Channel7 half transfer interrupt.
* @arg DMA1_IT_TE7: DMA1 Channel7 transfer error interrupt.
* @arg DMA2_IT_GL1: DMA2 Channel1 global interrupt.
* @arg DMA2_IT_TC1: DMA2 Channel1 transfer complete interrupt.
* @arg DMA2_IT_HT1: DMA2 Channel1 half transfer interrupt.
* @arg DMA2_IT_TE1: DMA2 Channel1 transfer error interrupt.
* @arg DMA2_IT_GL2: DMA2 Channel2 global interrupt.
* @arg DMA2_IT_TC2: DMA2 Channel2 transfer complete interrupt.
* @arg DMA2_IT_HT2: DMA2 Channel2 half transfer interrupt.
* @arg DMA2_IT_TE2: DMA2 Channel2 transfer error interrupt.
* @arg DMA2_IT_GL3: DMA2 Channel3 global interrupt.
* @arg DMA2_IT_TC3: DMA2 Channel3 transfer complete interrupt.
* @arg DMA2_IT_HT3: DMA2 Channel3 half transfer interrupt.
* @arg DMA2_IT_TE3: DMA2 Channel3 transfer error interrupt.
* @arg DMA2_IT_GL4: DMA2 Channel4 global interrupt.
* @arg DMA2_IT_TC4: DMA2 Channel4 transfer complete interrupt.
* @arg DMA2_IT_HT4: DMA2 Channel4 half transfer interrupt.
* @arg DMA2_IT_TE4: DMA2 Channel4 transfer error interrupt.
* @arg DMA2_IT_GL5: DMA2 Channel5 global interrupt.
* @arg DMA2_IT_TC5: DMA2 Channel5 transfer complete interrupt.
* @arg DMA2_IT_HT5: DMA2 Channel5 half transfer interrupt.
* @arg DMA2_IT_TE5: DMA2 Channel5 transfer error interrupt.
* @retval The new state of DMAy_IT (SET or RESET).
*/
ITStatus DMA_GetITStatus(uint32_t DMAy_IT)
{
ITStatus bitstatus = RESET;
uint32_t tmpreg = 0;
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_DMA_GET_IT(DMAy_IT));
/* Calculate the used DMA */
if ((DMAy_IT & FLAG_Mask) != (uint32_t)RESET)
{
/* Get DMA2 ISR register value */
tmpreg = DMA2->ISR;
}
else
{
/* Get DMA1 ISR register value */
tmpreg = DMA1->ISR;
}
/* Check the status of the specified DMAy interrupt */
if ((tmpreg & DMAy_IT) != (uint32_t)RESET)
{
/* DMAy_IT is set */
bitstatus = SET;
}
else
{
/* DMAy_IT is reset */
bitstatus = RESET;
}
/* Return the DMA_IT status */
return bitstatus;
}
/**
* @brief Clears the DMAy Channelx's interrupt pending bits.
* @param DMAy_IT: specifies the DMAy interrupt pending bit to clear.
* This parameter can be any combination (for the same DMA) of the following values:
* @arg DMA1_IT_GL1: DMA1 Channel1 global interrupt.
* @arg DMA1_IT_TC1: DMA1 Channel1 transfer complete interrupt.
* @arg DMA1_IT_HT1: DMA1 Channel1 half transfer interrupt.
* @arg DMA1_IT_TE1: DMA1 Channel1 transfer error interrupt.
* @arg DMA1_IT_GL2: DMA1 Channel2 global interrupt.
* @arg DMA1_IT_TC2: DMA1 Channel2 transfer complete interrupt.
* @arg DMA1_IT_HT2: DMA1 Channel2 half transfer interrupt.
* @arg DMA1_IT_TE2: DMA1 Channel2 transfer error interrupt.
* @arg DMA1_IT_GL3: DMA1 Channel3 global interrupt.
* @arg DMA1_IT_TC3: DMA1 Channel3 transfer complete interrupt.
* @arg DMA1_IT_HT3: DMA1 Channel3 half transfer interrupt.
* @arg DMA1_IT_TE3: DMA1 Channel3 transfer error interrupt.
* @arg DMA1_IT_GL4: DMA1 Channel4 global interrupt.
* @arg DMA1_IT_TC4: DMA1 Channel4 transfer complete interrupt.
* @arg DMA1_IT_HT4: DMA1 Channel4 half transfer interrupt.
* @arg DMA1_IT_TE4: DMA1 Channel4 transfer error interrupt.
* @arg DMA1_IT_GL5: DMA1 Channel5 global interrupt.
* @arg DMA1_IT_TC5: DMA1 Channel5 transfer complete interrupt.
* @arg DMA1_IT_HT5: DMA1 Channel5 half transfer interrupt.
* @arg DMA1_IT_TE5: DMA1 Channel5 transfer error interrupt.
* @arg DMA1_IT_GL6: DMA1 Channel6 global interrupt.
* @arg DMA1_IT_TC6: DMA1 Channel6 transfer complete interrupt.
* @arg DMA1_IT_HT6: DMA1 Channel6 half transfer interrupt.
* @arg DMA1_IT_TE6: DMA1 Channel6 transfer error interrupt.
* @arg DMA1_IT_GL7: DMA1 Channel7 global interrupt.
* @arg DMA1_IT_TC7: DMA1 Channel7 transfer complete interrupt.
* @arg DMA1_IT_HT7: DMA1 Channel7 half transfer interrupt.
* @arg DMA1_IT_TE7: DMA1 Channel7 transfer error interrupt.
* @arg DMA2_IT_GL1: DMA2 Channel1 global interrupt.
* @arg DMA2_IT_TC1: DMA2 Channel1 transfer complete interrupt.
* @arg DMA2_IT_HT1: DMA2 Channel1 half transfer interrupt.
* @arg DMA2_IT_TE1: DMA2 Channel1 transfer error interrupt.
* @arg DMA2_IT_GL2: DMA2 Channel2 global interrupt.
* @arg DMA2_IT_TC2: DMA2 Channel2 transfer complete interrupt.
* @arg DMA2_IT_HT2: DMA2 Channel2 half transfer interrupt.
* @arg DMA2_IT_TE2: DMA2 Channel2 transfer error interrupt.
* @arg DMA2_IT_GL3: DMA2 Channel3 global interrupt.
* @arg DMA2_IT_TC3: DMA2 Channel3 transfer complete interrupt.
* @arg DMA2_IT_HT3: DMA2 Channel3 half transfer interrupt.
* @arg DMA2_IT_TE3: DMA2 Channel3 transfer error interrupt.
* @arg DMA2_IT_GL4: DMA2 Channel4 global interrupt.
* @arg DMA2_IT_TC4: DMA2 Channel4 transfer complete interrupt.
* @arg DMA2_IT_HT4: DMA2 Channel4 half transfer interrupt.
* @arg DMA2_IT_TE4: DMA2 Channel4 transfer error interrupt.
* @arg DMA2_IT_GL5: DMA2 Channel5 global interrupt.
* @arg DMA2_IT_TC5: DMA2 Channel5 transfer complete interrupt.
* @arg DMA2_IT_HT5: DMA2 Channel5 half transfer interrupt.
* @arg DMA2_IT_TE5: DMA2 Channel5 transfer error interrupt.
* @retval None
*/
void DMA_ClearITPendingBit(uint32_t DMAy_IT)
{
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_DMA_CLEAR_IT(DMAy_IT));
/* Calculate the used DMAy */
if ((DMAy_IT & FLAG_Mask) != (uint32_t)RESET)
{
/* Clear the selected DMAy interrupt pending bits */
DMA2->IFCR = DMAy_IT;
}
else
{
/* Clear the selected DMAy interrupt pending bits */
DMA1->IFCR = DMAy_IT;
}
}
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* @}
*/
/******************* (C) COPYRIGHT 2011 STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/

View File

@ -0,0 +1,269 @@
/**
******************************************************************************
* @file stm32f10x_exti.c
* @author MCD Application Team
* @version V3.5.0
* @date 11-March-2011
* @brief This file provides all the EXTI firmware functions.
******************************************************************************
* @attention
*
* THE PRESENT FIRMWARE WHICH IS FOR GUIDANCE ONLY AIMS AT PROVIDING CUSTOMERS
* WITH CODING INFORMATION REGARDING THEIR PRODUCTS IN ORDER FOR THEM TO SAVE
* TIME. AS A RESULT, STMICROELECTRONICS SHALL NOT BE HELD LIABLE FOR ANY
* DIRECT, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES WITH RESPECT TO ANY CLAIMS ARISING
* FROM THE CONTENT OF SUCH FIRMWARE AND/OR THE USE MADE BY CUSTOMERS OF THE
* CODING INFORMATION CONTAINED HEREIN IN CONNECTION WITH THEIR PRODUCTS.
*
* <h2><center>&copy; COPYRIGHT 2011 STMicroelectronics</center></h2>
******************************************************************************
*/
/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
#include "stm32f10x_exti.h"
/** @addtogroup STM32F10x_StdPeriph_Driver
* @{
*/
/** @defgroup EXTI
* @brief EXTI driver modules
* @{
*/
/** @defgroup EXTI_Private_TypesDefinitions
* @{
*/
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup EXTI_Private_Defines
* @{
*/
#define EXTI_LINENONE ((uint32_t)0x00000) /* No interrupt selected */
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup EXTI_Private_Macros
* @{
*/
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup EXTI_Private_Variables
* @{
*/
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup EXTI_Private_FunctionPrototypes
* @{
*/
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup EXTI_Private_Functions
* @{
*/
/**
* @brief Deinitializes the EXTI peripheral registers to their default reset values.
* @param None
* @retval None
*/
void EXTI_DeInit(void)
{
EXTI->IMR = 0x00000000;
EXTI->EMR = 0x00000000;
EXTI->RTSR = 0x00000000;
EXTI->FTSR = 0x00000000;
EXTI->PR = 0x000FFFFF;
}
/**
* @brief Initializes the EXTI peripheral according to the specified
* parameters in the EXTI_InitStruct.
* @param EXTI_InitStruct: pointer to a EXTI_InitTypeDef structure
* that contains the configuration information for the EXTI peripheral.
* @retval None
*/
void EXTI_Init(EXTI_InitTypeDef* EXTI_InitStruct)
{
uint32_t tmp = 0;
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_EXTI_MODE(EXTI_InitStruct->EXTI_Mode));
assert_param(IS_EXTI_TRIGGER(EXTI_InitStruct->EXTI_Trigger));
assert_param(IS_EXTI_LINE(EXTI_InitStruct->EXTI_Line));
assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(EXTI_InitStruct->EXTI_LineCmd));
tmp = (uint32_t)EXTI_BASE;
if (EXTI_InitStruct->EXTI_LineCmd != DISABLE)
{
/* Clear EXTI line configuration */
EXTI->IMR &= ~EXTI_InitStruct->EXTI_Line;
EXTI->EMR &= ~EXTI_InitStruct->EXTI_Line;
tmp += EXTI_InitStruct->EXTI_Mode;
*(__IO uint32_t *) tmp |= EXTI_InitStruct->EXTI_Line;
/* Clear Rising Falling edge configuration */
EXTI->RTSR &= ~EXTI_InitStruct->EXTI_Line;
EXTI->FTSR &= ~EXTI_InitStruct->EXTI_Line;
/* Select the trigger for the selected external interrupts */
if (EXTI_InitStruct->EXTI_Trigger == EXTI_Trigger_Rising_Falling)
{
/* Rising Falling edge */
EXTI->RTSR |= EXTI_InitStruct->EXTI_Line;
EXTI->FTSR |= EXTI_InitStruct->EXTI_Line;
}
else
{
tmp = (uint32_t)EXTI_BASE;
tmp += EXTI_InitStruct->EXTI_Trigger;
*(__IO uint32_t *) tmp |= EXTI_InitStruct->EXTI_Line;
}
}
else
{
tmp += EXTI_InitStruct->EXTI_Mode;
/* Disable the selected external lines */
*(__IO uint32_t *) tmp &= ~EXTI_InitStruct->EXTI_Line;
}
}
/**
* @brief Fills each EXTI_InitStruct member with its reset value.
* @param EXTI_InitStruct: pointer to a EXTI_InitTypeDef structure which will
* be initialized.
* @retval None
*/
void EXTI_StructInit(EXTI_InitTypeDef* EXTI_InitStruct)
{
EXTI_InitStruct->EXTI_Line = EXTI_LINENONE;
EXTI_InitStruct->EXTI_Mode = EXTI_Mode_Interrupt;
EXTI_InitStruct->EXTI_Trigger = EXTI_Trigger_Falling;
EXTI_InitStruct->EXTI_LineCmd = DISABLE;
}
/**
* @brief Generates a Software interrupt.
* @param EXTI_Line: specifies the EXTI lines to be enabled or disabled.
* This parameter can be any combination of EXTI_Linex where x can be (0..19).
* @retval None
*/
void EXTI_GenerateSWInterrupt(uint32_t EXTI_Line)
{
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_EXTI_LINE(EXTI_Line));
EXTI->SWIER |= EXTI_Line;
}
/**
* @brief Checks whether the specified EXTI line flag is set or not.
* @param EXTI_Line: specifies the EXTI line flag to check.
* This parameter can be:
* @arg EXTI_Linex: External interrupt line x where x(0..19)
* @retval The new state of EXTI_Line (SET or RESET).
*/
FlagStatus EXTI_GetFlagStatus(uint32_t EXTI_Line)
{
FlagStatus bitstatus = RESET;
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_GET_EXTI_LINE(EXTI_Line));
if ((EXTI->PR & EXTI_Line) != (uint32_t)RESET)
{
bitstatus = SET;
}
else
{
bitstatus = RESET;
}
return bitstatus;
}
/**
* @brief Clears the EXTI's line pending flags.
* @param EXTI_Line: specifies the EXTI lines flags to clear.
* This parameter can be any combination of EXTI_Linex where x can be (0..19).
* @retval None
*/
void EXTI_ClearFlag(uint32_t EXTI_Line)
{
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_EXTI_LINE(EXTI_Line));
EXTI->PR = EXTI_Line;
}
/**
* @brief Checks whether the specified EXTI line is asserted or not.
* @param EXTI_Line: specifies the EXTI line to check.
* This parameter can be:
* @arg EXTI_Linex: External interrupt line x where x(0..19)
* @retval The new state of EXTI_Line (SET or RESET).
*/
ITStatus EXTI_GetITStatus(uint32_t EXTI_Line)
{
ITStatus bitstatus = RESET;
uint32_t enablestatus = 0;
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_GET_EXTI_LINE(EXTI_Line));
enablestatus = EXTI->IMR & EXTI_Line;
if (((EXTI->PR & EXTI_Line) != (uint32_t)RESET) && (enablestatus != (uint32_t)RESET))
{
bitstatus = SET;
}
else
{
bitstatus = RESET;
}
return bitstatus;
}
/**
* @brief Clears the EXTI's line pending bits.
* @param EXTI_Line: specifies the EXTI lines to clear.
* This parameter can be any combination of EXTI_Linex where x can be (0..19).
* @retval None
*/
void EXTI_ClearITPendingBit(uint32_t EXTI_Line)
{
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_EXTI_LINE(EXTI_Line));
EXTI->PR = EXTI_Line;
}
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* @}
*/
/******************* (C) COPYRIGHT 2011 STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

View File

@ -0,0 +1,866 @@
/**
******************************************************************************
* @file stm32f10x_fsmc.c
* @author MCD Application Team
* @version V3.5.0
* @date 11-March-2011
* @brief This file provides all the FSMC firmware functions.
******************************************************************************
* @attention
*
* THE PRESENT FIRMWARE WHICH IS FOR GUIDANCE ONLY AIMS AT PROVIDING CUSTOMERS
* WITH CODING INFORMATION REGARDING THEIR PRODUCTS IN ORDER FOR THEM TO SAVE
* TIME. AS A RESULT, STMICROELECTRONICS SHALL NOT BE HELD LIABLE FOR ANY
* DIRECT, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES WITH RESPECT TO ANY CLAIMS ARISING
* FROM THE CONTENT OF SUCH FIRMWARE AND/OR THE USE MADE BY CUSTOMERS OF THE
* CODING INFORMATION CONTAINED HEREIN IN CONNECTION WITH THEIR PRODUCTS.
*
* <h2><center>&copy; COPYRIGHT 2011 STMicroelectronics</center></h2>
******************************************************************************
*/
/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
#include "stm32f10x_fsmc.h"
#include "stm32f10x_rcc.h"
/** @addtogroup STM32F10x_StdPeriph_Driver
* @{
*/
/** @defgroup FSMC
* @brief FSMC driver modules
* @{
*/
/** @defgroup FSMC_Private_TypesDefinitions
* @{
*/
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup FSMC_Private_Defines
* @{
*/
/* --------------------- FSMC registers bit mask ---------------------------- */
/* FSMC BCRx Mask */
#define BCR_MBKEN_Set ((uint32_t)0x00000001)
#define BCR_MBKEN_Reset ((uint32_t)0x000FFFFE)
#define BCR_FACCEN_Set ((uint32_t)0x00000040)
/* FSMC PCRx Mask */
#define PCR_PBKEN_Set ((uint32_t)0x00000004)
#define PCR_PBKEN_Reset ((uint32_t)0x000FFFFB)
#define PCR_ECCEN_Set ((uint32_t)0x00000040)
#define PCR_ECCEN_Reset ((uint32_t)0x000FFFBF)
#define PCR_MemoryType_NAND ((uint32_t)0x00000008)
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup FSMC_Private_Macros
* @{
*/
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup FSMC_Private_Variables
* @{
*/
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup FSMC_Private_FunctionPrototypes
* @{
*/
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup FSMC_Private_Functions
* @{
*/
/**
* @brief Deinitializes the FSMC NOR/SRAM Banks registers to their default
* reset values.
* @param FSMC_Bank: specifies the FSMC Bank to be used
* This parameter can be one of the following values:
* @arg FSMC_Bank1_NORSRAM1: FSMC Bank1 NOR/SRAM1
* @arg FSMC_Bank1_NORSRAM2: FSMC Bank1 NOR/SRAM2
* @arg FSMC_Bank1_NORSRAM3: FSMC Bank1 NOR/SRAM3
* @arg FSMC_Bank1_NORSRAM4: FSMC Bank1 NOR/SRAM4
* @retval None
*/
void FSMC_NORSRAMDeInit(uint32_t FSMC_Bank)
{
/* Check the parameter */
assert_param(IS_FSMC_NORSRAM_BANK(FSMC_Bank));
/* FSMC_Bank1_NORSRAM1 */
if(FSMC_Bank == FSMC_Bank1_NORSRAM1)
{
FSMC_Bank1->BTCR[FSMC_Bank] = 0x000030DB;
}
/* FSMC_Bank1_NORSRAM2, FSMC_Bank1_NORSRAM3 or FSMC_Bank1_NORSRAM4 */
else
{
FSMC_Bank1->BTCR[FSMC_Bank] = 0x000030D2;
}
FSMC_Bank1->BTCR[FSMC_Bank + 1] = 0x0FFFFFFF;
FSMC_Bank1E->BWTR[FSMC_Bank] = 0x0FFFFFFF;
}
/**
* @brief Deinitializes the FSMC NAND Banks registers to their default reset values.
* @param FSMC_Bank: specifies the FSMC Bank to be used
* This parameter can be one of the following values:
* @arg FSMC_Bank2_NAND: FSMC Bank2 NAND
* @arg FSMC_Bank3_NAND: FSMC Bank3 NAND
* @retval None
*/
void FSMC_NANDDeInit(uint32_t FSMC_Bank)
{
/* Check the parameter */
assert_param(IS_FSMC_NAND_BANK(FSMC_Bank));
if(FSMC_Bank == FSMC_Bank2_NAND)
{
/* Set the FSMC_Bank2 registers to their reset values */
FSMC_Bank2->PCR2 = 0x00000018;
FSMC_Bank2->SR2 = 0x00000040;
FSMC_Bank2->PMEM2 = 0xFCFCFCFC;
FSMC_Bank2->PATT2 = 0xFCFCFCFC;
}
/* FSMC_Bank3_NAND */
else
{
/* Set the FSMC_Bank3 registers to their reset values */
FSMC_Bank3->PCR3 = 0x00000018;
FSMC_Bank3->SR3 = 0x00000040;
FSMC_Bank3->PMEM3 = 0xFCFCFCFC;
FSMC_Bank3->PATT3 = 0xFCFCFCFC;
}
}
/**
* @brief Deinitializes the FSMC PCCARD Bank registers to their default reset values.
* @param None
* @retval None
*/
void FSMC_PCCARDDeInit(void)
{
/* Set the FSMC_Bank4 registers to their reset values */
FSMC_Bank4->PCR4 = 0x00000018;
FSMC_Bank4->SR4 = 0x00000000;
FSMC_Bank4->PMEM4 = 0xFCFCFCFC;
FSMC_Bank4->PATT4 = 0xFCFCFCFC;
FSMC_Bank4->PIO4 = 0xFCFCFCFC;
}
/**
* @brief Initializes the FSMC NOR/SRAM Banks according to the specified
* parameters in the FSMC_NORSRAMInitStruct.
* @param FSMC_NORSRAMInitStruct : pointer to a FSMC_NORSRAMInitTypeDef
* structure that contains the configuration information for
* the FSMC NOR/SRAM specified Banks.
* @retval None
*/
void FSMC_NORSRAMInit(FSMC_NORSRAMInitTypeDef* FSMC_NORSRAMInitStruct)
{
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_FSMC_NORSRAM_BANK(FSMC_NORSRAMInitStruct->FSMC_Bank));
assert_param(IS_FSMC_MUX(FSMC_NORSRAMInitStruct->FSMC_DataAddressMux));
assert_param(IS_FSMC_MEMORY(FSMC_NORSRAMInitStruct->FSMC_MemoryType));
assert_param(IS_FSMC_MEMORY_WIDTH(FSMC_NORSRAMInitStruct->FSMC_MemoryDataWidth));
assert_param(IS_FSMC_BURSTMODE(FSMC_NORSRAMInitStruct->FSMC_BurstAccessMode));
assert_param(IS_FSMC_ASYNWAIT(FSMC_NORSRAMInitStruct->FSMC_AsynchronousWait));
assert_param(IS_FSMC_WAIT_POLARITY(FSMC_NORSRAMInitStruct->FSMC_WaitSignalPolarity));
assert_param(IS_FSMC_WRAP_MODE(FSMC_NORSRAMInitStruct->FSMC_WrapMode));
assert_param(IS_FSMC_WAIT_SIGNAL_ACTIVE(FSMC_NORSRAMInitStruct->FSMC_WaitSignalActive));
assert_param(IS_FSMC_WRITE_OPERATION(FSMC_NORSRAMInitStruct->FSMC_WriteOperation));
assert_param(IS_FSMC_WAITE_SIGNAL(FSMC_NORSRAMInitStruct->FSMC_WaitSignal));
assert_param(IS_FSMC_EXTENDED_MODE(FSMC_NORSRAMInitStruct->FSMC_ExtendedMode));
assert_param(IS_FSMC_WRITE_BURST(FSMC_NORSRAMInitStruct->FSMC_WriteBurst));
assert_param(IS_FSMC_ADDRESS_SETUP_TIME(FSMC_NORSRAMInitStruct->FSMC_ReadWriteTimingStruct->FSMC_AddressSetupTime));
assert_param(IS_FSMC_ADDRESS_HOLD_TIME(FSMC_NORSRAMInitStruct->FSMC_ReadWriteTimingStruct->FSMC_AddressHoldTime));
assert_param(IS_FSMC_DATASETUP_TIME(FSMC_NORSRAMInitStruct->FSMC_ReadWriteTimingStruct->FSMC_DataSetupTime));
assert_param(IS_FSMC_TURNAROUND_TIME(FSMC_NORSRAMInitStruct->FSMC_ReadWriteTimingStruct->FSMC_BusTurnAroundDuration));
assert_param(IS_FSMC_CLK_DIV(FSMC_NORSRAMInitStruct->FSMC_ReadWriteTimingStruct->FSMC_CLKDivision));
assert_param(IS_FSMC_DATA_LATENCY(FSMC_NORSRAMInitStruct->FSMC_ReadWriteTimingStruct->FSMC_DataLatency));
assert_param(IS_FSMC_ACCESS_MODE(FSMC_NORSRAMInitStruct->FSMC_ReadWriteTimingStruct->FSMC_AccessMode));
/* Bank1 NOR/SRAM control register configuration */
FSMC_Bank1->BTCR[FSMC_NORSRAMInitStruct->FSMC_Bank] =
(uint32_t)FSMC_NORSRAMInitStruct->FSMC_DataAddressMux |
FSMC_NORSRAMInitStruct->FSMC_MemoryType |
FSMC_NORSRAMInitStruct->FSMC_MemoryDataWidth |
FSMC_NORSRAMInitStruct->FSMC_BurstAccessMode |
FSMC_NORSRAMInitStruct->FSMC_AsynchronousWait |
FSMC_NORSRAMInitStruct->FSMC_WaitSignalPolarity |
FSMC_NORSRAMInitStruct->FSMC_WrapMode |
FSMC_NORSRAMInitStruct->FSMC_WaitSignalActive |
FSMC_NORSRAMInitStruct->FSMC_WriteOperation |
FSMC_NORSRAMInitStruct->FSMC_WaitSignal |
FSMC_NORSRAMInitStruct->FSMC_ExtendedMode |
FSMC_NORSRAMInitStruct->FSMC_WriteBurst;
if(FSMC_NORSRAMInitStruct->FSMC_MemoryType == FSMC_MemoryType_NOR)
{
FSMC_Bank1->BTCR[FSMC_NORSRAMInitStruct->FSMC_Bank] |= (uint32_t)BCR_FACCEN_Set;
}
/* Bank1 NOR/SRAM timing register configuration */
FSMC_Bank1->BTCR[FSMC_NORSRAMInitStruct->FSMC_Bank+1] =
(uint32_t)FSMC_NORSRAMInitStruct->FSMC_ReadWriteTimingStruct->FSMC_AddressSetupTime |
(FSMC_NORSRAMInitStruct->FSMC_ReadWriteTimingStruct->FSMC_AddressHoldTime << 4) |
(FSMC_NORSRAMInitStruct->FSMC_ReadWriteTimingStruct->FSMC_DataSetupTime << 8) |
(FSMC_NORSRAMInitStruct->FSMC_ReadWriteTimingStruct->FSMC_BusTurnAroundDuration << 16) |
(FSMC_NORSRAMInitStruct->FSMC_ReadWriteTimingStruct->FSMC_CLKDivision << 20) |
(FSMC_NORSRAMInitStruct->FSMC_ReadWriteTimingStruct->FSMC_DataLatency << 24) |
FSMC_NORSRAMInitStruct->FSMC_ReadWriteTimingStruct->FSMC_AccessMode;
/* Bank1 NOR/SRAM timing register for write configuration, if extended mode is used */
if(FSMC_NORSRAMInitStruct->FSMC_ExtendedMode == FSMC_ExtendedMode_Enable)
{
assert_param(IS_FSMC_ADDRESS_SETUP_TIME(FSMC_NORSRAMInitStruct->FSMC_WriteTimingStruct->FSMC_AddressSetupTime));
assert_param(IS_FSMC_ADDRESS_HOLD_TIME(FSMC_NORSRAMInitStruct->FSMC_WriteTimingStruct->FSMC_AddressHoldTime));
assert_param(IS_FSMC_DATASETUP_TIME(FSMC_NORSRAMInitStruct->FSMC_WriteTimingStruct->FSMC_DataSetupTime));
assert_param(IS_FSMC_CLK_DIV(FSMC_NORSRAMInitStruct->FSMC_WriteTimingStruct->FSMC_CLKDivision));
assert_param(IS_FSMC_DATA_LATENCY(FSMC_NORSRAMInitStruct->FSMC_WriteTimingStruct->FSMC_DataLatency));
assert_param(IS_FSMC_ACCESS_MODE(FSMC_NORSRAMInitStruct->FSMC_WriteTimingStruct->FSMC_AccessMode));
FSMC_Bank1E->BWTR[FSMC_NORSRAMInitStruct->FSMC_Bank] =
(uint32_t)FSMC_NORSRAMInitStruct->FSMC_WriteTimingStruct->FSMC_AddressSetupTime |
(FSMC_NORSRAMInitStruct->FSMC_WriteTimingStruct->FSMC_AddressHoldTime << 4 )|
(FSMC_NORSRAMInitStruct->FSMC_WriteTimingStruct->FSMC_DataSetupTime << 8) |
(FSMC_NORSRAMInitStruct->FSMC_WriteTimingStruct->FSMC_CLKDivision << 20) |
(FSMC_NORSRAMInitStruct->FSMC_WriteTimingStruct->FSMC_DataLatency << 24) |
FSMC_NORSRAMInitStruct->FSMC_WriteTimingStruct->FSMC_AccessMode;
}
else
{
FSMC_Bank1E->BWTR[FSMC_NORSRAMInitStruct->FSMC_Bank] = 0x0FFFFFFF;
}
}
/**
* @brief Initializes the FSMC NAND Banks according to the specified
* parameters in the FSMC_NANDInitStruct.
* @param FSMC_NANDInitStruct : pointer to a FSMC_NANDInitTypeDef
* structure that contains the configuration information for the FSMC
* NAND specified Banks.
* @retval None
*/
void FSMC_NANDInit(FSMC_NANDInitTypeDef* FSMC_NANDInitStruct)
{
uint32_t tmppcr = 0x00000000, tmppmem = 0x00000000, tmppatt = 0x00000000;
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param( IS_FSMC_NAND_BANK(FSMC_NANDInitStruct->FSMC_Bank));
assert_param( IS_FSMC_WAIT_FEATURE(FSMC_NANDInitStruct->FSMC_Waitfeature));
assert_param( IS_FSMC_MEMORY_WIDTH(FSMC_NANDInitStruct->FSMC_MemoryDataWidth));
assert_param( IS_FSMC_ECC_STATE(FSMC_NANDInitStruct->FSMC_ECC));
assert_param( IS_FSMC_ECCPAGE_SIZE(FSMC_NANDInitStruct->FSMC_ECCPageSize));
assert_param( IS_FSMC_TCLR_TIME(FSMC_NANDInitStruct->FSMC_TCLRSetupTime));
assert_param( IS_FSMC_TAR_TIME(FSMC_NANDInitStruct->FSMC_TARSetupTime));
assert_param(IS_FSMC_SETUP_TIME(FSMC_NANDInitStruct->FSMC_CommonSpaceTimingStruct->FSMC_SetupTime));
assert_param(IS_FSMC_WAIT_TIME(FSMC_NANDInitStruct->FSMC_CommonSpaceTimingStruct->FSMC_WaitSetupTime));
assert_param(IS_FSMC_HOLD_TIME(FSMC_NANDInitStruct->FSMC_CommonSpaceTimingStruct->FSMC_HoldSetupTime));
assert_param(IS_FSMC_HIZ_TIME(FSMC_NANDInitStruct->FSMC_CommonSpaceTimingStruct->FSMC_HiZSetupTime));
assert_param(IS_FSMC_SETUP_TIME(FSMC_NANDInitStruct->FSMC_AttributeSpaceTimingStruct->FSMC_SetupTime));
assert_param(IS_FSMC_WAIT_TIME(FSMC_NANDInitStruct->FSMC_AttributeSpaceTimingStruct->FSMC_WaitSetupTime));
assert_param(IS_FSMC_HOLD_TIME(FSMC_NANDInitStruct->FSMC_AttributeSpaceTimingStruct->FSMC_HoldSetupTime));
assert_param(IS_FSMC_HIZ_TIME(FSMC_NANDInitStruct->FSMC_AttributeSpaceTimingStruct->FSMC_HiZSetupTime));
/* Set the tmppcr value according to FSMC_NANDInitStruct parameters */
tmppcr = (uint32_t)FSMC_NANDInitStruct->FSMC_Waitfeature |
PCR_MemoryType_NAND |
FSMC_NANDInitStruct->FSMC_MemoryDataWidth |
FSMC_NANDInitStruct->FSMC_ECC |
FSMC_NANDInitStruct->FSMC_ECCPageSize |
(FSMC_NANDInitStruct->FSMC_TCLRSetupTime << 9 )|
(FSMC_NANDInitStruct->FSMC_TARSetupTime << 13);
/* Set tmppmem value according to FSMC_CommonSpaceTimingStructure parameters */
tmppmem = (uint32_t)FSMC_NANDInitStruct->FSMC_CommonSpaceTimingStruct->FSMC_SetupTime |
(FSMC_NANDInitStruct->FSMC_CommonSpaceTimingStruct->FSMC_WaitSetupTime << 8) |
(FSMC_NANDInitStruct->FSMC_CommonSpaceTimingStruct->FSMC_HoldSetupTime << 16)|
(FSMC_NANDInitStruct->FSMC_CommonSpaceTimingStruct->FSMC_HiZSetupTime << 24);
/* Set tmppatt value according to FSMC_AttributeSpaceTimingStructure parameters */
tmppatt = (uint32_t)FSMC_NANDInitStruct->FSMC_AttributeSpaceTimingStruct->FSMC_SetupTime |
(FSMC_NANDInitStruct->FSMC_AttributeSpaceTimingStruct->FSMC_WaitSetupTime << 8) |
(FSMC_NANDInitStruct->FSMC_AttributeSpaceTimingStruct->FSMC_HoldSetupTime << 16)|
(FSMC_NANDInitStruct->FSMC_AttributeSpaceTimingStruct->FSMC_HiZSetupTime << 24);
if(FSMC_NANDInitStruct->FSMC_Bank == FSMC_Bank2_NAND)
{
/* FSMC_Bank2_NAND registers configuration */
FSMC_Bank2->PCR2 = tmppcr;
FSMC_Bank2->PMEM2 = tmppmem;
FSMC_Bank2->PATT2 = tmppatt;
}
else
{
/* FSMC_Bank3_NAND registers configuration */
FSMC_Bank3->PCR3 = tmppcr;
FSMC_Bank3->PMEM3 = tmppmem;
FSMC_Bank3->PATT3 = tmppatt;
}
}
/**
* @brief Initializes the FSMC PCCARD Bank according to the specified
* parameters in the FSMC_PCCARDInitStruct.
* @param FSMC_PCCARDInitStruct : pointer to a FSMC_PCCARDInitTypeDef
* structure that contains the configuration information for the FSMC
* PCCARD Bank.
* @retval None
*/
void FSMC_PCCARDInit(FSMC_PCCARDInitTypeDef* FSMC_PCCARDInitStruct)
{
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_FSMC_WAIT_FEATURE(FSMC_PCCARDInitStruct->FSMC_Waitfeature));
assert_param(IS_FSMC_TCLR_TIME(FSMC_PCCARDInitStruct->FSMC_TCLRSetupTime));
assert_param(IS_FSMC_TAR_TIME(FSMC_PCCARDInitStruct->FSMC_TARSetupTime));
assert_param(IS_FSMC_SETUP_TIME(FSMC_PCCARDInitStruct->FSMC_CommonSpaceTimingStruct->FSMC_SetupTime));
assert_param(IS_FSMC_WAIT_TIME(FSMC_PCCARDInitStruct->FSMC_CommonSpaceTimingStruct->FSMC_WaitSetupTime));
assert_param(IS_FSMC_HOLD_TIME(FSMC_PCCARDInitStruct->FSMC_CommonSpaceTimingStruct->FSMC_HoldSetupTime));
assert_param(IS_FSMC_HIZ_TIME(FSMC_PCCARDInitStruct->FSMC_CommonSpaceTimingStruct->FSMC_HiZSetupTime));
assert_param(IS_FSMC_SETUP_TIME(FSMC_PCCARDInitStruct->FSMC_AttributeSpaceTimingStruct->FSMC_SetupTime));
assert_param(IS_FSMC_WAIT_TIME(FSMC_PCCARDInitStruct->FSMC_AttributeSpaceTimingStruct->FSMC_WaitSetupTime));
assert_param(IS_FSMC_HOLD_TIME(FSMC_PCCARDInitStruct->FSMC_AttributeSpaceTimingStruct->FSMC_HoldSetupTime));
assert_param(IS_FSMC_HIZ_TIME(FSMC_PCCARDInitStruct->FSMC_AttributeSpaceTimingStruct->FSMC_HiZSetupTime));
assert_param(IS_FSMC_SETUP_TIME(FSMC_PCCARDInitStruct->FSMC_IOSpaceTimingStruct->FSMC_SetupTime));
assert_param(IS_FSMC_WAIT_TIME(FSMC_PCCARDInitStruct->FSMC_IOSpaceTimingStruct->FSMC_WaitSetupTime));
assert_param(IS_FSMC_HOLD_TIME(FSMC_PCCARDInitStruct->FSMC_IOSpaceTimingStruct->FSMC_HoldSetupTime));
assert_param(IS_FSMC_HIZ_TIME(FSMC_PCCARDInitStruct->FSMC_IOSpaceTimingStruct->FSMC_HiZSetupTime));
/* Set the PCR4 register value according to FSMC_PCCARDInitStruct parameters */
FSMC_Bank4->PCR4 = (uint32_t)FSMC_PCCARDInitStruct->FSMC_Waitfeature |
FSMC_MemoryDataWidth_16b |
(FSMC_PCCARDInitStruct->FSMC_TCLRSetupTime << 9) |
(FSMC_PCCARDInitStruct->FSMC_TARSetupTime << 13);
/* Set PMEM4 register value according to FSMC_CommonSpaceTimingStructure parameters */
FSMC_Bank4->PMEM4 = (uint32_t)FSMC_PCCARDInitStruct->FSMC_CommonSpaceTimingStruct->FSMC_SetupTime |
(FSMC_PCCARDInitStruct->FSMC_CommonSpaceTimingStruct->FSMC_WaitSetupTime << 8) |
(FSMC_PCCARDInitStruct->FSMC_CommonSpaceTimingStruct->FSMC_HoldSetupTime << 16)|
(FSMC_PCCARDInitStruct->FSMC_CommonSpaceTimingStruct->FSMC_HiZSetupTime << 24);
/* Set PATT4 register value according to FSMC_AttributeSpaceTimingStructure parameters */
FSMC_Bank4->PATT4 = (uint32_t)FSMC_PCCARDInitStruct->FSMC_AttributeSpaceTimingStruct->FSMC_SetupTime |
(FSMC_PCCARDInitStruct->FSMC_AttributeSpaceTimingStruct->FSMC_WaitSetupTime << 8) |
(FSMC_PCCARDInitStruct->FSMC_AttributeSpaceTimingStruct->FSMC_HoldSetupTime << 16)|
(FSMC_PCCARDInitStruct->FSMC_AttributeSpaceTimingStruct->FSMC_HiZSetupTime << 24);
/* Set PIO4 register value according to FSMC_IOSpaceTimingStructure parameters */
FSMC_Bank4->PIO4 = (uint32_t)FSMC_PCCARDInitStruct->FSMC_IOSpaceTimingStruct->FSMC_SetupTime |
(FSMC_PCCARDInitStruct->FSMC_IOSpaceTimingStruct->FSMC_WaitSetupTime << 8) |
(FSMC_PCCARDInitStruct->FSMC_IOSpaceTimingStruct->FSMC_HoldSetupTime << 16)|
(FSMC_PCCARDInitStruct->FSMC_IOSpaceTimingStruct->FSMC_HiZSetupTime << 24);
}
/**
* @brief Fills each FSMC_NORSRAMInitStruct member with its default value.
* @param FSMC_NORSRAMInitStruct: pointer to a FSMC_NORSRAMInitTypeDef
* structure which will be initialized.
* @retval None
*/
void FSMC_NORSRAMStructInit(FSMC_NORSRAMInitTypeDef* FSMC_NORSRAMInitStruct)
{
/* Reset NOR/SRAM Init structure parameters values */
FSMC_NORSRAMInitStruct->FSMC_Bank = FSMC_Bank1_NORSRAM1;
FSMC_NORSRAMInitStruct->FSMC_DataAddressMux = FSMC_DataAddressMux_Enable;
FSMC_NORSRAMInitStruct->FSMC_MemoryType = FSMC_MemoryType_SRAM;
FSMC_NORSRAMInitStruct->FSMC_MemoryDataWidth = FSMC_MemoryDataWidth_8b;
FSMC_NORSRAMInitStruct->FSMC_BurstAccessMode = FSMC_BurstAccessMode_Disable;
FSMC_NORSRAMInitStruct->FSMC_AsynchronousWait = FSMC_AsynchronousWait_Disable;
FSMC_NORSRAMInitStruct->FSMC_WaitSignalPolarity = FSMC_WaitSignalPolarity_Low;
FSMC_NORSRAMInitStruct->FSMC_WrapMode = FSMC_WrapMode_Disable;
FSMC_NORSRAMInitStruct->FSMC_WaitSignalActive = FSMC_WaitSignalActive_BeforeWaitState;
FSMC_NORSRAMInitStruct->FSMC_WriteOperation = FSMC_WriteOperation_Enable;
FSMC_NORSRAMInitStruct->FSMC_WaitSignal = FSMC_WaitSignal_Enable;
FSMC_NORSRAMInitStruct->FSMC_ExtendedMode = FSMC_ExtendedMode_Disable;
FSMC_NORSRAMInitStruct->FSMC_WriteBurst = FSMC_WriteBurst_Disable;
FSMC_NORSRAMInitStruct->FSMC_ReadWriteTimingStruct->FSMC_AddressSetupTime = 0xF;
FSMC_NORSRAMInitStruct->FSMC_ReadWriteTimingStruct->FSMC_AddressHoldTime = 0xF;
FSMC_NORSRAMInitStruct->FSMC_ReadWriteTimingStruct->FSMC_DataSetupTime = 0xFF;
FSMC_NORSRAMInitStruct->FSMC_ReadWriteTimingStruct->FSMC_BusTurnAroundDuration = 0xF;
FSMC_NORSRAMInitStruct->FSMC_ReadWriteTimingStruct->FSMC_CLKDivision = 0xF;
FSMC_NORSRAMInitStruct->FSMC_ReadWriteTimingStruct->FSMC_DataLatency = 0xF;
FSMC_NORSRAMInitStruct->FSMC_ReadWriteTimingStruct->FSMC_AccessMode = FSMC_AccessMode_A;
FSMC_NORSRAMInitStruct->FSMC_WriteTimingStruct->FSMC_AddressSetupTime = 0xF;
FSMC_NORSRAMInitStruct->FSMC_WriteTimingStruct->FSMC_AddressHoldTime = 0xF;
FSMC_NORSRAMInitStruct->FSMC_WriteTimingStruct->FSMC_DataSetupTime = 0xFF;
FSMC_NORSRAMInitStruct->FSMC_WriteTimingStruct->FSMC_BusTurnAroundDuration = 0xF;
FSMC_NORSRAMInitStruct->FSMC_WriteTimingStruct->FSMC_CLKDivision = 0xF;
FSMC_NORSRAMInitStruct->FSMC_WriteTimingStruct->FSMC_DataLatency = 0xF;
FSMC_NORSRAMInitStruct->FSMC_WriteTimingStruct->FSMC_AccessMode = FSMC_AccessMode_A;
}
/**
* @brief Fills each FSMC_NANDInitStruct member with its default value.
* @param FSMC_NANDInitStruct: pointer to a FSMC_NANDInitTypeDef
* structure which will be initialized.
* @retval None
*/
void FSMC_NANDStructInit(FSMC_NANDInitTypeDef* FSMC_NANDInitStruct)
{
/* Reset NAND Init structure parameters values */
FSMC_NANDInitStruct->FSMC_Bank = FSMC_Bank2_NAND;
FSMC_NANDInitStruct->FSMC_Waitfeature = FSMC_Waitfeature_Disable;
FSMC_NANDInitStruct->FSMC_MemoryDataWidth = FSMC_MemoryDataWidth_8b;
FSMC_NANDInitStruct->FSMC_ECC = FSMC_ECC_Disable;
FSMC_NANDInitStruct->FSMC_ECCPageSize = FSMC_ECCPageSize_256Bytes;
FSMC_NANDInitStruct->FSMC_TCLRSetupTime = 0x0;
FSMC_NANDInitStruct->FSMC_TARSetupTime = 0x0;
FSMC_NANDInitStruct->FSMC_CommonSpaceTimingStruct->FSMC_SetupTime = 0xFC;
FSMC_NANDInitStruct->FSMC_CommonSpaceTimingStruct->FSMC_WaitSetupTime = 0xFC;
FSMC_NANDInitStruct->FSMC_CommonSpaceTimingStruct->FSMC_HoldSetupTime = 0xFC;
FSMC_NANDInitStruct->FSMC_CommonSpaceTimingStruct->FSMC_HiZSetupTime = 0xFC;
FSMC_NANDInitStruct->FSMC_AttributeSpaceTimingStruct->FSMC_SetupTime = 0xFC;
FSMC_NANDInitStruct->FSMC_AttributeSpaceTimingStruct->FSMC_WaitSetupTime = 0xFC;
FSMC_NANDInitStruct->FSMC_AttributeSpaceTimingStruct->FSMC_HoldSetupTime = 0xFC;
FSMC_NANDInitStruct->FSMC_AttributeSpaceTimingStruct->FSMC_HiZSetupTime = 0xFC;
}
/**
* @brief Fills each FSMC_PCCARDInitStruct member with its default value.
* @param FSMC_PCCARDInitStruct: pointer to a FSMC_PCCARDInitTypeDef
* structure which will be initialized.
* @retval None
*/
void FSMC_PCCARDStructInit(FSMC_PCCARDInitTypeDef* FSMC_PCCARDInitStruct)
{
/* Reset PCCARD Init structure parameters values */
FSMC_PCCARDInitStruct->FSMC_Waitfeature = FSMC_Waitfeature_Disable;
FSMC_PCCARDInitStruct->FSMC_TCLRSetupTime = 0x0;
FSMC_PCCARDInitStruct->FSMC_TARSetupTime = 0x0;
FSMC_PCCARDInitStruct->FSMC_CommonSpaceTimingStruct->FSMC_SetupTime = 0xFC;
FSMC_PCCARDInitStruct->FSMC_CommonSpaceTimingStruct->FSMC_WaitSetupTime = 0xFC;
FSMC_PCCARDInitStruct->FSMC_CommonSpaceTimingStruct->FSMC_HoldSetupTime = 0xFC;
FSMC_PCCARDInitStruct->FSMC_CommonSpaceTimingStruct->FSMC_HiZSetupTime = 0xFC;
FSMC_PCCARDInitStruct->FSMC_AttributeSpaceTimingStruct->FSMC_SetupTime = 0xFC;
FSMC_PCCARDInitStruct->FSMC_AttributeSpaceTimingStruct->FSMC_WaitSetupTime = 0xFC;
FSMC_PCCARDInitStruct->FSMC_AttributeSpaceTimingStruct->FSMC_HoldSetupTime = 0xFC;
FSMC_PCCARDInitStruct->FSMC_AttributeSpaceTimingStruct->FSMC_HiZSetupTime = 0xFC;
FSMC_PCCARDInitStruct->FSMC_IOSpaceTimingStruct->FSMC_SetupTime = 0xFC;
FSMC_PCCARDInitStruct->FSMC_IOSpaceTimingStruct->FSMC_WaitSetupTime = 0xFC;
FSMC_PCCARDInitStruct->FSMC_IOSpaceTimingStruct->FSMC_HoldSetupTime = 0xFC;
FSMC_PCCARDInitStruct->FSMC_IOSpaceTimingStruct->FSMC_HiZSetupTime = 0xFC;
}
/**
* @brief Enables or disables the specified NOR/SRAM Memory Bank.
* @param FSMC_Bank: specifies the FSMC Bank to be used
* This parameter can be one of the following values:
* @arg FSMC_Bank1_NORSRAM1: FSMC Bank1 NOR/SRAM1
* @arg FSMC_Bank1_NORSRAM2: FSMC Bank1 NOR/SRAM2
* @arg FSMC_Bank1_NORSRAM3: FSMC Bank1 NOR/SRAM3
* @arg FSMC_Bank1_NORSRAM4: FSMC Bank1 NOR/SRAM4
* @param NewState: new state of the FSMC_Bank. This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE.
* @retval None
*/
void FSMC_NORSRAMCmd(uint32_t FSMC_Bank, FunctionalState NewState)
{
assert_param(IS_FSMC_NORSRAM_BANK(FSMC_Bank));
assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState));
if (NewState != DISABLE)
{
/* Enable the selected NOR/SRAM Bank by setting the PBKEN bit in the BCRx register */
FSMC_Bank1->BTCR[FSMC_Bank] |= BCR_MBKEN_Set;
}
else
{
/* Disable the selected NOR/SRAM Bank by clearing the PBKEN bit in the BCRx register */
FSMC_Bank1->BTCR[FSMC_Bank] &= BCR_MBKEN_Reset;
}
}
/**
* @brief Enables or disables the specified NAND Memory Bank.
* @param FSMC_Bank: specifies the FSMC Bank to be used
* This parameter can be one of the following values:
* @arg FSMC_Bank2_NAND: FSMC Bank2 NAND
* @arg FSMC_Bank3_NAND: FSMC Bank3 NAND
* @param NewState: new state of the FSMC_Bank. This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE.
* @retval None
*/
void FSMC_NANDCmd(uint32_t FSMC_Bank, FunctionalState NewState)
{
assert_param(IS_FSMC_NAND_BANK(FSMC_Bank));
assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState));
if (NewState != DISABLE)
{
/* Enable the selected NAND Bank by setting the PBKEN bit in the PCRx register */
if(FSMC_Bank == FSMC_Bank2_NAND)
{
FSMC_Bank2->PCR2 |= PCR_PBKEN_Set;
}
else
{
FSMC_Bank3->PCR3 |= PCR_PBKEN_Set;
}
}
else
{
/* Disable the selected NAND Bank by clearing the PBKEN bit in the PCRx register */
if(FSMC_Bank == FSMC_Bank2_NAND)
{
FSMC_Bank2->PCR2 &= PCR_PBKEN_Reset;
}
else
{
FSMC_Bank3->PCR3 &= PCR_PBKEN_Reset;
}
}
}
/**
* @brief Enables or disables the PCCARD Memory Bank.
* @param NewState: new state of the PCCARD Memory Bank.
* This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE.
* @retval None
*/
void FSMC_PCCARDCmd(FunctionalState NewState)
{
assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState));
if (NewState != DISABLE)
{
/* Enable the PCCARD Bank by setting the PBKEN bit in the PCR4 register */
FSMC_Bank4->PCR4 |= PCR_PBKEN_Set;
}
else
{
/* Disable the PCCARD Bank by clearing the PBKEN bit in the PCR4 register */
FSMC_Bank4->PCR4 &= PCR_PBKEN_Reset;
}
}
/**
* @brief Enables or disables the FSMC NAND ECC feature.
* @param FSMC_Bank: specifies the FSMC Bank to be used
* This parameter can be one of the following values:
* @arg FSMC_Bank2_NAND: FSMC Bank2 NAND
* @arg FSMC_Bank3_NAND: FSMC Bank3 NAND
* @param NewState: new state of the FSMC NAND ECC feature.
* This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE.
* @retval None
*/
void FSMC_NANDECCCmd(uint32_t FSMC_Bank, FunctionalState NewState)
{
assert_param(IS_FSMC_NAND_BANK(FSMC_Bank));
assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState));
if (NewState != DISABLE)
{
/* Enable the selected NAND Bank ECC function by setting the ECCEN bit in the PCRx register */
if(FSMC_Bank == FSMC_Bank2_NAND)
{
FSMC_Bank2->PCR2 |= PCR_ECCEN_Set;
}
else
{
FSMC_Bank3->PCR3 |= PCR_ECCEN_Set;
}
}
else
{
/* Disable the selected NAND Bank ECC function by clearing the ECCEN bit in the PCRx register */
if(FSMC_Bank == FSMC_Bank2_NAND)
{
FSMC_Bank2->PCR2 &= PCR_ECCEN_Reset;
}
else
{
FSMC_Bank3->PCR3 &= PCR_ECCEN_Reset;
}
}
}
/**
* @brief Returns the error correction code register value.
* @param FSMC_Bank: specifies the FSMC Bank to be used
* This parameter can be one of the following values:
* @arg FSMC_Bank2_NAND: FSMC Bank2 NAND
* @arg FSMC_Bank3_NAND: FSMC Bank3 NAND
* @retval The Error Correction Code (ECC) value.
*/
uint32_t FSMC_GetECC(uint32_t FSMC_Bank)
{
uint32_t eccval = 0x00000000;
if(FSMC_Bank == FSMC_Bank2_NAND)
{
/* Get the ECCR2 register value */
eccval = FSMC_Bank2->ECCR2;
}
else
{
/* Get the ECCR3 register value */
eccval = FSMC_Bank3->ECCR3;
}
/* Return the error correction code value */
return(eccval);
}
/**
* @brief Enables or disables the specified FSMC interrupts.
* @param FSMC_Bank: specifies the FSMC Bank to be used
* This parameter can be one of the following values:
* @arg FSMC_Bank2_NAND: FSMC Bank2 NAND
* @arg FSMC_Bank3_NAND: FSMC Bank3 NAND
* @arg FSMC_Bank4_PCCARD: FSMC Bank4 PCCARD
* @param FSMC_IT: specifies the FSMC interrupt sources to be enabled or disabled.
* This parameter can be any combination of the following values:
* @arg FSMC_IT_RisingEdge: Rising edge detection interrupt.
* @arg FSMC_IT_Level: Level edge detection interrupt.
* @arg FSMC_IT_FallingEdge: Falling edge detection interrupt.
* @param NewState: new state of the specified FSMC interrupts.
* This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE.
* @retval None
*/
void FSMC_ITConfig(uint32_t FSMC_Bank, uint32_t FSMC_IT, FunctionalState NewState)
{
assert_param(IS_FSMC_IT_BANK(FSMC_Bank));
assert_param(IS_FSMC_IT(FSMC_IT));
assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState));
if (NewState != DISABLE)
{
/* Enable the selected FSMC_Bank2 interrupts */
if(FSMC_Bank == FSMC_Bank2_NAND)
{
FSMC_Bank2->SR2 |= FSMC_IT;
}
/* Enable the selected FSMC_Bank3 interrupts */
else if (FSMC_Bank == FSMC_Bank3_NAND)
{
FSMC_Bank3->SR3 |= FSMC_IT;
}
/* Enable the selected FSMC_Bank4 interrupts */
else
{
FSMC_Bank4->SR4 |= FSMC_IT;
}
}
else
{
/* Disable the selected FSMC_Bank2 interrupts */
if(FSMC_Bank == FSMC_Bank2_NAND)
{
FSMC_Bank2->SR2 &= (uint32_t)~FSMC_IT;
}
/* Disable the selected FSMC_Bank3 interrupts */
else if (FSMC_Bank == FSMC_Bank3_NAND)
{
FSMC_Bank3->SR3 &= (uint32_t)~FSMC_IT;
}
/* Disable the selected FSMC_Bank4 interrupts */
else
{
FSMC_Bank4->SR4 &= (uint32_t)~FSMC_IT;
}
}
}
/**
* @brief Checks whether the specified FSMC flag is set or not.
* @param FSMC_Bank: specifies the FSMC Bank to be used
* This parameter can be one of the following values:
* @arg FSMC_Bank2_NAND: FSMC Bank2 NAND
* @arg FSMC_Bank3_NAND: FSMC Bank3 NAND
* @arg FSMC_Bank4_PCCARD: FSMC Bank4 PCCARD
* @param FSMC_FLAG: specifies the flag to check.
* This parameter can be one of the following values:
* @arg FSMC_FLAG_RisingEdge: Rising egde detection Flag.
* @arg FSMC_FLAG_Level: Level detection Flag.
* @arg FSMC_FLAG_FallingEdge: Falling egde detection Flag.
* @arg FSMC_FLAG_FEMPT: Fifo empty Flag.
* @retval The new state of FSMC_FLAG (SET or RESET).
*/
FlagStatus FSMC_GetFlagStatus(uint32_t FSMC_Bank, uint32_t FSMC_FLAG)
{
FlagStatus bitstatus = RESET;
uint32_t tmpsr = 0x00000000;
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_FSMC_GETFLAG_BANK(FSMC_Bank));
assert_param(IS_FSMC_GET_FLAG(FSMC_FLAG));
if(FSMC_Bank == FSMC_Bank2_NAND)
{
tmpsr = FSMC_Bank2->SR2;
}
else if(FSMC_Bank == FSMC_Bank3_NAND)
{
tmpsr = FSMC_Bank3->SR3;
}
/* FSMC_Bank4_PCCARD*/
else
{
tmpsr = FSMC_Bank4->SR4;
}
/* Get the flag status */
if ((tmpsr & FSMC_FLAG) != (uint16_t)RESET )
{
bitstatus = SET;
}
else
{
bitstatus = RESET;
}
/* Return the flag status */
return bitstatus;
}
/**
* @brief Clears the FSMC's pending flags.
* @param FSMC_Bank: specifies the FSMC Bank to be used
* This parameter can be one of the following values:
* @arg FSMC_Bank2_NAND: FSMC Bank2 NAND
* @arg FSMC_Bank3_NAND: FSMC Bank3 NAND
* @arg FSMC_Bank4_PCCARD: FSMC Bank4 PCCARD
* @param FSMC_FLAG: specifies the flag to clear.
* This parameter can be any combination of the following values:
* @arg FSMC_FLAG_RisingEdge: Rising egde detection Flag.
* @arg FSMC_FLAG_Level: Level detection Flag.
* @arg FSMC_FLAG_FallingEdge: Falling egde detection Flag.
* @retval None
*/
void FSMC_ClearFlag(uint32_t FSMC_Bank, uint32_t FSMC_FLAG)
{
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_FSMC_GETFLAG_BANK(FSMC_Bank));
assert_param(IS_FSMC_CLEAR_FLAG(FSMC_FLAG)) ;
if(FSMC_Bank == FSMC_Bank2_NAND)
{
FSMC_Bank2->SR2 &= ~FSMC_FLAG;
}
else if(FSMC_Bank == FSMC_Bank3_NAND)
{
FSMC_Bank3->SR3 &= ~FSMC_FLAG;
}
/* FSMC_Bank4_PCCARD*/
else
{
FSMC_Bank4->SR4 &= ~FSMC_FLAG;
}
}
/**
* @brief Checks whether the specified FSMC interrupt has occurred or not.
* @param FSMC_Bank: specifies the FSMC Bank to be used
* This parameter can be one of the following values:
* @arg FSMC_Bank2_NAND: FSMC Bank2 NAND
* @arg FSMC_Bank3_NAND: FSMC Bank3 NAND
* @arg FSMC_Bank4_PCCARD: FSMC Bank4 PCCARD
* @param FSMC_IT: specifies the FSMC interrupt source to check.
* This parameter can be one of the following values:
* @arg FSMC_IT_RisingEdge: Rising edge detection interrupt.
* @arg FSMC_IT_Level: Level edge detection interrupt.
* @arg FSMC_IT_FallingEdge: Falling edge detection interrupt.
* @retval The new state of FSMC_IT (SET or RESET).
*/
ITStatus FSMC_GetITStatus(uint32_t FSMC_Bank, uint32_t FSMC_IT)
{
ITStatus bitstatus = RESET;
uint32_t tmpsr = 0x0, itstatus = 0x0, itenable = 0x0;
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_FSMC_IT_BANK(FSMC_Bank));
assert_param(IS_FSMC_GET_IT(FSMC_IT));
if(FSMC_Bank == FSMC_Bank2_NAND)
{
tmpsr = FSMC_Bank2->SR2;
}
else if(FSMC_Bank == FSMC_Bank3_NAND)
{
tmpsr = FSMC_Bank3->SR3;
}
/* FSMC_Bank4_PCCARD*/
else
{
tmpsr = FSMC_Bank4->SR4;
}
itstatus = tmpsr & FSMC_IT;
itenable = tmpsr & (FSMC_IT >> 3);
if ((itstatus != (uint32_t)RESET) && (itenable != (uint32_t)RESET))
{
bitstatus = SET;
}
else
{
bitstatus = RESET;
}
return bitstatus;
}
/**
* @brief Clears the FSMC's interrupt pending bits.
* @param FSMC_Bank: specifies the FSMC Bank to be used
* This parameter can be one of the following values:
* @arg FSMC_Bank2_NAND: FSMC Bank2 NAND
* @arg FSMC_Bank3_NAND: FSMC Bank3 NAND
* @arg FSMC_Bank4_PCCARD: FSMC Bank4 PCCARD
* @param FSMC_IT: specifies the interrupt pending bit to clear.
* This parameter can be any combination of the following values:
* @arg FSMC_IT_RisingEdge: Rising edge detection interrupt.
* @arg FSMC_IT_Level: Level edge detection interrupt.
* @arg FSMC_IT_FallingEdge: Falling edge detection interrupt.
* @retval None
*/
void FSMC_ClearITPendingBit(uint32_t FSMC_Bank, uint32_t FSMC_IT)
{
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_FSMC_IT_BANK(FSMC_Bank));
assert_param(IS_FSMC_IT(FSMC_IT));
if(FSMC_Bank == FSMC_Bank2_NAND)
{
FSMC_Bank2->SR2 &= ~(FSMC_IT >> 3);
}
else if(FSMC_Bank == FSMC_Bank3_NAND)
{
FSMC_Bank3->SR3 &= ~(FSMC_IT >> 3);
}
/* FSMC_Bank4_PCCARD*/
else
{
FSMC_Bank4->SR4 &= ~(FSMC_IT >> 3);
}
}
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* @}
*/
/******************* (C) COPYRIGHT 2011 STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/

View File

@ -0,0 +1,650 @@
/**
******************************************************************************
* @file stm32f10x_gpio.c
* @author MCD Application Team
* @version V3.5.0
* @date 11-March-2011
* @brief This file provides all the GPIO firmware functions.
******************************************************************************
* @attention
*
* THE PRESENT FIRMWARE WHICH IS FOR GUIDANCE ONLY AIMS AT PROVIDING CUSTOMERS
* WITH CODING INFORMATION REGARDING THEIR PRODUCTS IN ORDER FOR THEM TO SAVE
* TIME. AS A RESULT, STMICROELECTRONICS SHALL NOT BE HELD LIABLE FOR ANY
* DIRECT, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES WITH RESPECT TO ANY CLAIMS ARISING
* FROM THE CONTENT OF SUCH FIRMWARE AND/OR THE USE MADE BY CUSTOMERS OF THE
* CODING INFORMATION CONTAINED HEREIN IN CONNECTION WITH THEIR PRODUCTS.
*
* <h2><center>&copy; COPYRIGHT 2011 STMicroelectronics</center></h2>
******************************************************************************
*/
/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
#include "stm32f10x_gpio.h"
#include "stm32f10x_rcc.h"
/** @addtogroup STM32F10x_StdPeriph_Driver
* @{
*/
/** @defgroup GPIO
* @brief GPIO driver modules
* @{
*/
/** @defgroup GPIO_Private_TypesDefinitions
* @{
*/
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup GPIO_Private_Defines
* @{
*/
/* ------------ RCC registers bit address in the alias region ----------------*/
#define AFIO_OFFSET (AFIO_BASE - PERIPH_BASE)
/* --- EVENTCR Register -----*/
/* Alias word address of EVOE bit */
#define EVCR_OFFSET (AFIO_OFFSET + 0x00)
#define EVOE_BitNumber ((uint8_t)0x07)
#define EVCR_EVOE_BB (PERIPH_BB_BASE + (EVCR_OFFSET * 32) + (EVOE_BitNumber * 4))
/* --- MAPR Register ---*/
/* Alias word address of MII_RMII_SEL bit */
#define MAPR_OFFSET (AFIO_OFFSET + 0x04)
#define MII_RMII_SEL_BitNumber ((u8)0x17)
#define MAPR_MII_RMII_SEL_BB (PERIPH_BB_BASE + (MAPR_OFFSET * 32) + (MII_RMII_SEL_BitNumber * 4))
#define EVCR_PORTPINCONFIG_MASK ((uint16_t)0xFF80)
#define LSB_MASK ((uint16_t)0xFFFF)
#define DBGAFR_POSITION_MASK ((uint32_t)0x000F0000)
#define DBGAFR_SWJCFG_MASK ((uint32_t)0xF0FFFFFF)
#define DBGAFR_LOCATION_MASK ((uint32_t)0x00200000)
#define DBGAFR_NUMBITS_MASK ((uint32_t)0x00100000)
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup GPIO_Private_Macros
* @{
*/
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup GPIO_Private_Variables
* @{
*/
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup GPIO_Private_FunctionPrototypes
* @{
*/
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup GPIO_Private_Functions
* @{
*/
/**
* @brief Deinitializes the GPIOx peripheral registers to their default reset values.
* @param GPIOx: where x can be (A..G) to select the GPIO peripheral.
* @retval None
*/
void GPIO_DeInit(GPIO_TypeDef* GPIOx)
{
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_GPIO_ALL_PERIPH(GPIOx));
if (GPIOx == GPIOA)
{
RCC_APB2PeriphResetCmd(RCC_APB2Periph_GPIOA, ENABLE);
RCC_APB2PeriphResetCmd(RCC_APB2Periph_GPIOA, DISABLE);
}
else if (GPIOx == GPIOB)
{
RCC_APB2PeriphResetCmd(RCC_APB2Periph_GPIOB, ENABLE);
RCC_APB2PeriphResetCmd(RCC_APB2Periph_GPIOB, DISABLE);
}
else if (GPIOx == GPIOC)
{
RCC_APB2PeriphResetCmd(RCC_APB2Periph_GPIOC, ENABLE);
RCC_APB2PeriphResetCmd(RCC_APB2Periph_GPIOC, DISABLE);
}
else if (GPIOx == GPIOD)
{
RCC_APB2PeriphResetCmd(RCC_APB2Periph_GPIOD, ENABLE);
RCC_APB2PeriphResetCmd(RCC_APB2Periph_GPIOD, DISABLE);
}
else if (GPIOx == GPIOE)
{
RCC_APB2PeriphResetCmd(RCC_APB2Periph_GPIOE, ENABLE);
RCC_APB2PeriphResetCmd(RCC_APB2Periph_GPIOE, DISABLE);
}
else if (GPIOx == GPIOF)
{
RCC_APB2PeriphResetCmd(RCC_APB2Periph_GPIOF, ENABLE);
RCC_APB2PeriphResetCmd(RCC_APB2Periph_GPIOF, DISABLE);
}
else
{
if (GPIOx == GPIOG)
{
RCC_APB2PeriphResetCmd(RCC_APB2Periph_GPIOG, ENABLE);
RCC_APB2PeriphResetCmd(RCC_APB2Periph_GPIOG, DISABLE);
}
}
}
/**
* @brief Deinitializes the Alternate Functions (remap, event control
* and EXTI configuration) registers to their default reset values.
* @param None
* @retval None
*/
void GPIO_AFIODeInit(void)
{
RCC_APB2PeriphResetCmd(RCC_APB2Periph_AFIO, ENABLE);
RCC_APB2PeriphResetCmd(RCC_APB2Periph_AFIO, DISABLE);
}
/**
* @brief Initializes the GPIOx peripheral according to the specified
* parameters in the GPIO_InitStruct.
* @param GPIOx: where x can be (A..G) to select the GPIO peripheral.
* @param GPIO_InitStruct: pointer to a GPIO_InitTypeDef structure that
* contains the configuration information for the specified GPIO peripheral.
* @retval None
*/
void GPIO_Init(GPIO_TypeDef* GPIOx, GPIO_InitTypeDef* GPIO_InitStruct)
{
uint32_t currentmode = 0x00, currentpin = 0x00, pinpos = 0x00, pos = 0x00;
uint32_t tmpreg = 0x00, pinmask = 0x00;
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_GPIO_ALL_PERIPH(GPIOx));
assert_param(IS_GPIO_MODE(GPIO_InitStruct->GPIO_Mode));
assert_param(IS_GPIO_PIN(GPIO_InitStruct->GPIO_Pin));
/*---------------------------- GPIO Mode Configuration -----------------------*/
currentmode = ((uint32_t)GPIO_InitStruct->GPIO_Mode) & ((uint32_t)0x0F);
if ((((uint32_t)GPIO_InitStruct->GPIO_Mode) & ((uint32_t)0x10)) != 0x00)
{
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_GPIO_SPEED(GPIO_InitStruct->GPIO_Speed));
/* Output mode */
currentmode |= (uint32_t)GPIO_InitStruct->GPIO_Speed;
}
/*---------------------------- GPIO CRL Configuration ------------------------*/
/* Configure the eight low port pins */
if (((uint32_t)GPIO_InitStruct->GPIO_Pin & ((uint32_t)0x00FF)) != 0x00)
{
tmpreg = GPIOx->CRL;
for (pinpos = 0x00; pinpos < 0x08; pinpos++)
{
pos = ((uint32_t)0x01) << pinpos;
/* Get the port pins position */
currentpin = (GPIO_InitStruct->GPIO_Pin) & pos;
if (currentpin == pos)
{
pos = pinpos << 2;
/* Clear the corresponding low control register bits */
pinmask = ((uint32_t)0x0F) << pos;
tmpreg &= ~pinmask;
/* Write the mode configuration in the corresponding bits */
tmpreg |= (currentmode << pos);
/* Reset the corresponding ODR bit */
if (GPIO_InitStruct->GPIO_Mode == GPIO_Mode_IPD)
{
GPIOx->BRR = (((uint32_t)0x01) << pinpos);
}
else
{
/* Set the corresponding ODR bit */
if (GPIO_InitStruct->GPIO_Mode == GPIO_Mode_IPU)
{
GPIOx->BSRR = (((uint32_t)0x01) << pinpos);
}
}
}
}
GPIOx->CRL = tmpreg;
}
/*---------------------------- GPIO CRH Configuration ------------------------*/
/* Configure the eight high port pins */
if (GPIO_InitStruct->GPIO_Pin > 0x00FF)
{
tmpreg = GPIOx->CRH;
for (pinpos = 0x00; pinpos < 0x08; pinpos++)
{
pos = (((uint32_t)0x01) << (pinpos + 0x08));
/* Get the port pins position */
currentpin = ((GPIO_InitStruct->GPIO_Pin) & pos);
if (currentpin == pos)
{
pos = pinpos << 2;
/* Clear the corresponding high control register bits */
pinmask = ((uint32_t)0x0F) << pos;
tmpreg &= ~pinmask;
/* Write the mode configuration in the corresponding bits */
tmpreg |= (currentmode << pos);
/* Reset the corresponding ODR bit */
if (GPIO_InitStruct->GPIO_Mode == GPIO_Mode_IPD)
{
GPIOx->BRR = (((uint32_t)0x01) << (pinpos + 0x08));
}
/* Set the corresponding ODR bit */
if (GPIO_InitStruct->GPIO_Mode == GPIO_Mode_IPU)
{
GPIOx->BSRR = (((uint32_t)0x01) << (pinpos + 0x08));
}
}
}
GPIOx->CRH = tmpreg;
}
}
/**
* @brief Fills each GPIO_InitStruct member with its default value.
* @param GPIO_InitStruct : pointer to a GPIO_InitTypeDef structure which will
* be initialized.
* @retval None
*/
void GPIO_StructInit(GPIO_InitTypeDef* GPIO_InitStruct)
{
/* Reset GPIO init structure parameters values */
GPIO_InitStruct->GPIO_Pin = GPIO_Pin_All;
GPIO_InitStruct->GPIO_Speed = GPIO_Speed_2MHz;
GPIO_InitStruct->GPIO_Mode = GPIO_Mode_IN_FLOATING;
}
/**
* @brief Reads the specified input port pin.
* @param GPIOx: where x can be (A..G) to select the GPIO peripheral.
* @param GPIO_Pin: specifies the port bit to read.
* This parameter can be GPIO_Pin_x where x can be (0..15).
* @retval The input port pin value.
*/
uint8_t GPIO_ReadInputDataBit(GPIO_TypeDef* GPIOx, uint16_t GPIO_Pin)
{
uint8_t bitstatus = 0x00;
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_GPIO_ALL_PERIPH(GPIOx));
assert_param(IS_GET_GPIO_PIN(GPIO_Pin));
if ((GPIOx->IDR & GPIO_Pin) != (uint32_t)Bit_RESET)
{
bitstatus = (uint8_t)Bit_SET;
}
else
{
bitstatus = (uint8_t)Bit_RESET;
}
return bitstatus;
}
/**
* @brief Reads the specified GPIO input data port.
* @param GPIOx: where x can be (A..G) to select the GPIO peripheral.
* @retval GPIO input data port value.
*/
uint16_t GPIO_ReadInputData(GPIO_TypeDef* GPIOx)
{
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_GPIO_ALL_PERIPH(GPIOx));
return ((uint16_t)GPIOx->IDR);
}
/**
* @brief Reads the specified output data port bit.
* @param GPIOx: where x can be (A..G) to select the GPIO peripheral.
* @param GPIO_Pin: specifies the port bit to read.
* This parameter can be GPIO_Pin_x where x can be (0..15).
* @retval The output port pin value.
*/
uint8_t GPIO_ReadOutputDataBit(GPIO_TypeDef* GPIOx, uint16_t GPIO_Pin)
{
uint8_t bitstatus = 0x00;
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_GPIO_ALL_PERIPH(GPIOx));
assert_param(IS_GET_GPIO_PIN(GPIO_Pin));
if ((GPIOx->ODR & GPIO_Pin) != (uint32_t)Bit_RESET)
{
bitstatus = (uint8_t)Bit_SET;
}
else
{
bitstatus = (uint8_t)Bit_RESET;
}
return bitstatus;
}
/**
* @brief Reads the specified GPIO output data port.
* @param GPIOx: where x can be (A..G) to select the GPIO peripheral.
* @retval GPIO output data port value.
*/
uint16_t GPIO_ReadOutputData(GPIO_TypeDef* GPIOx)
{
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_GPIO_ALL_PERIPH(GPIOx));
return ((uint16_t)GPIOx->ODR);
}
/**
* @brief Sets the selected data port bits.
* @param GPIOx: where x can be (A..G) to select the GPIO peripheral.
* @param GPIO_Pin: specifies the port bits to be written.
* This parameter can be any combination of GPIO_Pin_x where x can be (0..15).
* @retval None
*/
void GPIO_SetBits(GPIO_TypeDef* GPIOx, uint16_t GPIO_Pin)
{
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_GPIO_ALL_PERIPH(GPIOx));
assert_param(IS_GPIO_PIN(GPIO_Pin));
GPIOx->BSRR = GPIO_Pin;
}
/**
* @brief Clears the selected data port bits.
* @param GPIOx: where x can be (A..G) to select the GPIO peripheral.
* @param GPIO_Pin: specifies the port bits to be written.
* This parameter can be any combination of GPIO_Pin_x where x can be (0..15).
* @retval None
*/
void GPIO_ResetBits(GPIO_TypeDef* GPIOx, uint16_t GPIO_Pin)
{
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_GPIO_ALL_PERIPH(GPIOx));
assert_param(IS_GPIO_PIN(GPIO_Pin));
GPIOx->BRR = GPIO_Pin;
}
/**
* @brief Sets or clears the selected data port bit.
* @param GPIOx: where x can be (A..G) to select the GPIO peripheral.
* @param GPIO_Pin: specifies the port bit to be written.
* This parameter can be one of GPIO_Pin_x where x can be (0..15).
* @param BitVal: specifies the value to be written to the selected bit.
* This parameter can be one of the BitAction enum values:
* @arg Bit_RESET: to clear the port pin
* @arg Bit_SET: to set the port pin
* @retval None
*/
void GPIO_WriteBit(GPIO_TypeDef* GPIOx, uint16_t GPIO_Pin, BitAction BitVal)
{
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_GPIO_ALL_PERIPH(GPIOx));
assert_param(IS_GET_GPIO_PIN(GPIO_Pin));
assert_param(IS_GPIO_BIT_ACTION(BitVal));
if (BitVal != Bit_RESET)
{
GPIOx->BSRR = GPIO_Pin;
}
else
{
GPIOx->BRR = GPIO_Pin;
}
}
/**
* @brief Writes data to the specified GPIO data port.
* @param GPIOx: where x can be (A..G) to select the GPIO peripheral.
* @param PortVal: specifies the value to be written to the port output data register.
* @retval None
*/
void GPIO_Write(GPIO_TypeDef* GPIOx, uint16_t PortVal)
{
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_GPIO_ALL_PERIPH(GPIOx));
GPIOx->ODR = PortVal;
}
/**
* @brief Locks GPIO Pins configuration registers.
* @param GPIOx: where x can be (A..G) to select the GPIO peripheral.
* @param GPIO_Pin: specifies the port bit to be written.
* This parameter can be any combination of GPIO_Pin_x where x can be (0..15).
* @retval None
*/
void GPIO_PinLockConfig(GPIO_TypeDef* GPIOx, uint16_t GPIO_Pin)
{
uint32_t tmp = 0x00010000;
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_GPIO_ALL_PERIPH(GPIOx));
assert_param(IS_GPIO_PIN(GPIO_Pin));
tmp |= GPIO_Pin;
/* Set LCKK bit */
GPIOx->LCKR = tmp;
/* Reset LCKK bit */
GPIOx->LCKR = GPIO_Pin;
/* Set LCKK bit */
GPIOx->LCKR = tmp;
/* Read LCKK bit*/
tmp = GPIOx->LCKR;
/* Read LCKK bit*/
tmp = GPIOx->LCKR;
}
/**
* @brief Selects the GPIO pin used as Event output.
* @param GPIO_PortSource: selects the GPIO port to be used as source
* for Event output.
* This parameter can be GPIO_PortSourceGPIOx where x can be (A..E).
* @param GPIO_PinSource: specifies the pin for the Event output.
* This parameter can be GPIO_PinSourcex where x can be (0..15).
* @retval None
*/
void GPIO_EventOutputConfig(uint8_t GPIO_PortSource, uint8_t GPIO_PinSource)
{
uint32_t tmpreg = 0x00;
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_GPIO_EVENTOUT_PORT_SOURCE(GPIO_PortSource));
assert_param(IS_GPIO_PIN_SOURCE(GPIO_PinSource));
tmpreg = AFIO->EVCR;
/* Clear the PORT[6:4] and PIN[3:0] bits */
tmpreg &= EVCR_PORTPINCONFIG_MASK;
tmpreg |= (uint32_t)GPIO_PortSource << 0x04;
tmpreg |= GPIO_PinSource;
AFIO->EVCR = tmpreg;
}
/**
* @brief Enables or disables the Event Output.
* @param NewState: new state of the Event output.
* This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE.
* @retval None
*/
void GPIO_EventOutputCmd(FunctionalState NewState)
{
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState));
*(__IO uint32_t *) EVCR_EVOE_BB = (uint32_t)NewState;
}
/**
* @brief Changes the mapping of the specified pin.
* @param GPIO_Remap: selects the pin to remap.
* This parameter can be one of the following values:
* @arg GPIO_Remap_SPI1 : SPI1 Alternate Function mapping
* @arg GPIO_Remap_I2C1 : I2C1 Alternate Function mapping
* @arg GPIO_Remap_USART1 : USART1 Alternate Function mapping
* @arg GPIO_Remap_USART2 : USART2 Alternate Function mapping
* @arg GPIO_PartialRemap_USART3 : USART3 Partial Alternate Function mapping
* @arg GPIO_FullRemap_USART3 : USART3 Full Alternate Function mapping
* @arg GPIO_PartialRemap_TIM1 : TIM1 Partial Alternate Function mapping
* @arg GPIO_FullRemap_TIM1 : TIM1 Full Alternate Function mapping
* @arg GPIO_PartialRemap1_TIM2 : TIM2 Partial1 Alternate Function mapping
* @arg GPIO_PartialRemap2_TIM2 : TIM2 Partial2 Alternate Function mapping
* @arg GPIO_FullRemap_TIM2 : TIM2 Full Alternate Function mapping
* @arg GPIO_PartialRemap_TIM3 : TIM3 Partial Alternate Function mapping
* @arg GPIO_FullRemap_TIM3 : TIM3 Full Alternate Function mapping
* @arg GPIO_Remap_TIM4 : TIM4 Alternate Function mapping
* @arg GPIO_Remap1_CAN1 : CAN1 Alternate Function mapping
* @arg GPIO_Remap2_CAN1 : CAN1 Alternate Function mapping
* @arg GPIO_Remap_PD01 : PD01 Alternate Function mapping
* @arg GPIO_Remap_TIM5CH4_LSI : LSI connected to TIM5 Channel4 input capture for calibration
* @arg GPIO_Remap_ADC1_ETRGINJ : ADC1 External Trigger Injected Conversion remapping
* @arg GPIO_Remap_ADC1_ETRGREG : ADC1 External Trigger Regular Conversion remapping
* @arg GPIO_Remap_ADC2_ETRGINJ : ADC2 External Trigger Injected Conversion remapping
* @arg GPIO_Remap_ADC2_ETRGREG : ADC2 External Trigger Regular Conversion remapping
* @arg GPIO_Remap_ETH : Ethernet remapping (only for Connectivity line devices)
* @arg GPIO_Remap_CAN2 : CAN2 remapping (only for Connectivity line devices)
* @arg GPIO_Remap_SWJ_NoJTRST : Full SWJ Enabled (JTAG-DP + SW-DP) but without JTRST
* @arg GPIO_Remap_SWJ_JTAGDisable : JTAG-DP Disabled and SW-DP Enabled
* @arg GPIO_Remap_SWJ_Disable : Full SWJ Disabled (JTAG-DP + SW-DP)
* @arg GPIO_Remap_SPI3 : SPI3/I2S3 Alternate Function mapping (only for Connectivity line devices)
* When the SPI3/I2S3 is remapped using this function, the SWJ is configured
* to Full SWJ Enabled (JTAG-DP + SW-DP) but without JTRST.
* @arg GPIO_Remap_TIM2ITR1_PTP_SOF : Ethernet PTP output or USB OTG SOF (Start of Frame) connected
* to TIM2 Internal Trigger 1 for calibration (only for Connectivity line devices)
* If the GPIO_Remap_TIM2ITR1_PTP_SOF is enabled the TIM2 ITR1 is connected to
* Ethernet PTP output. When Reset TIM2 ITR1 is connected to USB OTG SOF output.
* @arg GPIO_Remap_PTP_PPS : Ethernet MAC PPS_PTS output on PB05 (only for Connectivity line devices)
* @arg GPIO_Remap_TIM15 : TIM15 Alternate Function mapping (only for Value line devices)
* @arg GPIO_Remap_TIM16 : TIM16 Alternate Function mapping (only for Value line devices)
* @arg GPIO_Remap_TIM17 : TIM17 Alternate Function mapping (only for Value line devices)
* @arg GPIO_Remap_CEC : CEC Alternate Function mapping (only for Value line devices)
* @arg GPIO_Remap_TIM1_DMA : TIM1 DMA requests mapping (only for Value line devices)
* @arg GPIO_Remap_TIM9 : TIM9 Alternate Function mapping (only for XL-density devices)
* @arg GPIO_Remap_TIM10 : TIM10 Alternate Function mapping (only for XL-density devices)
* @arg GPIO_Remap_TIM11 : TIM11 Alternate Function mapping (only for XL-density devices)
* @arg GPIO_Remap_TIM13 : TIM13 Alternate Function mapping (only for High density Value line and XL-density devices)
* @arg GPIO_Remap_TIM14 : TIM14 Alternate Function mapping (only for High density Value line and XL-density devices)
* @arg GPIO_Remap_FSMC_NADV : FSMC_NADV Alternate Function mapping (only for High density Value line and XL-density devices)
* @arg GPIO_Remap_TIM67_DAC_DMA : TIM6/TIM7 and DAC DMA requests remapping (only for High density Value line devices)
* @arg GPIO_Remap_TIM12 : TIM12 Alternate Function mapping (only for High density Value line devices)
* @arg GPIO_Remap_MISC : Miscellaneous Remap (DMA2 Channel5 Position and DAC Trigger remapping,
* only for High density Value line devices)
* @param NewState: new state of the port pin remapping.
* This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE.
* @retval None
*/
void GPIO_PinRemapConfig(uint32_t GPIO_Remap, FunctionalState NewState)
{
uint32_t tmp = 0x00, tmp1 = 0x00, tmpreg = 0x00, tmpmask = 0x00;
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_GPIO_REMAP(GPIO_Remap));
assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState));
if((GPIO_Remap & 0x80000000) == 0x80000000)
{
tmpreg = AFIO->MAPR2;
}
else
{
tmpreg = AFIO->MAPR;
}
tmpmask = (GPIO_Remap & DBGAFR_POSITION_MASK) >> 0x10;
tmp = GPIO_Remap & LSB_MASK;
if ((GPIO_Remap & (DBGAFR_LOCATION_MASK | DBGAFR_NUMBITS_MASK)) == (DBGAFR_LOCATION_MASK | DBGAFR_NUMBITS_MASK))
{
tmpreg &= DBGAFR_SWJCFG_MASK;
AFIO->MAPR &= DBGAFR_SWJCFG_MASK;
}
else if ((GPIO_Remap & DBGAFR_NUMBITS_MASK) == DBGAFR_NUMBITS_MASK)
{
tmp1 = ((uint32_t)0x03) << tmpmask;
tmpreg &= ~tmp1;
tmpreg |= ~DBGAFR_SWJCFG_MASK;
}
else
{
tmpreg &= ~(tmp << ((GPIO_Remap >> 0x15)*0x10));
tmpreg |= ~DBGAFR_SWJCFG_MASK;
}
if (NewState != DISABLE)
{
tmpreg |= (tmp << ((GPIO_Remap >> 0x15)*0x10));
}
if((GPIO_Remap & 0x80000000) == 0x80000000)
{
AFIO->MAPR2 = tmpreg;
}
else
{
AFIO->MAPR = tmpreg;
}
}
/**
* @brief Selects the GPIO pin used as EXTI Line.
* @param GPIO_PortSource: selects the GPIO port to be used as source for EXTI lines.
* This parameter can be GPIO_PortSourceGPIOx where x can be (A..G).
* @param GPIO_PinSource: specifies the EXTI line to be configured.
* This parameter can be GPIO_PinSourcex where x can be (0..15).
* @retval None
*/
void GPIO_EXTILineConfig(uint8_t GPIO_PortSource, uint8_t GPIO_PinSource)
{
uint32_t tmp = 0x00;
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_GPIO_EXTI_PORT_SOURCE(GPIO_PortSource));
assert_param(IS_GPIO_PIN_SOURCE(GPIO_PinSource));
tmp = ((uint32_t)0x0F) << (0x04 * (GPIO_PinSource & (uint8_t)0x03));
AFIO->EXTICR[GPIO_PinSource >> 0x02] &= ~tmp;
AFIO->EXTICR[GPIO_PinSource >> 0x02] |= (((uint32_t)GPIO_PortSource) << (0x04 * (GPIO_PinSource & (uint8_t)0x03)));
}
/**
* @brief Selects the Ethernet media interface.
* @note This function applies only to STM32 Connectivity line devices.
* @param GPIO_ETH_MediaInterface: specifies the Media Interface mode.
* This parameter can be one of the following values:
* @arg GPIO_ETH_MediaInterface_MII: MII mode
* @arg GPIO_ETH_MediaInterface_RMII: RMII mode
* @retval None
*/
void GPIO_ETH_MediaInterfaceConfig(uint32_t GPIO_ETH_MediaInterface)
{
assert_param(IS_GPIO_ETH_MEDIA_INTERFACE(GPIO_ETH_MediaInterface));
/* Configure MII_RMII selection bit */
*(__IO uint32_t *) MAPR_MII_RMII_SEL_BB = GPIO_ETH_MediaInterface;
}
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* @}
*/
/******************* (C) COPYRIGHT 2011 STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

View File

@ -0,0 +1,190 @@
/**
******************************************************************************
* @file stm32f10x_iwdg.c
* @author MCD Application Team
* @version V3.5.0
* @date 11-March-2011
* @brief This file provides all the IWDG firmware functions.
******************************************************************************
* @attention
*
* THE PRESENT FIRMWARE WHICH IS FOR GUIDANCE ONLY AIMS AT PROVIDING CUSTOMERS
* WITH CODING INFORMATION REGARDING THEIR PRODUCTS IN ORDER FOR THEM TO SAVE
* TIME. AS A RESULT, STMICROELECTRONICS SHALL NOT BE HELD LIABLE FOR ANY
* DIRECT, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES WITH RESPECT TO ANY CLAIMS ARISING
* FROM THE CONTENT OF SUCH FIRMWARE AND/OR THE USE MADE BY CUSTOMERS OF THE
* CODING INFORMATION CONTAINED HEREIN IN CONNECTION WITH THEIR PRODUCTS.
*
* <h2><center>&copy; COPYRIGHT 2011 STMicroelectronics</center></h2>
******************************************************************************
*/
/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
#include "stm32f10x_iwdg.h"
/** @addtogroup STM32F10x_StdPeriph_Driver
* @{
*/
/** @defgroup IWDG
* @brief IWDG driver modules
* @{
*/
/** @defgroup IWDG_Private_TypesDefinitions
* @{
*/
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup IWDG_Private_Defines
* @{
*/
/* ---------------------- IWDG registers bit mask ----------------------------*/
/* KR register bit mask */
#define KR_KEY_Reload ((uint16_t)0xAAAA)
#define KR_KEY_Enable ((uint16_t)0xCCCC)
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup IWDG_Private_Macros
* @{
*/
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup IWDG_Private_Variables
* @{
*/
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup IWDG_Private_FunctionPrototypes
* @{
*/
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup IWDG_Private_Functions
* @{
*/
/**
* @brief Enables or disables write access to IWDG_PR and IWDG_RLR registers.
* @param IWDG_WriteAccess: new state of write access to IWDG_PR and IWDG_RLR registers.
* This parameter can be one of the following values:
* @arg IWDG_WriteAccess_Enable: Enable write access to IWDG_PR and IWDG_RLR registers
* @arg IWDG_WriteAccess_Disable: Disable write access to IWDG_PR and IWDG_RLR registers
* @retval None
*/
void IWDG_WriteAccessCmd(uint16_t IWDG_WriteAccess)
{
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_IWDG_WRITE_ACCESS(IWDG_WriteAccess));
IWDG->KR = IWDG_WriteAccess;
}
/**
* @brief Sets IWDG Prescaler value.
* @param IWDG_Prescaler: specifies the IWDG Prescaler value.
* This parameter can be one of the following values:
* @arg IWDG_Prescaler_4: IWDG prescaler set to 4
* @arg IWDG_Prescaler_8: IWDG prescaler set to 8
* @arg IWDG_Prescaler_16: IWDG prescaler set to 16
* @arg IWDG_Prescaler_32: IWDG prescaler set to 32
* @arg IWDG_Prescaler_64: IWDG prescaler set to 64
* @arg IWDG_Prescaler_128: IWDG prescaler set to 128
* @arg IWDG_Prescaler_256: IWDG prescaler set to 256
* @retval None
*/
void IWDG_SetPrescaler(uint8_t IWDG_Prescaler)
{
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_IWDG_PRESCALER(IWDG_Prescaler));
IWDG->PR = IWDG_Prescaler;
}
/**
* @brief Sets IWDG Reload value.
* @param Reload: specifies the IWDG Reload value.
* This parameter must be a number between 0 and 0x0FFF.
* @retval None
*/
void IWDG_SetReload(uint16_t Reload)
{
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_IWDG_RELOAD(Reload));
IWDG->RLR = Reload;
}
/**
* @brief Reloads IWDG counter with value defined in the reload register
* (write access to IWDG_PR and IWDG_RLR registers disabled).
* @param None
* @retval None
*/
void IWDG_ReloadCounter(void)
{
IWDG->KR = KR_KEY_Reload;
}
/**
* @brief Enables IWDG (write access to IWDG_PR and IWDG_RLR registers disabled).
* @param None
* @retval None
*/
void IWDG_Enable(void)
{
IWDG->KR = KR_KEY_Enable;
}
/**
* @brief Checks whether the specified IWDG flag is set or not.
* @param IWDG_FLAG: specifies the flag to check.
* This parameter can be one of the following values:
* @arg IWDG_FLAG_PVU: Prescaler Value Update on going
* @arg IWDG_FLAG_RVU: Reload Value Update on going
* @retval The new state of IWDG_FLAG (SET or RESET).
*/
FlagStatus IWDG_GetFlagStatus(uint16_t IWDG_FLAG)
{
FlagStatus bitstatus = RESET;
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_IWDG_FLAG(IWDG_FLAG));
if ((IWDG->SR & IWDG_FLAG) != (uint32_t)RESET)
{
bitstatus = SET;
}
else
{
bitstatus = RESET;
}
/* Return the flag status */
return bitstatus;
}
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* @}
*/
/******************* (C) COPYRIGHT 2011 STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/

View File

@ -0,0 +1,307 @@
/**
******************************************************************************
* @file stm32f10x_pwr.c
* @author MCD Application Team
* @version V3.5.0
* @date 11-March-2011
* @brief This file provides all the PWR firmware functions.
******************************************************************************
* @attention
*
* THE PRESENT FIRMWARE WHICH IS FOR GUIDANCE ONLY AIMS AT PROVIDING CUSTOMERS
* WITH CODING INFORMATION REGARDING THEIR PRODUCTS IN ORDER FOR THEM TO SAVE
* TIME. AS A RESULT, STMICROELECTRONICS SHALL NOT BE HELD LIABLE FOR ANY
* DIRECT, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES WITH RESPECT TO ANY CLAIMS ARISING
* FROM THE CONTENT OF SUCH FIRMWARE AND/OR THE USE MADE BY CUSTOMERS OF THE
* CODING INFORMATION CONTAINED HEREIN IN CONNECTION WITH THEIR PRODUCTS.
*
* <h2><center>&copy; COPYRIGHT 2011 STMicroelectronics</center></h2>
******************************************************************************
*/
/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
#include "stm32f10x_pwr.h"
#include "stm32f10x_rcc.h"
/** @addtogroup STM32F10x_StdPeriph_Driver
* @{
*/
/** @defgroup PWR
* @brief PWR driver modules
* @{
*/
/** @defgroup PWR_Private_TypesDefinitions
* @{
*/
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup PWR_Private_Defines
* @{
*/
/* --------- PWR registers bit address in the alias region ---------- */
#define PWR_OFFSET (PWR_BASE - PERIPH_BASE)
/* --- CR Register ---*/
/* Alias word address of DBP bit */
#define CR_OFFSET (PWR_OFFSET + 0x00)
#define DBP_BitNumber 0x08
#define CR_DBP_BB (PERIPH_BB_BASE + (CR_OFFSET * 32) + (DBP_BitNumber * 4))
/* Alias word address of PVDE bit */
#define PVDE_BitNumber 0x04
#define CR_PVDE_BB (PERIPH_BB_BASE + (CR_OFFSET * 32) + (PVDE_BitNumber * 4))
/* --- CSR Register ---*/
/* Alias word address of EWUP bit */
#define CSR_OFFSET (PWR_OFFSET + 0x04)
#define EWUP_BitNumber 0x08
#define CSR_EWUP_BB (PERIPH_BB_BASE + (CSR_OFFSET * 32) + (EWUP_BitNumber * 4))
/* ------------------ PWR registers bit mask ------------------------ */
/* CR register bit mask */
#define CR_DS_MASK ((uint32_t)0xFFFFFFFC)
#define CR_PLS_MASK ((uint32_t)0xFFFFFF1F)
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup PWR_Private_Macros
* @{
*/
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup PWR_Private_Variables
* @{
*/
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup PWR_Private_FunctionPrototypes
* @{
*/
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup PWR_Private_Functions
* @{
*/
/**
* @brief Deinitializes the PWR peripheral registers to their default reset values.
* @param None
* @retval None
*/
void PWR_DeInit(void)
{
RCC_APB1PeriphResetCmd(RCC_APB1Periph_PWR, ENABLE);
RCC_APB1PeriphResetCmd(RCC_APB1Periph_PWR, DISABLE);
}
/**
* @brief Enables or disables access to the RTC and backup registers.
* @param NewState: new state of the access to the RTC and backup registers.
* This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE.
* @retval None
*/
void PWR_BackupAccessCmd(FunctionalState NewState)
{
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState));
*(__IO uint32_t *) CR_DBP_BB = (uint32_t)NewState;
}
/**
* @brief Enables or disables the Power Voltage Detector(PVD).
* @param NewState: new state of the PVD.
* This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE.
* @retval None
*/
void PWR_PVDCmd(FunctionalState NewState)
{
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState));
*(__IO uint32_t *) CR_PVDE_BB = (uint32_t)NewState;
}
/**
* @brief Configures the voltage threshold detected by the Power Voltage Detector(PVD).
* @param PWR_PVDLevel: specifies the PVD detection level
* This parameter can be one of the following values:
* @arg PWR_PVDLevel_2V2: PVD detection level set to 2.2V
* @arg PWR_PVDLevel_2V3: PVD detection level set to 2.3V
* @arg PWR_PVDLevel_2V4: PVD detection level set to 2.4V
* @arg PWR_PVDLevel_2V5: PVD detection level set to 2.5V
* @arg PWR_PVDLevel_2V6: PVD detection level set to 2.6V
* @arg PWR_PVDLevel_2V7: PVD detection level set to 2.7V
* @arg PWR_PVDLevel_2V8: PVD detection level set to 2.8V
* @arg PWR_PVDLevel_2V9: PVD detection level set to 2.9V
* @retval None
*/
void PWR_PVDLevelConfig(uint32_t PWR_PVDLevel)
{
uint32_t tmpreg = 0;
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_PWR_PVD_LEVEL(PWR_PVDLevel));
tmpreg = PWR->CR;
/* Clear PLS[7:5] bits */
tmpreg &= CR_PLS_MASK;
/* Set PLS[7:5] bits according to PWR_PVDLevel value */
tmpreg |= PWR_PVDLevel;
/* Store the new value */
PWR->CR = tmpreg;
}
/**
* @brief Enables or disables the WakeUp Pin functionality.
* @param NewState: new state of the WakeUp Pin functionality.
* This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE.
* @retval None
*/
void PWR_WakeUpPinCmd(FunctionalState NewState)
{
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState));
*(__IO uint32_t *) CSR_EWUP_BB = (uint32_t)NewState;
}
/**
* @brief Enters STOP mode.
* @param PWR_Regulator: specifies the regulator state in STOP mode.
* This parameter can be one of the following values:
* @arg PWR_Regulator_ON: STOP mode with regulator ON
* @arg PWR_Regulator_LowPower: STOP mode with regulator in low power mode
* @param PWR_STOPEntry: specifies if STOP mode in entered with WFI or WFE instruction.
* This parameter can be one of the following values:
* @arg PWR_STOPEntry_WFI: enter STOP mode with WFI instruction
* @arg PWR_STOPEntry_WFE: enter STOP mode with WFE instruction
* @retval None
*/
void PWR_EnterSTOPMode(uint32_t PWR_Regulator, uint8_t PWR_STOPEntry)
{
uint32_t tmpreg = 0;
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_PWR_REGULATOR(PWR_Regulator));
assert_param(IS_PWR_STOP_ENTRY(PWR_STOPEntry));
/* Select the regulator state in STOP mode ---------------------------------*/
tmpreg = PWR->CR;
/* Clear PDDS and LPDS bits */
tmpreg &= CR_DS_MASK;
/* Set LPDS bit according to PWR_Regulator value */
tmpreg |= PWR_Regulator;
/* Store the new value */
PWR->CR = tmpreg;
/* Set SLEEPDEEP bit of Cortex System Control Register */
SCB->SCR |= SCB_SCR_SLEEPDEEP;
/* Select STOP mode entry --------------------------------------------------*/
if(PWR_STOPEntry == PWR_STOPEntry_WFI)
{
/* Request Wait For Interrupt */
__WFI();
}
else
{
/* Request Wait For Event */
__WFE();
}
/* Reset SLEEPDEEP bit of Cortex System Control Register */
SCB->SCR &= (uint32_t)~((uint32_t)SCB_SCR_SLEEPDEEP);
}
/**
* @brief Enters STANDBY mode.
* @param None
* @retval None
*/
void PWR_EnterSTANDBYMode(void)
{
/* Clear Wake-up flag */
PWR->CR |= PWR_CR_CWUF;
/* Select STANDBY mode */
PWR->CR |= PWR_CR_PDDS;
/* Set SLEEPDEEP bit of Cortex System Control Register */
SCB->SCR |= SCB_SCR_SLEEPDEEP;
/* This option is used to ensure that store operations are completed */
#if defined ( __CC_ARM )
__force_stores();
#endif
/* Request Wait For Interrupt */
__WFI();
}
/**
* @brief Checks whether the specified PWR flag is set or not.
* @param PWR_FLAG: specifies the flag to check.
* This parameter can be one of the following values:
* @arg PWR_FLAG_WU: Wake Up flag
* @arg PWR_FLAG_SB: StandBy flag
* @arg PWR_FLAG_PVDO: PVD Output
* @retval The new state of PWR_FLAG (SET or RESET).
*/
FlagStatus PWR_GetFlagStatus(uint32_t PWR_FLAG)
{
FlagStatus bitstatus = RESET;
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_PWR_GET_FLAG(PWR_FLAG));
if ((PWR->CSR & PWR_FLAG) != (uint32_t)RESET)
{
bitstatus = SET;
}
else
{
bitstatus = RESET;
}
/* Return the flag status */
return bitstatus;
}
/**
* @brief Clears the PWR's pending flags.
* @param PWR_FLAG: specifies the flag to clear.
* This parameter can be one of the following values:
* @arg PWR_FLAG_WU: Wake Up flag
* @arg PWR_FLAG_SB: StandBy flag
* @retval None
*/
void PWR_ClearFlag(uint32_t PWR_FLAG)
{
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_PWR_CLEAR_FLAG(PWR_FLAG));
PWR->CR |= PWR_FLAG << 2;
}
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* @}
*/
/******************* (C) COPYRIGHT 2011 STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

View File

@ -0,0 +1,339 @@
/**
******************************************************************************
* @file stm32f10x_rtc.c
* @author MCD Application Team
* @version V3.5.0
* @date 11-March-2011
* @brief This file provides all the RTC firmware functions.
******************************************************************************
* @attention
*
* THE PRESENT FIRMWARE WHICH IS FOR GUIDANCE ONLY AIMS AT PROVIDING CUSTOMERS
* WITH CODING INFORMATION REGARDING THEIR PRODUCTS IN ORDER FOR THEM TO SAVE
* TIME. AS A RESULT, STMICROELECTRONICS SHALL NOT BE HELD LIABLE FOR ANY
* DIRECT, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES WITH RESPECT TO ANY CLAIMS ARISING
* FROM THE CONTENT OF SUCH FIRMWARE AND/OR THE USE MADE BY CUSTOMERS OF THE
* CODING INFORMATION CONTAINED HEREIN IN CONNECTION WITH THEIR PRODUCTS.
*
* <h2><center>&copy; COPYRIGHT 2011 STMicroelectronics</center></h2>
******************************************************************************
*/
/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
#include "stm32f10x_rtc.h"
/** @addtogroup STM32F10x_StdPeriph_Driver
* @{
*/
/** @defgroup RTC
* @brief RTC driver modules
* @{
*/
/** @defgroup RTC_Private_TypesDefinitions
* @{
*/
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup RTC_Private_Defines
* @{
*/
#define RTC_LSB_MASK ((uint32_t)0x0000FFFF) /*!< RTC LSB Mask */
#define PRLH_MSB_MASK ((uint32_t)0x000F0000) /*!< RTC Prescaler MSB Mask */
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup RTC_Private_Macros
* @{
*/
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup RTC_Private_Variables
* @{
*/
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup RTC_Private_FunctionPrototypes
* @{
*/
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup RTC_Private_Functions
* @{
*/
/**
* @brief Enables or disables the specified RTC interrupts.
* @param RTC_IT: specifies the RTC interrupts sources to be enabled or disabled.
* This parameter can be any combination of the following values:
* @arg RTC_IT_OW: Overflow interrupt
* @arg RTC_IT_ALR: Alarm interrupt
* @arg RTC_IT_SEC: Second interrupt
* @param NewState: new state of the specified RTC interrupts.
* This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE.
* @retval None
*/
void RTC_ITConfig(uint16_t RTC_IT, FunctionalState NewState)
{
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_RTC_IT(RTC_IT));
assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState));
if (NewState != DISABLE)
{
RTC->CRH |= RTC_IT;
}
else
{
RTC->CRH &= (uint16_t)~RTC_IT;
}
}
/**
* @brief Enters the RTC configuration mode.
* @param None
* @retval None
*/
void RTC_EnterConfigMode(void)
{
/* Set the CNF flag to enter in the Configuration Mode */
RTC->CRL |= RTC_CRL_CNF;
}
/**
* @brief Exits from the RTC configuration mode.
* @param None
* @retval None
*/
void RTC_ExitConfigMode(void)
{
/* Reset the CNF flag to exit from the Configuration Mode */
RTC->CRL &= (uint16_t)~((uint16_t)RTC_CRL_CNF);
}
/**
* @brief Gets the RTC counter value.
* @param None
* @retval RTC counter value.
*/
uint32_t RTC_GetCounter(void)
{
uint16_t tmp = 0;
tmp = RTC->CNTL;
return (((uint32_t)RTC->CNTH << 16 ) | tmp) ;
}
/**
* @brief Sets the RTC counter value.
* @param CounterValue: RTC counter new value.
* @retval None
*/
void RTC_SetCounter(uint32_t CounterValue)
{
RTC_EnterConfigMode();
/* Set RTC COUNTER MSB word */
RTC->CNTH = CounterValue >> 16;
/* Set RTC COUNTER LSB word */
RTC->CNTL = (CounterValue & RTC_LSB_MASK);
RTC_ExitConfigMode();
}
/**
* @brief Sets the RTC prescaler value.
* @param PrescalerValue: RTC prescaler new value.
* @retval None
*/
void RTC_SetPrescaler(uint32_t PrescalerValue)
{
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_RTC_PRESCALER(PrescalerValue));
RTC_EnterConfigMode();
/* Set RTC PRESCALER MSB word */
RTC->PRLH = (PrescalerValue & PRLH_MSB_MASK) >> 16;
/* Set RTC PRESCALER LSB word */
RTC->PRLL = (PrescalerValue & RTC_LSB_MASK);
RTC_ExitConfigMode();
}
/**
* @brief Sets the RTC alarm value.
* @param AlarmValue: RTC alarm new value.
* @retval None
*/
void RTC_SetAlarm(uint32_t AlarmValue)
{
RTC_EnterConfigMode();
/* Set the ALARM MSB word */
RTC->ALRH = AlarmValue >> 16;
/* Set the ALARM LSB word */
RTC->ALRL = (AlarmValue & RTC_LSB_MASK);
RTC_ExitConfigMode();
}
/**
* @brief Gets the RTC divider value.
* @param None
* @retval RTC Divider value.
*/
uint32_t RTC_GetDivider(void)
{
uint32_t tmp = 0x00;
tmp = ((uint32_t)RTC->DIVH & (uint32_t)0x000F) << 16;
tmp |= RTC->DIVL;
return tmp;
}
/**
* @brief Waits until last write operation on RTC registers has finished.
* @note This function must be called before any write to RTC registers.
* @param None
* @retval None
*/
void RTC_WaitForLastTask(void)
{
/* Loop until RTOFF flag is set */
while ((RTC->CRL & RTC_FLAG_RTOFF) == (uint16_t)RESET)
{
}
}
/**
* @brief Waits until the RTC registers (RTC_CNT, RTC_ALR and RTC_PRL)
* are synchronized with RTC APB clock.
* @note This function must be called before any read operation after an APB reset
* or an APB clock stop.
* @param None
* @retval None
*/
void RTC_WaitForSynchro(void)
{
/* Clear RSF flag */
RTC->CRL &= (uint16_t)~RTC_FLAG_RSF;
/* Loop until RSF flag is set */
while ((RTC->CRL & RTC_FLAG_RSF) == (uint16_t)RESET)
{
}
}
/**
* @brief Checks whether the specified RTC flag is set or not.
* @param RTC_FLAG: specifies the flag to check.
* This parameter can be one the following values:
* @arg RTC_FLAG_RTOFF: RTC Operation OFF flag
* @arg RTC_FLAG_RSF: Registers Synchronized flag
* @arg RTC_FLAG_OW: Overflow flag
* @arg RTC_FLAG_ALR: Alarm flag
* @arg RTC_FLAG_SEC: Second flag
* @retval The new state of RTC_FLAG (SET or RESET).
*/
FlagStatus RTC_GetFlagStatus(uint16_t RTC_FLAG)
{
FlagStatus bitstatus = RESET;
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_RTC_GET_FLAG(RTC_FLAG));
if ((RTC->CRL & RTC_FLAG) != (uint16_t)RESET)
{
bitstatus = SET;
}
else
{
bitstatus = RESET;
}
return bitstatus;
}
/**
* @brief Clears the RTC's pending flags.
* @param RTC_FLAG: specifies the flag to clear.
* This parameter can be any combination of the following values:
* @arg RTC_FLAG_RSF: Registers Synchronized flag. This flag is cleared only after
* an APB reset or an APB Clock stop.
* @arg RTC_FLAG_OW: Overflow flag
* @arg RTC_FLAG_ALR: Alarm flag
* @arg RTC_FLAG_SEC: Second flag
* @retval None
*/
void RTC_ClearFlag(uint16_t RTC_FLAG)
{
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_RTC_CLEAR_FLAG(RTC_FLAG));
/* Clear the corresponding RTC flag */
RTC->CRL &= (uint16_t)~RTC_FLAG;
}
/**
* @brief Checks whether the specified RTC interrupt has occurred or not.
* @param RTC_IT: specifies the RTC interrupts sources to check.
* This parameter can be one of the following values:
* @arg RTC_IT_OW: Overflow interrupt
* @arg RTC_IT_ALR: Alarm interrupt
* @arg RTC_IT_SEC: Second interrupt
* @retval The new state of the RTC_IT (SET or RESET).
*/
ITStatus RTC_GetITStatus(uint16_t RTC_IT)
{
ITStatus bitstatus = RESET;
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_RTC_GET_IT(RTC_IT));
bitstatus = (ITStatus)(RTC->CRL & RTC_IT);
if (((RTC->CRH & RTC_IT) != (uint16_t)RESET) && (bitstatus != (uint16_t)RESET))
{
bitstatus = SET;
}
else
{
bitstatus = RESET;
}
return bitstatus;
}
/**
* @brief Clears the RTC's interrupt pending bits.
* @param RTC_IT: specifies the interrupt pending bit to clear.
* This parameter can be any combination of the following values:
* @arg RTC_IT_OW: Overflow interrupt
* @arg RTC_IT_ALR: Alarm interrupt
* @arg RTC_IT_SEC: Second interrupt
* @retval None
*/
void RTC_ClearITPendingBit(uint16_t RTC_IT)
{
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_RTC_IT(RTC_IT));
/* Clear the corresponding RTC pending bit */
RTC->CRL &= (uint16_t)~RTC_IT;
}
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* @}
*/
/******************* (C) COPYRIGHT 2011 STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/

View File

@ -0,0 +1,799 @@
/**
******************************************************************************
* @file stm32f10x_sdio.c
* @author MCD Application Team
* @version V3.5.0
* @date 11-March-2011
* @brief This file provides all the SDIO firmware functions.
******************************************************************************
* @attention
*
* THE PRESENT FIRMWARE WHICH IS FOR GUIDANCE ONLY AIMS AT PROVIDING CUSTOMERS
* WITH CODING INFORMATION REGARDING THEIR PRODUCTS IN ORDER FOR THEM TO SAVE
* TIME. AS A RESULT, STMICROELECTRONICS SHALL NOT BE HELD LIABLE FOR ANY
* DIRECT, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES WITH RESPECT TO ANY CLAIMS ARISING
* FROM THE CONTENT OF SUCH FIRMWARE AND/OR THE USE MADE BY CUSTOMERS OF THE
* CODING INFORMATION CONTAINED HEREIN IN CONNECTION WITH THEIR PRODUCTS.
*
* <h2><center>&copy; COPYRIGHT 2011 STMicroelectronics</center></h2>
******************************************************************************
*/
/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
#include "stm32f10x_sdio.h"
#include "stm32f10x_rcc.h"
/** @addtogroup STM32F10x_StdPeriph_Driver
* @{
*/
/** @defgroup SDIO
* @brief SDIO driver modules
* @{
*/
/** @defgroup SDIO_Private_TypesDefinitions
* @{
*/
/* ------------ SDIO registers bit address in the alias region ----------- */
#define SDIO_OFFSET (SDIO_BASE - PERIPH_BASE)
/* --- CLKCR Register ---*/
/* Alias word address of CLKEN bit */
#define CLKCR_OFFSET (SDIO_OFFSET + 0x04)
#define CLKEN_BitNumber 0x08
#define CLKCR_CLKEN_BB (PERIPH_BB_BASE + (CLKCR_OFFSET * 32) + (CLKEN_BitNumber * 4))
/* --- CMD Register ---*/
/* Alias word address of SDIOSUSPEND bit */
#define CMD_OFFSET (SDIO_OFFSET + 0x0C)
#define SDIOSUSPEND_BitNumber 0x0B
#define CMD_SDIOSUSPEND_BB (PERIPH_BB_BASE + (CMD_OFFSET * 32) + (SDIOSUSPEND_BitNumber * 4))
/* Alias word address of ENCMDCOMPL bit */
#define ENCMDCOMPL_BitNumber 0x0C
#define CMD_ENCMDCOMPL_BB (PERIPH_BB_BASE + (CMD_OFFSET * 32) + (ENCMDCOMPL_BitNumber * 4))
/* Alias word address of NIEN bit */
#define NIEN_BitNumber 0x0D
#define CMD_NIEN_BB (PERIPH_BB_BASE + (CMD_OFFSET * 32) + (NIEN_BitNumber * 4))
/* Alias word address of ATACMD bit */
#define ATACMD_BitNumber 0x0E
#define CMD_ATACMD_BB (PERIPH_BB_BASE + (CMD_OFFSET * 32) + (ATACMD_BitNumber * 4))
/* --- DCTRL Register ---*/
/* Alias word address of DMAEN bit */
#define DCTRL_OFFSET (SDIO_OFFSET + 0x2C)
#define DMAEN_BitNumber 0x03
#define DCTRL_DMAEN_BB (PERIPH_BB_BASE + (DCTRL_OFFSET * 32) + (DMAEN_BitNumber * 4))
/* Alias word address of RWSTART bit */
#define RWSTART_BitNumber 0x08
#define DCTRL_RWSTART_BB (PERIPH_BB_BASE + (DCTRL_OFFSET * 32) + (RWSTART_BitNumber * 4))
/* Alias word address of RWSTOP bit */
#define RWSTOP_BitNumber 0x09
#define DCTRL_RWSTOP_BB (PERIPH_BB_BASE + (DCTRL_OFFSET * 32) + (RWSTOP_BitNumber * 4))
/* Alias word address of RWMOD bit */
#define RWMOD_BitNumber 0x0A
#define DCTRL_RWMOD_BB (PERIPH_BB_BASE + (DCTRL_OFFSET * 32) + (RWMOD_BitNumber * 4))
/* Alias word address of SDIOEN bit */
#define SDIOEN_BitNumber 0x0B
#define DCTRL_SDIOEN_BB (PERIPH_BB_BASE + (DCTRL_OFFSET * 32) + (SDIOEN_BitNumber * 4))
/* ---------------------- SDIO registers bit mask ------------------------ */
/* --- CLKCR Register ---*/
/* CLKCR register clear mask */
#define CLKCR_CLEAR_MASK ((uint32_t)0xFFFF8100)
/* --- PWRCTRL Register ---*/
/* SDIO PWRCTRL Mask */
#define PWR_PWRCTRL_MASK ((uint32_t)0xFFFFFFFC)
/* --- DCTRL Register ---*/
/* SDIO DCTRL Clear Mask */
#define DCTRL_CLEAR_MASK ((uint32_t)0xFFFFFF08)
/* --- CMD Register ---*/
/* CMD Register clear mask */
#define CMD_CLEAR_MASK ((uint32_t)0xFFFFF800)
/* SDIO RESP Registers Address */
#define SDIO_RESP_ADDR ((uint32_t)(SDIO_BASE + 0x14))
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup SDIO_Private_Defines
* @{
*/
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup SDIO_Private_Macros
* @{
*/
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup SDIO_Private_Variables
* @{
*/
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup SDIO_Private_FunctionPrototypes
* @{
*/
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup SDIO_Private_Functions
* @{
*/
/**
* @brief Deinitializes the SDIO peripheral registers to their default reset values.
* @param None
* @retval None
*/
void SDIO_DeInit(void)
{
SDIO->POWER = 0x00000000;
SDIO->CLKCR = 0x00000000;
SDIO->ARG = 0x00000000;
SDIO->CMD = 0x00000000;
SDIO->DTIMER = 0x00000000;
SDIO->DLEN = 0x00000000;
SDIO->DCTRL = 0x00000000;
SDIO->ICR = 0x00C007FF;
SDIO->MASK = 0x00000000;
}
/**
* @brief Initializes the SDIO peripheral according to the specified
* parameters in the SDIO_InitStruct.
* @param SDIO_InitStruct : pointer to a SDIO_InitTypeDef structure
* that contains the configuration information for the SDIO peripheral.
* @retval None
*/
void SDIO_Init(SDIO_InitTypeDef* SDIO_InitStruct)
{
uint32_t tmpreg = 0;
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_SDIO_CLOCK_EDGE(SDIO_InitStruct->SDIO_ClockEdge));
assert_param(IS_SDIO_CLOCK_BYPASS(SDIO_InitStruct->SDIO_ClockBypass));
assert_param(IS_SDIO_CLOCK_POWER_SAVE(SDIO_InitStruct->SDIO_ClockPowerSave));
assert_param(IS_SDIO_BUS_WIDE(SDIO_InitStruct->SDIO_BusWide));
assert_param(IS_SDIO_HARDWARE_FLOW_CONTROL(SDIO_InitStruct->SDIO_HardwareFlowControl));
/*---------------------------- SDIO CLKCR Configuration ------------------------*/
/* Get the SDIO CLKCR value */
tmpreg = SDIO->CLKCR;
/* Clear CLKDIV, PWRSAV, BYPASS, WIDBUS, NEGEDGE, HWFC_EN bits */
tmpreg &= CLKCR_CLEAR_MASK;
/* Set CLKDIV bits according to SDIO_ClockDiv value */
/* Set PWRSAV bit according to SDIO_ClockPowerSave value */
/* Set BYPASS bit according to SDIO_ClockBypass value */
/* Set WIDBUS bits according to SDIO_BusWide value */
/* Set NEGEDGE bits according to SDIO_ClockEdge value */
/* Set HWFC_EN bits according to SDIO_HardwareFlowControl value */
tmpreg |= (SDIO_InitStruct->SDIO_ClockDiv | SDIO_InitStruct->SDIO_ClockPowerSave |
SDIO_InitStruct->SDIO_ClockBypass | SDIO_InitStruct->SDIO_BusWide |
SDIO_InitStruct->SDIO_ClockEdge | SDIO_InitStruct->SDIO_HardwareFlowControl);
/* Write to SDIO CLKCR */
SDIO->CLKCR = tmpreg;
}
/**
* @brief Fills each SDIO_InitStruct member with its default value.
* @param SDIO_InitStruct: pointer to an SDIO_InitTypeDef structure which
* will be initialized.
* @retval None
*/
void SDIO_StructInit(SDIO_InitTypeDef* SDIO_InitStruct)
{
/* SDIO_InitStruct members default value */
SDIO_InitStruct->SDIO_ClockDiv = 0x00;
SDIO_InitStruct->SDIO_ClockEdge = SDIO_ClockEdge_Rising;
SDIO_InitStruct->SDIO_ClockBypass = SDIO_ClockBypass_Disable;
SDIO_InitStruct->SDIO_ClockPowerSave = SDIO_ClockPowerSave_Disable;
SDIO_InitStruct->SDIO_BusWide = SDIO_BusWide_1b;
SDIO_InitStruct->SDIO_HardwareFlowControl = SDIO_HardwareFlowControl_Disable;
}
/**
* @brief Enables or disables the SDIO Clock.
* @param NewState: new state of the SDIO Clock. This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE.
* @retval None
*/
void SDIO_ClockCmd(FunctionalState NewState)
{
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState));
*(__IO uint32_t *) CLKCR_CLKEN_BB = (uint32_t)NewState;
}
/**
* @brief Sets the power status of the controller.
* @param SDIO_PowerState: new state of the Power state.
* This parameter can be one of the following values:
* @arg SDIO_PowerState_OFF
* @arg SDIO_PowerState_ON
* @retval None
*/
void SDIO_SetPowerState(uint32_t SDIO_PowerState)
{
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_SDIO_POWER_STATE(SDIO_PowerState));
SDIO->POWER &= PWR_PWRCTRL_MASK;
SDIO->POWER |= SDIO_PowerState;
}
/**
* @brief Gets the power status of the controller.
* @param None
* @retval Power status of the controller. The returned value can
* be one of the following:
* - 0x00: Power OFF
* - 0x02: Power UP
* - 0x03: Power ON
*/
uint32_t SDIO_GetPowerState(void)
{
return (SDIO->POWER & (~PWR_PWRCTRL_MASK));
}
/**
* @brief Enables or disables the SDIO interrupts.
* @param SDIO_IT: specifies the SDIO interrupt sources to be enabled or disabled.
* This parameter can be one or a combination of the following values:
* @arg SDIO_IT_CCRCFAIL: Command response received (CRC check failed) interrupt
* @arg SDIO_IT_DCRCFAIL: Data block sent/received (CRC check failed) interrupt
* @arg SDIO_IT_CTIMEOUT: Command response timeout interrupt
* @arg SDIO_IT_DTIMEOUT: Data timeout interrupt
* @arg SDIO_IT_TXUNDERR: Transmit FIFO underrun error interrupt
* @arg SDIO_IT_RXOVERR: Received FIFO overrun error interrupt
* @arg SDIO_IT_CMDREND: Command response received (CRC check passed) interrupt
* @arg SDIO_IT_CMDSENT: Command sent (no response required) interrupt
* @arg SDIO_IT_DATAEND: Data end (data counter, SDIDCOUNT, is zero) interrupt
* @arg SDIO_IT_STBITERR: Start bit not detected on all data signals in wide
* bus mode interrupt
* @arg SDIO_IT_DBCKEND: Data block sent/received (CRC check passed) interrupt
* @arg SDIO_IT_CMDACT: Command transfer in progress interrupt
* @arg SDIO_IT_TXACT: Data transmit in progress interrupt
* @arg SDIO_IT_RXACT: Data receive in progress interrupt
* @arg SDIO_IT_TXFIFOHE: Transmit FIFO Half Empty interrupt
* @arg SDIO_IT_RXFIFOHF: Receive FIFO Half Full interrupt
* @arg SDIO_IT_TXFIFOF: Transmit FIFO full interrupt
* @arg SDIO_IT_RXFIFOF: Receive FIFO full interrupt
* @arg SDIO_IT_TXFIFOE: Transmit FIFO empty interrupt
* @arg SDIO_IT_RXFIFOE: Receive FIFO empty interrupt
* @arg SDIO_IT_TXDAVL: Data available in transmit FIFO interrupt
* @arg SDIO_IT_RXDAVL: Data available in receive FIFO interrupt
* @arg SDIO_IT_SDIOIT: SD I/O interrupt received interrupt
* @arg SDIO_IT_CEATAEND: CE-ATA command completion signal received for CMD61 interrupt
* @param NewState: new state of the specified SDIO interrupts.
* This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE.
* @retval None
*/
void SDIO_ITConfig(uint32_t SDIO_IT, FunctionalState NewState)
{
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_SDIO_IT(SDIO_IT));
assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState));
if (NewState != DISABLE)
{
/* Enable the SDIO interrupts */
SDIO->MASK |= SDIO_IT;
}
else
{
/* Disable the SDIO interrupts */
SDIO->MASK &= ~SDIO_IT;
}
}
/**
* @brief Enables or disables the SDIO DMA request.
* @param NewState: new state of the selected SDIO DMA request.
* This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE.
* @retval None
*/
void SDIO_DMACmd(FunctionalState NewState)
{
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState));
*(__IO uint32_t *) DCTRL_DMAEN_BB = (uint32_t)NewState;
}
/**
* @brief Initializes the SDIO Command according to the specified
* parameters in the SDIO_CmdInitStruct and send the command.
* @param SDIO_CmdInitStruct : pointer to a SDIO_CmdInitTypeDef
* structure that contains the configuration information for the SDIO command.
* @retval None
*/
void SDIO_SendCommand(SDIO_CmdInitTypeDef *SDIO_CmdInitStruct)
{
uint32_t tmpreg = 0;
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_SDIO_CMD_INDEX(SDIO_CmdInitStruct->SDIO_CmdIndex));
assert_param(IS_SDIO_RESPONSE(SDIO_CmdInitStruct->SDIO_Response));
assert_param(IS_SDIO_WAIT(SDIO_CmdInitStruct->SDIO_Wait));
assert_param(IS_SDIO_CPSM(SDIO_CmdInitStruct->SDIO_CPSM));
/*---------------------------- SDIO ARG Configuration ------------------------*/
/* Set the SDIO Argument value */
SDIO->ARG = SDIO_CmdInitStruct->SDIO_Argument;
/*---------------------------- SDIO CMD Configuration ------------------------*/
/* Get the SDIO CMD value */
tmpreg = SDIO->CMD;
/* Clear CMDINDEX, WAITRESP, WAITINT, WAITPEND, CPSMEN bits */
tmpreg &= CMD_CLEAR_MASK;
/* Set CMDINDEX bits according to SDIO_CmdIndex value */
/* Set WAITRESP bits according to SDIO_Response value */
/* Set WAITINT and WAITPEND bits according to SDIO_Wait value */
/* Set CPSMEN bits according to SDIO_CPSM value */
tmpreg |= (uint32_t)SDIO_CmdInitStruct->SDIO_CmdIndex | SDIO_CmdInitStruct->SDIO_Response
| SDIO_CmdInitStruct->SDIO_Wait | SDIO_CmdInitStruct->SDIO_CPSM;
/* Write to SDIO CMD */
SDIO->CMD = tmpreg;
}
/**
* @brief Fills each SDIO_CmdInitStruct member with its default value.
* @param SDIO_CmdInitStruct: pointer to an SDIO_CmdInitTypeDef
* structure which will be initialized.
* @retval None
*/
void SDIO_CmdStructInit(SDIO_CmdInitTypeDef* SDIO_CmdInitStruct)
{
/* SDIO_CmdInitStruct members default value */
SDIO_CmdInitStruct->SDIO_Argument = 0x00;
SDIO_CmdInitStruct->SDIO_CmdIndex = 0x00;
SDIO_CmdInitStruct->SDIO_Response = SDIO_Response_No;
SDIO_CmdInitStruct->SDIO_Wait = SDIO_Wait_No;
SDIO_CmdInitStruct->SDIO_CPSM = SDIO_CPSM_Disable;
}
/**
* @brief Returns command index of last command for which response received.
* @param None
* @retval Returns the command index of the last command response received.
*/
uint8_t SDIO_GetCommandResponse(void)
{
return (uint8_t)(SDIO->RESPCMD);
}
/**
* @brief Returns response received from the card for the last command.
* @param SDIO_RESP: Specifies the SDIO response register.
* This parameter can be one of the following values:
* @arg SDIO_RESP1: Response Register 1
* @arg SDIO_RESP2: Response Register 2
* @arg SDIO_RESP3: Response Register 3
* @arg SDIO_RESP4: Response Register 4
* @retval The Corresponding response register value.
*/
uint32_t SDIO_GetResponse(uint32_t SDIO_RESP)
{
__IO uint32_t tmp = 0;
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_SDIO_RESP(SDIO_RESP));
tmp = SDIO_RESP_ADDR + SDIO_RESP;
return (*(__IO uint32_t *) tmp);
}
/**
* @brief Initializes the SDIO data path according to the specified
* parameters in the SDIO_DataInitStruct.
* @param SDIO_DataInitStruct : pointer to a SDIO_DataInitTypeDef structure that
* contains the configuration information for the SDIO command.
* @retval None
*/
void SDIO_DataConfig(SDIO_DataInitTypeDef* SDIO_DataInitStruct)
{
uint32_t tmpreg = 0;
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_SDIO_DATA_LENGTH(SDIO_DataInitStruct->SDIO_DataLength));
assert_param(IS_SDIO_BLOCK_SIZE(SDIO_DataInitStruct->SDIO_DataBlockSize));
assert_param(IS_SDIO_TRANSFER_DIR(SDIO_DataInitStruct->SDIO_TransferDir));
assert_param(IS_SDIO_TRANSFER_MODE(SDIO_DataInitStruct->SDIO_TransferMode));
assert_param(IS_SDIO_DPSM(SDIO_DataInitStruct->SDIO_DPSM));
/*---------------------------- SDIO DTIMER Configuration ---------------------*/
/* Set the SDIO Data TimeOut value */
SDIO->DTIMER = SDIO_DataInitStruct->SDIO_DataTimeOut;
/*---------------------------- SDIO DLEN Configuration -----------------------*/
/* Set the SDIO DataLength value */
SDIO->DLEN = SDIO_DataInitStruct->SDIO_DataLength;
/*---------------------------- SDIO DCTRL Configuration ----------------------*/
/* Get the SDIO DCTRL value */
tmpreg = SDIO->DCTRL;
/* Clear DEN, DTMODE, DTDIR and DBCKSIZE bits */
tmpreg &= DCTRL_CLEAR_MASK;
/* Set DEN bit according to SDIO_DPSM value */
/* Set DTMODE bit according to SDIO_TransferMode value */
/* Set DTDIR bit according to SDIO_TransferDir value */
/* Set DBCKSIZE bits according to SDIO_DataBlockSize value */
tmpreg |= (uint32_t)SDIO_DataInitStruct->SDIO_DataBlockSize | SDIO_DataInitStruct->SDIO_TransferDir
| SDIO_DataInitStruct->SDIO_TransferMode | SDIO_DataInitStruct->SDIO_DPSM;
/* Write to SDIO DCTRL */
SDIO->DCTRL = tmpreg;
}
/**
* @brief Fills each SDIO_DataInitStruct member with its default value.
* @param SDIO_DataInitStruct: pointer to an SDIO_DataInitTypeDef structure which
* will be initialized.
* @retval None
*/
void SDIO_DataStructInit(SDIO_DataInitTypeDef* SDIO_DataInitStruct)
{
/* SDIO_DataInitStruct members default value */
SDIO_DataInitStruct->SDIO_DataTimeOut = 0xFFFFFFFF;
SDIO_DataInitStruct->SDIO_DataLength = 0x00;
SDIO_DataInitStruct->SDIO_DataBlockSize = SDIO_DataBlockSize_1b;
SDIO_DataInitStruct->SDIO_TransferDir = SDIO_TransferDir_ToCard;
SDIO_DataInitStruct->SDIO_TransferMode = SDIO_TransferMode_Block;
SDIO_DataInitStruct->SDIO_DPSM = SDIO_DPSM_Disable;
}
/**
* @brief Returns number of remaining data bytes to be transferred.
* @param None
* @retval Number of remaining data bytes to be transferred
*/
uint32_t SDIO_GetDataCounter(void)
{
return SDIO->DCOUNT;
}
/**
* @brief Read one data word from Rx FIFO.
* @param None
* @retval Data received
*/
uint32_t SDIO_ReadData(void)
{
return SDIO->FIFO;
}
/**
* @brief Write one data word to Tx FIFO.
* @param Data: 32-bit data word to write.
* @retval None
*/
void SDIO_WriteData(uint32_t Data)
{
SDIO->FIFO = Data;
}
/**
* @brief Returns the number of words left to be written to or read from FIFO.
* @param None
* @retval Remaining number of words.
*/
uint32_t SDIO_GetFIFOCount(void)
{
return SDIO->FIFOCNT;
}
/**
* @brief Starts the SD I/O Read Wait operation.
* @param NewState: new state of the Start SDIO Read Wait operation.
* This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE.
* @retval None
*/
void SDIO_StartSDIOReadWait(FunctionalState NewState)
{
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState));
*(__IO uint32_t *) DCTRL_RWSTART_BB = (uint32_t) NewState;
}
/**
* @brief Stops the SD I/O Read Wait operation.
* @param NewState: new state of the Stop SDIO Read Wait operation.
* This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE.
* @retval None
*/
void SDIO_StopSDIOReadWait(FunctionalState NewState)
{
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState));
*(__IO uint32_t *) DCTRL_RWSTOP_BB = (uint32_t) NewState;
}
/**
* @brief Sets one of the two options of inserting read wait interval.
* @param SDIO_ReadWaitMode: SD I/O Read Wait operation mode.
* This parameter can be:
* @arg SDIO_ReadWaitMode_CLK: Read Wait control by stopping SDIOCLK
* @arg SDIO_ReadWaitMode_DATA2: Read Wait control using SDIO_DATA2
* @retval None
*/
void SDIO_SetSDIOReadWaitMode(uint32_t SDIO_ReadWaitMode)
{
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_SDIO_READWAIT_MODE(SDIO_ReadWaitMode));
*(__IO uint32_t *) DCTRL_RWMOD_BB = SDIO_ReadWaitMode;
}
/**
* @brief Enables or disables the SD I/O Mode Operation.
* @param NewState: new state of SDIO specific operation.
* This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE.
* @retval None
*/
void SDIO_SetSDIOOperation(FunctionalState NewState)
{
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState));
*(__IO uint32_t *) DCTRL_SDIOEN_BB = (uint32_t)NewState;
}
/**
* @brief Enables or disables the SD I/O Mode suspend command sending.
* @param NewState: new state of the SD I/O Mode suspend command.
* This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE.
* @retval None
*/
void SDIO_SendSDIOSuspendCmd(FunctionalState NewState)
{
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState));
*(__IO uint32_t *) CMD_SDIOSUSPEND_BB = (uint32_t)NewState;
}
/**
* @brief Enables or disables the command completion signal.
* @param NewState: new state of command completion signal.
* This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE.
* @retval None
*/
void SDIO_CommandCompletionCmd(FunctionalState NewState)
{
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState));
*(__IO uint32_t *) CMD_ENCMDCOMPL_BB = (uint32_t)NewState;
}
/**
* @brief Enables or disables the CE-ATA interrupt.
* @param NewState: new state of CE-ATA interrupt. This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE.
* @retval None
*/
void SDIO_CEATAITCmd(FunctionalState NewState)
{
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState));
*(__IO uint32_t *) CMD_NIEN_BB = (uint32_t)((~((uint32_t)NewState)) & ((uint32_t)0x1));
}
/**
* @brief Sends CE-ATA command (CMD61).
* @param NewState: new state of CE-ATA command. This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE.
* @retval None
*/
void SDIO_SendCEATACmd(FunctionalState NewState)
{
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState));
*(__IO uint32_t *) CMD_ATACMD_BB = (uint32_t)NewState;
}
/**
* @brief Checks whether the specified SDIO flag is set or not.
* @param SDIO_FLAG: specifies the flag to check.
* This parameter can be one of the following values:
* @arg SDIO_FLAG_CCRCFAIL: Command response received (CRC check failed)
* @arg SDIO_FLAG_DCRCFAIL: Data block sent/received (CRC check failed)
* @arg SDIO_FLAG_CTIMEOUT: Command response timeout
* @arg SDIO_FLAG_DTIMEOUT: Data timeout
* @arg SDIO_FLAG_TXUNDERR: Transmit FIFO underrun error
* @arg SDIO_FLAG_RXOVERR: Received FIFO overrun error
* @arg SDIO_FLAG_CMDREND: Command response received (CRC check passed)
* @arg SDIO_FLAG_CMDSENT: Command sent (no response required)
* @arg SDIO_FLAG_DATAEND: Data end (data counter, SDIDCOUNT, is zero)
* @arg SDIO_FLAG_STBITERR: Start bit not detected on all data signals in wide
* bus mode.
* @arg SDIO_FLAG_DBCKEND: Data block sent/received (CRC check passed)
* @arg SDIO_FLAG_CMDACT: Command transfer in progress
* @arg SDIO_FLAG_TXACT: Data transmit in progress
* @arg SDIO_FLAG_RXACT: Data receive in progress
* @arg SDIO_FLAG_TXFIFOHE: Transmit FIFO Half Empty
* @arg SDIO_FLAG_RXFIFOHF: Receive FIFO Half Full
* @arg SDIO_FLAG_TXFIFOF: Transmit FIFO full
* @arg SDIO_FLAG_RXFIFOF: Receive FIFO full
* @arg SDIO_FLAG_TXFIFOE: Transmit FIFO empty
* @arg SDIO_FLAG_RXFIFOE: Receive FIFO empty
* @arg SDIO_FLAG_TXDAVL: Data available in transmit FIFO
* @arg SDIO_FLAG_RXDAVL: Data available in receive FIFO
* @arg SDIO_FLAG_SDIOIT: SD I/O interrupt received
* @arg SDIO_FLAG_CEATAEND: CE-ATA command completion signal received for CMD61
* @retval The new state of SDIO_FLAG (SET or RESET).
*/
FlagStatus SDIO_GetFlagStatus(uint32_t SDIO_FLAG)
{
FlagStatus bitstatus = RESET;
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_SDIO_FLAG(SDIO_FLAG));
if ((SDIO->STA & SDIO_FLAG) != (uint32_t)RESET)
{
bitstatus = SET;
}
else
{
bitstatus = RESET;
}
return bitstatus;
}
/**
* @brief Clears the SDIO's pending flags.
* @param SDIO_FLAG: specifies the flag to clear.
* This parameter can be one or a combination of the following values:
* @arg SDIO_FLAG_CCRCFAIL: Command response received (CRC check failed)
* @arg SDIO_FLAG_DCRCFAIL: Data block sent/received (CRC check failed)
* @arg SDIO_FLAG_CTIMEOUT: Command response timeout
* @arg SDIO_FLAG_DTIMEOUT: Data timeout
* @arg SDIO_FLAG_TXUNDERR: Transmit FIFO underrun error
* @arg SDIO_FLAG_RXOVERR: Received FIFO overrun error
* @arg SDIO_FLAG_CMDREND: Command response received (CRC check passed)
* @arg SDIO_FLAG_CMDSENT: Command sent (no response required)
* @arg SDIO_FLAG_DATAEND: Data end (data counter, SDIDCOUNT, is zero)
* @arg SDIO_FLAG_STBITERR: Start bit not detected on all data signals in wide
* bus mode
* @arg SDIO_FLAG_DBCKEND: Data block sent/received (CRC check passed)
* @arg SDIO_FLAG_SDIOIT: SD I/O interrupt received
* @arg SDIO_FLAG_CEATAEND: CE-ATA command completion signal received for CMD61
* @retval None
*/
void SDIO_ClearFlag(uint32_t SDIO_FLAG)
{
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_SDIO_CLEAR_FLAG(SDIO_FLAG));
SDIO->ICR = SDIO_FLAG;
}
/**
* @brief Checks whether the specified SDIO interrupt has occurred or not.
* @param SDIO_IT: specifies the SDIO interrupt source to check.
* This parameter can be one of the following values:
* @arg SDIO_IT_CCRCFAIL: Command response received (CRC check failed) interrupt
* @arg SDIO_IT_DCRCFAIL: Data block sent/received (CRC check failed) interrupt
* @arg SDIO_IT_CTIMEOUT: Command response timeout interrupt
* @arg SDIO_IT_DTIMEOUT: Data timeout interrupt
* @arg SDIO_IT_TXUNDERR: Transmit FIFO underrun error interrupt
* @arg SDIO_IT_RXOVERR: Received FIFO overrun error interrupt
* @arg SDIO_IT_CMDREND: Command response received (CRC check passed) interrupt
* @arg SDIO_IT_CMDSENT: Command sent (no response required) interrupt
* @arg SDIO_IT_DATAEND: Data end (data counter, SDIDCOUNT, is zero) interrupt
* @arg SDIO_IT_STBITERR: Start bit not detected on all data signals in wide
* bus mode interrupt
* @arg SDIO_IT_DBCKEND: Data block sent/received (CRC check passed) interrupt
* @arg SDIO_IT_CMDACT: Command transfer in progress interrupt
* @arg SDIO_IT_TXACT: Data transmit in progress interrupt
* @arg SDIO_IT_RXACT: Data receive in progress interrupt
* @arg SDIO_IT_TXFIFOHE: Transmit FIFO Half Empty interrupt
* @arg SDIO_IT_RXFIFOHF: Receive FIFO Half Full interrupt
* @arg SDIO_IT_TXFIFOF: Transmit FIFO full interrupt
* @arg SDIO_IT_RXFIFOF: Receive FIFO full interrupt
* @arg SDIO_IT_TXFIFOE: Transmit FIFO empty interrupt
* @arg SDIO_IT_RXFIFOE: Receive FIFO empty interrupt
* @arg SDIO_IT_TXDAVL: Data available in transmit FIFO interrupt
* @arg SDIO_IT_RXDAVL: Data available in receive FIFO interrupt
* @arg SDIO_IT_SDIOIT: SD I/O interrupt received interrupt
* @arg SDIO_IT_CEATAEND: CE-ATA command completion signal received for CMD61 interrupt
* @retval The new state of SDIO_IT (SET or RESET).
*/
ITStatus SDIO_GetITStatus(uint32_t SDIO_IT)
{
ITStatus bitstatus = RESET;
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_SDIO_GET_IT(SDIO_IT));
if ((SDIO->STA & SDIO_IT) != (uint32_t)RESET)
{
bitstatus = SET;
}
else
{
bitstatus = RESET;
}
return bitstatus;
}
/**
* @brief Clears the SDIO's interrupt pending bits.
* @param SDIO_IT: specifies the interrupt pending bit to clear.
* This parameter can be one or a combination of the following values:
* @arg SDIO_IT_CCRCFAIL: Command response received (CRC check failed) interrupt
* @arg SDIO_IT_DCRCFAIL: Data block sent/received (CRC check failed) interrupt
* @arg SDIO_IT_CTIMEOUT: Command response timeout interrupt
* @arg SDIO_IT_DTIMEOUT: Data timeout interrupt
* @arg SDIO_IT_TXUNDERR: Transmit FIFO underrun error interrupt
* @arg SDIO_IT_RXOVERR: Received FIFO overrun error interrupt
* @arg SDIO_IT_CMDREND: Command response received (CRC check passed) interrupt
* @arg SDIO_IT_CMDSENT: Command sent (no response required) interrupt
* @arg SDIO_IT_DATAEND: Data end (data counter, SDIDCOUNT, is zero) interrupt
* @arg SDIO_IT_STBITERR: Start bit not detected on all data signals in wide
* bus mode interrupt
* @arg SDIO_IT_SDIOIT: SD I/O interrupt received interrupt
* @arg SDIO_IT_CEATAEND: CE-ATA command completion signal received for CMD61
* @retval None
*/
void SDIO_ClearITPendingBit(uint32_t SDIO_IT)
{
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_SDIO_CLEAR_IT(SDIO_IT));
SDIO->ICR = SDIO_IT;
}
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* @}
*/
/******************* (C) COPYRIGHT 2011 STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/

View File

@ -0,0 +1,908 @@
/**
******************************************************************************
* @file stm32f10x_spi.c
* @author MCD Application Team
* @version V3.5.0
* @date 11-March-2011
* @brief This file provides all the SPI firmware functions.
******************************************************************************
* @attention
*
* THE PRESENT FIRMWARE WHICH IS FOR GUIDANCE ONLY AIMS AT PROVIDING CUSTOMERS
* WITH CODING INFORMATION REGARDING THEIR PRODUCTS IN ORDER FOR THEM TO SAVE
* TIME. AS A RESULT, STMICROELECTRONICS SHALL NOT BE HELD LIABLE FOR ANY
* DIRECT, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES WITH RESPECT TO ANY CLAIMS ARISING
* FROM THE CONTENT OF SUCH FIRMWARE AND/OR THE USE MADE BY CUSTOMERS OF THE
* CODING INFORMATION CONTAINED HEREIN IN CONNECTION WITH THEIR PRODUCTS.
*
* <h2><center>&copy; COPYRIGHT 2011 STMicroelectronics</center></h2>
******************************************************************************
*/
/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
#include "stm32f10x_spi.h"
#include "stm32f10x_rcc.h"
/** @addtogroup STM32F10x_StdPeriph_Driver
* @{
*/
/** @defgroup SPI
* @brief SPI driver modules
* @{
*/
/** @defgroup SPI_Private_TypesDefinitions
* @{
*/
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup SPI_Private_Defines
* @{
*/
/* SPI SPE mask */
#define CR1_SPE_Set ((uint16_t)0x0040)
#define CR1_SPE_Reset ((uint16_t)0xFFBF)
/* I2S I2SE mask */
#define I2SCFGR_I2SE_Set ((uint16_t)0x0400)
#define I2SCFGR_I2SE_Reset ((uint16_t)0xFBFF)
/* SPI CRCNext mask */
#define CR1_CRCNext_Set ((uint16_t)0x1000)
/* SPI CRCEN mask */
#define CR1_CRCEN_Set ((uint16_t)0x2000)
#define CR1_CRCEN_Reset ((uint16_t)0xDFFF)
/* SPI SSOE mask */
#define CR2_SSOE_Set ((uint16_t)0x0004)
#define CR2_SSOE_Reset ((uint16_t)0xFFFB)
/* SPI registers Masks */
#define CR1_CLEAR_Mask ((uint16_t)0x3040)
#define I2SCFGR_CLEAR_Mask ((uint16_t)0xF040)
/* SPI or I2S mode selection masks */
#define SPI_Mode_Select ((uint16_t)0xF7FF)
#define I2S_Mode_Select ((uint16_t)0x0800)
/* I2S clock source selection masks */
#define I2S2_CLOCK_SRC ((uint32_t)(0x00020000))
#define I2S3_CLOCK_SRC ((uint32_t)(0x00040000))
#define I2S_MUL_MASK ((uint32_t)(0x0000F000))
#define I2S_DIV_MASK ((uint32_t)(0x000000F0))
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup SPI_Private_Macros
* @{
*/
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup SPI_Private_Variables
* @{
*/
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup SPI_Private_FunctionPrototypes
* @{
*/
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup SPI_Private_Functions
* @{
*/
/**
* @brief Deinitializes the SPIx peripheral registers to their default
* reset values (Affects also the I2Ss).
* @param SPIx: where x can be 1, 2 or 3 to select the SPI peripheral.
* @retval None
*/
void SPI_I2S_DeInit(SPI_TypeDef* SPIx)
{
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_SPI_ALL_PERIPH(SPIx));
if (SPIx == SPI1)
{
/* Enable SPI1 reset state */
RCC_APB2PeriphResetCmd(RCC_APB2Periph_SPI1, ENABLE);
/* Release SPI1 from reset state */
RCC_APB2PeriphResetCmd(RCC_APB2Periph_SPI1, DISABLE);
}
else if (SPIx == SPI2)
{
/* Enable SPI2 reset state */
RCC_APB1PeriphResetCmd(RCC_APB1Periph_SPI2, ENABLE);
/* Release SPI2 from reset state */
RCC_APB1PeriphResetCmd(RCC_APB1Periph_SPI2, DISABLE);
}
else
{
if (SPIx == SPI3)
{
/* Enable SPI3 reset state */
RCC_APB1PeriphResetCmd(RCC_APB1Periph_SPI3, ENABLE);
/* Release SPI3 from reset state */
RCC_APB1PeriphResetCmd(RCC_APB1Periph_SPI3, DISABLE);
}
}
}
/**
* @brief Initializes the SPIx peripheral according to the specified
* parameters in the SPI_InitStruct.
* @param SPIx: where x can be 1, 2 or 3 to select the SPI peripheral.
* @param SPI_InitStruct: pointer to a SPI_InitTypeDef structure that
* contains the configuration information for the specified SPI peripheral.
* @retval None
*/
void SPI_Init(SPI_TypeDef* SPIx, SPI_InitTypeDef* SPI_InitStruct)
{
uint16_t tmpreg = 0;
/* check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_SPI_ALL_PERIPH(SPIx));
/* Check the SPI parameters */
assert_param(IS_SPI_DIRECTION_MODE(SPI_InitStruct->SPI_Direction));
assert_param(IS_SPI_MODE(SPI_InitStruct->SPI_Mode));
assert_param(IS_SPI_DATASIZE(SPI_InitStruct->SPI_DataSize));
assert_param(IS_SPI_CPOL(SPI_InitStruct->SPI_CPOL));
assert_param(IS_SPI_CPHA(SPI_InitStruct->SPI_CPHA));
assert_param(IS_SPI_NSS(SPI_InitStruct->SPI_NSS));
assert_param(IS_SPI_BAUDRATE_PRESCALER(SPI_InitStruct->SPI_BaudRatePrescaler));
assert_param(IS_SPI_FIRST_BIT(SPI_InitStruct->SPI_FirstBit));
assert_param(IS_SPI_CRC_POLYNOMIAL(SPI_InitStruct->SPI_CRCPolynomial));
/*---------------------------- SPIx CR1 Configuration ------------------------*/
/* Get the SPIx CR1 value */
tmpreg = SPIx->CR1;
/* Clear BIDIMode, BIDIOE, RxONLY, SSM, SSI, LSBFirst, BR, MSTR, CPOL and CPHA bits */
tmpreg &= CR1_CLEAR_Mask;
/* Configure SPIx: direction, NSS management, first transmitted bit, BaudRate prescaler
master/salve mode, CPOL and CPHA */
/* Set BIDImode, BIDIOE and RxONLY bits according to SPI_Direction value */
/* Set SSM, SSI and MSTR bits according to SPI_Mode and SPI_NSS values */
/* Set LSBFirst bit according to SPI_FirstBit value */
/* Set BR bits according to SPI_BaudRatePrescaler value */
/* Set CPOL bit according to SPI_CPOL value */
/* Set CPHA bit according to SPI_CPHA value */
tmpreg |= (uint16_t)((uint32_t)SPI_InitStruct->SPI_Direction | SPI_InitStruct->SPI_Mode |
SPI_InitStruct->SPI_DataSize | SPI_InitStruct->SPI_CPOL |
SPI_InitStruct->SPI_CPHA | SPI_InitStruct->SPI_NSS |
SPI_InitStruct->SPI_BaudRatePrescaler | SPI_InitStruct->SPI_FirstBit);
/* Write to SPIx CR1 */
SPIx->CR1 = tmpreg;
/* Activate the SPI mode (Reset I2SMOD bit in I2SCFGR register) */
SPIx->I2SCFGR &= SPI_Mode_Select;
/*---------------------------- SPIx CRCPOLY Configuration --------------------*/
/* Write to SPIx CRCPOLY */
SPIx->CRCPR = SPI_InitStruct->SPI_CRCPolynomial;
}
/**
* @brief Initializes the SPIx peripheral according to the specified
* parameters in the I2S_InitStruct.
* @param SPIx: where x can be 2 or 3 to select the SPI peripheral
* (configured in I2S mode).
* @param I2S_InitStruct: pointer to an I2S_InitTypeDef structure that
* contains the configuration information for the specified SPI peripheral
* configured in I2S mode.
* @note
* The function calculates the optimal prescaler needed to obtain the most
* accurate audio frequency (depending on the I2S clock source, the PLL values
* and the product configuration). But in case the prescaler value is greater
* than 511, the default value (0x02) will be configured instead. *
* @retval None
*/
void I2S_Init(SPI_TypeDef* SPIx, I2S_InitTypeDef* I2S_InitStruct)
{
uint16_t tmpreg = 0, i2sdiv = 2, i2sodd = 0, packetlength = 1;
uint32_t tmp = 0;
RCC_ClocksTypeDef RCC_Clocks;
uint32_t sourceclock = 0;
/* Check the I2S parameters */
assert_param(IS_SPI_23_PERIPH(SPIx));
assert_param(IS_I2S_MODE(I2S_InitStruct->I2S_Mode));
assert_param(IS_I2S_STANDARD(I2S_InitStruct->I2S_Standard));
assert_param(IS_I2S_DATA_FORMAT(I2S_InitStruct->I2S_DataFormat));
assert_param(IS_I2S_MCLK_OUTPUT(I2S_InitStruct->I2S_MCLKOutput));
assert_param(IS_I2S_AUDIO_FREQ(I2S_InitStruct->I2S_AudioFreq));
assert_param(IS_I2S_CPOL(I2S_InitStruct->I2S_CPOL));
/*----------------------- SPIx I2SCFGR & I2SPR Configuration -----------------*/
/* Clear I2SMOD, I2SE, I2SCFG, PCMSYNC, I2SSTD, CKPOL, DATLEN and CHLEN bits */
SPIx->I2SCFGR &= I2SCFGR_CLEAR_Mask;
SPIx->I2SPR = 0x0002;
/* Get the I2SCFGR register value */
tmpreg = SPIx->I2SCFGR;
/* If the default value has to be written, reinitialize i2sdiv and i2sodd*/
if(I2S_InitStruct->I2S_AudioFreq == I2S_AudioFreq_Default)
{
i2sodd = (uint16_t)0;
i2sdiv = (uint16_t)2;
}
/* If the requested audio frequency is not the default, compute the prescaler */
else
{
/* Check the frame length (For the Prescaler computing) */
if(I2S_InitStruct->I2S_DataFormat == I2S_DataFormat_16b)
{
/* Packet length is 16 bits */
packetlength = 1;
}
else
{
/* Packet length is 32 bits */
packetlength = 2;
}
/* Get the I2S clock source mask depending on the peripheral number */
if(((uint32_t)SPIx) == SPI2_BASE)
{
/* The mask is relative to I2S2 */
tmp = I2S2_CLOCK_SRC;
}
else
{
/* The mask is relative to I2S3 */
tmp = I2S3_CLOCK_SRC;
}
/* Check the I2S clock source configuration depending on the Device:
Only Connectivity line devices have the PLL3 VCO clock */
#ifdef STM32F10X_CL
if((RCC->CFGR2 & tmp) != 0)
{
/* Get the configuration bits of RCC PLL3 multiplier */
tmp = (uint32_t)((RCC->CFGR2 & I2S_MUL_MASK) >> 12);
/* Get the value of the PLL3 multiplier */
if((tmp > 5) && (tmp < 15))
{
/* Multiplier is between 8 and 14 (value 15 is forbidden) */
tmp += 2;
}
else
{
if (tmp == 15)
{
/* Multiplier is 20 */
tmp = 20;
}
}
/* Get the PREDIV2 value */
sourceclock = (uint32_t)(((RCC->CFGR2 & I2S_DIV_MASK) >> 4) + 1);
/* Calculate the Source Clock frequency based on PLL3 and PREDIV2 values */
sourceclock = (uint32_t) ((HSE_Value / sourceclock) * tmp * 2);
}
else
{
/* I2S Clock source is System clock: Get System Clock frequency */
RCC_GetClocksFreq(&RCC_Clocks);
/* Get the source clock value: based on System Clock value */
sourceclock = RCC_Clocks.SYSCLK_Frequency;
}
#else /* STM32F10X_HD */
/* I2S Clock source is System clock: Get System Clock frequency */
RCC_GetClocksFreq(&RCC_Clocks);
/* Get the source clock value: based on System Clock value */
sourceclock = RCC_Clocks.SYSCLK_Frequency;
#endif /* STM32F10X_CL */
/* Compute the Real divider depending on the MCLK output state with a floating point */
if(I2S_InitStruct->I2S_MCLKOutput == I2S_MCLKOutput_Enable)
{
/* MCLK output is enabled */
tmp = (uint16_t)(((((sourceclock / 256) * 10) / I2S_InitStruct->I2S_AudioFreq)) + 5);
}
else
{
/* MCLK output is disabled */
tmp = (uint16_t)(((((sourceclock / (32 * packetlength)) *10 ) / I2S_InitStruct->I2S_AudioFreq)) + 5);
}
/* Remove the floating point */
tmp = tmp / 10;
/* Check the parity of the divider */
i2sodd = (uint16_t)(tmp & (uint16_t)0x0001);
/* Compute the i2sdiv prescaler */
i2sdiv = (uint16_t)((tmp - i2sodd) / 2);
/* Get the Mask for the Odd bit (SPI_I2SPR[8]) register */
i2sodd = (uint16_t) (i2sodd << 8);
}
/* Test if the divider is 1 or 0 or greater than 0xFF */
if ((i2sdiv < 2) || (i2sdiv > 0xFF))
{
/* Set the default values */
i2sdiv = 2;
i2sodd = 0;
}
/* Write to SPIx I2SPR register the computed value */
SPIx->I2SPR = (uint16_t)(i2sdiv | (uint16_t)(i2sodd | (uint16_t)I2S_InitStruct->I2S_MCLKOutput));
/* Configure the I2S with the SPI_InitStruct values */
tmpreg |= (uint16_t)(I2S_Mode_Select | (uint16_t)(I2S_InitStruct->I2S_Mode | \
(uint16_t)(I2S_InitStruct->I2S_Standard | (uint16_t)(I2S_InitStruct->I2S_DataFormat | \
(uint16_t)I2S_InitStruct->I2S_CPOL))));
/* Write to SPIx I2SCFGR */
SPIx->I2SCFGR = tmpreg;
}
/**
* @brief Fills each SPI_InitStruct member with its default value.
* @param SPI_InitStruct : pointer to a SPI_InitTypeDef structure which will be initialized.
* @retval None
*/
void SPI_StructInit(SPI_InitTypeDef* SPI_InitStruct)
{
/*--------------- Reset SPI init structure parameters values -----------------*/
/* Initialize the SPI_Direction member */
SPI_InitStruct->SPI_Direction = SPI_Direction_2Lines_FullDuplex;
/* initialize the SPI_Mode member */
SPI_InitStruct->SPI_Mode = SPI_Mode_Slave;
/* initialize the SPI_DataSize member */
SPI_InitStruct->SPI_DataSize = SPI_DataSize_8b;
/* Initialize the SPI_CPOL member */
SPI_InitStruct->SPI_CPOL = SPI_CPOL_Low;
/* Initialize the SPI_CPHA member */
SPI_InitStruct->SPI_CPHA = SPI_CPHA_1Edge;
/* Initialize the SPI_NSS member */
SPI_InitStruct->SPI_NSS = SPI_NSS_Hard;
/* Initialize the SPI_BaudRatePrescaler member */
SPI_InitStruct->SPI_BaudRatePrescaler = SPI_BaudRatePrescaler_2;
/* Initialize the SPI_FirstBit member */
SPI_InitStruct->SPI_FirstBit = SPI_FirstBit_MSB;
/* Initialize the SPI_CRCPolynomial member */
SPI_InitStruct->SPI_CRCPolynomial = 7;
}
/**
* @brief Fills each I2S_InitStruct member with its default value.
* @param I2S_InitStruct : pointer to a I2S_InitTypeDef structure which will be initialized.
* @retval None
*/
void I2S_StructInit(I2S_InitTypeDef* I2S_InitStruct)
{
/*--------------- Reset I2S init structure parameters values -----------------*/
/* Initialize the I2S_Mode member */
I2S_InitStruct->I2S_Mode = I2S_Mode_SlaveTx;
/* Initialize the I2S_Standard member */
I2S_InitStruct->I2S_Standard = I2S_Standard_Phillips;
/* Initialize the I2S_DataFormat member */
I2S_InitStruct->I2S_DataFormat = I2S_DataFormat_16b;
/* Initialize the I2S_MCLKOutput member */
I2S_InitStruct->I2S_MCLKOutput = I2S_MCLKOutput_Disable;
/* Initialize the I2S_AudioFreq member */
I2S_InitStruct->I2S_AudioFreq = I2S_AudioFreq_Default;
/* Initialize the I2S_CPOL member */
I2S_InitStruct->I2S_CPOL = I2S_CPOL_Low;
}
/**
* @brief Enables or disables the specified SPI peripheral.
* @param SPIx: where x can be 1, 2 or 3 to select the SPI peripheral.
* @param NewState: new state of the SPIx peripheral.
* This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE.
* @retval None
*/
void SPI_Cmd(SPI_TypeDef* SPIx, FunctionalState NewState)
{
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_SPI_ALL_PERIPH(SPIx));
assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState));
if (NewState != DISABLE)
{
/* Enable the selected SPI peripheral */
SPIx->CR1 |= CR1_SPE_Set;
}
else
{
/* Disable the selected SPI peripheral */
SPIx->CR1 &= CR1_SPE_Reset;
}
}
/**
* @brief Enables or disables the specified SPI peripheral (in I2S mode).
* @param SPIx: where x can be 2 or 3 to select the SPI peripheral.
* @param NewState: new state of the SPIx peripheral.
* This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE.
* @retval None
*/
void I2S_Cmd(SPI_TypeDef* SPIx, FunctionalState NewState)
{
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_SPI_23_PERIPH(SPIx));
assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState));
if (NewState != DISABLE)
{
/* Enable the selected SPI peripheral (in I2S mode) */
SPIx->I2SCFGR |= I2SCFGR_I2SE_Set;
}
else
{
/* Disable the selected SPI peripheral (in I2S mode) */
SPIx->I2SCFGR &= I2SCFGR_I2SE_Reset;
}
}
/**
* @brief Enables or disables the specified SPI/I2S interrupts.
* @param SPIx: where x can be
* - 1, 2 or 3 in SPI mode
* - 2 or 3 in I2S mode
* @param SPI_I2S_IT: specifies the SPI/I2S interrupt source to be enabled or disabled.
* This parameter can be one of the following values:
* @arg SPI_I2S_IT_TXE: Tx buffer empty interrupt mask
* @arg SPI_I2S_IT_RXNE: Rx buffer not empty interrupt mask
* @arg SPI_I2S_IT_ERR: Error interrupt mask
* @param NewState: new state of the specified SPI/I2S interrupt.
* This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE.
* @retval None
*/
void SPI_I2S_ITConfig(SPI_TypeDef* SPIx, uint8_t SPI_I2S_IT, FunctionalState NewState)
{
uint16_t itpos = 0, itmask = 0 ;
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_SPI_ALL_PERIPH(SPIx));
assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState));
assert_param(IS_SPI_I2S_CONFIG_IT(SPI_I2S_IT));
/* Get the SPI/I2S IT index */
itpos = SPI_I2S_IT >> 4;
/* Set the IT mask */
itmask = (uint16_t)1 << (uint16_t)itpos;
if (NewState != DISABLE)
{
/* Enable the selected SPI/I2S interrupt */
SPIx->CR2 |= itmask;
}
else
{
/* Disable the selected SPI/I2S interrupt */
SPIx->CR2 &= (uint16_t)~itmask;
}
}
/**
* @brief Enables or disables the SPIx/I2Sx DMA interface.
* @param SPIx: where x can be
* - 1, 2 or 3 in SPI mode
* - 2 or 3 in I2S mode
* @param SPI_I2S_DMAReq: specifies the SPI/I2S DMA transfer request to be enabled or disabled.
* This parameter can be any combination of the following values:
* @arg SPI_I2S_DMAReq_Tx: Tx buffer DMA transfer request
* @arg SPI_I2S_DMAReq_Rx: Rx buffer DMA transfer request
* @param NewState: new state of the selected SPI/I2S DMA transfer request.
* This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE.
* @retval None
*/
void SPI_I2S_DMACmd(SPI_TypeDef* SPIx, uint16_t SPI_I2S_DMAReq, FunctionalState NewState)
{
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_SPI_ALL_PERIPH(SPIx));
assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState));
assert_param(IS_SPI_I2S_DMAREQ(SPI_I2S_DMAReq));
if (NewState != DISABLE)
{
/* Enable the selected SPI/I2S DMA requests */
SPIx->CR2 |= SPI_I2S_DMAReq;
}
else
{
/* Disable the selected SPI/I2S DMA requests */
SPIx->CR2 &= (uint16_t)~SPI_I2S_DMAReq;
}
}
/**
* @brief Transmits a Data through the SPIx/I2Sx peripheral.
* @param SPIx: where x can be
* - 1, 2 or 3 in SPI mode
* - 2 or 3 in I2S mode
* @param Data : Data to be transmitted.
* @retval None
*/
void SPI_I2S_SendData(SPI_TypeDef* SPIx, uint16_t Data)
{
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_SPI_ALL_PERIPH(SPIx));
/* Write in the DR register the data to be sent */
SPIx->DR = Data;
}
/**
* @brief Returns the most recent received data by the SPIx/I2Sx peripheral.
* @param SPIx: where x can be
* - 1, 2 or 3 in SPI mode
* - 2 or 3 in I2S mode
* @retval The value of the received data.
*/
uint16_t SPI_I2S_ReceiveData(SPI_TypeDef* SPIx)
{
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_SPI_ALL_PERIPH(SPIx));
/* Return the data in the DR register */
return SPIx->DR;
}
/**
* @brief Configures internally by software the NSS pin for the selected SPI.
* @param SPIx: where x can be 1, 2 or 3 to select the SPI peripheral.
* @param SPI_NSSInternalSoft: specifies the SPI NSS internal state.
* This parameter can be one of the following values:
* @arg SPI_NSSInternalSoft_Set: Set NSS pin internally
* @arg SPI_NSSInternalSoft_Reset: Reset NSS pin internally
* @retval None
*/
void SPI_NSSInternalSoftwareConfig(SPI_TypeDef* SPIx, uint16_t SPI_NSSInternalSoft)
{
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_SPI_ALL_PERIPH(SPIx));
assert_param(IS_SPI_NSS_INTERNAL(SPI_NSSInternalSoft));
if (SPI_NSSInternalSoft != SPI_NSSInternalSoft_Reset)
{
/* Set NSS pin internally by software */
SPIx->CR1 |= SPI_NSSInternalSoft_Set;
}
else
{
/* Reset NSS pin internally by software */
SPIx->CR1 &= SPI_NSSInternalSoft_Reset;
}
}
/**
* @brief Enables or disables the SS output for the selected SPI.
* @param SPIx: where x can be 1, 2 or 3 to select the SPI peripheral.
* @param NewState: new state of the SPIx SS output.
* This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE.
* @retval None
*/
void SPI_SSOutputCmd(SPI_TypeDef* SPIx, FunctionalState NewState)
{
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_SPI_ALL_PERIPH(SPIx));
assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState));
if (NewState != DISABLE)
{
/* Enable the selected SPI SS output */
SPIx->CR2 |= CR2_SSOE_Set;
}
else
{
/* Disable the selected SPI SS output */
SPIx->CR2 &= CR2_SSOE_Reset;
}
}
/**
* @brief Configures the data size for the selected SPI.
* @param SPIx: where x can be 1, 2 or 3 to select the SPI peripheral.
* @param SPI_DataSize: specifies the SPI data size.
* This parameter can be one of the following values:
* @arg SPI_DataSize_16b: Set data frame format to 16bit
* @arg SPI_DataSize_8b: Set data frame format to 8bit
* @retval None
*/
void SPI_DataSizeConfig(SPI_TypeDef* SPIx, uint16_t SPI_DataSize)
{
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_SPI_ALL_PERIPH(SPIx));
assert_param(IS_SPI_DATASIZE(SPI_DataSize));
/* Clear DFF bit */
SPIx->CR1 &= (uint16_t)~SPI_DataSize_16b;
/* Set new DFF bit value */
SPIx->CR1 |= SPI_DataSize;
}
/**
* @brief Transmit the SPIx CRC value.
* @param SPIx: where x can be 1, 2 or 3 to select the SPI peripheral.
* @retval None
*/
void SPI_TransmitCRC(SPI_TypeDef* SPIx)
{
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_SPI_ALL_PERIPH(SPIx));
/* Enable the selected SPI CRC transmission */
SPIx->CR1 |= CR1_CRCNext_Set;
}
/**
* @brief Enables or disables the CRC value calculation of the transferred bytes.
* @param SPIx: where x can be 1, 2 or 3 to select the SPI peripheral.
* @param NewState: new state of the SPIx CRC value calculation.
* This parameter can be: ENABLE or DISABLE.
* @retval None
*/
void SPI_CalculateCRC(SPI_TypeDef* SPIx, FunctionalState NewState)
{
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_SPI_ALL_PERIPH(SPIx));
assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(NewState));
if (NewState != DISABLE)
{
/* Enable the selected SPI CRC calculation */
SPIx->CR1 |= CR1_CRCEN_Set;
}
else
{
/* Disable the selected SPI CRC calculation */
SPIx->CR1 &= CR1_CRCEN_Reset;
}
}
/**
* @brief Returns the transmit or the receive CRC register value for the specified SPI.
* @param SPIx: where x can be 1, 2 or 3 to select the SPI peripheral.
* @param SPI_CRC: specifies the CRC register to be read.
* This parameter can be one of the following values:
* @arg SPI_CRC_Tx: Selects Tx CRC register
* @arg SPI_CRC_Rx: Selects Rx CRC register
* @retval The selected CRC register value..
*/
uint16_t SPI_GetCRC(SPI_TypeDef* SPIx, uint8_t SPI_CRC)
{
uint16_t crcreg = 0;
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_SPI_ALL_PERIPH(SPIx));
assert_param(IS_SPI_CRC(SPI_CRC));
if (SPI_CRC != SPI_CRC_Rx)
{
/* Get the Tx CRC register */
crcreg = SPIx->TXCRCR;
}
else
{
/* Get the Rx CRC register */
crcreg = SPIx->RXCRCR;
}
/* Return the selected CRC register */
return crcreg;
}
/**
* @brief Returns the CRC Polynomial register value for the specified SPI.
* @param SPIx: where x can be 1, 2 or 3 to select the SPI peripheral.
* @retval The CRC Polynomial register value.
*/
uint16_t SPI_GetCRCPolynomial(SPI_TypeDef* SPIx)
{
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_SPI_ALL_PERIPH(SPIx));
/* Return the CRC polynomial register */
return SPIx->CRCPR;
}
/**
* @brief Selects the data transfer direction in bi-directional mode for the specified SPI.
* @param SPIx: where x can be 1, 2 or 3 to select the SPI peripheral.
* @param SPI_Direction: specifies the data transfer direction in bi-directional mode.
* This parameter can be one of the following values:
* @arg SPI_Direction_Tx: Selects Tx transmission direction
* @arg SPI_Direction_Rx: Selects Rx receive direction
* @retval None
*/
void SPI_BiDirectionalLineConfig(SPI_TypeDef* SPIx, uint16_t SPI_Direction)
{
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_SPI_ALL_PERIPH(SPIx));
assert_param(IS_SPI_DIRECTION(SPI_Direction));
if (SPI_Direction == SPI_Direction_Tx)
{
/* Set the Tx only mode */
SPIx->CR1 |= SPI_Direction_Tx;
}
else
{
/* Set the Rx only mode */
SPIx->CR1 &= SPI_Direction_Rx;
}
}
/**
* @brief Checks whether the specified SPI/I2S flag is set or not.
* @param SPIx: where x can be
* - 1, 2 or 3 in SPI mode
* - 2 or 3 in I2S mode
* @param SPI_I2S_FLAG: specifies the SPI/I2S flag to check.
* This parameter can be one of the following values:
* @arg SPI_I2S_FLAG_TXE: Transmit buffer empty flag.
* @arg SPI_I2S_FLAG_RXNE: Receive buffer not empty flag.
* @arg SPI_I2S_FLAG_BSY: Busy flag.
* @arg SPI_I2S_FLAG_OVR: Overrun flag.
* @arg SPI_FLAG_MODF: Mode Fault flag.
* @arg SPI_FLAG_CRCERR: CRC Error flag.
* @arg I2S_FLAG_UDR: Underrun Error flag.
* @arg I2S_FLAG_CHSIDE: Channel Side flag.
* @retval The new state of SPI_I2S_FLAG (SET or RESET).
*/
FlagStatus SPI_I2S_GetFlagStatus(SPI_TypeDef* SPIx, uint16_t SPI_I2S_FLAG)
{
FlagStatus bitstatus = RESET;
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_SPI_ALL_PERIPH(SPIx));
assert_param(IS_SPI_I2S_GET_FLAG(SPI_I2S_FLAG));
/* Check the status of the specified SPI/I2S flag */
if ((SPIx->SR & SPI_I2S_FLAG) != (uint16_t)RESET)
{
/* SPI_I2S_FLAG is set */
bitstatus = SET;
}
else
{
/* SPI_I2S_FLAG is reset */
bitstatus = RESET;
}
/* Return the SPI_I2S_FLAG status */
return bitstatus;
}
/**
* @brief Clears the SPIx CRC Error (CRCERR) flag.
* @param SPIx: where x can be
* - 1, 2 or 3 in SPI mode
* @param SPI_I2S_FLAG: specifies the SPI flag to clear.
* This function clears only CRCERR flag.
* @note
* - OVR (OverRun error) flag is cleared by software sequence: a read
* operation to SPI_DR register (SPI_I2S_ReceiveData()) followed by a read
* operation to SPI_SR register (SPI_I2S_GetFlagStatus()).
* - UDR (UnderRun error) flag is cleared by a read operation to
* SPI_SR register (SPI_I2S_GetFlagStatus()).
* - MODF (Mode Fault) flag is cleared by software sequence: a read/write
* operation to SPI_SR register (SPI_I2S_GetFlagStatus()) followed by a
* write operation to SPI_CR1 register (SPI_Cmd() to enable the SPI).
* @retval None
*/
void SPI_I2S_ClearFlag(SPI_TypeDef* SPIx, uint16_t SPI_I2S_FLAG)
{
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_SPI_ALL_PERIPH(SPIx));
assert_param(IS_SPI_I2S_CLEAR_FLAG(SPI_I2S_FLAG));
/* Clear the selected SPI CRC Error (CRCERR) flag */
SPIx->SR = (uint16_t)~SPI_I2S_FLAG;
}
/**
* @brief Checks whether the specified SPI/I2S interrupt has occurred or not.
* @param SPIx: where x can be
* - 1, 2 or 3 in SPI mode
* - 2 or 3 in I2S mode
* @param SPI_I2S_IT: specifies the SPI/I2S interrupt source to check.
* This parameter can be one of the following values:
* @arg SPI_I2S_IT_TXE: Transmit buffer empty interrupt.
* @arg SPI_I2S_IT_RXNE: Receive buffer not empty interrupt.
* @arg SPI_I2S_IT_OVR: Overrun interrupt.
* @arg SPI_IT_MODF: Mode Fault interrupt.
* @arg SPI_IT_CRCERR: CRC Error interrupt.
* @arg I2S_IT_UDR: Underrun Error interrupt.
* @retval The new state of SPI_I2S_IT (SET or RESET).
*/
ITStatus SPI_I2S_GetITStatus(SPI_TypeDef* SPIx, uint8_t SPI_I2S_IT)
{
ITStatus bitstatus = RESET;
uint16_t itpos = 0, itmask = 0, enablestatus = 0;
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_SPI_ALL_PERIPH(SPIx));
assert_param(IS_SPI_I2S_GET_IT(SPI_I2S_IT));
/* Get the SPI/I2S IT index */
itpos = 0x01 << (SPI_I2S_IT & 0x0F);
/* Get the SPI/I2S IT mask */
itmask = SPI_I2S_IT >> 4;
/* Set the IT mask */
itmask = 0x01 << itmask;
/* Get the SPI_I2S_IT enable bit status */
enablestatus = (SPIx->CR2 & itmask) ;
/* Check the status of the specified SPI/I2S interrupt */
if (((SPIx->SR & itpos) != (uint16_t)RESET) && enablestatus)
{
/* SPI_I2S_IT is set */
bitstatus = SET;
}
else
{
/* SPI_I2S_IT is reset */
bitstatus = RESET;
}
/* Return the SPI_I2S_IT status */
return bitstatus;
}
/**
* @brief Clears the SPIx CRC Error (CRCERR) interrupt pending bit.
* @param SPIx: where x can be
* - 1, 2 or 3 in SPI mode
* @param SPI_I2S_IT: specifies the SPI interrupt pending bit to clear.
* This function clears only CRCERR interrupt pending bit.
* @note
* - OVR (OverRun Error) interrupt pending bit is cleared by software
* sequence: a read operation to SPI_DR register (SPI_I2S_ReceiveData())
* followed by a read operation to SPI_SR register (SPI_I2S_GetITStatus()).
* - UDR (UnderRun Error) interrupt pending bit is cleared by a read
* operation to SPI_SR register (SPI_I2S_GetITStatus()).
* - MODF (Mode Fault) interrupt pending bit is cleared by software sequence:
* a read/write operation to SPI_SR register (SPI_I2S_GetITStatus())
* followed by a write operation to SPI_CR1 register (SPI_Cmd() to enable
* the SPI).
* @retval None
*/
void SPI_I2S_ClearITPendingBit(SPI_TypeDef* SPIx, uint8_t SPI_I2S_IT)
{
uint16_t itpos = 0;
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_SPI_ALL_PERIPH(SPIx));
assert_param(IS_SPI_I2S_CLEAR_IT(SPI_I2S_IT));
/* Get the SPI IT index */
itpos = 0x01 << (SPI_I2S_IT & 0x0F);
/* Clear the selected SPI CRC Error (CRCERR) interrupt pending bit */
SPIx->SR = (uint16_t)~itpos;
}
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* @}
*/
/******************* (C) COPYRIGHT 2011 STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

View File

@ -0,0 +1,224 @@
/**
******************************************************************************
* @file stm32f10x_wwdg.c
* @author MCD Application Team
* @version V3.5.0
* @date 11-March-2011
* @brief This file provides all the WWDG firmware functions.
******************************************************************************
* @attention
*
* THE PRESENT FIRMWARE WHICH IS FOR GUIDANCE ONLY AIMS AT PROVIDING CUSTOMERS
* WITH CODING INFORMATION REGARDING THEIR PRODUCTS IN ORDER FOR THEM TO SAVE
* TIME. AS A RESULT, STMICROELECTRONICS SHALL NOT BE HELD LIABLE FOR ANY
* DIRECT, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES WITH RESPECT TO ANY CLAIMS ARISING
* FROM THE CONTENT OF SUCH FIRMWARE AND/OR THE USE MADE BY CUSTOMERS OF THE
* CODING INFORMATION CONTAINED HEREIN IN CONNECTION WITH THEIR PRODUCTS.
*
* <h2><center>&copy; COPYRIGHT 2011 STMicroelectronics</center></h2>
******************************************************************************
*/
/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
#include "stm32f10x_wwdg.h"
#include "stm32f10x_rcc.h"
/** @addtogroup STM32F10x_StdPeriph_Driver
* @{
*/
/** @defgroup WWDG
* @brief WWDG driver modules
* @{
*/
/** @defgroup WWDG_Private_TypesDefinitions
* @{
*/
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup WWDG_Private_Defines
* @{
*/
/* ----------- WWDG registers bit address in the alias region ----------- */
#define WWDG_OFFSET (WWDG_BASE - PERIPH_BASE)
/* Alias word address of EWI bit */
#define CFR_OFFSET (WWDG_OFFSET + 0x04)
#define EWI_BitNumber 0x09
#define CFR_EWI_BB (PERIPH_BB_BASE + (CFR_OFFSET * 32) + (EWI_BitNumber * 4))
/* --------------------- WWDG registers bit mask ------------------------ */
/* CR register bit mask */
#define CR_WDGA_Set ((uint32_t)0x00000080)
/* CFR register bit mask */
#define CFR_WDGTB_Mask ((uint32_t)0xFFFFFE7F)
#define CFR_W_Mask ((uint32_t)0xFFFFFF80)
#define BIT_Mask ((uint8_t)0x7F)
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup WWDG_Private_Macros
* @{
*/
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup WWDG_Private_Variables
* @{
*/
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup WWDG_Private_FunctionPrototypes
* @{
*/
/**
* @}
*/
/** @defgroup WWDG_Private_Functions
* @{
*/
/**
* @brief Deinitializes the WWDG peripheral registers to their default reset values.
* @param None
* @retval None
*/
void WWDG_DeInit(void)
{
RCC_APB1PeriphResetCmd(RCC_APB1Periph_WWDG, ENABLE);
RCC_APB1PeriphResetCmd(RCC_APB1Periph_WWDG, DISABLE);
}
/**
* @brief Sets the WWDG Prescaler.
* @param WWDG_Prescaler: specifies the WWDG Prescaler.
* This parameter can be one of the following values:
* @arg WWDG_Prescaler_1: WWDG counter clock = (PCLK1/4096)/1
* @arg WWDG_Prescaler_2: WWDG counter clock = (PCLK1/4096)/2
* @arg WWDG_Prescaler_4: WWDG counter clock = (PCLK1/4096)/4
* @arg WWDG_Prescaler_8: WWDG counter clock = (PCLK1/4096)/8
* @retval None
*/
void WWDG_SetPrescaler(uint32_t WWDG_Prescaler)
{
uint32_t tmpreg = 0;
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_WWDG_PRESCALER(WWDG_Prescaler));
/* Clear WDGTB[1:0] bits */
tmpreg = WWDG->CFR & CFR_WDGTB_Mask;
/* Set WDGTB[1:0] bits according to WWDG_Prescaler value */
tmpreg |= WWDG_Prescaler;
/* Store the new value */
WWDG->CFR = tmpreg;
}
/**
* @brief Sets the WWDG window value.
* @param WindowValue: specifies the window value to be compared to the downcounter.
* This parameter value must be lower than 0x80.
* @retval None
*/
void WWDG_SetWindowValue(uint8_t WindowValue)
{
__IO uint32_t tmpreg = 0;
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_WWDG_WINDOW_VALUE(WindowValue));
/* Clear W[6:0] bits */
tmpreg = WWDG->CFR & CFR_W_Mask;
/* Set W[6:0] bits according to WindowValue value */
tmpreg |= WindowValue & (uint32_t) BIT_Mask;
/* Store the new value */
WWDG->CFR = tmpreg;
}
/**
* @brief Enables the WWDG Early Wakeup interrupt(EWI).
* @param None
* @retval None
*/
void WWDG_EnableIT(void)
{
*(__IO uint32_t *) CFR_EWI_BB = (uint32_t)ENABLE;
}
/**
* @brief Sets the WWDG counter value.
* @param Counter: specifies the watchdog counter value.
* This parameter must be a number between 0x40 and 0x7F.
* @retval None
*/
void WWDG_SetCounter(uint8_t Counter)
{
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_WWDG_COUNTER(Counter));
/* Write to T[6:0] bits to configure the counter value, no need to do
a read-modify-write; writing a 0 to WDGA bit does nothing */
WWDG->CR = Counter & BIT_Mask;
}
/**
* @brief Enables WWDG and load the counter value.
* @param Counter: specifies the watchdog counter value.
* This parameter must be a number between 0x40 and 0x7F.
* @retval None
*/
void WWDG_Enable(uint8_t Counter)
{
/* Check the parameters */
assert_param(IS_WWDG_COUNTER(Counter));
WWDG->CR = CR_WDGA_Set | Counter;
}
/**
* @brief Checks whether the Early Wakeup interrupt flag is set or not.
* @param None
* @retval The new state of the Early Wakeup interrupt flag (SET or RESET)
*/
FlagStatus WWDG_GetFlagStatus(void)
{
return (FlagStatus)(WWDG->SR);
}
/**
* @brief Clears Early Wakeup interrupt flag.
* @param None
* @retval None
*/
void WWDG_ClearFlag(void)
{
WWDG->SR = (uint32_t)RESET;
}
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* @}
*/
/**
* @}
*/
/******************* (C) COPYRIGHT 2011 STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/

13
callbacks.c Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,13 @@
void vApplicationStackOverflowHook( xTaskHandle *pxTask, signed char *pcTaskName )
{
while(1)
__asm("nop");
}
void I2CBusErrorCallback(I2C_TypeDef *port, uint8_t addr)
{
}

70
eeprom.c Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,70 @@
#include "i2c.h"
#include "eeprom.h"
#include "error.h"
//--------------definicje-----------------//
//24C02
#define DATA_PAGE_ADDR 0x00
#ifdef USE_RTOS
#include "FreeRTOS.h"
#include "task.h"
#define TICK xTaskGetTickCount()
#else
extern uint32_t tick; // z systick.c
#define TICK tick
#endif
//-----------------funkcje-------------------
int8_t eeprom_Initialize(void)
{
return I2C_Initialize(I2C1);
}
int8_t eeprom_ReadData(void *data, uint32_t size)
{
uint8_t tmp,addr,*ptr;
int8_t k;
uint32_t i;
addr=DATA_PAGE_ADDR;
ptr=(uint8_t*)data;
k=I2C_ReadIadr(I2C1, EEPROM_ADDR, addr, (uint8_t *)data, size);
return k;
}
int8_t eeprom_WriteData(void *data, uint32_t size)
{
uint8_t *ptr,addr;
int8_t k;
uint32_t i,tmp;
addr=DATA_PAGE_ADDR;
ptr=(uint8_t*)data;
for(i = 0; i < size; i++)
{
tmp=TICK;
while(1)
{
k=I2C_WriteIadr(I2C1,EEPROM_ADDR,addr,ptr,1);
if( (k==-I2C_BUS_ERROR) || (k==-TIMEOUT) )
{
return k;
}
else if (k==-I2C_SLAVE_NACK)
{
if( (TICK-tmp) >= 50 ) //czekamy max 50ms
return k;
else
continue;
}
else
break;
}
ptr++;
addr++;
}
return 0;
}

15
eeprom.h Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,15 @@
#ifndef __EEPROM_H
#define __EEPROM_H
#include <stdint.h>
//--------------definicje-----------------//
#define EEPROM_ADDR 0x50
//-----------------typy-------------------
//---------------funkcje------------------
int8_t eeprom_Initialize(void);
int8_t eeprom_ReadData(void *data, uint32_t size);
int8_t eeprom_WriteData(void *data, uint32_t size);
#endif

8559
fonts.h Normal file

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

994
gui.c Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,994 @@
#include "gui.h"
#include "hw/glcd_s6b0108.h"
#include "keys.h"
#include "font.h"
#include "obrazki.h"
#include "eeprom.h"
#include "gfxlib.h"
#include "main.h"
#include <stdio.h>
#include <stdlib.h>
#include <string.h>
#include <math.h>
#include <stdint.h>
#include "error.h"
#include "amanero.h"
//---------------------------stałe-------------------------------//
#define LCD_BUF_SIZE LCD_WIDTH*LCD_HEIGHT/8
#define MAX_NAME_LENGTH 16
#define MAX_CHILDREN 7
#define MAX_TEXTS 6
#define MAX_OPTIONAL_TEXTS 1
#define MAX_TEXT_LENGTH 16
#define MAX_IMAGES 2
#define MAX_BOXES 1
#define MENU_TIMEOUT_2SEC 20000
#define MENU_TIMEOUT_5SEC 50000
#define MENU_TIMEOUT_30SEC 300000
#define MENU_DEFAULT_TIMEOUT MENU_TIMEOUT_30SEC
#define VERSION_STRING "Nova+ 0.3"
#define COMPILATION_DATE_STRING __DATE__
#define UI_MTXT_X 37
#define UI_MTXT_Y1 4
#define UI_MTXT_Y2 23
#define UI_MTXT_Y3 42
#define UI_MTXT_H 18
#define UI_ATXT_X 178
//dostęp do zegara systemowego
#ifdef USE_RTOS
#include "FreeRTOS.h"
#include "task.h"
#define TICK xTaskGetTickCount()
#else
extern uint32_t tick;
#define TICK tick
#endif
//---------------------------typy---------------------------------//
//ekran GUI
typedef struct
{
uint8_t name[MAX_NAME_LENGTH];
void *child[MAX_CHILDREN];
void *parent;
uint8_t child_keycode[MAX_CHILDREN];
uint32_t timeout; //czas nieaktywności
void (*callback)(uint8_t keycode); //funkcja do wykonania
//SIBLINGS
void *left, *right;
uint8_t default_sibling;
//TEXTS
uint8_t *texts[MAX_TEXTS];
uint8_t *texts_font[MAX_TEXTS];
uint8_t texts_invert[MAX_TEXTS];
int32_t texts_x[MAX_TEXTS], texts_y[MAX_TEXTS];
int8_t texts_show[MAX_TEXTS];
//IMAGES
uint8_t *images[MAX_IMAGES];
int32_t images_x[MAX_IMAGES], images_y[MAX_IMAGES];
//BOXES
uint8_t boxes[MAX_BOXES];
int32_t boxes_x1[MAX_BOXES], boxes_y1[MAX_BOXES];
int32_t boxes_x2[MAX_BOXES], boxes_y2[MAX_BOXES];
//DATA
uint32_t data;
}screen_t;
//--------------------------Zmienne globalne------------------------//
static uint8_t keycode;
static uint8_t frame_buffer[LCD_BUF_SIZE];
static screen_t *menu_root;
static screen_t *current_screen, *main_screen;
static screen_t *filter1_screen, *autoselect_1st_screen;
static screen_t *previous_screen;
static uint32_t timestamp;
static uint8_t current_input_text[MAX_TEXT_LENGTH];
static uint8_t sampling_rate_text[MAX_TEXT_LENGTH];
static uint8_t bit_rate_text[MAX_TEXT_LENGTH];
static uint8_t headphones_volume_text[MAX_TEXT_LENGTH];
static uint8_t autoselect_amanero_text[2];
static uint8_t autoselect_ext_pcm_text[2];
static uint8_t autoselect_ext_dsd_text[2];
static uint8_t autoselect_spdif_text[2];
static uint8_t autoselect_toslink_text[2];
static uint8_t autoselect_aes_ebu_text[2];
static uint8_t autoselect_bt_text[2];
static uint8_t global_invert;
//------------------deklaracje funkcji prywatnych-------------------//
void displaySamplingFrequency (status_t *status);
void displayCurrentInput(status_t *status);
void displayHeadphonesVolume(status_t *status);
void displayCurrentFilter(status_t *status);
void displayAutoselectStatus(status_t *status);
screen_t *createMenu(void);
screen_t *createRoot(uint8_t *name);
screen_t *addNodeSibling(screen_t *screen, uint8_t *name);
screen_t *addNodeChild(screen_t *screen, uint8_t keycode, uint8_t *name);
screen_t *addNodeLink(screen_t *screen, uint8_t keycode, screen_t *ptr);
screen_t *initializeScreenStructure(screen_t *screen, uint8_t *name);
void setNodeTimeout(screen_t *screen, uint32_t timeout);
void addNodeText(screen_t *screen, int32_t x, int32_t y, uint8_t invert, void *font, uint8_t *text);
void addNodeImage(screen_t *screen, int32_t x, int32_t y, const void *image);
void addNodeBox(screen_t *screen, int32_t x1, int32_t y1, int32_t x2, int32_t y2);
void setNodeCallback(screen_t *screen, void (*callback)( uint8_t ));
void setNodeData(screen_t *screen, uint32_t data);
void setSiblingAsDefault(screen_t *screen);
screen_t *changeScreen(uint8_t keycode);
void inputSelectorCallback(uint8_t keycode);
void headphonesVolumeCallback (uint8_t keycode);
void filterSelectionCallback (uint8_t keycode);
void autoselectCallback (uint8_t keycode);
void restoreSettingsCallback (uint8_t keycode);
void invertDisplayCallback (uint8_t keycode);
//-----------------------------Funkcje------------------------------//
/*
* \opis Konfiguracja wstępna
*/
int8_t gui_Initialize(void)
{
int8_t k;
keycode=KEYCODE_IDLE;
menu_root=createMenu();
if (menu_root == NULL)
return MALLOC_FAILURE;
current_screen = menu_root;
global_invert = 1;
k=LCD_initialize();
return k;
}
void gui_KeyPressed(uint8_t keycode)
{
if(keycode ||
(current_screen->timeout &&
TICK - timestamp >= current_screen->timeout) )
{
timestamp = TICK;
previous_screen = current_screen;
current_screen = changeScreen(keycode);
if (current_screen->callback != NULL )
current_screen->callback(keycode);
}
}
void gui_UpdateStatus(status_t *status)
{
displayCurrentInput (status);
displaySamplingFrequency(status);
displayHeadphonesVolume(status);
displayCurrentFilter(status);
displayAutoselectStatus(status);
//HACK!!!!
if(status->input == INPUT_AMANERO)
{
if(status->dsd)
main_screen->images[0]=(void*)dsd_icon;
else
main_screen->images[0]=(void*)amanero_icon;
}
else if (status->input == INPUT_BT)
main_screen->images[0]=(void*)blutut_icon;
else
main_screen->images[0]=(void*)all_icon;
}
/* GUI_RefreshScreen
* \opis Funkcja ma za zadanie aktualizować menu.
*/
void gui_RefreshScreen(void)
{
uint8_t i;
gfx_clear(frame_buffer, global_invert);
for(i = 0; i < MAX_BOXES; i++)
if(current_screen->boxes[i] != NULL)
gfx_box_filled( current_screen->boxes_x1[i],
current_screen->boxes_y1[i],
current_screen->boxes_x2[i],
current_screen->boxes_y2[i],
global_invert,
frame_buffer);
for(i = 0; i < MAX_TEXTS; i++)
if(current_screen->texts[i] != NULL)
gfx_put_text( current_screen->texts_x[i],
current_screen->texts_y[i],
current_screen->texts[i],
(uint8_t **)current_screen->texts_font[i],
global_invert^current_screen->texts_invert[i],
frame_buffer);
for(i = 0; i < MAX_IMAGES; i++)
if(current_screen->images[i] != NULL)
gfx_put_graphic( current_screen->images_x[i],
current_screen->images_y[i],
*(current_screen->images[i]),
*(current_screen->images[i]+1),
current_screen->images[i]+2,
global_invert,
frame_buffer);
LCD_write_buffer(frame_buffer,LCD_BUF_SIZE);
}
screen_t *createMenu(void)
{
screen_t *root, *ptr;
root = createRoot("Main Screen");
main_screen = root;
setNodeTimeout(root, 0);
addNodeText(root, 48, 3, 0, wiekszepw2, current_input_text);
addNodeText(root, 48, 40, 0, mniejsze_16ptpw, sampling_rate_text);
addNodeText(root, 144, 40, 0, mniejsze_16ptpw, bit_rate_text);
addNodeImage(root, 0, 0, all_icon);
addNodeBox(root, 36, 31, 191, 32);
setNodeCallback(root, inputSelectorCallback);
ptr = addNodeChild(root, KEYCODE_ENC2L, "Volume");
addNodeLink(root, KEYCODE_ENC2R, ptr);
setNodeTimeout(ptr, MENU_TIMEOUT_5SEC);
addNodeText(ptr, 28, 3, 0, wiekszepw2, "MONITOR");
addNodeText(ptr, 48, 40, 0, mniejsze_16ptpw, headphones_volume_text);
addNodeImage(ptr, 156, 0, sluchawki);
addNodeBox(ptr, 0, 31, 155, 32);
setNodeCallback(ptr, headphonesVolumeCallback);
ptr = addNodeChild(root, KEYCODE_KEY2_LONG, "Filter 1");
filter1_screen = ptr;
setNodeTimeout(ptr, MENU_DEFAULT_TIMEOUT);
addNodeBox(ptr, UI_MTXT_X - 1, UI_MTXT_Y1, 191, UI_MTXT_Y1 + UI_MTXT_H);
addNodeText(ptr, UI_MTXT_X, UI_MTXT_Y1, 1, mniejsze_16ptpw, "Sharp Roll-off");
addNodeText(ptr, UI_MTXT_X, UI_MTXT_Y2, 0, mniejsze_16ptpw, "S.D. Sharp Roll-off");
addNodeText(ptr, UI_MTXT_X, UI_MTXT_Y3, 0, mniejsze_16ptpw, "Slow roll-off");
addNodeImage(ptr, 0, 0, filter_po_lewej);
setNodeCallback(ptr, filterSelectionCallback);
setNodeData(ptr, SHARP_ROLLOFF);
ptr = addNodeSibling(ptr, "Filter 2");
setNodeTimeout(ptr, MENU_DEFAULT_TIMEOUT);
addNodeBox(ptr, UI_MTXT_X - 1, UI_MTXT_Y2, 191, UI_MTXT_Y2 + UI_MTXT_H);
addNodeText(ptr, UI_MTXT_X, UI_MTXT_Y1, 0, mniejsze_16ptpw, "Sharp Roll-off");
addNodeText(ptr, UI_MTXT_X, UI_MTXT_Y2, 1, mniejsze_16ptpw, "S.D. Sharp Roll-off");
addNodeText(ptr, UI_MTXT_X, UI_MTXT_Y3, 0, mniejsze_16ptpw, "Slow roll-off");
addNodeImage(ptr, 0, 0, filter_po_lewej);
setNodeCallback(ptr, filterSelectionCallback);
setNodeData(ptr, SHORT_DELAY_SHARP_ROLLOFF);
ptr = addNodeSibling(ptr, "Filter 3");
setNodeTimeout(ptr, MENU_DEFAULT_TIMEOUT);
addNodeBox(ptr, UI_MTXT_X - 1, UI_MTXT_Y3, 191, UI_MTXT_Y3 + UI_MTXT_H);
addNodeText(ptr, UI_MTXT_X, UI_MTXT_Y1, 0, mniejsze_16ptpw, "Sharp Roll-off");
addNodeText(ptr, UI_MTXT_X, UI_MTXT_Y2, 0, mniejsze_16ptpw, "S.D. Sharp Roll-off");
addNodeText(ptr, UI_MTXT_X, UI_MTXT_Y3, 1, mniejsze_16ptpw, "Slow roll-off");
addNodeImage(ptr, 0, 0, filter_po_lewej);
setNodeCallback(ptr, filterSelectionCallback);
setNodeData(ptr, SLOW_ROLLOFF);
ptr = addNodeSibling(ptr, "Filter 4");
setNodeTimeout(ptr, MENU_DEFAULT_TIMEOUT);
addNodeBox(ptr, UI_MTXT_X - 1, UI_MTXT_Y1, 191, UI_MTXT_Y1 + UI_MTXT_H);
addNodeText(ptr, UI_MTXT_X, UI_MTXT_Y1, 1, mniejsze_16ptpw, "S.D. Slow Roll-off");
addNodeText(ptr, UI_MTXT_X, UI_MTXT_Y2, 0, mniejsze_16ptpw, "Super Slow Roll-off");
addNodeText(ptr, UI_MTXT_X, UI_MTXT_Y3, 0, mniejsze_16ptpw, "Exit");
addNodeImage(ptr, 0, 0, filter_po_lewej);
setNodeCallback(ptr, filterSelectionCallback);
setNodeData(ptr, SHORT_DELAY_SLOW_ROLLOFF);
ptr = addNodeSibling(ptr, "Filter 5");
setNodeTimeout(ptr, MENU_DEFAULT_TIMEOUT);
addNodeBox(ptr, UI_MTXT_X - 1, UI_MTXT_Y2, 191, UI_MTXT_Y2 + UI_MTXT_H);
addNodeText(ptr, UI_MTXT_X, UI_MTXT_Y1, 0, mniejsze_16ptpw, "S.D. Slow Roll-off");
addNodeText(ptr, UI_MTXT_X, UI_MTXT_Y2, 1, mniejsze_16ptpw, "Super Slow Roll-off");
addNodeText(ptr, UI_MTXT_X, UI_MTXT_Y3, 0, mniejsze_16ptpw, "Exit");
addNodeImage(ptr, 0, 0, filter_po_lewej);
setNodeCallback(ptr, filterSelectionCallback);
setNodeData(ptr, SUPER_SLOW_ROLLOFF);
ptr = addNodeSibling(ptr, "Filters Exit");
setNodeTimeout(ptr, MENU_DEFAULT_TIMEOUT);
addNodeBox(ptr, UI_MTXT_X - 1, UI_MTXT_Y3, 191, UI_MTXT_Y3 + UI_MTXT_H);
addNodeText(ptr, UI_MTXT_X, UI_MTXT_Y1, 0, mniejsze_16ptpw, "S.D. Slow Roll-off");
addNodeText(ptr, UI_MTXT_X, UI_MTXT_Y2, 0, mniejsze_16ptpw, "Super Slow Roll-off");
addNodeText(ptr, UI_MTXT_X, UI_MTXT_Y3, 1, mniejsze_16ptpw, "Exit");
addNodeImage(ptr, 0, 0, filter_po_lewej);
addNodeLink(ptr, KEYCODE_KEY2_SHORT, ptr->parent);
setNodeTimeout(ptr, MENU_DEFAULT_TIMEOUT);
//Menu pod lewym enkoderem
//Autoselect
ptr = addNodeChild(root, KEYCODE_KEY1_LONG, "Autoselect Menu");
setNodeTimeout(ptr, MENU_DEFAULT_TIMEOUT);
addNodeBox(ptr, UI_MTXT_X - 1, UI_MTXT_Y1, 191, UI_MTXT_Y1 + UI_MTXT_H);
addNodeText(ptr, UI_MTXT_X, UI_MTXT_Y1, 1, mniejsze_16ptpw, "Autoselect Menu");
addNodeText(ptr, UI_MTXT_X, UI_MTXT_Y2, 0, mniejsze_16ptpw, "Service Menu");
addNodeText(ptr, UI_MTXT_X, UI_MTXT_Y3, 0, mniejsze_16ptpw, "Exit");
addNodeImage(ptr, 0, 0, n_ikonka);
ptr = addNodeChild(ptr, KEYCODE_KEY1_SHORT, "Auto Amanero");
autoselect_1st_screen = ptr;
setNodeTimeout(ptr, MENU_DEFAULT_TIMEOUT);
addNodeBox(ptr, UI_MTXT_X - 1, UI_MTXT_Y1, 191, UI_MTXT_Y1 + UI_MTXT_H);
addNodeText(ptr, UI_MTXT_X, UI_MTXT_Y1, 1, mniejsze_16ptpw, "Nova+ USB");
addNodeText(ptr, UI_MTXT_X, UI_MTXT_Y2, 0, mniejsze_16ptpw, "S/PDIF");
addNodeText(ptr, UI_MTXT_X, UI_MTXT_Y3, 0, mniejsze_16ptpw, "TOSLINK");
addNodeText(ptr, UI_ATXT_X, UI_MTXT_Y1, 1, mniejsze_16ptpw, autoselect_amanero_text);
addNodeText(ptr, UI_ATXT_X, UI_MTXT_Y2, 0, mniejsze_16ptpw, autoselect_spdif_text);
addNodeText(ptr, UI_ATXT_X, UI_MTXT_Y3, 0, mniejsze_16ptpw, autoselect_toslink_text);
addNodeImage(ptr, 0, 0, autoselect_icon);
setNodeCallback(ptr, autoselectCallback);
setNodeData(ptr, AUTOSELECT_AMANERO);
ptr = addNodeSibling(ptr, "Auto PCM");
setNodeTimeout(ptr, MENU_DEFAULT_TIMEOUT);
addNodeBox(ptr, UI_MTXT_X - 1, UI_MTXT_Y2, 191, UI_MTXT_Y2 + UI_MTXT_H);
addNodeText(ptr, UI_MTXT_X, UI_MTXT_Y1, 0, mniejsze_16ptpw, "Nova+ USB");
addNodeText(ptr, UI_MTXT_X, UI_MTXT_Y2, 1, mniejsze_16ptpw, "S/PDIF");
addNodeText(ptr, UI_MTXT_X, UI_MTXT_Y3, 0, mniejsze_16ptpw, "TOSLINK");
addNodeText(ptr, UI_ATXT_X, UI_MTXT_Y1, 0, mniejsze_16ptpw, autoselect_amanero_text);
addNodeText(ptr, UI_ATXT_X, UI_MTXT_Y2, 1, mniejsze_16ptpw, autoselect_spdif_text);
addNodeText(ptr, UI_ATXT_X, UI_MTXT_Y3, 0, mniejsze_16ptpw, autoselect_toslink_text);
addNodeImage(ptr, 0, 0, autoselect_icon);
setNodeCallback(ptr, autoselectCallback);
setNodeData(ptr, AUTOSELECT_SPDIF);
ptr = addNodeSibling(ptr, "Auto DSD");
setNodeTimeout(ptr, MENU_DEFAULT_TIMEOUT);
addNodeBox(ptr, UI_MTXT_X - 1, UI_MTXT_Y3, 191, UI_MTXT_Y3 + UI_MTXT_H);
addNodeText(ptr, UI_MTXT_X, UI_MTXT_Y1, 0, mniejsze_16ptpw, "Nova+ USB");
addNodeText(ptr, UI_MTXT_X, UI_MTXT_Y2, 0, mniejsze_16ptpw, "S/PDIF");
addNodeText(ptr, UI_MTXT_X, UI_MTXT_Y3, 1, mniejsze_16ptpw, "TOSLINK");
addNodeText(ptr, UI_ATXT_X, UI_MTXT_Y1, 0, mniejsze_16ptpw, autoselect_amanero_text);
addNodeText(ptr, UI_ATXT_X, UI_MTXT_Y2, 0, mniejsze_16ptpw, autoselect_spdif_text);
addNodeText(ptr, UI_ATXT_X, UI_MTXT_Y3, 1, mniejsze_16ptpw, autoselect_toslink_text);
addNodeImage(ptr, 0, 0, autoselect_icon);
setNodeCallback(ptr, autoselectCallback);
setNodeData(ptr, AUTOSELECT_TOSLINK);
ptr = addNodeSibling(ptr, "Auto SPDIF");
setNodeTimeout(ptr, MENU_DEFAULT_TIMEOUT);
addNodeBox(ptr, UI_MTXT_X - 1, UI_MTXT_Y1, 191, UI_MTXT_Y1 + UI_MTXT_H);
addNodeText(ptr, UI_MTXT_X, UI_MTXT_Y1, 1, mniejsze_16ptpw, "EXT DSD");
addNodeText(ptr, UI_MTXT_X, UI_MTXT_Y2, 0, mniejsze_16ptpw, "EXT PCM");
addNodeText(ptr, UI_MTXT_X, UI_MTXT_Y3, 0, mniejsze_16ptpw, "AES/EBU");
addNodeText(ptr, UI_ATXT_X, UI_MTXT_Y1, 1, mniejsze_16ptpw, autoselect_ext_dsd_text);
addNodeText(ptr, UI_ATXT_X, UI_MTXT_Y2, 0, mniejsze_16ptpw, autoselect_ext_pcm_text);
addNodeText(ptr, UI_ATXT_X, UI_MTXT_Y3, 0, mniejsze_16ptpw, autoselect_aes_ebu_text);
addNodeImage(ptr, 0, 0, autoselect_icon);
setNodeCallback(ptr, autoselectCallback);
setNodeData(ptr, AUTOSELECT_EXT_DSD);
ptr = addNodeSibling(ptr, "Auto TOSLINK");
setNodeTimeout(ptr, MENU_DEFAULT_TIMEOUT);
addNodeBox(ptr, UI_MTXT_X - 1, UI_MTXT_Y2, 191, UI_MTXT_Y2 + UI_MTXT_H);
addNodeText(ptr, UI_MTXT_X, UI_MTXT_Y1, 0, mniejsze_16ptpw, "EXT DSD");
addNodeText(ptr, UI_MTXT_X, UI_MTXT_Y2, 1, mniejsze_16ptpw, "EXT PCM");
addNodeText(ptr, UI_MTXT_X, UI_MTXT_Y3, 0, mniejsze_16ptpw, "AES/EBU");
addNodeText(ptr, UI_ATXT_X, UI_MTXT_Y1, 0, mniejsze_16ptpw, autoselect_ext_dsd_text);
addNodeText(ptr, UI_ATXT_X, UI_MTXT_Y2, 1, mniejsze_16ptpw, autoselect_ext_pcm_text);
addNodeText(ptr, UI_ATXT_X, UI_MTXT_Y3, 0, mniejsze_16ptpw, autoselect_aes_ebu_text);
addNodeImage(ptr, 0, 0, autoselect_icon);
setNodeCallback(ptr, autoselectCallback);
setNodeData(ptr, AUTOSELECT_EXT_PCM);
ptr = addNodeSibling(ptr, "Auto AES/EBU");
setNodeTimeout(ptr, MENU_DEFAULT_TIMEOUT);
addNodeBox(ptr, UI_MTXT_X - 1, UI_MTXT_Y3, 191, UI_MTXT_Y3 + UI_MTXT_H);
addNodeText(ptr, UI_MTXT_X, UI_MTXT_Y1, 0, mniejsze_16ptpw, "EXT DSD");
addNodeText(ptr, UI_MTXT_X, UI_MTXT_Y2, 0, mniejsze_16ptpw, "EXT PCM");
addNodeText(ptr, UI_MTXT_X, UI_MTXT_Y3, 1, mniejsze_16ptpw, "AES/EBU");
addNodeText(ptr, UI_ATXT_X, UI_MTXT_Y1, 0, mniejsze_16ptpw, autoselect_ext_dsd_text);
addNodeText(ptr, UI_ATXT_X, UI_MTXT_Y2, 0, mniejsze_16ptpw, autoselect_ext_pcm_text);
addNodeText(ptr, UI_ATXT_X, UI_MTXT_Y3, 1, mniejsze_16ptpw, autoselect_aes_ebu_text);
addNodeImage(ptr, 0, 0, autoselect_icon);
setNodeCallback(ptr, autoselectCallback);
setNodeData(ptr, AUTOSELECT_AES_EBU);
ptr = addNodeSibling(ptr, "Auto BT");
setNodeTimeout(ptr, MENU_DEFAULT_TIMEOUT);
addNodeBox(ptr, UI_MTXT_X - 1, UI_MTXT_Y1, 191, UI_MTXT_Y1 + UI_MTXT_H);
addNodeText(ptr, UI_MTXT_X, UI_MTXT_Y1, 1, mniejsze_16ptpw, "Bluetooth");
addNodeText(ptr, UI_MTXT_X, UI_MTXT_Y2, 0, mniejsze_16ptpw, "Back");
addNodeText(ptr, UI_ATXT_X, UI_MTXT_Y1, 1, mniejsze_16ptpw, autoselect_bt_text);
addNodeImage(ptr, 0, 0, autoselect_icon);
setNodeCallback(ptr, autoselectCallback);
setNodeData(ptr, AUTOSELECT_BT);
ptr = addNodeSibling(ptr, "Autoselect Back");
setNodeTimeout(ptr, MENU_DEFAULT_TIMEOUT);
addNodeBox(ptr, UI_MTXT_X - 1, UI_MTXT_Y2, 191, UI_MTXT_Y2 + UI_MTXT_H);
addNodeText(ptr, UI_MTXT_X, UI_MTXT_Y1, 0, mniejsze_16ptpw, "Bluetooth");
addNodeText(ptr, UI_MTXT_X, UI_MTXT_Y2, 1, mniejsze_16ptpw, "Back");
addNodeText(ptr, UI_ATXT_X, UI_MTXT_Y1, 0, mniejsze_16ptpw, autoselect_bt_text);
addNodeImage(ptr, 0, 0, autoselect_icon);
addNodeLink(ptr, KEYCODE_KEY1_SHORT, ptr->parent);
ptr = ptr->parent;
//menu serwisowe
ptr = addNodeSibling(ptr, "Service Menu");
setNodeTimeout(ptr, MENU_DEFAULT_TIMEOUT);
addNodeBox(ptr, UI_MTXT_X - 1, UI_MTXT_Y2, 191, UI_MTXT_Y2 + UI_MTXT_H);
addNodeText(ptr, UI_MTXT_X, UI_MTXT_Y1, 0, mniejsze_16ptpw, "Autoselect Menu");
addNodeText(ptr, UI_MTXT_X, UI_MTXT_Y2, 1, mniejsze_16ptpw, "Service Menu");
addNodeText(ptr, UI_MTXT_X, UI_MTXT_Y3, 0, mniejsze_16ptpw, "Exit");
addNodeImage(ptr, 0, 0, n_ikonka);
ptr = addNodeChild(ptr, KEYCODE_KEY1_SHORT, "Software Version menu");
setNodeTimeout(ptr, MENU_DEFAULT_TIMEOUT);
addNodeBox(ptr, UI_MTXT_X - 1, UI_MTXT_Y1, 191, UI_MTXT_Y1 + UI_MTXT_H);
addNodeText(ptr, UI_MTXT_X, UI_MTXT_Y1, 1, mniejsze_16ptpw, "Software ver.");
addNodeText(ptr, UI_MTXT_X, UI_MTXT_Y2, 0, mniejsze_16ptpw, "Factory restore");
addNodeText(ptr, UI_MTXT_X, UI_MTXT_Y3, 0, mniejsze_16ptpw, "Invert Display");
addNodeImage(ptr, 0, 0, n_ikonka);
ptr = addNodeChild(ptr, KEYCODE_KEY1_SHORT, "Software Version");
setNodeTimeout(ptr, MENU_DEFAULT_TIMEOUT);
addNodeText(ptr, UI_MTXT_X, UI_MTXT_Y1, 0, mniejsze_16ptpw, VERSION_STRING );
addNodeText(ptr, UI_MTXT_X, UI_MTXT_Y2, 0, mniejsze_16ptpw, COMPILATION_DATE_STRING);
addNodeLink(ptr, KEYCODE_KEY1_SHORT, ptr->parent);
addNodeImage(ptr, 0, 0, n_ikonka);
ptr = ptr->parent;
ptr = addNodeSibling(ptr, "Factory Restore menu");
setNodeTimeout(ptr, MENU_DEFAULT_TIMEOUT);
addNodeBox(ptr, UI_MTXT_X - 1, UI_MTXT_Y2, 191, UI_MTXT_Y2 + UI_MTXT_H);
addNodeText(ptr, UI_MTXT_X, UI_MTXT_Y1, 0, mniejsze_16ptpw, "Software ver.");
addNodeText(ptr, UI_MTXT_X, UI_MTXT_Y2, 1, mniejsze_16ptpw, "Factory restore");
addNodeText(ptr, UI_MTXT_X, UI_MTXT_Y3, 0, mniejsze_16ptpw, "Invert Display");
addNodeImage(ptr, 0, 0, n_ikonka);
ptr = addNodeChild(ptr, KEYCODE_KEY1_SHORT, " Factory Restore 1");
setNodeTimeout(ptr, MENU_DEFAULT_TIMEOUT);
addNodeBox(ptr, UI_MTXT_X - 1, UI_MTXT_Y2, 191, UI_MTXT_Y2 + UI_MTXT_H);
addNodeText(ptr, UI_MTXT_X, UI_MTXT_Y1, 0, mniejsze_16ptpw, "Are you sure?");
addNodeText(ptr, UI_MTXT_X, UI_MTXT_Y2, 1, mniejsze_16ptpw, "No");
addNodeText(ptr, UI_MTXT_X, UI_MTXT_Y3, 0, mniejsze_16ptpw, "Yes");
addNodeLink(ptr, KEYCODE_KEY1_SHORT, ptr->parent);
addNodeImage(ptr, 0, 0, n_ikonka);
ptr = addNodeSibling(ptr, " Factory Restore 2");
setNodeTimeout(ptr, MENU_DEFAULT_TIMEOUT);
addNodeBox(ptr, UI_MTXT_X - 1, UI_MTXT_Y3, 191, UI_MTXT_Y3 + UI_MTXT_H);
addNodeText(ptr, UI_MTXT_X, UI_MTXT_Y1, 0, mniejsze_16ptpw, "Are you sure?");
addNodeText(ptr, UI_MTXT_X, UI_MTXT_Y2, 0, mniejsze_16ptpw, "No");
addNodeText(ptr, UI_MTXT_X, UI_MTXT_Y3, 1, mniejsze_16ptpw, "Yes");
addNodeImage(ptr, 0, 0, n_ikonka);
ptr = addNodeChild(ptr, KEYCODE_KEY1_SHORT, " Factory Restore 3");
setNodeTimeout(ptr, MENU_TIMEOUT_2SEC);
addNodeText(ptr, UI_MTXT_X, UI_MTXT_Y1, 0, mniejsze_16ptpw, "Settings Restored");
addNodeLink(ptr, KEYCODE_KEY1_SHORT, main_screen);
addNodeImage(ptr, 0, 0, n_ikonka);
setNodeCallback(ptr, restoreSettingsCallback);
ptr = ptr->parent;
ptr = ptr->parent;
ptr = addNodeSibling(ptr, "Invert Display menu");
setNodeTimeout(ptr, MENU_DEFAULT_TIMEOUT);
addNodeBox(ptr, UI_MTXT_X - 1, UI_MTXT_Y3, 191, UI_MTXT_Y3 + UI_MTXT_H);
addNodeText(ptr, UI_MTXT_X, UI_MTXT_Y1, 0, mniejsze_16ptpw, "Software ver.");
addNodeText(ptr, UI_MTXT_X, UI_MTXT_Y2, 0, mniejsze_16ptpw, "Factory restore");
addNodeText(ptr, UI_MTXT_X, UI_MTXT_Y3, 1, mniejsze_16ptpw, "Invert Display");
addNodeImage(ptr, 0, 0, n_ikonka);
ptr = addNodeChild(ptr, KEYCODE_KEY1_SHORT, "Invert Display ");
addNodeLink(ptr, KEYCODE_KEY1_SHORT, ptr->parent);
setNodeTimeout(ptr, MENU_DEFAULT_TIMEOUT);
addNodeText(ptr, UI_MTXT_X, UI_MTXT_Y1, 0, mniejsze_16ptpw, "Display Inverted");
addNodeImage(ptr, 0, 0, n_ikonka);
setNodeCallback(ptr, invertDisplayCallback);
ptr = ptr->parent;
ptr = addNodeSibling(ptr, "Service Menu Back");
addNodeLink(ptr, KEYCODE_KEY1_SHORT, ptr->parent);
setNodeTimeout(ptr, MENU_DEFAULT_TIMEOUT);
addNodeBox(ptr, UI_MTXT_X - 1, UI_MTXT_Y1, 191, UI_MTXT_Y1 + UI_MTXT_H);
addNodeText(ptr, UI_MTXT_X, UI_MTXT_Y1, 1, mniejsze_16ptpw, "Back");
addNodeImage(ptr, 0, 0, n_ikonka);
ptr = ptr->parent;
ptr = addNodeSibling(ptr, "Menu Exit");
addNodeLink(ptr, KEYCODE_KEY1_SHORT, ptr->parent);
setNodeTimeout(ptr, MENU_DEFAULT_TIMEOUT);
addNodeBox(ptr, UI_MTXT_X - 1, UI_MTXT_Y3, 191, UI_MTXT_Y3 + UI_MTXT_H);
addNodeText(ptr, UI_MTXT_X, UI_MTXT_Y1, 0, mniejsze_16ptpw, "Autoselect Menu");
addNodeText(ptr, UI_MTXT_X, UI_MTXT_Y2, 0, mniejsze_16ptpw, "Service Menu");
addNodeText(ptr, UI_MTXT_X, UI_MTXT_Y3, 1, mniejsze_16ptpw, "Exit");
addNodeImage(ptr, 0, 0, n_ikonka);
//Menu serwisowe
return root;
}
screen_t *createRoot(uint8_t *name)
{
screen_t *screen;
screen = malloc(sizeof(screen_t));
if (screen == NULL)
return NULL;
initializeScreenStructure(screen, name);
return screen;
}
screen_t *addNodeSibling(screen_t *screen, uint8_t *name)
{
screen_t *sibling, *tmp;
uint32_t i;
sibling = malloc(sizeof(screen_t));
if (sibling == NULL)
return NULL;
initializeScreenStructure(sibling, name);
sibling->parent = screen->parent;
tmp = screen->right;
screen->right = sibling;
sibling->left = screen;
sibling->right=tmp;
tmp->left = sibling;
return sibling;
}
screen_t *addNodeChild(screen_t *screen, uint8_t keycode, uint8_t *name)
{
screen_t *child;
uint32_t i;
i = 0;
while(screen->child[i] != NULL)
{
i++;
if(i == MAX_CHILDREN)
{
return NULL;
}
}
child = malloc(sizeof(screen_t));
if (child == NULL)
return NULL;
initializeScreenStructure(child, name);
child->parent = screen;
screen->child[i] = child;
screen->child_keycode[i] = keycode;
return child;
}
screen_t *addNodeLink(screen_t *screen, uint8_t keycode, screen_t *ptr)
{
uint32_t i;
if(screen == NULL)
return NULL;
i = 0;
while(screen->child[i] != NULL)
{
i++;
if(i == MAX_CHILDREN)
return NULL;
}
screen->child[i] = ptr;
screen->child_keycode[i] = keycode;
return ptr;
}
screen_t *initializeScreenStructure(screen_t *screen, uint8_t *name)
{
uint8_t *ptr;
uint32_t i;
if(screen == NULL)
return NULL;
ptr = (uint8_t *) screen;
for(i = 0; i < sizeof(screen_t); i++ )
*ptr++ = 0;
strncpy(screen->name, name, MAX_NAME_LENGTH);
screen->name[MAX_NAME_LENGTH-1] = 0;
screen->left = screen;
screen->right = screen;
}
void setNodeTimeout(screen_t *screen, uint32_t timeout)
{
if(screen == NULL)
return;
screen->timeout = timeout;
}
void addNodeText(screen_t *screen, int32_t x, int32_t y, uint8_t invert, void *font, uint8_t *text)
{
uint32_t i;
if(screen == NULL)
return;
i = 0;
while(screen->texts[i] != NULL)
{
i++;
if(i == MAX_TEXTS)
return;
}
screen->texts[i] = text;
screen->texts_font[i] = font;
screen->texts_x[i] = x;
screen->texts_y[i] = y;
screen->texts_invert[i] = invert;
}
void addNodeImage(screen_t *screen, int32_t x, int32_t y, const void *image)
{
uint32_t i;
if(screen == NULL)
return;
i = 0;
while(screen->images[i] != NULL)
{
i++;
if(i == MAX_IMAGES)
return;
}
screen->images[i] = image;
screen->images_x[i] = x;
screen->images_y[i] = y;
}
void addNodeBox(screen_t *screen, int32_t x1, int32_t y1, int32_t x2, int32_t y2)
{
uint32_t i;
if(screen == NULL)
return;
i = 0;
while(screen->boxes[i] != NULL)
{
i++;
if(i == MAX_BOXES)
return;
}
screen->boxes[i] = 1;
screen->boxes_x1[i] = x1;
screen->boxes_y1[i] = y1;
screen->boxes_x2[i] = x2;
screen->boxes_y2[i] = y2;
}
void setNodeCallback(screen_t *screen, void (*callback)( uint8_t ))
{
if(screen == NULL)
return;
screen->callback = callback;
}
void setNodeData(screen_t *screen, uint32_t data)
{
if(screen == NULL)
return;
screen->data = data;
}
void setSiblingAsDefault(screen_t *screen)
{
screen_t *ptr;
ptr = screen;
do
{
ptr -> default_sibling = 0;
ptr = ptr->right;
}
while(ptr != screen);
screen->default_sibling = 1;
}
screen_t *changeScreen(uint8_t keycode)
{
uint32_t i;
screen_t *ptr;
if (keycode == KEYCODE_IDLE)
return menu_root;
for( i = 0; i < MAX_CHILDREN; i++)
if(current_screen->child_keycode[i] == keycode &&
current_screen->child[i] != NULL )
{
ptr = current_screen->child[i];
do
{
if ( ptr->default_sibling)
break;
else
ptr = ptr->right;
}while (ptr != current_screen->child[i]);
return ptr;
}
if (keycode == KEYCODE_ENC1L || keycode == KEYCODE_ENC2L)
return current_screen->left;
if (keycode == KEYCODE_ENC1R || keycode == KEYCODE_ENC2R)
return current_screen->right;
return current_screen;
}
void displayCurrentInput (status_t *status)
{
uint32_t length;
switch(status->input)
{
case INPUT_OFF:
snprintf (current_input_text, MAX_TEXT_LENGTH, "NO INPUT");
snprintf (bit_rate_text, MAX_TEXT_LENGTH, "");
break;
case INPUT_AMANERO:
switch(status->dsd)
{
case AMANERO_DSD_128X:
snprintf (current_input_text, MAX_TEXT_LENGTH,"DSD128");
snprintf (bit_rate_text, MAX_TEXT_LENGTH, "");
break;
case AMANERO_DSD_256X:
snprintf (current_input_text, MAX_TEXT_LENGTH,"DSD256");
snprintf (bit_rate_text, MAX_TEXT_LENGTH, "");
break;
case AMANERO_DSD_64X:
snprintf (current_input_text, MAX_TEXT_LENGTH,"DSD64");
snprintf (bit_rate_text, MAX_TEXT_LENGTH, "");
break;
case AMANERO_PCM:
snprintf (current_input_text, MAX_TEXT_LENGTH, "Nova+ USB");
snprintf (bit_rate_text, MAX_TEXT_LENGTH, "32bit");
break;
default:
snprintf (current_input_text, MAX_TEXT_LENGTH, "NO INPUT");
break;
}
break;
case INPUT_PCM:
snprintf (current_input_text, MAX_TEXT_LENGTH, "EXT PCM");
snprintf (bit_rate_text, MAX_TEXT_LENGTH, "");
break;
case INPUT_DSD:
snprintf (current_input_text, MAX_TEXT_LENGTH, "EXT DSD");
snprintf (bit_rate_text, MAX_TEXT_LENGTH, "");
break;
case INPUT_SPDIF:
snprintf (current_input_text, MAX_TEXT_LENGTH, "S/PDIF");
snprintf (bit_rate_text, MAX_TEXT_LENGTH, "24bit");
break;
case INPUT_TOSLINK:
snprintf (current_input_text, MAX_TEXT_LENGTH, "TOSLINK");
snprintf (bit_rate_text, MAX_TEXT_LENGTH, "24bit");
break;
case INPUT_AES_EBU:
snprintf (current_input_text, MAX_TEXT_LENGTH, "AES/EBU");
snprintf (bit_rate_text, MAX_TEXT_LENGTH, "24bit");
break;
case INPUT_BT:
snprintf (current_input_text, MAX_TEXT_LENGTH, "BLUETOOTH");
snprintf (bit_rate_text, MAX_TEXT_LENGTH, "24bit");
break;
default:
length = snprintf (current_input_text, MAX_TEXT_LENGTH, "NO INPUT");
snprintf (bit_rate_text, MAX_TEXT_LENGTH, "");
break;
}
}
void displaySamplingFrequency (status_t *status)
{
uint8_t buffer[32];
uint32_t length;
if (status->sample_rate > 1E6 )
snprintf (sampling_rate_text, MAX_TEXT_LENGTH, "%.1f MHz",status->sample_rate / 1E6);
else if ( status->sample_rate > 1E3 )
snprintf (sampling_rate_text, MAX_TEXT_LENGTH, "%.1f kHz",status->sample_rate / 1E3);
else
snprintf(sampling_rate_text, MAX_TEXT_LENGTH, "");
}
void displayHeadphonesVolume (status_t *status)
{
uint8_t buffer[32];
uint32_t length;
float volume_dB;
volume_dB = (status->volume-31);
length = snprintf (headphones_volume_text, MAX_TEXT_LENGTH, "%.1f dB",volume_dB);
}
void displayCurrentFilter (status_t *status)
{
int i;
screen_t *ptr;
ptr = filter1_screen;
do
{
if(ptr->data == status->filter)
{
setSiblingAsDefault(ptr);
break;
}
ptr = ptr->right;
}while(ptr != filter1_screen);
}
void displayAutoselectStatus (status_t *status)
{
int i;
if(status->autoselect & AUTOSELECT_AMANERO)
sprintf(autoselect_amanero_text,"A");
else
sprintf(autoselect_amanero_text,"");
if(status->autoselect & AUTOSELECT_SPDIF)
sprintf(autoselect_spdif_text,"A");
else
sprintf(autoselect_spdif_text,"");
if(status->autoselect & AUTOSELECT_TOSLINK)
sprintf(autoselect_toslink_text,"A");
else
sprintf(autoselect_toslink_text,"");
if(status->autoselect & AUTOSELECT_EXT_DSD)
sprintf(autoselect_ext_dsd_text,"A");
else
sprintf(autoselect_ext_dsd_text,"");
if(status->autoselect & AUTOSELECT_EXT_PCM)
sprintf(autoselect_ext_pcm_text,"A");
else
sprintf(autoselect_ext_pcm_text,"");
if(status->autoselect & AUTOSELECT_AES_EBU)
sprintf(autoselect_aes_ebu_text,"A");
else
sprintf(autoselect_aes_ebu_text,"");
if(status->autoselect & AUTOSELECT_BT)
sprintf(autoselect_bt_text,"A");
else
sprintf(autoselect_bt_text,"");
}
//--------------------------CALLBACKS-------------------------//
void inputSelectorCallback(uint8_t keycode)
{
switch(keycode)
{
case KEYCODE_ENC1R:
main_ChangeInput(NEXT);
break;
case KEYCODE_ENC1L:
main_ChangeInput(PREV);
break;
default:
break;
}
}
void headphonesVolumeCallback (uint8_t keycode)
{
switch(keycode)
{
case KEYCODE_ENC2R:
main_ChangeVolume(VOLUME_UP);
break;
case KEYCODE_ENC2L:
main_ChangeVolume(VOLUME_DOWN);
break;
default:
break;
}
}
void filterSelectionCallback (uint8_t keycode)
{
if( keycode == KEYCODE_KEY2_SHORT && current_screen == previous_screen)
{
main_ChangeFilter(current_screen->data);
current_screen = current_screen->parent;
}
}
void autoselectCallback (uint8_t keycode)
{
if( keycode == KEYCODE_KEY1_SHORT && current_screen == previous_screen)
main_ToggleAutoselect(current_screen->data);
}
void restoreSettingsCallback (uint8_t keycode)
{
main_RestoreSettings();
}
void invertDisplayCallback (uint8_t keycode)
{
global_invert = !global_invert;
}

22
gui.h Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,22 @@
/* nazwa pliku: menu.h
opis: Miernik C02
Menu urządzenia -plik nagłówkowy
*/
#ifndef __MENU_H
#define __MENU_H
#include <stdint.h>
#include "main.h"
//--------------------------typy---------------------------------//
//---------------------------stałe-------------------------------//
//---------------------------Funkcje--------------------------------//
int8_t gui_Initialize(void);
void gui_RefreshScreen(void);
void gui_KeyPressed(uint8_t key);
void gui_UpdateStatus(status_t *status);
#endif

68
hw/adc.c Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,68 @@
/*! \file adc.c
\author Tomasz Adamczyk
\date 2011.12.02
\version 1.0
\brief Obsługa przetwornika analogowo-cyfrowego w STM32.
*/
#include "hw/gpio.h"
#include "adc.h"
#include "../error.h"
#include "stm32f10x.h"
//---------funkcje------------//
/*! \brief Funkcja inicjalizuje przetwornik analogowo-cyfrowy.
*/
void ADC_Initialize(void)
{
GPIO_InitTypeDef GPIO_Conf;
ADC_InitTypeDef ADC_Conf;
//zegary
RCC_APB2PeriphClockCmd(RCC_APB2Periph_GPIOC|RCC_APB2Periph_GPIOA|RCC_APB2Periph_ADC1, ENABLE);
//linie od termistorów - wejścia analogowe
GPIO_Conf.GPIO_Pin=TEMP1|TEMP2|TEMP3|TEMP4;
GPIO_Conf.GPIO_Mode=GPIO_Mode_AIN;
GPIO_Conf.GPIO_Speed=GPIO_Speed_50MHz;
GPIO_Init(GPIOC,&GPIO_Conf);
//ustawienia początkowe ADC
ADC_Conf.ADC_ContinuousConvMode=DISABLE;
ADC_Conf.ADC_DataAlign=ADC_DataAlign_Right;
ADC_Conf.ADC_ExternalTrigConv=ADC_ExternalTrigConv_None;
ADC_Conf.ADC_Mode=ADC_Mode_Independent;
ADC_Conf.ADC_NbrOfChannel=1; //1 kanał na raz
ADC_Conf.ADC_ScanConvMode=DISABLE;
ADC_Init(ADC1,&ADC_Conf);
//ADC gotowe do pracy - włącz
ADC_Cmd(ADC1,ENABLE);
//kalibracja ADC
ADC_StartCalibration(ADC1);
while(ADC_GetCalibrationStatus(ADC1) == SET);
}
/*! \brief Funkcja wykonuje pomiar wybranego kanału.
Nie używam pomiarów grupowych, mierzę 1 kanał na raz.
\param channel Kanał przetwornika.
\return Wynik pomiaru - liczba 16bit bez znaku.
*/
uint16_t ADC_Read(uint8_t channel)
{
//wybierz kanał
ADC_RegularChannelConfig(ADC1,channel,1,ADC_SampleTime_239Cycles5);
//start
ADC1->CR2|=ADC_CR2_ADON;
//czekaj na zakońxczenie pomiaru
while( !(ADC1->SR&ADC_SR_EOC) );
//zwróć wynik
return ADC1->DR;
}

14
hw/adc.h Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,14 @@
/*! \file adc.h
\author Tomasz Adamczyk
\date 2011.12.02
\version 1.0
\brief Obsługa przetwornika analogowo-cyfrowego w STM32 - nagłówek.
*/
#ifndef __ADC_H
#define __ADC_H
//funkcje
void ADC_Initialize(void);
uint16_t ADC_Read(uint8_t channel);
#endif

202
hw/glcd_s6b0108.c Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,202 @@
#include "gpio.h"
#include "glcd_s6b0108.h"
//----------------Stałe----------------------//
#define LCD_CMD 0
#define LCD_DATA 1
#define LCD_47_U (SystemCoreClock/25000)/5
#define LCD_1_M_5 (SystemCoreClock/500)/5
#define LCD_1_U (SystemCoreClock/1000000)/5
#define LCD_500_N (SystemCoreClock/2000000)/5
#define LCD_100_N (SystemCoreClock/10000000)/5
#define LCD_PAGE_SIZE 64
#define LCD_NUM_PAGES 8
/*
CAUTION!
Display is divided into 3 independently controlled sections of 64x64 pixels.
Each section is accesed through control interface by setting
two chip select lines , CSA and CSB, in this order:
left section: CSA=0, CSB=0
middle section: CSA=1, CSB=0
right section: CSA=0, CSB=1
CSA=1, CSB=1 does nothing
*/
#define LCD_LEFT_SECTION CSA|CSB
#define LCD_MID_SECTION CSB
#define LCD_RIGHT_SECTION CSA
//komendy LCD
#define LCD_DISP_ON 0x3F
#define LCD_DISP_OFF 0x3E
#define LCD_SET_X_ADDR 0xB8
#define LCD_SET_Y_ADDR 0x40
#define LCD_SET_Z_ADDR 0x40
//-----------------------------Zmienne globalne------------------------------//
static const unsigned char BitReverseTable256[] =
{
0x00, 0x80, 0x40, 0xC0, 0x20, 0xA0, 0x60, 0xE0, 0x10, 0x90, 0x50, 0xD0, 0x30, 0xB0, 0x70, 0xF0,
0x08, 0x88, 0x48, 0xC8, 0x28, 0xA8, 0x68, 0xE8, 0x18, 0x98, 0x58, 0xD8, 0x38, 0xB8, 0x78, 0xF8,
0x04, 0x84, 0x44, 0xC4, 0x24, 0xA4, 0x64, 0xE4, 0x14, 0x94, 0x54, 0xD4, 0x34, 0xB4, 0x74, 0xF4,
0x0C, 0x8C, 0x4C, 0xCC, 0x2C, 0xAC, 0x6C, 0xEC, 0x1C, 0x9C, 0x5C, 0xDC, 0x3C, 0xBC, 0x7C, 0xFC,
0x02, 0x82, 0x42, 0xC2, 0x22, 0xA2, 0x62, 0xE2, 0x12, 0x92, 0x52, 0xD2, 0x32, 0xB2, 0x72, 0xF2,
0x0A, 0x8A, 0x4A, 0xCA, 0x2A, 0xAA, 0x6A, 0xEA, 0x1A, 0x9A, 0x5A, 0xDA, 0x3A, 0xBA, 0x7A, 0xFA,
0x06, 0x86, 0x46, 0xC6, 0x26, 0xA6, 0x66, 0xE6, 0x16, 0x96, 0x56, 0xD6, 0x36, 0xB6, 0x76, 0xF6,
0x0E, 0x8E, 0x4E, 0xCE, 0x2E, 0xAE, 0x6E, 0xEE, 0x1E, 0x9E, 0x5E, 0xDE, 0x3E, 0xBE, 0x7E, 0xFE,
0x01, 0x81, 0x41, 0xC1, 0x21, 0xA1, 0x61, 0xE1, 0x11, 0x91, 0x51, 0xD1, 0x31, 0xB1, 0x71, 0xF1,
0x09, 0x89, 0x49, 0xC9, 0x29, 0xA9, 0x69, 0xE9, 0x19, 0x99, 0x59, 0xD9, 0x39, 0xB9, 0x79, 0xF9,
0x05, 0x85, 0x45, 0xC5, 0x25, 0xA5, 0x65, 0xE5, 0x15, 0x95, 0x55, 0xD5, 0x35, 0xB5, 0x75, 0xF5,
0x0D, 0x8D, 0x4D, 0xCD, 0x2D, 0xAD, 0x6D, 0xED, 0x1D, 0x9D, 0x5D, 0xDD, 0x3D, 0xBD, 0x7D, 0xFD,
0x03, 0x83, 0x43, 0xC3, 0x23, 0xA3, 0x63, 0xE3, 0x13, 0x93, 0x53, 0xD3, 0x33, 0xB3, 0x73, 0xF3,
0x0B, 0x8B, 0x4B, 0xCB, 0x2B, 0xAB, 0x6B, 0xEB, 0x1B, 0x9B, 0x5B, 0xDB, 0x3B, 0xBB, 0x7B, 0xFB,
0x07, 0x87, 0x47, 0xC7, 0x27, 0xA7, 0x67, 0xE7, 0x17, 0x97, 0x57, 0xD7, 0x37, 0xB7, 0x77, 0xF7,
0x0F, 0x8F, 0x4F, 0xCF, 0x2F, 0xAF, 0x6F, 0xEF, 0x1F, 0x9F, 0x5F, 0xDF, 0x3F, 0xBF, 0x7F, 0xFF
};
//----------deklaracje funkcji prywatnych----------------//
void LCD_wait(uint32_t period);
void LCD_write_cmd(uint8_t rs, uint8_t data);
void LCD_write_byte_to_section(uint16_t cs, uint8_t rs, uint8_t data);
//-----------------------------Funkcje publiczne---------//
/* LCD_init
* \opis Konfiguracja wstępna
*/
int8_t LCD_initialize(void)
{
GPIO_InitTypeDef GPIO_Conf;
uint8_t data[8];
//włącz zegar GPIOA,GPIOB
RCC_APB2PeriphClockCmd(RCC_APB2Periph_GPIOA|RCC_APB2Periph_GPIOB|RCC_APB2Periph_GPIOC, ENABLE);
//linie jako wyjście
GPIO_Conf.GPIO_Pin=D0|D1|D2|D3|D4|D5|D5|D6|D7;
GPIO_Conf.GPIO_Mode=GPIO_Mode_Out_PP;
GPIO_Conf.GPIO_Speed=GPIO_Speed_50MHz;
GPIO_Init(GPIOA,&GPIO_Conf);
GPIO_Conf.GPIO_Pin=CSA|CSB|RST_LCD;
GPIO_Init(GPIOB,&GPIO_Conf);
GPIO_Conf.GPIO_Pin=LCD_ENABLE|RW|RS;
GPIO_Init(GPIOC,&GPIO_Conf);
GPIO_Reset(GPIOA,D0|D1|D2|D3|D4|D5|D5|D6|D7);
GPIO_Reset(GPIOB,CSA|CSB|RST_LCD);
GPIO_Reset(GPIOC,RW|RS);
GPIO_Set(GPIOC,LCD_ENABLE);
//włacz wyświetlacz
GPIO_Set(GPIOB,RST_LCD|CSA|CSB);
//Wzeruj pamięć
LCD_ClearDisplayRAM();
//włącz wyświetlanie
LCD_write_cmd(LCD_CMD,LCD_DISP_ON);
return 0;
}
/* LCD_write_byte
* \opis Wysyła 1 bajt do LCD
\argument rs - wybór między wysłaniem danych a wysłaniem komendy
\argument data - bajt do wysłania
*/
void LCD_write_cmd(uint8_t rs, uint8_t data)
{
LCD_write_byte_to_section(LCD_LEFT_SECTION, rs, data);
LCD_write_byte_to_section(LCD_MID_SECTION, rs, data);
LCD_write_byte_to_section(LCD_RIGHT_SECTION, rs, data);
}
void LCD_set_ram_address(uint16_t address)
{
uint16_t x_addr, y_addr;
x_addr = (address / LCD_PAGE_SIZE);
y_addr = (address % LCD_PAGE_SIZE);
LCD_write_cmd(LCD_CMD, LCD_SET_X_ADDR + x_addr );
LCD_write_cmd(LCD_CMD, LCD_SET_Y_ADDR + y_addr );
}
void LCD_write_buffer(uint8_t *buf, uint16_t size)
{
uint32_t i,j,cntr,section;
cntr = 0;
for(i=0 ; i<LCD_NUM_PAGES ; i++)
{
LCD_set_ram_address(i*LCD_PAGE_SIZE);
section = LCD_LEFT_SECTION;
for(j=0 ; j < LCD_PAGE_SIZE ; j++)
LCD_write_byte_to_section(section, LCD_DATA, buf[cntr++]);
section = LCD_MID_SECTION;
for(j=0 ; j < LCD_PAGE_SIZE ; j++)
LCD_write_byte_to_section(section, LCD_DATA, buf[cntr++]);
section = LCD_RIGHT_SECTION;
for(j=0 ; j < LCD_PAGE_SIZE ; j++)
LCD_write_byte_to_section(section, LCD_DATA, buf[cntr++]);
}
}
void LCD_ClearDisplayRAM(void)
{
uint32_t i,j;
for(i=0 ; i<LCD_NUM_PAGES ; i++)
{
LCD_set_ram_address(i*LCD_PAGE_SIZE);
for(j=0 ; j<LCD_PAGE_SIZE ; j++)
LCD_write_cmd(LCD_DATA, 0);
}
}
/* LCD_wait
* \opis Funckja Czeka 40us
*/
void LCD_wait(uint32_t period)
{
while(period--)
__asm("NOP");
}
void LCD_write_byte_to_section(uint16_t cs, uint8_t rs, uint8_t data)
{
uint8_t tmp;
GPIO_Reset(GPIOB, cs);
GPIO_Reset(GPIOC,RW);
//komenda / dane
if(rs)
GPIO_Set(GPIOC,RS);
else
GPIO_Reset(GPIOC,RS);
// bajt do wysłania
tmp = BitReverseTable256[data];
GPIO_Set(GPIOA,tmp);
GPIO_Reset(GPIOA, (~tmp) & 0xff);
//zapis
LCD_wait(LCD_1_U);
GPIO_Set(GPIOC,LCD_ENABLE);
LCD_wait(LCD_1_U);
GPIO_Reset(GPIOC,LCD_ENABLE);
LCD_wait(LCD_500_N);
GPIO_Set(GPIOB,CSB|CSA);
}

13
hw/glcd_s6b0108.h Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,13 @@
//----------------Stałe----------------------//
#define LCD_WIDTH 192
#define LCD_HEIGHT 64
//-----------------------------Funkcje------------------------------//
int8_t LCD_initialize(void);
void LCD_ClearDisplayRAM(void);
void LCD_write_byte(uint8_t rs,uint8_t data);
void LCD_set_ram_address(uint16_t address);
void LCD_write_buffer(uint8_t *buf, uint16_t size);

127
hw/gpio.h Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,127 @@
#ifndef __GPIO_H
#define __GPIO_H
#include "stm32f10x.h"
#include <stdint.h>
//-----stałe--------//
//definicje linii - dopasuj do konkretnego projektu
//PORT A
#define D7 (1<<0)
#define D6 (1<<1)
#define D5 (1<<2)
#define D4 (1<<3)
#define D3 (1<<4)
#define D2 (1<<5)
#define D1 (1<<6)
#define D0 (1<<7)
#define VOLCTRL2 (1<<8)
#define TX1 (1<<9)
#define RX1 (1<<10)
#define VOLCTRL1 (1<<11)
#define VOLCTRL3 (1<<12)
#define TMS (1<<13)
#define TCK (1<<14)
#define TDI (1<<15)
//PORT B
#define CSB (1<<0)
#define CSA (1<<1)
#define RST_LCD (1<<2)
#define TDO (1<<3)
#define TRST (1<<4)
#define RST_SPDIF (1<<5)
#define SCL (1<<6)
#define SDA (1<<7)
#define LED_TOSLINK (1<<8)
#define OE_SPDIF (1<<9)
#define TX3 (1<<10)
#define RX3 (1<<11)
#define ENC2A (1<<12)
#define ENC2B (1<<13)
#define KEY2 (1<<14)
#define IN1 (1<<15)
//PORT C
#define AMANERO_DSD_ON (1<<0)
#define AUTO_AMANERO_CLK (1<<1)
#define AUTO_AMANERO_DATA (1<<2)
#define LCD_ENABLE (1<<3)
#define RW (1<<4)
#define RS (1<<5)
#define LED1 (1<<6)
#define LED2 (1<<7)
#define VOLCTRL4 (1<<8)
#define VOLCTRL5 (1<<9)
#define DAC_L_DFZR (1<<10)
#define DAC_L_DFZL (1<<11)
#define DAC_R_DFZR (1<<12)
#define AMANERO_F1 (1<<13)
#define AMANERO_F2 (1<<14)
#define AMANERO_F3 (1<<15)
//PORT D
#define DAC_R_DFZL (1<<0)
#define MUTE (1<<1)
#define RST_DAC (1<<2)
#define LED_SPDIF (1<<3)
#define LED_AES_EBU (1<<4)
#define AUTO_SPDIF (1<<5)
#define AUTO_TOSLINK (1<<6)
#define AUTO_AES_EBU (1<<7)
#define IN2 (1<<8)
#define IN3 (1<<9)
#define IN4 (1<<10)
#define IN5 (1<<11)
#define IN6 (1<<12)
#define IN7 (1<<13)
#define AMANERO_DSD_MODE (1<<14)
#define AMANERO_MUTE (1<<15)
//PORT E
#define OE_PCM (1<<0)
#define AUTO_PCM_CLK (1<<1)
#define AUTO_PCM_DATA (1<<2)
#define OE_DSD (1<<3)
#define AUTO_DSD (1<<4)
#define OE_AMANERO (1<<5)
#define AMANERO_F0 (1<<6)
#define BT_GPIO9 (1<<7)
#define BT_GPIO2 (1<<8)
#define BT_EN (1<<9)
#define PLL_LOCK (1<<10)
#define OE_BT (1<<11)
#define AUTO_BT (1<<12)
#define ENC1A (1<<13)
#define ENC1B (1<<14)
#define KEY1 (1<<15)
//używane peryferia - dopasuj do konkretnego projektu
//ADC
//#define USE_ADC
//I2C
#define USE_I2C1
// #define USE_I2C2
//KEY
#define USE_KEY
//PWM
#define USE_PWM
//RTG
// #define USE_RTG
//SPI
// #define USE_SPI1
// #define USE_SPI2
//USART
#define USE_USART1
// #define USE_USART2
#define USE_USART3
// #define USE_UART4
// #define USE_UART5
//-------makra-----------------//
#define GPIO_Set(port,pins) ((port)->BSRR=(pins))
#define GPIO_Reset(port,pins) ((port)->BRR=(pins))
#define GPIO_Read(port) ((port)->IDR)
#endif

803
hw/i2c.c Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,803 @@
/*! \file i2c.c
\author Tomasz Adamczyk
\date 2011.12.02
\version 1.0
\brief Obsługa magistrali I2C
*/
#include "i2c.h"
#include "../error.h"
#include "../spdif.h"
#include "../dac.h"
#include "../eeprom.h"
#include "gpio.h"
#include "stm32f10x.h"
#ifdef USE_RTOS
#include "FreeRTOS.h"
#include "task.h"
#include "semphr.h"
#endif
#include <stdint.h>
//--------------------------Zmienne zewnętrzne------------------------//
#ifdef USE_RTOS
#define TICK xTaskGetTickCount()
#else
extern uint32_t tick; // z systick.c
#define TICK tick
#endif
//--------------------------Zmienne globalne------------------------//
#ifdef USE_RTOS
xSemaphoreHandle I2C_Semaphore;
static uint8_t semaphore_created;
#endif
uint32_t num_i2c_errors;
uint32_t num_i2c_spdif_errors;
//-----------------------------Deklaracje funkcji prywatnych------------------------------//
void RecoverFromBusError(I2C_TypeDef *port, uint8_t addr);
uint8_t CheckBusState();
//-----------------------------Funkcje------------------------------//
/*! \brief Inicjalizacja magistrali I2C
Funkcja inicjalizuję magistralę I2C. Zegar 50kHz, adresowanie 7bit.
\param port którego portu I2C uzywamy
\return kod błędu
*/
int8_t I2C_Initialize(I2C_TypeDef *port)
{
GPIO_InitTypeDef GPIO_Conf;
I2C_InitTypeDef I2C_Conf;
//Zresetuj I2C, może jest zawieszone
I2C_Cmd(port, DISABLE);
I2C_SoftwareResetCmd(port, ENABLE);
I2C_SoftwareResetCmd(port, DISABLE);
//konifiguracja zegarów i linii I/O
switch((uint32_t)port)
{
case (uint32_t)I2C1:
#ifdef USE_I2C1
#ifdef USE_RTOS
if(!semaphore_created)
{
vSemaphoreCreateBinary(I2C_Semaphore);
semaphore_created=1;
}
#endif
/* Zegar GPIOB,I2C1 */
RCC_APB2PeriphClockCmd(RCC_APB2Periph_GPIOB, ENABLE);
RCC_APB1PeriphClockCmd(RCC_APB1Periph_I2C1, ENABLE);
//SDA,SCL - wyjście per
GPIO_Conf.GPIO_Pin=SDA|SCL;
GPIO_Conf.GPIO_Mode=GPIO_Mode_AF_OD;
GPIO_Conf.GPIO_Speed=GPIO_Speed_50MHz;
GPIO_Init(GPIOB,&GPIO_Conf);
#else
return -NO_PORT;
#endif
break;
case (uint32_t)I2C2:
#ifdef USE_I2C2
#ifdef USE_RTOS
if(!semaphore_created)
{
vSemaphoreCreateBinary(I2C_Semaphore);
semaphore_created=1;
}
#endif
/* Zegar GPIOB,I2C1 */
RCC_APB2PeriphClockCmd(RCC_APB2Periph_GPIOB, ENABLE);
RCC_APB1PeriphClockCmd(RCC_APB1Periph_I2C2, ENABLE);
//SDA,SCL - wyjście per
GPIO_Conf.GPIO_Pin=SDA2|SCL2;
GPIO_Conf.GPIO_Mode=GPIO_Mode_AF_OD;
GPIO_Conf.GPIO_Speed=GPIO_Speed_50MHz;
GPIO_Init(GPIOB,&GPIO_Conf);
#else
return -NO_PORT;
#endif
break;
}
//konfiguracja kontrolera I2C
I2C_Conf.I2C_Ack=I2C_Ack_Enable;
I2C_Conf.I2C_AcknowledgedAddress=I2C_AcknowledgedAddress_7bit;
I2C_Conf.I2C_ClockSpeed=100000;
I2C_Conf.I2C_DutyCycle=I2C_DutyCycle_2;
I2C_Conf.I2C_Mode=I2C_Mode_I2C;
I2C_Conf.I2C_OwnAddress1=0;
I2C_Init(port, &I2C_Conf);
//Włącz I2C
I2C_Cmd(port, ENABLE);
}
/*!
\brief Odczyt z urządzenia I2C
Funkcja odczytuje dane z urządzenia I2C i kopiuje do bufora użytkownika
\param port którego portu I2C uzywamy
\param addr adres urządzenia z którego czytamy
\param data wskaznik do bufora użytkownika
\param size ilość bajtów do odczytania
\return kod błędu
*/
int16_t I2C_Read(I2C_TypeDef *port, uint8_t addr, uint8_t *data, uint8_t size)
{
uint32_t timestamp,k;
uint8_t i,j;
#ifdef USE_RTOS
xSemaphoreTake(I2C_Semaphore, portMAX_DELAY);
#endif
//Wysyłamy ACK po odebraniu bajtu (z wyjątkiem ostatniego)
port->CR1|=I2C_CR1_ACK;
//START
port->CR1|=I2C_CR1_START;
timestamp=TICK;
while( !(port->SR1&I2C_SR1_SB) )
{
if(TICK-timestamp>I2C_WAIT_TIME)
{
//resetuj I2C
RecoverFromBusError(port,addr);
#ifdef USE_RTOS
taskYIELD();
#endif
return -TIMEOUT;
}
}
//adres + read
port->DR=(addr<<1)|0x01;
timestamp=TICK;
while( !(port->SR1&I2C_SR1_ADDR) )
{
if(TICK-timestamp>I2C_WAIT_TIME)
{
//resetuj I2C
RecoverFromBusError(port,addr);
#ifdef USE_RTOS
taskYIELD();
#endif
return -TIMEOUT;
}
//Nack po wysłaniu adresu. Brak urządzenia?
if(port->SR1&I2C_SR1_AF)
{
//STOP
port->CR1 |= I2C_CR1_STOP;
//wyczyść NACK (trzeba ręcznie)
port->SR1 &= ~I2C_SR1_AF;
//zwróć błąd
#ifdef USE_RTOS
xSemaphoreGive(I2C_Semaphore);
taskYIELD();
#endif
return -I2C_SLAVE_NACK;
}
}
//sprawdź czy jestesmy w trybie odbiornika (głównie po to żeby odczytać SR2, co podobno jest konieczne)
if( (port->SR2&I2C_SR2_TRA) )
{
//resetuj I2C
RecoverFromBusError(port,addr);
#ifdef USE_RTOS
taskYIELD();
#endif
return -I2C_BUS_ERROR;
}
//odbierz dane bajt po bajcie
for(i=0;i<size;i++)
{
// jezeli to ostatni bajt, to NACK+STOP
if( i==(size-1) )
{
port->CR1 &= ~I2C_CR1_ACK;
port->CR1 |= I2C_CR1_STOP;
}
//czekaj na bajt danych
timestamp=TICK;
while( !(port->SR1&I2C_SR1_RXNE) )
{
if(TICK-timestamp>2)
{
GPIO_WriteBit(GPIOA,GPIO_Pin_1,Bit_SET);
for(j=0;j<10;j++);
GPIO_WriteBit(GPIOA,GPIO_Pin_1,Bit_RESET);
for(j=0;j<10;j++);
}
if(TICK-timestamp>I2C_WAIT_TIME)
{
//resetuj I2C
RecoverFromBusError(port,addr);
#ifdef USE_RTOS
taskYIELD();
#endif
return -TIMEOUT;
}
}
//odbierz dane
*data++=port->DR;
}
//transmisja udana, zwroc ilość wysłanych bajtów
#ifdef USE_RTOS
xSemaphoreGive(I2C_Semaphore);
taskYIELD();
#endif
return size;
}
/*!
\brief Odczyt z urządzenia I2C z wewnętrznym adresowaniem
Funkcja odczytuje dane z urządzenia I2C i kopiuje do bufora użytkownika
\param port którego portu I2C uzywamy
\param addr adres urządzenia z którego czytamy
\param iadr adres wewnętrzny w urzadzeniu
\param data wskaznik do bufora użytkownika
\param size ilość bajtów do odczytania
\return kod błędu
*/
int16_t I2C_ReadIadr(I2C_TypeDef *port, uint8_t addr, uint8_t iadr, uint8_t *data, uint8_t size)
{
uint32_t timestamp,k;
uint8_t i;
#ifdef USE_RTOS
xSemaphoreTake(I2C_Semaphore, portMAX_DELAY);
#endif
//Wysyłamy ACK po odebraniu bajtu (z wyjątkiem ostatniego)
port->CR1|=I2C_CR1_ACK;
//START
port->CR1|=I2C_CR1_START;
timestamp=TICK;
while( !(port->SR1&I2C_SR1_SB) )
{
if(TICK-timestamp>I2C_WAIT_TIME)
{
//resetuj I2C
RecoverFromBusError(port,addr);
#ifdef USE_RTOS
taskYIELD();
#endif
return -TIMEOUT;
}
}
//adres + write
port->DR=addr<<1;
timestamp=TICK;
while( !(port->SR1&I2C_SR1_ADDR) )
{
if(TICK-timestamp>I2C_WAIT_TIME)
{
//resetuj I2C
RecoverFromBusError(port,addr);
#ifdef USE_RTOS
taskYIELD();
#endif
return -TIMEOUT;
}
//Nack po wysłaniu adresu. Brak urządzenia?
if(port->SR1&I2C_SR1_AF)
{
//STOP
port->CR1 |= I2C_CR1_STOP;
//wyczyść NACK (trzeba ręcznie)
port->SR1 &= ~I2C_SR1_AF;
//zwróć błąd
#ifdef USE_RTOS
xSemaphoreGive(I2C_Semaphore);
taskYIELD();
#endif
return -I2C_SLAVE_NACK;
}
}
//sprawdź czy jestesmy w trybie nadajnika (głównie po to żeby odczytać SR2, co podobno jest konieczne)
if( !(port->SR2&I2C_SR2_TRA) )
{
//resetuj I2C
RecoverFromBusError(port,addr);
#ifdef USE_RTOS
taskYIELD();
#endif
return -I2C_BUS_ERROR;
}
//czy rejestr nadawczy jest pusty?
timestamp=TICK;
while( !(port->SR1&I2C_SR1_TXE) )
{
if(TICK-timestamp>I2C_WAIT_TIME)
{
//resetuj I2C
RecoverFromBusError(port,addr);
#ifdef USE_RTOS
taskYIELD();
#endif
return -TIMEOUT;
}
}
//adres wewnętrzny
port->DR=iadr;
timestamp=TICK;
while( !(port->SR1&I2C_SR1_TXE) )
{
if(TICK-timestamp>I2C_WAIT_TIME)
{
//resetuj I2C
RecoverFromBusError(port,addr);
#ifdef USE_RTOS
taskYIELD();
#endif
return -TIMEOUT;
}
//Nack po wysłaniu adresu wewnętrznego. Brak urządzenia?
if(port->SR1&I2C_SR1_AF)
{
//STOP
port->CR1 |= I2C_CR1_STOP;
//wyczyść NACK (trzeba ręcznie)
port->SR1 &= ~I2C_SR1_AF;
//zwróć błąd
#ifdef USE_RTOS
xSemaphoreGive(I2C_Semaphore);
taskYIELD();
#endif
return -I2C_SLAVE_NACK;
}
}
//REPEATED START
port->CR1|=I2C_CR1_START;
timestamp=TICK;
while( !(port->SR1&I2C_SR1_SB) )
{
if(TICK-timestamp>I2C_WAIT_TIME)
{
//resetuj I2C
RecoverFromBusError(port,addr);
#ifdef USE_RTOS
taskYIELD();
#endif
return -TIMEOUT;
}
}
//adres + read
port->DR=(addr<<1)|0x01;
timestamp=TICK;
while( !(port->SR1&I2C_SR1_ADDR) )
{
if(TICK-timestamp>I2C_WAIT_TIME)
{
//resetuj I2C
RecoverFromBusError(port,addr);
#ifdef USE_RTOS
taskYIELD();
#endif
return -TIMEOUT;
}
//Nack po wysłaniu adresu. Brak urządzenia?
if(port->SR1&I2C_SR1_AF)
{
//STOP
port->CR1 |= I2C_CR1_STOP;
//wyczyść NACK (trzeba ręcznie)
port->SR1 &= ~I2C_SR1_AF;
//zwróć błąd
#ifdef USE_RTOS
xSemaphoreGive(I2C_Semaphore);
taskYIELD();
#endif
return -I2C_SLAVE_NACK;
}
}
//sprawdź czy jestesmy w trybie odbiornika (głównie po to żeby odczytać SR2, co podobno jest konieczne)
if( (port->SR2&I2C_SR2_TRA) )
{
//resetuj I2C
RecoverFromBusError(port,addr);
#ifdef USE_RTOS
taskYIELD();
#endif
return -I2C_BUS_ERROR;
}
//odbierz dane bajt po bajcie
for(i=0;i<size;i++)
{
// jezeli to ostatni bajt, to NACK+STOP
if( i==(size-1) )
{
port->CR1 &= ~I2C_CR1_ACK;
port->CR1 |= I2C_CR1_STOP;
}
//czekaj na bajt danych
timestamp=TICK;
while( !(port->SR1&I2C_SR1_RXNE) )
{
if(TICK-timestamp>I2C_WAIT_TIME)
{
//resetuj I2C
RecoverFromBusError(port,addr);
#ifdef USE_RTOS
taskYIELD();
#endif
return -TIMEOUT;
}
}
//odbierz dane
*data++=port->DR;
}
//transmisja udana, zwroc ilość wysłanych bajtów
#ifdef USE_RTOS
xSemaphoreGive(I2C_Semaphore);
taskYIELD();
#endif
return size;
}
/*!
\brief Zapis do urządzenia I2C
Funkcja wysyła dane z bufora do urządzenia I2C
\param port którego portu I2C uzywamy
\param addr adres urządzenia do którego nadajemy
\param data wskaznik do bufora użytkownika
\param size ilość bajtów do wysłania
\return kod błędu
*/
int16_t I2C_Write(I2C_TypeDef *port, uint8_t addr, uint8_t *data, uint8_t size)
{
uint32_t timestamp;
uint8_t i;
#ifdef USE_RTOS
xSemaphoreTake(I2C_Semaphore, portMAX_DELAY);
#endif
//START
port->CR1|=I2C_CR1_START;
timestamp=TICK;
while( !(port->SR1&I2C_SR1_SB) )
{
if(TICK-timestamp>I2C_WAIT_TIME)
{
//resetuj I2C
RecoverFromBusError(port,addr);
#ifdef USE_RTOS
taskYIELD();
#endif
return -TIMEOUT;
}
}
//adres + write
port->DR=(addr<<1);
timestamp=TICK;
while( !(port->SR1&I2C_SR1_ADDR) )
{
if(TICK-timestamp>I2C_WAIT_TIME)
{
//resetuj I2C
RecoverFromBusError(port,addr);
#ifdef USE_RTOS
taskYIELD();
#endif
return -TIMEOUT;
}
//Nack po wysłaniu adresu. Brak urządzenia?
if(port->SR1&I2C_SR1_AF)
{
//STOP
port->CR1 |= I2C_CR1_STOP;
//wyczyść NACK (trzeba ręcznie)
port->SR1 &= ~I2C_SR1_AF;
//zwróć błąd
#ifdef USE_RTOS
xSemaphoreGive(I2C_Semaphore);
taskYIELD();
#endif
return -I2C_SLAVE_NACK;
}
}
//sprawdź czy jestesmy w trybie nadajnika (głównie po to żeby odczytać SR2, co podobno jest konieczne)
if( !(port->SR2&I2C_SR2_TRA) )
{
//resetuj I2C
RecoverFromBusError(port,addr);
#ifdef USE_RTOS
taskYIELD();
#endif
return -I2C_BUS_ERROR;
}
//czy rejestr nadawczy jest pusty?
timestamp=TICK;
while( !(port->SR1&I2C_SR1_TXE) )
{
if(TICK-timestamp>I2C_WAIT_TIME)
{
//resetuj I2C
RecoverFromBusError(port,addr);
#ifdef USE_RTOS
taskYIELD();
#endif
return -TIMEOUT;
}
}
//nadaj dane bajt po bajcie
for(i=0;i<size;i++)
{
//wyslij dane
port->DR=*data++;
timestamp=TICK;
//czekaj na opróżnienie bufora nadawczego
while( !(port->SR1&I2C_SR1_TXE) )
{
if(TICK-timestamp>I2C_WAIT_TIME)
{
//resetuj I2C
RecoverFromBusError(port,addr);
#ifdef USE_RTOS
taskYIELD();
#endif
return -TIMEOUT;
}
}
}
//czekaj na koniec transmisji
timestamp=TICK;
while( !(port->SR1&I2C_SR1_BTF) )
{
if(TICK-timestamp>I2C_WAIT_TIME)
{
//resetuj I2C
RecoverFromBusError(port,addr);
#ifdef USE_RTOS
taskYIELD();
#endif
return -TIMEOUT;
}
}
//STOP
port->CR1|=I2C_CR1_STOP;
//czy urządzenie odebralo dane?
if(port->SR1&I2C_SR1_AF)
return -I2C_SLAVE_NACK;
//transmisja udana, zwroc ilość wysłanych bajtów
#ifdef USE_RTOS
xSemaphoreGive(I2C_Semaphore);
taskYIELD();
#endif
return size;
}
/*!
\brief Zapis do urządzenia I2C z wewnętrznym adresowaniem
Funkcja wysyła dane z bufora do urządzenia I2C
\param port którego portu I2C uzywamy
\param addr adres urządzenia do którego nadajemy
\param iadr adres wewnętrzny w urządzeniu
\param data wskaznik do bufora użytkownika
\param size ilość bajtów do wysłania
\return kod błędu
*/
int16_t I2C_WriteIadr(I2C_TypeDef *port, uint8_t addr, uint8_t iadr, uint8_t *data, uint8_t size)
{
uint32_t timestamp;
uint8_t i;
#ifdef USE_RTOS
xSemaphoreTake(I2C_Semaphore, portMAX_DELAY);
#endif
//START
port->CR1|=I2C_CR1_START;
timestamp=TICK;
while( !(port->SR1&I2C_SR1_SB) )
{
if(TICK-timestamp>I2C_WAIT_TIME)
{
//resetuj I2C
RecoverFromBusError(port,addr);
#ifdef USE_RTOS
taskYIELD();
#endif
return -TIMEOUT;
}
}
//adres + write
port->DR=(addr<<1);
timestamp=TICK;
while( !(port->SR1&I2C_SR1_ADDR) )
{
if(TICK-timestamp>I2C_WAIT_TIME)
{
//resetuj I2C
RecoverFromBusError(port,addr);
#ifdef USE_RTOS
taskYIELD();
#endif
return -TIMEOUT;
}
//Nack po wysłaniu adresu. Brak urządzenia?
if(port->SR1&I2C_SR1_AF)
{
//STOP
port->CR1 |= I2C_CR1_STOP;
//wyczyść NACK (trzeba ręcznie)
port->SR1 &= ~I2C_SR1_AF;
//zwróć błąd
#ifdef USE_RTOS
xSemaphoreGive(I2C_Semaphore);
taskYIELD();
#endif
return -I2C_SLAVE_NACK;
}
}
//sprawdź czy jestesmy w trybie nadajnika (głównie po to żeby odczytać SR2, co podobno jest konieczne)
if( !(port->SR2&I2C_SR2_TRA) )
{
//resetuj I2C
RecoverFromBusError(port,addr);
#ifdef USE_RTOS
taskYIELD();
#endif
return -I2C_BUS_ERROR;
}
//czy rejestr nadawczy jest pusty?
timestamp=TICK;
while( !(port->SR1&I2C_SR1_TXE) )
{
if(TICK-timestamp>I2C_WAIT_TIME)
{
//resetuj I2C
RecoverFromBusError(port,addr);
#ifdef USE_RTOS
taskYIELD();
#endif
return -TIMEOUT;
}
}
//adres wewnętrzny
port->DR=iadr;
timestamp=TICK;
while( !(port->SR1&I2C_SR1_TXE) )
{
if(TICK-timestamp>I2C_WAIT_TIME)
{
//resetuj I2C
RecoverFromBusError(port,addr);
#ifdef USE_RTOS
taskYIELD();
#endif
return -TIMEOUT;
}
//Nack po wysłaniu adresu wewnętrznego. Brak urządzenia?
if(port->SR1&I2C_SR1_AF)
{
//STOP
port->CR1 |= I2C_CR1_STOP;
//wyczyść NACK (trzeba ręcznie)
port->SR1 &= ~I2C_SR1_AF;
//zwróć błąd
#ifdef USE_RTOS
xSemaphoreGive(I2C_Semaphore);
taskYIELD();
#endif
return -I2C_SLAVE_NACK;
}
}
//nadaj dane bajt po bajcie
for(i=0;i<size;i++)
{
//wyslij dane
port->DR=*data++;
timestamp=TICK;
//czekaj na opróżnienie bufora nadawczego
while( !(port->SR1&I2C_SR1_TXE) )
{
if(TICK-timestamp>I2C_WAIT_TIME)
{
#ifdef USE_RTOS
taskYIELD();
#endif
return -TIMEOUT;
}
}
}
//czekaj na koniec transmisji
timestamp=TICK;
while( !(port->SR1&I2C_SR1_BTF) )
{
if(TICK-timestamp>I2C_WAIT_TIME)
{
//resetuj I2C
RecoverFromBusError(port,addr);
#ifdef USE_RTOS
taskYIELD();
#endif
return -TIMEOUT;
}
}
//STOP
port->CR1|=I2C_CR1_STOP;
//czy urządzenie odebralo dane?
if(port->SR1&I2C_SR1_AF)
return -I2C_SLAVE_NACK;
//transmisja udana, zwroc ilość wysłanych bajtów
#ifdef USE_RTOS
xSemaphoreGive(I2C_Semaphore);
taskYIELD();
#endif
return size;
}
uint8_t CheckBusState()
{
if ( (GPIO_Read(GPIOB)&SDA) && (GPIO_Read(GPIOB)&SCL) )
return 1;
else
return 0;
}

30
hw/i2c.h Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,30 @@
/*! \file i2c.h
\author Tomasz Adamczyk
\date 2011.12.02
\version 1.0
\brief Obsługa magistrali I2C - nagłowek
*/
#ifndef __I2C_H
#define __I2C_H
#include <stdint.h>
#include "stm32f10x.h"
//--------------stałe-----------------//
//ogólne
#define I2C_WAIT_TIME 1000 //100ms
//Funkcje
int8_t I2C_Initialize(I2C_TypeDef *port);
int16_t I2C_Write(I2C_TypeDef *port,uint8_t addr,uint8_t *data, uint8_t size);
int16_t I2C_WriteIadr(I2C_TypeDef *port,uint8_t addr,uint8_t iadr,uint8_t *data,uint8_t size);
int16_t I2C_Read(I2C_TypeDef *port,uint8_t addr,uint8_t *data, uint8_t size);
int16_t I2C_ReadIadr(I2C_TypeDef *port,uint8_t addr,uint8_t iadr,uint8_t *data,uint8_t size);
#endif

110
hw/inputdetect.c Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,110 @@
#include "inputdetect.h"
#include "gpio.h"
#include "error.h"
#include "gui.h"
#include "debug.h"
#include "main.h"
#include "stm32f10x.h"
#include <stdlib.h>
#include <stdint.h>
//------------------------definicje--------------------------------//
#define GPIOB_MANUAL_INPUT_MASK 0x8000
#define GPIOD_MANUAL_INPUT_MASK 0x3F00
//------------------------zmienne-------------------------//
//-----------------------------Funkcje------------------------------//
int8_t inputdetect_Initialize(void)
{
GPIO_InitTypeDef GPIO_Conf;
RCC_APB2PeriphClockCmd(RCC_APB2Periph_GPIOB|RCC_APB2Periph_GPIOC|RCC_APB2Periph_GPIOD|
RCC_APB2Periph_GPIOE, ENABLE);
//wejścia auto - floating
GPIO_Conf.GPIO_Pin = AUTO_AMANERO_CLK|AUTO_AMANERO_DATA;
GPIO_Conf.GPIO_Mode = GPIO_Mode_IN_FLOATING;
GPIO_Conf.GPIO_Speed = GPIO_Speed_50MHz;
GPIO_Init(GPIOC, &GPIO_Conf);
GPIO_Conf.GPIO_Pin = AUTO_SPDIF|AUTO_TOSLINK|AUTO_AES_EBU;
GPIO_Init(GPIOD, &GPIO_Conf);
GPIO_Conf.GPIO_Pin = AUTO_PCM_CLK|AUTO_PCM_DATA|AUTO_DSD|AUTO_BT;
GPIO_Init(GPIOE, &GPIO_Conf);
//wejścia manualne - pullup, zero aktywne
GPIO_Conf.GPIO_Pin = IN1;
GPIO_Conf.GPIO_Mode = GPIO_Mode_IPU;
GPIO_Conf.GPIO_Speed = GPIO_Speed_50MHz;
GPIO_Init(GPIOB, &GPIO_Conf);
GPIO_Conf.GPIO_Pin = IN2|IN3|IN4|IN5|IN6|IN7;
GPIO_Init(GPIOD, &GPIO_Conf);
}
uint16_t inputdetect_ReadInputSelector(void)
{
uint16_t input;
input = (~GPIO_Read(GPIOD) & GPIOD_MANUAL_INPUT_MASK) >> 7;
input |= (~GPIO_Read(GPIOB) & GPIOB_MANUAL_INPUT_MASK) >>15;
switch(input)
{
case 0x01:
return INPUT_AMANERO;
case 0x02:
return INPUT_PCM;
case 0x04:
return INPUT_DSD;
case 0x08:
return INPUT_AES_EBU;
case 0x10:
return INPUT_SPDIF;
case 0x20:
return INPUT_TOSLINK;
case 0x40:
return INPUT_BT;
default:
return INPUT_OFF;
}
}
uint16_t inputdetect_ReadClockDetectors(void)
{
uint16_t detector_state;
detector_state=0;
if (GPIO_Read(GPIOC) & AUTO_AMANERO_CLK)
detector_state |= DETECTOR_AMANERO_CLK;
if (GPIO_Read(GPIOC) & AUTO_AMANERO_DATA)
detector_state |= DETECTOR_AMANERO_DATA;
if (GPIO_Read(GPIOE) & AUTO_PCM_CLK)
detector_state |= DETECTOR_PCM_CLK;
if (GPIO_Read(GPIOE) & AUTO_PCM_DATA)
detector_state |= DETECTOR_PCM_DATA;
if (GPIO_Read(GPIOE) & AUTO_DSD)
detector_state |= DETECTOR_DSD;
if (GPIO_Read(GPIOD) & AUTO_SPDIF)
detector_state |= DETECTOR_SPDIF;
if (GPIO_Read(GPIOD) & AUTO_AES_EBU)
detector_state |= DETECTOR_AES_EBU;
if (GPIO_Read(GPIOD) & AUTO_TOSLINK)
detector_state |= DETECTOR_TOSLINK;
if (GPIO_Read(GPIOE) & AUTO_BT)
detector_state |= DETECTOR_BT;
return detector_state;
}

27
hw/inputdetect.h Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,27 @@
#ifndef __INPUTDETECT_H
#define __INPUTDETECT_H
#include <stdint.h>
//--------------definicje-----------------
//detektor sygnału zegara - bity
#define DETECTOR_AMANERO_CLK 0x001
#define DETECTOR_AMANERO_DATA 0x002
#define DETECTOR_PCM_CLK 0x004
#define DETECTOR_PCM_DATA 0x008
#define DETECTOR_DSD 0x010
#define DETECTOR_SPDIF 0x020
#define DETECTOR_AES_EBU 0x040
#define DETECTOR_TOSLINK 0x080
#define DETECTOR_BT 0x100
//-----------------typy-------------------
//---------------funkcje------------------
int8_t inputdetect_Initialize(void);
uint16_t inputdetect_ReadInputSelector(void);
uint16_t inputdetect_ReadClockDetectors(void);
#endif

82
hw/inputselect.c Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,82 @@
#include "inputselect.h"
#include "hw/gpio.h"
#include "error.h"
#include "gui.h"
#include "debug.h"
#include "main.h"
#include "stm32f10x.h"
#include <stdlib.h>
#include <stdint.h>
//------------------------definicje--------------------------------//
//------------------------zmienne-------------------------//
//-----------------------------Funkcje------------------------------//
int8_t inputselect_Initialize(void)
{
GPIO_InitTypeDef GPIO_Conf;
RCC_APB2PeriphClockCmd(RCC_APB2Periph_GPIOB|RCC_APB2Periph_GPIOD|
RCC_APB2Periph_GPIOE, ENABLE);
//wyjścia, diody - stan poczatkowy wysoki (wyłączone)
GPIO_Conf.GPIO_Pin = LED_TOSLINK|OE_SPDIF;
GPIO_Conf.GPIO_Mode = GPIO_Mode_Out_PP;
GPIO_Conf.GPIO_Speed = GPIO_Speed_50MHz;
GPIO_Init(GPIOB, &GPIO_Conf);
GPIO_Set(GPIOB, LED_TOSLINK|OE_SPDIF);
GPIO_Conf.GPIO_Pin = LED_SPDIF|LED_AES_EBU;
GPIO_Init(GPIOD, &GPIO_Conf);
GPIO_Set(GPIOD, LED_SPDIF|LED_AES_EBU);
GPIO_Conf.GPIO_Pin = OE_PCM|OE_DSD|OE_AMANERO|OE_BT;
GPIO_Init(GPIOE, &GPIO_Conf);
GPIO_Set(GPIOE, OE_PCM|OE_DSD|OE_AMANERO|OE_BT);
}
int8_t inputselect_SelectInput(uint8_t input)
{
//disable all inputs
GPIO_Set(GPIOB, LED_TOSLINK|OE_SPDIF);
GPIO_Set(GPIOD, LED_SPDIF|LED_AES_EBU);
GPIO_Set(GPIOE, OE_PCM|OE_DSD|OE_AMANERO|OE_BT);
//enable selected input
switch(input)
{
case INPUT_OFF:
break;
case INPUT_AMANERO:
GPIO_Reset(GPIOE, OE_AMANERO);
break;
case INPUT_PCM:
GPIO_Reset(GPIOE, OE_PCM);
break;
case INPUT_DSD:
GPIO_Reset(GPIOE, OE_DSD);
break;
case INPUT_SPDIF:
GPIO_Reset(GPIOB, OE_SPDIF);
GPIO_Reset(GPIOD, LED_SPDIF);
break;
case INPUT_TOSLINK:
GPIO_Reset(GPIOB, OE_SPDIF);
GPIO_Reset(GPIOB, LED_TOSLINK);
break;
case INPUT_AES_EBU:
GPIO_Reset(GPIOB, OE_SPDIF);
GPIO_Reset(GPIOD, LED_AES_EBU);
break;
case INPUT_BT:
GPIO_Reset(GPIOE, OE_BT);
break;
default:
debug_ReportError(-MULTIPLE_INPUT_SELECTED, "inputctrl_SetInput");
break;
}
}

16
hw/inputselect.h Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,16 @@
#ifndef __INPUTSELECT_H
#define __INPUTSELECT_H
#include <stdint.h>
//--------------definicje-----------------
//-----------------typy-------------------
//---------------funkcje------------------
int8_t inputselect_Initialize(void);
int8_t inputselect_SelectInput(uint8_t input);
#endif

305
hw/keys.c Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,305 @@
/* nazwa pliku: key.c
opis: Miernik C02
Odczyt klawiszy
*/
#include "keys.h"
#include "gpio.h"
#include "../error.h"
#include "stm32f10x.h"
#include <stdlib.h>
#include <stdint.h>
#ifdef USE_RTOS
#include "FreeRTOS.h"
#include "task.h"
#endif
//------------------------definicje--------------------------------//
#define DEBOUNCE_DELAY 5 //0,5ms
#define NUM_INPUTS 4
#define KEY_LONG_PRESS_TIME 30000
#define KEY_SHORT_PRESS_TIME 100
#define ENCODER1_DIVIDER 2
#define ENCODER2_DIVIDER 2
enum
{
STATE_KEY1,
STATE_KEY2,
STATE_ENC1,
STATE_ENC2,
};
//------------------------zmienne globalne-------------------------//
static int8_t inputs_state_tmp1[NUM_INPUTS], inputs_state_tmp2[NUM_INPUTS], inputs_state[NUM_INPUTS], prev_inputs_state[NUM_INPUTS];
static uint8_t key,new_key;
static uint32_t timestamp;
//tablica ma przełożyć fizyczny kod klawisza(wynikający z konstrukcji klawiatury), na ten zdefiniowany w key.h
//--------------------------Zmienne zewnętrzne zue------------------------//
#ifdef USE_RTOS
#include "FreeRTOS.h"
#include "task.h"
#define TICK xTaskGetTickCount()
#else
extern uint32_t tick; // z systick.c
#define TICK tick
#endif
//------------------deklaracje funkcji prywatnych-------------------//
uint8_t CalculateKeyCode(void);
void Debounce (void);
void ReadInputsState (void );
//-----------------------------Funkcje------------------------------//
/* KEY_init
* \opis Konfiguracja początkowa klawiatury
*/
void keys_Initialize(void)
{
GPIO_InitTypeDef GPIO_Conf;
#ifdef USE_KEY
//włącz zegar GPIOC
RCC_APB2PeriphClockCmd(RCC_APB2Periph_GPIOB|RCC_APB2Periph_GPIOE, ENABLE);
//klawisze i enkodery - wejście + pullup
GPIO_Conf.GPIO_Pin=KEY1|ENC1A|ENC1B;
GPIO_Conf.GPIO_Mode=GPIO_Mode_IPU;
GPIO_Conf.GPIO_Speed=GPIO_Speed_50MHz;
GPIO_Init(GPIOE,&GPIO_Conf);
GPIO_Conf.GPIO_Pin=KEY2|ENC2A|ENC2B;
GPIO_Init(GPIOB,&GPIO_Conf);
//TEST
/*
GPIO_Conf.GPIO_Pin = IN1;
GPIO_Conf.GPIO_Mode = GPIO_Mode_Out_PP;
GPIO_Conf.GPIO_Speed = GPIO_Speed_50MHz;
GPIO_Init(GPIOB, &GPIO_Conf);
GPIO_Reset(GPIOB,IN1);
*/
//brak naciśniętych klawiszy
new_key=0;
key=0;
ReadInputsState();
#else
return;
#endif
}
/* KEY_Poll
* \opis funkcja sprawdza stan klawiszy
*/
void keys_Poll (void)
{
#ifdef USE_KEY
//GPIO_Set(GPIOB,IN1);
ReadInputsState();
//GPIO_Reset(GPIOB,IN1);
Debounce();
key = CalculateKeyCode();
if(key)
{
new_key=1;
}
#else
return;
#endif
}
/* KEY_get
* \opis Funkcja zwraca użytkownikowi kod naciśniętego klawisza, lub 0 gdy żaden nie został naciśnięty
\return - kod klawisza lub 0
*/
uint8_t keys_GetKeyCode (void)
{
if(new_key)
{
return key;
}
else
return 0;
}
/* KEY_clear_event
* \opis Informacja zwrotna od użytkownika - kod klawisza został obsłużony
*/
void keys_ClearEvent (void)
{
new_key=0;
}
void ReadInputsState (void )
{
static uint16_t encoder1_state, encoder1_prev_state, encoder2_state, encoder2_prev_state;
//odczyt
if( (GPIO_Read(GPIOE) & KEY1) == 0)
inputs_state_tmp1[STATE_KEY1] = 1;
else
inputs_state_tmp1[STATE_KEY1] = 0;
if( (GPIO_Read(GPIOB) & KEY2) == 0)
inputs_state_tmp1[STATE_KEY2] = 1;
else
inputs_state_tmp1[STATE_KEY2] = 0;
inputs_state_tmp1[STATE_ENC1] = 0;
if (GPIO_Read(GPIOE) & ENC1A)
inputs_state_tmp1[STATE_ENC1] |= 0x01;
if (GPIO_Read(GPIOE) & ENC1B)
inputs_state_tmp1[STATE_ENC1] |= 0x02;
inputs_state_tmp1[STATE_ENC2] = 0;
if (GPIO_Read(GPIOB) & ENC2A)
inputs_state_tmp1[STATE_ENC2] |= 0x01;
if (GPIO_Read(GPIOB) & ENC2B)
inputs_state_tmp1[STATE_ENC2] |= 0x02;
}
void Debounce (void)
{
uint8_t i;
for (i = 0; i < NUM_INPUTS; i++)
if(inputs_state_tmp1[i] != inputs_state_tmp2[i])
{
timestamp = TICK;
inputs_state_tmp2[i] = inputs_state_tmp1[i];
}
if (TICK - timestamp >= DEBOUNCE_DELAY)
for(i = 0; i < NUM_INPUTS; i++)
{
prev_inputs_state[i] = inputs_state[i];
inputs_state[i] = inputs_state_tmp2[i];
}
}
uint8_t CalculateKeyCode(void)
{
static uint8_t key1_code_sent, key2_code_sent;
static portTickType ts_key1, ts_key2;
static int8_t encoder1_cntr, encoder2_cntr;
// KEY1
if(inputs_state[STATE_KEY1] && prev_inputs_state[STATE_KEY1] == 0)
{
ts_key1 = TICK;
key1_code_sent = 0;
}
if( (inputs_state[STATE_KEY1] == 0) &&
(prev_inputs_state[STATE_KEY1] ) &&
(key1_code_sent == 0) &&
(TICK - ts_key1 >= KEY_SHORT_PRESS_TIME ) )
{
key1_code_sent = 1;
return KEYCODE_KEY1_SHORT;
}
if( (inputs_state[STATE_KEY1]) &&
(prev_inputs_state[STATE_KEY1]) &&
(key1_code_sent == 0) &&
(TICK - ts_key1 >= KEY_LONG_PRESS_TIME ) )
{
key1_code_sent = 1;
return KEYCODE_KEY1_LONG;
}
// KEY2
if(inputs_state[STATE_KEY2] && prev_inputs_state[STATE_KEY2] == 0)
{
ts_key2 = TICK;
key2_code_sent = 0;
}
if( (inputs_state[STATE_KEY2] == 0) &&
(prev_inputs_state[STATE_KEY2] ) &&
(key2_code_sent == 0) &&
(TICK - ts_key2 >= KEY_SHORT_PRESS_TIME ) )
{
key2_code_sent = 1;
return KEYCODE_KEY2_SHORT;
}
if( (inputs_state[STATE_KEY2]) &&
(prev_inputs_state[STATE_KEY2]) &&
(key2_code_sent == 0) &&
(TICK - ts_key2 >= KEY_LONG_PRESS_TIME ) )
{
key2_code_sent = 1;
return KEYCODE_KEY2_LONG;
}
// ENC1
if(inputs_state[STATE_KEY1] == 0)
{
if(prev_inputs_state[STATE_ENC1] == 0x03 && inputs_state[STATE_ENC1] ==0x02)
{
encoder1_cntr ++;
if(encoder1_cntr >= 1*ENCODER1_DIVIDER)
{
encoder1_cntr = 0;
return KEYCODE_ENC1R;
}
}
else if(prev_inputs_state[STATE_ENC1] == 0x03 && inputs_state[STATE_ENC1] ==0x01)
{
encoder1_cntr --;
if(encoder1_cntr <= -1*ENCODER1_DIVIDER)
{
encoder1_cntr = 0;
return KEYCODE_ENC1L;
}
}
}
// ENC2
if ( inputs_state[STATE_KEY2] == 0)
{
if(prev_inputs_state[STATE_ENC2] == 0x03 && inputs_state[STATE_ENC2] ==0x02)
{
encoder2_cntr ++;
if(encoder2_cntr >= 1*ENCODER2_DIVIDER)
{
encoder2_cntr = 0;
return KEYCODE_ENC2R;
}
}
else if(prev_inputs_state[STATE_ENC2] == 0x03 && inputs_state[STATE_ENC2] ==0x01)
{
encoder2_cntr --;
if(encoder2_cntr <= -1*ENCODER2_DIVIDER)
{
encoder2_cntr = 0;
return KEYCODE_ENC2L;
}
}
}
return 0;
}

33
hw/keys.h Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,33 @@
/* nazwa pliku: key.h
opis: Miernik C02
Odczyt klawiszy - nagłówek
*/
#ifndef __KEYS_H
#define __KEYS_H
#include <stdint.h>
//-----------------------------Stałe------------------------------//
//kody klawiszy
enum
{
KEYCODE_IDLE = 0,
KEYCODE_KEY1_SHORT = 1,
KEYCODE_KEY2_SHORT = 2,
KEYCODE_KEY1_LONG = 3,
KEYCODE_KEY2_LONG = 4,
KEYCODE_ENC1L = 5,
KEYCODE_ENC1R = 6,
KEYCODE_ENC2L = 7,
KEYCODE_ENC2R = 8
};
//-----------------------------Funkcje------------------------------//
void keys_Initialize (void);
void keys_Poll (void);
uint8_t keys_GetKeyCode (void);
void keys_ClearEvent (void);
#endif

887
hw/serial.c Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,887 @@
// API portu szeregowego
/*
USART1 - RS485
USART2 - RS232 - porty nie tolerują 5V,
USART3 - RS485
*/
#include "serial.h"
#include "gpio.h"
#include "../error.h"
#include "stm32f10x.h"
#include <stdlib.h>
#include <stdint.h>
//bufory nadawcze/odbiorze portów szeregowych
USART_data_t USART1_data,USART2_data,USART3_data,UART4_data,UART5_data;
//USART5 - transmisja bez DMA, na przerwaniach
//licznik bajtów do wysłania
uint16_t UART5_size;
//wskazniki do aktualnie wysyłanych/odebranych danych (aktualizowane w przerwaniu)
uint8_t *UART5_rxptr,*UART5_txptr;
int8_t Serial_Initialize(USART_TypeDef * port, uint32_t mode, uint32_t baudrate, uint32_t timeguard)
{
USART_InitTypeDef USART_Conf;
GPIO_InitTypeDef GPIO_Conf;
DMA_InitTypeDef DMA_Conf;
NVIC_InitTypeDef NVIC_Conf;
//alokacja pamięci na bufory i konfiguracja wejśc/wyjść
switch((uint32_t)port)
{
case (uint32_t)USART1:
#ifdef USE_USART1
USART1_data.txbuf=(uint8_t*)malloc(USART_BSIZE);
USART1_data.rxbuf=(uint8_t*)malloc(USART_BSIZE);
USART1_data.dptr=USART1_data.rxbuf;
/* Zegar GPIOA,GPIOB,USART1,DMA1 */
RCC_AHBPeriphClockCmd(RCC_AHBPeriph_DMA1,ENABLE);
RCC_APB2PeriphClockCmd(RCC_APB2Periph_GPIOA|RCC_APB2Periph_GPIOB|RCC_APB2Periph_USART1, ENABLE);
//TX1 - wyjście PERIPH
GPIO_Conf.GPIO_Pin=TX1;
GPIO_Conf.GPIO_Mode=GPIO_Mode_AF_PP;
GPIO_Conf.GPIO_Speed=GPIO_Speed_50MHz;
GPIO_Init(GPIOA,&GPIO_Conf);
//RX1 - wejście
GPIO_Conf.GPIO_Pin=RX1;
GPIO_Conf.GPIO_Mode=GPIO_Mode_IN_FLOATING;
GPIO_Init(GPIOA,&GPIO_Conf);
#else
return NO_PORT;
#endif
break;
case (uint32_t)USART2:
#ifdef USE_USART2
USART2_data.txbuf=(uint8_t*)malloc(USART_BSIZE);
USART2_data.rxbuf=(uint8_t*)malloc(USART_BSIZE);
USART2_data.dptr=USART2_data.rxbuf;
/* Zegar GPIOA,USART2 */
RCC_AHBPeriphClockCmd(RCC_AHBPeriph_DMA1,ENABLE);
RCC_APB1PeriphClockCmd(RCC_APB1Periph_USART2, ENABLE);
RCC_APB2PeriphClockCmd(RCC_APB2Periph_GPIOA, ENABLE);
//TX1 - wyjście PERIPH
GPIO_Conf.GPIO_Pin=TX2;
GPIO_Conf.GPIO_Mode=GPIO_Mode_AF_PP;
GPIO_Conf.GPIO_Speed=GPIO_Speed_50MHz;
GPIO_Init(GPIOA,&GPIO_Conf);
//RX1 - wejście
GPIO_Conf.GPIO_Pin=RX2;
GPIO_Conf.GPIO_Mode=GPIO_Mode_IN_FLOATING;
GPIO_Init(GPIOA,&GPIO_Conf);
#else
return NO_PORT;
#endif
break;
case (uint32_t)USART3:
#ifdef USE_USART3
USART3_data.txbuf=(uint8_t*)malloc(USART_BSIZE);
USART3_data.rxbuf=(uint8_t*)malloc(USART_BSIZE);
USART3_data.dptr=USART3_data.rxbuf;
/* Zegar GPIOB,USART3,DMA1 */
RCC_AHBPeriphClockCmd(RCC_AHBPeriph_DMA1,ENABLE);
RCC_APB1PeriphClockCmd(RCC_APB1Periph_USART3, ENABLE);
RCC_APB2PeriphClockCmd(RCC_APB2Periph_GPIOB, ENABLE);
//TX3 - wyjście PERIPH
GPIO_Conf.GPIO_Pin=TX3;
GPIO_Conf.GPIO_Mode=GPIO_Mode_AF_PP;
GPIO_Conf.GPIO_Speed=GPIO_Speed_50MHz;
GPIO_Init(GPIOB,&GPIO_Conf);
//RX3 - wejście
GPIO_Conf.GPIO_Pin=RX3;
GPIO_Conf.GPIO_Mode=GPIO_Mode_IN_FLOATING;
GPIO_Init(GPIOB,&GPIO_Conf);
#else
return NO_PORT;
#endif
break;
case (uint32_t)UART4:
#ifdef USE_UART4
UART4_data.txbuf=(uint8_t*)malloc(USART_BSIZE);
UART4_data.rxbuf=(uint8_t*)malloc(USART_BSIZE);
UART4_data.dptr=UART4_data.rxbuf;
/* Zegar GPIOB,GPIOC,UART4,DMA2 */
RCC_AHBPeriphClockCmd(RCC_AHBPeriph_DMA2,ENABLE);
RCC_APB2PeriphClockCmd(RCC_APB2Periph_GPIOB|RCC_APB2Periph_GPIOC, ENABLE);
RCC_APB1PeriphClockCmd(RCC_APB1Periph_UART4, ENABLE);
//TX4 - wyjście PERIPH
GPIO_Conf.GPIO_Pin=TX4;
GPIO_Conf.GPIO_Mode=GPIO_Mode_AF_PP;
GPIO_Conf.GPIO_Speed=GPIO_Speed_50MHz;
GPIO_Init(GPIOC,&GPIO_Conf);
//RX4 - wejście
GPIO_Conf.GPIO_Pin=RX4;
GPIO_Conf.GPIO_Mode=GPIO_Mode_IN_FLOATING;
GPIO_Init(GPIOC,&GPIO_Conf);
//RW4 - wyjście GPIO
GPIO_Conf.GPIO_Pin=RW4;
GPIO_Conf.GPIO_Mode=GPIO_Mode_Out_PP;
GPIO_Init(GPIOB,&GPIO_Conf);
//RS-485 w tryb odbioru
PIO_Reset(GPIOB,RW4);
#else
return NO_PORT;
#endif
break;
case (uint32_t)UART5:
#ifdef USE_UART5
UART5_data.txbuf=(uint8_t*)malloc(USART_BSIZE);
UART5_data.rxbuf=(uint8_t*)malloc(USART_BSIZE);
UART5_data.dptr=UART5_data.rxbuf;
//dla portu UART5 ustaw dodatkowo wskaźnik UART5_rxptr i wyzeruj ilośc wysyłanych danych
UART5_rxptr=UART5_data.rxbuf;
UART5_size=0;
/* Zegar GPIOB,UART5 */
RCC_APB1PeriphClockCmd(RCC_APB1Periph_UART5, ENABLE);
RCC_APB2PeriphClockCmd(RCC_APB2Periph_GPIOC|RCC_APB2Periph_GPIOD, ENABLE);
//TX5 - wyjście PERIPH
GPIO_Conf.GPIO_Pin=TX5;
GPIO_Conf.GPIO_Mode=GPIO_Mode_AF_PP;
GPIO_Conf.GPIO_Speed=GPIO_Speed_50MHz;
GPIO_Init(GPIOC,&GPIO_Conf);
//RX3 - wejście
GPIO_Conf.GPIO_Pin=RX5;
GPIO_Conf.GPIO_Mode=GPIO_Mode_IN_FLOATING;
GPIO_Init(GPIOD,&GPIO_Conf);
#else
return NO_PORT;
#endif
break;
default:
return NO_PORT;
}
//konfiguracja potru szeregowego
//baudrate
USART_Conf.USART_BaudRate=baudrate;
//mode - ignorowane, na razie tylko 8N1
USART_Conf.USART_WordLength=USART_WordLength_8b;
USART_Conf.USART_Parity=USART_Parity_No;
USART_Conf.USART_StopBits=USART_StopBits_1;
USART_Conf.USART_HardwareFlowControl = USART_HardwareFlowControl_None;
// włącznadajnik i odbiornik
USART_Conf.USART_Mode = USART_Mode_Rx | USART_Mode_Tx;
USART_Init(port, &USART_Conf);
//włącz DMA (brak DMA dla UART5)
if(port!=UART5)
USART_DMACmd(port, USART_DMAReq_Rx|USART_DMAReq_Tx, ENABLE);
//port UART5 działa na przerwaniach, nie na DMA
else
{
#ifdef USE_UART5
NVIC_Conf.NVIC_IRQChannel=UART5_IRQn;
NVIC_Conf.NVIC_IRQChannelCmd=ENABLE;
NVIC_Conf.NVIC_IRQChannelPreemptionPriority=10;
NVIC_Conf.NVIC_IRQChannelSubPriority=0;
NVIC_Init(&NVIC_Conf);
//włącz przerwanie odbiorcze, wyłącz nadawcze
USART_ITConfig(port,USART_IT_RXNE,ENABLE);
USART_ITConfig(port,USART_IT_TXE,DISABLE);
#endif
}
//konfiguracja DMA
switch((uint32_t)port)
{
case (uint32_t)USART1:
#ifdef USE_USART1
//odbiór
DMA_Cmd(DMA1_Channel5, DISABLE);
DMA_DeInit(DMA1_Channel5);
DMA_Conf.DMA_BufferSize = USART_BSIZE;
DMA_Conf.DMA_DIR = DMA_DIR_PeripheralSRC;
DMA_Conf.DMA_M2M = DMA_M2M_Disable;
DMA_Conf.DMA_MemoryBaseAddr = (uint32_t)USART1_data.rxbuf;
DMA_Conf.DMA_MemoryDataSize = DMA_MemoryDataSize_Byte;
DMA_Conf.DMA_MemoryInc = DMA_MemoryInc_Enable;
DMA_Conf.DMA_Mode=DMA_Mode_Circular;
DMA_Conf.DMA_PeripheralBaseAddr = (uint32_t)&(USART1->DR);
DMA_Conf.DMA_PeripheralDataSize = DMA_PeripheralDataSize_Byte;
DMA_Conf.DMA_PeripheralInc = DMA_PeripheralInc_Disable;
DMA_Conf.DMA_Priority = DMA_Priority_VeryHigh;
DMA_Init(DMA1_Channel5,&DMA_Conf);
DMA_Cmd(DMA1_Channel5, ENABLE);
//nadawanie
DMA_Cmd(DMA1_Channel4, DISABLE);
DMA_DeInit(DMA1_Channel4);
DMA_Conf.DMA_DIR = DMA_DIR_PeripheralDST;
DMA_Conf.DMA_MemoryBaseAddr = (uint32_t)USART1_data.txbuf;
DMA_Conf.DMA_Mode=DMA_Mode_Normal;
DMA_Init(DMA1_Channel4,&DMA_Conf);
//przerwanie DMA CH4
NVIC_Conf.NVIC_IRQChannel=DMA1_Channel4_IRQn;
NVIC_Conf.NVIC_IRQChannelCmd=ENABLE;
NVIC_Conf.NVIC_IRQChannelPreemptionPriority=10;
NVIC_Conf.NVIC_IRQChannelSubPriority=0;
NVIC_Init(&NVIC_Conf);
#endif
break;
case (uint32_t)USART2:
#ifdef USE_USART2
//odbiór
DMA_Cmd(DMA1_Channel6, DISABLE);
DMA_DeInit(DMA1_Channel6);
DMA_Conf.DMA_BufferSize = USART_BSIZE;
DMA_Conf.DMA_DIR = DMA_DIR_PeripheralSRC;
DMA_Conf.DMA_M2M = DMA_M2M_Disable;
DMA_Conf.DMA_MemoryBaseAddr = (uint32_t)USART2_data.rxbuf;
DMA_Conf.DMA_MemoryDataSize = DMA_MemoryDataSize_Byte;
DMA_Conf.DMA_MemoryInc = DMA_MemoryInc_Enable;
DMA_Conf.DMA_Mode=DMA_Mode_Circular;
DMA_Conf.DMA_PeripheralBaseAddr = (uint32_t)&(USART2->DR);
DMA_Conf.DMA_PeripheralDataSize = DMA_PeripheralDataSize_Byte;
DMA_Conf.DMA_PeripheralInc = DMA_PeripheralInc_Disable;
DMA_Conf.DMA_Priority = DMA_Priority_VeryHigh;
DMA_Init(DMA1_Channel6,&DMA_Conf);
DMA_Cmd(DMA1_Channel6, ENABLE);
//nadawanie
DMA_Cmd(DMA1_Channel7, DISABLE);
DMA_DeInit(DMA1_Channel7);
DMA_Conf.DMA_DIR = DMA_DIR_PeripheralDST;
DMA_Conf.DMA_MemoryBaseAddr = (uint32_t)USART2_data.txbuf;
DMA_Conf.DMA_Mode=DMA_Mode_Normal;
DMA_Init(DMA1_Channel7,&DMA_Conf);
//przerwanie DMA CH7
NVIC_Conf.NVIC_IRQChannel=DMA1_Channel7_IRQn;
NVIC_Conf.NVIC_IRQChannelCmd=ENABLE;
NVIC_Conf.NVIC_IRQChannelPreemptionPriority=10;
NVIC_Conf.NVIC_IRQChannelSubPriority=0;
NVIC_Init(&NVIC_Conf);
#endif
break;
case (uint32_t)USART3:
#ifdef USE_USART3
//odbiór
DMA_Cmd(DMA1_Channel3, DISABLE);
DMA_DeInit(DMA1_Channel3);
DMA_Conf.DMA_BufferSize = USART_BSIZE;
DMA_Conf.DMA_DIR = DMA_DIR_PeripheralSRC;
DMA_Conf.DMA_M2M = DMA_M2M_Disable;
DMA_Conf.DMA_MemoryBaseAddr = (uint32_t)USART3_data.rxbuf;
DMA_Conf.DMA_MemoryDataSize = DMA_MemoryDataSize_Byte;
DMA_Conf.DMA_MemoryInc = DMA_MemoryInc_Enable;
DMA_Conf.DMA_Mode=DMA_Mode_Circular;
DMA_Conf.DMA_PeripheralBaseAddr = (uint32_t)&(USART3->DR);
DMA_Conf.DMA_PeripheralDataSize = DMA_PeripheralDataSize_Byte;
DMA_Conf.DMA_PeripheralInc = DMA_PeripheralInc_Disable;
DMA_Conf.DMA_Priority = DMA_Priority_VeryHigh;
DMA_Init(DMA1_Channel3,&DMA_Conf);
DMA_Cmd(DMA1_Channel3, ENABLE);
//nadawanie
DMA_Cmd(DMA1_Channel2, DISABLE);
DMA_DeInit(DMA1_Channel2);
DMA_Conf.DMA_DIR = DMA_DIR_PeripheralDST;
DMA_Conf.DMA_MemoryBaseAddr = (uint32_t)USART3_data.txbuf;
DMA_Conf.DMA_Mode=DMA_Mode_Normal;
DMA_Init(DMA1_Channel2,&DMA_Conf);
//przerwanie DMA CH2
NVIC_Conf.NVIC_IRQChannel=DMA1_Channel2_IRQn;
NVIC_Conf.NVIC_IRQChannelCmd=ENABLE;
NVIC_Conf.NVIC_IRQChannelPreemptionPriority=10;
NVIC_Conf.NVIC_IRQChannelSubPriority=0;
NVIC_Init(&NVIC_Conf);
#endif
break;
case (uint32_t)UART4:
#ifdef USE_UART3
//odbiór
DMA_Cmd(DMA2_Channel3, DISABLE);
DMA_DeInit(DMA2_Channel3);
DMA_Conf.DMA_BufferSize = USART_BSIZE;
DMA_Conf.DMA_DIR = DMA_DIR_PeripheralSRC;
DMA_Conf.DMA_M2M = DMA_M2M_Disable;
DMA_Conf.DMA_MemoryBaseAddr = (uint32_t)UART4_data.rxbuf;
DMA_Conf.DMA_MemoryDataSize = DMA_MemoryDataSize_Byte;
DMA_Conf.DMA_MemoryInc = DMA_MemoryInc_Enable;
DMA_Conf.DMA_Mode=DMA_Mode_Circular;
DMA_Conf.DMA_PeripheralBaseAddr = (uint32_t)&(UART4->DR);
DMA_Conf.DMA_PeripheralDataSize = DMA_PeripheralDataSize_Byte;
DMA_Conf.DMA_PeripheralInc = DMA_PeripheralInc_Disable;
DMA_Conf.DMA_Priority = DMA_Priority_VeryHigh;
DMA_Init(DMA2_Channel3,&DMA_Conf);
DMA_Cmd(DMA2_Channel3, ENABLE);
//nadawanie
DMA_Cmd(DMA2_Channel5, DISABLE);
DMA_DeInit(DMA2_Channel5);
DMA_Conf.DMA_DIR = DMA_DIR_PeripheralDST;
DMA_Conf.DMA_MemoryBaseAddr = (uint32_t)UART4_data.txbuf;
DMA_Conf.DMA_Mode=DMA_Mode_Normal;
DMA_Init(DMA2_Channel5,&DMA_Conf);
//przerwanie DMA2 CH45
NVIC_Conf.NVIC_IRQChannel=DMA2_Channel4_5_IRQn;
NVIC_Conf.NVIC_IRQChannelCmd=ENABLE;
NVIC_Conf.NVIC_IRQChannelPreemptionPriority=10;
NVIC_Conf.NVIC_IRQChannelSubPriority=0;
NVIC_Init(&NVIC_Conf);
#endif
break;
}
//włącz port
USART_Cmd(port, ENABLE);
}
int8_t Serial_Ready(USART_TypeDef * port)
{
switch((uint32_t)port)
{
case (uint32_t)USART1:
if( !((DMA1_Channel4->CCR)& DMA_CCR4_TCIE) )
return 1;
else
return 0;
case (uint32_t)USART2:
if( !((DMA1_Channel7->CCR)& DMA_CCR7_TCIE) )
return 1;
else
return 0;
case (uint32_t)USART3:
if( !((DMA1_Channel2->CCR)& DMA_CCR2_TCIE) )
return 1;
else
return 0;
case (uint32_t)UART4:
if( !((DMA2_Channel5->CCR)& DMA_CCR5_TCIE) )
return 1;
else
return 0;
case (uint32_t)UART5:
if( !UART5_size ) // Sprzawdzam czy zostały wysłane wszytskie dane.
return 1;
else
return 0;
default:
return NO_PORT;
}
}
//Nadawanie
int __putchar(int c)
{
while( !(USART2->SR&USART_SR_TXE) );
USART2->DR = c;
}
//Nadawanie
int32_t Serial_Send(USART_TypeDef * port, uint8_t *data, uint16_t len)
{
uint8_t *src,*dst;
uint16_t i;
//Sprawdź który port
switch((uint32_t)port)
{
case (uint32_t)USART1:
#ifdef USE_USART1
//sprawdź stan portu - jeżeli przerwanie TC jest włączone to transmisja trwa
if( (DMA1_Channel4->CCR)& DMA_CCR4_TCIE )
return USART_BUSY;
//skopiuj dane
dst=USART1_data.txbuf;
src=data;
for(i=0;i<len;i++)
*dst++=*src++;
//transmisja przez DMA
DMA_Cmd(DMA1_Channel4, DISABLE);
DMA1_Channel4->CNDTR = len;
DMA_Cmd(DMA1_Channel4, ENABLE);
//włącz przerwanie po zakończeniu transmisji
DMA_ITConfig(DMA1_Channel4,DMA_IT_TC|DMA_IT_TE,ENABLE);
//zwróć ilość wysłanych bajtów
return len;
#else
return NO_PORT;
#endif
case (uint32_t)USART2:
#ifdef USE_USART2
//sprawdź stan portu - jeżeli przerwanie TC jest włączone to transmisja trwa
if( (DMA1_Channel7->CCR)& DMA_CCR7_TCIE)
return USART_BUSY;
//skopiuj dane
dst=USART2_data.txbuf;
src=data;
for(i=0;i<len;i++)
*dst++=*src++;
//transmisja przez DMA
DMA_Cmd(DMA1_Channel7, DISABLE);
DMA1_Channel7->CNDTR = len;
DMA_Cmd(DMA1_Channel7, ENABLE);
//włącz przerwanie po zakończeniu transmisji
DMA_ITConfig(DMA1_Channel7,DMA_IT_TC|DMA_IT_TE,ENABLE);
//zwróć ilość wysłanych bajtów
return len;
#else
return NO_PORT;
#endif
case (uint32_t)USART3:
#ifdef USE_USART3
//sprawdź stan portu - jeżeli przerwanie TC jest włączone to transmisja trwa
if( (DMA1_Channel2->CCR)& DMA_CCR2_TCIE)
return USART_BUSY;
//skopiuj dane
dst=USART3_data.txbuf;
src=data;
for(i=0;i<len;i++)
*dst++=*src++;
//transmisja przez DMA
DMA_Cmd(DMA1_Channel2, DISABLE);
DMA1_Channel2->CNDTR = len;
DMA_Cmd(DMA1_Channel2, ENABLE);
//włącz przerwanie po zakończeniu transmisji
DMA_ITConfig(DMA1_Channel2,DMA_IT_TC|DMA_IT_TE,ENABLE);
//zwróć ilość wysłanych bajtów
return len;
#else
return NO_PORT;
#endif
case (uint32_t)UART4:
#ifdef USE_UART4
//sprawdź stan portu - jeżeli przerwanie TC jest włączone to transmisja trwa
if( (DMA2_Channel5->CCR)& DMA_CCR5_TCIE )
return USART_BUSY;
//skopiuj dane
dst=UART4_data.txbuf;
src=data;
for(i=0;i<len;i++)
*dst++=*src++;
//RS-485 w tryb nadawania
PIO_Set(GPIOB,RW4);
//transmisja przez DMA
DMA_Cmd(DMA2_Channel5, DISABLE);
DMA2_Channel5->CNDTR = len;
DMA_Cmd(DMA2_Channel5, ENABLE);
//włącz przerwanie po zakończeniu transmisji
DMA_ITConfig(DMA2_Channel5,DMA_IT_TC|DMA_IT_TE,ENABLE);
//zwróć ilość wysłanych bajtów
return len;
#else
return NO_PORT;
#endif
case (uint32_t)UART5:
#ifdef USE_UART5
//sprawdź stan portu - jezeli rozmiar danych jest różny od zera to transmisja trwa
if( UART5_size )
return USART_BUSY;
//skopiuj dane
dst=UART5_data.txbuf;
src=data;
for(i=0;i<len;i++)
*dst++=*src++;
//zapisz ilość bajtów do wysłania
UART5_size=len;
//ustaw wskaźnik na początek bufora
UART5_txptr=UART5_data.txbuf;
//włącz przerwanie nadawcze
USART_ITConfig(port,USART_IT_TXE,ENABLE);
//zwróć ilość wysłanych bajtów
return len;
#else
return NO_PORT;
#endif
default:
return NO_PORT;
}
}
//Odbiór
int32_t Serial_Receive(USART_TypeDef *port, uint8_t *user_buffer, uint16_t len)
{
uint16_t i,start,end,remaining,count;
switch((uint32_t)port)
{
case (uint32_t)USART1:
//oblicz ile jest danych w buforze
start = USART1_data.dptr-USART1_data.rxbuf;
end = USART_BSIZE - (DMA1_Channel5->CNDTR);
if(end>=start)
remaining=end-start;
else
remaining=(USART_BSIZE-(start-end));
//ile danych wyslac uzytkownikowi
if(len>=remaining)
count=remaining;
else
count=len;
//kopiuje dane do bufora użytkownika
for(i=0;i<count;i++)
{
*user_buffer++=*(USART1_data.dptr)++;
//kraniec wewnętrznego bufora. Przestaw wskaźnik na początek.
if(USART1_data.dptr==USART1_data.rxbuf+USART_BSIZE)
USART1_data.dptr=USART1_data.rxbuf;
}
return count;
case (uint32_t)USART2:
//oblicz ile jest danych w buforze
start = USART2_data.dptr-USART2_data.rxbuf;
end = USART_BSIZE - (DMA1_Channel6->CNDTR);
if(end>=start)
remaining=end-start;
else
remaining=(USART_BSIZE-(start-end));
//ile danych wyslac uzytkownikowi
if(len>=remaining)
count=remaining;
else
count=len;
//kopiuje dane do bufora użytkownika
for(i=0;i<count;i++)
{
*user_buffer++=*(USART2_data.dptr)++;
//kraniec wewnętrznego bufora. Przestaw wskaźnik na początek.
if(USART2_data.dptr==USART2_data.rxbuf+USART_BSIZE)
USART2_data.dptr=USART2_data.rxbuf;
}
return count;
case (uint32_t)USART3:
//oblicz ile jest danych w buforze
start = USART3_data.dptr-USART3_data.rxbuf;
end = USART_BSIZE - (DMA1_Channel3->CNDTR);
if(end>=start)
remaining=end-start;
else
remaining=(USART_BSIZE-(start-end));
//ile danych wyslac uzytkownikowi
if(len>=remaining)
count=remaining;
else
count=len;
//kopiuje dane do bufora użytkownika
for(i=0;i<count;i++)
{
*user_buffer++=*(USART3_data.dptr)++;
//kraniec wewnętrznego bufora. Przestaw wskaźnik na początek.
if(USART3_data.dptr==USART3_data.rxbuf+USART_BSIZE)
USART3_data.dptr=USART3_data.rxbuf;
}
return count;
case (uint32_t)UART4:
//oblicz ile jest danych w buforze
start = UART4_data.dptr-UART4_data.rxbuf;
end = USART_BSIZE - (DMA2_Channel3->CNDTR);
if(end>=start)
remaining=end-start;
else
remaining=(USART_BSIZE-(start-end));
//ile danych wyslac uzytkownikowi
if(len>=remaining)
count=remaining;
else
count=len;
//kopiuje dane do bufora użytkownika
for(i=0;i<count;i++)
{
*user_buffer++=*(UART4_data.dptr)++;
//kraniec wewnętrznego bufora. Przestaw wskaźnik na początek.
if(UART4_data.dptr==UART4_data.rxbuf+USART_BSIZE)
UART4_data.dptr=UART4_data.rxbuf;
}
return count;
case (uint32_t)UART5:
//oblicz ile jest danych w buforze
start = UART5_data.dptr-UART5_data.rxbuf;
end = UART5_rxptr-UART5_data.rxbuf;
if(end>=start)
remaining=end-start;
else
remaining=(USART_BSIZE-(start-end));
//ile danych wyslac uzytkownikowi
if(len>=remaining)
count=remaining;
else
count=len;
//kopiuje dane do bufora użytkownika
for(i=0;i<count;i++)
{
*user_buffer++=*(UART5_data.dptr)++;
//kraniec wewnętrznego bufora. Przestaw wskaźnik na początek.
if(UART5_data.dptr==UART5_data.rxbuf+USART_BSIZE)
UART5_data.dptr=UART5_data.rxbuf;
}
return count;
default:
return NO_PORT;
}
}
//obsługa przerwań
void DMA1_Channel2_IRQHandler(void)
{
#ifdef USE_USART3
//koniec transferu
if((DMA1->ISR)&DMA1_FLAG_TC2)
{
//wyczyść flagę przerwania
DMA1->IFCR = DMA1_FLAG_GL2;
//wyłącz przerwanie
(DMA1_Channel2->CCR) &= ~DMA_IT_TC;
}
//błąd transmisji
else if((DMA1->ISR)&DMA1_FLAG_TE2)
{
//wyczyść flagę przerwania
DMA1->IFCR = DMA1_FLAG_GL2;
//wyłącz przerwanie
(DMA1_Channel2->CCR) &= ~DMA_IT_TE;
//zatrzymaj pracę
while(1);
}
else
{
//zatrzymaj pracę
while(1);
}
#endif
}
void DMA1_Channel4_IRQHandler(void)
{
#ifdef USE_USART1
//koniec transferu
if((DMA1->ISR)&DMA1_FLAG_TC4)
{
//wyczyść flagę przerwania
DMA1->IFCR = DMA1_FLAG_GL4;
//czekaj aż port szeregowy nada ostatni znak
while(!((USART1->SR)&USART_SR_TC));
//wyłącz przerwanie
(DMA1_Channel4->CCR) &= ~DMA_IT_TC;
}
//błąd transmisji
else if((DMA1->ISR)&DMA1_FLAG_TE4)
{
//wyczyść flagę przerwania
DMA1->IFCR = DMA1_FLAG_GL4;
//wyłącz przerwanie
(DMA1_Channel4->CCR) &= ~DMA_IT_TE;
//zatrzymaj pracę
while(1);
}
else
{
//zatrzymaj pracę
while(1);
}
#endif
}
void DMA1_Channel7_IRQHandler(void)
{
#ifdef USE_USART2
//koniec transferu
if((DMA1->ISR)&DMA1_FLAG_TC7)
{
//wyczyść flagę przerwania
DMA1->IFCR = DMA1_FLAG_GL7;
//wyłącz przerwanie
(DMA1_Channel7->CCR) &= ~DMA_IT_TC;
}
//błąd transmisji
else if((DMA1->ISR)&DMA1_FLAG_TE7)
{
//wyczyść flagę przerwania
DMA1->IFCR = DMA1_FLAG_GL7;
//wyłącz przerwanie
(DMA1_Channel7->CCR) &= ~DMA_IT_TE;
//zatrzymaj pracę
while(1);
}
else
{
//zatrzymaj pracę
while(1);
}
#endif
}
void DMA2_Channel4_5_IRQHandler(void)
{
#ifdef USE_UART4
//koniec transferu
if((DMA2->ISR)&DMA2_FLAG_TC5)
{
//wyczyść flagę przerwania
DMA2->IFCR = DMA2_FLAG_GL2;
//czekaj aż port szeregowy nada ostatni znak
while(!(UART4->SR)&USART_SR_TC);
//RS-485 w tryb odbioru
PIO_Reset(GPIOB,RW4);
//wyłącz przerwanie
(DMA2_Channel5->CCR) &= ~DMA_IT_TC;
}
//błąd transmisji
else if((DMA2->ISR)&DMA2_FLAG_TE5)
{
//wyczyść flagę przerwania
DMA2->IFCR = DMA2_FLAG_GL5;
//RS-485 w tryb odbioru
PIO_Reset(GPIOB,RW4);
//wyłącz przerwanie
(DMA2_Channel5->CCR) &= ~DMA_IT_TE;
//zatrzymaj pracę
while(1);
}
else
{
//zatrzymaj pracę
while(1);
}
#endif
}
void UART5_IRQHandler(void)
{
#ifdef USE_UART5
//odebrano znak
if((UART5->SR)&USART_SR_RXNE)
{
//odczyt znaku
*UART5_rxptr++ = UART5->DR;
//koniec bufora odbiorczego. Przewiń wskaźnik na początek.
if(UART5_rxptr == (UART5_data.rxbuf+USART_BSIZE) )
UART5_rxptr=UART5_data.rxbuf;
}
//bufor nadawczy się opróżnił
else if((UART5->SR)&USART_SR_TXE)
{
//nadaj kolejny znak
UART5->DR = *UART5_txptr++;
//koniec transmisji
if(UART5_txptr == (UART5_data.txbuf+UART5_size) )
{
//
UART5_size=0;
USART_ITConfig(UART5,USART_IT_TXE,DISABLE);
}
}
else
{
//zatrzymaj pracę
while(1);
}
#endif
}

33
hw/serial.h Executable file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,33 @@
#ifndef __SERIAL__H
#define __SERIAL__H
#include "stm32f10x.h"
#include <stdint.h>
// Typy
//struktura
typedef struct USART_data_s
{
uint8_t *rxbuf,*txbuf;
uint8_t *dptr;
uint8_t status;
}USART_data_t;
//Stałe
//długość buforów wejściowych
#define USART_BSIZE 256
#define USART1_DR_Address (USART1_BASE + 0x4)
#define USART2_DR_Address (USART2_BASE + 0x4)
#define USART3_DR_Address (USART3_BASE + 0x4)
//Funkcje
int8_t Serial_Initialize(USART_TypeDef *port, uint32_t mode, uint32_t baudrate, uint32_t timeguard);
int8_t Serial_Ready(USART_TypeDef *port);
int32_t Serial_Send(USART_TypeDef *port, uint8_t *data, uint16_t len);
int32_t Serial_Receive(USART_TypeDef *port, uint8_t *user_buffer, uint16_t len);
#endif

19
hw/systick.c Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,19 @@
#include "systick.h"
#include <stdint.h>
uint32_t tick;
void Wait(uint32_t period)
{
uint32_t k;
k=tick+period;
while(tick<=k);
}
#ifndef USE_RTOS
//Funkcja obsługi przerwania
void SysTick_Handler(void)
{
tick++;
}
#endif

12
hw/systick.h Normal file
View File

@ -0,0 +1,12 @@
#ifndef __SYSTICK_H
#define __SYSTICK_H
#include <stdint.h>
//------makra---------//
#define SYSTICK_Init(X) (SysTick_Config(SystemCoreClock / 1000*(X)))
//-----funkcje-------//
void Wait(uint32_t period);
#endif

Some files were not shown because too many files have changed in this diff Show More